Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout09/22/2022 - Regular Agenda Packet - City CouncilCollege Station, TX Meeting Agenda City Council - Amended 1101 Texas Ave, College Station, TX 77840 Internet: https://zoom.us/j/96728393278 Phone: 888 475 4499 and Meeting ID: 967 2839 3278 September 22, 2022 4:00 PM City Hall Council Chambers College Station, TX Page 1 Notice is hereby given that a quorum of the meeting body will be present in the physical location stated above where citizens may also attend in order to view a member(s) participating by videoconference call as allowed by 551.127, Texas Government Code. The City uses a third- party vendor to host the virtual portion of the meeting; if virtual access is unavailable, meeting access and participation will be in-person only. 1.Call to Order. 2.Executive Session is Closed to the Public and Will Be Held in the 1938 Executive Conference Room. The Open Meeting Will Resume No Earlier Than 6:00 PM. Consultation with Attorney {Gov’t Code Section 551.071}; Possible action. The City Council may seek advice from its attorney regarding a pending or contemplated litigation subject or settlement offer or attorney-client privileged information. Litigation is an ongoing process and questions may arise as to a litigation tactic or settlement offer, which needs to be discussed with the City Council. Upon occasion the City Council may need information from its attorney as to the status of a pending or contemplated litigation subject or settlement offer or attorney- client privileged information. After executive session discussion, any final action or vote taken will be in public. The following subject(s) may be discussed. Litigation a.Kathryn A. Stever-Harper as Executrix for the Estate of John Wesley Harper v. City of College Station and Judy Meeks; No. 15,977-PC in the County Court No. 1, Brazos County, Texas b.McCrory Investments II, LLC d/b/a Southwest Stor Mor v. City of College Station; Cause No. 17- 000914-CV-361; In the 361st District Court, Brazos County, Texas c.Shana Elliott and Lawrence Kalke v. The City of College Station, et al. d.Robert Danny Clack, II v. The City of College Station, et al. Legal Advice a.Legal Advice related to short term rentals. Real Estate {Gov't Code Section 551.072}; Possible action. The City Council may deliberate the purchase, exchange, lease or value of real property if deliberation in an open meeting would have a detrimental effect on the position of the City in negotiations with a third person. After executive session discussion, any final action or vote taken will be in public. The following subject(s) may be discussed: a.Property generally located in the southwest quadrant of Texas State Highway 6 and Harvey Road. Personnel {Gov’t Code Section 551.074}; Page 1 of 778 City Council - Amended Page 2 September 22, 2022 Possible action. The City Council may deliberate the appointment, employment, evaluation, reassignment, duties, discipline, or dismissal of a public officer. After executive session discussion, any final action or vote taken will be in public. The following public officer(s) may be discussed: a. City Manager b. Council Self Evaluation Economic Incentive Negotiations {Gov't Code Section 551.087}; Possible action. The City Council may deliberate on commercial or financial information that the City Council has received from a business prospect that the City Council seeks to have locate, stay or expand in or near the city which the City Council in conducting economic development negotiations may deliberate on an offer of financial or other incentives for a business prospect. After executive session discussion, any final action or vote taken will be in public. The following subject(s) maybe discussed: a. Economic incentives for a property generally located at the intersection of Biomedical Way and Health Science Center Parkway. 3. Reconvene from Executive Session and Take Action, if Any. 4. Pledge of Allegiance, Invocation, and Consider Absence Request. Speaker Protocol An individual who wishes to address the City Council regarding any item on the agenda other than those items posted for Executive Session must register with the City Secretary two (2) hours prior to the meeting being called to order. Individuals shall register to speak or provide written comments at https://forms.cstx.gov/Forms/CSCouncil or provide a name and phone number by calling 979-764- 3500. Upon being called to speak an individual must state their name and city of residence, including the state of residence if the city is located out of state. Speakers are encouraged to identify their College Station neighborhood or geographic location. Please do not carry purses, briefcases, backpacks, liquids, foods or any other object other than papers or personal electronic communication devices to the lectern, nor advance past the lectern unless you are invited to do so. Each speaker’s remarks are limited to three (3) minutes. Any speaker addressing the Council through the use of a translator may speak for six (6) minutes. At the three (3) minute mark the City Secretary will announce that the speaker must conclude their remarks. 5. Presentation - Proclamations, Awards, and Recognitions. 5.1. Presentation proclaiming October 5th as World Teachers' Day. Sponsors: Tanya Smith Attachments: 1. 221005 World Teachers Day 6. Hear Visitors. During Hear Visitors an individual may address the City Council on any item which does not appear on the posted agenda. The City Council will listen and receive the information presented by the speaker, ask staff to look into the matter, or place the issue on a future agenda. Topics of operational concern shall be directed to the City Manager. 7. Workshop Items. Page 2 of 778 City Council - Amended Page 3 September 22, 2022 7.1. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on the proposed “Cooling” College Station: Five- Year Planting Plan for Urban Heat Mitigation. Sponsors: Michael Ostrowski Attachments: 1. Heat Islands Report - 202209 7.2. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding options for Shady Drive. Sponsors: Emily Fisher Attachments: None 7.3. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding the design of the Egremont Court Rehabilitation Project. Sponsors: Jennifer Cain Attachments: None 8. Consent Agenda. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on consent items which consist of ministerial or "housekeeping" items as allowed by law. A Councilmember may request additional information at this time. Any Councilmember may remove an item from Consent for discussion or a separate vote. 8.1. Presentation, discussion, and possible action of minutes for:  August 25, 2022 Council Meeting  September 8, 2022 Council Meeting Sponsors: Tanya Smith Attachments: 1. CCM082522 DRAFT Minutes 2. CCM090822 DRAFT Minutes 8.2. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on a resolution approving the City’s investment policy, reviewing and recording changes to such policy and strategy, approving a collateral policy, and designating investment officers for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2023, stating that the City Council has reviewed and approved the City's investment policy, broker-dealer list and investment strategy. Sponsors: Michael DeHaven Attachments: 1. Investment Policy Resolution FY 23 with Exhibits 8.3. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on a ten-year agreement with Axon Enterprise, Inc. (“AXON”) for the purchase and support of products and services including body cameras, fleet cameras, electronic control devices, digital storage, and associated reporting systems for an amount not to exceed $6,417,557.66. Sponsors: Mike Pavelka Attachments: 1. 23300001 Axon Enterprise, Inc. MSPA 8.4. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding City of College Station Excess Liability and Workers’ Compensation Insurance, Property/Boiler & Machinery, Commercial Crime, EMT Liability, Auto Property Damage, Cyber Liability, Unmanned Aircraft liability and property; Special Events policies for Fiscal Year 2023. FY23 premiums for all lines of coverage are not to exceed $1,080,000. Sponsors: Alison Pond Attachments: None Page 3 of 778 City Council - Amended Page 4 September 22, 2022 8.5. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on approving a five year master services agreement for utility billing software and services with Origin Utility, Inc. not to exceed $2,273,185.09. Sponsors: Mary Ellen Leonard Attachments: 1. 22300615 Origin Utility Inc 8.6. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on authorizing additional expenditures up to $500,000 for the purchase of fuel through an existing contract with Fikes Wholesale, Inc.; bringing the total annual estimated expenditure to $1,900,000. Sponsors: Mary Ellen Leonard Attachments: None 8.7. Presentation, discussion and possible action regarding Change Order No. 1 for an amount not to exceed $70,000 to the construction contract with Larry Young Paving for the Rock Prairie Road West Project. Sponsors: Jennifer Cain Attachments: 1. Change Order 1 Rock Prairie 9. Regular Agenda. 9.1. Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action approving an ordinance vacating and abandoning a 0.087 acre portion of a 15-foot Public Utility Easement, said portion lying due east of the terminus of Biomedical Way, of the Traditions Subdivision Phase 23 according to the easement agreement recorded in Volume 13417, Page 155, of the Official Records of Brazos County, Texas. Sponsors: Anthony Armstrong Attachments: 1. Ordinance 2. Ordinance Exhibit A 3. Vicinity Map 4. Location Map 5. Application 9.2. Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding an ordinance amending Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 4, “Zoning Districts,” Section 4.2 “Official Zoning Map,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, by changing the zoning district boundary from GS General Suburban to GS General Suburban and ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay on approximately 9.86 acres of land, being 26 lots within North Forest Estates, Block 1 and 2, generally located along Justin Avenue. Sponsors: Alyssa Halle-Schramm Attachments: 1. Ordinance 2. Vicinity, Aerial, and Small Area Map 3. Background Information 4. Rezoning Map 5. Original Subdivision Plat 6. Applicant's Supporting Information 7. Petition Committee Members 8. Neighborhood Meeting Materials 9. Petition Signatures 9.3. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on the Small Area Plan Audit. Page 4 of 778 City Council - Amended Page 5 September 22, 2022 Sponsors: Naomi Sing Attachments: 1. Small Area Plan Audit 9.4. Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding an ordinance amending Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 6, "Use Regulations," Section 6.3 "Types of Use,” Section 6.4 "Specific Use Standards,” Article 7, "General Development Standards," Section 7.2 "General Provisions,” Section 7.3 "Off-Street Parking Standards,” Section 7.6 "Landscaping and Tree Protection,” Section 7.7 "Buffer Requirements,” Article 11, "Definitions," Section 11.2 "Defined Terms,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, regarding the creation of a new use called Shared Housing. Sponsors: Michael Ostrowski Attachments: 1. Ordinance - Shared Housing 2. UDO - Section 6.3 - Types of Uses - Changes 3. UDO - Article 7 - General Development Standards - Changes 4. UDO - Section 11.2 - Defined Terms - Changes 10. Council Calendar - Council May Discuss Upcoming Events. 11. Items of Community Interest. The Council may receive reports from a Council Member or City Staff about items of community interest for which notice has not been given, including: expressions of thanks, congratulations or condolence; information regarding holiday schedules; honorary or salutary recognitions of a public official, public employee, or other citizen; reminders of upcoming events organized or sponsored by the City of College Station; information about a social, ceremonial or community event organized or sponsored by an entity other than the City of College Station that is scheduled to be attended by a Council Member, another city official or staff of the City of College Station; and announcements involving an imminent threat to the public health and safety of people in the City of College Station that has arisen after the posting of the agenda. 12. Council Reports on Committees, Boards, and Commissions. A Council Member may make a report regarding meetings of City Council boards and commissions or meetings of boards and committees on which a Council Member serves as a representative that have met since the last council meeting. (Committees listed in Coversheet) 13. Future Agenda Items and Review of Standing List of Council Generated Future Agenda Items. A Council Member may make a request to City Council to place an item for which no notice has been given on a future agenda or may inquire about the status of an item on the standing list of council generated future agenda items. A Council Member’s or City Staff’s response to the request or inquiry will be limited to a statement of specific factual information related to the request or inquiry or the recitation of existing policy in response to the request or inquiry. Any deliberation of or decision about the subject of a request will be limited to a proposal to place the subject on the agenda for a subsequent meeting. 14. Adjourn. Page 5 of 778 City Council - Amended Page 6 September 22, 2022 The City council may adjourn into Executive Session to consider any item listed on the agenda if a matter is raised that is appropriate for Executive Session discussion. City Secretary This building is wheelchair accessible. Persons with disabilities who plan to attend this meeting and who may need accommodations, auxiliary aids, or services such as interpreters, readers, or large print are asked to contact the City Secretary’s Office at (979) 764-3541, TDD at 1-800-735-2989, or email adaassistance@cstx.gov at least two business days prior to the meeting so that appropriate arrangements can be made. If the City does not receive notification at least two business days prior to the meeting, the City will make a reasonable attempt to provide the necessary accommodations. Penal Code § 30.07. Trespass by License Holder with an Openly Carried Handgun. "Pursuant to Section 30.07, Penal Code (Trespass by License Holder with an Openly Carried Handgun) A Person Licensed under Subchapter H, Chapter 411, Government Code (Handgun Licensing Law), may not enter this Property with a Handgun that is Carried Openly." Codigo Penal § 30.07. Traspasar Portando Armas de Mano al Aire Libre con Licencia. “Conforme a la Seccion 30.07 del codigo penal (traspasar portando armas de mano al aire libre con licencia), personas con licencia bajo del Sub-Capitulo H, Capitulo 411, Codigo de Gobierno (Ley de licencias de arma de mano), no deben entrar a esta propiedad portando arma de mano al aire libre.” I certify that the above Notice of Meeting was posted on the website and at College Station City Hall, 1101 Texas Avenue, College Station, Texas, on September 19, 2022 at 3:30 p.m. Page 6 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 5.1. Proclamation for World Teachers Day Sponsor: Tanya Smith, City Secretary Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Presentation proclaiming October 5th as World Teachers' Day. Relationship to Strategic Goals: - Good Governance Recommendation(s): Receive the proclamation. Summary: World Teachers’ Day is held annually on 5 October to celebrate all teachers around the globe. It commemorates the anniversary of the adoption of the 1966 ILO/UNESCO Recommendation concerning the Status of Teachers, which sets benchmarks regarding the rights and responsibilities of teachers, and standards for their initial preparation and further education, recruitment, employment, and teaching and learning conditions. The Recommendation concerning the Status of Higher-Education Teaching Personnel was adopted in 1997 to complement the 1966 Recommendation by covering teaching personnel in higher education. World Teachers’ Day has been celebrated since 1994. It is a day to celebrate how teachers are transforming education but also to reflect on the support they need to fully deploy their talent and vocation, and to rethink the way ahead for the profession globally. Budget & Financial Summary: None. Attachments: 1. 221005 World Teachers Day Page 7 of 778 Proclamation Office of the Mayor WHEREAS: College Station’s future strength depends on providing a high-quality education to all students; and WHEREAS: Teacher quality matters more to student achievement than any other school-related factor; and WHEREAS: Teachers spend long hours preparing lesson plans and supporting students in countless ways; and WHEREAS: CSISD and all other area teachers have demonstrated great resilience, adaptability, and creativity during the COVID-19 crisis; and WHEREAS: This community recognizes and supports teachers in educating our children, even under the most challenging circumstances; and WHEREAS: #TeachersCan is a statewide movement supported by more than 125 partnering businesses and organizations committed to elevating the teaching profession and honoring the critical role teachers play in the success of Texas. NOW, THEREFORE, I, Karl P. Mooney, as Mayor of the City of College Station and on behalf of the entire College Station City Council joins #TeachersCan and its partnering entities across Texas in celebrating World Teachers’ Day and do hereby proclaim October 5, 2022, as WORLD TEACHERS’ DAY and encourage members of our community to “Be a light for CSISD and all other area teachers” and personally express appreciation to our teachers and display a light blue ribbon outside your homes or businesses the week of October 5th as a symbol of support for our educators. ____________________________ Karl P. Mooney Mayor Attest: ___________________________ Tanya Smith City Secretary Page 8 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 7.1. “Cooling” College Station: Five-Year Planting Plan for Urban Heat Mitigation Sponsor: Michael Ostrowski, Director of Planning and Development Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Presentation, discussion, and possible action on the proposed “Cooling” College Station: Five-Year Planting Plan for Urban Heat Mitigation. Relationship to Strategic Goals:  Sustainable City Recommendation(s): Staff recommends that the City Council receive the presentation and provide direction as appropriate. Summary: In September 2021, the College Station City Council directed staff to research urban heat islands and determine costs for mitigation strategies focused on tree planting. In April 2022, staff presented a five-year planting plan that included planting 376 trees on City-controlled properties, and creating a residential tree planting program that would provide 500 trees per year to area residents to plant on their properties. Following this, the City Council directed staff to increase the number of plantings and bring the item back for additional consideration. Since then, staff have identified additional planting areas, as well as increased the density of previously proposed planting areas. With the additional areas and increased density, the program could increase the number of trees to approximately 4,800 over five years. In addition, the 500 trees per year for the residential program would also continue, bringing the total number of trees to about 7,300 over five years. The additional density comes from decreasing the spacing requirements for the trees from 55 feet to 25 feet. The 55 feet in the initial presentation was a spacing value that allowed a mature spread of the trees, which would take many years to occur. By reducing the spacing to 25 feet, this will create a denser canopy and provide for coverage protection when some of the trees die from disease or drought. The 25-foot spacing requirement is also consistent with the City’s streetscaping requirements along all major arterials. Much of the additional planting areas comes from additional City-controlled properties, or properties that are controlled by TxDOT. Staff has reached out to TxDOT and they have indicated general agreement to allow planting in these areas, subject to keeping clear zone areas. Furthermore, there are some areas that will require more detailed analysis, such as medians, if the City Council decides to move forward with this program. Staff has also continued to build on partnerships for the program. The TAMU Forest Service has graciously committed to providing $15,000/year for two years for the City to purchase and plant trees in areas to help combat the urban heat island. In addition, they would offer 250 seedlings for the annual residential tree distribution event. The TAMU Forest Service proposal is attached. Page 9 of 778 In addition to the partnership with the TAMU Forest Service, the City applied for and was accepted into the Department of Housing and Urban Development’s (HUD’s) Climate Communities Technical Assistance Program. HUD's goal for the program is to provide communities with the necessary tools to successfully implement resilience activities to mitigate and adapt to climate hazards. Staff submitted the Cooling College Station report and planting plan for consideration. Finally, as mentioned during the previous discussion on this item, the trees at the intersection of University Drive and Hwy 6 will need to be relocated because of the upcoming TxDOT project. There are about 300-400 trees at this location that will need to be relocated, and some or all could be to the locations identified in this report. Budget & Financial Summary: The financial impact will depend on what direction the City Council takes with the proposed plan. Attachments: 1. Heat Islands Report - 202209 Page 10 of 778 1 Page 11 of 778 2 Overview In September 2021, the College Station City Council directed staff to research urban heat islands and determine costs for mitigation strategies focused on tree planting. This report provides an overview of the urban heat island phenomenon, maps and analysis on the City’s vegetative cover and surface area temperatures, and proposes priority locations for tree planting over the next five years. The report recommends specific tree species and estimates program costs, methods of monitoring implementation, and additional strategies the Council may wish to consider. The report is organized as follows: • Urban Heat Island Effect • Methodology & Analysis • Recommendations o Priority Planting Areas o Buffers & Spacing o Tree Species & Program Costs o Monitoring Implementation • Additional Mitigation Strategies o Residential Tree Planting Program o Partnership Opportunities o HUD Climate Communities Technical Assistance Program o Regulatory Changes & Non-Planting Approaches • Appendices: Texas A&M Forest Service Proposal to Reduce Urban Heat Islands & Planting Area Maps Urban Heat Island Effect The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) states: "Urban heat islands" occur when cities replace natural land cover with dense concentrations of pavement, buildings, and other surfaces that absorb and retain heat. This effect increases energy costs (e.g., for air conditioning), air pollution levels, and heat-related illness and mortality.1 The heat island effect essentially creates “islands” of higher temperatures in urbanized areas as compared with less developed surrounding areas. Across the U.S., daytime temperatures in urban areas tend to be about 1–7°F higher than in surrounding areas and nighttime temperatures are approximately 2–5°F higher. These differences are typically even greater for humid regions.2 Cities are using a myriad of strategies to mitigate urban heat and its impacts. These include more trees and vegetation, green roofs, cool roofs, cool pavements, and smart growth approaches to urban planning.3 Other localities around Texas and the U.S. are exploring the issue of urban heat islands and working toward mitigation. Trees provide a wide spectrum of benefits, including: energy conservation, enhanced air quality, improved water quality, enhanced aesthetics, and increased property values.4 1 www.epa.gov/heatislands/learn-about-heat-islands 2 Ibid 3 www.epa.gov/heatislands/heat-island-cooling-strategies 4 wrrc.arizona.edu/sites/wrrc.arizona.edu/files/Urban%20Forest%20Values.pdf Page 12 of 778 3 This figure from the EPA provides a conceptual illustration of the urban heat island effect. While College Station does not have a defined downtown core as shown in the figure, the diagram illustrates the variation of temperatures depending on land use cover (such as buildings, water bodies, and open land). The Bryan/College Station area has an average intensity score of 6°F, according to an analysis undertaken by Climate Central – this implies that temperatures in B/CS urbanized areas are an average of 6°F higher than in surrounding areas.5 Open or barren land (even with grass or turf) is often associated with high levels of heat due to a lack of shading and greater absorption of heat. Conversely, metal and light-colored roofs and bodies of water appear as cool areas, since more heat is reflected off these surfaces. The first sample image on the right is the College Station High School campus. The estimated surface temperatures clearly show hot areas on the turf football field, tennis courts, baseball and softball fields, and surrounding parking areas. The darkest blue area matches the building footprint, indicating reflective or light-colored roofing materials. The vegetated and floodplain areas to the east and southeast also render as shades of blue, indicating cooler spots due to existing tree canopy. The second sample image on the right is the State Highway (SH) 6 and University Drive interchange. The cooling benefit of the tree canopy is viewable on the north side of the interchange where there is a significant established tree canopy, compared to the south side of the interchange where the tree canopy is younger and smaller. The pending TxDOT widening project necessitates tree relocations for much of the existing tree canopy in this location. There are opportunities to relocate these trees to identified areas using the new Public Works tree spade. 5 https://ccimgs-2021.s3.amazonaws.com/2021UHI/2021UHI_Intensity_bryan_en_title_lg.jpg Figure 1. Urban Heat Island Effect. Source: EPA Page 13 of 778 4 Methodology & Analysis Following City Council direction, staff have analyzed heat levels throughout the City and prepared recommendations on areas where the heat mitigation strategy of tree-planting may be most cost- effective and yield the greatest benefits. Staff used publicly available remote sensing data from United States Geological Survey (USGS) Landsat satellites. Specifically, Landsat 7 Analysis Ready Data (ARD) was used to create the Estimated Surface Temperature Map, and this data was collected on September 23, 2021 at 3:53 p.m. The Surface Temperature Map was created using a ratio to convert from the arbitrary digital numbers (DNs) collected at the satellite into temperature, at a spatial resolution of 60 square meters per “pixel”. Staff examined heat throughout the City using several different spatial perspectives. Staff preliminarily identified hot spots on the Landsat raw data heat map with the 60 square meter “pixels”, and then created two additional maps that aggregated the data in different ways: first according to a grid with half-mile by half-mile squares, and then according to Census blocks. These two maps aggregated the data by averaging the raw temperature data within each half-mile grid square or Census block. The top 10 hottest half-mile grid squares included portions of Texas A&M University and particularly West Campus, Post Oak Mall and the Harvey Road corridor, Northgate, Easterwood Airport, and newer residential developments in south College Station. The hottest 10 percent of Census blocks showed similar results, with hot temperatures on the Texas A&M University campus, Post Oak Mall and Harvey Road, Northgate, and south College Station subdivisions. Additionally, the Census blocks map showed hot spot areas along Highway 6 and at the Aggieland Driving Range, the Wellborn/ Deacon/ Fraternity Row area, and several multi-family complexes east of Easterwood Airport. The City has limited planting opportunities on privately-owned and state-owned properties that were identified as some of the hottest areas within the city. Recognizing the need for continued discussions and partnerships with other entities, staff recommends that City-owned properties be the focus of this initial planting program. To this end, Planning & Development Services staff determined the top 10 percent of City-owned properties and met with Parks & Recreation, Public Works, and CSU Electric to ensure that proposed planting locations were feasible. In summary, the following steps were taken in the analysis: 1. Preliminary visual spot check to identify hot spots on the Landsat raw data heat map 2. Created aggregate maps averaging the data by half-mile grid squares and Census blocks. Identified top 10 hottest grid squares and the top 10 percent of Census blocks 3. Determined top 10 percent hottest City-owned properties 4. Combined parcels within the list where appropriate (for example, W.A. Tarrow Park is composed of different parcels and these were combined for simplicity) 5. Met with other City departments to consider constraints including parks planning, drainage, infrastructure and utilities, and planned capital projects 6. Developed list of priority planting areas within City-owned properties Page 14 of 778 5 Page 15 of 778 6 Recommendations The following Priority Planting Areas were proposed based on the hot spots where planting can produce the most beneficial outcomes for heat mitigation. Furthermore, these areas were identified as ones that provide greater certainty for the prolonged growth of the trees. Staff identified areas that would not likely be subject to future disturbance, such as street widenings, which may cause the removal of the trees before they reach maturity and provide the desired benefits. This list focused on existing park properties and is listed in descending order, from hottest to less hot. Original Priority Planting Areas 1. Edelweiss Park 2. Sandstone Park 3. Edelweiss Gartens Park 4. Anderson Park 5. Pebble Creek Park 6. Tarrow Park & Wayne Smith Athletic Complex 7. Wolf Pen Creek Park 8. Veterans Park & Athletic Complex In April 2022, staff presented the five-year planting plan that recommended planting 376 trees on City- controlled properties and creating a residential tree planting program that would provide 500 trees per year to area residents to plant on their properties. Following this, the City Council directed staff to increase the number of plantings. Additional Priority Planting Areas & Right-of-Way (ROW) Since April, staff have identified additional planting areas in parks, City-owned property, and right-of- way (ROW), as well as increased the density of previously proposed planting areas. With the additional areas and increased density, the program could increase the number of trees to approximately 4,800 over five years. In addition, the 500 trees per year for the residential program would also continue, bringing the total number of trees to about 7,300 over five years. The additional tree density comes from decreasing the spacing requirements for the trees from 55-feet to 25-feet. The 55-feet initial spacing value was selected to allow a mature spread of the trees, which would take many years to occur. By reducing the spacing to 25-feet, this will create a denser canopy and provide for coverage protection when some of the trees die from disease or drought. The 25-foot spacing requirement is also consistent with the City’s streetscaping requirements along all major arterials. Much of the additional planting areas come from additional City-controlled properties, such as parks, or properties that are controlled by the Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT). Staff has reached out to TxDOT and they have indicated general agreement to allow planting in these areas, subject to keeping clear zone areas. Furthermore, there are some areas that will require more detailed analysis, such as medians, if the City Council decides to move forward with this program and planting plan. Page 16 of 778 7 Beyond the identified additional priority planting areas, there are other “hot” areas of the City where tree planting may be highly beneficial to mitigate the urban heat island effect, but significant constraints exist at present. These constraints include land ownership, easements, drainage concerns, limited right- ROW widths, and future road improvement projects. These locations are not included within the recommended planting areas within the scope of this report but could be considered as future initiatives. Future Planting Opportunities & Constraints: • Harvey Road corridor – requires TxDOT coordination, has constrained ROW, and a pending TxDOT median project • Barron Road corridor – has constrained ROW and visibility concerns • Graham Road corridor – has constrained ROW • Harvey Mitchell Parkway (FM 2818) at Texas near Walmart – requires TxDOT coordination and determination of future intersection project(s) Buffers & Spacing Within each planting area, City staff analyzed existing constraints including utilities, drainage, and future parks projects/fields. Staff also identified buffer areas needed between planting areas and existing infrastructure, such as utilities and sidewalks, to prevent root intrusion and/or destabilization of soils in areas designated for drainage purposes. Typical spacing requirements are included within Table 1. Table 1. Typical Spacing Requirements Tree Type Public Utility Easements Detention pond berm or bank of drainage way Within drainage conveyance path Sidewalks / trails Canopy Not allowed. 10-15 feet buffer distance* Not allowed within 10-15 feet Not allowed Not allowed within 5 feet Non-Canopy Not preferred. Minimum 5 feet from utility line * Farther for more critical infrastructure like transmission lines – a tree that will grow to 60 feet in height at maturity should be planted 60 feet from the outside edge of the transmission right-of-way Through discussions with City staff and CSU Electric, constraints regarding spacing from utilities were addressed. Figure 2 shows ideal planting buffers from utility lines (figure from Oncor). Staff recommends that trees should be planted at specific locations within each park that maximize the cooling properties of trees at the human scale. This can be accomplished by planting Figure 2. Buffer Distances from Utilities Page 17 of 778 8 “respite trees” that mitigate heat island effect and simultaneously provide heat relief for pedestrians, where cooling is needed most. In general, trees should be evenly spaced in a way that breaks up hot spots, much like road crosswalks are designed to include pedestrian refuges within the medians. Further research could be beneficial in determining the ideal distance that a pedestrian should have to walk without the “respite” provided by tree cover, and this could become a target number for the City’s ongoing efforts to grow and maintain an urban forest, with the health, aesthetic, and financial benefits that this amenity brings. The following specific locations are recommended and were used as guidelines for this initial phase of targeted planting: 1. Along the edges of sports fields and other open areas where children and adults congregate and are gathered for an extended period of time while exposed to the elements 2. Along walking paths and other heavily-used areas of each park, as shown by “desire lines” (informal pathways where the grass is trodden down due to foot traffic over time) 3. Any large open area without trees that is not actively used for recreational purposes (such as sports or practice fields) Tables 2.A and 2.B below provide narrative descriptions of the planting locations and constraints within each (original and additional) Priority Planting Area location. Maps depicting the total plantable area, estimated number of trees, and total cost per Priority Planting Area can be found in the Appendix. The parks in Table 2.A are organized by priority number in descending order, from hottest to less hot. Table 2.B represents the additional planting areas that staff identified based on Council’s request for additional areas, which do not necessarily correlate with the hottest areas of the City but are opportunities for plantings. These are listed in alphabetical order, with cemeteries included at the end since they are managed by the City’s Parks & Recreation Department. Page 18 of 778 9 Table 2.A. Tree Placement – Original Priority Planting Areas Priority Park Name Hottest 10 Half- Mile Grids Planting Locations Constraints / Considerations 1 Edelweiss Park Yes Along walking paths, near the parking lot and playground structure, in between the sports fields, and replant existing dead trees along Victoria Ave. Underground utilities along Victoria Ave. and the western park boundary, overhead utilities along the southeastern park boundary, and underground lines near parking lot and basketball courts 2 Sandstone Park Along the walking path, between the parking area and T-ball and soccer fields, and near the park perimeter Overhead and underground utilities on the perimeter 3 Edelweiss Gartens Park Yes Along walking paths, near the playground, and new large planting area by the basketball court (near the stormwater detention area) Underground utilities along the park perimeters, stormwater detention in middle portion 4 Anderson Park Near the park perimeter and replant any dead trees along Anderson St. Overhead and underground utilities on the perimeter and in the basketball court / playground area 5 Pebble Creek Park Along the walking path and around the sports fields Underground utilities along the perimeter 6 Tarrow Park & Wayne Smith Athletic Complex Along the east side of the walking path and near the basketball court on the north side of park, small planting area near maintenance building Overhead utilities along Holleman and serving the Lincoln Recreation Center, underground utilities along the perimeters and along the walking path 7 Wolf Pen Creek Park Yes Along the parking area and walking path closest to the Meyers Senior Center Underground utilities criss-cross the park, overhead electric along Dartmouth St., floodplain and floodway near the Dartmouth St. and Holleman Dr. intersection (closest to amphitheater) 8 Veterans Park & Athletic Complex Along parking lots and fields where possible, replant dead trees, and work with Public Works to relocate trees from the University Dr. / SH 6 interchange prior to TxDOT project using tree spade Underground utilities along University Dr. and within the park serving facilities and irrigation lines for fields, avoid areas planned for future fields and/or memorial projects Note: None of the hottest 10 percent of City-owned properties fell within the hottest 10 percent of Census blocks Page 19 of 778 10 Table 2.B. Tree Placement – Additional Priority Planting Areas & ROW Name Planting Locations Constraints / Considerations Art & Myra Bright Park Along the north side of Wolf Pen Creek and the existing utilities Existing underground wastewater line Bee Creek Park Along the parking areas & boundary with College Station Cemetery Underground utilities Brison Park Along the walking paths Underground utilities and existing drainage areas Castle Rock Park Along the walking paths Underground utilities and sports fields Crescent Pointe Park Northwest corner of park n/a Eastgate Park Open grassy areas Underground and overhead utilities Gabbard Park Along the walking paths Underground utilities and sports fields Jack & Dorothy Miller Park Along the western property boundary and in the northern corner Sports fields John Crompton Park Along the parking areas and in the northern corner Underground and overhead utilities along Holleman Dr. W. Oaks Park Along the walking paths Existing drainage areas and disc golf course Reatta Meadows Park Along the walking paths Underground utilities Richard Carter Park Northwest corner of park n/a Stephen C. Beachy Central Park Along the periphery of sports fields and drive aisles Underground utilities and sports fields Aggie Field of Honor & Memorial Cemetery Along the western property line Underground utilities, future cemetery plot areas, and viewshed College Station Cemetery Along the boundary facing Texas Ave. Utilities and unmarked graves Miscellaneous ROWs Varies Depends on specific area, but typically utilities and clear sight lines Tree Species & Program Costs The tree species below are recommended for the College Station area by the Texas A&M AgriLife Extension’s Forest Service. The Forest Service recommends that a diversity of species be planted in each selected area to mitigate impacts of tree diseases that target certain tree species. Planting a diversity of trees helps prevent the canopy in a given area from being destroyed by species-specific diseases. The Texas A&M Forest Service cultivates small batches of "test" seedlings that have proven to be hardy species and have indicated they may be able to give the City 20-30 seedlings each year and cultivate them in an adaptive way based on results. These potential donations are an alternative the City could explore to potentially save costs and collaborate with local organizations and institutions. For the purposes of estimating program costs below, all trees were assumed to be purchased at government contract pricing rates. The costs of trees vary widely across species and size. Staff calculated the average mature spread range between 49.2-56.9 feet and the average price per tree of $271.37 (not including installation, materials, and labor – see Table 4). Exact quantities of each tree species and the specific planting locations will be determined in future phases of this project, if recommended to proceed by the City Council. Page 20 of 778 11 Table 3. Proposed Tree Species (based on Texas A&M Forest Service recommendations) Tree Species Mature Height Range (ft)* Mature Spread Range (ft)* Caliper Inches (estimated) Gallon Size Price ** Notes Live oak 40 80 60 100 2 30 g $177.00 Fast-growing but growth rate slows with age 2.5 45 g $295.00 3 65 g $495.00 Mexican white oak 50 80 50 80 2 30 g $179.00 Adaptable, resistant to drought, abundant flowers and acorns 2.5 45 g $300.00 Desert willow 15 25 10 0.5-1 15 g $100.00 Chinquapin / chinkapin 40 50 50 60 2.5-3 45 g $408.99 Chinquapin acorns are a preferred food source for many wildlife Bald cypress 50 70 25 2 30 g $179.00 Root nodes can be an issue for maintenance and mowing 2.5-3 45 g $295.00 Pecan 70 100 40 75 1.5-2.5 30 g $304.50 2.5-3 45 g $334.07 Sycamore 40 100 70 70 2-2.5 30 g $195.00 Prices for Mexican Sycamore; Mexican and American varieties are best for the B/CS region 2.5-3 45 g $325.00 Loblolly pine 60 90 25 35 2 30 g $179.00 Loblolly pines from the "Lost Pines of Bastrop" area are best suited for the B/CS region 3 45 g $304.00 Average 45 74.4 49.2 56.9 $271.37 *Mature height and spread information collected from the Arbor Day Foundation **Prices are from a local landscape supply store at their government contract pricing rates Staff from the Parks & Recreation and Planning & Development Services departments collaborated to determine the estimated “all-in” total cost per tree price, tree installation (without volunteer labor), additional planting materials, and irrigation materials and line installation. Table 4 depicts those assumptions. Costs savings could be realized through partnerships with student and volunteer organizations, such as Aggie Replant and Keep Brazos Beautiful, at tree planting events and potential future maintenance programs. In addition, economies of scale can be realized for larger planting areas. Table 4. Estimated Total Cost per Tree Avg. cost of tree $271.37 Avg. cost of installation per tree $100.00 Costs of additional materials (tree posts, mulch, etc.) $100.00 Avg. irrigation costs per tree (material + labor) $200.00 Estimated total per tree $671.37 Page 21 of 778 12 The program cost calculations included in Tables 5.A, 5.B, and 5.C below used the assumptions of the estimated “all-in” total per tree of $671.37 and a spacing of 25-feet to allow for an adequate canopy spread. The plantable area of each park, City property, or ROW was calculated in square feet for larger planting areas and linear feet for areas where trees would be planted in a linear row. Staff then calculated the estimated number of trees per plantable area. The original program proposal presented in April 2022 totaled 376 trees over the next five-year period. By reducing the tree planting spacing from 55-feet to 25-feet, the total number of trees within the Original Priority Planting Areas increased from 376 to 1,289. The Additional Priority Planting Areas that staff identified add another 692 trees within other parks and City-owned properties. The planting opportunities within ROWs and other areas increases the program’s impact by adding another 2,806 trees. In total, staff identified the opportunity to plant 4,787 trees across the Original Priority Planting Areas, Additional Priority Planting Areas, and ROWs and other areas. The total costs amount to $3,213,850. If the program is implemented over a 5-year period, this totals 958 trees per year (rounded up to the nearest tree), costing $643,172 per year. Please note, these costs are in FY22 dollars and did not account for inflation due to the unknown year(s) of purchasing and implementing the program. Adjusting for inflation, the estimated total cost of this program over five years would be $3,711,299 (see Table 6). Table 5.A Estimated Program Cost – Original Priority Planting Areas at 25-feet planting spacing Priority # Park Name Plantable Area (Sq Ft or Linear Ft) Estimated # of Trees FY22 Estimated Cost per Park 1 Edelweiss 92,108 SF & 739 LF 198 $132,931 2 Sandstone 141,079 SF & 80 LF 288 $193,355 3 Edelweiss Gartens 73,340 SF & 314 LF 155 $104,062 4 Anderson 31,355 SF & 1,887 LF 75 $50,353 5 Pebble Creek 56,736 SF & 229 LF 115 $77,208 6 Tarrow & Wayne Smith Athletic Complex 27,161 SF & 345 LF 56 $37,597 7 Wolf Pen Creek 6,563 SF & 376 LF 18 $12,085 8 Veterans Park & Athletic Complex* 183,422 & 2,072 LF 384 $257,806 TOTAL 1,289 $865,397 * Veterans Park costs could be significantly less based on number of trees relocated from SH6 / University Dr. TxDOT project Page 22 of 778 13 Table 5.B Estimated Program Cost – Additional Priority Planting Areas at 25-feet planting spacing Park Name Plantable Area (Sq Ft or Linear Ft) Estimated # of Trees FY22 Estimated Cost per Park Art & Myra Bright 36,170 SF 74 $49,681 Bee Creek 26,064 SF & 183 LF 61 $40,954 Brison 5,316 SF & 42 LF 13 $8,728 Castle Rock 5,192 SF & 164 LF 17 $11,413 Crescent Pointe 4,180 SF 9 $6,042 Eastgate 14,199 SF 29 $19,470 Gabbard 13,971 SF 28 $18,798 Jack & Dorothy Miller 73,005 SF 149 $100,034 John Crompton 13,122 SF 27 $18,127 Oaks 2,935 SF 6 $4,028 Reatta Meadows 10,138 SF 21 $14,099 Richard Carter 15,387 SF 31 $20,812 Stephen C Beachy Central 10,447 SF & 455 LF 39 $26,183 Aggie Field of Honor & Memorial Cemetery 79,452 SF 162 $108,762 College Station Cemetery 657 LF 26 $17,456 TOTAL 692 $464,587 Table 5.C Estimated Program Cost – Other Planting Areas at 25-feet planting spacing Name Plantable Area (Sq Ft or Linear Ft) Estimated # of Trees FY22 Estimated Cost ROW / Other City Property 1,255,470 SF & 6,152 LF 2,806 $1,883,866 Program Total: 4,787 trees, $3,213,850, Per Year: 958 trees, $643,172 Table 6. Estimated Five-Year Planting Program Cost* FY2023 $688,194 FY2024 $722,604 FY2025 $744,282 FY2026 $766,610 FY2027 $789,609 Estimated total five-year cost $3,711,299 *Adjusted for inflation - assumptions of 7% for FY23, 5% for FY24, and 3% for FY25 through FY27. Page 23 of 778 14 Monitoring Implementation Monitoring temperatures in the planting areas over time will help ensure that targeted tree planting is having the desired result of mitigating heat islands. The Texas A&M Forest Service recommends using infrared thermometers, which cost about $50 each, to measure ambient air temperatures a few feet off the ground. This is more accurate to how humans experience heat islands than satellite methods that measure temperature on Earth’s surface. It would be recommended to get two thermometers per planting area. Thermometers could be placed permanently at locations within the planting areas as well as a control area without plantings. Alternatively, thermometers could be moved around to spot-check different locations at different points in time. There are also data sources that may be available for purchase to measure temperatures across the City, but these typically measure surface temperatures rather than ambient air temperatures. Additional Mitigation Strategies In addition to planting trees primarily on City-owned properties and secondarily within other areas such as street rights-of-way, there are additional options that the City Council may consider that could mitigate areas of high heat within the city. These include a residential tree planting program, partnership opportunities, regulatory changes, and other non-planting approaches. Residential Tree Planting Program Another program that City Council asked staff to investigate was a residential tree planting program. Under this program, the City would provide trees to residents who request them, up to a certain amount. Included with this program, residents would go through a brief training program (could be online) and agree to maintain the trees to help ensure their survival. TreeFolks operates a similar program in Central Texas called NeighborWoods. More information about this program can be found at the following link: https://www.treefolks.org/get-a-tree/neighborwoods/. Under this program, citizens are able to request a tree through an online form. From there, TreeFolks will provide home delivery of the trees. Applicants have the ability to choose from a list of available species. TreeFolks also hosts free tree adoption events each year throughout the Texas tree planting season from October through March. Planning and Development Services staff has discussed this program with Parks and Recreation staff and they have interest in administering a similar type program for College Station if the City Council wishes to proceed with this type of program. In addition, staff has contacted Keep Brazos Beautiful about administering this type or a similar type of program and they have expressed interest as well, but further conversations and specifics would be needed. For a budgetary estimate, five-gallon trees generally range from $50 - $100 each depending on species and quantity purchased. Using an average cost of $75 (FY22 dollars), 500 trees will cost $37,500. A quantity of 500 trees per year is a reasonable amount to distribute, depending on how many adoption events are done each year. Over five years, this would equate to 2,500 trees being planted throughout the City, with an anticipated five-year cost of approximately $217,000 using inflationary assumptions of 7% for FY23, 5% for FY24, and 3% for FY25 through FY27. Page 24 of 778 15 Table 7. Estimated Residential Planting Program Cost FY2023 $40,125 FY2024 $42,131 FY2025 $43,395 FY2026 $44,697 FY2027 $46,038 Estimated total five-year cost $216,386 Partnership Opportunities Chapter 9 of the City of College Station Comprehensive Plan, titled Collaborative Partnerships, lays out the importance of collaborating with local experts and other jurisdictions on combatting regional problems that the City faces. To this end, staff have identified numerous local non-profits and parts of the Texas A&M System that provide partnership opportunities to combat rising urban heat. Staff propose working with some or all of these to implement the tree planting programs, while identifying and evaluating alternative solutions they may propose to work together towards a cooler community. The Texas A&M Forest Service collaborated on the methodology of this project, an early example of how staff are already beginning to implement the goals of Chapter 9. This initial collaboration can and should be further developed as the Texas A&M Forest Service may have updated data or new solutions that may be helpful to the City. They have indicated an interest in training City staff and residents on tree care or potentially providing scholarships for City staff to become certified arborists. The Forest Service also provides a community handbook describing how to protect trees during urban growth and sample language for a tree preservation and care ordinance. As it relates to educating residents, the Forest Service provides forest health indicators and a tree planting guide for how to better landscape private homes. They have quality information and opportunities that the City should take full advantage of. After being consulted on the methodology, the Texas A&M Forest Service drew up a Proposal to Reduce Urban Heat Island in College Station (see Appendix) that offers the City $15,000 per year over two years to purchase and plant trees across the City. This generous offer could help offset the cost of the first two years of a future planting program to address urban heat while offering another opportunity for collaboration on where and what to plant. In addition to the financial benefit, the Texas A&M Forest Service has 250 seedlings which they are offering to furnish a residential tree distribution event. These additional trees could fold into existing or future Parks & Recreation, Community Services, or Neighborhood Services programming to help address the heat island effect on private property. The Texas A&M Forest Service offer provides an early chance to create a partnership on addressing tree plantings in both the public and private realms. The City could also bring the specialized knowledge of Texas A&M University students to the community by engaging with the Society for Ecological Restoration and Society of American Foresters. Both are student organizations with a strong ecological ethic with specialized knowledge of tree health, biodiversity, and the intersection of nature and culture. Specifically, students with the Society for Ecological Restoration come from Texas A&M University’s Ecology and Conservation Biology Page 25 of 778 16 department, which educates students across all ecological levels on conservation and resource protection. Engaging these students on locating and collocating plantings could help promote greater health outcomes, reducing the need for replanting costs in the future. In the Society of American Foresters, students engage with managing the nation’s forested areas and protected national resources. They advocate for forest policies using the latest in forest science and work to keep our countries precious forests from being clearcut and developed. Engaging with the Society for American Foresters brings the opportunity for healthier planting locations, better distancing recommendations based on individual tree species needs, and a better tree care ordinance, if Council decides to go that route. Tapping into these resources brings local students’ knowledge into their communities, resulting in better outcomes for the spending Council authorizes. There are also many local organizations with regional planting and gardening knowledge that could serve as resources to City staff and residents. The Brazos County Master Gardeners (brazosmg.com) has a list of plants that flourish and contribute to gardens in the region, as well as how to care for trees in the local biome. Many of the Master Gardeners learning materials are available online. If the City were to pursue a residential tree planting program, the Master Gardeners program could bring valuable knowledge to it. Keep Brazos Beautiful, mentioned previously, has planted over 500 trees this year alone. They bring planting knowledge and infrastructure to the table that would be useful to collaborate with for planting in public parks. Similarly, Aggie Replant is a student-led organization at Texas A&M University committed to improving the local community and participating in many plantings over the past 30 years. This not only brings another partnership opportunity, but the inclusion of students in plantings may also help them feel more connection to their local community through sweat equity. Additionally, students at Texas A&M University participate every year in the Big Event, a one-day service event every spring that brings college students into the community to help with volunteer needs across the communities they live in. The City could take advantage of this day of volunteering by organizing a day of plantings across the community. Finally, the City may also consider partnering with K-12 schools, businesses, and apartment communities identified as hot spots in the analysis for additional planting areas beyond those controlled or owned by the City. This should be long-term goal of the City, to collaborate with private developments on the placing of trees. This could include hosting partners in a tree education workshop at City Hall, connecting them with local community leaders, and distributing materials at outreach events around the City. The scope of this project is City-owned properties, but many opportunities exist in private developments. HUD Climate Communities Technical Assistance Program The City recently applied for and received a spot in the Department of Housing and Urban Development’s (HUD) Climate Communities Technical Assistance Program. HUD's goal for the program is to provide communities with the necessary tools to successfully implement resilience activities to mitigate and adapt to climate hazards. Staff submitted this “Cooling” College Station report and planting plan for consideration and is looking forward to shared expertise from HUD and other communities to address the effects of urban heat islands and climate change more holistically in our community. The City of College Station was one of 45 municipal and county governments chosen to participate in the program, including four other Texas communities. Participants will be able to participate in free one-on- Page 26 of 778 17 one technical assistance with a HUD consultant as well as engage with peer groups from other communities to learn from them and share our knowledge. This is an excellent opportunity to collaborate with other jurisdictions. Regulatory Changes Another approach for consideration could include amending the City’s ordinances and site design guidelines to require more tree preservation and planting. For example, landscape design guidelines based on canopy coverage at maturity, rather than number of trees, may more effectively mitigate urban heat. Another option includes granting additional site requirement reliefs in exchange for additional plantings. Non-Planting Approaches Should the Council wish to consider heat mitigation strategies and opportunities beyond tree-planting, broader approaches like green or cool roofs, cool pavements, and smart growth planning 6 that favors land-conserving development patterns over urban sprawl may be explored. These types of strategies could also help to proactively prevent heat islands in College Station from becoming more sever 6 www.epa.gov/heatislands Page 27 of 778 Mature trees can reduce air temperatures by up to 10° F and provide $243 million in energy savings yearly to Texas residents. (Texas Statewide Assessment of Urban Forest Ecosystem Services, Texas A&M Forest Service 2022) Pecan Bur Oak Cedar Elm Chinkapin Oak Right of Ways & Medians Greenspace Pathways Trees strategically planted in locations that generate or collect the most heat, such as roads and unshaded sidewalks, can mitigate the effects of urban heat islands. Consequently, areas within the city that will benefit the most from tree planting include: For Right of Ways and Medians, 15-gallon trees are recommended, while 3–5-gallon trees can be planted in Greenways and Parks. Residential trees are first-year seedlings in D-60 to D-40 containers, or similar. Did You Know? 979-458-6650 mmerritt@tfs.tamu.edu Great Species for Brazos County CONSERVE. PROTECT. LEAD Where to Plant American Elm Sycamore Texas Redbud Mexican White Oak Proposal to Reduce Urban Heat Island in College Station We Can Help! Texas A&M Forest Service is offering the City of College Station $15,000/year for two years to purchase and plant trees in areas to help combat urban heat island. This is roughly equivalent to 150 15-gallons trees (actual number is dependent on size and availability). Additionally, Texas A&M Forest Service offers 250 Texas Tested, Texas Tough seedlings for annual residential tree distribution events. These seedlings, a product of the Texas A&M Forest Service Urban Tree Improvement Program, are selected and improved to withstand harsh urban environments. This event could be independent or held in conjunction with a city recycling day or arbor day event. As much of the urban tree canopy in College Station is on private property, providing residents with trees to plant in yards can aid in the reduction of the urban heat island. Live Oak Shumard Oak Bald Cypress Contact: Mickey Merritt Underplanted Parks Residential Yards Page 28 of 778 Page 29 of 778 Page 30 of 778 Page 31 of 778 Page 32 of 778 Page 33 of 778 Page 34 of 778 Page 35 of 778 Page 36 of 778 Page 37 of 778 Page 38 of 778 Page 39 of 778 Page 40 of 778 Page 41 of 778 Page 42 of 778 Page 43 of 778 Page 44 of 778 Page 45 of 778 Page 46 of 778 Page 47 of 778 Page 48 of 778 Page 49 of 778 Page 50 of 778 Page 51 of 778 Page 52 of 778 Page 53 of 778 Page 54 of 778 Page 55 of 778 Page 56 of 778 Page 57 of 778 Page 58 of 778 Page 59 of 778 Page 60 of 778 Page 61 of 778 Page 62 of 778 Page 63 of 778 Page 64 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 7.2. Shady Drive options Sponsor: Emily Fisher, Director of Public Works Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding options for Shady Drive. Relationship to Strategic Goals: Core Services and Infrastructure Recommendation(s): N/A Summary: Shady Drive is a dead end street located off of Francis Drive. This presentation will show options available for the repair of Shady Drive and associated costs. Budget & Financial Summary: N/A Attachments: None Page 65 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 7.3. Egremont Update Sponsor: Jennifer Cain, Director Capital Projects Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding the design of the Egremont Court Rehabilitation Project. Relationship to Strategic Goals: Core Services and Infrastructure Recommendation(s): n/a Summary: Presentation to Council regarding the design progress on the Egremont Court Rehabilitation Project. The residents on Egremont approached Council with a request to mitigate the water ponding observed along the end of the cul-de-sac. Budget & Financial Summary: FY22 Budget Amendment #1 allocated $150,000 for this project. Attachments: None Page 66 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 8.1. Minutes Sponsor: Tanya Smith, City Secretary Reviewed By CBC: Agenda Caption:Presentation, discussion, and possible action of minutes for:  August 25, 2022 Council Meeting  September 8, 2022 Council Meeting Relationship to Strategic Goals:  Good Governance Recommendation(s): Recommends Approval. Summary: N/A Budget & Financial Summary: None Attachments: 1. CCM082522 DRAFT Minutes 2. CCM090822 DRAFT Minutes Page 67 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 1 MINUTES OF THE CITY COUNCIL MEETING IN-PERSON WITH TELECONFERENCE PARTICIPATION CITY OF COLLEGE STATION AUGUST 25, 2022 STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF BRAZOS § Present: Karl Mooney, Mayor Council: Bob Brick John Crompton Linda Harvell Elizabeth Cunha John Nichols Dennis Maloney City Staff: Bryan Woods, City Manager Jeff Capps, Deputy City Manager Adam Falco, City Attorney John Haislet, Sr. Assistant City Attorney Ian Whittenton, Deputy City Secretary Lisa McCracken, Records Management Administrator 1. Call to Order and Announce a Quorum is Present. With a quorum present, the meeting of the College Station City Council was called to order by Mayor Mooney via In-Person and Teleconference at 4:02 p.m. on August 25, 2022, in the Council Chambers of the City of College Station City Hall, 1101 Texas Avenue, College Station, Texas 77840. 2. Executive Session In accordance with the Texas Government Code §551.071-Consultation with Attorney, §551.072-Real Estate, and §551.074-Personnel, the College Station City Council convened into Executive Session at 4:03 p.m. on August 25, 2022, to continue discussing matters pertaining to: A. Consultation with Attorney to seek advice regarding pending or contemplated litigation, to wit: Kathryn A. Stever-Harper as Executrix for the Estate of John Wesley Harper v. City of College Station and Judy Meeks; No. 15,977-PC in the County Court No. 1, Brazos County, Texas; and McCrory Investments II, LLC d/b/a Southwest Stor Mor v. City of College Station; Cause No. 17-000914-CV-361; In the 361st District Court, Brazos County, Texas; and Shana Elliott and Lawrence Kalke v. The City of College Station, et al. Robert Danny Clack, II v. The City of College Station, et al. Page 68 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 2 B. Consultation with attorney to receive legal advice; to wit: Legal Advice regarding the City’s application to change transmission cost of service (TCOS) and wholesale transmission rates before the Public Utility Commission of Texas. Legal advice regarding the process to acquire property needed for the west side Highway 47 electric substation. C. Deliberation on the purchase, exchange, lease, or value of real property; to wit: Property generally located in the southwest quadrant of Texas State Highway 6 and Harvey Road. Property generally located in Midtown Business Center at the intersection of Midtown Drive and Corporate Parkway. D. Deliberation on the appointment, employment, evaluation, reassignment, duties, discipline, or dismissal of a public officer; to wit: City Attorney Council Self-Evaluation E. Deliberation on a competitive matter as that term is defined in Gov’t Code Section 552.133; to wit: Power Supply 3. Reconvene from Executive Session and take action, if any. Executive Session recessed at 6:00 p.m. MOTION: Upon a motion by Councilmember Harvell and seconded by Councilmember Brick, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to appoint Adam Falco as City Attorney. The motion carried unanimously. 4. Pledge of Allegiance, Invocation, consider absence request. 5. Hear Visitors Comments Allison Flippen, College Station, asks that council consider adding “Safe Haven Baby Boxes” to fire stations throughout the city. She believes that this will encourage parents who do not want to parent their child to surrender them in a safe place. John Nicks, College Station, would like council to consider forming a disability taskforce to consider ways to make the city’s public areas and retail establishments more friendly to those with disabilities. TreVion Watson, College Station, stated that the city should not be requiring a security deposit or charging reconnection fees on utility accounts. 6. WORKSHOP ITEMS 6.1. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding the current conditions of the Northgate Entertainment District, to include future options for improvement. Billy Couch, College Station Police Chief, state that the Northgate Entertainment District has experienced rapid growth in the residential population over the last ten years, along with the residential Page 69 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 3 growth, and an increased growth in the number of licensed bars in Northgate. Due to the confined space of the Entertainment District, combined with the heavy occupancy of the licensed establishments, the Northgate area has become environmentally less safe. Chief Couch also explained that due to these environmental conditions, demands on city resources have constantly increased, despite additional resources, the environmental conditions have not improved. To effectively reduce the risk and liability of this environment, environmental conditions will need to change. The summary presentation will conclude with suggestions for consideration to make the area safer in the future. Environmental Short Term Safety Considerations • Bar Safety Measures • Ordinance to require cameras within bars • Wanding required upon entry • Removal of outdoor speakers • Removal of dining boxes • Earlier hour of last call Environmental Medium Term Safety Considerations • Traffic Calming • One-way streets or complete road closures • Speed Humps on College Main and Church Ave. to slow traffic • Improve Mobility Safety • Lighted or Traditional Cross-Walks • Complete Unfinished Sidewalks on both sides • Additional Bike Lanes • Enhanced Wall along University Drive Environmental Long Term Safety Considerations • Smart and effective long-term environmental planning • Limit on the number of bars in the interim until a broader solution can be created • Conditional Use Permit requirements need to be designed with legitimate conditions for all bars within the City • Create a system for maximum number of bars by district within the city • Proximity ordinances for licensed establishments • Entertainment district fees • Use existing city facilities to stimulate quality and safe re-development (Surface parking lot, Promenade, Parking Garage, and ROWs) Council directed staff to evaluate and return with the feasibility of each of the recommendations made, explore a business improvement district, and engage area business in dialogue. 6.2. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on options to amend the Restricted Occupancy Overlay (ROO). Alyssa Halle-Schramm, Planning and Development, stated that at the February 10, 2022 meeting, the City Council requested a future agenda item to consider options to amend the Restricted Occupancy Overlay (ROO) with the intent to streamline the process and application for neighborhoods interested in pursuing a ROO. For this workshop, staff will present a list of options, along with a discussion of the advantages and disadvantages of each, for the City Council to consider and provide direction. Page 70 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 4 Amendment Options Option (can be combined)Advantages Disadvantages 1) Adjust the application fee for single-family overlay zoning requests (NCO, ROO & HPO) •More affordable for subdivision •Fee resolution only, no ordinance amendment needed •City does not recoup any costs for staff time, certified mailings (2), and newspaper advertisements 2) Allow contiguous phases of a subdivision to submit one application and pay one fee •Fewer applications •More affordable for subdivision •One Petition Committee •Increased quantity of lots may increase/decrease difficulty of reaching 50%+1 threshold •Potential for phase(s) in support carrying the vote over smaller phase(s) 3) Allow the rezoning boundary to match that of a registered HOA or Neighborhood Association (original subdivision boundary applies if no HOA/NA) •More affordable for subdivision •Option for one Petition Committee •Increased quantity of lots may increase/decrease difficulty of reaching 50%+1 threshold •Potential for phase(s) in support carrying the vote over smaller phase(s) 4) Revise the petition percentage threshold from 50%+1 to some other percentage •N/A •N/A 5) Wait for more applications to be submitted, then consider amendments in the future •Ability to continue evaluating the process •Does not aid subdivisions interested in pursuing a ROO today Council directed staff to keep option one (1) and bring back changes to incorporate option two (2) in the process. 6.3. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on a proposed middle housing zoning district. Matthew Ellis, Plannings and Development, presented a draft proposal for the creation of a middle housing zoning district that allows a variety of housing options between single-family and multi- family. Mr. Ellis provided examples that included duplexes, townhouses, small and medium multiplexes, and courtyard houses, as well as small lot single-family developments. The proposed zoning allows these flexible housing types by right, rather than needing a PDD Planned Development District. The new zoning district may redirect development pressure out of existing single-family neighborhoods, encourage the housing types that the market demands in strategic locations, and create more housing choices for low- and middle-income people including families, students, young professionals, and seniors. Mr. Ellis explained that staff has discussed the proposal with interested parties throughout the community. These efforts began with a seminar supper on June 28, 2022, to engage neighborhood representatives early in the creation of this proposal. Furthermore, staff met with builders, developers, and engineers in the community who have experience with student housing or middle housing products to discuss ideas, ask questions, and voice concerns regarding the proposed dimensional Page 71 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 5 standards and how the district would function. In total, staff held four focus group meetings and presented at the Builder and Developer Breakfast on July 21, 2022 to engage the development community. Staff also coordinated internally to receive feedback from all applicable City departments to ensure the proposal meets the needs of all departments and maintains excellent City services. The changes made to draft proposal are based on feedback from all engagement efforts. Parking Options P&Z Recommendation Staff Recommendation Option 1:Option 2:Option3: Rear parking for the entire district • Based on middle housing best practices • Walkable neighborhoods with cleaner facades Allow front parking with streetscaping on the periphery of the Mixed Residential Future Land Use • Rear of lot is encumbered by buffering • Allows transitions Allow front parking with streetscaping for the entire district • Does not create clean facades • Little incentive to rear park if front parking is always an option Buffering Options Staff Recommendation P&Z Recommendation Option 1:Option 2:Option3: 2.5’ of landscaped buffer for every 5’ of height and a fence • Contextual • Creates flexibility • Incentivizes smaller buildings on the periphery, leading to better transitions 5’ of landscaped buffer for every 10’ of height and a fence • Same as option 1, but less flexible • Results in overbuffering, not underbuffering 10’ and a fence • Current multi-family buffer standard • Creates standard that is predictable • Not contextual to height Low-Density Residential Height Protection Staff Recommendation P&Z Recommendation Option 1:Option 2: Multiplexes provide 1:2 height protection from the property line • Contextual protection • Maintains the current application of standards (Multi-family developments follow height protection) All Middle Housing projects provide 1:2 height protection from the property line • Extends the current standards • Single-family provides height protection to single-family Council directed staff to use option two (2) from parking but determine where option one (1) may be used, use option one (1) from buffering, and use option one (1) from low-density residential height protection. 6.4. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on a potential ordinance amendment relating to individual lot grading requirements for residential lots. Anthony Armstrong, Planning and Development, stated that during discussions regarding the impervious cover ordinance that City Council heard and approved back in March of 2020, one of the additional issues raised by the Planning and Zoning Commission and shared by members of the City Page 72 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 6 Council was the component of grading on a property as it relates to drainage. This workshop item was to discuss potential options to address the issue of lot grading, specifically on a lot-by-lot scenario. Staff presented options for discussion and seek direction from the City Council. Options could include: City provided individual lot grading templates, chosen by builder, confirmed by staff Developer created site specific grading plans per lot City directed site specific grading plan Council directed staff to bring back an ordinance for Individual Lot Grading Templates with a height differential limit. Council recessed at 9:25 p.m. Council resumed at 9:37 p.m. 7. CONSENT ITEMS Presentation, discussion, and possible action on consent items which consist of ministerial, or "housekeeping" items as allowed by law: A Councilmember may request additional information at this time. Any Councilmember may remove an item from the Consent Agenda for a separate vote. Items 7.6 and 7.7 were pulled from Consent for clarification. (7.6) Emily Fisher, Director of Public Works, stated that four areas were considered for traffic calming for the 2021-2022 cycle. The locations of these approved implementations are Pebble Creek, Renee Lane, and Ashburn Avenue. An invitation to bid was issued and only one bid was received from Larry Young Paving, Inc. Due to instability of pricing, previous work record, and unlikeliness of additional bidders, staff recommends awarding the contract to Larry Young Paving, Inc. (7.7) Brian Piscacek, Economic Development Manager, stated that This is the second and final renewal with Land of Lights, Inc., DBA Santa's Wonderland, to encourage visitor stays by promoting "Christmas in College Station" and maintaining College Station as a premier destination of the Christmas season. The campaign partnership with Santa's Wonderland includes collaborative advertising to strategic markets, as well as exclusive, on-premises branding. John Nicks, Pflugerville, came before council to speak on item 7.10 and would like council to consider waiving parking fees for those with disabilities. John Nicks, Pflugerville, came before council to speak on item 7.11 and express concern about what he feels is excessive costs for several of the hardware and software purchases. 7.1. Presentation, possible action, and discussion of minutes for: August 11, 2022 Council Meeting August 17, 2022 Special Meeting 7.2. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding adoption of Resolution 08-25-22-7.2 to support the submission of a joint grant application with the Bryan/College Station Metropolitan Planning Organization for the Safe Streets and Roads for All program to conduct Page 73 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 7 a county-wide Comprehensive Safety Action Plan. 7.3. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding an Interlocal Agreement with Brazos County and the City of Bryan for the 2022 Byrne Justice Assistance Grant (JAG) Program in which the City of College Station has been allocated $16,112.60 for the purpose of supporting law enforcement programs. 7.4. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding ordinance 2022-4381 of the Atmos Cities Steering Committee (ACSC) Rate Review Mechanism (RRM). 7.5. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding a general services contract with Buyers Barricades Houston, LLC in the amount of $115,000 for the 2022 TAMU Football Post Game Day Traffic Control. 7.6. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding the award of a construction contract to Larry Young Paving Inc. in the amount of $199,410 for Traffic Calming Implementation and Construction. 7.7. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding the second renewal of a sponsorship agreement with Land of Lights, Inc., DBA Santa's Wonderland, in the amount of $150,000. 7.8. Presentation, discussion, and possible action to authorize expenditure of funds for Fiscal Year 2023 for items exempt from competitive bidding as described more fully in Texas Local Government Code, Chapter 252.022 and other expenditures for interlocal contracts or fees mandated by state law that are greater than $100,000; and to authorize the City Manager to approve contracts and expenditures that are on the exemption list. 7.9. Presentation, discussion, and possible action to approve the fourth renewal of an annual contract for Professional Auditing Services with FORVIS, LLP (formerly BKD, LLP) for an amount not to exceed $134,294. 7.10. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on ordinance 2022-4382 amending Chapter 38, “Traffic and Vehicles,” Article II “Stopping, Standing and Parking,” by adding Division 5 "City Facility Parking". 7.11. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding renewing the contract for Temporary Employment Services with Spherion Staffing LLC (“Spherion”) for a total estimated annual expenditure of $190,000. 7.12. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding the purchase of SCADA system video integration hardware and software from CDW-G, LLC for $141,587.12 and from the Reynolds Company for $219,856.61. 7.13. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding approval of a Community Housing Development Organization HOME Investment Partnership Program funding agreement in the amount of $305,094 with Elder Aid, Inc. for the acquisition and rehabilitation of two rental units at 1416 and 1418 Hawk Tree in College Station to be used as affordable, elderly rental housing. Page 74 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 8 7.14. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on resolution08-25-22-7.14 granting consent to Rock Prairie Management District No. 2 for the sale and issuance of unlimited tax road bonds, series 2022, in an amount not to exceed $2,500,000. MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Maloney and a second by Councilmember Harvell, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to approve the Consent Items. The motion carried unanimously. 8. REGULAR ITEMS 8.1. Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action on the City of College Station 2023 advertised ad valorem tax rate of $0.524613 per $100 valuation, resulting in an increase in tax revenues. Mary Ellen Leonard, Finance Director, stated that the governing body of a taxing unity may not adopt a tax rate that exceeds the lower of the voter-approval rate or the no-new revenue tax rate until the governing body has held a public hearing on the proposed tax rate. The tax rate that the City Council announced would hold the public hearing on is $0.524613 per $100 assessed valuation. This is a decrease in the tax rate from the 2021 tax rate of ($0.010005). The notice of this public hearing was placed in the Eagle, as well as on the City's internet site, and the City's television channel. The public hearing tax rate of $0.524613 per $100 assessed valuation will generate $57,079,638 in taxes. The property taxes are used to fund the general debt service of the City as well as a portion of the operations and maintenance costs of the General Fund. At approximately 9:53 p.m., Mayor Mooney opened the Public Hearing. There being no further comments, the Public Hearing was closed at 9:53 p.m. 8.2. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on an ordinance adopting the City of College Station 2022-2023 Budget; and presentation, discussion, and possible action ratifying the property tax revenue increase reflected in the budget. Mary Ellen Leonard, Finance Director, noted the Council will need to take two actions: 1) consider the FY 2023-20224 proposed budget in the amount of $412,370,777; including proposed revisions of an increase of $2,279,394; and 2) ratify the property tax revenue increase reflected in the budget. MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Maloney and a second by Councilmember Nichols, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to adopt Ordinance No. 2022- 4383, the proposed FY23 budget for the City of College Station including proposed revisions of an increase of $2,279,394 for a total proposed budget with revisions of $412,370,777. The motion unanimously carried unanimously. MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Nichols and a second by Councilmember Maloney, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to approve ratifying the property tax increase reflected in the FY22 Budget. The motion unanimously carried unanimously. 8.3. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on an ordinance adopting the City of College Station 2022-2023 ad valorem tax rate of $0.524613 per $100 assessed valuation, the debt service portion being $0.211441 per $100 assessed valuation and the operations and maintenance portion being $0.313172 per $100 assessed valuation. Page 75 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 9 Mary Ellen Leonard, Finance Director, presented the FY 2023-2024 ad valorem tax rate. The proposed tax rate of 52.4613 cents per $100 assessed valuation is the same as the current tax rate. Also, presented the debt service portion being $0.211441 per $100 assessed valuation and the operations and maintenance portion being $0.313172 per $100 assessed valuation. MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Maloney, and a second by Councilmember Nichols, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to adopt Ordinance No. 2022- 4384, the City of College Station 2022-2023 ad valorem tax rate of $0.524613 per $100 assessed valuation, the debt service portion being $0.211441 per $100 assessed valuation and the operations and maintenance portion being $0.313172 per $100 assessed valuation. The motion carried unanimously. 8.4. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on a resolution adopting fees, rates and charges as provided by Chapter 2 “Administration”, Article V “Finance” Division 2 “Fees, Rates and Charges” of the Code of Ordinances, City of College Station, Texas. Mary Ellen Leonard, Finance Director, stated that all fees, rates and charges in the Code of Ordinances are adopted by resolution of the City Council as provided in Sec. 2-117 of the Code. Each year with the budget the Council adopts a new resolution to keep the fees, rates, and charges current. FY23 Fee Resolution Changes: Planning and Development Services Department The consolidation of Planning and permit fees into one section was revised back to its former format by legal to match ordinance codification. No rates were changed, however, the removal of the consolidation of the planning related fees in the ordinance has re-ordered / renumbered the document provided at Workshops. Parks & Recreation Correction for a typographical error the packet related to Purple Gym deposits has been made. Updates to the Parking Ordinance to allow the City Manager discretion related to parking at City Facilities and the related updates to references to parking rates in the ordinance have been made. The updated ordinance can be found on consent August 25, 2022. Public Works Department Chapter 40, Utilities i. Article IV Solid Waste Collection and Disposal – wording updates to Sec. 40-391 and 40- 392 related to commercial collection in the city and in Northgate have been made for transparency by Solid Waste. Fire Department Three permit fees were added for hot work, mobile food vendors and emergency access gates. MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Maloney, and a second by Councilmember Brick, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to approve Resolution No. 08-25- 22-8.4, adopting fees, rates and charges as provided by Chapter 2 “Administration”, Article V “Finance” Division 2 “Fees, Rates and Charges” of the Code of Ordinances, City of College Station, Texas. The motion carried unanimously. 8.5. Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding an ordinance amending Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance, “Article 4, Zoning Districts,” Section 4.2 “Official Zoning Map,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, by Page 76 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 10 changing the zoning district boundaries from GC General Commercial to PDD Planned Development District on approximately 12 acres of land located 103 N. Dowling Rd. Anthony Armstrong, Planning and Development, stated that the applicant has requested a rezoning for approximately 12 acres of land from GC General Commercial to PDD Planned Development District with a base zoning of T Townhouse. The change in the zoning district boundaries from GC General Commercial to PDD Planned Development District, would allow commercial opportunities on a vacant tract of land located at the intersection of Dowling and Holleman Drive while also providing additional single-family housing types for the remaining unplatted portion of the overall development. The Planning and Zoning Commission heard this item at their August 4, 2022 Regular Meeting and voted unanimously for approval. After the Planning and Zoning Commission meeting, the applicant submitted a slightly modified Concept Plan (attached as Concept Plan - Modified), which corrected a boundary and made some small changes to the layout. These changes would be considered a minor modification and could be approved at the Staff level, if approved, but since the change took place prior to the City Council action, staff has included the modified Concept Plan for City Council consideration. The modified Concept Plan is included as part of the ordinance. Staff recommended approval. Concept Plan Max building height 25’ measured to the eave Min front setback of 35’ Streetscaping along Holleman Drive, N Dowling Road & Larimer Sanitation compactor in place of dumpsters Sidewalks only on one side of the private access ways Private Street allowed to break block At approximately 10:22 p.m., Mayor Mooney opened the Public Hearing. There being no further comments, the Public Hearing was closed at 10:23 p.m. MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Crompton, and a second by Councilmember Maloney, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to adopt Ordinance No. 2022- 4385, amending Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance, “Article 4, Zoning Districts,” Section 4.2 “Official Zoning Map,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, by changing the zoning district boundaries from GC General Commercial to PDD Planned Development District on approximately 12 acres of land located 103 N. Dowling Rd. The motion carried unanimously. 8.6. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on an agreement for purchase and sale of real property between the City of College Station and West Valley JMYL, LP for approximately 7.64 acres of land located generally near the intersection of Texas State Highway 6 and Harvey Road. Natalie Ruiz, Economic Development Director, stated that this is a Property Purchase Agreement relating to the City’s acquisition of the former Macy’s property at Post Oak Mall. The City intends to purchase approximately 7.64 acres and the 103,000 square foot building located on the property in the southeast corner of Post Oak Mall for potential redevelopment in the amount of $7.3 million. Page 77 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 11 Vision Planning for Redevelopment 10-Year Evaluation & Appraisal Report Launched in 2019, adopted by City Council in October 2020 Recommended comprehensive plan modifications in response to changing conditions Scenario planning for several areas, including Post Oak Mall Engagement with current owners of Post Oak Mall and accompanying boxes Potential of alternative uses, increasing density, high utilization in key corridor Scenario Analysis/Vision Exercise Melissa Mcllhaney, College Station, came before council to express her opinion that the purchase price is too high for this property. Mike Logan, College Station, stated he also believes the purchase price is excessive and the property would be better off with private development. MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Crompton, and a second by Councilmember Maloney, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to approve an agreement for purchase and sale of real property between the City of College Station and West Valley JMYL, LP for approximately 7.64 acres of land located generally near the intersection of Texas State Highway 6 and Harvey Road. The motion carried unanimously. 9. Council Calendar Council reviewed the calendar. 10. Items of Community Interest: The Council may receive reports from a Council Member or City Staff about items of community interest for which notice has not been given, including: expressions of thanks, congratulations or condolence; information regarding holiday schedules; Page 78 of 778 CCM082522 Minutes Page 12 honorary or salutary recognitions of a public official, public employee, or other citizen; reminders of upcoming events organized or sponsored by the City of College Station; information about a social, ceremonial or community event organized or sponsored by an entity other than the City of College Station that is scheduled to be attended by a Council Member, another city official or staff of the City of College Station; and announcements involving an imminent threat to the public health and safety of people in the City of College Station that has arisen after the posting of the agenda. None. 11. Council Reports on Committees, Boards, and Commission: A Council Member may make a report regarding meetings of City Council boards and commissions or meetings of boards and committees on which a Council Member serves as a representative that have met since the last council meeting. (Committees listed in Coversheet) Councilmember Cunha reported on the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board. Councilmember Maloney reported on the Texas Municipal League. 12. Future Agenda Items and Review of Standing List of Council Generated Future Agenda Items: A Council Member may make a request to City Council to place an item for which no notice has been given on a future agenda or may inquire about the status of an item on the standing list of council generated future agenda items. A Council Member’s or City Staff’s response to the request or inquiry will be limited to a statement of specific factual information related to the request or inquiry or the recitation of existing policy in response to the request or inquiry. Any deliberation of or decision about the subject of a request will be limited to a proposal to place the subject on the agenda for a subsequent meeting. Councilmember Harvell requested an item on possible Safe Haven baby boxes. Councilmember Maloney requested an item on utility reconnect fees. Councilmember Maloney requested a resolution in support of the Texas Municipal League. Councilmember Maloney requested a discussion on joining the National League of Cities. Councilmember Cunha requested an item on the multi-family solid waste management. 13. Adjournment. There being no further business, Mayor Mooney adjourned the Meeting of the City Council at 10:56 p.m. on Thursday, August 25, 2022. ________________________ Karl Mooney, Mayor ATTEST: ___________________________ Tanya Smith, City Secretary Page 79 of 778 CCM090822 Minutes Page 1 MINUTES OF THE CITY COUNCIL MEETING IN-PERSON WITH TELECONFERENCE PARTICIPATION CITY OF COLLEGE STATION SEPTEMBER 8, 2022 STATE OF TEXAS § § COUNTY OF BRAZOS § Present: Karl Mooney, Mayor Council: Bob Brick John Crompton Linda Harvell Elizabeth Cunha John Nichols Dennis Maloney City Staff: Bryan Woods, City Manager Jeff Capps, Deputy City Manager Adam Falco, City Attorney Leslie Whitten, Assistant City Attorney Tanya Smith, City Secretary Ian Whittenton, Deputy City Secretary 1. Call to Order and Announce a Quorum is Present. With a quorum present, the meeting of the College Station City Council was called to order by Mayor Mooney via In-Person and Teleconference at 4:00 p.m. on September 8, 2022, in the Council Chambers of the City of College Station City Hall, 1101 Texas Avenue, College Station, Texas 77840. 2. Executive Session In accordance with the Texas Government Code §551.071-Consultation with Attorney, §551.072-Real Estate, and §551.074-Personnel, the College Station City Council convened into Executive Session at 4:01 p.m. on September 8, 2022, to continue discussing matters pertaining to: A. Consultation with Attorney to seek advice regarding pending or contemplated litigation, to wit: Kathryn A. Stever-Harper as Executrix for the Estate of John Wesley Harper v. City of College Station and Judy Meeks; No. 15,977-PC in the County Court No. 1, Brazos County, Texas; and McCrory Investments II, LLC d/b/a Southwest Stor Mor v. City of College Station; Cause No. 17-000914-CV-361; In the 361st District Court, Brazos County, Texas; and Shana Elliott and Lawrence Kalke v. The City of College Station, et al. Robert Danny Clack, II v. The City of College Station, et al. Page 80 of 778 CCM090822 Minutes Page 2 B. Deliberation on the purchase, exchange, lease, or value of real property; to wit: Property generally located in the southwest quadrant of Texas State Highway 6 and Harvey Road. C. Deliberation on the appointment, employment, evaluation, reassignment, duties, discipline, or dismissal of a public officer; to wit: City Manager Council Self-Evaluation 3. Reconvene from Executive Session and take action, if any. Executive Session recessed at 6:00 p.m. No action was taken. 4. Pledge of Allegiance, Invocation, consider absence request. 5. PRESENTATION - PROCLAMATIONS, AWARDS, AND RECOGNITIONS. 5.1 Presentation proclaiming September 17th through 23rd as Constitution Week. Mayor Mooney presented a proclamation to the La Villita Chapter of the Daughters of the American Revolution and proclaimed September 17-23, 2022, as Constitution Week. 5.2. Presentation proclaiming September 8th as Special Olympics Team Texas Flag Football Day. Mayor Mooney presented a proclamation to the Team Texas Aggies, which are: Coach Donald Calhoun, Coach Ross Clubb, Franklin Cullen, James Everett, James Hawkins, Conner Kelly, Jeffery, Ramsey, Matthew Amezaga, Jose Lopez, Brendan Musser, Stephen Sacarello, and Coach Fred J. Clubb, Jr. and proclaimed September 8, 2022, as Special Olympics Team Texas Flag Football Day. 6. Hear Visitors Comments John Nicks, College Station, stated he had several topics he wanted to discuss: He requested the city council split city council meetings over 2 days - where the executive session and workshop items are held on Day 1. Then, recess until the following day, reconvening at 6 pm to finish city business and not have citizens out until 11 pm. Alternatively, he recommended following a weekly meeting schedule like Brazos County Commissioner's Court. Mr. Nicks requested that Mayor Mooney and the City Council create a Disability Taskforce, Mayor Council of Disability, or Commission on Disability. Its main focus would be to make College Station more disability-friendly. Sherry Frisk, College Station, came before Council to report on the “Never Forget Garden” at the Brazos Valley Veterans Memorial and report that donations have been raised in the amount of $76,231.18, with the goal of raising another $200,000. Tre Watson, College Station, came before Council regarding a question during last weeks Northgate presentation, if the increase in crime was because of gang members. He cautioned that using terms Page 81 of 778 CCM090822 Minutes Page 3 like gang member can be stigmatizing because of its loose description of activity related to a group of individuals. 7. WORKSHOP ITEMS 7.1. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding City Council's request for a presentation regarding Proactive Rental Inspection programs. Gus Roman, Community Services, stated that at the June 9, 2022 meeting, Council directed staff to provide an overview of what can be included in a Proactive Rental Inspection (PRI). Staff provides a summary of the common components of PRI, advantages and disadvantages, current programs, and resources available, and the possible options for PRI in College Station. Challenges & Concerns: Number of rental units – 27,000 Resources to manage and monitor Limited property inspectors in CS Cost of inspection Standardized inspection criteria Privacy Tenant-side Code Violations Potentially displaced tenants Options: Maintain current Rental Registration program and process. Focused education and outreach for tenants, property owners, and managers. Develop complaint process and tracking system - evaluate data. Include Proactive Rental Inspection as a part of Rental Registration. Develop a third-party Proactive Rental Inspection program. At approximately 6:53 p.m., Mayor Mooney opened for Citizen Comments. Jessica Williams, College Station, came before Council to support creating a pilot program in certain areas for these inspections and stated this will give quality insurance for these students before moving in. She would like to see Council to work with A&M Student Government on this. Karime Ramos, College Station, stated that she comes before Council on behalf of student population and believes that many of the rental units are unsafe. She stated she would rather pay more in rent than a hospital bill because of something happening. Jacob McFarland, College Station, came before Council in support of rental registration and optional inspections. Frey Miller, College Station, came before Council in support of the pilot program and stated it took multiple months of contact to the landlord to have serious issues fixed. Having a rental inspection program would help prevent these types of situations. There being no further comments, Citizen Comments was closed at 7:05 p.m. Page 82 of 778 CCM090822 Minutes Page 4 Council directed staff to bring back information on developing a complaint process and tracking system, a possible fee and fine structure, and options to develop a staffed or third-party Proactive Rental Inspection program. Council also directed staff to look into a possible resolution with TAMU Student Senate in support of this type of program. 7.2. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding City entry signage locations. Jennifer Cain, Capital Projects, provided possible location for signage at city entry points. Current City Gateway Sign #1 – Hwy 6 & University Drive City Gateway Sign #2 – Hwy 6 & Texas World Speedway Possible City Gateway Sign #3 – Veterans Park and University City Gateway Sign #4 – Raymond Stotzer Pkwy and Frontage Riverside Pkwy Mrs. Cain stated that the City Gateway Sign #1 will be moved and if we add the possible language to signage #3, it will have to be reconfigured. Council directed staff to reconfigure City Gateway Sign #1 located at Hwy 6 & University Drive and work on a possible sign #3 at Veteran Park and University which will be more of a welcome to Veterans Park sign. In addition, move forward with designs for a City Gateway Sign #4 at Raymond Stotzer Pkwy and Frontage Riverside Pkwy. Mayor Mooney recessed the City Council meeting at 7:49 p.m. The City Council meeting was reconvened by Mayor Mooney at 8:02 p.m. 8. CONSENT ITEMS Presentation, discussion, and possible action on consent items which consist of ministerial, or "housekeeping" items as allowed by law: A Councilmember may request additional information at this time. Any Councilmember may remove an item from the Consent Agenda for a separate vote. Items 8.6 was pulled from Consent for separate vote. 8.1. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding the first renewal of a marketing and advertising services agreement with Belmont Icehouse, LLC for $400,000. 8.2. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on approving the annual purchase of chlorine gas from DXI Industries, Inc. for a not-to-exceed amount of $250,000. 8.3. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on approving the semi-annual purchase of polymer from Polydyne, Inc. for a not-to-exceed amount of $102,000. 8.4. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on Resolution No. 09-08-22-8.4 in support of Brazos County's bond proposition. 8.5. Presentation, discussion, and possible action on Resolution No. 09-08-22-8.5 in support of the Regional Mobility Authority's vehicle registration fee referendum. Page 83 of 778 CCM090822 Minutes Page 5 8.6. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding Ordinance No. 2022-4386 consenting to and extending the Mayor's renewal of a disaster declaration due to a public health emergency. MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Nichols and a second by Councilmember Maloney, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to approve the Consent Items with the exception of Consent Item 8.6. The motion carried unanimously. (8.6) MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Nichols and a second by Councilmember Maloney, the City Council voted six (6) for and one (1) opposed, with Councilmember Cunha voting against, to approve the Consent Item 8.6, Ordinance No. 2022-4386 consenting to and extending the Mayor's renewal of a disaster declaration due to a public health emergency. The motion carried. 9. REGULAR ITEMS 9.1. Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action on Ordinance No. 2022-4387 for Budget Amendment 4 amending Ordinance No. 2021-4286 which will amend the budget for the 2021-2022 Fiscal Year in the amount of $21,491,393. Mary Ellen Leonard, Finance Director, stated that the proposed budget amendment is to increase the FY22 budget appropriations by $21,491,393 for increases in the cost of FY22 Electric Purchase Power, City Hall savings transfer from Facilities CIP to Electric, Water Fund transfer to Water Risk Mitigation Fund, Westside Park land purchase, Hotel Tax Fund transfer for Texas Independence Ballpark at Midtown, Solid Waste Fund overtime, Economic Development professional studies, purchase of additional police vehicles, Fire Department AFG Grant for Paramedic training, and the old Macys land purchase. This amendment also included interfund transfers totaling $9,185,000 that have no overall budget impact. If approved, the net revised budget appropriations will be $408,396,234. At approximately 8:11 p.m., Mayor Mooney opened the Public Hearing. There being no further comments, the Public Hearing was closed at 8:11 p.m. Page 84 of 778 CCM090822 Minutes Page 6 MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Maloney and a second by Councilmember Brick, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to adopt Ordinance No. 2022-4387, amending Ordinance No. 2021-4286 which will amend the budget for the 2021-2022 Fiscal Year in the amount of $21,491,393. The motion unanimously carried unanimously. 9.2. Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding Ordinance No. 2022- 4388 amending the Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use & Character Map from Suburban Residential to Neighborhood Commercial for approximately 0.16 acres, generally located at 106 Southland Street. Items 9.2 and 9.3 were presented together. 9.3. Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding Ordinance No. 2022- 4389 amending Appendix A , “Unified Development Ordinance, “Article 4, Zoning Districts,” Section 4.2 “Official Zoning Map,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, by changing the zoning district boundary from PDD Planned Development District and GS General Suburban to PDD Planned Development District for approximately 0.75 acres located at Southland Addition Block 2 Lots 6 & 7 and the remainder of Lots 1-5, generally located at the intersection of Southland Street and Wellborn Road. Robin Macias, Planning and Development, stated that the applicant is requesting an amendment to the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map from Suburban Residential to Neighborhood Commercial for approximately 0.16 acres, located at 106 Southland Street. Neighborhood Commercial is defined as areas of commercial activities that cater primarily to nearby residents. This Comprehensive Plan Amendment is in conjunction with the PDD Planned Development District rezoning of this lot and the adjacent lots, which are already designated as Neighborhood Commercial. It is the applicant’s intent to extend the existing Southwest Crossing retail center and develop a commercial restaurant and retail space. Mrs. Macias explained that this request is to also rezone approximately 0.75 acres of land generally located at 1201 Wellborn Road from PDD Planned Development District and GS General Suburban to PDD Planned Development District. A portion of the property was originally zoned PDD Planned Development District in 2021. The applicant is requesting to add an additional 0.16-acre lot to the portion previously zoned PDD Planned Development District and revise the Concept Plan. Mrs. Macias explained that the applicant is requesting modifications to the SC Suburban Commercial requirements for restaurants with a drive-thru that include being located a minimum of 150 feet from any single-family use or zoning and the requirement that drive-thru facilities (menu board, speaker box, pick-up window) cannot be located between the building and any single-family use or zoning. Modifications Section 6.4.E Drive-thru windows and message boards may not be located on the side of the building adjacent to a single-family land use or zoning district. Restaurants with a drive-thru window must be located a minimum of 150 feet from any single- family use or zoning district. Locate drive thru facilities between the building and single-family use. Reduce distance of requirement that drive-thru be located a minimum of 150 ft from single family use. Distance from pick-up window to single family property line: 126 ft (previously 59 ft) Page 85 of 778 CCM090822 Minutes Page 7 to the north and 82 ft to the west. Distance from back of curb of by-pass lane to single family property line: 38 ft (previously 36 ft) Distance from menu board to single-family property line: 74 ft (previously 67 ft) The Planning and Zoning Commission heard both these items at their August 18, 2022, meeting and voted unanimously to recommend approval. Staff recommends approval of the Comprehensive Plan Amendment and the Rezoning. At approximately 8:21 p.m., Mayor Mooney opened the Public Hearings for Items 9.2 & 9.3. There being no comments, the Public Hearings for Items 9.2 & 9.3 were closed at 8:21 p.m. MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Harvell and a second by Councilmember Nichols, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to adopt Ordinance No. 2022- 4388, amending the Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use & Character Map from Suburban Residential to Neighborhood Commercial for approximately 0.16 acres, generally located at 106 Southland Street. The motion unanimously carried unanimously. MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Harvell and a second by Councilmember Maloney, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to adopt Ordinance No. 2022- 4389, amending Appendix A , “Unified Development Ordinance, “Article 4, Zoning Districts,” Section 4.2 “Official Zoning Map,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, by changing the zoning district boundary from PDD Planned Development District and GS General Suburban to PDD Planned Development District for approximately 0.75 acres located at Southland Addition Block 2 Lots 6 & 7 and the remainder of Lots 1-5, generally located at the intersection of Southland Street and Wellborn Road. The motion unanimously carried unanimously. 9.4. Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding an interlocal agreement with Brazos County for improvements to Greens Prairie Road between Long Creek Lane and Dalton Drive. Jennifer Cain, Capital Projects, stated that this interlocal agreement (ILA) addresses a section of the Greens Prairie roadway outside of the City of College Station. The proposed cross section of this roadway has two travel lanes, a continuous two-way left turn lane, and shared use paths. For the portion of this project shared with Brazos County, the County will participate in the cost of the improvements for a lump sum amount of $4,200,000. The City will contribute $400,000; upon completion, the City of College Station will maintain the improvements in perpetuity. The ILA was approved by the Brazos County Commissioners' Court on August 23, 2022. MOTION: Upon a motion made by Councilmember Harvell, and a second by Councilmember Nichols, the City Council voted seven (7) for and none (0) opposed, to approve an interlocal agreement with Brazos County for improvements to Greens Prairie Road between Long Creek Lane and Dalton Drive. The motion carried unanimously. 10. Council Calendar Council reviewed the calendar. 11. Items of Community Interest: The Council may receive reports from a Council Member or City Staff about items of community interest for which notice has not been given, including: Page 86 of 778 CCM090822 Minutes Page 8 expressions of thanks, congratulations or condolence; information regarding holiday schedules; honorary or salutary recognitions of a public official, public employee, or other citizen; reminders of upcoming events organized or sponsored by the City of College Station; information about a social, ceremonial or community event organized or sponsored by an entity other than the City of College Station that is scheduled to be attended by a Council Member, another city official or staff of the City of College Station; and announcements involving an imminent threat to the public health and safety of people in the City of College Station that has arisen after the posting of the agenda. Nothing to report. 12. Council Reports on Committees, Boards, and Commission: A Council Member may make a report regarding meetings of City Council boards and commissions or meetings of boards and committees on which a Council Member serves as a representative that have met since the last council meeting. (Committees listed in Coversheet) Nothing to report. 13. Future Agenda Items and Review of Standing List of Council Generated Future Agenda Items: A Council Member may make a request to City Council to place an item for which no notice has been given on a future agenda or may inquire about the status of an item on the standing list of council generated future agenda items. A Council Member’s or City Staff’s response to the request or inquiry will be limited to a statement of specific factual information related to the request or inquiry or the recitation of existing policy in response to the request or inquiry. Any deliberation of or decision about the subject of a request will be limited to a proposal to place the subject on the agenda for a subsequent meeting. Nothing to report. In accordance with the Texas Government Code §551.074-Personnel, the College Station City Council reconvened into Executive Session at 8:32 p.m. on September 8, 2022, to continue discussing matters pertaining to: A. Deliberation on the appointment, employment, evaluation, reassignment, duties, discipline, or dismissal of a public officer; to wit: City Manager Executive Session recessed at 8:34 p.m. No vote or action was taken in Executive Session. 14. Adjournment. There being no further business, Mayor Mooney adjourned the Meeting of the City Council at 8:35 p.m. on Thursday, September 8, 2022. ________________________ Karl Mooney, Mayor ATTEST: ___________________________ Tanya Smith, City Secretary Page 87 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 8.2. Investment Policy/Broker-Dealer List/Strategy Resolution Fiscal Year 2023 Sponsor: Michael DeHaven, Assistant Director of Fiscal Services Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Presentation, discussion, and possible action on a resolution approving the City’s investment policy, reviewing and recording changes to such policy and strategy, approving a collateral policy, and designating investment officers for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2023, stating that the City Council has reviewed and approved the City's investment policy, broker-dealer list and investment strategy. Relationship to Strategic Goals: Good Governance Financial Sustainability Recommendation(s): Staff recommends review and approval of the resolution. Summary: The Public Funds Investment Act requires an annual review and approval of the City's investment policy and investment strategies. The Act further requires the following: (1) that the governing body adopt a written instrument by rule, order, ordinance, or resolution stating that it has reviewed the investment policy and investment strategies, and (2) that the written instrument so adopted records any changes to either the investment policy or investment strategies. The City of College Station’s investment policy is recommended with the following changes from the previous year: (1) No changes. The proposed list of Broker/Dealers/Advisors for the City to do business with are: o FTN Financial o Hilltop Securities, Inc. o Cantor Fitzgerald & Company o Truist Securities o American Momentum (CD’s only) The proposed list of Depository Banks for the City to do business with are: o Truist Bank o JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. As part of the City’s Investment Policy, Council is to review, approve and adopt any modifications to the list. Budget & Financial Summary: None Page 88 of 778 Attachments: 1. Investment Policy Resolution FY 23 with Exhibits Page 89 of 778 RESOLUTION NO. ___________ A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS, APPROVING THE CITY’S INVESTMENT POLICY; THE CITY’S INVESTMENT STRATEGY; REVIEWING AND RECORDING CHANGES TO SUCH POLICY AND STRATEGY; APPROVING A COLLATERAL POLICY; AND DESIGNATING INVESTMENT OFFICERS FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 2023; AND CONTAINING OTHER PROVISIONS RELATED TO THE SUBJECT MATTER. WHEREAS, it is a paramount goal of the City of College Station, Texas (“City”) to ensure the financial integrity of the City and to meet all legal requirements associated with the safekeeping and investing of its funds; and WHEREAS, in accordance with the Public Funds Investment Act, Chapter 2256, Texas Government Code, the City council must adopt an investment policy and investment strategies; and WHEREAS, Section 2256.005, Texas Government Code requires the City Council to review the investment policies and investment strategies not less than annually and to adopt a resolution or order stating the review has been completed and recording any changes made to either the investment policies or investment strategies; and WHEREAS, the Investment Policy for Fiscal Year 2023 designates the Assistant City Manager or his Designee(s) as the Investment Officer of the City and authorizes the Investment Officer to carry out the responsibilities of investing the City’s funds; and WHEREAS, the Investment Policy for Fiscal Year 2023 contains the City’s Collateral Policy which is required pursuant to Chapter 2257, Texas Government Code; now therefore BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS: PART 1: That the facts and recitations set forth in the preamble of this Resolution are declared true and correct. PART 2: That the City Council approves the City’s Investment Policy, the City’s Collateral Policy, the City’s Broker/Dealer List and the City’s Investment Strategy for Fiscal year 2023, as attached in Exhibit “A”. PART 3: That the City Council has completed its review of the investment policy and investment strategies, and any changes made to either the investment policy or investment strategy are attached in Exhibit “B”. PART 5: That the City Council approves the designation of the Assistant City Manager or his Designee(s) as the Investment Officer of the City and authorizes the Investment Officer to carry out the responsibilities of investing the City’s Page 90 of 778 Resolution No. Page 2 of 4 funds consistent with the City’s Investment Policy. PART 6: That this Resolution shall take effect immediately from and after its passage. ADOPTED this 22nd day of September, 2022. ATTEST: APPROVED: _____________________________ _____________________________ City Secretary Mayor APPROVED: _______________________________ City Attorney Page 91 of 778 Resolution No. Page 3 of 4 EXHIBIT A CITY’S INVESTMENT POLICY, THE CITY’S COLLATERAL POLICY, THE CITY’S BROKER/DEALER LIST AND THE CITY’S INVESTMENT STRATEGY FOR FISCAL YEAR 2023 Page 92 of 778 ___________________________________________________________ Investment Strategy and Policy 2023 Approved by Council September 22, 2022 ___________________________________________________________ Page 93 of 778 2 Table of Contents INVESTMENT STRATEGY _________________________________________________________________________________ 3 I. POLICY _______________________________________________________________________________________________ 4 II. SCOPE ______________________________________________________________________________________________ 4 III. INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES _____________________________________________________________________________ 4 Safety ________________________________________________________________________________________________ 4 Liquidity ______________________________________________________________________________________________ 5 Yield _________________________________________________________________________________________________ 5 IV. RESPONSIBILITY AND CONTROL _______________________________________________________________________ 5 Delegation of Authority _________________________________________________________________________________ 5 Cash Flow Analysis ____________________________________________________________________________________ 5 Training Requirement __________________________________________________________________________________ 5 Internal Controls _______________________________________________________________________________________ 6 Prudence _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 6 Ethics and Conflicts of Interest___________________________________________________________________________ 6 V. SUITABLE AND AUTHORIZED INVESTMENTS _____________________________________________________________ 7 Portfolio Management __________________________________________________________________________________ 7 Investments ___________________________________________________________________________________________ 7 Exemption for Existing Investments ______________________________________________________________________ 8 Loss of Required Rating ________________________________________________________________________________ 8 VI. INVESTMENT PARAMETERS ___________________________________________________________________________ 9 Maximum Maturities ____________________________________________________________________________________ 9 Diversification _________________________________________________________________________________________ 9 VII. FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND DEALERS _______________________________________________________________ 9 Depository ____________________________________________________________________________________________ 9 Authorized Brokers/Dealers ____________________________________________________________________________ 10 Competitive Bids _____________________________________________________________________________________ 11 Delivery vs. Payment __________________________________________________________________________________ 11 VIII. SAFEKEEPING OF SECURITIES _______________________________________________________________________ 11 Safekeeping Agreement________________________________________________________________________________ 11 Safekeeping and Custody ______________________________________________________________________________ 11 Collateralization ______________________________________________________________________________________ 11 IX. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS _________________________________________________________________________ 12 Performance Standards ________________________________________________________________________________ 12 Performance Benchmark _______________________________________________________________________________ 12 X. REPORTING _________________________________________________________________________________________ 12 Methods _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 12 Marking to Market _____________________________________________________________________________________ 12 XI. INVESTMENT POLICY ADOPTION ______________________________________________________________________ 13 QUALIFIED BROKERS/DEALERS __________________________________________________________________________ 14 GLOSSARY OF COMMON TREASURY TERMINOLOGY ________________________________________________________ 15 EXHIBIT A OPEB TRUST INVESTMENT GUIDELINE ___________________________________________________________ 22 EXHIBIT B OPEB FUNDING POLICY ________________________________________________________________________ 23 Page 94 of 778 3 INVESTMENT STRATEGY The City of College Station will pursue a passive investment strategy. Investments will be purchased with the intent of holding to maturity and will only be sold early under exceptional circumstances. In purchasing investments, the investment officer will attempt to follow a ladder strategy to ensure that the portfolio will have at least one investment maturing every month. Investment priorities are as follows: 1. Suitability - Any investment allowed under the Investment Policy is suitable. 2. Preservation and Safety of Principal - Investments of the City shall be undertaken in a manner that seeks to insure the preservation of capital in the overall portfolio. 3. Liquidity - The City’s investment portfolio will remain sufficiently liquid to enable the City to meet all operational requirements that might reasonably be anticipated. 4. Marketability - Investments should have an active and efficient secondary market to enable the City to liquidate investments prior to the maturity if the need should arise. 5. Diversification - The Investment Officer will attempt to maintain a diversified portfolio with regard to security type, financial institution providing the security, and maturity. 6. Yield - The City’s investment portfolio shall be designed with the objective of attaining the maximum rate of return throughout budgetary and economic cycles, taking into account the City’s risk constraints and the cash flow characteristics of the portfolio. The City of College Station also has an irrevocable trust relating to its Other Post Employment Benefits (OPEB) obligations. The investment strategy for this trust will be dictated by the City’s Investment Committee. This trust does not fall under the Texas Public Funds Investment Act. The current investment guideline is attached to this policy as Exhibit A. The future funding of the OPEB liability and trust are attached to this policy as Exhibit B. Page 95 of 778 4 CITY OF COLLEGE STATION INVESTMENT POLICY The Public Funds Investment Act, Chapter 2256, Texas Government Code, as Amended (”PFIA” herein), requires each city to adopt rules governing its investment practices and to define the authority of the investment officer. The following Investment Policy addresses the methods, procedures, and practices that must be exercised to ensure effective and judicious fiscal management of the City of College Station funds. I. POLICY It is the policy of the City of College Station, Texas (“City”) to invest public funds in a manner, which will provide the highest investment return with the maximum security while meeting the daily cash flow demands of the City and conforming to all federal, state and local statutes governing the investment of public funds. II. SCOPE This investment policy applies to all the financial assets held by the City. These funds are defined in the City’s Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) and include: General Fund Special Revenue Funds Debt Service Fund Capital Projects Funds Enterprise Funds Internal Service Funds Any new funds created by the City will be subject to this policy unless specifically exempted by the City Council. To maximize the effective investment of assets, all funds mentioned above will pool their cash balances for investment purposes. The income derived from investing activities will be distributed to the various funds based on calculation of their average balances. III. INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES The City of College Station shall manage and invest its cash with three primary objectives, listed in order of priority: safety, liquidity and yield. The safety of the principal invested always remains the primary objective. Safety Safety of Principal is the foremost objective of the City. Investments of the City shall be undertaken in a manner that seeks to insure the preservation of capital in the overall portfolio. Page 96 of 778 5 Liquidity The City’s investment portfolio will remain liquid to enable the City to meet all operational requirements that might reasonably be anticipated. Yield The City shall invest funds in investments that earn a competitive market yield consistent with stated objectives. For bond proceeds to which arbitrage restrictions apply, the primary objectives shall be to obtain a fair market yield and to minimize the costs associated with the investment of such funds within the constraints of the investment policy and applicable bond covenants. IV. RESPONSIBILITY AND CONTROL Delegation of Authority The Assistant City Manager or his Designee is designated the City’s Investment Officer. The Investment Officer shall be responsible for the investment of funds consistent with this Policy, and shall have the authority necessary to carry out such responsibilities. An investment committee consisting of the Investment Officer and at least two other staff members designated by the City Manager will also be formed. This committee will be responsible for selecting eligible broker/dealers, reviewing, and updating the investment policy annually. All participants in the investment process shall seek to act responsibly as custodians of the public trust. The Investment Officer shall establish written procedures for the operation of the investment program consistent with this investment policy. No person may engage in an investment transaction except as provided under the terms of this policy and the procedures established by the Investment Officer. The Investment Officer shall be responsible for all transactions undertaken and shall establish a system of controls to regulate the activities of subordinate officials. Cash Flow Analysis Supplemental to the financial and budgetary systems, the Investment Officer will maintain a cash flow forecasting process designed to monitor and forecast cash positions for investment purposes. Cash flow analysis will include the historical researching and monitoring of specific cash flow items, payables and receivables as well as overall cash position and patterns. Training Requirement In order to ensure the quality and capability of investment management, the Assistant City Manager and the Investment Officer shall: Page 97 of 778 6 - attend at least one training session within 12 months of assuming duties and containing not less than 10 hours of instruction from an independent source approved by the governing board or a designated investment committee; - receive training which includes education in investment controls, security risks, strategy risks, market risks, diversification of the investment portfolio, and compliance with the PFIA; and - attend a training session not less than once each state fiscal biennium (beginning on the first day of the fiscal year and consisting of two consecutive fiscal years after that date) and receive not less than 8 hours of training from an independent source approved by the governing board or a designated investment committee. Internal Controls The Investment Officer shall establish an annual process of independent review by an external auditor. This review will provide internal control by assuring compliance with policies and procedures. Annually, the City’s independent auditors will review quarterly reports for the fiscal year. Prudence Investments shall be made with the judgment and care which persons of prudence, discretion and intelligence exercise in the management of their own affairs, not for speculation, but for investment, considering the probable safety of their capital as well as the probable income to be derived. The standard of prudence to be used by investment officials shall be the “prudent person” standard and shall be applied in the context of managing an overall portfolio. Investment officers acting in accordance with written procedures and the investment policy and exercising due diligence shall be relieved of personal responsibility for an individual security’s credit risk or market price changes provided deviations from expectations are reported in a timely fashion and appropriate action is taken to control adverse developments. Ethics and Conflicts of Interest All participants in the investment process shall seek to act responsibly as custodians of the public trust. Investment officers shall avoid any transactions that might impair public confidence in the City’s ability to govern effectively. Officers and employees involved in the investment process shall refrain from personal business activity that could conflict with proper execution of the investment program, or which could impair their ability to make impartial investment decisions. Employees and investment officials shall disclose to the City Manager any material financial interest in financial institutions that conduct business within this jurisdiction, and they shall further disclose any large personal financial/investment positions that could be related to the performance of the City, particularly with regard to the time of purchases and sales. Investment officials will disclose if the Official is related Page 98 of 778 7 with the second degree by affinity or consanguinity, as determined under Chapter 573 of the Texas Government Code. Employees and investment officials shall refrain from undertaking personal investment transactions with the same individual with which business is conducted on behalf of the City. On an annual basis, the Investment officials shall sign a statement acknowledging that they are in compliance with Section 2256.005 (i) of the Public Funds Investment Act. V. SUITABLE AND AUTHORIZED INVESTMENTS Portfolio Management The City currently has a “buy and hold” portfolio strategy. Maturity dates are matched with cash flow requirements and investments are purchased with the intent to be held until maturity. Investments Acceptable investments under this policy shall be limited to certain instruments as described by the Government Code; Chapter 2256, Sections 2256.009 through 2256.011 and Sections 2256.013 through 2256.016 of the Public Funds Investment Act. Investment of funds in any instrument or security not authorized for investment under the Act is prohibited. • Authorized 1. Interest bearing bank deposits insured by the FDIC or the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund. 2. Direct obligations of the United States government: U.S. Treasury Bills, U.S. Treasury Notes, and U.S. Treasury Bonds as well as Bonds or other interest bearing obligations for which the principal and interest are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States government and rated not less than A or its equivalent by at least one nationally recognized investment rating firm. 3. Federal Agencies and Instrumentalities including but not limited to, discount notes, callables and debentures of the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), the Federal Farm Credit Bank (FFCB), and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC). 4. Time Certificates of Deposit, insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or its successor, or the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund or its successor, in state or national banks. Any deposits exceeding FDIC insurance limits shall be collateralized at 102% of the face amount of the Certificate of Deposit by securities listed in 1 - 2 above and held by the City's custodial bank or the custodial bank of the institution the CD’s are held. Bids for Certificates of Deposit may be solicited orally, in writing, electronically or using any combination of these methods. Page 99 of 778 8 5. Repurchase Agreements with a defined termination date of 90 days or less collateralized by a combination of cash and securities listed in 1 - 2 above. Collateral must have a minimum market value of 102% of the repurchase agreement, and must be held by the custodian bank or other independent third-party custodian contracted by the City. Bond proceeds may be invested in flexible repurchase agreements with maturity dates not exceeding the expected final project expenditure if a formal bidding process is followed and properly documented for IRS purposes. 6. AAA-rated No-Load Money Market Mutual Funds registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and comply with SEC Rule 2a-7 . 7. AAA-rated Investment Pools organized under the Texas Interlocal Cooperation Act that follow the requirements in the Public Funds Investment Act and which have been specifically approved by the City. • Not Authorized The following security types are not permitted: 1. Obligations whose payment represents the coupon payments of the underlying mortgage- backed security collateral and pays no principal (IO’s); 2. Obligations whose payment represents the principal stream from the underlying mortgage- backed security collateral and bears no interest (PO’s); 3. Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (CMO’s) that have a stated final maturity date of greater than 10 years; and 4. Any security, the interest rate of which is determined by an index that adjusts opposite to the changes in the Market index (inverse floaters). Exemption for Existing Investments Any investment, which was authorized at the time of purchase, shall not be required to be liquidated. Loss of Required Rating If any security that requires a minimum investment rating is downgraded below that minimum rating subsequent to purchase, it will no longer be considered an authorized investment. As a result, the City shall take all prudent measures to liquidate the security in effort to preclude or reduce principal loss. The City will select a different approved broker/dealer each quarter to verify the ratings of securities held. Local Government Pools ratings will be verified quarterly by checking their websites. Page 100 of 778 9 VI. INVESTMENT PARAMETERS Maximum Maturities To the extent possible, the City will attempt to match its investments with anticipated cash flow requirements. Unless matched to a specific cash flow, the City will not directly invest in securities maturing more than five years from the date of purchase. Additionally, the City will maintain a dollar-weighted average maturity of two years or less. Diversification It is the intent of the City to diversify the investment instruments within the portfolio to avoid incurring unreasonable risks inherent in over-investing in specific instruments, individual financial institutions or maturities. The asset allocation in the portfolio should be flexible depending upon the outlook for the economy and the securities markets. If conditions warrant, the guidelines below may be exceeded by approval of the Investment Committee. With the exception of U.S. Treasury securities, authorized pools, and the City’s depository accounts, the City may not invest more than 30% of the City’s investment portfolio with a single financial institution. In addition, the following maximum limits, by instrument, are established for the City’s total portfolio: 1. U.S. Treasury Securities 100% 2. Agencies and Instrumentalities 70% 3. Certificates of Deposits 40% 4. Money Market Mutual Funds 30% 5. Repurchase Agreements 20% 7. Authorized Pools 70% VII. FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS AND DEALERS Depository At least every three to five years a Depository shall be selected through the City’s banking services procurement process, which shall include a formal request for application (RFA). The selection of a depository will be determined by competitive bid and evaluation of bids will be based on the following selection criteria: • The ability to qualify as a depository for public funds in accordance with state and local laws. • The ability to provide requested information or financial statements for the period specified. • The ability to meet all requirements in the banking RFA. Page 101 of 778 10 • Complete response to all required items on the bid form. • Lowest net banking service cost, consistent with the ability to provide an appropriate level of service. • The credit worthiness and financial stability of the bank. The bank depository contract is subject to Council approval. During the term of the contract, additional accounts may be established. The City may open a cash money market account with its approved depository bank. Accounts held by the approved bank are to be collateralized at no less than 105%. Two authorized signers on the City’s accounts must approve the establishment of new accounts. Authorized Brokers/Dealers The Investment Officer shall maintain a list of financial institutions authorized to provide investment services. In addition, a list will also be maintained of approved security broker/dealers selected by credit worthiness who are authorized to provide investment services in the State of Texas. These may include “primary” or regional dealers that qualify under SEC rule 15C3-1. No public deposit shall be made except in a qualified public depository as established by state laws. All financial institutions and broker/dealers who desire to become qualified bidders for investment transactions must supply the Investment Officer with a completed Broker/Dealer Questionnaire and Certification, which shall include the following: • An audited financial statement for the most recent period. • Proof of certification by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). • Proof of current registration with the State Securities Commission. Financial institutions eligible to transact investment business with the City shall be presented a written copy of this Investment Policy. Additionally, the qualified representative of the business organization seeking to transact investment business shall execute a written instrument substantially to the effect that the qualified representative has received and reviewed this Investment Policy, and acknowledged that the organization has implemented reasonable procedures and controls in an effort to preclude imprudent investment activities with the City. The City will not enter into an investment transaction with a Broker/Dealer prior to receiving the written agreement described above and current audited financial statements. Annually, the Investment Committee shall review and revise the list as needed. The Committee will consider any new firms that have submitted the required documentation and review the performance of the previously approved firms. Any modifications to the list will be submitted to Council for their review, approval and adoption. Page 102 of 778 11 Competitive Bids Securities will be purchased or sold after three (3) offers/bids are taken to verify that the City is receiving fair market value/price for the investment. Security transactions that may be purchased without competitive offers include: a) transactions with money market mutual funds b) local government investment pools and c) new securities still in syndicate and priced at par. Delivery vs. Payment All securities transaction, including collateral for repurchased agreements, shall be purchased using the delivery vs., payment method with the exception of investment pools and mutual funds. Funds will be released after notification that the purchased security has been received. VIII. SAFEKEEPING OF SECURITIES Safekeeping Agreement The City shall contract with a bank or banks for the safekeeping of securities either owned by the City as part of its investment portfolio or held as collateral to secure demand or time deposits. Safekeeping and Custody Safekeeping and custody of securities and collateral shall be in accordance with state law. Securities and collateral will be held by a third party custodian designated by the Investment Officer and held in the City’s name as evidenced by safekeeping receipts of the institution with which the securities are deposited. Original safekeeping receipts shall be obtained. Collateralization Consistent with the requirements of the Public Funds Collateral Act, it is the policy of the City to require full collateralization of all investments and uninsured balances plus accrued interest on deposit with a depository bank, other than investments, which are obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, and government sponsored enterprises. In order to anticipate market changes and provide a level of security for all funds, the collateralization level will be 102% of market value of principal and accrued interest on deposits or investments less than an amount insured by the FDIC. The collateralization level of the City’s depository accounts will be no less than 105%. Collateral will always be held by an independent third party with whom the City has a current custodial agreement. A clearly marked evidence of ownership (safekeeping receipt) must be supplied to the City and retained. The right of collateral substitution is granted and the City’s Investment Officers reserve the right to accept or reject any form of collateral or enhancement at their sole discretion. Page 103 of 778 12 IX. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS Performance Standards The investment portfolio shall be designed with the objective of obtaining a rate of return throughout budgetary and economic cycles, commensurate with the investment risk constraints and cash flow needs. Performance Benchmark Given the passive investment strategy of the City, the benchmark to be used by the Investment Officer to determine whether market yields are being achieved shall be the average closing yield during the reporting period comparable to the portfolios dollar-weighted average maturity in days. X. REPORTING Methods Not less than quarterly and within a reasonable time after the end of the period reported, the Investment Officer should prepare and submit to the City Council a written report of the investment transactions for all funds of the City for the preceding reporting period. The report must: • describe in detail the investment position of the City on the date of the report, • be prepared jointly by all the Investment Officers if the City appoints more than one, • be signed by all Investment Officials, • contain a summary statement of each pooled fund group that states the beginning market value for the reporting period, • state the book value and the market value of each separately invested asset at the end of the reporting period by the type of asset and fund type invested, • state the maturity date of each separately invested asset that has a maturity date, • state the fund for which each individual investment was acquired, • state all accrued interest payable; and • state the compliance of the investment portfolio as it relates to this Policy and Investment Act. Marking to Market The market values of the City’s investments shall be obtained from a reliable outside source, which has access to investment market values. Marking to Market will be done at least quarterly. Page 104 of 778 13 XI. INVESTMENT POLICY ADOPTION The City’s investment policy and investment strategies must be adopted annually by resolution of the City Council even if there are no changes. The City Council shall review the policy annually and they must approve any changes or modifications made thereto. Page 105 of 778 14 QUALIFIED BROKERS/DEALERS/ADVISORS FHN Financial Cantor Fitzgerald & Company Buddy Saragusa, Shay Hisle 1700 Post Oak Boulevard 920 Memorial City Way, 11th Floor 2 BLVD Place, Suite 250 Houston, TX 77024 Houston, TX 77056 Phone: (713) 435-4351 Phone: (713) 599-5192 Hilltop Securities, Inc. Truist Securities Gilbert Ramon James D. Elliot 7000 N. MoPac Expressway, #400 Gregory D. Blake Austin, TX 78731 901 East Byrd Street, Suite 300 Phone: (512) 340-1841 Richmond, VA 23219 Phone: (804) 649-3976 American Momentum Bank (CD’s only) Frank Varisco Five Momentum Blvd. College Station, TX 77845 Phone: (979) 599-9349 INVESTMENT POOLS TexPool TexSTAR 1001 Texas Ave., Suite 1400 1201 Elm Street, Suite 3500 Houston, TX 77002 Dallas, TX 75270 Phone: (866)839-7665 Phone: (800)839-7827 TexPool Prime LOGIC 1001 Texas Ave., Suite 1400 1201 Elm Street, Suite 3500 Houston, TX 77002 Dallas, TX 75270 Phone: (866)839-7665 Phone: (800)895-6442 DEPOSITORY BANKS Truist Bank JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA. 2717 Texas Avenue South One Chase Manhattan Plaza College Station, Texas 77840 New York, New York 10005-1401 (979)260-1482 Page 106 of 778 15 GLOSSARY OF COMMON TREASURY TERMINOLOGY Accrued Interest - The accumulated interest due on a bond as of the last interest payment made by the issuer. Agency - A debt security issued by a federal or federally sponsored agency. Federal agencies are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Federally sponsored agencies (FSAs) are backed by each particular agency with a market perception that there is an implicit government guarantee. An example of federal agency is the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA). An example of a FSA is the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA). Amortization - The systematic reduction of the amount owed on a debt issue through periodic payments of principal. Asked - The price at which securities are offered. Average Life - The average length of time that an issue of serial bonds and/or term bonds with a mandatory sinking fund feature is expected to be outstanding. Basis Point - A unit of measurement used in the valuation of fixed-income securities equal to 1/100 of 1 percent of yield, e.g., "1/4" of 1 percent is equal to 25 basis points. Bid - The indicated price at which a buyer is willing to purchase a security or commodity. Book Value - The value at which a security is carried on the inventory lists or other financial records of an investor. The book value may differ significantly from the security's current value in the market. Broker - A broker brings buyers and sellers together for a commission paid by the initiator of the transaction or by both sides; he does not position. In the money market, brokers are active in markets in which banks buy and sell money and in interdealer markets. Callable Bond - A bond issue in which all or part of its outstanding principal amount may be redeemed before maturity by the issuer under specified conditions. Call Price - The price at which an issuer may redeem a bond prior to maturity. The price is usually at a slight premium to the bond's original issue price to compensate the holder for loss of income and ownership. Call Risk - The risk to a bondholder that a bond may be redeemed prior to maturity. Cash Sale/Purchase - A transaction that calls for delivery and payment of securities on the same day that the transaction is initiated. Page 107 of 778 16 Certificate of Deposit (CD) – A time deposit with a specific maturity evidenced by a certificate. Large-denomination CD’s are typically negotiable. Collateralization - Process by which a borrower pledges securities, property, or other deposits for the purpose of securing the repayment of a loan and/or security. Commercial Paper - An unsecured short-term promissory note issued by corporations, with maturities ranging from 2 to 270 days. Comprehensive Annual Financial Report (CAFR) – The official annual report for the City of College Station. It includes combined statements and basic financial statements for each individual fund and account group prepared in conformity with GAAP. It also includes supporting schedules necessary to demonstrate compliance with finance-related legal and contractual provision, extensive introductory material, and a detailed statistical section. Coupon Rate - The annual rate of interest received by an investor from the issuer of certain types of fixed-income securities. It is also known as the interest rate. Credit Quality - The measurement of the financial strength of a bond issuer. This measurement helps an investor to understand an issuer's ability to make timely interest payments and repay the loan principal upon maturity. Generally, the higher the credit quality of a bond issuer, the lower the interest rate paid by the issuer because the risk of default is lower. Credit quality ratings are provided by nationally recognized rating agencies. Credit Risk - The risk to an investor that an issuer will default in the payment of interest and/or principal on a security. Current Yield (Current Return) - A yield calculation determined by dividing the annual interest received on a security by the current market price of that security. Dealer – A dealer, as opposed to a broker, acts as a principal in all transactions, buying and selling for his own account. Delivery Versus Payment (DVP) - A type of securities transaction in which the purchaser pays for the securities when they are delivered either to the purchaser or his/her custodian. Discount - The amount by which the par value of a security exceeds the price paid for the security. Discount Security – Non-interest bearing money market instruments that are issued at a discount and redeemed at maturity for full face value, e.g. U.S. Treasury Bills. Diversification - A process of investing assets among a range of security types by sector, maturity, and quality rating. Duration - A measure of the timing of the cash flows, such as the interest payments and the principal repayment, to be received from a given fixed-income security. This calculation is based on three variables: term to maturity, coupon rate, and yield to maturity. The duration of a security is a useful indicator of its price volatility for given changes in interest rates. Page 108 of 778 17 Fair Value - The amount at which an investment could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Federal Funds (Fed Funds) - Funds placed in Federal Reserve banks by depository institutions in excess of current reserve requirements. These depository institutions may lend fed funds to each other overnight or on a longer basis. They may also transfer funds among each other on a same-day basis through the Federal Reserve banking system. Fed funds are considered immediately available funds. Federal Funds Rate - Interest rate charged by one institution lending federal funds to the other. Federal Credit Agencies – Agencies of the Federal Government set up to supply credit to various classes of institutions and individuals, e.g. S&L’s small business firms, students, farmers, farm cooperatives, and exporters. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) – A federal agency that insures bank deposits, currently up to $250,000 per depository account through December 31, 2013. On January 1, 2014, the standard insurance amount will return to $100,000. Federal Home Loan banks (FHLB) – The institutions that regulate and lend to savings and loan associations. The Federal Home Loan Banks play a role similar to that played by the Federal Reserve Bank versus member commercial banks. Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) – A government –sponsored enterprise (GSE) that was created in 1938 to expand the low of mortgage money by creating a secondary mortgage market. Fannie Mae is a publicly traded company which operates under a congressional charter that directs Fannie Mae to channel its efforts into increasing the availability and affordability of homeownership for low-, moderate-, and middle-income Americans. Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) – Consists of seven members of the Federal Reserve Board and five of the twelve Federal Reserve Bank Presidents. The President of the New York Federal Reserve Bank is a permanent member while the other Presidents serve on a rotating basis. The Committee periodically meets to set Federal Reserve guidelines regarding purchases and sales of Government Securities in the open market as a means of influencing the volume of bank credit and money. Federal Reserve System – The central bank of the United States created by Congress and consisting of a seven member Board of Governors in Washington, D.C., 12 regional banks and about 5,700 commercial banks that are members of the system. Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) - A self-regulatory organization (SRO) of brokers and dealers in the over-the-counter securities business. Its regulatory mandate includes authority over firms that distribute mutual fund shares as well as other securities. Government Securities - An obligation of the U.S. government, backed by the full faith and credit of the government. These securities are regarded as the highest quality of investment securities available in the U.S. securities market. See "Treasury Bills, Notes, and Bonds." Interest Rate - See "Coupon Rate." Page 109 of 778 18 Interest Rate Risk - The risk associated with declines or rises in interest rates which cause an investment in a fixed-income security to increase or decrease in value. Internal Controls - An internal control structure designed to ensure that the assets of the entity are protected from loss, theft, or misuse. The internal control structure is designed to provide reasonable assurance that these objectives are met. The concept of reasonable assurance recognizes that 1) the cost of a control should not exceed the benefits likely to be derived and 2) the valuation of costs and benefits requires estimates and judgments by management. Internal controls should address the following points:  Control of collusion - Collusion is a situation where two or more employees are working in conjunction to defraud their employer.  Separation of transaction authority from accounting and record keeping - By separating the person who authorizes or performs the transaction from the people who record or otherwise account for the transaction, a separation of duties is achieved.  Custodial safekeeping - Securities purchased from any bank or dealer including appropriate collateral (as defined by state law) shall be placed with an independent third party for custodial safekeeping. Inverted Yield Curve - A chart formation that illustrates long-term securities having lower yields than short-term securities. This configuration usually occurs during periods of high inflation coupled with low levels of confidence in the economy and a restrictive monetary policy. Investment Policy - A concise and clear statement of the objectives and parameters formulated by an investor or investment manager for a portfolio of investment securities. Liquidity - An asset that can be converted easily and quickly into cash. Local Government Investment Pool (LGIP) - An investment by local governments in which their money is pooled as a method for managing local funds. Mark-to-market - The process whereby the book value or collateral value of a security is adjusted to reflect its current market value. Market Risk - The risk that the value of a security will rise or decline as a result of changes in market conditions. Market Value - Current market price of a security. Maturity - The date on which payment of a financial obligation is due. The final stated maturity is the date on which the issuer must retire a bond and pay the face value to the bondholder. See "Weighted Average Maturity." Money Market – The market in which short-term debt instruments (bills, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, etc.) are issued and traded. Page 110 of 778 19 Money Market Mutual Fund - Mutual funds that invest solely in money market instruments (short-term debt instruments, such as Treasury bills, commercial paper, bankers' acceptances, repos and federal funds). Mutual Fund - An investment company that pools money and can invest in a variety of securities, including fixed-income securities and money market instruments. Mutual funds are regulated by the Investment Company Act of 1940. Net Asset Value - The market value of one share of an investment company, such as a mutual fund. This figure is calculated by totaling a fund's assets that includes securities, cash, and any accrued earnings, subtracting this from the fund's liabilities and dividing this total by the number of shares outstanding. This is calculated once a day based on the closing price for each security in the fund's portfolio. (See below.) [(Total assets) - (Liabilities)] / (Number of shares outstanding) Nominal Yield - The stated rate of interest that a bond pays its current owner, based on par value of the security. It is also known as the "coupon," "coupon rate," or "interest rate." Offer - An indicated price at which market participants are willing to sell a security or commodity. Also referred to as the "Ask price." Par - Face value or principal value of a bond, typically $1,000 per bond. Portfolio – Collection of securities held by an investor. Positive Yield Curve - A chart formation that illustrates short-term securities having lower yields than long-term securities. Premium - The amount by which the price paid for a security exceeds the security's par value. Prime Rate - A preferred interest rate charged by commercial banks to their most creditworthy customers. Many interest rates are keyed to this rate. Principal - The face value or par value of a debt instrument. Also may refer to the amount of capital invested in a given security. Prospectus - A legal document that must be provided to any prospective purchaser of a new securities offering registered with the SEC. This can include information on the issuer, the issuer's business, the proposed use of proceeds, the experience of the issuer's management, and certain certified financial statements. Prudent Person Rule - An investment standard outlining the fiduciary responsibilities of public funds investors relating to investment practices. Rate of Return – The yield obtainable on a security based on its purchases price or its current market price. This may be the amortized yield to maturity on a bond or the current income return. Reinvestment Risk - The risk that a fixed-income investor will be unable to reinvest income proceeds from a security holding at the same rate of return currently generated by that holding. Page 111 of 778 20 Repurchase Agreement (repo or RP) - An agreement of one party to sell securities at a specified price to a second party and a simultaneous agreement of the first party to repurchase the securities at a specified price or at a specified later date. Reverse Repurchase Agreement (Reverse Repo) - An agreement of one party to purchase securities at a specified price from a second party and a simultaneous agreement by the first party to resell the securities at a specified price to the second party on demand or at a specified date. Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act - Applies to all money market mutual funds and mandates such funds to maintain certain standards, including a 13- month maturity limit and a 90-day average maturity on investments, to help maintain a constant net asset value of one dollar ($1.00). Safekeeping - Holding of assets (e.g., securities) by a financial institution. Secondary Market – A market made for the purchase and sale of outstanding issues following the initial distribution. Securities & Exchange Commission – Agency created by Congress to protect investors in securities transactions by administering securities legislation. Serial Bond - A bond issue, usually of a municipality, with various maturity dates scheduled at regular intervals until the entire issue is retired. Sinking Fund - Money accumulated on a regular basis in a separate custodial account that is used to redeem debt securities or preferred stock issues. Swap - Trading one asset for another. Term Bond - Bonds comprising a large part or all of a particular issue which come due in a single maturity. The issuer usually agrees to make periodic payments into a sinking fund for mandatory redemption of term bonds before maturity. Total Return - The sum of all investment income plus changes in the capital value of the portfolio. For mutual funds, return on an investment is composed of share price appreciation plus any realized dividends or capital gains. This is calculated by taking the following components during a certain time period. (Price Appreciation) + (Dividends paid) + (Capital gains) = Total Return Treasury Bills - Short-term U.S. government non-interest bearing debt securities with maturities of no longer than one year and issued in minimum denominations of $10,000. Auctions of three- and six-month bills are weekly, while auctions of one-year bills are monthly. The yields on these bills are monitored closely in the money markets for signs of interest rate trends. Treasury Bonds – Marketable, fixed-interest U.S. government debt securities with maturities of more than ten years and issued in minimum denominations of $1,000. Treasury bonds make interest payments semi-annually and the income that holders received is only taxed at the federal level. Page 112 of 778 21 Treasury Notes - Marketable U.S. government debt securities with fixed interest rates and maturities between 1 to 10 years. Treasury notes can be bought either directly from the U.S. government or through banks. Uniform Net Capital Rule - SEC Rule 15C3-1 – Securities and Exchange Commission requirement that member firms as well as nonmember broker-dealers in securities maintain a maximum ration of indebtedness to liquid capital of 15 to 1: also called net capital rule and net capital ratio. Indebtedness covers all money owned to a firm, including margin loans and commitments to purchase securities. This is one reason new public issues are spread among members of underwriting syndicates. Liquid capital includes cash and assets easily converted into cash. Volatility - A degree of fluctuation in the price and valuation of securities. Volatility Risk Rating - A rating system to clearly indicate the level of volatility and other non- credit risks associated with securities and certain bond funds. The ratings for bond funds range from those that have extremely low sensitivity to changing market conditions and offer the greatest stability of the returns ("aaa" by S&P; "V-1" by Fitch) to those that are highly sensitive with currently identifiable market volatility risk ("ccc-" by S&P, "V-10" by Fitch). Weighted Average Maturity (WAM) - The average maturity of all the securities that comprise a portfolio. According to SEC rule 2a-7, the WAM for SEC registered money market mutual funds may not exceed 90 days and no one security may have a maturity that exceeds 397 days. Yield - The current rate of return on an investment security generally expressed as a percentage of the security's current price. Yield-to-call (YTC) - The rate of return an investor earns from a bond assuming the bond is redeemed (called) prior to its nominal maturity date. Yield Curve - A graphic representation that depicts the relationship at a given point in time between yields and maturity for bonds that are identical in every way except maturity. A normal yield curve may be alternatively referred to as a positive yield curve. Yield-to-maturity - The rate of return yielded by a debt security held to maturity when both interest payments and the investor's potential capital gain or loss are included in the calculation of return. Zero-coupon Securities - Security that is issued at a discount and makes no periodic interest payments. The rate of return consists of a gradual accretion of the principal of the security and is payable at par upon maturity. Page 113 of 778 22 EXHIBIT A PARS OBEB TRUST INVESTMENT GUIDELINE Page 114 of 778 _j HIGHMARK® CAPITAL MANAGEMENT Investment Guidelines Document City of College Station, Texas 115 Irrevocable Exclusive Benefit Trust August 2017 Page 115 of 778 Investment Guidelines Document Scope and Purpose The purpose of this Investment Guidelines Document is to : • Facilitate the process of ongoing communication between the Plan Sponsor and its plan fiduciaries; • Confirm the Plan's investment goals and objectives and management policies applicable to the investment portfolio identified below and obtained from the Plan Sponsor; • Provide a framework to construct a well-diversified asset mix that can potentially be expected to meet the account's short-and long-term needs that is consistent with the account's investment objectives, liquidity considerations and risk tolerance; • Identify any unique considerations that may restrict or limit the investment discretion of its designated investment managers; • Help maintain a long-term perspective when market volatility is caused by short-term market movements . Key Plan Sponsor Account Information as of August 2017 Plan Sponsor: Governance: Plan Name ("Plan") Trustee: Type of Account: ER/SA Status: Market Value of Account: Investment Manager: City of College Station City Council for the City of College Station City of College Station Other Post-Employment Benefits Plan US Bank Contact: Susan Hughes, 949-224-7209 susan. hug hes@usban k. com GASB 45/0ther Post-Employment Benefits Trust Not subject to ERISA est. $1 ,000,000 US Bank, as discretionary trustee, has delegated investment management responsibilities to HighMark Capital Management, Inc. ("Investment Manager"), an SEC-registered investment adviser Contact: Andrew Brown, CFA, 415-705-7605 Andrew .brown@highmarkcapital .com City of College Station -115 Other Post-Employment Benefits Trust Investment Guidelines Document -HighMark Capital Management, Inc. (v . 8/25/2017 -ARB) 2 Page 116 of 778 Investment Authority: Except as otherwise noted, the Trustee, US Bank, has delegated investment authority to HighMark Capital Management, an SEC-registered investment adviser. Investment Manager has full investment discretion over the managed assets in the account. Investment Manager is authorized to purchase, sell, exchange, invest, reinvest and manage the designated assets held in the account, all in accordance with account's investment objectives, without prior approval or subsequent approval of any other party(ies). Investment Objectives and Constraints The goal of the Plan's investment program is to generate adequate long-term returns that, when combined with contributions, will result in sufficient assets to pay the present and future obligations of the Plan. The following objectives are intended to assist in achieving this goal: • The Plan should earn, on a long-term average basis, a rate of return equal to or in excess of the targeted rate of return in the actuarial valuation. • The Plan should seek to earn a return in excess of its policy benchmark over the long- term . • The Plan's assets will be managed on a total return basis which takes into consideration both investment income and capital appreciation. While the Plan Sponsor recognizes the importance of preservation of capital, it also adheres to the principle that varying degrees of investment risk are generally rewarded with compensating returns. To achieve these objectives, the Plan Sponsor allocates its assets (asset allocation) with a strategic, long- term perspective of the capital markets. Investment Time Horizon: Anticipated Cash Flows: Investment Objective: Risk Tolerance: Long-term Distributions are expected to be low in the early years of the Plan. The primary objective is to maximize total Plan return, subject to the risk and quality constraints set forth herein. The investment objective the Plan Sponsor has selected is the Balanced Objective, which has a dual goal to seek growth of income and principal. Balanced The account's risk tolerance has been rated balanced, which demonstrates that the account can accept price fluctuations to pursue its investment objectives. City of College Station -115 Other Post-Employment Benefits Trust Investment Guidelines Document -HighMark Capital Management, Inc. (v. 8/25/2017 -ARB) 3 Page 117 of 778 Strategic Asset Allocation: The asset allocation ranges for this objective are listed below: Strategic Asset Allocation Ranges Cash Fixed Income Equity 0-20% 30%-50% 50%-70% Policy: 5% Policy: 35% Policy: 60% Market conditions may cause the account's asset allocation to vary from the stated range from time to time . The Investment Manager will rebalance the portfolio no less than quarterly and/or when the actual weighting differs substantially from the strategic range, if appropriate and consistent with your objectives. Security Guidelines: Equities With the exception of limitations and constraints described above, Investment Manager may allocate assets of the equity portion of the account among various market capitalizations (large, mid, small) and investment styles (value, growth). Further, Investment Manager may allocate assets among domestic, international developed and emerging market equity securities. Total Equities 50%-70% Equity Style Range Domestic Large Cap Equity 20%-50% Domestic Mid Cap Equity 0%-15% Domestic Small Cap Equity 0%-20% International Equity (incl. Emerging Markets) 0%-20% Real Estate Investment Trust (REIT) 0%-10% Fixed Income In the fixed income portion of the account, Investment Manager may allocate assets among various sectors and industries, as well as varying maturities and credit quality that are consistent with the overall goals and objectives of the portfolio . Total Fixed Income Fixed Income Style Long-term bonds (maturities> 7 years) Intermediate-term bonds (maturities 3-7 years) Short-Term bonds (maturities <3 years) High Yield bonds City of College Station -115 Other Post-Employment Benefits Trust Investment Guidelines Document -HighMark Capital Management, Inc. (v . 8/25/2017 -ARB) 30%-50% Range 0%-20% 15%-50% 0%-15% 0%-8% 4 Page 118 of 778 Performance Benchmarks: The performance of the total Plan shall be measured over a three and five-year periods . These periods are considered sufficient to accommodate the market cycles experienced with investments. The performance shall be compared to the return of the total portfolio blended benchmark shown below. Total Portfolio Blended Benchmark 32.00% S&P500 Index 6.00% Russell Mid Cap Index 9.00% Russell 2000 Index 4.00% MSCI Emerging Market Index 7.00% MSCI EAFE Index 2.00% Wilshire REIT Index 27 .00% Bloomberg Barclays Capital Aggregate Index 6 .75%ML 1-3 Year US Corp/Gov't 1.25% US High Yield Master II 5.00% Citi 1 Mth T-Bill Asset Class/Style Benchmarks Over a market cycle, the long-term objective for each investment strategy is to add value to a market benchmark. The following are the benchmarks used to monitor each investment strategy: Large Cap Equity S&P 500 Index Growth Value Mid Cap Equity Growth Value Small Cap Equity REITs Growth Value International Equity Investment Grade Bonds High Yield Security Selection S&P 500 Growth Index S&P 500 Value Index Russell Mid Cap Index Russell Mid Cap Growth Index Russell Mid Cap Value Index Russell 2000 Index Russell 2000 Growth Index Russell 2000 Value Index Wilshire REIT MSCI EAFE Index Bloomberg ·Barclays Capital Aggregate Index US High Yield Master II Investment Manager may utilize a full range of investment vehicles when constructing the investment portfolio, including but not limited to individual securities, mutual funds, and exchange- traded funds. In addition , to the extent permissible, Investment Manager is authorized to invest in shares of mutual funds in which the Investment Manager serves as advisor or subadviser. City of College Station -115 Other Post-Employment Benefits Trust Investment Guidelines Document -HighMark Capital Management, Inc. (v . 8/25/2017 -ARB) 5 Page 119 of 778 Investment Limitations: The following investment transactions are prohibited : Direct investments in precious metals (precious metals mutual funds and exchange-traded funds are permissible). Venture Capital Short sales* Purchases of Letter Stock, Private Placements, or direct payments Leveraged Transactions* Commodities Transactions Puts, calls, straddles, or other option strategies* Purchases of real estate, with the exception of REITs Derivatives, with exception of ETFs* *Permissible in diversified mutual funds and exchange-traded funds Duties and Responsibilities Responsibilities of Plan Sponsor The Investment Committee of the City of College Station is responsible for: • • Confirming the accuracy of this Investment Guidelines Document, in writing . Advising Trustee and Investment Manager of any change in the plan/account's financial situation, funding status, or cash flows, which could possibly necessitate a change to the account's overall risk tolerance, time horizon or liquidity requirements; and thus would dictate a change to the overall investment objective and goals for the account. • Monitoring and supervising all service vendors and investment options, including investment managers. • Avoiding prohibited transactions and conflicts of interest. Responsibilities of Trustee The plan Trustee is responsible for : • Valuing the holdings . • Collecting all income and dividends owed to the Plan. • Settling all transactions (buy-sell orders). Responsibilities of Investment Manager The Investment Manager is responsible for: • Assisting the Investment Committee with the development and maintenance of this Investment Policy Guideline document annually. • Meeting with Investment Committee annual·ly to review portfolio structure, holdings, and performance. • Designing, recommending and implementing an appropriate asset allocation consistent with the investment objectives, time horizon, risk profile, guidelines and constraints outlined in this statement. • Researching and monitoring investment advisers and investment vehicles. • Purchasing, selling, and reinvesting in securities held in the account. • Monitoring the performance of all selected assets . • Voting proxies , if applicable . Recommending changes to any of the above. City of College Station -115 Other Post-Employment Benefits Trust Investment Guidelines Document -H ighMark Capital Management, Inc. (v . 8/25/2017 -ARB) 6 Page 120 of 778 • Periodically reviewing the suitability of the investments, being available to meet with the committee at least once each year, and being available at such other times within reason at your request. • Preparing and presenting appropriate reports. • Informing the committee if changes occur in personnel that are responsible for portfolio management or research. Acknowledgement and Acceptance I/We being the Plan Sponsor with responsibility for the account(s) held on behalf of the Plan Sponsor specified below, designate Investment Manager as having the investment discretion and management responsibility indicated in relation to all assets of the Plan or specified Account. If such designation is set forth in the Plan/trust, I/We hereby confirm such designation as Investment Manager. I have read the Investment Guidelines Document, and confirm the accuracy of it, including the terms and conditions under which the assets in this account are to be held, managed , and disposed of by Investment Manager. This Investment Guidelines Document supersedes all previous versions of an Investment Guidelines Document or investment objective instructions that may have been executed for this account. ~ Date : 9 -rf-17 Plan S ity of College Station ~~ ~ Date: ~1 /;7 Investment Manager: Andrew Brown , CFA, Senior Portfolio Manager, (41S) 705-7S05 City of College Station -115 Other Post-Employment Benefits Trust Investment Guidelines Document -HighMark Capital Management, Inc. (v . 8/25/2017 -ARB) 7 Page 121 of 778 23 EXHIBIT B OPEB Funding Policy Page 122 of 778   CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS PROGRAM               FUNDING POLICY EFFECTIVE FOR FISCAL YEARS BEGINNING ON AND AFTER OCTOBER 1, 2021                   Adopted: __________________, 20___ Page 123 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION APRIL 2021 TABLE OF CONTENTS    Page No. Section A: Purpose of Funding Policy .......................................................................................... 1 Section B: Primary Funding Objective ......................................................................................... 1 Section C: Funding Priorities and Guidelines ............................................................................... 1 Section D: City’s Funding Policy .................................................................................................. 2 Glossary: Glossary of Actuarial Terms ....................................................................................... 6 Appendix: Published Guidance on Key Elements of a Funding Policy ...................................... 8   FundingPolicy-COLSTA_RMDB_LEGAL_PLANDOC.docx Page 124 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 1 APRIL 2021 A. Purpose of Funding Policy Adoption of a formal policy defining priorities and guidelines for the funding of pension benefits and Other Post-Employment Benefits (OPEB) has become a best practice for public retirement systems. Governing boards and plan sponsors can use a formal funding policy to communicate funding goals and to provide a plan actuary with guidance in determining the requisite contribution rates to meet those goals. For the City of College Station (the City), the adoption of this policy is intended to:  Define the goals and objectives of funding the City of College Station Postretirement Medical, Dental and Life Insurance Program (the OPEB Plan),    Ensure the funding objectives consider the current recommendations of the Government Finance Officers Association (GFOA) and the Conference of Consulting Actuaries Public Plans Community (CCA PPC)1,  Review those objectives against the Texas Pension Review Board (the PRB) funding requirements and Texas Government Code §802.2011, even though such requirements only apply to Public Retirement (Pension) Systems2,  Enhance communications to plan members and retirees regarding the City’s funding strategy, and  Provide funding policy guidance to current and future City managers. B. Primary Funding Objective The primary objective of the funding policy is to fully fund the long-term cost of benefits provided under the terms of the OPEB Plan through disciplined and timely accumulation of contributions and prudent investment of assets, where such investments are governed by the guidelines of a separate Investment Policy Statement. C. Funding Priorities and Guidelines The following priorities and guidelines seek to achieve the Primary Funding Objective:  100% Payment of Benefits – Contributions and current plan assets must be sufficient to pay for all benefits expected to be paid to members and their beneficiaries when due. 1 The GFOA recommendations are written for both Public Pension Plans and Public OPEB Plans. The CCA PPC recommendations are written for Public Pension Plans, but the CCA PPC white paper states that the general policy objectives presented are applicable to funding OPEB plans with consideration given to distinctive features applicable to OPEB Plans. Accordingly, these GFOA and CCA PPC recommendations are useful guidelines for funding OPEB Plans. 2 Although the PRB requirements do not apply to OPEB plans, they are useful in comparing to the GFOA and CCA recommendations. Page 125 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 2 APRIL 2021  Target a Funded Ratio of 100% – The funded ratio shall be determined based on the ratio of:  the Plan Assets (which may be determined using a smoothing methodology discussed below) to  the Actuarial Accrued Liability (determined using the selected actuarial Cost Method as discussed below and all other funding valuation assumptions).  Contribution Stability and Sound Financing of Benefits – The financing of benefits should be based on sound actuarial principles. The City desires to minimize year-to-year employer contribution volatility to the extent reasonably possible while understanding that a sound funding policy may require employer contribution fluctuations from year-to-year in order to achieve and maintain the sound actuarial financing of benefits.  Intergenerational Equity – Whenever possible, the costs of benefits are managed such that future taxpayers are not burdened with costs associated with a previous generation of City employees’ service, and such costs are managed in a manner consistent with the principle to pay all benefits when due and without reduction.    Benefit Enhancements – Amendments to the OPEB Plan that improve plan benefits shall not be permitted unless the plan remains above 90% funded following the amendment. However, if the employer funds the full amount of the benefit enhancement at the time the enhancement is adopted, then the 90% funding threshold requirement shall be waived. D. City’s OPEB Funding Policy   The Funding Policy determines the manner in which plan liabilities and assets are measured for purposes of determining the annual contributions to the OPEB Plan. Typically, funding policies require the annual Normal Cost (i.e., the present value of the current year benefit accruals) plus a portion of the Unfunded Accrued Liability (UAL) (i.e., the excess of Actuarial Accrued Liability over Plan Assets) to be funded via an amortization payment.   In establishing this Funding Policy, the City considered published guidance from the Texas Pension Review Board, the Conference of Consulting Actuaries Public Plans Community and the Government Finance Officers Association. A detailed summary of this guidance, including many of the terms and concepts utilized in the Funding Policy below, is located in the Appendix of this document.   Effective with the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2021, the City will use the following Funding Policy based on the results of the preceding GASB No 74 valuation (e.g., the January 1, 2021 valuation for the fiscal year beginning October 1, 2021): Page 126 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 3 APRIL 2021 1. Methods – The City shall use the following methods. a. Recommended Contribution – The City shall determine the annual contribution using the Actuarially Determined Contribution (ADC) Method. i. Funded Ratio Less Than 95% – If the ratio of Plan Assets to the Actuarial Accrued Liability is less than 95%, the ADC shall be determined as the sum of the Normal Cost plus an amortization of the Unfunded Accrued Liability (UAL) as further discussed below. In addition, OPEB benefit payments will be paid directly by the City, and the City will not receive reimbursement from the OPEB Prefunding Trust. ii. Funded Ratio Between 95% and 100% – If the ratio of Plan Assets to the Actuarial Accrued Liability is at least 95% and less than 100%, then: 1. if there is any portion of the amortization period of the UAL from the prior valuation (i.e., one or two years remaining), then the ADC shall be determined as the sum of the Normal Cost plus an amortization of the UAL; or 2. if there is no amortization of the UAL remaining from the prior valuation (i.e., there are zero years remaining), then the ADC shall be equal to sum of the Normal Cost plus interest on the UAL at the valuation interest rate. In addition, OPEB benefit payments will be paid directly by the City, but the City will receive reimbursement from the OPEB Prefunding Trust. iii. Funded Ratio 100% or Greater – If the ratio of Plan Assets to the Actuarial Accrued Liability is at least 100%, the ADC shall be equal to the Normal Cost and there shall not be an adjustment for the amortization of the UAL. Furthermore, the amount of the Normal Cost shall be offset by Plan Assets in excess of the Actuarial Accrued Liability, but such offset shall not result in an ADC of less than $0. In addition, OPEB benefit payments will be paid directly by the City, but the City will receive reimbursement from the OPEB Prefunding Trust. Each fiscal year, the City budgets a contribution for the OPEB Prefunding Trust (e.g., at the date of adoption of this Funding Policy, the City has budgeted approximately $1,332,000 for FY22). To the extent that the budgeted OPEB contribution exceeds the ADC described under any of the above scenarios, then Page 127 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 4 APRIL 2021 the contribution to the OPEB Prefunding Trust shall exceed the ADC but not in excess of the amount required to achieve a Funded Ratio of 100% plus the amount of the Normal Cost. In this event, any remaining portion of the budgeted contribution shall be contributed to the Texas Municipal Retirement System to fund the City’s pension benefits. b. Cost Method – The actuarial cost method shall continue to be the Entry Age Normal Level Percent of Pay method. c. Asset Method – The City shall use the Market Value of Assets rather than a smoothed value of assets. Market Value of Assets as of the valuation date equals Fair Value plus any receivable contributions made or to be made for a prior plan year. The Plan Assets shall be set equal to the Market Value of Assets. d. Amortization Method – The amortization method shall be determined as follows: Amortization Method City’s Method Closed Period vs. Open Period Closed Period Level Dollar vs. Level Percent Level Dollar Single vs. Layered Single Amortization Period 3 years 2. Other Considerations a. Actuarial Experience Studies - The City participates in to the Texas Municipal Retirement System (TMRS) which already performs actuarial experience studies at least once every five (5) years. Such experience studies examine the Retirement System’s actual experience relative to the expected experience based on the actuarial assumptions in effect. The OPEB plan will incorporate any new demographic assumptions and economic assumptions applicable to the OPEB Plan that are adopted by TMRS as a result of an experience study. The OPEB Plan’s investment return assumption (i.e., the discount rate) shall be reevaluated at the same time as each TMRS experience study, and the City shall adopt a new investment return assumption, if warranted at such time. b. Risk-Sharing – If the ADC exceeds the amount of the budgeted OPEB contribution or if the ADC becomes otherwise untenable, then the City reserves the right to examine any combination of the following approaches to adjust the ADC or otherwise restore the ADC to a sustainable level: Page 128 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 5 APRIL 2021 i.adjusting the funding policy (e.g., use longer amortization periods that remain within the recommended ranges) while still meeting the Primary Funding Objectives, ii.increasing the retirees’ cost-sharing contributions to the OPEB Plan for medical and dental coverage to restore the ADC to a sustainable level, iii.reducing future benefits to restore the ADC to a sustainable level, and/or iv.limiting the contribution to the amount of the budgeted OPEB contribution. The City reserves the right to amend, modify or replace this Funding Policy. Page 129 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 6 APRIL 2021 Glossary of Actuarial Terms Actuarial Accrued Liability or Accrued Liability (AAL) This is computed differently under different actuarial cost methods. Generally, the Actuarial Accrued Liability or Accrued Liability represents the portion of the Present Value of Future Benefits attributed to periods of service preceding the valuation date. Actuarial Gain (Loss) A measure of the difference between actual experience and that expected based on the actuarial assumptions during the period between two actuarial valuation dates, as determined in accordance with the particular actuarial cost method used. Actuarial Value of Assets (AVA) The value of assets used by an actuary for an actuarial valuation. The AVA can be set equal to the Market Value of Assets, or the AVA can be set equal to a smoothed value of assets that is designed to smooth volatility in the Market Value of Assets over a period of years (e.g., a three to ten year period). Entry Age Normal Actuarial Cost Method An actuarial cost method under which the Present Value of Future Benefits of each individual included in an actuarial valuation is allocated on a level basis over the earnings or service of the individual between entry age and assumed exit ages. The portion of this actuarial present value allocated to the year of service during the valuation year is called the Normal Cost. The portion of this present value not provided for at a valuation date by the Present Value of Future Normal Costs is called the Accrued Liability. Market Value of Assets Market Value of Assets as of a valuation date equals Fair Value plus any receivable contributions made or to be made for a prior plan year. Normal Cost Computed differently under different actuarial cost methods, the Normal Cost generally represents the portion of the actuarial Present Value of Future Benefits attributed to the current year of service for active employees. OPEB Plan An OPEB Plan or Other Post-Employment Benefit Plan is a plan that provides post-retirement benefits other than pension benefits. Such plans typically provide post-retirement medical coverage, including prescription drug coverage, dental coverage and life insurance benefits. Plan Assets Used interchangeably with Actuarial Value of Assets. See definition of Actuarial Value of Assets above. Page 130 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 7 APRIL 2021 Present Value of Future Benefits Future benefits include all benefits estimated to be payable to plan members (retirees and beneficiaries, terminated employees entitled to benefits but not yet receiving them, and current active members) as a result of their service through the valuation date and their expected future service. The actuarial Present Value of Future Benefits as of the valuation date is the present value of the cost to finance benefits payable in the future, discounted to reflect the expected effects of the time value (present value) of money and the probabilities of payment. Present Value of Future Normal Costs The difference between the Present Value of Future Benefits and the Actuarial Accrued Liability under a given actuarial cost method. Unfunded Accrued Liability (UAL) The excess, if any, of the Actuarial Accrued Liability over the Actuarial Value of Assets. Page 131 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 8 APRIL 2021 Appendix Published Guidance on Key Elements of a Funding Policy The Funding Policy determines the manner in which plan liabilities and assets are measured for purposes of determining the annual contributions to the OPEB Plan. Typically, funding policies require the annual Normal Cost (i.e., the present value of the current year benefit accruals) plus a portion of the Unfunded Accrued Liability (UAL) (i.e., the excess of Actuarial Accrued Liability over Plan Assets) to be funded via an amortization payment.   Published guidance by the following entities has been considered in developing the Funding Policy: 1. Texas PRB’s “Guidance for Developing a Funding Policy” adopted on October 17, 2019 – This guidance is intended to assist public entities in Texas in developing a policy that meets the requirements of Texas Government Code §802.2011 which does not apply to OPEB plans, but is useful to consider when establishing a funding policy for a OPEB plan; 2. Conference of Consulting Actuaries Public Plans Community (CCA PPC) “Actuarial Funding Policies and Practices for Public Pension Plans” published in October 2014 – This publication is a “white paper” that develops principal elements and parameters of actuarial funding policy for U.S. public pension plans. The white paper states, “While this white paper develops guidance primarily for pension plans, we believe the general policy objectives presented here are applicable to the funding of OPEB plans as well.” The guidance offered in the white paper “is not intended to supplant or replace the applicable Actuarial Standards of Practice (ASOPs)” and is “nonbinding and advisory only”, but is intended as advice to actuaries and retirement boards in setting funding policy. The white paper develops a Level Cost Allocation Model that recommends actuarial funding methods for measuring both plan liabilities and plan assets, as well as recommends amortization periods for funding the UAL. These recommendations are discussed further below; and 3. Government Finance Officers Association’s Best Practice “Sustainable Funding Practices for Defined Benefit Pensions and Other Postemployment Benefits” approved by the GFOA’s Executive Board in January 2016 – This paper includes recommendations for best practices for adopting a funding policy for Pension and OPEB plans and incorporates by reference the GFOAs’ Best Practice “Core Elements of Funding Policy” published in 2013 which also recommends parameters for a funding policy. All three sources of published guidance discuss the following key elements of a funding policy.  Recommended Contribution – There are two methods used to determine recommended employer contributions to retirement plans: Page 132 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 9 APRIL 2021  Fixed Rate Method – The Fixed Rate method determines the annual employer contribution as a constant percentage (i.e., a fixed rate) of payroll. This method is used to minimize volatility in the contribution amount and does not vary from year- to-year unless certain conditions are met.    Actuarially Determined Contribution (ADC) Method – The ADC is determined as the sum of the Normal Cost plus an amortization of the UAL. The ADC changes each year as the Normal Cost and UAL fluctuate. This volatility permits the plan funding to be adjusted as needed in order to continue funding towards 100% over a set period of time. As discussed below, the Normal Cost and Actuarial Accrued Liability are determined based upon the actuarial Cost Method that is selected, and the Plan Assets can either be determined using Market Value or a smoothed Actuarial Value of Assets. Lastly, the period(s) over which the UAL is amortized as well as the methods of setting the period(s) (open period vs. closed period and level dollar amortization vs. level percent of pay amortization) are also key components in the determination of the ADC. The Texas PRB and GFOA recommend using the ADC method. The CCA PPC white paper is written solely in the context of the ADC method; however, the white paper indicates that plans that use the Fixed Rate method should also develop an ADC rate for comparison. Similarly, the Texas PRB recommends that if a Fixed Rate method is used, then an ADC rate should be used as a benchmark for determining if the Fixed Rate is reasonable, as well as to identify conditions in which the Fixed Rate should be changed to move towards the ADC rate either via changes to the rate or benefit reductions.  Cost Method – The actuarial cost method is used to allocate the Present Value of Future Benefits to past, current and future service periods.  Actuarial Accrued Liability – This is the portion of the Present Value of Future Benefits assigned to past service (i.e., service before the actuarial valuation date).  Normal Cost – This is the portion of the Present Value of Future Benefits that is assigned to the current year of service (i.e., it is the present value of the current year’s accruals).  Present Value of Future Normal Costs – This is the portion the Present Value of Future Benefits that is assigned to future service after the valuation year (i.e., it represents the present value of future years’ accruals). The PRB, the CCA PPC and the GFOA all recommend that plan liabilities be determined using the Entry Age Normal Level Percent actuarial cost method for plans with pay-related benefits. Although the City’s OPEB Plan benefits are not pay- related, GASB Nos. 74/75 require the use of the Entry Age Normal Level Percent actuarial Page 133 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 10 APRIL 2021 cost method. This method funds each individual’s benefits over their career as a level percent of pay.  Asset Method – Rather than use the Market Value of Assets in each annual valuation as the measure of Plan Assets, an Actuarial Value of Assets (AVA) can be used to smooth investment gains and losses and thus reduce year-to-year volatility in developing a funding policy contribution. Some AVA methods also place a corridor around the Market Value of Assets to limit the maximum amount of the smoothing during periods in which the market has been very volatile. The PRB, the CCA PPC and the GFOA have various recommended ranges for the length of the period over which assets can be smoothed, but all three entities indicate that a 5-year smoothing period is reasonable, with the GFOA stating that a period of 5 years or less is “ideal”. Furthermore, the CCA PPC and GFOA neither recommend nor discourage a corridor for a 5-year smoothing period (but they do recommend corridors for smoothing periods in excess of 5 years), while the PRB does not state a position on this matter.  Amortization Method – The amortization method determines the manner and period over which the Unfunded Accrued Liability (UAL) is amortized.  Level Dollar vs. Level Percent – The UAL can be amortized as a:  Level Dollar amount, where the amortization installment is fixed each year, or  Level Percent amount, where the amortization installment increases each year as payroll increases, but this can sometimes result in negative amortization.  Open Period vs. Closed Period – The UAL can be amortized over an:  Open Period, whereby the amortization period is the same each year (e.g., a 5-year Open Period amortization would use a 5-year amortization for the January 1, 2021 valuation, followed by another 5-year open period on January 1, 2022 and so on without the 5-year period ever changing), or  Closed Period, whereby the amortization period reduces each successive period (e.g., a 5-year Closed Period amortization would use a 5-year amortization for the January 1, 2021 valuation, followed by a 4-year Closed Period on January 1, 2022 and so on until the final year of the amortization is reached in the 5th year).  Single Amortization vs. Layered Amortization – The UAL can be amortized using: Page 134 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 11 APRIL 2021  Single Amortization – Under the Single Amortization method, the full amount of the UAL is amortized over a single period each year.  Layered Amortization – Under the Layered Amortization method, different amortization layers of the UAL are established at each actuarial valuation, and the sum of the layers is equal to the full UAL. In addition, within a single valuation, multiple layers of UAL can be established for different sources of changes in the UAL. The Layered Amortization method requires that a new amortization base (or layer) be created each year for Actuarial Experience Gains/Losses that occur during the year. In addition, new amortization layers are created in years in which actuarial assumptions or methods are changed and in years in which plan amendments are enacted. Creating a new amortization layer for each year reduces the volatility of the amortization of the UAL relative to the Single Amortization method, particularly as the Closed Period becomes shorter if a Closed Period amortization method is used. In addition, different amortization periods can be used for different types of layers created in years in which actuarial assumptions or methods are changed and in years in which plan amendments are enacted. This allows the funding of each layer to be better aligned with an appropriate amortization period. Page 135 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 12 APRIL 2021 As shown in the tables below, the Texas PRB, CCA PPC and GFOA all recommend a Layered Amortization approach with Closed Periods but with different amortization periods and different recommendations for Level Dollar versus Level Percent. Method Amortization Methodology Texas PRB CCA PPC GFOA Closed Period vs. Open Period Closed Period Closed Period Closed Period Level Dollar vs. Level Percent Level Dollar1 Level Percent2 Either Single vs. Layered Layered Layered Layered Source of Amortization Layers Amortization Period Texas PRB1 CCA PPC2 GFOA Actuarial Experience Gain/Loss 10 to 25 years 15 to 20 years 15 to 25 years5 Assumption and Method Changes 10 to 25 years 15 to 25 years 15 to 25 years5 Plan Amendments 10 to 25 years 10 to 15 years3 15 to 25 years5 Transition to New Policy Not discussed Up to 30 years4 Not discussed 1 The Texas PRB indicates that “level dollar amounts are preferable unless payroll is expected to decrease in the future”. The Texas PRB also states that 10 to 25 years is the preferable range, and while it indicates that a layered approach is acceptable, it does not provide separate preferred ranges for each of the layers. 2 The white paper indicates that “level dollar could be appropriate for sponsors and plans that are particularly averse to future cost increases, e.g., utilities setting rates for current rate payers.” Furthermore, the white paper states “level dollar is generally faster amortization than level percent of pay so longer periods may be reasonable.” 3 The white paper recommends that Plan Amendments be amortized over the actual remaining active future service for amendments affecting active members (where 15 years can be used as an approximation) or over actual remaining retiree life expectancy for amendments affecting inactive members (where 10 years can be used as an approximation). 4 The white paper indicates that transition policies would allow current fixed period amortization layers with periods not to exceed 30 years to continue with new amortization layers subject to recommended guidelines. 5 GFOA states that amortization periods should “ideally fall in the 15-20 year range” but “never exceed 25 years”.  Other Considerations – The Texas PRB, CCA PPC and GFOA each recommend other considerations to manage growth in plan liabilities and mitigate other risks.  Actuarial Experience Studies - An actuarial experience study examines a Retirement Plan’s actual demographic and economic experience relative to the expected experience based on the actuarial assumptions used in an actuarial valuation. Adjustments should be made to the actuarial assumptions whenever actual plan experience deviates materially from the assumptions in order to produce the best long-term estimate and to better align the contributions with the long-term expected cost of the plan. Page 136 of 778 FUNDING POLICY FOR CITY OF COLLEGE STATION POSTRETIREMENT MEDICAL, DENTAL AND LIFE INSURANCE PROGRAM CITY OF COLLEGE STATION 13 APRIL 2021 The GFOA recommends an actuarial experience study be conducted at least once every five years; the Texas PRB indicates that the frequency of actuarial experience studies can be included in the funding policy; and the CCA PPC does not address assumption selection in its white paper.  Risk Mitigation Strategies – Other strategies can be implemented to mitigate risks, such as the risk of large contribution increases year-to-year, sharing risks with employees via increased employee contributions or benefit reductions in certain scenarios. Managing growth in plan liabilities via restrictions on plan amendments should also be considered. The Texas PRB, CCA PPC and GFOA all suggest various strategies for mitigating risks and managing growth in plan liabilities, and the referenced publications for each of these bodies suggest incorporating some risk mitigation strategies into a plan’s funding policy. Page 137 of 778 Resolution No. Page 4 of 4 EXHIBIT B RECORDED CHANGES TO INVESTMENT POLICY OR INVESTMENT STRATEGIES The following changes to the Investment Policy or Investment Strategies are as set forth below: NONE Page 138 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 8.3. Contract with AXON for cameras, electronic control devices, digital storage and associated reporting systems. Sponsor: Mike Pavelka, Deputy Chief of Police Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Presentation, discussion, and possible action on a ten-year agreement with Axon Enterprise, Inc. (“AXON”) for the purchase and support of products and services including body cameras, fleet cameras, electronic control devices, digital storage, and associated reporting systems for an amount not to exceed $6,417,557.66. Relationship to Strategic Goals: Good Governance Recommendation(s): Staff respectfully recommends approving the ten-year agreement with AXON. Summary: The College Station Police Department currently uses AXON to supply body cameras, fleet cameras, electronic control devices and digital storage for these devices. The acquisition of AXON products began in 2013 with the purchase of a select number of electronic control devices. Since that time, AXON has proven itself to be an industry leader for many law enforcement products, and eventually the department also began using AXON to supply body cameras, fleet cameras and digital storage for those devices. The acquisition of these products however, occurred in several phases, resulting in multiple contracts and purchase orders, making the management and budgeting for the products extremely cumbersome. The proposed agreement consolidates the previous agreements and adds services for the Fire Marshal’s Office, City Marshal’s Office, and Code Enforcement. Additionally, the agreement allows for a more streamlined approach to add products when the departments add personnel or vehicles. The listed amount of the agreement is the sum of the 10-year obligation; however, payment is to be rendered in annual installments. All purchases under this agreement are being made through Sourcewell Cooperative Contract #010720-AXN. All products and services on the Sourcewell Cooperative have been carefully and competitively bid and awarded based on Texas Law by the Local Government Purchasing Cooperative. Contingent upon City Council approval, this agreement will become effective October 1, 2022. Budget & Financial Summary: Total of the ten-year agreement is $6,417,557.66 (payment is to be rendered in annual installments split between impacted departments). Attachments: 1. 23300001 Axon Enterprise, Inc. MSPA Page 139 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement between Axon and College Station Contract No.23300001 Page 1 of 33 This Master Services and Purchasing Agreement (“Agreement”) is between Axon Enterprise, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Axon”), and the City of College Station, a Texas Home Rule Municipal Corporation on the Quote (“Agency or City”). This Agreement is effective on the date of the last party executing the Agreement making it fully executed (“Effective Date”). Axon and Agency are each a “Party” and collectively “Parties”. This Agreement governs Agency’s purchase and use of the Axon Devices and Services detailed in the Quote Appendix (“Quote”). It is the intent of the Parties that this Agreement act as a master agreement governing all subsequent purchases by Agency for the same Axon products and services in the Quote, and all such subsequent quotes accepted by Agency shall be also incorporated into this Agreement by reference as a Quote. All purchases are pursuant to Sourcewell Cooperative Purchasing Agreement #010720-AXN. Axon is a sole source provider of their products and services as stated in the Sole Source Letter Appendix. The Parties therefore agree as follows: 1 Definitions. “Axon Cloud Services” means Axon’s web services for Axon Evidence, Axon Records, Axon Dispatch, and interactions between Evidence.com and Axon Devices or Axon client software. Axon Cloud Service excludes third-party applications, hardware warranties, and my.evidence.com. “Axon Device” means all hardware provided by Axon under this Agreement. “Quote” means an offer to sell and is only valid for devices and services on the quote at the specified prices. Any terms within Agency’s purchase order in response to a Quote will be void. Orders are subject to prior credit approval. Changes in the deployment estimated ship date may change charges in the Quote. Shipping dates are estimates only. Axon is not responsible for typographical errors in any offer by Axon, and Axon reserves the right to cancel any orders resulting from such errors. “Services” means all services provided by Axon under this Agreement, including software, Axon Cloud Services, and professional services. 2 Term. This Agreement begins on the Effective Date and the term is for ten (10) years. The Agreement may expire earlier if the subscriptions hereunder have expired or have been terminated (“Term”). All subscriptions including Axon Evidence, Axon Fleet, Officer Safety Plans, Technology Assurance Plans, and TASER 7 plans begin after shipment of the applicable Axon Device. If Axon ships the Axon Device in the first half of the month, the start date is the 1st of the following month. If Axon ships the Axon Device in the second half of the month, the start date is the 15th of the following month. For purchases solely of Axon Evidence subscriptions, the start date is the Effective Date. Each subscription term ends upon completion of the subscription stated in the Quote (“Subscription Term”). For purchase of TASER 7 as a standalone, Axon may increase pricing to its then-current list pricing for any Renewal Term. For all other purchases, Axon may increase pricing on all line items in the Quote up to 3% at the beginning of each year of the Renewal Term. New devices and services may require additional terms. Axon will not authorize services until Axon receives the signed Agreement. 3 Payment 3.1 The total amount of payment, including reimbursements, by the City to Axon for all work performed under this Contract may not, under any circumstances, exceed six million four hundred seventeen thousand five hundred fifty-seven and 66/100 Dollars ($6,417,557.66). 3.2 Axon invoices upon shipment. Payment is due net 30 days from receipt of the invoice. Payment obligations are non-cancelable, unless funds are not appropriated or disputed, provided, however, that the disputed amount is agreed upon by both Parties. Agency will pay undisputed invoices without setoff, deduction, or withholding. For the purpose of this section, “disputed” invoices would arise if an invoice contained an error and Agency shall request a corrected invoice and pay based on such invoices as opposed to paying a portion of an incorrect invoice. 4 Taxes. Agency is tax exempt and will provide Axon a valid tax exemption certificate. Page 140 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement between Axon and College Station Contract No.23300001 Page 2 of 33 5 Shipping. Axon may make partial shipments and ship Axon Devices from multiple locations. All shipments are FOB destination via common carrier. Title and risk of loss pass to Agency upon delivery and acceptance by the Agency, provided, however, that deliveries not otherwise rejected by Agency in writing shall be deemed accepted within ten (10) days of delivery. Agency is responsible for any shipping charges in the Quote. 6 Returns. All sales are final. Axon does not allow refunds or exchanges, except warranty returns or as provided by state or federal law. 7 Warranty. 7.1 Hardware Limited Warranty. Axon warrants that Axon-manufactured Devices are free from defects in workmanship and materials for 1 year from the date of Agency’s receipt, except Signal Sidearm, which Axon warrants for 30 months from the date of Agency’s receipt. Axon warrants its Axon-manufactured accessories for 90-days from the date of Agency’s receipt. Used conducted energy weapon (“CEW”) cartridges are deemed to have operated properly. Extended warranties run from the expiration of the 1-year hardware warranty through the extended warranty term. Non- Axon manufactured Devices are not covered by Axon’s warranty. Agency should contact the manufacturer for support of non-Axon manufactured Devices. 7.2 Claims. If Axon receives a valid warranty claim for an Axon manufactured Device during the warranty term, Axon’s sole responsibility is to repair or replace the Device with the same or like Device, at Axon’s option. A replacement Axon Device will be new or like new. Axon will warrant the replacement Axon Device for the longer of (a) the remaining warranty of the original Axon Device or (b) 90-days from the date of repair or replacement. If Agency exchanges a device or part, the replacement item becomes Agency’s property, and the replaced item becomes Axon’s property. Before delivering a Axon Device for service, Agency must upload Axon Device data to Axon Evidence or download it and retain a copy. Axon is not responsible for any loss of software, data, or other information contained in storage media or any part of the Axon Device sent to Axon for service. 7.3 Spare Axon Devices. For qualified purchases, Axon may provide Agency a predetermined number of spare Axon Devices as detailed in the Quote (“Spare Axon Devices”). Spare Axon Devices are intended to replace broken or non-functioning units while Agency submits the broken or non- functioning units, through Axon’s warranty return process. Axon will repair or replace the unit with a replacement Axon Device. Title and risk of loss for all Spare Axon Devices shall pass to Agency in accordance with shipping terms under Section 5. Axon assumes no liability or obligation in the event Agency does not utilize Spare Axon Devices for the intended purpose. 7.4 Limitations. Axon’s warranty excludes damage related to: (a) failure to follow Axon Device use instructions; (b) Axon Devices used with equipment not manufactured or recommended by Axon; (c) abuse, misuse, or intentional damage to Axon Device; (d) force majeure; (e) Axon Devices repaired or modified by persons other than Axon without Axon’s written permission; or (f) Axon Devices with a defaced or removed serial number. 7.4.1 To the extent permitted by law, the above warranties and remedies are exclusive. Axon disclaims all other warranties, remedies, and conditions, whether oral, written, statutory, or implied. If statutory or implied warranties cannot be lawfully disclaimed, then such warranties are limited to the duration of the warranty described above and by the provisions in this Agreement. 7.4.2 Axon’s cumulative liability to any Party for any loss or damage resulting from any claim, demand, or action arising out of or relating to any Axon Device or Service will not exceed the purchase price paid to Axon for the Axon Devices and , the amount paid for such Services over the 24 months preceding the claim. Neither Party will be liable for direct, special, indirect, incidental, punitive or consequential damages, Page 141 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement between Axon and College Station Contract No.23300001 Page 3 of 33 however caused, whether for breach of warranty or contract, negligence, strict liability, tort or any other legal theory. 8 Statement of Work. Certain Axon Devices and Services, including Axon Interview Room, Axon Channel Services, and Axon Fleet, may require a Statement of Work that details Axon’s Service deliverables (“SOW”). In the event Axon provides an SOW to Agency, Axon is only responsible to perform Services described in the SOW. Additional services are out of scope. The Parties must document scope changes in a written and signed change order. Changes may require an equitable adjustment in fees or schedule. The SOW is incorporated into this Agreement by reference. 9 Axon Device Warnings. See www.axon.com/legal for the most current Axon Device warnings. 10 Design Changes. Axon may make design changes to any Axon Device or Service without notifying Agency or making the same change to Axon Devices and Services previously purchased by Agency. 11 Bundled Offerings. Some offerings in bundled offerings may not be generally available at the time of Agency’s purchase. Axon will not provide a refund, credit, or additional discount beyond what is in the Quote due to a delay of availability or Agency’s election not to utilize any portion of an Axon bundle. 12 Insurance. Axon will maintain insurance as shown in the insurance appendix. Axon will supply certificates of insurance. 13 Indemnification. Notwithstanding any IP indemnification, Indemnity. Axon agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City, its officers, employees, volunteers and agents (separately and collectively referred to in this paragraph as “Indemnitee”), from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, causes of action, suits, judgments, settlements made by Indemnitee, and liability of every kind, including all expenses of litigation, court costs, attorney's fees, and other reasonable costs for damage to or loss of use of any property, for injuries to, or sickness or death of any person, including but not limited to Axon, any of its subconsultants of any tier, or of any employee or invitee of Axon or of any such subconsultants, that is caused by, arises out of, related to, or in connection with, the negligence of and/or negligent performance of this Contract by Axon or by any such subconsultants of any tier, under this Contract. There shall be no additional indemnification other than as set forth in this section. All other provisions regarding the same subject matter shall be declared void and of no effect. 14 It is agreed with respect to any legal limitations now or hereafter in effect and affecting the validity or enforceability of the indemnification obligation under the above section, such legal limitations are made a part of the indemnification obligation and shall operate to amend the indemnification obligation to the minimum extent necessary to bring the provision into conformity with the requirements of such limitations, and as so modified, the indemnification obligation shall continue in full force and effect. 15 Release. Axon releases, relinquishes, and discharges the City, its officers, agents, volunteers and employees from all claims, demands, and causes of action of every kind and character, including the cost of defense thereof, for any injury to, sickness or death of the Axon or its employees and any loss of or damage to any property of Axon or its employees that is caused by or alleged to be caused by, arises out of, or is in connection with Axon's work to be performed hereunder. Both the City and the Axon expressly intend that this release shall apply regardless of whether said claims, demands, and causes of action are covered, in whole or in part, by insurance and in the event of injury, sickness, death, loss, or damage suffered by the Axon or its employees, but not otherwise, this release shall apply regardless of whether such loss, damage, injury, or death was caused in whole or in part by the City, any other party released hereunder, the Axon, or any third party. There shall be no additional release or hold harmless provision other than as set forth in this section. All other provisions regarding the same subject matter shall be declared void and of no effect. Page 142 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement between Axon and College Station Contract No.23300001 Page 4 of 33 16 IP Rights. Axon owns and reserves all right, title, and interest in Axon devices and services and suggestions to Axon, including all related intellectual property rights. Agency will not cause any Axon proprietary rights to be violated. 17 IP Indemnification. Axon will indemnify Agency Indemnitees against all claims, losses, and reasonable expenses from any third-party claim alleging that the use of Axon Devices or Services infringes or misappropriates the third-party’s intellectual property rights. Agency must promptly provide Axon with written notice of such claim, tender to Axon the defense or settlement of such claim at Axon’s expense and cooperate fully with Axon in the defense or settlement of such claim. Axon’s IP indemnification obligations do not apply to claims based on (a) modification of Axon Devices or Services by Agency or a third-party not approved by Axon; (b) use of Axon Devices and Services in combination with hardware or services not approved by Axon; (c) use of Axon Devices and Services other than as permitted in this Agreement; or (d) use of Axon software that is not the most current release provided by Axon. 18 Agency Responsibilities. Agency is responsible for (a) Agency’s use of Axon Devices; (b) breach of this Agreement or violation of applicable law by Agency or an Agency end user; and (c) a dispute between Agency and a third-party over Agency’s use of Axon Devices. 19 Termination. 19.1 For Breach. A Party may terminate this Agreement for cause if it provides 30 days written notice of the breach to the other Party, and the breach remains uncured at the end of 30 days. If Agency terminates this Agreement due to Axon’s uncured breach, Axon will refund prepaid amounts on a prorated basis based on the effective date of termination. 19.2 By Agency. Agency may terminate this Agreement for convenience within thirty (30) days written notice. If sufficient funds are not appropriated or otherwise legally available to pay the fees, Agency may terminate this Agreement. Agency will deliver notice of termination due to non-appropriation as soon as reasonably practicable. 19.3 Effect of Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement, Agency rights immediately terminate. Agency remains responsible for all fees incurred before the effective date of termination. If Agency purchases Axon Devices for less than the manufacturer’s suggested retail price (“MSRP”) and this Agreement terminates before the end of the Term, Axon will invoice Agency the difference between the MSRP for Axon Devices received, including any Spare Axon Devices, and amounts paid towards those Axon Devices. Only if terminating for non-appropriation, Agency may return Axon Devices to Axon within 30 days of termination. MSRP is the standalone price of the individual Axon Device at the time of sale. For bundled Axon Devices, MSRP is the standalone price of all individual components. 20 Confidentiality. “Confidential Information” means nonpublic information designated as confidential or, given the nature of the information or circumstances surrounding disclosure, should reasonably be understood to be confidential. Each Party will take reasonable measures to avoid disclosure, dissemination, or unauthorized use of the other Party’s Confidential Information. Unless required by law, neither Party will disclose the other Party’s Confidential Information during the Term and for 5-years thereafter. Axon pricing is Confidential Information and competition sensitive. If Agency is required by law to disclose Axon pricing, to the extent allowed by law, Agency will provide notice to Axon before disclosure. Axon may publicly announce information related to this Agreement. 21 General. 21.1 Force Majeure. Neither Party will be liable for any delay or failure to perform due to a cause beyond a Party’s reasonable control. 21.2 Independent Contractors. The Parties are independent contractors. Neither Party has the authority to bind the other. This Agreement does not create a partnership, franchise, joint venture, agency, fiduciary, or employment relationship between the Parties. Page 143 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement between Axon and College Station Contract No.23300001 Page 5 of 33 21.3 Third-Party Beneficiaries. There are no third-party beneficiaries under this Agreement. 21.4 Non-Discrimination. Neither Party nor its employees will discriminate against any person based on race; religion; creed; color; sex; gender identity and expression; pregnancy; childbirth; breastfeeding; medical conditions related to pregnancy, childbirth, or breastfeeding; sexual orientation; marital status; age; national origin; ancestry; genetic information; disability; veteran status; or any class protected by local, state, or federal law. 21.5 Export Compliance. Each Party will comply with all import and export control laws and regulations. 21.6 Assignment. Neither Party may assign this Agreement without the other Party’s prior written consent. Axon may assign this Agreement, its rights, or obligations without consent: (a) to an affiliate or subsidiary; or (b) for purposes of financing, merger, acquisition, corporate reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all its assets. This Agreement is binding upon the Parties respective successors and assigns. 21.7 Waiver. No waiver or delay by either Party in exercising any right under this Agreement constitutes a waiver of that right. 21.8 Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any portion of this Agreement invalid or unenforceable, the remaining portions of this Agreement will remain in effect. 21.9 Survival. The following sections will survive termination: Payment, Warranty, Axon Device Warnings, Indemnification, IP Rights, and Agency Responsibilities. 21.10 Governing Law. The laws of the State of Texas, without reference to conflict of law rules, govern this Agreement and any dispute arising from it. The United Nations Convention for the International Sale of Goods does not apply to this Agreement. The parties agree that performance and all matters related thereto shall be in Brazos County, Texas. 21.11 Notices. All notices must be in English. Notices posted on Agency’s Axon Evidence site are effective upon posting. Notices by email are effective on the sent date of the email. Notices by personal delivery are effective immediately. Contact information for notices: Axon: Axon Enterprise, Inc. Agency: City of College Station Attn: Legal Attn: CSPD 17800 N. 85th Street Street Address: 800 Krenek Tap Rd Scottsdale, Arizona 85255 City, State, Zip: College Station, TX 77840 legal@axon.com Email: mpavelka@cstx.gov 21.12 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Appendices and any SOW(s), represents the entire agreement between the Parties. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, whether written or verbal, regarding the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may only be modified or amended in a writing signed by the Parties. 21.13 Background Checks. Axon agrees to assume all responsibility for and to perform background checks on all its employees, agents and assigns working on this Agreement. Background checks include but are not limited to, criminal records and civil judgments, professional license verifications, motor vehicle records, social security number, court records, military service records, other public records reports, and verifications of employment, and education. This must be done before such individuals commence their work on this Agreement. Consultant agrees to produce any and all background checks information as described herein when requested to the City. To the degree allowed by applicable law, City agrees to keep such information confidential. Page 144 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement between Axon and College Station Contract No.23300001 Page 6 of 33 21.14 No Boycott Israel. To the extent applicable, this Contract is subject to the following: (a) Boycott Israel. If this Contract is for goods and services subject to § 2270.002 Texas Government Code, Axon verifies that it i) does not boycott Israel; and ii) will not boycott Israel during the term of this Contract. (b) Boycott Firearms. If this Contract is for goods and services subject to § 2274.002 Texas Government Code, Axon verifies that it i) does not have a practice, policy, guidance, or directive that discriminates against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and ii) will not discriminate during the term of the contract against a firearm entity or firearm trade association; and (c) Boycott Energy Companies. Subject to § 2274.002 Texas Government Code Axon herein verifies that it i) does not boycott energy companies; and ii) will not boycott energy companies during the term of this Contract. 21.15 Prioritization. Axon and City agree that City is a political subdivision of the State of Texas and is thus subject to certain laws. Because of this there may be documents or portions thereof added by Axon to this Contract as exhibits that conflict with such laws, or that conflict with the terms and conditions herein. The applicable law or the applicable provisions of this Contract, excluding such conflicting additions by Contractor, shall prevail. The parties understand this section comprises part of this Contract without necessity of additional consideration. Each representative identified below declares they have been expressly authorized to execute this Agreement as of the date of signature. AXON CITY OF COLLEGE STATION By: By: Printed Name: Robert E. Driscoll, Jr. City Manager Title: VP, Assoc. General Counsel Date: Date: APPROVED: City Attorney Date: _________________ Assistant City Manager/CFO Date: _________________ Page 145 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 7 of 33 Axon Quote Appendix see next page Page 146 of 778 Page 1 Q-380934-44770.635DT Q-380934-44770.635DT Issued: 07/28/2022 Quote Expiration: Estimated Contract Start Date: 11/01/2022 Account Number: 514494 Payment Terms: N30 Delivery Method: Fedex - Ground SHIP TO BILL TO SALES REPRESENTATIVE PRIMARY CONTACT College Station College Station City Marshal - TX Danny Thielen Michael Pavelka 800 Krenek Tap Road 800 Krenek Tap Road Phone: (480) 434-8810 Phone: College Station, TX 77840 College Station, TX 77840 Email: dthielen@axon.com Email: USA USA Fax: Fax: Email: Quote Summary Discount Summary Program Length 120 Months Average Savings Per Year $4,063.81 TOTAL COST $40,166.18 ESTIMATED TOTAL W/ TAX $40,166.18 TOTAL SAVINGS $40,638.14 Payment Summary Date Subtotal Tax Total Oct 2022 $2,560.78 $0.00 $2,560.78 Apr 2023 $1,455.85 $0.00 $1,455.85 Oct 2023 $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2024 $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2025 $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2026 $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2027 $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2028 $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2029 $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2030 $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2031 $4,016.35 $0.00 $4,016.35 Axon Enterprise, Inc. 17800 N 85th St. Scottsdale, Arizona 85255 United States VAT: 86-0741227 Domestic: (800) 978-2737 International: +1.800.978.2737 Page 147 of 778 Page 2 Q-380934-44770.635DT Payment Summary Date Subtotal Tax Total Total $40,166.18 $0.00 $40,166.18 Page 148 of 778 Page 3 Q-380934-44770.635DT Quote List Price:$80,804.32 Quote Subtotal:$40,166.18 Pricing All deliverables are detailed in Delivery Schedules section lower in proposal Item Description Term Qty List Price Net Price Subtotal Tax Total BWC Unlimited with TAP 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 120m 4 $4,680.00 $2,161.61 $8,646.44 $0.00 $8,646.44 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)120m 4 $660.00 $304.84 $1,219.36 $0.00 $1,219.36 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)120m 4 $1,400.40 $646.82 $2,587.28 $0.00 $2,587.28 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $212.00 $97.92 $391.68 $0.00 $391.68 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $741.00 $342.26 $1,369.04 $0.00 $1,369.04 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $768.00 $354.73 $1,418.92 $0.00 $1,418.92 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $220.00 $101.62 $406.48 $0.00 $406.48 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 120m 4 $2,880.00 $1,330.22 $5,320.88 $0.00 $5,320.88 AB3 1-Bay Dock Bundle 74211 AXON BODY 3 - 1 BAY DOCK 4 $200.00 $100.00 $400.00 $0.00 $400.00 71104 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 & T7 1-BAY DOCK/DATAPORT 4 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 AB3 Camera Bundle 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 5 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 4 $699.00 $349.50 $1,398.00 $0.00 $1,398.00 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 5 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Pro License Bundle 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 120m 1 $4,680.00 $2,449.80 $2,449.80 $0.00 $2,449.80 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-120m 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Fleet 3 Basic 10 Year 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $2,405.00 $1,330.33 $2,660.66 $0.00 $2,660.66 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 103m 2 $119.48 $66.09 $132.18 $0.00 $132.18 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 $1,249.00 $690.89 $1,381.78 $0.00 $1,381.78 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 $249.00 $137.74 $275.48 $0.00 $275.48 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 $1,200.00 $663.78 $1,327.56 $0.00 $1,327.56 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $279.00 $154.33 $308.66 $0.00 $308.66 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 103m 2 $922.88 $510.49 $1,020.98 $0.00 $1,020.98 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 114m 2 $2,280.00 $1,261.18 $2,522.36 $0.00 $2,522.36 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 114m 4 $1,938.00 $1,072.01 $4,288.04 $0.00 $4,288.04 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 $15.00 $8.30 $16.60 $0.00 $16.60 Individual Items 80460 FLEET 3 BUNDLE TRUE UP 7m 2 $546.00 $312.00 $624.00 $0.00 $624.00 Total $40,166.18 $0.00 $40,166.18 Page 149 of 778 Page 4 Q-380934-44770.635DT Delivery Schedule Hardware Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Delivery Date AB3 1-Bay Dock Bundle 71104 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 & T7 1-BAY DOCK/DATAPORT 4 10/01/2022 AB3 1-Bay Dock Bundle 74211 AXON BODY 3 - 1 BAY DOCK 4 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 5 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 4 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 5 10/01/2022 Fleet 3 Basic 10 Year 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 04/15/2023 Fleet 3 Basic 10 Year 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 04/15/2023 Fleet 3 Basic 10 Year 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 04/15/2023 Fleet 3 Basic 10 Year 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 04/15/2023 Fleet 3 Basic 10 Year 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 04/15/2023 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 04/01/2025 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 04/01/2025 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 10/01/2027 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 10/01/2027 Software Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date BWC Unlimited with TAP 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Pro License Bundle 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Pro License Bundle 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Basic 10 Year 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 05/15/2023 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Basic 10 Year 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 05/15/2023 10/31/2032 Services Bundle Item Description QTY Fleet 3 Basic 10 Year 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 Warranties Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date BWC Unlimited with TAP 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 BWC Unlimited with TAP 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Basic 10 Year 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 04/15/2024 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Basic 10 Year 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 04/15/2024 10/31/2032 Page 150 of 778 Page 5 Q-380934-44770.635DT Payment Details Oct 2022 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 1 - Axon 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $43.86 $0.00 $43.86 Year 1 - Axon 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $45.46 $0.00 $45.46 Year 1 - Axon 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $12.55 $0.00 $12.55 Year 1 - Axon 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $13.02 $0.00 $13.02 Year 1 - Axon 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 1 - Axon 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $170.46 $0.00 $170.46 Year 1 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $277.00 $0.00 $277.00 Year 1 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $78.48 $0.00 $78.48 Year 1 - Axon 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $82.89 $0.00 $82.89 Year 1 - Axon 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $39.06 $0.00 $39.06 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 5 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 71104 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 & T7 1-BAY DOCK/DATAPORT 4 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 4 $1,398.00 $0.00 $1,398.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 5 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 74211 AXON BODY 3 - 1 BAY DOCK 4 $400.00 $0.00 $400.00 Total $2,560.78 $0.00 $2,560.78 Apr 2023 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 1 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 $138.18 $0.00 $138.18 Year 1 - Fleet 3 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $30.87 $0.00 $30.87 Year 1 - Fleet 3 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 $27.55 $0.00 $27.55 Year 1 - Fleet 3 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 $1.66 $0.00 $1.66 Year 1 - Fleet 3 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $266.07 $0.00 $266.07 Year 1 - Fleet 3 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 $132.76 $0.00 $132.76 Year 1 - Fleet 3 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $13.22 $0.00 $13.22 Year 1 - Fleet 3 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 $252.24 $0.00 $252.24 Year 1 - Fleet 3 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 $428.80 $0.00 $428.80 Year 1 - Fleet 3 80460 FLEET 3 BUNDLE TRUE UP 2 $62.40 $0.00 $62.40 Year 1 - Fleet 3 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $102.10 $0.00 $102.10 Total $1,455.85 $0.00 $1,455.85 Oct 2023 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 2 - Axon 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $147.24 $0.00 $147.24 Year 2 - Axon 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $152.61 $0.00 $152.61 Year 2 - Axon 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $42.13 $0.00 $42.13 Year 2 - Axon 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.72 $0.00 $43.72 Year 2 - Axon 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 2 - Axon 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $572.27 $0.00 $572.27 Year 2 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $929.94 $0.00 $929.94 Year 2 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $263.48 $0.00 $263.48 Page 151 of 778 Page 6 Q-380934-44770.635DT Oct 2023 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 2 - Axon 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $278.27 $0.00 $278.27 Year 2 - Axon 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $131.14 $0.00 $131.14 Year 2 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 $138.18 $0.00 $138.18 Year 2 - Fleet 3 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $30.87 $0.00 $30.87 Year 2 - Fleet 3 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 $27.55 $0.00 $27.55 Year 2 - Fleet 3 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 $1.66 $0.00 $1.66 Year 2 - Fleet 3 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $266.07 $0.00 $266.07 Year 2 - Fleet 3 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 $132.76 $0.00 $132.76 Year 2 - Fleet 3 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $13.22 $0.00 $13.22 Year 2 - Fleet 3 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 $252.24 $0.00 $252.24 Year 2 - Fleet 3 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 $428.80 $0.00 $428.80 Year 2 - Fleet 3 80460 FLEET 3 BUNDLE TRUE UP 2 $62.40 $0.00 $62.40 Year 2 - Fleet 3 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $102.10 $0.00 $102.10 Total $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2024 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 3 - Axon 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $147.24 $0.00 $147.24 Year 3 - Axon 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $152.61 $0.00 $152.61 Year 3 - Axon 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $42.13 $0.00 $42.13 Year 3 - Axon 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.72 $0.00 $43.72 Year 3 - Axon 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 3 - Axon 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $572.27 $0.00 $572.27 Year 3 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $929.94 $0.00 $929.94 Year 3 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $263.48 $0.00 $263.48 Year 3 - Axon 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $278.27 $0.00 $278.27 Year 3 - Axon 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $131.14 $0.00 $131.14 Year 3 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 $138.18 $0.00 $138.18 Year 3 - Fleet 3 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $30.87 $0.00 $30.87 Year 3 - Fleet 3 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 $27.55 $0.00 $27.55 Year 3 - Fleet 3 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 $1.66 $0.00 $1.66 Year 3 - Fleet 3 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $266.07 $0.00 $266.07 Year 3 - Fleet 3 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 $132.76 $0.00 $132.76 Year 3 - Fleet 3 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $13.22 $0.00 $13.22 Year 3 - Fleet 3 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 $252.24 $0.00 $252.24 Year 3 - Fleet 3 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 $428.80 $0.00 $428.80 Year 3 - Fleet 3 80460 FLEET 3 BUNDLE TRUE UP 2 $62.40 $0.00 $62.40 Year 3 - Fleet 3 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $102.10 $0.00 $102.10 Total $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2025 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 4 - Axon 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $147.24 $0.00 $147.24 Year 4 - Axon 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $152.61 $0.00 $152.61 Year 4 - Axon 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $42.13 $0.00 $42.13 Page 152 of 778 Page 7 Q-380934-44770.635DT Oct 2025 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 4 - Axon 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.72 $0.00 $43.72 Year 4 - Axon 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 4 - Axon 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $572.27 $0.00 $572.27 Year 4 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $929.94 $0.00 $929.94 Year 4 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $263.48 $0.00 $263.48 Year 4 - Axon 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $278.27 $0.00 $278.27 Year 4 - Axon 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $131.14 $0.00 $131.14 Year 4 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 $138.18 $0.00 $138.18 Year 4 - Fleet 3 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $30.87 $0.00 $30.87 Year 4 - Fleet 3 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 $27.55 $0.00 $27.55 Year 4 - Fleet 3 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 $1.66 $0.00 $1.66 Year 4 - Fleet 3 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $266.07 $0.00 $266.07 Year 4 - Fleet 3 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 $132.76 $0.00 $132.76 Year 4 - Fleet 3 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $13.22 $0.00 $13.22 Year 4 - Fleet 3 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 $252.24 $0.00 $252.24 Year 4 - Fleet 3 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 $428.80 $0.00 $428.80 Year 4 - Fleet 3 80460 FLEET 3 BUNDLE TRUE UP 2 $62.40 $0.00 $62.40 Year 4 - Fleet 3 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $102.10 $0.00 $102.10 Total $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2026 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 5 - Axon 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $147.24 $0.00 $147.24 Year 5 - Axon 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $152.61 $0.00 $152.61 Year 5 - Axon 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $42.13 $0.00 $42.13 Year 5 - Axon 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.72 $0.00 $43.72 Year 5 - Axon 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 5 - Axon 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $572.27 $0.00 $572.27 Year 5 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $929.94 $0.00 $929.94 Year 5 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $263.48 $0.00 $263.48 Year 5 - Axon 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $278.27 $0.00 $278.27 Year 5 - Axon 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $131.14 $0.00 $131.14 Year 5 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 $138.18 $0.00 $138.18 Year 5 - Fleet 3 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $30.87 $0.00 $30.87 Year 5 - Fleet 3 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 $27.55 $0.00 $27.55 Year 5 - Fleet 3 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 $1.66 $0.00 $1.66 Year 5 - Fleet 3 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $266.07 $0.00 $266.07 Year 5 - Fleet 3 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 $132.76 $0.00 $132.76 Year 5 - Fleet 3 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $13.22 $0.00 $13.22 Year 5 - Fleet 3 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 $252.24 $0.00 $252.24 Year 5 - Fleet 3 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 $428.80 $0.00 $428.80 Year 5 - Fleet 3 80460 FLEET 3 BUNDLE TRUE UP 2 $62.40 $0.00 $62.40 Year 5 - Fleet 3 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $102.10 $0.00 $102.10 Total $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Page 153 of 778 Page 8 Q-380934-44770.635DT Oct 2027 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 6 - Axon 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $147.24 $0.00 $147.24 Year 6 - Axon 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $152.61 $0.00 $152.61 Year 6 - Axon 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $42.13 $0.00 $42.13 Year 6 - Axon 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.72 $0.00 $43.72 Year 6 - Axon 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 6 - Axon 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $572.27 $0.00 $572.27 Year 6 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $929.94 $0.00 $929.94 Year 6 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $263.48 $0.00 $263.48 Year 6 - Axon 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $278.27 $0.00 $278.27 Year 6 - Axon 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $131.14 $0.00 $131.14 Year 6 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 $138.18 $0.00 $138.18 Year 6 - Fleet 3 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $30.87 $0.00 $30.87 Year 6 - Fleet 3 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 $27.55 $0.00 $27.55 Year 6 - Fleet 3 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 $1.66 $0.00 $1.66 Year 6 - Fleet 3 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $266.07 $0.00 $266.07 Year 6 - Fleet 3 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 $132.76 $0.00 $132.76 Year 6 - Fleet 3 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $13.22 $0.00 $13.22 Year 6 - Fleet 3 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 $252.24 $0.00 $252.24 Year 6 - Fleet 3 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 $428.80 $0.00 $428.80 Year 6 - Fleet 3 80460 FLEET 3 BUNDLE TRUE UP 2 $62.40 $0.00 $62.40 Year 6 - Fleet 3 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $102.10 $0.00 $102.10 Total $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2028 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 7 - Axon 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $147.24 $0.00 $147.24 Year 7 - Axon 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $152.61 $0.00 $152.61 Year 7 - Axon 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $42.13 $0.00 $42.13 Year 7 - Axon 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.72 $0.00 $43.72 Year 7 - Axon 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 7 - Axon 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $572.27 $0.00 $572.27 Year 7 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $929.94 $0.00 $929.94 Year 7 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $263.48 $0.00 $263.48 Year 7 - Axon 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $278.27 $0.00 $278.27 Year 7 - Axon 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $131.14 $0.00 $131.14 Year 7 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 $138.18 $0.00 $138.18 Year 7 - Fleet 3 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $30.87 $0.00 $30.87 Year 7 - Fleet 3 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 $27.55 $0.00 $27.55 Year 7 - Fleet 3 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 $1.66 $0.00 $1.66 Year 7 - Fleet 3 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $266.07 $0.00 $266.07 Year 7 - Fleet 3 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 $132.76 $0.00 $132.76 Year 7 - Fleet 3 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $13.22 $0.00 $13.22 Year 7 - Fleet 3 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 $252.24 $0.00 $252.24 Year 7 - Fleet 3 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 $428.80 $0.00 $428.80 Year 7 - Fleet 3 80460 FLEET 3 BUNDLE TRUE UP 2 $62.40 $0.00 $62.40 Year 7 - Fleet 3 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $102.10 $0.00 $102.10 Page 154 of 778 Page 9 Q-380934-44770.635DT Oct 2028 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Total $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2029 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 8 - Axon 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $147.24 $0.00 $147.24 Year 8 - Axon 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $152.61 $0.00 $152.61 Year 8 - Axon 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $42.13 $0.00 $42.13 Year 8 - Axon 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.72 $0.00 $43.72 Year 8 - Axon 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 8 - Axon 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $572.27 $0.00 $572.27 Year 8 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $929.94 $0.00 $929.94 Year 8 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $263.48 $0.00 $263.48 Year 8 - Axon 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $278.27 $0.00 $278.27 Year 8 - Axon 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $131.14 $0.00 $131.14 Year 8 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 $138.18 $0.00 $138.18 Year 8 - Fleet 3 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $30.87 $0.00 $30.87 Year 8 - Fleet 3 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 $27.55 $0.00 $27.55 Year 8 - Fleet 3 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 $1.66 $0.00 $1.66 Year 8 - Fleet 3 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $266.07 $0.00 $266.07 Year 8 - Fleet 3 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 $132.76 $0.00 $132.76 Year 8 - Fleet 3 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $13.22 $0.00 $13.22 Year 8 - Fleet 3 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 $252.24 $0.00 $252.24 Year 8 - Fleet 3 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 $428.80 $0.00 $428.80 Year 8 - Fleet 3 80460 FLEET 3 BUNDLE TRUE UP 2 $62.40 $0.00 $62.40 Year 8 - Fleet 3 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $102.10 $0.00 $102.10 Total $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2030 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 9 - Axon 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $147.24 $0.00 $147.24 Year 9 - Axon 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $152.61 $0.00 $152.61 Year 9 - Axon 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $42.13 $0.00 $42.13 Year 9 - Axon 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.72 $0.00 $43.72 Year 9 - Axon 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 9 - Axon 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $572.27 $0.00 $572.27 Year 9 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $929.94 $0.00 $929.94 Year 9 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $263.48 $0.00 $263.48 Year 9 - Axon 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $278.27 $0.00 $278.27 Year 9 - Axon 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $131.14 $0.00 $131.14 Year 9 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 $138.18 $0.00 $138.18 Year 9 - Fleet 3 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $30.87 $0.00 $30.87 Year 9 - Fleet 3 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 $27.55 $0.00 $27.55 Year 9 - Fleet 3 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 $1.66 $0.00 $1.66 Year 9 - Fleet 3 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $266.07 $0.00 $266.07 Year 9 - Fleet 3 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 $132.76 $0.00 $132.76 Page 155 of 778 Page 10 Q-380934-44770.635DT Oct 2030 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 9 - Fleet 3 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $13.22 $0.00 $13.22 Year 9 - Fleet 3 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 $252.24 $0.00 $252.24 Year 9 - Fleet 3 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 $428.80 $0.00 $428.80 Year 9 - Fleet 3 80460 FLEET 3 BUNDLE TRUE UP 2 $62.40 $0.00 $62.40 Year 9 - Fleet 3 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $102.10 $0.00 $102.10 Total $4,016.65 $0.00 $4,016.65 Oct 2031 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 10 - Axon 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $147.26 $0.00 $147.26 Year 10 - Axon 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $152.58 $0.00 $152.58 Year 10 - Axon 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $42.09 $0.00 $42.09 Year 10 - Axon 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.70 $0.00 $43.70 Year 10 - Axon 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 10 - Axon 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $572.26 $0.00 $572.26 Year 10 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $929.92 $0.00 $929.92 Year 10 - Axon 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $263.48 $0.00 $263.48 Year 10 - Axon 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $278.23 $0.00 $278.23 Year 10 - Axon 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $131.18 $0.00 $131.18 Year 10 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 $138.16 $0.00 $138.16 Year 10 - Fleet 3 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $30.83 $0.00 $30.83 Year 10 - Fleet 3 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 $27.53 $0.00 $27.53 Year 10 - Fleet 3 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 $1.66 $0.00 $1.66 Year 10 - Fleet 3 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $266.03 $0.00 $266.03 Year 10 - Fleet 3 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 $132.72 $0.00 $132.72 Year 10 - Fleet 3 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 $13.20 $0.00 $13.20 Year 10 - Fleet 3 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 $252.20 $0.00 $252.20 Year 10 - Fleet 3 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 $428.84 $0.00 $428.84 Year 10 - Fleet 3 80460 FLEET 3 BUNDLE TRUE UP 2 $62.40 $0.00 $62.40 Year 10 - Fleet 3 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 $102.08 $0.00 $102.08 Total $4,016.35 $0.00 $4,016.35 Page 156 of 778 Page 11 Q-380934-44770.635DT Tax is estimated based on rates applicable at date of quote and subject to change at time of invoicing. If a tax exemption certificate should be applied, please submit prior to invoicing. Contract Sourcewell Contract #010720-AXN is incorporated by reference into the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In the event of conflict the terms of Axon's Master Services and Purchasing Agreement shall govern. Standard Terms and Conditions Axon Enterprise Inc. Sales Terms and Conditions Axon Master Services and Purchasing Agreement: This Quote is limited to and conditional upon your acceptance of the provisions set forth herein and Axon’s Master Services and Purchasing Agreement (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), as well as the attached Statement of Work (SOW) for Axon Fleet and/or Axon Interview Room purchase, if applicable. In the event you and Axon have entered into a prior agreement to govern all future purchases, that agreement shall govern to the extent it includes the products and services being purchased and does not conflict with the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix as described below. ACEIP: The Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix, which includes the sharing of de-identified segments of Agency Content with Axon to develop new products and improve your product experience (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), is incorporated herein by reference. By signing below, you agree to the terms of the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program. Acceptance of Terms: Any purchase order issued in response to this Quote is subject solely to the above referenced terms and conditions. By signing below, you represent that you are lawfully able to enter into contracts. If you are signing on behalf of an entity (including but not limited to the company, municipality, or government agency for whom you work), you represent to Axon that you have legal authority to bind that entity. If you do not have this authority, please do not sign this Quote. Page 157 of 778 Page 12 Q-380934-44770.635DT Exceptions to Standard Terms and Conditions This quote is contingent upon execution of Q-380620 \s1\\d1\ Signature Date Signed 7/28/2022 Page 158 of 778 1 FLEET STATEMENT OF WORK BETWEEN AXON ENTERPRISE AND AGENCY Introduction This Statement of Work (“SOW”) has been made and entered into by and between Axon Enterprise, Inc. (“AXON”), and College Station City Marshal - TX the (“AGENCY”) for the purchase of the Axon Fleet in-car video solution (“FLEET”) and its supporting information, services and training. (AXON Technical Project Manager/The AXON installer) Purpose and Intent AGENCY states, and AXON understands and agrees, that Agency’s purpose and intent for entering into this SOW is for the AGENCY to obtain from AXON deliverables, which used solely in conjunction with AGENCY’s existing systems and equipment, which AGENCY specifically agrees to purchase or provide pursuant to the terms of this SOW. This SOW contains the entire agreement between the parties. There are no promises, agreements, conditions, inducements, warranties or understandings, written or oral, expressed or implied, between the parties, other than as set forth or referenced in the SOW. Acceptance Upon completion of the services outlined in this SOW, AGENCY will be provided a professional services acceptance form (“Acceptance Form”). AGENCY will sign the Acceptance Form acknowledging that services have been completed in substantial conformance with this SOW and the Agreement. If AGENCY reasonably believes AXON did not complete the professional services in conformance with this SOW, AGENCY must notify AXON in writing of the specific reasons within seven (7) calendar days from delivery of the Acceptance Form. AXON will remedy the issues to conform with this SOW and re-present the Acceptance Form for signature. If AXON does not receive the signed Acceptance Form or written notification of the reasons for rejection within 7 calendar days of the delivery of the Acceptance Form, AGENCY will be deemed to have accepted the services in accordance to this SOW. Force Majeure Page 159 of 778 2 Neither party hereto shall be liable for delays or failure to perform with respect to this SOW due to causes beyond the party’s reasonable control and not avoidable by diligence. Schedule Change Each party shall notify the other as soon as possible regarding any changes to agreed upon dates and times of Axon Fleet in-car Solution installation to be performed pursuant of this Statement of Work. Axon Fleet Deliverables Typically, within (30) days of receiving this fully executed SOW, an AXON Technical Project Manager will deliver to AGENCY’s primary point of contact via electronic media, controlled documentation, guides, instructions and videos followed by available dates for the initial project review and customer readiness validation. Unless otherwise agreed upon by AXON, AGENCY may print and reproduce said documents for use by its employees only. Security Clearance and Access Upon AGENCY’s request, AXON will provide the AGENCY a list of AXON employees, agents, installers or representatives which require access to the AGENCY’s facilities in order to perform Work pursuant of this Statement of Work. AXON will ensure that each employee, agent or representative has been informed or and consented to a criminal background investigation by AGENCY for the purposes of being allowed access to AGENCY‘s facilities. AGENCY is responsible for providing AXON with all required instructions and documentation accompanying the security background check’s requirements. Training AXON will provide training applicable to Axon Evidence, Cradlepoint NetCloud Manager and Axon Fleet application in a train-the-trainer style method unless otherwise agreed upon between the AGENCY and AXON. Local Computer Page 160 of 778 3 AGNECY is responsible for providing a mobile data computer (MDC) with the same software, hardware, and configuration that AGENCY personnel will use with the AXON system being installed. AGENCY is responsible for making certain that any and all security settings (port openings, firewall settings, antivirus software, virtual private network, routing, etc.) are made prior to the installation, configuration and testing of the aforementioned deliverables. Network AGENCY is responsible for making certain that any and all network(s) route traffic to appropriate endpoints and AXON is not liable for network breach, data interception, or loss of data due to misconfigured firewall settings or virus infection, except to the extent that such virus or infection is caused, in whole or in part, by defects in the deliverables. Cradlepoint Router When applicable, AGENCY must provide AXON Installers with temporary administrative access to Cradlepoint’s NetCloud Manager to the extent necessary to perform Work pursuant of this Statement of Work. Evidence.com AGENCY must provide AXON Installers with temporary administrative access to Axon Evidence.com to the extent necessary to perform Work pursuant of this SOW. Wireless Upload System If purchased by the AGENCY, on such dates and times mutually agreed upon by the parties, AXON will install and configure into AGENCY’s existing network a wireless network infrastructure as identified in the AGENCY’s binding quote based on conditions of the sale. VEHICLE INSTALLATION Preparedness Page 161 of 778 4 On such dates and times mutually agreed upon by the parties, the AGENCY will deliver all vehicles to an AXON Installer less weapons and items of evidence. Vehicle(s) will be deemed ‘out of service’ to the extent necessary to perform Work pursuant of this SOW. Existing Mobile Video Camera System Removal On such dates and times mutually agreed upon by the parties, the AGENCY will deliver all vehicles to an AXON Installer which will remove from said vehicles all components of the existing mobile video camera system unless otherwise agreed upon by the AGENCY. Major components will be salvaged by the AXON Installer for auction by the AGENCY. Wires and cables are not considered expendable and will not be salvaged. Salvaged components will be placed in a designated area by the AGENCY within close proximity of the vehicle in an accessible work space. Prior to removing the existing mobile video camera systems, it is both the responsibility of the AGENCY and the AXON Installer to test the vehicle’s systems’ operation to identify and operate, documenting any existing component or system failures and in detail, identify which components of the existing mobile video camera system will be removed by the AXON Installer. In-Car Hardware/Software Delivery and Installation On such dates and times mutually agreed upon by the parties, the AGENCY will deliver all vehicles to an AXON Installer, who will install and configure in each vehicle in accordance with the specifications detailed in the system’s installation manual and its relevant addendum(s). Applicable in-car hardware will be installed and configured as defined and validated by the AGENCY during the pre-deployment discovery process. If a specified vehicle is unavailable on the date and time agreed upon by the parties, AGENCY will provide a similar vehicle for the installation process. Delays due to a vehicle, or substitute vehicle, not being available at agreed upon dates and times may results in additional fees to the AGENCY. If the AXON Installer determines that a vehicle is not properly prepared for installation (“Not Fleet Ready”), such as a battery not being properly charged or properly up-fit for in-service, field operations, the issue shall be reported immediately to the AGENCY for resolution and a date and time for the future installation shall be agreed upon by the parties. Page 162 of 778 5 Upon completion of installation and configuration, AXON will systematically test all installed and configured in-car hardware and software to ensure that ALL functions of the hardware and software are fully operational and that any deficiencies are corrected unless otherwise agreed upon by the AGENCY, installation, configuration, test and the correct of any deficiencies will be completed in each vehicle accepted for installation. Prior to installing the Axon Fleet camera systems, it is both the responsibility of the AGENCY and the AXON Installer to test the vehicle’s existing systems’ operation to identify, document any existing component or vehicle systems’ failures. Prior to any vehicle up-fitting the AXON Installer will introduce the system’s components, basic functions, integrations and systems overview along with reference to AXON approved, AGENCY manuals, guides, portals and videos. It is both the responsibility of the AGENCY and the AXON Installer to agree on placement of each components, the antenna(s), integration recording trigger sources and customer preferred power, ground and ignition sources prior to permanent or temporary installation of an Axon Fleet camera solution in each vehicle type. Agreed placement will be documented by the AXON Installer. AXON welcomes up to 5 persons per system operation training session per day, and unless otherwise agreed upon by the AGENCY, the first vehicle will be used for an installation training demonstration. The second vehicle will be used for an assisted installation training demonstration. The installation training session is customary to any AXON Fleet installation service regardless of who performs the continued Axon Fleet system installations. Page 163 of 778 6 The customary training session does not ‘certify’ a non-AXON Installer, customer-employed Installer or customer 3rd party Installer, since the AXON Fleet products does not offer an Installer certification program. Any work performed by non-AXON Installer, customer-employed Installer or customer 3rd party Installer is not warrantied by AXON, and AXON is not liable for any damage to the vehicle and its existing systems and AXON Fleet hardware. Page 164 of 778 Page 1 Q-380963-44770.635DT Q-380963-44770.635DT Issued: 07/28/2022 Quote Expiration: Estimated Contract Start Date: 11/01/2022 Account Number: 515485 Payment Terms: N30 Delivery Method: Fedex - Ground SHIP TO BILL TO SALES REPRESENTATIVE PRIMARY CONTACT Delivery;Invoice;Other - 1101 Texas Ave.College Station Fire Marshal's Office - TX Danny Thielen James Bishop 1101 Texas Ave.1101 Texas Ave.Phone: (480) 434-8810 Phone: (979) 764-3801 College Station, TX 77840 College Station, TX 77840 Email: dthielen@axon.com Email: jbishop@cstx.gov USA USA Fax: Fax: Email: Quote Summary Discount Summary Program Length 120 Months Average Savings Per Year $3,752.77 TOTAL COST $31,821.88 ESTIMATED TOTAL W/ TAX $31,821.88 TOTAL SAVINGS $37,527.72 Payment Summary Date Subtotal Tax Total Oct 2022 $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2023 $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2024 $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2025 $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2026 $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2027 $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2028 $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2029 $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2030 $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2031 $3,182.26 $0.00 $3,182.26 Total $31,821.88 $0.00 $31,821.88 Axon Enterprise, Inc. 17800 N 85th St. Scottsdale, Arizona 85255 United States VAT: 86-0741227 Domestic: (800) 978-2737 International: +1.800.978.2737 Page 165 of 778 Page 2 Q-380963-44770.635DT Quote List Price:$69,349.60 Quote Subtotal:$31,821.88 Pricing All deliverables are detailed in Delivery Schedules section lower in proposal Item Description Term Qty List Price Net Price Subtotal Tax Total BWC Unlimited with TAP 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)120m 4 $660.00 $304.84 $1,219.36 $0.00 $1,219.36 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 120m 4 $4,680.00 $2,161.61 $8,646.44 $0.00 $8,646.44 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $768.00 $354.73 $1,418.92 $0.00 $1,418.92 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 120m 4 $2,880.00 $1,330.22 $5,320.88 $0.00 $5,320.88 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $220.00 $101.62 $406.48 $0.00 $406.48 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $741.00 $342.26 $1,369.04 $0.00 $1,369.04 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $212.00 $97.92 $391.68 $0.00 $391.68 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)120m 4 $1,400.40 $646.82 $2,587.28 $0.00 $2,587.28 AB3 1-Bay Dock Bundle 71104 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 & T7 1-BAY DOCK/DATAPORT 4 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 74211 AXON BODY 3 - 1 BAY DOCK 4 $200.00 $100.00 $400.00 $0.00 $400.00 AB3 Camera Bundle 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 5 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 5 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 4 $699.00 $349.50 $1,398.00 $0.00 $1,398.00 Pro License Bundle 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 120m 1 $4,680.00 $2,449.80 $2,449.80 $0.00 $2,449.80 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-120m 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Individual Items 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 120m 4 $1,080.00 $540.00 $2,160.00 $0.00 $2,160.00 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $792.00 $396.00 $1,584.00 $0.00 $1,584.00 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $784.00 $392.00 $1,568.00 $0.00 $1,568.00 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $227.00 $113.50 $454.00 $0.00 $454.00 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $224.00 $112.00 $448.00 $0.00 $448.00 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-120m 50 $48.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Total $31,821.88 $0.00 $31,821.88 Page 166 of 778 Page 3 Q-380963-44770.635DT Delivery Schedule Hardware Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Delivery Date AB3 1-Bay Dock Bundle 71104 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 & T7 1-BAY DOCK/DATAPORT 4 10/01/2022 AB3 1-Bay Dock Bundle 74211 AXON BODY 3 - 1 BAY DOCK 4 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 5 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 4 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 5 10/01/2022 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 04/01/2025 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 04/01/2025 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 10/01/2027 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 10/01/2027 A la Carte 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 04/01/2030 A la Carte 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 04/01/2030 A la Carte 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 10/01/2032 A la Carte 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 10/01/2032 Software Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date BWC Unlimited with TAP 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Pro License Bundle 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Pro License Bundle 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 A la Carte 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 4 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 A la Carte 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-50 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Warranties Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date BWC Unlimited with TAP 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 BWC Unlimited with TAP 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Page 167 of 778 Page 4 Q-380963-44770.635DT Payment Details Oct 2022 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 1 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $63.12 $0.00 $63.12 Year 1 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $65.42 $0.00 $65.42 Year 1 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $18.06 $0.00 $18.06 Year 1 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $18.74 $0.00 $18.74 Year 1 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $20.65 $0.00 $20.65 Year 1 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $20.93 $0.00 $20.93 Year 1 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $72.29 $0.00 $72.29 Year 1 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $73.03 $0.00 $73.03 Year 1 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 4 $99.58 $0.00 $99.58 Year 1 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 1 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $245.30 $0.00 $245.30 Year 1 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $398.62 $0.00 $398.62 Year 1 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $112.94 $0.00 $112.94 Year 1 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $119.28 $0.00 $119.28 Year 1 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $56.22 $0.00 $56.22 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 5 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 71104 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 & T7 1-BAY DOCK/DATAPORT 4 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 4 $1,398.00 $0.00 $1,398.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 5 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 74211 AXON BODY 3 - 1 BAY DOCK 4 $400.00 $0.00 $400.00 Total $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Nov 2022 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Invoice Upon Fulfillment 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-50 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Total $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Oct 2023 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 2 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $145.10 $0.00 $145.10 Year 2 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $150.39 $0.00 $150.39 Year 2 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $41.51 $0.00 $41.51 Year 2 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.08 $0.00 $43.08 Year 2 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $47.48 $0.00 $47.48 Year 2 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $48.12 $0.00 $48.12 Year 2 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $166.19 $0.00 $166.19 Year 2 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $167.89 $0.00 $167.89 Year 2 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 4 $228.94 $0.00 $228.94 Year 2 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 2 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $563.95 $0.00 $563.95 Year 2 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $916.42 $0.00 $916.42 Year 2 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $259.65 $0.00 $259.65 Page 168 of 778 Page 5 Q-380963-44770.635DT Oct 2023 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 2 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $274.22 $0.00 $274.22 Year 2 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $129.24 $0.00 $129.24 Total $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2024 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 3 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $145.10 $0.00 $145.10 Year 3 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $150.39 $0.00 $150.39 Year 3 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $41.51 $0.00 $41.51 Year 3 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.08 $0.00 $43.08 Year 3 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $47.48 $0.00 $47.48 Year 3 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $48.12 $0.00 $48.12 Year 3 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $166.19 $0.00 $166.19 Year 3 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $167.89 $0.00 $167.89 Year 3 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 4 $228.94 $0.00 $228.94 Year 3 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 3 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $563.95 $0.00 $563.95 Year 3 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $916.42 $0.00 $916.42 Year 3 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $259.65 $0.00 $259.65 Year 3 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $274.22 $0.00 $274.22 Year 3 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $129.24 $0.00 $129.24 Total $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2025 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 4 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $145.10 $0.00 $145.10 Year 4 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $150.39 $0.00 $150.39 Year 4 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $41.51 $0.00 $41.51 Year 4 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.08 $0.00 $43.08 Year 4 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $47.48 $0.00 $47.48 Year 4 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $48.12 $0.00 $48.12 Year 4 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $166.19 $0.00 $166.19 Year 4 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $167.89 $0.00 $167.89 Year 4 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 4 $228.94 $0.00 $228.94 Year 4 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 4 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $563.95 $0.00 $563.95 Year 4 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $916.42 $0.00 $916.42 Year 4 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $259.65 $0.00 $259.65 Year 4 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $274.22 $0.00 $274.22 Year 4 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $129.24 $0.00 $129.24 Total $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2026 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 5 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $145.10 $0.00 $145.10 Page 169 of 778 Page 6 Q-380963-44770.635DT Oct 2026 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 5 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $150.39 $0.00 $150.39 Year 5 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $41.51 $0.00 $41.51 Year 5 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.08 $0.00 $43.08 Year 5 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $47.48 $0.00 $47.48 Year 5 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $48.12 $0.00 $48.12 Year 5 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $166.19 $0.00 $166.19 Year 5 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $167.89 $0.00 $167.89 Year 5 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 4 $228.94 $0.00 $228.94 Year 5 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 5 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $563.95 $0.00 $563.95 Year 5 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $916.42 $0.00 $916.42 Year 5 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $259.65 $0.00 $259.65 Year 5 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $274.22 $0.00 $274.22 Year 5 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $129.24 $0.00 $129.24 Total $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2027 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 6 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $145.10 $0.00 $145.10 Year 6 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $150.39 $0.00 $150.39 Year 6 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $41.51 $0.00 $41.51 Year 6 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.08 $0.00 $43.08 Year 6 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $47.48 $0.00 $47.48 Year 6 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $48.12 $0.00 $48.12 Year 6 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $166.19 $0.00 $166.19 Year 6 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $167.89 $0.00 $167.89 Year 6 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 4 $228.94 $0.00 $228.94 Year 6 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 6 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $563.95 $0.00 $563.95 Year 6 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $916.42 $0.00 $916.42 Year 6 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $259.65 $0.00 $259.65 Year 6 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $274.22 $0.00 $274.22 Year 6 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $129.24 $0.00 $129.24 Total $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2028 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 7 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $145.10 $0.00 $145.10 Year 7 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $150.39 $0.00 $150.39 Year 7 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $41.51 $0.00 $41.51 Year 7 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.08 $0.00 $43.08 Year 7 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $47.48 $0.00 $47.48 Year 7 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $48.12 $0.00 $48.12 Year 7 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $166.19 $0.00 $166.19 Year 7 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $167.89 $0.00 $167.89 Page 170 of 778 Page 7 Q-380963-44770.635DT Oct 2028 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 7 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 4 $228.94 $0.00 $228.94 Year 7 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 7 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $563.95 $0.00 $563.95 Year 7 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $916.42 $0.00 $916.42 Year 7 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $259.65 $0.00 $259.65 Year 7 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $274.22 $0.00 $274.22 Year 7 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $129.24 $0.00 $129.24 Total $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2029 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 8 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $145.10 $0.00 $145.10 Year 8 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $150.39 $0.00 $150.39 Year 8 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $41.51 $0.00 $41.51 Year 8 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.08 $0.00 $43.08 Year 8 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $47.48 $0.00 $47.48 Year 8 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $48.12 $0.00 $48.12 Year 8 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $166.19 $0.00 $166.19 Year 8 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $167.89 $0.00 $167.89 Year 8 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 4 $228.94 $0.00 $228.94 Year 8 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 8 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $563.95 $0.00 $563.95 Year 8 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $916.42 $0.00 $916.42 Year 8 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $259.65 $0.00 $259.65 Year 8 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $274.22 $0.00 $274.22 Year 8 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $129.24 $0.00 $129.24 Total $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2030 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 9 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $145.10 $0.00 $145.10 Year 9 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $150.39 $0.00 $150.39 Year 9 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $41.51 $0.00 $41.51 Year 9 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.08 $0.00 $43.08 Year 9 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $47.48 $0.00 $47.48 Year 9 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $48.12 $0.00 $48.12 Year 9 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $166.19 $0.00 $166.19 Year 9 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $167.89 $0.00 $167.89 Year 9 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 4 $228.94 $0.00 $228.94 Year 9 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 9 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $563.95 $0.00 $563.95 Year 9 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $916.42 $0.00 $916.42 Year 9 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $259.65 $0.00 $259.65 Year 9 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $274.22 $0.00 $274.22 Year 9 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $129.24 $0.00 $129.24 Page 171 of 778 Page 8 Q-380963-44770.635DT Oct 2030 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Total $3,182.18 $0.00 $3,182.18 Oct 2031 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 10 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $145.12 $0.00 $145.12 Year 10 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $150.38 $0.00 $150.38 Year 10 73313 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 4 $41.54 $0.00 $41.54 Year 10 73314 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 4 $43.10 $0.00 $43.10 Year 10 73317 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $47.51 $0.00 $47.51 Year 10 73318 1-BAY DOCK AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $48.11 $0.00 $48.11 Year 10 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 4 $166.19 $0.00 $166.19 Year 10 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 4 $167.85 $0.00 $167.85 Year 10 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 4 $228.90 $0.00 $228.90 Year 10 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 10 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 4 $563.98 $0.00 $563.98 Year 10 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 4 $916.46 $0.00 $916.46 Year 10 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $259.66 $0.00 $259.66 Year 10 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)4 $274.24 $0.00 $274.24 Year 10 80466 EXT WARRANTY, SINGLE-BAY DOCK (TAP)4 $129.22 $0.00 $129.22 Total $3,182.26 $0.00 $3,182.26 Page 172 of 778 Page 9 Q-380963-44770.635DT Tax is estimated based on rates applicable at date of quote and subject to change at time of invoicing. If a tax exemption certificate should be applied, please submit prior to invoicing. Contract Sourcewell Contract #010720-AXN is incorporated by reference into the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In the event of conflict the terms of Axon's Master Services and Purchasing Agreement shall govern. Standard Terms and Conditions Axon Enterprise Inc. Sales Terms and Conditions Axon Master Services and Purchasing Agreement: This Quote is limited to and conditional upon your acceptance of the provisions set forth herein and Axon’s Master Services and Purchasing Agreement (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), as well as the attached Statement of Work (SOW) for Axon Fleet and/or Axon Interview Room purchase, if applicable. In the event you and Axon have entered into a prior agreement to govern all future purchases, that agreement shall govern to the extent it includes the products and services being purchased and does not conflict with the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix as described below. ACEIP: The Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix, which includes the sharing of de-identified segments of Agency Content with Axon to develop new products and improve your product experience (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), is incorporated herein by reference. By signing below, you agree to the terms of the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program. Acceptance of Terms: Any purchase order issued in response to this Quote is subject solely to the above referenced terms and conditions. By signing below, you represent that you are lawfully able to enter into contracts. If you are signing on behalf of an entity (including but not limited to the company, municipality, or government agency for whom you work), you represent to Axon that you have legal authority to bind that entity. If you do not have this authority, please do not sign this Quote. Page 173 of 778 Page 10 Q-380963-44770.635DT Exceptions to Standard Terms and Conditions This quote is contingent upon execution of Q-380620 \s1\\d1\ Signature Date Signed 7/28/2022 Page 174 of 778 Page 1 Q-380919-44770.633DT Q-380919-44770.633DT Issued: 07/28/2022 Quote Expiration: Estimated Contract Start Date: 11/01/2022 Account Number: 514495 Payment Terms: N30 Delivery Method: Fedex - Ground SHIP TO BILL TO SALES REPRESENTATIVE PRIMARY CONTACT College Station Code Enforcement College Station Code Enforcement - TX Danny Thielen Michael Pavelka 800 Krenek Tap Road 800 Krenek Tap Road Phone: (480) 434-8810 Phone: College Station, TX 77840 College Station, TX 77840 Email: dthielen@axon.com Email: USA USA Fax: Fax: Email: Quote Summary Discount Summary Program Length 120 Months Average Savings Per Year $5,427.89 TOTAL COST $50,224.95 ESTIMATED TOTAL W/ TAX $50,224.95 TOTAL SAVINGS $54,278.85 Payment Summary Date Subtotal Tax Total Oct 2022 $5,022.44 $0.00 $5,022.44 Oct 2023 $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2024 $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2025 $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2026 $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2027 $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2028 $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2029 $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2030 $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2031 $5,022.27 $0.00 $5,022.27 Total $50,224.95 $0.00 $50,224.95 Axon Enterprise, Inc. 17800 N 85th St. Scottsdale, Arizona 85255 United States VAT: 86-0741227 Domestic: (800) 978-2737 International: +1.800.978.2737 Page 175 of 778 Page 2 Q-380919-44770.633DT Quote List Price:$104,503.80 Quote Subtotal:$50,224.95 Pricing All deliverables are detailed in Delivery Schedules section lower in proposal Item Description Term Qty List Price Net Price Subtotal Tax Total BWC Unlimited with TAP 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 120m 7 $4,680.00 $2,213.47 $15,494.29 $0.00 $15,494.29 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)120m 1 $2,520.00 $1,191.87 $1,191.87 $0.00 $1,191.87 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 $1,643.00 $777.08 $777.08 $0.00 $777.08 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 $768.00 $363.24 $2,542.68 $0.00 $2,542.68 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 120m 7 $2,880.00 $1,362.13 $9,534.91 $0.00 $9,534.91 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 $741.00 $350.47 $2,453.29 $0.00 $2,453.29 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 $1,585.00 $749.65 $749.65 $0.00 $749.65 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)120m 7 $1,400.40 $662.34 $4,636.38 $0.00 $4,636.38 AB3 Camera Bundle 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 8 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 8 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 7 $699.00 $349.50 $2,446.50 $0.00 $2,446.50 AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 71019 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 8-BAY, AB2 1-BAY / 6-BAY DOCK 1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 74210 AXON BODY 3 - 8 BAY DOCK 1 $1,495.00 $747.50 $747.50 $0.00 $747.50 Pro License Bundle 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 120m 1 $4,680.00 $2,449.80 $2,449.80 $0.00 $2,449.80 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-120m 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Individual Items 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 $792.00 $396.00 $2,772.00 $0.00 $2,772.00 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 $784.00 $392.00 $2,744.00 $0.00 $2,744.00 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 $1,677.00 $838.50 $838.50 $0.00 $838.50 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 $1,693.00 $846.50 $846.50 $0.00 $846.50 Total $50,224.95 $0.00 $50,224.95 Page 176 of 778 Page 3 Q-380919-44770.633DT Delivery Schedule Hardware Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Delivery Date AB3 Camera Bundle 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 8 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 7 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 8 10/01/2022 AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 71019 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 8-BAY, AB2 1-BAY / 6-BAY DOCK 1 10/01/2022 AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 74210 AXON BODY 3 - 8 BAY DOCK 1 10/01/2022 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 04/01/2025 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 04/01/2025 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 10/01/2027 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 10/01/2027 A la Carte 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 04/01/2030 A la Carte 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 04/01/2030 A la Carte 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 10/01/2032 A la Carte 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 10/01/2032 Software Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date BWC Unlimited with TAP 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 7 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 7 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Pro License Bundle 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Pro License Bundle 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Warranties Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date BWC Unlimited with TAP 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)7 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 BWC Unlimited with TAP 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)1 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Page 177 of 778 Page 4 Q-380919-44770.633DT Payment Details Oct 2022 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 1 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 $95.38 $0.00 $95.38 Year 1 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 $98.85 $0.00 $98.85 Year 1 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 $106.68 $0.00 $106.68 Year 1 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 $107.77 $0.00 $107.77 Year 1 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 $32.60 $0.00 $32.60 Year 1 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 $32.91 $0.00 $32.91 Year 1 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 1 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 7 $370.69 $0.00 $370.69 Year 1 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 $30.21 $0.00 $30.21 Year 1 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 $29.14 $0.00 $29.14 Year 1 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 7 $602.38 $0.00 $602.38 Year 1 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $95.24 $0.00 $95.24 Year 1 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)7 $180.25 $0.00 $180.25 Year 1 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)1 $46.34 $0.00 $46.34 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 8 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 71019 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 8-BAY, AB2 1-BAY / 6-BAY DOCK 1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 7 $2,446.50 $0.00 $2,446.50 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 8 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 74210 AXON BODY 3 - 8 BAY DOCK 1 $747.50 $0.00 $747.50 Total $5,022.44 $0.00 $5,022.44 Oct 2023 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 2 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 $261.99 $0.00 $261.99 Year 2 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 $271.54 $0.00 $271.54 Year 2 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 $293.04 $0.00 $293.04 Year 2 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 $296.03 $0.00 $296.03 Year 2 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 $89.54 $0.00 $89.54 Year 2 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 $90.40 $0.00 $90.40 Year 2 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 2 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 7 $1,018.25 $0.00 $1,018.25 Year 2 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 $82.99 $0.00 $82.99 Year 2 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 $80.06 $0.00 $80.06 Year 2 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 7 $1,654.66 $0.00 $1,654.66 Year 2 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $261.62 $0.00 $261.62 Year 2 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)7 $495.13 $0.00 $495.13 Year 2 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)1 $127.28 $0.00 $127.28 Total $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2024 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 3 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 $261.99 $0.00 $261.99 Page 178 of 778 Page 5 Q-380919-44770.633DT Oct 2024 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 3 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 $271.54 $0.00 $271.54 Year 3 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 $293.04 $0.00 $293.04 Year 3 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 $296.03 $0.00 $296.03 Year 3 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 $89.54 $0.00 $89.54 Year 3 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 $90.40 $0.00 $90.40 Year 3 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 3 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 7 $1,018.25 $0.00 $1,018.25 Year 3 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 $82.99 $0.00 $82.99 Year 3 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 $80.06 $0.00 $80.06 Year 3 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 7 $1,654.66 $0.00 $1,654.66 Year 3 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $261.62 $0.00 $261.62 Year 3 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)7 $495.13 $0.00 $495.13 Year 3 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)1 $127.28 $0.00 $127.28 Total $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2025 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 4 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 $261.99 $0.00 $261.99 Year 4 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 $271.54 $0.00 $271.54 Year 4 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 $293.04 $0.00 $293.04 Year 4 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 $296.03 $0.00 $296.03 Year 4 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 $89.54 $0.00 $89.54 Year 4 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 $90.40 $0.00 $90.40 Year 4 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 4 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 7 $1,018.25 $0.00 $1,018.25 Year 4 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 $82.99 $0.00 $82.99 Year 4 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 $80.06 $0.00 $80.06 Year 4 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 7 $1,654.66 $0.00 $1,654.66 Year 4 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $261.62 $0.00 $261.62 Year 4 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)7 $495.13 $0.00 $495.13 Year 4 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)1 $127.28 $0.00 $127.28 Total $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2026 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 5 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 $261.99 $0.00 $261.99 Year 5 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 $271.54 $0.00 $271.54 Year 5 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 $293.04 $0.00 $293.04 Year 5 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 $296.03 $0.00 $296.03 Year 5 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 $89.54 $0.00 $89.54 Year 5 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 $90.40 $0.00 $90.40 Year 5 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 5 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 7 $1,018.25 $0.00 $1,018.25 Year 5 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 $82.99 $0.00 $82.99 Year 5 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 $80.06 $0.00 $80.06 Page 179 of 778 Page 6 Q-380919-44770.633DT Oct 2026 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 5 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 7 $1,654.66 $0.00 $1,654.66 Year 5 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $261.62 $0.00 $261.62 Year 5 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)7 $495.13 $0.00 $495.13 Year 5 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)1 $127.28 $0.00 $127.28 Total $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2027 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 6 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 $261.99 $0.00 $261.99 Year 6 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 $271.54 $0.00 $271.54 Year 6 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 $293.04 $0.00 $293.04 Year 6 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 $296.03 $0.00 $296.03 Year 6 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 $89.54 $0.00 $89.54 Year 6 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 $90.40 $0.00 $90.40 Year 6 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 6 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 7 $1,018.25 $0.00 $1,018.25 Year 6 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 $82.99 $0.00 $82.99 Year 6 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 $80.06 $0.00 $80.06 Year 6 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 7 $1,654.66 $0.00 $1,654.66 Year 6 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $261.62 $0.00 $261.62 Year 6 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)7 $495.13 $0.00 $495.13 Year 6 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)1 $127.28 $0.00 $127.28 Total $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2028 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 7 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 $261.99 $0.00 $261.99 Year 7 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 $271.54 $0.00 $271.54 Year 7 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 $293.04 $0.00 $293.04 Year 7 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 $296.03 $0.00 $296.03 Year 7 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 $89.54 $0.00 $89.54 Year 7 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 $90.40 $0.00 $90.40 Year 7 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 7 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 7 $1,018.25 $0.00 $1,018.25 Year 7 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 $82.99 $0.00 $82.99 Year 7 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 $80.06 $0.00 $80.06 Year 7 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 7 $1,654.66 $0.00 $1,654.66 Year 7 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $261.62 $0.00 $261.62 Year 7 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)7 $495.13 $0.00 $495.13 Year 7 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)1 $127.28 $0.00 $127.28 Total $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2029 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 8 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 $261.99 $0.00 $261.99 Page 180 of 778 Page 7 Q-380919-44770.633DT Oct 2029 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 8 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 $271.54 $0.00 $271.54 Year 8 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 $293.04 $0.00 $293.04 Year 8 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 $296.03 $0.00 $296.03 Year 8 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 $89.54 $0.00 $89.54 Year 8 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 $90.40 $0.00 $90.40 Year 8 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 8 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 7 $1,018.25 $0.00 $1,018.25 Year 8 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 $82.99 $0.00 $82.99 Year 8 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 $80.06 $0.00 $80.06 Year 8 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 7 $1,654.66 $0.00 $1,654.66 Year 8 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $261.62 $0.00 $261.62 Year 8 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)7 $495.13 $0.00 $495.13 Year 8 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)1 $127.28 $0.00 $127.28 Total $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2030 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 9 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 $261.99 $0.00 $261.99 Year 9 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 $271.54 $0.00 $271.54 Year 9 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 $293.04 $0.00 $293.04 Year 9 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 $296.03 $0.00 $296.03 Year 9 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 $89.54 $0.00 $89.54 Year 9 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 $90.40 $0.00 $90.40 Year 9 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 9 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 7 $1,018.25 $0.00 $1,018.25 Year 9 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 $82.99 $0.00 $82.99 Year 9 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 $80.06 $0.00 $80.06 Year 9 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 7 $1,654.66 $0.00 $1,654.66 Year 9 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $261.62 $0.00 $261.62 Year 9 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)7 $495.13 $0.00 $495.13 Year 9 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)1 $127.28 $0.00 $127.28 Total $5,022.53 $0.00 $5,022.53 Oct 2031 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 10 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 7 $261.99 $0.00 $261.99 Year 10 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 7 $271.51 $0.00 $271.51 Year 10 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 7 $293.00 $0.00 $293.00 Year 10 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 7 $295.99 $0.00 $295.99 Year 10 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 1 $89.58 $0.00 $89.58 Year 10 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 1 $90.39 $0.00 $90.39 Year 10 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 10 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 7 $1,018.22 $0.00 $1,018.22 Year 10 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 1 $82.95 $0.00 $82.95 Year 10 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 1 $80.03 $0.00 $80.03 Page 181 of 778 Page 8 Q-380919-44770.633DT Oct 2031 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 10 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 7 $1,654.63 $0.00 $1,654.63 Year 10 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $261.60 $0.00 $261.60 Year 10 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)7 $495.09 $0.00 $495.09 Year 10 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)1 $127.29 $0.00 $127.29 Total $5,022.27 $0.00 $5,022.27 Page 182 of 778 Page 9 Q-380919-44770.633DT Tax is estimated based on rates applicable at date of quote and subject to change at time of invoicing. If a tax exemption certificate should be applied, please submit prior to invoicing. Contract Sourcewell Contract #010720-AXN is incorporated by reference into the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In the event of conflict the terms of Axon's Master Services and Purchasing Agreement shall govern. Standard Terms and Conditions Axon Enterprise Inc. Sales Terms and Conditions Axon Master Services and Purchasing Agreement: This Quote is limited to and conditional upon your acceptance of the provisions set forth herein and Axon’s Master Services and Purchasing Agreement (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), as well as the attached Statement of Work (SOW) for Axon Fleet and/or Axon Interview Room purchase, if applicable. In the event you and Axon have entered into a prior agreement to govern all future purchases, that agreement shall govern to the extent it includes the products and services being purchased and does not conflict with the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix as described below. ACEIP: The Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix, which includes the sharing of de-identified segments of Agency Content with Axon to develop new products and improve your product experience (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), is incorporated herein by reference. By signing below, you agree to the terms of the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program. Acceptance of Terms: Any purchase order issued in response to this Quote is subject solely to the above referenced terms and conditions. By signing below, you represent that you are lawfully able to enter into contracts. If you are signing on behalf of an entity (including but not limited to the company, municipality, or government agency for whom you work), you represent to Axon that you have legal authority to bind that entity. If you do not have this authority, please do not sign this Quote. Page 183 of 778 Page 10 Q-380919-44770.633DT Exceptions to Standard Terms and Conditions This quote is contingent upon execution of Q-380620 \s1\\d1\ Signature Date Signed 7/28/2022 Page 184 of 778 Page 1 Q-380960-44770.635DT Q-380960-44770.635DT Issued: 07/28/2022 Quote Expiration: Estimated Contract Start Date: 11/01/2022 Account Number: 514490 Payment Terms: N30 Delivery Method: Fedex - Ground SHIP TO BILL TO SALES REPRESENTATIVE PRIMARY CONTACT College Station Support PD - TX College Station Support PD - TX Danny Thielen Mike Pavelka 800 Krenek Tap Road 800 Krenek Tap Road Phone: (480) 434-8810 Phone: College Station, TX 77840 College Station, TX 77840 Email: dthielen@axon.com Email: USA USA Fax: Fax: Email: Quote Summary Discount Summary Program Length 120 Months Average Savings Per Year $9,379.37 TOTAL COST $85,045.06 ESTIMATED TOTAL W/ TAX $85,045.06 TOTAL SAVINGS $93,793.74 Payment Summary Date Subtotal Tax Total Oct 2022 $8,504.52 $0.00 $8,504.52 Oct 2023 $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2024 $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2025 $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2026 $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2027 $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2028 $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2029 $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2030 $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2031 $8,504.62 $0.00 $8,504.62 Total $85,045.06 $0.00 $85,045.06 Axon Enterprise, Inc. 17800 N 85th St. Scottsdale, Arizona 85255 United States VAT: 86-0741227 Domestic: (800) 978-2737 International: +1.800.978.2737 Page 185 of 778 Page 2 Q-380960-44770.635DT Quote List Price:$178,838.80 Quote Subtotal:$85,045.06 Pricing All deliverables are detailed in Delivery Schedules section lower in proposal Item Description Term Qty List Price Net Price Subtotal Tax Total BWC Unlimited with TAP 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 120m 12 $4,680.00 $2,186.96 $26,243.52 $0.00 $26,243.52 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)120m 2 $2,520.00 $1,177.59 $2,355.18 $0.00 $2,355.18 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 $1,643.00 $767.77 $1,535.54 $0.00 $1,535.54 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 $768.00 $358.89 $4,306.68 $0.00 $4,306.68 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 120m 12 $2,880.00 $1,345.82 $16,149.84 $0.00 $16,149.84 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 $741.00 $346.27 $4,155.24 $0.00 $4,155.24 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 $1,585.00 $740.67 $1,481.34 $0.00 $1,481.34 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)120m 12 $1,400.40 $654.41 $7,852.92 $0.00 $7,852.92 AB3 Camera Bundle 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 14 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 14 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 12 $699.00 $349.50 $4,194.00 $0.00 $4,194.00 AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 71019 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 8-BAY, AB2 1-BAY / 6-BAY DOCK 2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 74210 AXON BODY 3 - 8 BAY DOCK 2 $1,495.00 $747.50 $1,495.00 $0.00 $1,495.00 Pro License Bundle 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 120m 1 $4,680.00 $2,449.80 $2,449.80 $0.00 $2,449.80 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-120m 3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Individual Items 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 $792.00 $396.00 $4,752.00 $0.00 $4,752.00 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 $784.00 $392.00 $4,704.00 $0.00 $4,704.00 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 $1,677.00 $838.50 $1,677.00 $0.00 $1,677.00 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 $1,693.00 $846.50 $1,693.00 $0.00 $1,693.00 Total $85,045.06 $0.00 $85,045.06 Page 186 of 778 Page 3 Q-380960-44770.635DT Delivery Schedule Hardware Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Delivery Date AB3 Camera Bundle 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 14 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 12 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 14 10/01/2022 AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 71019 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 8-BAY, AB2 1-BAY / 6-BAY DOCK 2 10/01/2022 AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 74210 AXON BODY 3 - 8 BAY DOCK 2 10/01/2022 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 03/01/2025 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 03/01/2025 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 10/01/2027 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 10/01/2027 A la Carte 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 04/01/2030 A la Carte 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 04/01/2030 A la Carte 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 10/01/2032 A la Carte 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 10/01/2032 Software Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date BWC Unlimited with TAP 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 12 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 BWC Unlimited with TAP 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 12 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Pro License Bundle 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Pro License Bundle 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Warranties Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date BWC Unlimited with TAP 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)12 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 BWC Unlimited with TAP 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Page 187 of 778 Page 4 Q-380960-44770.635DT Payment Details Oct 2022 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 1 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 $147.43 $0.00 $147.43 Year 1 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 $152.80 $0.00 $152.80 Year 1 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 $166.89 $0.00 $166.89 Year 1 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 $168.60 $0.00 $168.60 Year 1 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 $59.50 $0.00 $59.50 Year 1 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 $60.07 $0.00 $60.07 Year 1 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 1 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 12 $572.99 $0.00 $572.99 Year 1 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 $54.48 $0.00 $54.48 Year 1 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 $52.56 $0.00 $52.56 Year 1 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 12 $931.10 $0.00 $931.10 Year 1 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $86.92 $0.00 $86.92 Year 1 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)12 $278.62 $0.00 $278.62 Year 1 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 $83.56 $0.00 $83.56 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 14 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 71019 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 8-BAY, AB2 1-BAY / 6-BAY DOCK 2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 12 $4,194.00 $0.00 $4,194.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 14 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 74210 AXON BODY 3 - 8 BAY DOCK 2 $1,495.00 $0.00 $1,495.00 Total $8,504.52 $0.00 $8,504.52 Oct 2023 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 2 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 $445.31 $0.00 $445.31 Year 2 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 $461.54 $0.00 $461.54 Year 2 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 $504.12 $0.00 $504.12 Year 2 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 $509.27 $0.00 $509.27 Year 2 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 $179.72 $0.00 $179.72 Year 2 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 $181.44 $0.00 $181.44 Year 2 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 2 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 12 $1,730.76 $0.00 $1,730.76 Year 2 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 $164.56 $0.00 $164.56 Year 2 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 $158.75 $0.00 $158.75 Year 2 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 12 $2,812.49 $0.00 $2,812.49 Year 2 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $262.54 $0.00 $262.54 Year 2 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)12 $841.59 $0.00 $841.59 Year 2 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 $252.40 $0.00 $252.40 Total $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2024 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 3 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 $445.31 $0.00 $445.31 Page 188 of 778 Page 5 Q-380960-44770.635DT Oct 2024 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 3 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 $461.54 $0.00 $461.54 Year 3 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 $504.12 $0.00 $504.12 Year 3 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 $509.27 $0.00 $509.27 Year 3 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 $179.72 $0.00 $179.72 Year 3 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 $181.44 $0.00 $181.44 Year 3 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 3 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 12 $1,730.76 $0.00 $1,730.76 Year 3 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 $164.56 $0.00 $164.56 Year 3 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 $158.75 $0.00 $158.75 Year 3 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 12 $2,812.49 $0.00 $2,812.49 Year 3 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $262.54 $0.00 $262.54 Year 3 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)12 $841.59 $0.00 $841.59 Year 3 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 $252.40 $0.00 $252.40 Total $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2025 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 4 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 $445.31 $0.00 $445.31 Year 4 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 $461.54 $0.00 $461.54 Year 4 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 $504.12 $0.00 $504.12 Year 4 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 $509.27 $0.00 $509.27 Year 4 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 $179.72 $0.00 $179.72 Year 4 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 $181.44 $0.00 $181.44 Year 4 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 4 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 12 $1,730.76 $0.00 $1,730.76 Year 4 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 $164.56 $0.00 $164.56 Year 4 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 $158.75 $0.00 $158.75 Year 4 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 12 $2,812.49 $0.00 $2,812.49 Year 4 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $262.54 $0.00 $262.54 Year 4 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)12 $841.59 $0.00 $841.59 Year 4 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 $252.40 $0.00 $252.40 Total $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2026 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 5 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 $445.31 $0.00 $445.31 Year 5 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 $461.54 $0.00 $461.54 Year 5 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 $504.12 $0.00 $504.12 Year 5 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 $509.27 $0.00 $509.27 Year 5 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 $179.72 $0.00 $179.72 Year 5 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 $181.44 $0.00 $181.44 Year 5 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 5 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 12 $1,730.76 $0.00 $1,730.76 Year 5 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 $164.56 $0.00 $164.56 Year 5 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 $158.75 $0.00 $158.75 Page 189 of 778 Page 6 Q-380960-44770.635DT Oct 2026 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 5 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 12 $2,812.49 $0.00 $2,812.49 Year 5 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $262.54 $0.00 $262.54 Year 5 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)12 $841.59 $0.00 $841.59 Year 5 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 $252.40 $0.00 $252.40 Total $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2027 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 6 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 $445.31 $0.00 $445.31 Year 6 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 $461.54 $0.00 $461.54 Year 6 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 $504.12 $0.00 $504.12 Year 6 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 $509.27 $0.00 $509.27 Year 6 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 $179.72 $0.00 $179.72 Year 6 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 $181.44 $0.00 $181.44 Year 6 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 6 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 12 $1,730.76 $0.00 $1,730.76 Year 6 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 $164.56 $0.00 $164.56 Year 6 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 $158.75 $0.00 $158.75 Year 6 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 12 $2,812.49 $0.00 $2,812.49 Year 6 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $262.54 $0.00 $262.54 Year 6 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)12 $841.59 $0.00 $841.59 Year 6 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 $252.40 $0.00 $252.40 Total $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2028 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 7 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 $445.31 $0.00 $445.31 Year 7 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 $461.54 $0.00 $461.54 Year 7 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 $504.12 $0.00 $504.12 Year 7 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 $509.27 $0.00 $509.27 Year 7 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 $179.72 $0.00 $179.72 Year 7 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 $181.44 $0.00 $181.44 Year 7 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 7 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 12 $1,730.76 $0.00 $1,730.76 Year 7 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 $164.56 $0.00 $164.56 Year 7 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 $158.75 $0.00 $158.75 Year 7 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 12 $2,812.49 $0.00 $2,812.49 Year 7 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $262.54 $0.00 $262.54 Year 7 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)12 $841.59 $0.00 $841.59 Year 7 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 $252.40 $0.00 $252.40 Total $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2029 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 8 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 $445.31 $0.00 $445.31 Page 190 of 778 Page 7 Q-380960-44770.635DT Oct 2029 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 8 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 $461.54 $0.00 $461.54 Year 8 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 $504.12 $0.00 $504.12 Year 8 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 $509.27 $0.00 $509.27 Year 8 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 $179.72 $0.00 $179.72 Year 8 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 $181.44 $0.00 $181.44 Year 8 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 8 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 12 $1,730.76 $0.00 $1,730.76 Year 8 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 $164.56 $0.00 $164.56 Year 8 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 $158.75 $0.00 $158.75 Year 8 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 12 $2,812.49 $0.00 $2,812.49 Year 8 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $262.54 $0.00 $262.54 Year 8 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)12 $841.59 $0.00 $841.59 Year 8 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 $252.40 $0.00 $252.40 Total $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2030 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 9 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 $445.31 $0.00 $445.31 Year 9 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 $461.54 $0.00 $461.54 Year 9 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 $504.12 $0.00 $504.12 Year 9 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 $509.27 $0.00 $509.27 Year 9 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 $179.72 $0.00 $179.72 Year 9 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 $181.44 $0.00 $181.44 Year 9 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 9 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 12 $1,730.76 $0.00 $1,730.76 Year 9 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 $164.56 $0.00 $164.56 Year 9 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 $158.75 $0.00 $158.75 Year 9 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 12 $2,812.49 $0.00 $2,812.49 Year 9 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $262.54 $0.00 $262.54 Year 9 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)12 $841.59 $0.00 $841.59 Year 9 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 $252.40 $0.00 $252.40 Total $8,504.49 $0.00 $8,504.49 Oct 2031 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 10 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 12 $445.33 $0.00 $445.33 Year 10 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 12 $461.56 $0.00 $461.56 Year 10 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 12 $504.15 $0.00 $504.15 Year 10 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 12 $509.24 $0.00 $509.24 Year 10 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 $179.74 $0.00 $179.74 Year 10 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 $181.41 $0.00 $181.41 Year 10 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-3 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 10 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 12 $1,730.77 $0.00 $1,730.77 Year 10 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 $164.58 $0.00 $164.58 Year 10 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 $158.78 $0.00 $158.78 Page 191 of 778 Page 8 Q-380960-44770.635DT Oct 2031 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 10 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 12 $2,812.50 $0.00 $2,812.50 Year 10 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 1 $262.56 $0.00 $262.56 Year 10 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)12 $841.58 $0.00 $841.58 Year 10 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 $252.42 $0.00 $252.42 Total $8,504.62 $0.00 $8,504.62 Page 192 of 778 Page 9 Q-380960-44770.635DT Tax is estimated based on rates applicable at date of quote and subject to change at time of invoicing. If a tax exemption certificate should be applied, please submit prior to invoicing. Contract Sourcewell Contract #010720-AXN is incorporated by reference into the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In the event of conflict the terms of Axon's Master Services and Purchasing Agreement shall govern. Standard Terms and Conditions Axon Enterprise Inc. Sales Terms and Conditions Axon Master Services and Purchasing Agreement: This Quote is limited to and conditional upon your acceptance of the provisions set forth herein and Axon’s Master Services and Purchasing Agreement (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), as well as the attached Statement of Work (SOW) for Axon Fleet and/or Axon Interview Room purchase, if applicable. In the event you and Axon have entered into a prior agreement to govern all future purchases, that agreement shall govern to the extent it includes the products and services being purchased and does not conflict with the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix as described below. ACEIP: The Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix, which includes the sharing of de-identified segments of Agency Content with Axon to develop new products and improve your product experience (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), is incorporated herein by reference. By signing below, you agree to the terms of the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program. Acceptance of Terms: Any purchase order issued in response to this Quote is subject solely to the above referenced terms and conditions. By signing below, you represent that you are lawfully able to enter into contracts. If you are signing on behalf of an entity (including but not limited to the company, municipality, or government agency for whom you work), you represent to Axon that you have legal authority to bind that entity. If you do not have this authority, please do not sign this Quote. Page 193 of 778 Page 10 Q-380960-44770.635DT Exceptions to Standard Terms and Conditions This quote is contingent upon execution of Q-380620 \s1\\d1\ Signature Date Signed 7/28/2022 Page 194 of 778 Page 1 Q-380620-44771.816DT Q-380620-44771.816DT Issued: 07/29/2022 Quote Expiration: Estimated Contract Start Date: 11/01/2022 Account Number: 116837 Payment Terms: N30 Delivery Method: Fedex - Ground SHIP TO BILL TO SALES REPRESENTATIVE PRIMARY CONTACT College Station Police Dept College Station Police Dept. - TX Danny Thielen Jason Arnold 800 Krenek Tap Road 800 Krenek Tap Rd Phone: (480) 434-8810 Phone: College Station, TX 77840 College Station, TX 77840-5028 Email: dthielen@axon.com Email: jearnold@cstx.gov USA USA Fax: Fax: Email: Quote Summary Discount Summary Program Length 120 Months Average Savings Per Year $383,206.96 TOTAL COST $6,210,299.59 ESTIMATED TOTAL W/ TAX $6,210,299.59 TOTAL SAVINGS $3,832,069.63 Payment Summary Date Subtotal Tax Total Oct 2022 $540,109.57 $0.00 $540,109.57 Apr 2023 $80,920.41 $0.00 $80,920.41 Oct 2023 $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2024 $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2025 $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2026 $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2027 $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2028 $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2029 $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2030 $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2031 $621,030.25 $0.00 $621,030.25 Total $6,210,299.59 $0.00 $6,210,299.59 Axon Enterprise, Inc. 17800 N 85th St. Scottsdale, Arizona 85255 United States VAT: 86-0741227 Domestic: (800) 978-2737 International: +1.800.978.2737 Page 195 of 778 Page 2 Q-380620-44771.816DT Quote Unbundled Price:$10,042,369.22 Quote List Price:$8,415,340.28 Quote Subtotal:$6,210,299.59 Pricing All deliverables are detailed in Delivery Schedules section lower in proposal Item Description Qty Term Unbundled List Price Net Price Subtotal Tax Total Program 80477 FLEET 3 ADVANCED RENEWAL WITH TAP TRUE UP 49 6 $51.24 $34.16 $10,043.04 $0.00 $10,043.04 Fleet2-TAP Fleet 2 Without TAP 51 6 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 80462 FLEET 3 ADVANCED BUNDLE WITH TAP TRUE UP 2 6 $108.00 $144.00 $1,728.00 $0.00 $1,728.00 Fleet2-TAP Fleet 2 Without TAP 51 6 $94.20 $94.20 $84.00 $25,704.00 $0.00 $25,704.00 2022OSP7+Premium10Ye ar 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 153 120 $342.61 $260.66 $260.86 $4,789,402.55 $0.00 $4,789,402.55 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 49 114 $202.84 $184.93 $127.25 $710,841.37 $0.00 $710,841.37 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 2 114 $228.59 $184.93 $162.87 $37,134.18 $0.00 $37,134.18 BWCamMBDTAP10Year Body Worn Camera Multi-Bay Dock TAP 10 Year Bundle 2 120 $67.48 $30.88 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 11 120 $32.07 $29.31 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 A la Carte Hardware 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 $29,950.00 $29,950.00 $59,900.00 $0.00 $59,900.00 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 $469.00 $469.00 $938.00 $0.00 $938.00 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 $6,500.00 $6,500.00 $13,000.00 $0.00 $13,000.00 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 $1,249.00 $1,249.00 $61,201.00 $0.00 $61,201.00 AB3C AB3 Camera Bundle 4 $699.00 $699.00 $2,796.00 $0.00 $2,796.00 AB3MBD AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 1 $1,495.00 $1,495.00 $1,495.00 $0.00 $1,495.00 Flex2C Flex 2 Camera Bundle 10 $732.00 $732.00 $7,320.00 $0.00 $7,320.00 Flex2MBD Flex 2 Multi-Bay Dock Bundle 2 $1,563.00 $1,563.00 $3,126.00 $0.00 $3,126.00 AB3C AB3 Camera Bundle 16 $699.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 AB3MBD AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 2 $1,495.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Flex2C Flex 2 Camera Bundle 1 $732.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 A la Carte Software 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 120 $30.00 $30.00 $7,200.00 $0.00 $7,200.00 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 120 $275.00 $275.00 $66,000.00 $0.00 $66,000.00 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 120 $167.00 $167.00 $40,080.00 $0.00 $40,080.00 20370 FULL VR TASER 7 ADD-ON USER ACCESS 30 120 $17.50 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 73893 STANDARDS LICENSE, NON-SWORN 58 120 $20.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 BasicLicense Basic License Bundle 20 120 $15.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 ProLicense Pro License Bundle 37 120 $39.00 $40.83 $181,285.20 $0.00 $181,285.20 A la Carte Services 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 $17,000.00 $17,000.00 $17,000.00 $0.00 $17,000.00 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 $17,000.00 $17,000.00 $17,000.00 $0.00 $17,000.00 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 120 $2,995.00 $249.58 $59,900.00 $0.00 $59,900.00 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 $0.00 $20,000.00 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 $800.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Page 196 of 778 Page 3 Q-380620-44771.816DT A la Carte Warranties 80397 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 2 KIT 51 121 $6.50 $0.19 $1,160.25 $0.00 $1,160.25 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 120 $1,775.00 $147.92 $35,500.00 $0.00 $35,500.00 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 54 $180.00 $14.72 $40,545.00 $0.00 $40,545.00 Total $6,210,299.59 $0.00 $6,210,299.59 Page 197 of 778 Page 4 Q-380620-44771.816DT Delivery Schedule Hardware Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Delivery Date 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20008 TASER 7 HANDLE, YLW, HIGH VISIBILITY (GREEN LASER), CLASS 3R 153 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20008 TASER 7 HANDLE, YLW, HIGH VISIBILITY (GREEN LASER), CLASS 3R 5 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20018 TASER 7 BATTERY PACK, TACTICAL 183 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20050 HOOK-AND-LOOP TRAINING (HALT) SUIT 3 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20062 TASER 7 HOLSTER - BLACKHAWK, RIGHT HAND 153 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20188 VR CONTROLLER KIT PELICAN CASE 3 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20296 SAMSUNG S7+ TABLET FOR VR SIMULATOR 3 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20297 SAMSUNG S7+ TABLET CASE FOR VR SIMULATOR 3 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20298 VR-ENABLED GLOCK 19 CONTROLLER 3 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20378 HTC FOCUS 3 VR HEADSET 7 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22175 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, STANDOFF (3.5-DEGREE) NS 459 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22175 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, STANDOFF (3.5-DEGREE) NS 306 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22176 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, CLOSE QUARTERS (12-DEGREE) NS 459 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22176 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, CLOSE QUARTERS (12-DEGREE) NS 306 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22177 TASER 7 HOOK-AND-LOOP TRN (HALT) CARTRIDGE, STANDOFF NS 306 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22178 TASER 7 HOOK-AND-LOOP TRN (HALT) CARTRIDGE, CLOSE QUART NS 306 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22179 TASER 7 INERT CARTRIDGE, STANDOFF (3.5-DEGREE) NS 50 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22181 TASER 7 INERT CARTRIDGE, CLOSE QUARTERS (12-DEGREE) NS 50 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22196 TASER 7 VR CARTRIDGE, STANDOFF (3.5-DEGREE)6 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22197 TASER 7 VR CARTRIDGE, CLOSE-QUARTERS (12-DEGREE)6 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 70033 WALL MOUNT BRACKET, ASSY, EVIDENCE.COM DOCK 2 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 71019 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 8-BAY, AB2 1-BAY / 6-BAY DOCK 2 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 71044 BATTERY, SIGNAL SIDEARM, CR2430 SINGLE PACK 306 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 74200 TASER 7 6-BAY DOCK AND CORE 2 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 75015 SIGNAL SIDEARM KIT 153 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 80087 TASER 7 TARGET, CONDUCTIVE, PROFESSIONAL (RUGGEDIZED)3 10/01/2022 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 80090 TARGET FRAME, PROFESSIONAL, 27.5 IN. X 75 IN., TASER 7 3 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 5 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 18 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 4 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 1 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 73202 AXON BODY 3 - NA10 - US - BLK - RAPIDLOCK 16 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 5 10/01/2022 AB3 Camera Bundle 74028 WING CLIP MOUNT, AXON RAPIDLOCK 18 10/01/2022 AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 71019 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 8-BAY, AB2 1-BAY / 6-BAY DOCK 1 10/01/2022 AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 71019 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 8-BAY, AB2 1-BAY / 6-BAY DOCK 2 10/01/2022 AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 74210 AXON BODY 3 - 8 BAY DOCK 1 10/01/2022 AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 74210 AXON BODY 3 - 8 BAY DOCK 2 10/01/2022 Flex 2 Camera Bundle 11528 FLEX 2 CAMERA, (ONLINE)10 10/01/2022 Flex 2 Camera Bundle 11528 FLEX 2 CAMERA, (ONLINE)1 10/01/2022 Flex 2 Camera Bundle 11532 FLEX 2 CONTROLLER 10 10/01/2022 Flex 2 Camera Bundle 11532 FLEX 2 CONTROLLER 1 10/01/2022 Flex 2 Camera Bundle 11534 USB-C to USB-A CABLE FOR AB3 OR FLEX 2 2 10/01/2022 Page 198 of 778 Page 5 Q-380620-44771.816DT Hardware Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Delivery Date Flex 2 Camera Bundle 11545 COLLAR MOUNT, FLEX 2 2 10/01/2022 Flex 2 Camera Bundle 11548 UNIVERSAL HELMET MOUNT, FLEX 2 11 10/01/2022 Flex 2 Camera Bundle 74052 WEARABLE CABLE ASSEMBLY, 6 IN, BLACK, FLEX 2 10 10/01/2022 Flex 2 Camera Bundle 74052 WEARABLE CABLE ASSEMBLY, 6 IN, BLACK, FLEX 2 1 10/01/2022 Flex 2 Multi-Bay Dock Bundle 11537 DOCK, FLEX 2, 6-BAY + CORE 2 10/01/2022 Flex 2 Multi-Bay Dock Bundle 71019 NORTH AMER POWER CORD FOR AB3 8-BAY, AB2 1-BAY / 6-BAY DOCK 2 10/01/2022 A la Carte 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 10/01/2022 A la Carte 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 10/01/2022 A la Carte 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 10/01/2022 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 2 04/15/2023 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 70112 AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 04/15/2023 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 71200 FLEET ANT, AIRGAIN, 5-IN-1, 2LTE, 2WIFI, 1GNSS, BL 2 04/15/2023 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 72034 FLEET SIM INSERTION, VZW 2 04/15/2023 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 49 04/15/2023 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 2 04/15/2023 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 72036 FLEET 3 STANDARD 2 CAMERA KIT 1 04/15/2023 A la Carte 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 04/15/2023 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22175 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, STANDOFF (3.5-DEGREE) NS 306 10/01/2023 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22176 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, CLOSE QUARTERS (12-DEGREE) NS 306 10/01/2023 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22175 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, STANDOFF (3.5-DEGREE) NS 306 10/01/2024 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22176 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, CLOSE QUARTERS (12-DEGREE) NS 306 10/01/2024 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22177 TASER 7 HOOK-AND-LOOP TRN (HALT) CARTRIDGE, STANDOFF NS 306 10/01/2024 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22178 TASER 7 HOOK-AND-LOOP TRN (HALT) CARTRIDGE, CLOSE QUART NS 306 10/01/2024 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 100210 VIRTUAL REALITY TABLET REFRESH ONE 3 04/01/2025 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20373 VIRTUAL REALITY HEADSET REFRESH ONE 7 04/01/2025 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 158 04/01/2025 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 20 04/01/2025 Body Worn Camera Multi-Bay Dock TAP 10 Year Bundle 73689 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 1ST REFRESH 2 04/01/2025 Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 73309 AXON CAMERA REFRESH ONE 11 04/01/2025 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22175 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, STANDOFF (3.5-DEGREE) NS 306 10/01/2025 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22176 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, CLOSE QUARTERS (12-DEGREE) NS 306 10/01/2025 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22175 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, STANDOFF (3.5-DEGREE) NS 306 10/01/2026 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 22176 TASER 7 LIVE CARTRIDGE, CLOSE QUARTERS (12-DEGREE) NS 306 10/01/2026 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 100211 VIRTUAL REALITY TABLET REFRESH TWO 3 10/01/2027 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20242 TASER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM YEAR 6-10 HARDWARE 153 10/01/2027 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20374 VIRTUAL REALITY HEADSET REFRESH TWO 7 10/01/2027 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 158 10/01/2027 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 20 10/01/2027 Body Worn Camera Multi-Bay Dock TAP 10 Year Bundle 73688 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 2ND REFRESH 2 10/01/2027 Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 73310 AXON CAMERA REFRESH TWO 11 10/01/2027 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 72040 FLEET REFRESH, 2 CAMERA KIT 49 10/01/2027 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 72040 FLEET REFRESH, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 10/01/2027 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 72040 FLEET REFRESH, 2 CAMERA KIT 1 10/01/2027 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 100212 VIRTUAL REALITY TABLET REFRESH THREE 3 04/01/2030 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20375 VIRTUAL REALITY HEADSET REFRESH THREE 7 04/01/2030 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 158 04/01/2030 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 20 04/01/2030 Page 199 of 778 Page 6 Q-380620-44771.816DT Hardware Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Delivery Date Body Worn Camera Multi-Bay Dock TAP 10 Year Bundle 73347 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 3RD REFRESH 2 04/01/2030 Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 73345 AXON CAMERA REFRESH THREE 11 04/01/2030 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 158 10/01/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 20 10/01/2032 Body Worn Camera Multi-Bay Dock TAP 10 Year Bundle 73348 MULTI-BAY BWC DOCK 4TH REFRESH 2 10/01/2032 Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 73346 AXON CAMERA REFRESH FOUR 11 10/01/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 100092 FLEET REFRESH TWO, 2 CAMERA KIT 49 10/01/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 100092 FLEET REFRESH TWO, 2 CAMERA KIT 1 10/01/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 100092 FLEET REFRESH TWO, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 10/01/2032 Software Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 100165 UNLIMITED 3RD-PARTY STORAGE 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20248 TASER 7 EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20248 TASER 7 EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 2 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20370 FULL VR TASER 7 ADD-ON USER ACCESS 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73478 REDACTION ASSISTANT USER LICENSE 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73618 CITIZEN FOR COMMUNITIES USER LICENSE 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73680 RESPOND DEVICE PLUS LICENSE 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73681 AXON RECORDS FULL 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73682 AUTO TAGGING LICENSE 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73686 EVIDENCE.COM UNLIMITED AXON DEVICE STORAGE 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73687 EVIDENCE.COM VIEWER LICENSE 1 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73739 PERFORMANCE LICENSE 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 85760 Auto-Transcribe Unlimited Service 153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Basic License Bundle 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-20 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Basic License Bundle 73840 EVIDENCE.COM BASIC LICENSE 20 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Fleet 2 Without TAP 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 102 11/01/2022 05/14/2023 Fleet 2 Without TAP 87050 FLEET VIEW XL LICENSE 51 11/01/2022 05/14/2023 Pro License Bundle 73683 10 GB EVIDENCE.COM A-LA-CART STORAGE-111 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Pro License Bundle 73746 PROFESSIONAL EVIDENCE.COM LICENSE 37 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 A la Carte 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 A la Carte 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 A la Carte 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 A la Carte 20370 FULL VR TASER 7 ADD-ON USER ACCESS 30 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 A la Carte 73893 STANDARDS LICENSE, NON-SWORN 58 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 49 05/15/2023 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80400 FLEET, VEHICLE LICENSE 2 05/15/2023 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80401 FLEET 3, ALPR LICENSE, 1 CAMERA 49 05/15/2023 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80401 FLEET 3, ALPR LICENSE, 1 CAMERA 2 05/15/2023 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80402 RESPOND DEVICE LICENSE - FLEET 3 49 05/15/2023 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80402 RESPOND DEVICE LICENSE - FLEET 3 2 05/15/2023 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 98 05/15/2023 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80410 FLEET, UNLIMITED STORAGE, 1 CAMERA 4 05/15/2023 10/31/2032 Page 200 of 778 Page 7 Q-380620-44771.816DT Services Bundle Item Description QTY 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 11642 THIRD-PARTY VIDEO SUPPORT LICENSE 153 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20119 TASER 7 MASTER INSTRUCTOR SCHOOL VOUCHER 1 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20119 TASER 7 MASTER INSTRUCTOR SCHOOL VOUCHER 1 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20119 TASER 7 MASTER INSTRUCTOR SCHOOL VOUCHER 1 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20119 TASER 7 MASTER INSTRUCTOR SCHOOL VOUCHER 1 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20119 TASER 7 MASTER INSTRUCTOR SCHOOL VOUCHER 1 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20120 TASER 7 INSTRUCTOR COURSE VOUCHER 2 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20120 TASER 7 INSTRUCTOR COURSE VOUCHER 2 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20120 TASER 7 INSTRUCTOR COURSE VOUCHER 2 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20120 TASER 7 INSTRUCTOR COURSE VOUCHER 2 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 20120 TASER 7 INSTRUCTOR COURSE VOUCHER 2 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 79999 AUTO TAGGING / PERFORMANCE IMPLEMENTATION SERVICE 1 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 80190 Evidence.com Channel Services 1 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 80223 INACTIVE CHANNEL ACCESS LICENSE 1 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 73391 FLEET 3 NEW INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)2 A la Carte 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 A la Carte 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 A la Carte 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 A la Carte 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 A la Carte 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 Warranties Bundle Item Description QTY Estimated Start Date Estimated End Date A la Carte 80397 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 2 KIT 51 10/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 100198 AXON VR CONTROLLER KIT - WARRANTY 3 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)153 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)5 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)20 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 Body Worn Camera Multi-Bay Dock TAP 10 Year Bundle 80465 EXT WARRANTY, MULTI-BAY DOCK (TAP)2 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 A la Carte 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 11/01/2022 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 80374 EXT WARRANTY, TASER 7 BATTERY PACK 183 10/01/2023 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 80395 EXT WARRANTY, TASER 7 HANDLE 153 10/01/2023 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 80395 EXT WARRANTY, TASER 7 HANDLE 5 10/01/2023 10/31/2032 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 80396 EXT WARRANTY, TASER 7 SIX BAY DOCK 2 10/01/2023 10/31/2032 Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 80464 EXT WARRANTY, CAMERA (TAP)11 10/01/2023 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80379 EXT WARRANTY, AXON SIGNAL UNIT 2 04/15/2024 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 49 04/15/2024 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 1 04/15/2024 10/31/2032 Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 80495 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 3, 2 CAMERA KIT 2 04/15/2024 10/31/2032 A la Carte 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 05/15/2028 10/31/2032 Page 201 of 778 Page 8 Q-380620-44771.816DT Payment Details Oct 2022 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 1 - OSP 2022OSP7+Premium10Ye ar 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 153 $449,870.79 $0.00 $449,870.79 Invoice Upon Fulfillment AB3C AB3 Camera Bundle 16 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment AB3MBD AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment Flex2C Flex 2 Camera Bundle 1 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 1 - Air 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 $676.30 $0.00 $676.30 Year 1 - Air 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 $5,626.43 $0.00 $5,626.43 Year 1 - Air 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 $3,334.53 $0.00 $3,334.53 Year 1 - Air 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 $3,764.73 $0.00 $3,764.73 Year 1 - Air 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 $88.11 $0.00 $88.11 Year 1 - Air 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 $6,199.41 $0.00 $6,199.41 Year 1 - Air 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 $5,626.43 $0.00 $5,626.43 Year 1 - Air 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 $1,221.10 $0.00 $1,221.10 Year 1 - Axon 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 $1,878.61 $0.00 $1,878.61 Year 1 - Axon 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 $1,596.82 $0.00 $1,596.82 Year 1 - Axon 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 $1,596.82 $0.00 $1,596.82 Year 1 - Axon BasicLicense Basic License Bundle 20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 1 - Axon ProLicense Pro License Bundle 37 $17,028.24 $0.00 $17,028.24 Year 1 - Upfront HW AB3C AB3 Camera Bundle 4 $2,796.00 $0.00 $2,796.00 Year 1 - Upfront HW AB3MBD AB3 Multi Bay Dock Bundle 1 $1,495.00 $0.00 $1,495.00 Year 1 - Upfront HW Flex2C Flex 2 Camera Bundle 10 $7,320.00 $0.00 $7,320.00 Year 1 - Upfront HW Flex2MBD Flex 2 Multi-Bay Dock Bundle 2 $3,126.00 $0.00 $3,126.00 Year 1 - Fleet 2 GAP Coverage 80397 EXT WARRANTY, FLEET 2 KIT 51 $1,160.25 $0.00 $1,160.25 Year 1 - Fleet 2 GAP Coverage Fleet2-TAP Fleet 2 Without TAP 51 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 1 - Fleet 2 GAP Coverage Fleet2-TAP Fleet 2 Without TAP 51 $25,704.00 $0.00 $25,704.00 Total $540,109.57 $0.00 $540,109.57 Nov 2022 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Invoice Upon Fulfillment 20370 FULL VR TASER 7 ADD-ON USER ACCESS 30 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment 73893 STANDARDS LICENSE, NON-SWORN 58 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment BWCamMBDTAP10Year Body Worn Camera Multi-Bay Dock TAP 10 Year Bundle 2 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Invoice Upon Fulfillment BWCamTAP10Yr Body Worn Camera TAP 10 Year Bundle 11 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Total $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Apr 2023 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 1 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 $5,748.64 $0.00 $5,748.64 Year 1 - Fleet 3 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 $3,808.41 $0.00 $3,808.41 Page 202 of 778 Page 9 Q-380620-44771.816DT Apr 2023 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 1 - Fleet 3 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 1 - Fleet 3 80462 FLEET 3 ADVANCED BUNDLE WITH TAP TRUE UP 2 $162.31 $0.00 $162.31 Year 1 - Fleet 3 80477 FLEET 3 ADVANCED RENEWAL WITH TAP TRUE UP 49 $943.35 $0.00 $943.35 Year 1 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 49 $66,769.68 $0.00 $66,769.68 Year 1 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 2 $3,488.02 $0.00 $3,488.02 Total $80,920.41 $0.00 $80,920.41 Oct 2023 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 2 - OSP 2022OSP7+Premium10Ye ar 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 153 $482,170.14 $0.00 $482,170.14 Year 2 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 $6,161.37 $0.00 $6,161.37 Year 2 - Fleet 3 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 $4,081.84 $0.00 $4,081.84 Year 2 - Fleet 3 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 2 - Fleet 3 80462 FLEET 3 ADVANCED BUNDLE WITH TAP TRUE UP 2 $173.97 $0.00 $173.97 Year 2 - Fleet 3 80477 FLEET 3 ADVANCED RENEWAL WITH TAP TRUE UP 49 $1,011.08 $0.00 $1,011.08 Year 2 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 49 $71,563.53 $0.00 $71,563.53 Year 2 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 2 $3,738.47 $0.00 $3,738.47 Year 2 - Air 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 $724.86 $0.00 $724.86 Year 2 - Air 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 2 - Air 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 $3,573.94 $0.00 $3,573.94 Year 2 - Air 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 $4,035.03 $0.00 $4,035.03 Year 2 - Air 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 $94.43 $0.00 $94.43 Year 2 - Air 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 $6,644.51 $0.00 $6,644.51 Year 2 - Air 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 2 - Air 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 $1,308.77 $0.00 $1,308.77 Year 2 - Axon 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 $2,013.49 $0.00 $2,013.49 Year 2 - Axon 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 2 - Axon 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 2 - Axon BasicLicense Basic License Bundle 20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 2 - Axon ProLicense Pro License Bundle 37 $18,250.77 $0.00 $18,250.77 Total $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2024 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 3 - OSP 2022OSP7+Premium10Ye ar 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 153 $482,170.14 $0.00 $482,170.14 Year 3 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 $6,161.37 $0.00 $6,161.37 Year 3 - Fleet 3 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 $4,081.84 $0.00 $4,081.84 Year 3 - Fleet 3 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 3 - Fleet 3 80462 FLEET 3 ADVANCED BUNDLE WITH TAP TRUE UP 2 $173.97 $0.00 $173.97 Year 3 - Fleet 3 80477 FLEET 3 ADVANCED RENEWAL WITH TAP TRUE UP 49 $1,011.08 $0.00 $1,011.08 Year 3 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 49 $71,563.53 $0.00 $71,563.53 Year 3 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 2 $3,738.47 $0.00 $3,738.47 Year 3 - Air 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 $724.86 $0.00 $724.86 Page 203 of 778 Page 10 Q-380620-44771.816DT Oct 2024 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 3 - Air 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 3 - Air 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 $3,573.94 $0.00 $3,573.94 Year 3 - Air 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 $4,035.03 $0.00 $4,035.03 Year 3 - Air 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 $94.43 $0.00 $94.43 Year 3 - Air 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 $6,644.51 $0.00 $6,644.51 Year 3 - Air 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 3 - Air 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 $1,308.77 $0.00 $1,308.77 Year 3 - Axon 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 $2,013.49 $0.00 $2,013.49 Year 3 - Axon 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 3 - Axon 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 3 - Axon BasicLicense Basic License Bundle 20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 3 - Axon ProLicense Pro License Bundle 37 $18,250.77 $0.00 $18,250.77 Total $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2025 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 4 - OSP 2022OSP7+Premium10Ye ar 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 153 $482,170.14 $0.00 $482,170.14 Year 4 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 $6,161.37 $0.00 $6,161.37 Year 4 - Fleet 3 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 $4,081.84 $0.00 $4,081.84 Year 4 - Fleet 3 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 4 - Fleet 3 80462 FLEET 3 ADVANCED BUNDLE WITH TAP TRUE UP 2 $173.97 $0.00 $173.97 Year 4 - Fleet 3 80477 FLEET 3 ADVANCED RENEWAL WITH TAP TRUE UP 49 $1,011.08 $0.00 $1,011.08 Year 4 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 49 $71,563.53 $0.00 $71,563.53 Year 4 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 2 $3,738.47 $0.00 $3,738.47 Year 4 - Air 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 $724.86 $0.00 $724.86 Year 4 - Air 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 4 - Air 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 $3,573.94 $0.00 $3,573.94 Year 4 - Air 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 $4,035.03 $0.00 $4,035.03 Year 4 - Air 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 $94.43 $0.00 $94.43 Year 4 - Air 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 $6,644.51 $0.00 $6,644.51 Year 4 - Air 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 4 - Air 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 $1,308.77 $0.00 $1,308.77 Year 4 - Axon 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 $2,013.49 $0.00 $2,013.49 Year 4 - Axon 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 4 - Axon 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 4 - Axon BasicLicense Basic License Bundle 20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 4 - Axon ProLicense Pro License Bundle 37 $18,250.77 $0.00 $18,250.77 Total $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2026 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 5 - OSP 2022OSP7+Premium10Ye ar 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 153 $482,170.14 $0.00 $482,170.14 Year 5 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 $6,161.37 $0.00 $6,161.37 Page 204 of 778 Page 11 Q-380620-44771.816DT Oct 2026 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 5 - Fleet 3 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 $4,081.84 $0.00 $4,081.84 Year 5 - Fleet 3 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 5 - Fleet 3 80462 FLEET 3 ADVANCED BUNDLE WITH TAP TRUE UP 2 $173.97 $0.00 $173.97 Year 5 - Fleet 3 80477 FLEET 3 ADVANCED RENEWAL WITH TAP TRUE UP 49 $1,011.08 $0.00 $1,011.08 Year 5 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 49 $71,563.53 $0.00 $71,563.53 Year 5 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 2 $3,738.47 $0.00 $3,738.47 Year 5 - Air 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 $724.86 $0.00 $724.86 Year 5 - Air 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 5 - Air 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 $3,573.94 $0.00 $3,573.94 Year 5 - Air 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 $4,035.03 $0.00 $4,035.03 Year 5 - Air 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 $94.43 $0.00 $94.43 Year 5 - Air 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 $6,644.51 $0.00 $6,644.51 Year 5 - Air 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 5 - Air 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 $1,308.77 $0.00 $1,308.77 Year 5 - Axon 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 $2,013.49 $0.00 $2,013.49 Year 5 - Axon 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 5 - Axon 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 5 - Axon BasicLicense Basic License Bundle 20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 5 - Axon ProLicense Pro License Bundle 37 $18,250.77 $0.00 $18,250.77 Total $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2027 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 6 - OSP 2022OSP7+Premium10Ye ar 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 153 $482,170.14 $0.00 $482,170.14 Year 6 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 $6,161.37 $0.00 $6,161.37 Year 6 - Fleet 3 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 $4,081.84 $0.00 $4,081.84 Year 6 - Fleet 3 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 6 - Fleet 3 80462 FLEET 3 ADVANCED BUNDLE WITH TAP TRUE UP 2 $173.97 $0.00 $173.97 Year 6 - Fleet 3 80477 FLEET 3 ADVANCED RENEWAL WITH TAP TRUE UP 49 $1,011.08 $0.00 $1,011.08 Year 6 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 49 $71,563.53 $0.00 $71,563.53 Year 6 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 2 $3,738.47 $0.00 $3,738.47 Year 6 - Air 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 $724.86 $0.00 $724.86 Year 6 - Air 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 6 - Air 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 $3,573.94 $0.00 $3,573.94 Year 6 - Air 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 $4,035.03 $0.00 $4,035.03 Year 6 - Air 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 $94.43 $0.00 $94.43 Year 6 - Air 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 $6,644.51 $0.00 $6,644.51 Year 6 - Air 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 6 - Air 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 $1,308.77 $0.00 $1,308.77 Year 6 - Axon 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 $2,013.49 $0.00 $2,013.49 Year 6 - Axon 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 6 - Axon 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 6 - Axon BasicLicense Basic License Bundle 20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 6 - Axon ProLicense Pro License Bundle 37 $18,250.77 $0.00 $18,250.77 Total $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Page 205 of 778 Page 12 Q-380620-44771.816DT Oct 2028 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 7 - OSP 2022OSP7+Premium10Ye ar 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 153 $482,170.14 $0.00 $482,170.14 Year 7 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 $6,161.37 $0.00 $6,161.37 Year 7 - Fleet 3 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 $4,081.84 $0.00 $4,081.84 Year 7 - Fleet 3 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 7 - Fleet 3 80462 FLEET 3 ADVANCED BUNDLE WITH TAP TRUE UP 2 $173.97 $0.00 $173.97 Year 7 - Fleet 3 80477 FLEET 3 ADVANCED RENEWAL WITH TAP TRUE UP 49 $1,011.08 $0.00 $1,011.08 Year 7 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 49 $71,563.53 $0.00 $71,563.53 Year 7 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 2 $3,738.47 $0.00 $3,738.47 Year 7 - Air 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 $724.86 $0.00 $724.86 Year 7 - Air 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 7 - Air 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 $3,573.94 $0.00 $3,573.94 Year 7 - Air 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 $4,035.03 $0.00 $4,035.03 Year 7 - Air 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 $94.43 $0.00 $94.43 Year 7 - Air 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 $6,644.51 $0.00 $6,644.51 Year 7 - Air 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 7 - Air 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 $1,308.77 $0.00 $1,308.77 Year 7 - Axon 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 $2,013.49 $0.00 $2,013.49 Year 7 - Axon 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 7 - Axon 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 7 - Axon BasicLicense Basic License Bundle 20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 7 - Axon ProLicense Pro License Bundle 37 $18,250.77 $0.00 $18,250.77 Total $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2029 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 8 - OSP 2022OSP7+Premium10Ye ar 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 153 $482,170.14 $0.00 $482,170.14 Year 8 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 $6,161.37 $0.00 $6,161.37 Year 8 - Fleet 3 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 $4,081.84 $0.00 $4,081.84 Year 8 - Fleet 3 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 8 - Fleet 3 80462 FLEET 3 ADVANCED BUNDLE WITH TAP TRUE UP 2 $173.97 $0.00 $173.97 Year 8 - Fleet 3 80477 FLEET 3 ADVANCED RENEWAL WITH TAP TRUE UP 49 $1,011.08 $0.00 $1,011.08 Year 8 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 49 $71,563.53 $0.00 $71,563.53 Year 8 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 2 $3,738.47 $0.00 $3,738.47 Year 8 - Air 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 $724.86 $0.00 $724.86 Year 8 - Air 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 8 - Air 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 $3,573.94 $0.00 $3,573.94 Year 8 - Air 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 $4,035.03 $0.00 $4,035.03 Year 8 - Air 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 $94.43 $0.00 $94.43 Year 8 - Air 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 $6,644.51 $0.00 $6,644.51 Year 8 - Air 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 8 - Air 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 $1,308.77 $0.00 $1,308.77 Year 8 - Axon 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 $2,013.49 $0.00 $2,013.49 Year 8 - Axon 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Page 206 of 778 Page 13 Q-380620-44771.816DT Oct 2029 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 8 - Axon 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 8 - Axon BasicLicense Basic License Bundle 20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 8 - Axon ProLicense Pro License Bundle 37 $18,250.77 $0.00 $18,250.77 Total $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2030 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 9 - OSP 2022OSP7+Premium10Ye ar 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 153 $482,170.14 $0.00 $482,170.14 Year 9 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 $6,161.37 $0.00 $6,161.37 Year 9 - Fleet 3 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 $4,081.84 $0.00 $4,081.84 Year 9 - Fleet 3 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 9 - Fleet 3 80462 FLEET 3 ADVANCED BUNDLE WITH TAP TRUE UP 2 $173.97 $0.00 $173.97 Year 9 - Fleet 3 80477 FLEET 3 ADVANCED RENEWAL WITH TAP TRUE UP 49 $1,011.08 $0.00 $1,011.08 Year 9 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 49 $71,563.53 $0.00 $71,563.53 Year 9 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 2 $3,738.47 $0.00 $3,738.47 Year 9 - Air 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 $724.86 $0.00 $724.86 Year 9 - Air 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 9 - Air 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 $3,573.94 $0.00 $3,573.94 Year 9 - Air 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 $4,035.03 $0.00 $4,035.03 Year 9 - Air 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 $94.43 $0.00 $94.43 Year 9 - Air 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 $6,644.51 $0.00 $6,644.51 Year 9 - Air 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 $6,030.40 $0.00 $6,030.40 Year 9 - Air 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 $1,308.77 $0.00 $1,308.77 Year 9 - Axon 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 $2,013.49 $0.00 $2,013.49 Year 9 - Axon 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 9 - Axon 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 $1,711.46 $0.00 $1,711.46 Year 9 - Axon BasicLicense Basic License Bundle 20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 9 - Axon ProLicense Pro License Bundle 37 $18,250.77 $0.00 $18,250.77 Total $621,029.92 $0.00 $621,029.92 Oct 2031 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 10 - OSP 2022OSP7+Premium10Ye ar 2022 - OFFICER SAFETY PLAN 7 PLUS Premium 10 Year 153 $482,170.64 $0.00 $482,170.64 Year 10 - Fleet 3 11634 CRADLEPOINT IBR900-1200M-B-NPS+5YR NETCLOUD 49 $6,161.40 $0.00 $6,161.40 Year 10 - Fleet 3 11641 CRADLEPOINT, NETCLOUD, RENEWAL, ANNUAL 51 $4,081.87 $0.00 $4,081.87 Year 10 - Fleet 3 73392 FLEET 3 UPGRADE INSTALLATION (PER VEHICLE)49 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 10 - Fleet 3 80462 FLEET 3 ADVANCED BUNDLE WITH TAP TRUE UP 2 $173.93 $0.00 $173.93 Year 10 - Fleet 3 80477 FLEET 3 ADVANCED RENEWAL WITH TAP TRUE UP 49 $1,011.05 $0.00 $1,011.05 Year 10 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 49 $71,563.45 $0.00 $71,563.45 Year 10 - Fleet 3 Fleet3A10Yr Fleet 3 Advanced 10 Year 2 $3,738.40 $0.00 $3,738.40 Year 10 - Air 100112 AXON AIR, E.COM PILOT DATA LIC 2 $724.82 $0.00 $724.82 Year 10 - Air 100368 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA SERVICE & SUPPORT 2 $6,030.37 $0.00 $6,030.37 Year 10 - Air 100371 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA EXTENDED WARRANTY 2 $3,573.95 $0.00 $3,573.95 Page 207 of 778 Page 14 Q-380620-44771.816DT Oct 2031 Invoice Plan Item Description Qty Subtotal Tax Total Year 10 - Air 12022 AXON AIR, CLASS 1 UAS LICENSE 2 $4,035.03 $0.00 $4,035.03 Year 10 - Air 12321 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE FLY MORE KIT 2 $94.45 $0.00 $94.45 Year 10 - Air 12344 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE CONNECT LICENSE 2 $6,644.51 $0.00 $6,644.51 Year 10 - Air 12346 AXON AIR, FOTOKITE SIGMA MOBILE 2 $6,030.37 $0.00 $6,030.37 Year 10 - Air 12347 AXON AIR, DJI MAVIC 2 ENTERPRISE ADVANCED 2 $1,308.74 $0.00 $1,308.74 Year 10 - Axon 73897 STANDARDS SERVICE, PREMIUM 1 $2,013.47 $0.00 $2,013.47 Year 10 - Axon 85055 AXON FULL SERVICE 1 $1,711.50 $0.00 $1,711.50 Year 10 - Axon 85168 CEW FULL SERVICE WITH INSTRUCTOR TRAINING 1 $1,711.50 $0.00 $1,711.50 Year 10 - Axon BasicLicense Basic License Bundle 20 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 Year 10 - Axon ProLicense Pro License Bundle 37 $18,250.80 $0.00 $18,250.80 Total $621,030.25 $0.00 $621,030.25 Page 208 of 778 Page 15 Q-380620-44771.816DT Tax is estimated based on rates applicable at date of quote and subject to change at time of invoicing. If a tax exemption certificate should be applied, please submit prior to invoicing. Contract Sourcewell Contract #010720-AXN is incorporated by reference into the terms and conditions of this Agreement. In the event of conflict the terms of Axon's Master Services and Purchasing Agreement shall govern. Standard Terms and Conditions Axon Enterprise Inc. Sales Terms and Conditions Axon Master Services and Purchasing Agreement: This Quote is limited to and conditional upon your acceptance of the provisions set forth herein and Axon’s Master Services and Purchasing Agreement (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), as well as the attached Statement of Work (SOW) for Axon Fleet and/or Axon Interview Room purchase, if applicable. In the event you and Axon have entered into a prior agreement to govern all future purchases, that agreement shall govern to the extent it includes the products and services being purchased and does not conflict with the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix as described below. ACEIP: The Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix, which includes the sharing of de-identified segments of Agency Content with Axon to develop new products and improve your product experience (posted at www.axon.com/legal/sales-terms-and-conditions), is incorporated herein by reference. By signing below, you agree to the terms of the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program. Acceptance of Terms: Any purchase order issued in response to this Quote is subject solely to the above referenced terms and conditions. By signing below, you represent that you are lawfully able to enter into contracts. If you are signing on behalf of an entity (including but not limited to the company, municipality, or government agency for whom you work), you represent to Axon that you have legal authority to bind that entity. If you do not have this authority, please do not sign this Quote. Page 209 of 778 Page 16 Q-380620-44771.816DT Exceptions to Standard Terms and Conditions Execution of this quote will terminate contracts 15537, 15559, 15558, 20942, 24412, & 68523 with Axon and will start a new 120 month contract. The parties agree that Axon is charging a debit of $11,595.63 to capture the remaining value owed. This debit is based on a ship date range of 10/1/2022- 10/14/2022, resulting in a 11/1/2022 contract start date. Any change in this ship date and resulting contract start date will result in modification of this debit's value which may result in additional fees due to or from Axon. This quote is contingent upon agency payment of any outstanding invoices including and not limited to Invoice. \s1\\d1\ Signature Date Signed 7/29/2022 Page 210 of 778 Page 17 Q-380620-44771.816DT Page 211 of 778 Page 18 Q-380620-44771.816DT ATTENTION This order may qualify for freight shipping, please fill out the following information. Who is the receiving contact and what is the contact phone number for this shipment? What are the receiving hours of operation? Is a loading dock available for this incoming shipment? If yes, are you able to unload pallets from the trailer or will the driver need to assist with unload? Do you have a forklift and/or pallet jack to transport pallets into your facility? Are there any delivery restrictions (no 53' trailers, no box trucks, etc.)? Page 212 of 778 1 FLEET STATEMENT OF WORK BETWEEN AXON ENTERPRISE AND AGENCY Introduction This Statement of Work (“SOW”) has been made and entered into by and between Axon Enterprise, Inc. (“AXON”), and College Station Police Dept. - TX the (“AGENCY”) for the purchase of the Axon Fleet in-car video solution (“FLEET”) and its supporting information, services and training. (AXON Technical Project Manager/The AXON installer) Purpose and Intent AGENCY states, and AXON understands and agrees, that Agency’s purpose and intent for entering into this SOW is for the AGENCY to obtain from AXON deliverables, which used solely in conjunction with AGENCY’s existing systems and equipment, which AGENCY specifically agrees to purchase or provide pursuant to the terms of this SOW. This SOW contains the entire agreement between the parties. There are no promises, agreements, conditions, inducements, warranties or understandings, written or oral, expressed or implied, between the parties, other than as set forth or referenced in the SOW. Acceptance Upon completion of the services outlined in this SOW, AGENCY will be provided a professional services acceptance form (“Acceptance Form”). AGENCY will sign the Acceptance Form acknowledging that services have been completed in substantial conformance with this SOW and the Agreement. If AGENCY reasonably believes AXON did not complete the professional services in conformance with this SOW, AGENCY must notify AXON in writing of the specific reasons within seven (7) calendar days from delivery of the Acceptance Form. AXON will remedy the issues to conform with this SOW and re-present the Acceptance Form for signature. If AXON does not receive the signed Acceptance Form or written notification of the reasons for rejection within 7 calendar days of the delivery of the Acceptance Form, AGENCY will be deemed to have accepted the services in accordance to this SOW. Force Majeure Page 213 of 778 2 Neither party hereto shall be liable for delays or failure to perform with respect to this SOW due to causes beyond the party’s reasonable control and not avoidable by diligence. Schedule Change Each party shall notify the other as soon as possible regarding any changes to agreed upon dates and times of Axon Fleet in-car Solution installation to be performed pursuant of this Statement of Work. Axon Fleet Deliverables Typically, within (30) days of receiving this fully executed SOW, an AXON Technical Project Manager will deliver to AGENCY’s primary point of contact via electronic media, controlled documentation, guides, instructions and videos followed by available dates for the initial project review and customer readiness validation. Unless otherwise agreed upon by AXON, AGENCY may print and reproduce said documents for use by its employees only. Security Clearance and Access Upon AGENCY’s request, AXON will provide the AGENCY a list of AXON employees, agents, installers or representatives which require access to the AGENCY’s facilities in order to perform Work pursuant of this Statement of Work. AXON will ensure that each employee, agent or representative has been informed or and consented to a criminal background investigation by AGENCY for the purposes of being allowed access to AGENCY‘s facilities. AGENCY is responsible for providing AXON with all required instructions and documentation accompanying the security background check’s requirements. Training AXON will provide training applicable to Axon Evidence, Cradlepoint NetCloud Manager and Axon Fleet application in a train-the-trainer style method unless otherwise agreed upon between the AGENCY and AXON. Local Computer Page 214 of 778 3 AGNECY is responsible for providing a mobile data computer (MDC) with the same software, hardware, and configuration that AGENCY personnel will use with the AXON system being installed. AGENCY is responsible for making certain that any and all security settings (port openings, firewall settings, antivirus software, virtual private network, routing, etc.) are made prior to the installation, configuration and testing of the aforementioned deliverables. Network AGENCY is responsible for making certain that any and all network(s) route traffic to appropriate endpoints and AXON is not liable for network breach, data interception, or loss of data due to misconfigured firewall settings or virus infection, except to the extent that such virus or infection is caused, in whole or in part, by defects in the deliverables. Cradlepoint Router When applicable, AGENCY must provide AXON Installers with temporary administrative access to Cradlepoint’s NetCloud Manager to the extent necessary to perform Work pursuant of this Statement of Work. Evidence.com AGENCY must provide AXON Installers with temporary administrative access to Axon Evidence.com to the extent necessary to perform Work pursuant of this SOW. Wireless Upload System If purchased by the AGENCY, on such dates and times mutually agreed upon by the parties, AXON will install and configure into AGENCY’s existing network a wireless network infrastructure as identified in the AGENCY’s binding quote based on conditions of the sale. VEHICLE INSTALLATION Preparedness Page 215 of 778 4 On such dates and times mutually agreed upon by the parties, the AGENCY will deliver all vehicles to an AXON Installer less weapons and items of evidence. Vehicle(s) will be deemed ‘out of service’ to the extent necessary to perform Work pursuant of this SOW. Existing Mobile Video Camera System Removal On such dates and times mutually agreed upon by the parties, the AGENCY will deliver all vehicles to an AXON Installer which will remove from said vehicles all components of the existing mobile video camera system unless otherwise agreed upon by the AGENCY. Major components will be salvaged by the AXON Installer for auction by the AGENCY. Wires and cables are not considered expendable and will not be salvaged. Salvaged components will be placed in a designated area by the AGENCY within close proximity of the vehicle in an accessible work space. Prior to removing the existing mobile video camera systems, it is both the responsibility of the AGENCY and the AXON Installer to test the vehicle’s systems’ operation to identify and operate, documenting any existing component or system failures and in detail, identify which components of the existing mobile video camera system will be removed by the AXON Installer. In-Car Hardware/Software Delivery and Installation On such dates and times mutually agreed upon by the parties, the AGENCY will deliver all vehicles to an AXON Installer, who will install and configure in each vehicle in accordance with the specifications detailed in the system’s installation manual and its relevant addendum(s). Applicable in-car hardware will be installed and configured as defined and validated by the AGENCY during the pre-deployment discovery process. If a specified vehicle is unavailable on the date and time agreed upon by the parties, AGENCY will provide a similar vehicle for the installation process. Delays due to a vehicle, or substitute vehicle, not being available at agreed upon dates and times may results in additional fees to the AGENCY. If the AXON Installer determines that a vehicle is not properly prepared for installation (“Not Fleet Ready”), such as a battery not being properly charged or properly up-fit for in-service, field operations, the issue shall be reported immediately to the AGENCY for resolution and a date and time for the future installation shall be agreed upon by the parties. Page 216 of 778 5 Upon completion of installation and configuration, AXON will systematically test all installed and configured in-car hardware and software to ensure that ALL functions of the hardware and software are fully operational and that any deficiencies are corrected unless otherwise agreed upon by the AGENCY, installation, configuration, test and the correct of any deficiencies will be completed in each vehicle accepted for installation. Prior to installing the Axon Fleet camera systems, it is both the responsibility of the AGENCY and the AXON Installer to test the vehicle’s existing systems’ operation to identify, document any existing component or vehicle systems’ failures. Prior to any vehicle up-fitting the AXON Installer will introduce the system’s components, basic functions, integrations and systems overview along with reference to AXON approved, AGENCY manuals, guides, portals and videos. It is both the responsibility of the AGENCY and the AXON Installer to agree on placement of each components, the antenna(s), integration recording trigger sources and customer preferred power, ground and ignition sources prior to permanent or temporary installation of an Axon Fleet camera solution in each vehicle type. Agreed placement will be documented by the AXON Installer. AXON welcomes up to 5 persons per system operation training session per day, and unless otherwise agreed upon by the AGENCY, the first vehicle will be used for an installation training demonstration. The second vehicle will be used for an assisted installation training demonstration. The installation training session is customary to any AXON Fleet installation service regardless of who performs the continued Axon Fleet system installations. Page 217 of 778 6 The customary training session does not ‘certify’ a non-AXON Installer, customer-employed Installer or customer 3rd party Installer, since the AXON Fleet products does not offer an Installer certification program. Any work performed by non-AXON Installer, customer-employed Installer or customer 3rd party Installer is not warrantied by AXON, and AXON is not liable for any damage to the vehicle and its existing systems and AXON Fleet hardware. Page 218 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 8 of 33 Axon Cloud Services Terms of Use Appendix 1 Definitions. “Agency Content” is data uploaded into, ingested by, or created in Axon Cloud Services within Agency’s tenant, including media or multimedia uploaded into Axon Cloud Services by Agency. Agency Content includes Evidence but excludes Non-Content Data. “Evidence” is media or multimedia uploaded into Axon Evidence as 'evidence' by an Agency. Evidence is a subset of Agency Content. “Non-Content Data” is data, configuration, and usage information about Agency’s Axon Cloud Services tenant, Axon Devices and client software, and users that is transmitted or generated when using Axon Devices. Non-Content Data includes data about users captured during account management and customer support activities. Non-Content Data does not include Agency Content. “Personal Data” means any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural person. An identifiable natural person is one who can be identified, directly or indirectly, in particular by reference to an identifier such as a name, an identification number, location data, an online identifier or to one or more factors specific to the physical, physiological, genetic, mental, economic, cultural or social identity of that natural person. 2 Access. Upon Axon granting Agency a subscription to Axon Cloud Services, Agency may access and use Axon Cloud Services to store and manage Agency Content. Agency may not exceed more end users than the Quote specifies. Axon Air requires an Axon Evidence subscription for each drone operator. For Axon Evidence Lite, Agency may access and use Axon Evidence only to store and manage TASER CEW and TASER CAM data (“TASER Data”). Agency may not upload non- TASER Data to Axon Evidence Lite. 3 Agency Owns Agency Content. Agency controls and owns all right, title, and interest in Agency Content. Except as outlined herein, Axon obtains no interest in Agency Content, and Agency Content is not Axon’s business records. Agency is solely responsible for uploading, sharing, managing, and deleting Agency Content. Axon will only have access to Agency Content for the limited purposes set forth herein. Agency agrees to allow Axon access to Agency Content to (a) perform troubleshooting, maintenance, or diagnostic screenings; and (b) enforce this Agreement or policies governing use of the Axon products. 4 Security. Axon will implement commercially reasonable and appropriate measures to secure Agency Content against accidental or unlawful loss, access or disclosure. Axon will maintain a comprehensive information security program to protect Axon Cloud Services and Agency Content including logical, physical access, vulnerability, risk, and configuration management; incident monitoring and response; encryption of uploaded digital evidence; security education; and data protection. Axon agrees to the Federal Bureau of Investigation Criminal Justice Information Services Security Addendum. 5 Agency Responsibilities. Agency is responsible for (a) ensuring Agency owns Agency Content; (b) ensuring no Agency Content or Agency end user’s use of Agency Content or Axon Cloud Services violates this Agreement or applicable laws; and (c) maintaining necessary computer equipment and Internet connections for use of Axon Cloud Services. If Agency becomes aware of any violation of this Agreement by an end user, Agency will immediately terminate that end user’s access to Axon Cloud Services. Agency will also maintain the security of end user names and passwords and security and access by end users to Agency Content. Agency is responsible for ensuring the configuration and utilization of Axon Cloud Services meet applicable Agency regulation and standards. Agency may not sell, transfer, or sublicense access to any other entity or person. Agency shall contact Axon immediately Page 219 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 9 of 33 if an unauthorized party may be using Agency’s account or Agency Content, or if account information is lost or stolen. To the extent Agency uses the Axon Cloud Services to interact with YouTube®, such use may be governed by the YouTube Terms of Service, available at https://www.youtube.com/static?template=terms. 6 Privacy. Agency’s use of Axon Cloud Services is subject to the Axon Cloud Services Privacy Policy, a current version of which is available at https://www.axon.com/legal/cloud-services- privacy-policy. Agency agrees to allow Axon access to Non-Content Data from Agency to (a) perform troubleshooting, maintenance, or diagnostic screenings; (b) provide, develop, improve, and support current and future Axon products and related services; and (c) enforce this Agreement or policies governing the use of Axon products. 7 Axon Body 3 Wi-Fi Positioning. Axon Body 3 cameras offer a feature to enhance location services where GPS/GNSS signals may not be available, for instance, within buildings or underground. Agency administrators can manage their choice to use this service within the administrative features of Axon Cloud Services. If Agency chooses to use this service, Axon must also enable the usage of the feature for Agency’s Axon Cloud Services tenant. Agency will not see this option with Axon Cloud Services unless Axon has enabled Wi-Fi Positioning for Agency’s Axon Cloud Services tenant. When Wi-Fi Positioning is enabled by both Axon and Agency, Non-Content and Personal Data will be sent to Skyhook Holdings, Inc. (“Skyhook”) to facilitate the Wi-Fi Positioning functionality. Data controlled by Skyhook is outside the scope of the Axon Cloud Services Privacy Policy and is subject to the Skyhook Services Privacy Policy. 8 Storage. For Axon Unlimited Device Storage subscriptions, Agency may store unlimited data in Agency's Axon Evidence account only if data originates from Axon Capture or the applicable Axon Device. Axon may charge Agency additional fees for exceeding purchased storage amounts. Axon may place Agency Content that Agency has not viewed or accessed for 6 months into archival storage. Agency Content in archival storage will not have immediate availability and may take up to 24 hours to access. 9 Location of Storage. Axon may transfer Agency Content to third-party subcontractors for storage. Axon will determine the locations of data centers for storage of Agency Content. For United States agencies, Axon will ensure all Agency Content stored in Axon Cloud Services remains within the United States. Ownership of Agency Content remains with Agency. 10 Suspension. Axon may temporarily suspend Agency’s or any end user’s right to access or use any portion or all of Axon Cloud Services immediately upon notice, if Agency or end user’s use of or registration for Axon Cloud Services may (a) pose a security risk to Axon Cloud Services or any third-party; (b) adversely impact Axon Cloud Services , the systems, or content of any other customer; (c) subject Axon, Axon’s affiliates, or any third-party to liability; or (d) be fraudulent. Agency remains responsible for all fees incurred through suspension. Axon will not delete Agency Content because of suspension, except as specified in this Agreement. 11 Axon Cloud Services Warranty. Axon disclaims any warranties or responsibility for data corruption or errors before Agency uploads data to Axon Cloud Services. 12 Axon Records. Axon Records is the software-as-a-service product that is generally available at the time Agency purchases an OSP 7 bundle. During Agency’s Axon Records Subscription Term, Agency will be entitled to receive Axon’s Update and Upgrade releases on an if-and-when available basis. The Axon Records Subscription Term will end upon the competition of the Axon Records Page 220 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 10 of 33 Subscription as documented in the Quote, or if purchased as part of an OSP 7 bundle, upon competition of the OSP 7 Term (“Axon Records Subscription”) An “Update” is a generally available release of Axon Records that Axon makes available from time to time. An “Upgrade” includes (i) new versions of Axon Records that enhance features and functionality, as solely determined by Axon; and/or (ii) new versions of Axon Records that provide additional features or perform additional functions. Upgrades exclude new products that Axon introduces and markets as distinct products or applications. New or additional Axon products and applications, as well as any Axon professional services needed to configure Axon Records, are not included. If Agency purchases Axon Records as part of a bundled offering, the Axon Record subscription begins on the later of the (1) start date of that bundled offering, or (2) date Axon provisions Axon Records to Agency. 13 Axon Cloud Services Restrictions. Agency and Agency end users (including employees, contractors, agents, officers, volunteers, and directors), may not, or may not attempt to: 13.1 copy, modify, tamper with, repair, or create derivative works of any part of Axon Cloud Services; 13.2 reverse engineer, disassemble, or decompile Axon Cloud Services or apply any process to derive any source code included in Axon Cloud Services, or allow others to do the same; 13.3 access or use Axon Cloud Services with the intent to gain unauthorized access, avoid incurring fees or exceeding usage limits or quotas; 13.4 use trade secret information contained in Axon Cloud Services, except as expressly permitted in this Agreement; 13.5 access Axon Cloud Services to build a competitive device or service or copy any features, functions, or graphics of Axon Cloud Services; 13.6 remove, alter, or obscure any confidentiality or proprietary rights notices (including copyright and trademark notices) of Axon’s or Axon’s licensors on or within Axon Cloud Services; or 13.7 use Axon Cloud Services to store or transmit infringing, libelous, or other unlawful or tortious material; to store or transmit material in violation of third-party privacy rights; or to store or transmit malicious code. 14 After Termination. Axon will not delete Agency Content for 90-days following termination. There will be no functionality of Axon Cloud Services during these 90-days other than the ability to retrieve Agency Content. Agency will not incur additional fees if Agency downloads Agency Content from Axon Cloud Services during this time. Axon has no obligation to maintain or provide Agency Content after these 90-days and will thereafter, unless legally prohibited, delete all Agency Content. Upon request, Axon will provide written proof that Axon successfully deleted and fully removed all Agency Content from Axon Cloud Services. 15 Post-Termination Assistance. Axon will provide Agency with the same post-termination data retrieval assistance that Axon generally makes available to all customers. Requests for Axon to provide additional assistance in downloading or transferring Agency Content, including requests for Axon’s data egress service, will result in additional fees and Axon will not warrant or guarantee data integrity or readability in the external system. 16 U.S. Government Rights. If Agency is a U.S. Federal department or using Axon Cloud Services on behalf of a U.S. Federal department, Axon Cloud Services is provided as a “commercial item,” “commercial computer software,” “commercial computer software documentation,” and “technical data”, as defined in the Federal Acquisition Regulation and Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement. If Agency is using Axon Cloud Services on behalf of the U.S. Government and these terms fail to meet the U.S. Government’s needs or are inconsistent in any respect with federal law, Agency will immediately discontinue use of Axon Cloud Services. Page 221 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 11 of 33 17 Survival. Upon any termination of this Agreement, the following sections in this Appendix will survive: Agency Owns Agency Content, Storage, Axon Cloud Services Warranty, and Axon Cloud Services Restrictions. Page 222 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 12 of 33 Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Appendix 1 Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program (ACEIP). The ACEIP is designed to accelerate Axon’s development of technology, such as building and supporting automated features, to ultimately increase safety within communities and drive efficiency in public safety. To this end, subject to the limitations on Axon as described below, Axon, where allowed by law, may make limited use of Agency Content from all of its customers, to provide, develop, improve, and support current and future Axon products (collectively, “ACEIP Purposes”). However, at all times, Axon will comply with its obligations pursuant to the Axon Cloud Services Terms of Use Appendix to maintain a comprehensive data security program (including compliance with the CJIS Security Policy for Criminal Justice Information), privacy program, and data governance policy, including high industry standards of de-identifying Personal Data, to enforce its security and privacy obligations for the ACEIP. ACEIP has 2 tiers of participation, Tier 1 and Tier 2. By default, Agency will be a participant in ACEIP Tier 1. If Agency does not want to participate in ACEIP Tier 1, Agency can revoke its consent at any time. If Agency wants to participate in Tier 2, as detailed below, Agency can check the ACEIP Tier 2 box below. If Agency does not want to participate in ACEIP Tier 2, Agency should leave box unchecked. At any time, Agency may revoke its consent to ACEIP Tier 1, Tier 2, or both Tiers. 1.1 ACEIP Tier 1. 1.1.1. When Axon uses Agency Content for the ACEIP Purposes, Axon will extract from Agency Content and may store separately copies of certain segments or elements of the Agency Content (collectively, “ACEIP Content”). When extracting ACEIP Content, Axon will use commercially reasonable efforts to aggregate, transform or de-identify Agency Content so that the extracted ACEIP Content is no longer reasonably capable of being associated with, or could reasonably be linked directly or indirectly to a particular individual (“Privacy Preserving Technique(s)”). For illustrative purposes, some examples are described in footnote 1 1. For clarity, ACEIP Content will still be linked indirectly, with an attribution, to the Agency from which it was extracted. This attribution will be stored separately from the data itself, but is necessary for and will be solely used to enable Axon to identify and delete all ACEIP Content upon Agency request. Once de-identified, ACEIP Content may then be further modified, analyzed, and used to create derivative works. At any time, Agency may revoke the consent granted herein to Axon to access and use Agency Content for ACEIP Purposes. Within 30 days of receiving the Agency’s request, Axon will no longer access or use Agency Content for ACEIP Purposes and will delete any and all ACEIP Content. Axon will also delete any derivative works which may reasonably be capable of being associated with, or could reasonably be linked directly or indirectly to Agency. In addition, if Axon uses Agency Content for the ACEIP Purposes, upon request, Axon will make available to Agency a list of the specific type of Agency Content being used to generate ACEIP Content, the purpose of such use, and the retention, privacy preserving extraction technique, and relevant data protection practices applicable to the Agency Content or ACEIP Content (“Use Case”). From time 1 For example; (a) when extracting specific text to improve automated transcription capabilities, text that could be used to directly identify a particular individual would not be extracted, and extracted text would be disassociated from identifying metadata of any speakers, and the extracted text would be split into individual words and aggregated with other data sources (including publicly available data) to remove any reasonable ability to link any specific text directly or indirectly back to a particular individual; (b) when extracting license plate data to improve Automated License Plate Recognition (ALPR) capabilities, individual license plate characters would be extracted and disassociated from each other so a complete plate could not be reconstituted, and all association to other elements of the source video, such as the vehicle, location, time, and the surrounding environment would also be removed; (c) when extracting audio of potential acoustic events (such as glass breaking or gun shots), very short segments (<1 second) of audio that only contains the likely acoustic events would be extracted and all human utterances would be removed. Page 223 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 13 of 33 to time, Axon may develop and deploy new Use Cases. At least 30 days prior to authorizing the deployment of any new Use Case, Axon will provide Agency notice (by updating the list of Use Case at https://www.axon.com/aceip and providing Agency with a mechanism to obtain notice of that update or another commercially reasonable method to Agency designated contact) (“New Use Case”). 1.1.2. Expiration of ACEIP Tier 1. Agency consent granted herein, will expire upon termination of the Agreement. In accordance with section 1.1.1, within 30 days of receiving the Agency’s request, Axon will no longer access or use Agency Content for ACEIP Purposes and will delete ACEIP Content. Axon will also delete any derivative works which may reasonably be capable of being associated with, or could reasonably be linked directly or indirectly to Agency. . ☐ Check this box if Agency wants to help further improve Axon’s services by participating in ACEIP Tier 2 in addition to Tier 1. By checking this box, Agency hereby agrees to the Axon Customer Experience Improvement Program Tier 2 Terms of Service, available at https://www.axon.com/sales-terms-and-conditions and incorporated herein by reference. Page 224 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 14 of 33 Professional Services Appendix 1 Utilization of Services. Agency must use professional services as outlined in the Quote and this Appendix within 6 months of the Effective Date. 2 Body-Worn Camera Full Service (BWC Full Service). BWC Full Service includes advance remote project planning and configuration support and up to 4 consecutive days of on-site service and a professional services manager to work with Agency to assess Agency’s deployment and determine which on-site services are appropriate. If Agency requires more than 4 consecutive on- site days, Agency must purchase additional days. BWC Full Service options include: System set up and configuration • Instructor-led setup of Axon View on smartphones (if applicable) • Configure categories and custom roles based on Agency need • Register cameras to Agency domain • Troubleshoot IT issues with Axon Evidence and Axon Dock (“Dock”) access • One on-site session included Dock configuration • Work with Agency to decide the ideal location of Docks and set configurations on Dock • Authenticate Dock with Axon Evidence using admin credentials from Agency • On-site assistance, not to include physical mounting of docks Best practice implementation planning session • Provide considerations for the establishment of video policy and system operations best practices based on Axon’s observations with other agencies • Discuss the importance of entering metadata in the field for organization purposes and other best practice for digital data management • Provide referrals of other agencies using the Axon camera devices and Axon Evidence • Recommend rollout plan based on review of shift schedules System Admin and troubleshooting training sessions Step-by-step explanation and assistance for Agency’s configuration of security, roles & permissions, categories & retention, and other specific settings for Axon Evidence Axon instructor training (Train the Trainer) Training for Agency’s in-house instructors who can support Agency’s Axon camera and Axon Evidence training needs after Axon has fulfilled its contractual on-site obligations Evidence sharing training Tailored workflow instruction for Investigative Units on sharing Cases and Evidence with local prosecuting agencies End user go-live training and support sessions • Assistance with device set up and configuration • Training on device use, Axon Evidence, and Evidence Sync Implementation document packet Axon Evidence administrator guides, camera implementation guides, network setup guide, sample policies, and categories & roles guide Post go-live review 3 Body-Worn Camera Starter Service (BWC Starter). BWC Starter includes advance remote project planning and configuration support and one day of on-site Services and a professional services manager to work closely with Agency to assess Agency’s deployment and determine which Services are appropriate. If Agency requires more than 1 day of on-site Services, Agency must purchase additional on-site Services. The BWC Starter options include: Page 225 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 15 of 33 System set up and configuration (Remote Support) • Instructor-led setup of Axon View on smartphones (if applicable) • Configure categories & custom roles based on Agency need • Troubleshoot IT issues with Axon Evidence and Axon Dock (“Dock”) access Dock configuration • Work with Agency to decide the ideal location of Dock setup and set configurations on Dock • Authenticate Dock with Axon Evidence using “Administrator” credentials from Agency • Does not include physical mounting of docks Axon instructor training (Train the Trainer) Training for Agency’s in-house instructors who can support Agency’s Axon camera and Axon Evidence training needs after Axon’s has fulfilled its contracted on-site obligations End user go-live training and support sessions • Assistance with device set up and configuration • Training on device use, Axon Evidence, and Evidence Sync Implementation document packet Axon Evidence administrator guides, camera implementation guides, network setup guide, sample policies, and categories & roles guide 4 Body-Worn Camera Virtual 1-Day Service (BWC Virtual). BWC Virtual includes all items in the BWC Starter Service Package, except one day of on-site services. 5 CEW Services Packages. CEW Services Packages are detailed below: System set up and configuration • Configure Axon Evidence categories & custom roles based on Agency need. • Troubleshoot IT issues with Axon Evidence. • Register users and assign roles in Axon Evidence. • For the CEW Full Service Package: On-site assistance included • For the CEW Starter Package: Virtual assistance included Dedicated Project Manager Assignment of specific Axon representative for all aspects of planning the rollout (Project Manager). Ideally, Project Manager will be assigned to Agency 4–6 weeks before rollout Best practice implementation planning session to include: • Provide considerations for the establishment of CEW policy and system operations best practices based on Axon’s observations with other agencies • Discuss the importance of entering metadata and best practices for digital data management • Provide referrals to other agencies using TASER CEWs and Axon Evidence • For the CEW Full Service Package: On-site assistance included • For the CEW Starter Package: Virtual assistance included System Admin and troubleshooting training sessions On-site sessions providing a step-by-step explanation and assistance for Agency’s configuration of security, roles & permissions, categories & retention, and other specific settings for Axon Evidence Axon Evidence Instructor training • Provide training on the Axon Evidence to educate instructors who can support Agency’s subsequent Axon Evidence training needs. • For the CEW Full Service Package: Training for up to 3 individuals at Agency • For the CEW Starter Package: Training for up to 1 individual at Agency Page 226 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 16 of 33 TASER CEW inspection and device assignment Axon’s on-site professional services team will perform functions check on all new TASER CEW Smart weapons and assign them to a user on Axon Evidence. Post go-live review For the CEW Full Service Package: On-site assistance included. For the CEW Starter Package: Virtual assistance included. 6 Smart Weapon Transition Service. The Smart Weapon Transition Service includes: Archival of CEW Firing Logs Axon’s on-site professional services team will upload CEW firing logs to Axon Evidence from all TASER CEW Smart Weapons that Agency is replacing with newer Smart Weapon models. Return of Old Weapons Axon’s on-site professional service team will ship all old weapons back to Axon’s headquarters. Axon will provide Agency with a Certificate of Destruction *Note: CEW Full Service packages for TASER 7 include Smart Weapon Transition Service instead of 1- Day Device Specific Instructor Course. 7 Signal Sidearm Installation Service. If Agency purchases Signal Sidearm Installation Service, Axon will provide one day of on-site Services and one professional services manager and will cover the installation of up 100 Signal Sidearm devices per package purchased. Agency is responsible for providing an appropriate work area and ensuring all holsters that will have Signal Sidearm installed onto them are available on the agreed-upon installation date(s). Installation includes: Removal of existing connection screws that affix a holster to a holster mount Proper placement of the Signal Sidearm Mounting Plate between the holster and the mount Reattachment of the holster to the mount using appropriate screws Functional testing of Signal Sidearm device 8 Out of Scope Services. Axon is only responsible to perform the professional services described in the Quote and this Appendix. Any additional professional services are out of scope. The Parties must document scope changes in a written and signed change order. Changes may require an equitable adjustment in the charges or schedule. 9 Delivery of Services. Axon personnel will work Monday through Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., except holidays. Axon will perform all on-site tasks over a consecutive timeframe. Axon will not charge Agency travel time by Axon personnel to Agency premises as work hours. 10 Access Computer Systems to Perform Services. Agency authorizes Axon to access relevant Agency computers and networks, solely for performing the Services. Axon will work to identify as soon as reasonably practicable resources and information Axon expects to use and will provide an initial itemized list to Agency. Agency is responsible for and assumes the risk of any problems, delays, losses, claims, or expenses resulting from the content, accuracy, completeness, and consistency of all data, materials, and information supplied by Agency. 11 Site Preparation. Axon will provide a hardcopy or digital copy of current user documentation for the Axon Devices (“User Documentation”). User Documentation will include all required environmental specifications for the professional Services and Axon Devices to operate per the Axon Device User Documentation. Before installation of Axon Devices (whether performed by Agency or Axon), Agency must prepare the location(s) where Axon Devices are to be installed (“Installation Site”) per the environmental specifications in the Axon Device User Documentation. Following installation, Agency must maintain the Installation Site per the environmental specifications. If Axon modifies Axon Device User Documentation for any Axon Devices under this Agreement, Axon will provide the update to Agency when Axon generally releases it Page 227 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 17 of 33 12 Acceptance. When Axon completes professional Services, Axon will present an acceptance form (“Acceptance Form”) to Agency. Agency will sign the Acceptance Form acknowledging completion. If Agency reasonably believes Axon did not complete the professional Services in substantial conformance with this Agreement, Agency must notify Axon in writing of the specific reasons for rejection within 7 calendar days from delivery of the Acceptance Form. Axon will address the issues and re-present the Acceptance Form for signature. If Axon does not receive the signed Acceptance Form or written notification of reasons for rejection within 7 calendar days of delivery of the Acceptance Form, Axon will deem Agency to have accepted the professional Services. 13 Agency Network. For work performed by Axon transiting or making use of Agency’s network, Agency is solely responsible for maintenance and functionality of the network. In no event will Axon be liable for loss, damage, or corruption of Agency’s network from any cause. Page 228 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 18 of 33 Technology Assurance Plan Appendix If Technology Assurance Plan (“TAP”) or a bundle including TAP is on the Quote, this appendix applies. 1 TAP Warranty. The TAP warranty is an extended warranty that starts at the end of the 1-year Hardware Limited Warranty. 2 Officer Safety Plan. If Agency purchases an Officer Safety Plan (“OSP”), Agency will receive the deliverables detailed in the Quote. Agency must accept delivery of the TASER CEW and accessories as soon as available from Axon. 3 OSP 7 Term. OSP 7 begins after Axon ships the Axon Body 3 or TASER 7 hardware to Agency. If Axon ships in the first half of the month, OSP 7 starts the 1st of the following month. If Axon ships in the second half of the month, OSP 7 starts the 15th of the following month (“OSP 7 Term”). 4 TAP BWC Upgrade. If Agency has no outstanding payment obligations and purchased TAP, Axon will provide Agency a new Axon body-worn camera (“BWC Upgrade”) as scheduled in the Quote. If Agency purchased TAP Axon will provide a BWC Upgrade that is the same or like Axon Device, at Axon’s option. Axon makes no guarantee the BWC Upgrade will utilize the same accessories or Axon Dock. 5 TAP Dock Upgrade. If Agency has no outstanding payment obligations and purchased TAP, Axon will provide Agency a new Axon Dock as scheduled in the Quote (“Dock Upgrade”). Accessories associated with any Dock Upgrades are subject to change at Axon discretion. Dock Upgrades will only include a new Axon Dock bay configuration unless a new Axon Dock core is required for BWC compatibility. If Agency originally purchased a single-bay Axon Dock, the Dock Upgrade will be a single-bay Axon Dock model that is the same or like Axon Device, at Axon’s option. If Agency originally purchased a multi-bay Axon Dock, the Dock Upgrade will be a multi-bay Axon Dock that is the same or like Axon Device, at Axon’s option. 6 Upgrade Delay. Axon may ship the BWC and Dock Upgrades as scheduled in the Quote without prior confirmation from Agency unless the Parties agree in writing otherwise at least 90 days in advance. Axon may ship the final BWC and Dock Upgrade as scheduled in the Quote 60 days before the end of the Subscription Term without prior confirmation from Agency. 7 Upgrade Change. If Agency wants to change Axon Device models for the offered BWC or Dock Upgrade, Agency must pay the price difference between the MSRP for the offered BWC or Dock Upgrade and the MSRP for the model desired. If the model Agency desires has an MSRP less than the MSRP of the offered BWC Upgrade or Dock Upgrade, Axon will not provide a refund. The MSRP is the MSRP in effect at the time of the upgrade. 8 Return of Original Axon Device. Within 30 days of receiving a BWC or Dock Upgrade, Agency must return the original Axon Devices to Axon or destroy the Axon Devices and provide a certificate of destruction to Axon including serial numbers for the destroyed Axon Devices. If Agency does not return or destroy the Axon Devices, Axon will deactivate the serial numbers for the Axon Devices received by Agency. 9 Termination. If Agency’s payment for TAP, OSP, or Axon Evidence is more than 30 days past due, Axon may terminate TAP or OSP. Once TAP or OSP terminates for any reason: 9.1 TAP and OSP coverage terminate as of the date of termination and no refunds will be given. 9.2 Axon will not and has no obligation to provide the Upgrade Models. 9.3 Agency must make any missed payments due to the termination before Agency may purchase any future TAP or OSP. Page 229 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 19 of 33 TASER 7 Appendix This TASER 7 Appendix applies to Agency’s TASER 7, OSP 7, or OSP 7 Plus purchase from Axon. 1 Duty Cartridge Replenishment Plan. If the Quote includes “Duty Cartridge Replenishment Plan”, Agency must purchase the plan for each CEW user. A CEW user includes officers that use a CEW in the line of duty and those that only use a CEW for training. Agency may not resell cartridges received. Axon will only replace cartridges used in the line of duty. 2 Training. If the Quote includes a training voucher, Agency must use the voucher within 1 year of issuance, or the voucher will be void. Axon will issue Agency a voucher annually beginning on the start of the TASER Subscription Term. The voucher has no cash value. Agency cannot exchange it for another device or service. Unless stated in the Quote, the voucher does not include travel expenses and will be Agency’s responsibility. If the Quote includes Axon Online Training or Virtual Reality Content Empathy Development for Autism/Schizophrenia (collectively, “Training Content”), Agency may access Training Content. Axon will deliver all Training Content electronically. 3 Extended Warranty. If the Quote includes an extended warranty, the extended warranty coverage period warranty will be for a 5-year term, which includes the hardware manufacturer’s warranty plus the 4-year extended term. 4 Trade-in. If the Quote contains a discount on CEW-related line items, including items related to OSP, then that discount may only be applied as a trade-in credit, and Agency must return used hardware and accessories associated with the discount (“Trade-In Units”) to Axon. Agency must ship batteries via ground shipping. Axon will pay shipping costs of the return. If Axon does not receive Trade-In Units within the timeframe below, Axon will invoice Agency the value of the trade- in credit. Agency may not destroy Trade-In Units and receive a trade-in credit. Agency Size Days to Return from Start Date of TASER 7 Subscription Less than 100 officers 30 days 100 to 499 officers 90 days 500+ officers 180 days 5 TASER 7 Subscription Term. The TASER 7 Subscription Term for a standalone TASER 7 purchase begins on shipment of the TASER 7 hardware. The TASER 7 Subscription Term for OSP 7 begins on the OSP 7 Start date. 6 Access Rights. Upon Axon granting Agency a TASER 7 Axon Evidence subscription, Agency may access and use Axon Evidence for the storage and management of data from TASER 7 CEW devices during the TASER 7 Subscription Term. Agency may not upload any non-TASER 7 data or any other files to Axon Evidence. Agency may not exceed the number of end users than the Quote specifies. 7 Privacy. Axon will not disclose Agency Content or any information about Agency except as compelled by a court or administrative body or required by any law or regulation. Axon will give notice if any disclosure request is received for Agency Content, so Agency may file an objection with the court or administrative body. 8 Termination. If payment for TASER 7 is more than 30 days past due, Axon may terminate Agency’s TASER 7 plan by notifying Agency. Upon termination for any reason, then as of the date of termination: 8.1 TASER 7 extended warranties and access to Training Content will terminate. No refunds Page 230 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 20 of 33 will be given. 8.2 Axon will invoice Agency the remaining MSRP for TASER 7 products received before termination. If terminating for non-appropriations, Axon will not invoice Agency if Agency returns the CEW, rechargeable battery, holster, dock, core, training suits, and unused cartridges to Axon within 30 days of the date of termination. 8.3 Agency will be responsible for payment of any missed payments due to the termination before being allowed to purchase any future TASER 7 plan. Page 231 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 21 of 33 Axon Auto-Tagging Appendix 1 Scope. Axon Auto-Tagging consists of the development of a module to allow Axon Evidence to interact with Agency’s Computer-Aided Dispatch (“CAD”) or Records Management Systems (“RMS”). This allows end users to auto-populate Axon video meta-data with a case ID, category, and location- based on data maintained in Agency’s CAD or RMS. 2 Support. For thirty days after completing Auto-Tagging Services, Axon will provide up to 5 hours of remote support at no additional charge. Axon will provide free support due to a change in Axon Evidence, so long as long as Agency maintains an Axon Evidence and Auto-Tagging subscription. Axon will not provide support if a change is required because Agency changes its CAD or RMS. 3 Changes. Axon is only responsible to perform the Services in this Appendix. Any additional Services are out of scope. The Parties must document scope changes in a written and signed change order. Changes may require an equitable adjustment in fees or schedule. 4 Agency Responsibilities. Axon’s performance of Auto-Tagging Services requires Agency to: 4.1 Make available relevant systems, including Agency’s current CAD or RMS, for assessment by Axon (including remote access if possible); 4.2 Make required modifications, upgrades or alterations to Agency’s hardware, facilities, systems and networks related to Axon’s performance of Auto-Tagging Services; 4.3 Provide access to the premises where Axon is performing Auto-Tagging Services, subject to Agency safety and security restrictions, and allow Axon to enter and exit the premises with laptops and materials needed to perform Auto-Tagging Services; 4.4 Provide all infrastructure and software information (TCP/IP addresses, node names, network configuration) necessary for Axon to provide Auto-Tagging Services; 4.5 Promptly install and implement any software updates provided by Axon; 4.6 Ensure that all appropriate data backups are performed; 4.7 Provide assistance, participation, and approvals in testing Auto-Tagging Services; 4.8 Provide Axon with remote access to Agency’s Axon Evidence account when required; 4.9 Notify Axon of any network or machine maintenance that may impact the performance of the module at Agency; and 4.10 Ensure reasonable availability of knowledgeable staff and personnel to provide timely, accurate, complete, and up-to-date documentation and information to Axon. 5 Access to Systems. Agency authorizes Axon to access Agency’s relevant computers, network systems, and CAD or RMS solely for performing Auto-Tagging Services. Axon will work diligently to identify as soon as reasonably practicable resources and information Axon expects to use and will provide an initial list to Agency. Agency is responsible for and assumes the risk of any problems, delays, losses, claims, or expenses resulting from the content, accuracy, completeness, and consistency of all data, materials, and information supplied by Agency. Page 232 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 22 of 33 Axon Fleet Appendix 1 Agency Responsibilities. Agency must ensure its infrastructure and vehicles adhere to the minimum requirements to operate Axon Fleet 2 or Axon Fleet 3 (collectively, “Axon Fleet”) as established by Axon during the qualifier call and on-site assessment at Agency and in any technical qualifying questions. If Agency’s representations are inaccurate, the Quote is subject to change. 2 Cradlepoint. If Agency purchases Cradlepoint Enterprise Cloud Manager, Agency will comply with Cradlepoint’s end user license agreement. The term of the Cradlepoint license may differ from the Axon Evidence Subscription. If Agency requires Cradlepoint support, Agency will contact Cradlepoint directly. 3 Third-party Installer. Axon will not be liable for the failure of Axon Fleet hardware to operate per specifications if such failure results from installation not performed by, or as directed by Axon. 4 Wireless Offload Server. 4.1 License Grant. Axon grants Agency a non-exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual license to use Wireless Offload Server (“WOS”). “Use” means storing, loading, installing, or executing WOS solely for data communication with Axon Devices for the number of licenses purchased. The WOS term begins upon the start of the Axon Evidence Subscription. 4.2 Restrictions. Agency may not: (a) modify, alter, tamper with, repair, or create derivative works of WOS; (b) reverse engineer, disassemble, or decompile WOS, apply any process to derive the source code of WOS, or allow others to do so; (c) access or use WOS to avoid incurring fees or exceeding usage limits; (d) copy WOS in whole or part; (e) use trade secret information contained in WOS; (f) resell, rent, loan or sublicense WOS; (g) access WOS to build a competitive device or service or copy any features, functions or graphics of WOS; or (h) remove, alter or obscure any confidentiality or proprietary rights notices (including copyright and trademark notices) of Axon or Axon’s licensors on or within WOS. 4.3 Updates. If Agency purchases WOS maintenance, Axon will make updates and error corrections to WOS (“WOS Updates”) available electronically via the Internet or media as determined by Axon. Agency is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate Internet access to receive WOS Updates and maintaining computer equipment necessary for use of WOS. The Quote will detail the maintenance term. 4.4 WOS Support. Upon request by Axon, Agency will provide Axon with access to Agency’s store and forward servers solely for troubleshooting and maintenance. 5 Axon Vehicle Software. 5.1 License Grant. Axon grants Agency a non-exclusive, royalty-free, worldwide, perpetual license to use ViewXL or Dashboard (collectively, “Axon Vehicle Software”.) “Use” means storing, loading, installing, or executing Axon Vehicle Software solely for data communication with Axon Devices. The Axon Vehicle Software term begins upon the start of the Axon Evidence Subscription. 5.2 Restrictions. Agency may not: (a) modify, alter, tamper with, repair, or create derivative works of Axon Vehicle Software; (b) reverse engineer, disassemble, or decompile Axon Vehicle Software, apply any process to derive the source code of Axon Vehicle Software, or allow others to do so; (c) access or use Axon Vehicle Software to avoid incurring fees or exceeding usage limits; (d) copy Axon Vehicle Software in whole or part; (e) use trade secret information contained in Axon Vehicle Software; (f) resell, rent, loan or sublicense Axon Vehicle Software; (g) access Axon Vehicle Software to build a competitive device or service or copy any features, functions or graphics of Axon Vehicle Software; or (h) Page 233 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 23 of 33 remove, alter or obscure any confidentiality or proprietary rights notices (including copyright and trademark notices) of Axon or Axon’s licensors on or within Axon Vehicle Software. 6 Axon Fleet Upgrade. If Agency has no outstanding payment obligations and has purchased the “Fleet Technology Assurance Plan” (Fleet TAP), Axon will provide Agency with the same or like model of Fleet hardware (“Fleet Upgrade”) as schedule on the Quote. If Agency would like to change models for the Axon Fleet Upgrade, Agency must pay the difference between the MSRP for the offered Axon Fleet Upgrade and the MSRP for the model desired. The MSRP is the MSRP in effect at the time of the upgrade. Agency is responsible for the removal of previously installed hardware and installation of the Axon Fleet Upgrade. Within 30 days of receiving the Axon Fleet Upgrade, Agency must return the original Axon Devices to Axon or destroy the Axon Devices and provide a certificate of destruction to Axon, including serial numbers of the destroyed Axon Devices. If Agency does not destroy or return the Axon Devices to Axon, Axon will deactivate the serial numbers for the Axon Devices received by Agency. 7 Privacy. Axon will not disclose Agency Content or any information about Agency except as compelled by a court or administrative body or required by any law or regulation. Axon will give notice if any disclosure request is received for Agency Content, so Agency may file an objection with the court or administrative body. 8 Axon Fleet Termination. Axon may terminate Agency’s Fleet subscription for non-payment. Upon any termination: 8.1 Axon Fleet subscription coverage terminates, and no refunds will be given. 8.2 Axon will not and has no obligation to provide the Axon Fleet Upgrade. 8.3 Agency will be responsible for payment of any missed payments due to the termination before being allowed to purchase any future Fleet TAP. Page 234 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 24 of 33 Axon Respond Appendix This Axon Respond Appendix applies to both Axon Respond and Axon Respond Plus. 1 Axon Respond Subscription Term. If Agency purchases Axon Respond as part of a bundled offering, the Axon Respond subscription begins on the later of the (1) start date of that bundled offering, or (2) date Axon provisions Axon Respond to Agency. If Agency purchases Axon Respond as a standalone, the Axon Respond subscription begins the later of the (1) date Axon provisions Axon Respond to Agency, or (2) first day of the month following the Effective Date. The Axon Respond subscription term will end upon the completion of the Axon Evidence Subscription associated with Axon Respond. 2 Scope of Axon Respond. The scope of Axon Respond is to assist Agency with real-time situational awareness during critical incidents to improve officer safety, effectiveness, and awareness. In the event Agency uses Axon Respond outside this scope, Axon may initiate good- faith discussions with Agency on upgrading Agency’s Axon Respond to better meet Agency’s needs. 3 Axon Body 3 LTE Requirements. Axon Respond is only available and usable with an LTE enabled body-worn camera. Axon is not liable if Agency utilizes the LTE device outside of the coverage area or if the LTE carrier is unavailable. LTE coverage is only available in the United States, including any U.S. territories. Axon may utilize a carrier of Axon’s choice to provide LTE service. Axon may change LTE carriers during the Term without Agency’s consent. 4 Axon Fleet 3 LTE Requirements. Axon Respond is only available and usable with a Fleet 3 system configured with LTE modem and service. Agency is responsible for providing LTE service for the modem. Coverage and availability of LTE service is subject to Agency’s LTE carrier. 5 Axon Respond Service Limitations. Agency acknowledges that LTE service is made available only within the operating range of the networks. Service may be temporarily refused, interrupted, or limited because of: (a) facilities limitations; (b) transmission limitations caused by atmospheric, terrain, other natural or artificial conditions adversely affecting transmission, weak batteries, system overcapacity, movement outside a service area or gaps in coverage in a service area and other causes reasonably outside of the carrier’s control such as intentional or negligent acts of third parties that damage or impair the network or disrupt service; or (c) equipment modifications, upgrades, relocations, repairs, and other similar activities necessary for the proper or improved operation of service. With regard to Axon Body 3, Partner networks are made available as-is and the carrier makes no warranties or representations as to the availability or quality of roaming service provided by carrier partners, and the carrier will not be liable in any capacity for any errors, outages, or failures of carrier partner networks. Agency expressly understands and agrees that it has no contractual relationship whatsoever with the underlying wireless service provider or its affiliates or contractors and Agency is not a third-party beneficiary of any agreement between Axon and the underlying carrier. 6 Termination. Upon termination of this Agreement, or if Agency stops paying for Axon Respond or bundles that include Axon Respond, Axon will end Aware services, including any Axon-provided LTE service. Page 235 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 25 of 33 Add-on Services Appendix This Appendix applies to Axon Citizen for Communities, Axon Redaction Assistant, and Axon Performance. 1 Subscription Term. If Agency purchases Axon Citizen for Communities, Axon Redaction Assistant, or Axon Performance as part of OSP 7, the subscription begins on the later of the (1) start date of the OSP 7 Term, or (2) date Axon provisions Axon Citizen for Communities, Axon Redaction Assistant, or Axon Performance to Agency. If Agency purchases Axon Citizen for Communities, Axon Redaction Assistant, or Axon Performance as a standalone, the subscription begins the later of the (1) date Axon provisions Axon Citizen for Communities, Axon Redaction Assistant, or Axon Performance to Agency, or (2) first day of the month following the Effective Date. The subscription term will end upon the completion of the Axon Evidence Subscription associated with the add-on. 2 Axon Citizen Storage. For Axon Citizen, Agency may store an unlimited amount of data submitted through the public portal (“Portal Content”), within Agency’s Axon Evidence instance. The post- termination provisions outlined in the Axon Cloud Services Terms of Use Appendix also apply to Portal Content. 3 Performance Auto-Tagging Data. In order to provide some features of Axon Performance to Agency, Axon will need to store call for service data from Agency’s CAD or RMS. Page 236 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 26 of 33 Axon Auto-Transcribe Appendix This Appendix applies to Axon Auto-Transcribe. 1) Subscription Term. If Agency purchases Axon Auto-Transcribe as part of a bundle or Axon Cloud Services subscription, the subscription begins on the later of the (1) start date of the bundle or Axon Cloud Services license term, or (2) date Axon provisions Axon Auto-Transcribe to Agency. If Agency purchases Axon Auto-Transcribe minutes as a standalone, the subscription begins on the date Axon provisions Axon Auto-Transcribe to Agency. Axon Auto-Transcribe minutes expire one year after being provisioned to Agency by Axon. If Agency cancels Auto-Transcribe services, any amounts owed by the Parties will be based on the amount of time passed under the annual subscription, rather than on the number of minutes used, regardless of usage. 2) Auto-Transcribe A-La-Carte Minutes. Upon Axon granting Agency a set number of minutes, Agency may utilize Axon Auto-Transcribe, subject to the number of minutes allowed on the Quote. Agency will not have the ability to roll over unused minutes to future Auto-Transcribe terms. Axon may charge Agency additional fees for exceeding the number of purchased minutes. 3) Axon Auto-Transcribe On-Demand. Upon Axon granting Agency an On-Demand subscription to Axon Auto-Transcribe, Agency may utilize Axon Auto-Transcribe with no limit on the number of minutes. The scope of Axon Auto-Transcribe On-Demand is to assist Agency with reviewing and transcribing individual evidence items. In the event Agency uses Axon Auto-Transcribe On- Demand outside this scope, Axon may initiate good-faith discussions with Agency on upgrading Agency’s Axon Auto-Transcribe On-Demand to better meet Agency’s needs. 4) Warranty. Axon does not warrant the accuracy of Axon Auto-Transcribe. Page 237 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 27 of 33 Axon Virtual Reality Content Terms of Use Appendix 1 Term. The Quote will detail the duration of the Virtual Reality Content license. 2 Headsets. Agency may purchase additional virtual reality headsets from Axon. In the event Agency decides to purchase additional virtual reality headsets for use with Axon’s Virtual Reality Content, Agency must purchase those headsets from Axon. 3 License Restrictions. All licenses will immediately terminate if Agency does not comply with any term of this Agreement. If Agency utilizes more users than stated in this Agreement, Agency must purchase additional Virtual Reality Content licenses from Axon. Agency may not use Virtual Reality Content for any purpose other than as expressly permitted by this Agreement. Agency may not: 3.1 modify, tamper with, repair, or otherwise create derivative works of Virtual Reality Content; 3.2 reverse engineer, disassemble, or decompile Virtual Reality Content or apply any process to derive the source code of Virtual Reality Content, or allow others to do the same; 3.3 copy Virtual Reality Content in whole or part, except as expressly permitted in this Agreement; 3.4 use trade secret information contained in Virtual Reality Content; 3.5 resell, rent, loan or sublicense Virtual Reality Content; 3.6 access Virtual Reality Content to build a competitive device or service or copy any features, functions, or graphics of Virtual Reality Content; or 3.7 remove, alter, or obscure any confidentiality or proprietary rights notices (including copyright and trademark notices) of Axon or Axon’s licensors on or within Virtual Reality Content or any copies of Virtual Reality Content. 4 Termination. Axon may terminate Agency’s license immediately for Agency’s failure to comply with any of the terms in this Agreement. Page 238 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 28 of 33 Axon Channel Services Appendix 1 Definitions. “Axon Digital Evidence Management System” means Axon Evidence or Axon Commander, as specified in the attached Channel Services Statement of Work. “Active Channel” means a third-party system that is continuously communicating with an Axon Digital Evidence Management System. “Inactive Channel” means a third-party system that will have a one-time communication to an Axon Digital Evidence Management System. 2 Scope. Agency currently has a third-party system or data repository from which Agency desires to share data with Axon Digital Evidence Management. Axon will facilitate the transfer of Agency’s third-party data into an Axon Digital Evidence Management System or the transfer of Agency data out of an Axon Digital Evidence Management System as defined in the Channel Services Statement of Work (“Channel Services SOW”). Channel Services will not delete any Agency Content. Agency is responsible for verifying all necessary data is migrated correctly and retained per Agency policy. 3 Purpose and Use. Agency is responsible for verifying Agency has the right to share data from and provide access to third-party system as it relates to the Services described in this Appendix and the Channel Services SOW. For Active Channels, Agency is responsible for any changes to a third- party system that may affect the functionality of the channel service. Any additional work required for the continuation of the Service may require additional fees. An Axon Field Engineer may require access to Agency’s network and systems to perform the Services described in the Channel Services SOW. Agency is responsible for facilitating this access per all laws and policies applicable to Agency. 4 Project Management. Axon will assign a Project Manager to work closely with Agency’s project manager and project team members and will be responsible for completing the tasks required to meet all contract deliverables on time and budget. 5 Warranty. Axon warrants that it will perform the Channel Services in a good and workmanlike manner. 6 Monitoring. Axon may monitor Agency’s use of Channel Services to ensure quality, improve Axon devices and services, prepare invoices based on the total amount of data migrated, and verify compliance with this Agreement. Agency agrees not to interfere with such monitoring or obscure from Axon Agency’s use of channel services. 7 Agency’s Responsibilities. Axon’s successful performance of the Channel Services requires Agency: 7.1 Make available its relevant systems for assessment by Axon (including making these systems available to Axon via remote access); 7.2 Provide access to the building facilities and where Axon is to perform the Channel Services, subject to safety and security restrictions imposed by the Agency (including providing security passes or other necessary documentation to Axon representatives performing the Channel Services permitting them to enter and exit Agency premises with laptop personal computers and any other materials needed to perform the Channel Services); 7.3 Provide all necessary infrastructure and software information (TCP/IP addresses, node names, and network configuration) for Axon to provide the Channel Services; 7.4 Ensure all appropriate data backups are performed; 7.5 Provide Axon with remote access to the Agency’s network and third-party systems when required for Axon to perform the Channel Services; 7.6 Notify Axon of any network or machine maintenance that may impact the performance of Page 239 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 29 of 33 the Channel Services; and 7.7 Ensure the reasonable availability by phone or email of knowledgeable staff, personnel, system administrators, and operators to provide timely, accurate, complete, and up-to-date documentation and information to Axon (these contacts are to provide background information and clarification of information required to perform the Channel Services). Pricing Chart Product 2022 Pricing Monthly Or 1 Time Axon Body Camera $699 1 Time Axon Body Camera Dock $1495 1 Time Evidence.com Professional License $39 Monthly Evidence.com Basic License $15 Monthly Officer Safety Plan 7 + Premium 260.66 Monthly Axon AIR (Drone) Pilot License $30 Monthly TASER 7 Cert Plan + VR $77.50 Monthly Fleet 3 Advanced with TAP (New Vehicle) With 3rd Camera $208 Monthly Unlimited BWC License (Support, FM, CM, Etc) $89 Monthly Page 240 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 30 of 33 Insurance Appendix 1. Certificates of Insurance. For each of these policies, the policy shall be endorsed to show the Axon’s insurance coverage as primary with respect to the City, its officials, agents, employees, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance carried or obtained by the City, its officials, agents, employees, or volunteers, shall be considered in excess of the Axon’s insurance and shall not contribute to it. No term or provision of the indemnification provided by the Axon to the City pursuant to this Contract shall be construed or interpreted as limiting or otherwise affecting the terms of the insurance coverage. All Certificates of Insurance and endorsements shall be furnished to the City’s Representative at the time of execution of this Contract, on the most current State of Texas Department of Insurance-approved forms, attached hereto in this appendix, and approved by the City before work commences. 2. General Requirements Applicable to All Policies. The following General requirements applicable to all policies shall apply: (a) Only licensed insurance carriers authorized to do business in the State of Texas shall be accepted. (b) Deductibles shall be listed on the certificate of insurance and are acceptable only on an “occurrence” basis. (c) “Claims made” policies are not accepted, except for Professional Liability insurance. (d) Coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or in limits of liability except after thirty (30) calendar days written notice has been given to the City of College Station. (e) The Certificates of Insurance shall be prepared and executed by the insurance company or its authorized agent. Each certificate shall contain the following provisions and warranties: i. The licensed insurance company is authorized to do business in the State of Texas ii. The insurance policy is underwritten on forms provided by the Texas State Board of Insurance or ISO iii. All endorsements and coverages are included according to the requirements of this Contract iv. The form of notice of cancellation, termination, or change in coverage provisions is specified in this attachment (f) The City of College Station, its officials, agents, employees, and volunteers are to be named as Additional Insureds on the Commercial General Liability and Business Automobile Liability Policies. The coverages shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded the City, its officials, agents, employees, and volunteers. 3. Commercial General Liability requirements. The following Commercial General Liability requirements shall apply: (a) Coverage shall be written by a carrier rated “A: VIII” or better in accordance with the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide. (b) Minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 per occurrence per project with a $2,000,000 annual aggregate limit. (c) Coverage shall be at least as broad as Insurance Service's Office (ISO) Number CG 00 01. (d) No coverage shall be excluded from the standard policy without notification of individual exclusions being attached for the City’s review and acceptance. (e) The coverage shall not exclude: premises/operations; independent contracts; products/completed operations; contractual liability (insuring the indemnity provided herein); and Host Liquor Liability. (f) The City shall be named as Additional Insured and policies endorsed to waive rights of subrogation and to be primary and non-contributory with regard to any self-insurance or insurance policy held by the City. 4. Business Automobile Liability requirements. The following Business Automobile Liability Page 241 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 31 of 33 requirements shall apply: (a) Coverage shall be written by a carrier rated “A:VIII” or better in accordance with the current A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. (b) Minimum Combined Single Limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. (c) The Business Auto Policy must show Symbol 1 in the Covered Autos portion of the liability section in Item 2 of the declarations page. (d) The coverage shall include owned, leased, or rented autos, non-owned autos, any autos and hired autos. 5. Workers’ Compensation/Employer’s Liability Insurance requirements. The Workers’ Compensation/Employer’s Liability insurance shall include the following terms: (a) Employer’s Liability limits of $1,000,000 for each accident is required. (b) “Texas Waiver of Our Right to Recover from Others Endorsement, WC 42 03 04” shall be included in this policy. (c) Texas must appear in Item 3A of the Workers’ Compensation coverage or Item 3C must contain the following: All States except those listed in Item 3A and the States of NV, ND, OH, WA, WV, and WY. 6. Professional Liability requirements. The following Professional Liability requirements shall apply: (a) Coverage shall be written by a carrier rated “A:VIII” or better in accordance with the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide. (b) Minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate, with a maximum deductible of $100,000 unless otherwise agreed in writing by both parties. Financial statements shall be furnished to the City upon request. (c) Axon must continuously maintain professional liability insurance with prior acts coverage for a minimum of two years after completion of the Project or termination of this Contract, as may be amended, whichever occurs later. Coverage under any renewal policy shall include a retroactive date that precedes the earlier of the effective date of this Contract or the first performance of work for the Project. The purchase of an extended discovery period or an extended reporting period on this policy will not be sufficient to comply with the obligations hereunder. 7. Cyber Liability. Minimum limits of $5,000,000 for third party losses. Coverage must include: (a) Event Management; (b) Unauthorized Access/use; (c) Computer Virus; (d) Denial of Service Attack; (e) Libel, Cyber-libel, Slander, Product Disparagement; (f) Violation of Right of Privacy; (g) Regulatory Costs; (h) Privacy Costs- Privacy Injury and Identity Theft; (i) Programming Errors & Omissions Liability; (j) Replacement or Restoration of Electronic Data (First Person); (k) Extortion Threats; (l) Business Income and Extra Expense (to $1 million); (m) Public Relations Expense; and (n) Security Breach Expense. Page 242 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 32 of 33 Certificates of Insurance See next page Page 243 of 778 Holder Identifier : 7777777707070700077761616045571110777717007305556307452026673417311072650576046331130736051113073011207567151627664013070273760274332200762351006304621307261100461027530076727242035772000777777707000707007 7777777707070700073525677115456000722005412573106007123336252063110070333263431620000702333624216211007132227252173111071322372531731010702332624307310007022336343172000077756163351765540777777707000707007Certificate No : 570094678443 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 07/26/2022 IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. PRODUCER Aon Risk Insurance Services West, Inc. Phoenix AZ Office 2555 East Camelback Rd. Suite 700 Phoenix AZ 85016 USA PHONE (A/C. No. Ext): E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # 8662837122 INSURED 19682Hartford Fire Insurance Co.INSURER A: 29424Hartford Casualty Insurance CoINSURER B: 15580Scottsdale Indemnity CompanyINSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: INSURER F: FAX (A/C. No.):(800) 363-0105 CONTACT NAME: Axon Enterprise, Inc. 17800 N. 85th Street Scottsdale AZ 85255 USA COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:570094678443 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.Limits shown are as requested POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY) POLICY EFF (MM/DD/YYYY) SUBR WVD INSR LTR ADDL INSD POLICY NUMBER TYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR POLICY LOC EACH OCCURRENCE DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) MED EXP (Any one person) PERSONAL & ADV INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG X X X X GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $50,000 $1,000,000 $2,000,000 Excluded $1,000,000Per Occ SIR see Prod Liab info att'd C 03/01/2022 03/01/2023 SIR applies per policy terms & conditions NGI0000057 PRO- JECT OTHER:Xcl Prod/Comp Ops AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED AUTOS ONLY SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS ONLY NON-OWNED AUTOS ONLY BODILY INJURY ( Per person) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) X BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $1,000,000A09/30/2021 09/30/2022 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) 59 UEN FN6060 EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE EACH OCCURRENCE DED $9,000,000 $9,000,000 $10,000 03/01/2022UMBRELLA LIABC 03/01/2023UNI0000002 RETENTIONX X E.L. DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE E.L. DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 X OTH- PER STATUTEB09/27/2021 09/27/2022 $1,000,000 Y / N (Mandatory in NH) ANY PROPRIETOR / PARTNER / EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?N / AN WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below $1,000,000 59WEAC0S6D DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) The City of College Station, its officials, agents, employees, and volunteers are included as Additional Insured in accordance with the policy provisions of the General Liability and Automobile Liability policies. General Liability policy evidenced herein is Primary and Non-Contributory to other insurance available to Additional Insured, but only in accordance with the policy's provisions. A Waiver of Subrogation is granted in favor of Certificate Holder in accordance with the policy provisions of the General Liability, Automobile Liability and Workers' Compensation policies. CANCELLATIONCERTIFICATE HOLDER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVECity of College StationAttention: Risk ManagementPO Box 9960College Station, TX 77842 ACORD 25 (2016/03) ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Page 244 of 778 Products Liability Schedule AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE LOC #: ADDITIONAL REMARKS THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER:ACORD 25 FORM TITLE:Certificate of Liability Insurance EFFECTIVE DATE: CARRIER NAIC CODE POLICY NUMBER NAMED INSUREDAGENCY See Certificate Number: See Certificate Number: Aon Risk Insurance Services West, Inc. 570000007117 570094678443 570094678443 Page _ of _ Axon Enterprise, Inc. Products/Completed Operations Coverage 2/1/2022 - 2/1/2023: Policy #034064091 Lexington Insurance Company Claims Made Coverage Form - Products Liability $10,000,000 Each Occurrence Limit $10,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $ 5,000,000 Per Claim Self Insured Retention Policy #034064092 Lexington Insurance Company Occurrence Coverage Form - Products Liability $10,000,000 Each Occurrence Limit $10,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate Limit $ 5,000,000 Per Occurrence Self Insured Retention ACORD 101 (2008/01)© 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD Page 245 of 778 Holder Identifier : 7777777707070700077761616045571110777717007305556307452026673417311072650576046331130736051113073011207567151627664013070273760274332200762351006304621307625100461067530076727242035772000777777707000707007 7777777707070700073525677115456000723115402463007007033337242073001071333362430730010712233735207201007033336352172000070222272421631110703332634206310007032236253172000077756163351765540777777707000707007Certificate No : 570094678458 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 07/26/2022 IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. PRODUCER Aon Risk Insurance Services West, Inc. Phoenix AZ Office 2555 East Camelback Rd. Suite 700 Phoenix AZ 85016 USA PHONE (A/C. No. Ext): E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # (866) 283-7122 INSURED 41718Endurance American Specialty Ins Co.INSURER A: INSURER B: INSURER C: INSURER D: INSURER E: INSURER F: FAX (A/C. No.):(800) 363-0105 CONTACT NAME: Axon Enterprise, Inc.; MediaSolv Solu- tions Corporation; Vievu, LLC 17800 N. 85th Street Scottsdale AZ 85255 USA COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER:570094678458 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.Limits shown are as requested POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY) POLICY EFF (MM/DD/YYYY) SUBR WVD INSR LTR ADDL INSD POLICY NUMBER TYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR POLICY LOC EACH OCCURRENCE DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) MED EXP (Any one person) PERSONAL & ADV INJURY GENERAL AGGREGATE PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRO- JECT OTHER: AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO OWNED AUTOS ONLY SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS ONLY NON-OWNED AUTOS ONLY BODILY INJURY ( Per person) PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) BODILY INJURY (Per accident) COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) EXCESS LIAB OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE EACH OCCURRENCE DED UMBRELLA LIAB RETENTION E.L. DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE E.L. DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT E.L. EACH ACCIDENT OTH- PER STATUTE Y / N (Mandatory in NH) ANY PROPRIETOR / PARTNER / EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?N / A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Ea EventPRO1001380330309/30/2021 09/30/2022 Cyber/Tech E&O ClmsMade $100,000Ea. Claim SIR Aggregate $5,000,000 E&O-TechnologyA SIR applies per policy terms & conditions $5,000,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) CANCELLATIONCERTIFICATE HOLDER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVECity of College StationAttention: Risk ManagementPO Box 9960College Station, TX 77842 ACORD 25 (2016/03) ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. Page 246 of 778 Master Services and Purchasing Agreement Contract No.23300001 Page 33 of 33 Sole Source Letter Appendix See next page Page 247 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 1 6/29/2022 To: College Station Police Department Re: Sole Source Letter for Axon Enterprise, Inc.’s TASER Energy Weapons, Axon brand products, and Axon Evidence (Evidence.com) Data Management Solutions A sole source justification exists because the following goods and services required to satisfy the agency’s needs are only manufactured and available for purchase from Axon Enterprise. Axon is also the sole distributor and retailer of all TASER brand products for the agency identified in this letter. TASER Energy Weapon Descriptions TASER 7 Energy Weapon • Multiple-shot energy weapon • High-efficiency flashlight • Close Quarter and Standoff cartridges • Green LASER and dual red LASERs that adjust for cartridge angle • Arc switch enables drive-stun with or without a TASER 7 Cartridge installed • Central Information Display (CID): Displays mission critical data such as remaining battery energy, burst time, and cartridge status. • Weapon logs • TASER 7 Dock connected to Axon Evidence (Evidence.com) services • Onboard self-diagnostic and system status monitoring and reporting • Real-time clock updated when the battery pack is plugged into the TASER 7 Dock • Ambidextrous safety switch • Can be configured by the agency to alert Axon camera systems • The trigger activates a single cycle (approximately five seconds). Holding the trigger down will continue the discharge beyond the standard cycle (unless configured by the agency to stop at five seconds). The energy weapon cycle can be stopped by placing the safety switch in the down (SAFE) position. • Compatible with TASER 7 Cartridges only TASER 7 CQ Energy Weapon • Multiple-shot energy weapon for agencies that deploy energy weapons mostly at close quarters (CQ) • High-efficiency flashlight • Close Quarter cartridges • Arc switch enables drive-stun with or without a TASER 7 Cartridge installed • Central Information Display (CID): Displays mission critical data such as remaining battery energy, burst time, and cartridge status. • Weapon logs • TASER 7 Dock connected to Axon Evidence (Evidence.com) services Page 248 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 2 • Onboard self-diagnostic and system status monitoring and reporting • Real-time clock updated when the battery pack is plugged into the TASER 7 Dock • Ambidextrous safety switch • Can be configured by the agency to alert Axon camera systems • The trigger activates a single cycle (approximately five seconds). Holding the trigger down will continue the discharge beyond the standard cycle (unless configured by the agency to stop at five seconds). The energy weapon cycle can be stopped by placing the safety switch in the down (SAFE) position. • Compatible with 12-degree TASER 7 Cartridges only X2 Energy Weapon • Multiple-shot energy weapon • High efficiency flashlight • Static dual LASERs (used for target acquisition) • ARC switch enables drive-stun with or without a Smart Cartridge installed • Central Information Display (CID): Displays mission-critical data such as remaining battery energy, burst time, operating mode, and user menu to change settings and view data on a yellow-on-black display • The Trilogy log system records information from a variety of sensors into three data logs: Event log, Pulse log, and Engineering log. Data can be downloaded using a universal serial bus (USB) data interface module connected to a personal computer (PC). Data may be transferred to Evidence.com services. • Real-time clock with back-up battery • Onboard self-diagnostic and system status monitoring and reporting • Ambidextrous safety switch • Capable of audio/video recording with optional TASER CAM HD recorder • The trigger activates a single cycle (approximately five seconds). Holding the trigger down will continue the discharge beyond the standard cycle (except when used with an APPM or TASER CAM HD AS). The energy weapon cycle can be stopped by placing the safety switch in the down (SAFE) position • Compatible with TASER Smart Cartridges only X26P Energy Weapon • High efficiency flashlight • Red LASER (used for target acquisition) • Central Information Display (CID): Displays data such as calculated remaining energy, burst time, and notifications • The Trilogy log system records information from a variety of sensors into three data logs: Event log, Pulse log, and Engineering log. Data can be downloaded using a universal serial bus (USB) data interface module connected to a personal computer (PC). Data may be transferred to Evidence.com services. • Real-time clock with back-up battery • Onboard self-diagnostic and system status monitoring and reporting • Ambidextrous safety switch • Capable of audio/video recording with optional TASER CAM HD recorder • The trigger activates a single cycle (approximately five seconds). Holding the trigger down will continue the discharge beyond the standard cycle (except when used with Page 249 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 3 an APPM or TASER CAM HD AS). The energy weapon cycle can be stopped by placing the safety switch in the down (SAFE) position. • Compatible with TASER standard series cartridges Axon Signal Performance Power Magazine (SPPM) • Battery pack for the X2 and X26P conducted energy weapons • Shifting the safety switch from the down (SAFE) to the up (ARMED) positions sends a signal from the SPPM. Upon processing the signal, an Axon system equipped with Axon Signal technology transitions from the BUFFERING to EVENT mode. Axon Signal technology only works with Axon cameras. TASER Brand Energy Weapon Model Numbers 1. Energy Weapons: • TASER 7 Models: 20008, 20009, 20010, and 20011 • TASER 7 CQ Models 20213, 20214 • TASER X2 Models: 22002 and 22003 • TASER X26P Models: 11002 and 11003 2. Optional Extended Warranties for Energy Weapons: • TASER 7 – 4-year extended warranty, item number 20040 • X2 – 4-year extended warranty, item number 22014 • X26P – 2-year extended warranty, item number 11008 • X26P – 4-year extended warranty, item number 11004 3. TASER 7 Cartridges (compatible with the TASER 7; required for this Energy Weapon to function in the probe deployment mode) • Standoff cartridge, 3.5 degrees, Model 22175 • Close Quarter cartridge, 12 degrees, Model 22176 • Hook and Loop Training (HALT) cartridge, 3.5 degrees, Model 22177 • Hook and Loop Training (HALT) cartridge, 12 degrees, Model 22178 • Inert cartridge, 3.5 degrees, Model 22179 • Inert cartridge, 12 degrees, Model 22181 4. TASER standard cartridges (compatible with the X26P; required for this Energy Weapon to function in the probe deployment mode): • 15-foot Model: 22188 • 21-foot Model: 22189 • 21-foot non-conductive Model: 44205 • 25-foot Model: 22190 5. TASER Smart cartridges (compatible with the X2; required for this Energy Weapon to function in the probe deployment mode): • 15-foot Model: 22184 • 25-foot Model: 22185 • 25-foot inert simulation Model: 22155 • 25-foot non-conductive Model: 22157 6. Battery Packs for TASER 7 Energy Weapons: Page 250 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 4 • Tactical battery pack Model 22018 • Compact battery pack Model 22019 • Non-Rechargeable battery pack Model 22020 • Disconnect battery pack Model 20027 7. TASER CAM HD recorder Model: 26810 (full HD video and audio) and TASER CAM HD with AS (automatic shut-down feature) Model: 26820. The TASER CAM HD is compatible with both the X26P and X2 energy weapons. • TASER CAM HD replacement battery Model: 26764 • TASER CAM HD Download Kit Model: 26762 • TASER CAM HD optional 4-year extended warranty, item number 26763 8. Battery Packs for X26P and X2 Energy Weapons: • Performance Power Magazine (PPM) Model: 22010 • Tactical Performance Power Magazine (TPPM) Model: 22012 • Automatic Shut-Down Performance Power Magazine (APPM) Model: 22011 • eXtended Performance Power Magazine (XPPM) Model: 11010 • eXtended Automatic Shut-Down Performance Power Magazine (XAPPM) Model: 11015 • Axon Signal Performance Power Magazine (SPPM) Model: 70116 9. TASER 7 Dock: • TASER 7 Dock Core and Multi-bay Module: 74200 • TASER 7 Dock Core and Single-bay Module: 74201 • TASER 7 Dock Single Bay Dataport: 74208 10. TASER Dataport Download Kits: • Dataport Download Kit for the X2 and X26P Model: 22013 11. TASER Blast Door Repair Kit Model 44019 and TASER Blast Door Replenishment Kit Model 44023 12. Energy Weapon Holsters: • Right-hand TASER 7 holster by Safariland Model: 20063 • Left-hand TASER 7 holster by Safariland Model: 20068 • Right-hand TASER 7 holster with cartridge carrier by Safariland Model: 20160 • Left-hand TASER 7 holster by with cartridge carrier by Safariland Model: 20161 • Right-hand X2 holster by BLACKHAWK Model: 22501 • Left-hand X2 holster by BLACKHAWK Model: 22504 • Right-hand X26P holster by BLACKHAWK Model: 11501 • Left-hand X26P holster by BLACKHAWK Model: 11504 13. TASER Simulation Suit II Model 44550 14. TASER 7 conductive target Model: 80087 15. Blue X26P Demonstrator/LASER Pointer Model: 11023 Page 251 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 5 Axon Digital Evidence Solution Description Axon Body 3 Video Camera (DVR) • Improved video quality with reduced motion blur and better low-light performance • Multi-mic audio—four built-in microphones • Wireless upload option • Gunshot detection and alerts • Streaming audio and video capability • “Find my camera” feature • Verbal transcription with Axon Records (coming soon) • End-to-end encryption • Twelve-hour battery • Up to 120-second buffering period to record footage before pressing record button Axon Flex 2 Video Camera • Video playback on mobile devices in the field via Bluetooth pairing • Retina Low Light capability sensitive to less than 0.1 lux • Audio tones to alert user of usage • Low SD, high SD, low HD, and high HD resolution (customizable by the agency) • Up to 120-second buffering period to record footage before pressing record button • Multiple mounting options using magnetic attachment: head, collar, shoulder, helmet, ball cap, car dash, and Oakley sunglass mounts available • 120-degree diagonal field of view camera lens, 102-degree horizontal field of view, and 55-degree vertical field of view Axon Flex 2 Controller • 12+ hours of battery operation per shift (even in recording mode) • LED lights to show current battery level and operating mode • Haptic notification available • Tactical beveled button design for use in pocket • Compatible with Axon Signal technology Axon Air System • Purpose-built solution for law enforcement UAV programs • Supported applications on iOS and Android • Automated tracking of pilot, aircraft, and flight logs • Unlimited Storage of UAV data in Axon Evidence (Evidence.com) • In application ingestion of data in Axon Evidence (Evidence.com) • Axon Aware integration for live streaming and situational awareness Axon Body 2 Video Camera • Video playback on mobile devices in the field via Bluetooth pairing • Retina Low Light capability sensitive to less than 1 lux • Audio tones and haptic (vibration) notification to alert user of usage • Audio mute during event option • Wi-Fi capability • High, medium, and low quality recording available (customizable by the agency) • Up to 2-minute buffering period to record footage before pressing record button Page 252 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 6 • Multiple mounting options using holster attachment: shirt, vest, belt, and dash mounts available • 12+ hours of battery operation per shift (even in recording mode) • LED lights to show current battery level and operating mode • 143-degree lens • Includes Axon Signal technology Axon Fleet 3 Camera • High-definition Dual-View Camera with panoramic field of view, 12x zoom, and AI processing for automatic license plate reader (ALPR) • High-definition Interior Camera with infrared illumination for back seat view in complete darkness • Wireless Mic and Charging Base for capturing audio when outside of vehicle • Fleet Hub with connectivity, global navigation satellite system (GNSS), secure solid- state storage, and Signal inputs • Automatic transition from Buffering to Event mode with configurable Signals • Video Recall records last 24 hours of each camera in case camera not activated for an event • Intuitive mobile data terminal app, Axon Dashboard, for controlling system, reviewing video, quick tagging, and more • Ability to efficiently categorize, play back and share all video and audio alongside other digital files on Evidence.com • Multi-cam playback, for reviewing up to four videos, including body-worn and in-car footage, at the same time • Fully integrated with Evidence.com services and Axon devices • Automatic time synchronization with all Axon Fleet and other Axon on-officer cameras allows for multi-camera playback on Evidence.com. • Prioritized upload to Evidence.com of critical event videos via 4G/LTE • Wireless alerts from the TASER CEW Signal Performance Power Magazine (SPPM) and Signal Side Arm (SSA). • Best-in-class install times, wireless updates and quick remote troubleshooting • Optional Axon Aware live stream, alerts, and location updates for situational awareness • Optional Axon ALPR hotlist alerts, plate read retention, and investigative search Axon Fleet 2 Camera • Fully integrated with Axon Evidence services and Axon devices • Automatic time synchronization with other Axon Fleet and Axon on-officer cameras allows for multi-camera playback on Axon Evidence. • Immediate upload to Axon Evidence of critical event videos via 4G/LTE • Wireless alerts from the TASER energy weapon Signal Performance Power Magazine (SPPM). • Automatic transition from BUFFERING to EVENT mode in an emergency vehicle equipped with the Axon Signal Unit • Decentralized system architecture without a central digital video recorder (DVR). • Cameras that function independently and communicate wirelessly with the computer in the vehicle (MDT, MDC, MDU) for reviewing, tagging and uploading video. • Wireless record alert based on Bluetooth communication from Axon Signal Vehicle Page 253 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 7 when a configured input is enabled (e.g. emergency light, siren, weapon rack, etc.). • Receives alerts from Axon Signal Sidearm. • Plug-And-Play design allowing for cameras to be easily replaced and upgraded. • Ability for an unlimited number of agency vehicles recording in the same vicinity with an Axon Fleet system to be automatically associated with one another when reviewing video in the video management platform. This feature is also supported across body cameras. Axon Signal Unit (ASU) • Communications device that can be installed in emergency vehicles. • With emergency vehicle light bar activation, or other activation triggers, the Axon Signal Unit sends a signal. Upon processing the signal, an Axon system equipped with Axon Signal technology transitions from the BUFFERING to EVENT mode. Axon Signal Performance Power Magazine (SPPM) • Battery pack for the TASER X2 and X26P conducted electrical weapons • Shifting the safety switch from the down (SAFE) to the up (ARMED) positions sends a signal from the SPPM. Upon processing the signal, an Axon system equipped with Axon Signal technology transitions from the BUFFERING to EVENT mode. Axon Signal technology only works with Axon cameras. Axon Signal Sidearm Sensor • Can be installed on common duty holsters • Drawing a service handgun from the holster sends a signal from the Axon Signal Sidearm sensor. Upon processing the signal, an Axon system equipped with Axon Signal technology transitions from the BUFFERING to EVENT mode. Axon Interview Solution • High-definition cameras and microphones for interview rooms • Covert or overt camera installations • Touch-screen user interface • Motion-based activation • Up to 7-minute pre- and post-event buffering period • Full hardware and software integration • Upload to Axon Evidence services • Interview room files can be managed under the same case umbrella as files from Axon on-officer cameras and Axon Fleet cameras; i.e., Axon video of an arrest and interview room video are managed as part of the same case in Axon Evidence • Dual integration of on-officer camera and interview room camera with Axon Evidence digital evidence solution Axon Signal Technology • Sends a broadcast of status that compatible devices recognize when certain status changes are detected • Only compatible with TASER and Axon products Axon Dock • Automated docking station uploads to Axon Evidence services through Internet connection Page 254 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 8 • No computer necessary for secure upload to Axon Evidence • Charges and uploads simultaneously • The Axon Dock is tested and certified by TUV Rheinland to be in compliance with UL 60950-1: 2007 R10.14 and CAN/ CSA-C22.2 N0.60950-l-07+Al:2011+A2:2014 Information Technology Equipment safety standards. Axon Evidence Data Management System • Software as a Service (SaaS) delivery model that allows agencies to manage and share digital evidence without local storage infrastructure or software needed • SaaS model reduces security and administration by local IT staff: no local installation required • Automatic, timely security upgrades and enhancements deployed to application without the need for any local IT staff involvement • Securely share digital evidence with other agencies or prosecutors without creating copies or requiring the data to leave your agency’s domain of control • Controlled access to evidence based on pre-defined roles and permissions and pre- defined individuals • Password authentication includes customizable security parameters: customizable password complexity, IP-based access restrictions, and multi-factor authentication support • Automated category-based evidence retention policies assists with efficient database management • Ability to recover deleted evidence within seven days of deletion • Stores and supports all major digital file types: .mpeg, .doc, .pdf, .jpeg, etc. • Requires NO proprietary file formats • Ability to upload files directly from the computer to Axon Evidence via an Internet browser • Data Security: Robust Transport Layer Security (TLS) implementation for data in transit and 256-bit AES encryption for data in storage • Security Testing: Independent security firms perform in-depth security and penetration testing • Reliability: Fault- and disaster-tolerant infrastructure in at least 4 redundant data centers in both the East and West regions of the United States • Chain-of-Custody: Audit logs automatically track all system and user activity. These logs cannot be edited or deleted, even by account administrators and IT staff • Protection: With no on-site application, critical evidence stored in Axon Evidence is protected from local malware that may penetrate agency infrastructure • Stability: Axon Enterprise is a publicly traded company with stable finances and funding, reducing concerns of loss of application support or commercial viability • Application and data protected by a CJIS and ISO 27001 compliant information security program • Dedicated information security department that protects Axon Evidence and data with security monitoring, centralized event log analysis and correlation, advanced threat and intrusion protection, and incident response capabilities • Redact videos easily within the system, create tags, markers and clips, search 7 fields in addition to 5 category-based fields, create cases for multiple evidence files Axon Evidence for Prosecutors Page 255 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 9 • All the benefits of the standard Axon Evidence services • Ability to share information during the discovery process • Standard licenses available for free to prosecutors working with agencies already using Axon Evidence services • Unlimited storage for data collected by Axon cameras and Axon Capture Axon Capture Application • Free app for iOS and Android mobile devices • Allows users to capture videos, audio recordings, and photos and upload these files to their Axon Evidence account from the field • Allows adding metadata to these files, such as: Category, Title, Case ID, and GPS data Axon Commander Services • On-premises data management platform • Chain of custody reports with extensive audit trail • Automated workflows, access control, storage, and retention • Compatible with multiple file formats Axon View Application • Free app for iOS and Android mobile devices • Allows user to view the camera feed from a paired Axon Body, Axon Body 2, Axon Flex, or Axon Flex 2 camera in real-time • Allows for playback of videos stored on a paired Axon Body, Axon Body 2, Axon Flex, or Axon Flex 2 system • Allows adding meta-data to videos, such as: Category, Title, Case ID, and GPS data Axon Records • Continuously improving automated report writing by leveraging AI and ML on officer recorded video, photo, and audio from BWC, In-Car, Mobile App (Axon Capture), or other digital media • Collaborative report writing through instantly synced workspaces allowing officers to delegate information gathering on scene • Instant access to records allowing detectives to begin their investigation and records clerks to update information exchanges on things like missing people or stolen property as soon as possible • Complete leveraging of Axon Evidence sharing to allow fast, efficient, digital, and secure sharing of records and cases to DAs and Prosecutors • Robust API and SDK allows data to be easily ingested and pushed out to other systems—preventing data silos • Deep integration with Axon Evidence putting video at the heart of the record and automating the process of tagging and categorizing digital evidence stored in Axon Evidence • Automatic association of digital evidence to the record and incident through Axon Evidence integration • In context search of master indexes (people, vehicles, locations, charges)— promoting efficient report writing through prefilling of existing data which promotes clean and deduped data in the system • Quick views for users to track calls for service and reports in draft, ready for review, Page 256 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 10 kicked back for further information, or submitted to Records for archiving. • Federal and State IBRS fields are captured and validated—ensuring the officer knows what fields to fill and what information needs to be captured • Intuitive validation ensures officers know what information to submit without being burdened by understanding the mapping of NIBRS to state or local crime codes • Ability to create custom forms and add custom fields to incident reports—allowing your agency to gather the information you find valuable • Software as a Service (SaaS) delivery model that allows agencies to write, manage, and share digital incident reports without local storage infrastructure or software needed • SaaS model reduces security and administration by local IT staff: no local installation required • Automatic, timely security upgrades and enhancements deployed to application without the need for any local IT staff involvement • Securely share records and cases with other agencies or prosecutors without creating copies or requiring the data to leave your agency’s domain of control • Controlled access based on pre-defined users, groups, and permissions • Password authentication includes customizable security parameters: customizable password complexity, IP-based access restrictions, and multi-factor authentication support • Security Testing: Independent security firms perform in-depth security and penetration testing • Reliability: Fault- and disaster-tolerant infrastructure in at least 4 redundant data centers in both the East and West regions of the United States • Chain-of-Custody: Audit logs automatically track all system and user activity. These logs cannot be edited or deleted, even by account administrators and IT staff Axon Standards • Internal affairs and professional standards reporting • Customizable information display, including custom forms • Customizable workflows and user groups • Automated alerts • Compatible with digital documents, photos, and videos • Connection with Transcription (beta) • Shared Index with evidence.com and Records • Data Warehouse allowing custom summary reports and integration into 3rd party analytic tools. • Workflow analytics to provide SLA on throughputs • Integration with the TASER 7 energy weapon for automatically pulling firing logs (alpha) • Available as an option for Axon Records • Automatically bundled with Officer Safety Plan 7+ Axon Professional Services • Dedicated implementation team • Project management and deployment best practices aid • Training and train-the-trainer sessions • Integration services with other systems Page 257 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 11 Axon Support Engineer: • Dedicated Axon Regional/Resident Support Engineer Services • Quarterly onsite visits • Solution and Process Guidance custom to your agency • White-Glove RMA and TAP (if applicable) Service for devices • Monthly Product Usage Analysis • Resident Support Engineer also includes onsite product maintenance, troubleshooting, and beta testing assistance Axon Customer Support • Online and email-based support available 24/7 • Human phone-based support available Monday–Friday 7:00 AM–5:00 PM MST; support is located in Scottsdale, AZ, USA • Library of webinars available 24/7 • Remote-location troubleshooting Axon Brand Model Numbers 1. Axon Body 3 Camera Model: 73202 2. Axon Flex 2 Cameras: • Axon Flex 2 Camera (online) Model: 11528 • Axon Flex 2 Camera (offline) Model: 11529 3. Axon Flex 2 Controller Model: 11532 4. Axon Flex 2 USB Sync Cable Model: 11534 5. Axon Flex 2 Coiled Cable, Straight to Right Angle, 48″ (1.2 m) 6. Axon Flex 2 Camera Mounts: • Oakley Flak Jacket Kit Model: 11544 • Collar Mount Model: 11545 • Oakley Clip Model: 11554 • Epaulette Mount Model: 11546 • Ballcap Mount Model: 11547 • Ballistic Vest Mount Model: 11555 7. Universal Helmet Mount Model: 11548 8. Axon Air System with Axon Evidence (Evidence.com) 5-Year License Model: 12332 9. Axon Body 2 Camera Model: 74001 10. Axon Flex 2 Controller and Axon Body 2 Camera Mounts: Page 258 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 12 • Z-Bracket, Men’s, Axon RapidLock Model: 74018 • Z-Bracket, Women’s Axon RapidLock Model: 74019 • Magnet, Flexible, Axon RapidLock Model: 74020 • Magnet, Outerwear, Axon RapidLock Model: 74021 • Small Pocket, 4″ (10.1 cm), Axon RapidLock Model: 74022 • Large Pocket, 6″ (15.2 cm), Axon RapidLock Model: 74023 • MOLLE Mount, Single, Axon RapidLock Model: 11507 • MOLLE Mount, Double, Axon RapidLock Model: 11508 • Belt Clip Mount, Axon RapidLock Model: 11509 11. Axon Fleet Camera • Axon Fleet 2 Front Camera: 71079 • Axon Fleet 2 Front Camera Mount: 71080 • Axon Fleet 2 Rear Camera: 71081 • Axon Fleet 2 Rear Camera Controller: 71082 • Axon Fleet 2 Rear Camera Controller Mount: 71083 • Axon Fleet Battery System: 74024 • Axon Fleet Bluetooth Dongle: 74027 • Axon Fleet 3 Dual View Camera: 72000 • Axon Fleet 3 Interior Camera: 72037 • Axon Fleet Hub: 72010 12. Axon Signal Unit Model: 70112 13. Axon Dock Models: • Axon Body 3 Dock – 8-Bay Model AX1026 • Axon Body 3 Dock – 1-Bay Model AX1027 • Power cord for Axon Body 3 6-Bay and Axon Body 2 6-Bay and 1-Bay Docks Model: 71019 • Axon Dock – Individual Bay and Core for Axon Flex 2 • Axon Dock – 6-Bay and Core for Axon Flex 2 • Individual Bay for Axon Flex 2 Model: 11538 • Core (compatible with all Individual Bays and 6-Bays) Model: 70027 • Wall Mount Bracket Assembly for Axon Dock: 70033 • Axon Dock – Individual Bay and Core for Axon Body 2 and Axon Fleet Model 74009 • Axon Dock – 6-Bay and Core for Axon Body 2 and Axon Fleet Model 74008 • Individual Bay for Axon Body 2 and Axon Fleet Model: 74011 • Axon Signal Performance Power Magazine (SPPM) Model: 70116 Axon Brand Model Numbers 1. Axon Body 3 Camera Model: 73202 Page 259 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 13 2. Axon Flex 2 Cameras: • Axon Flex 2 Camera (online) Model: 11528 • Axon Flex 2 Camera (offline) Model: 11529 3. Axon Flex 2 Controller Model: 11532 4. Axon Flex 2 USB Sync Cable Model: 11534 5. Axon Flex 2 Coiled Cable, Straight to Right Angle, 48″ (1.2 m) 6. Axon Flex 2 Camera Mounts: • Oakley Flak Jacket Kit Model: 11544 • Collar Mount Model: 11545 • Oakley Clip Model: 11554 • Epaulette Mount Model: 11546 • Ballcap Mount Model: 11547 • Ballistic Vest Mount Model: 11555 • Universal Helmet Mount Model: 11548 7. Axon Body 2 Camera Model: 74001 8. Axon Body 2 Camera Mounts: • Axon RapidLock Velcro Mount Model: 74054 9. Axon Flex 2 Controller and Axon Body 2 Camera Mounts: • Z-Bracket, Men’s, Axon RapidLock Model: 74018 • Z-Bracket, Women’s Axon RapidLock Model: 74019 • Magnet, Flexible, Axon RapidLock Model: 74020 • Magnet, Outerwear, Axon RapidLock Model: 74021 • Small Pocket, 4″ (10.1 cm), Axon RapidLock Model: 74022 • Large Pocket, 6″ (15.2 cm), Axon RapidLock Model: 74023 • MOLLE Mount, Single, Axon RapidLock Model: 11507 • MOLLE Mount, Double, Axon RapidLock Model: 11508 • Belt Clip Mount, Axon RapidLock Model: 11509 10. Axon Air System with Axon Evidence (Evidence.com) 5-Year License Model: 12332 11. Axon Fleet 2 Camera • Axon Fleet 2 Front Camera: 71079 • Axon Fleet 2 Front Camera Mount: 71080 • Axon Fleet 2 Rear Camera: 71081 • Axon Fleet 2 Rear Camera Controller: 71082 • Axon Fleet 2 Rear Camera Controller Mount: 71083 • Axon Fleet Battery System: 74024 • Axon Fleet Bluetooth Dongle: 74027 12. Axon Signal Unit Model: 70112 13. Axon Dock Models: • Axon Dock – Individual Bay and Core for Axon Flex 2 Page 260 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 14 • Axon Dock – 6-Bay and Core for Axon Flex 2 • Individual Bay for Axon Flex 2 Model: 11538 • Core (compatible with all Individual Bays and 6-Bays) Model: 70027 • Wall Mount Bracket Assembly for Axon Dock: 70033 • Axon Dock – Individual Bay and Core for Axon Body 2 and Axon Fleet Model 74009 • Axon Dock – 6-Bay and Core for Axon Body 2 and Axon Fleet Model 74008 • Individual Bay for Axon Body 2 and Axon Fleet Model: 74011 TASER 7 Warranties 1. Tactical Battery Pack Model 20041 2. TASER 7 Dock and Core Warranty Model: 20042 3. TASER 7 Single Bay Dock and Core Warranty Model: 20047 Axon Product Packages 1. Officer Safety Plan: includes an X2 or X26P energy weapon, Axon camera and Dock upgrade, and Axon Evidence (Evidence.com) license and storage. See your Sales Representative for further details and Model numbers. 2. Officer Safety Plan 7Includes a TASER 7 energy weapon, Axon Body 3 camera, Axon Dock, Axon Camera and Dock upgrade, Axon Evidence (Evidence.com) licenses and storage, and Axon Aware, and Axon Records Core. 3. Officer Safety Plan 7 Plus: Includes a TASER 7 energy weapon, Axon Body 3 camera, Axon Evidence (Evidence.com) licenses and storage, Axon Records Core, Axon Aware +, Axon Auto-Tagging Services, Axon Performance, Axon Citizen for Communities, Axon Redaction Assistant, and Axon Signal Sidearm. 4. Officer Safety Plan 7 Plus Premium: Includes a TASER 7 energy weapon, Axon Body 3 camera, Axon Evidence (Evidence.com) licenses and storage, Axon Records Core, Axon Aware +, Axon Auto-Tagging Services, Axon Performance, Axon Citizen for Communities, Axon Redaction Assistant, Axon Signal Sidearm, Axon Auto-Transcribe, Axon VR Training, and unlimited first-party and unlimited third-party storage. 5. TASER 7 Basic: Pays for TASER 7 program in installments over 5 years including access to Axon Evidence services for energy weapon program management. 6. TASER Assurance Plan (TAP): Hardware extended warranty coverage, Spare Products, and Upgrade Models available for the X2 and X26P energy weapons, and the TASER CAM HD recorder. (The TAP is available only through Axon Enterprise, Inc.) 7. TASER 7 Certification: Pays for TASER 7 program in installments over 5 years including access to Evidence.com for energy weapon program management, annual training cartridges, unlimited duty cartridges and online training content. 8. TASER Certification Add-On: Allows the agency to pay an annual fee to receive an annual allotment of training cartridges, unlimited duty cartridges and online training content. Page 261 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 15 9. TASER 7 Certification with Virtual Reality (VR): Pays for the TASER 7 program in installments over 5 years including access to Evidence.com for energy weapon program management, annual training cartridges, unlimited duty cartridges, online training content, and VR training. 10. TASER 60: Pay for X2 and X26P energy weapons and Spare Products in installments over 5 years. 11. Unlimited Cartridge Plan: Allows agency to pay an annual fee to receive annual training cartridges, unlimited duty cartridges and unlimited batteries for the X2 and X26P. 12. TASER 60 Unlimited: Pay for X2 and X26P energy weapons and Spare Products in installments over 5 years and receive unlimited cartridges and batteries. 13. TASER 7 Close Quarters Dock Plan: Pays for TASER 7 Close Quarters Plan over a 5- year period in installments including access to Evidence.com for energy weapon program management, rechargeable batteries, annual cartridge shipments, unlimited duty cartridges, and access to online training. 14. Axon Core: Pays for the TASER 7 CQ, TASER Dock, weapon Axon Evidence license, training and duty cartridges, Axon Body 3 camera, Professional Axon Evidence license, unlimited storage, camera hardware upgrade every 2.5 years, Axon Respond, Axon Signal Sidearm, and auto tagging. 15. Axon Core+: Pays for the TASER 7 energy weapon, TASER Dock, weapon Axon Evidence license, training and duty cartridges, Axon Body 3 camera, Professional Axon Evidence license, unlimited storage, camera hardware upgrade every 2.5 years, Axon Respond, Axon Signal Sidearm, and auto tagging. 16. Corrections Officer Safety Plan: Includes a TASER 7 energy weapon, Axon Body 3 Camera, Axon Dock, Axon Camera and Dock Upgrade, Axon Evidence Licenses and unlimited Axon storage. 17. Corrections Post OSP: Includes one TASER 7 energy weapon for every two licenses, one Axon Body 3 Camera for every two licenses, Axon Dock, Axon Camera and Dock Upgrade, Axon Evidence Licenses and unlimited Axon storage for each license. SOLE AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR FOR AXON BRAND CAMERAS AND TASER BRAND ENERGY WEAPON PRODUCTS SOLE AUTHORIZED REPAIR FACILITY FOR AXON BRAND CAMERAS AND TASER BRAND ENERGY WEAPON PRODUCTS Axon Enterprise, Inc. 17800 N. 85th Street, Scottsdale, AZ 85255 Phone: 800-978-2737 Fax: 480-991-0791 Axon Enterprise, Inc. 17800 N. 85th Street, Scottsdale, AZ 85255 Phone: 800-978-2737 Fax: 480-991-0791 Please contact your local Axon sales representative or call us at 1-800-978-2737 with any questions. Sincerely, Page 262 of 778 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Energy Weapon and Axon System Sole Source Letter Version 42.0 Page 16 Josh Isner Chief Revenue Officer Axon Enterprise, Inc. Android is a trademark of Google, Inc, BLACKHAWK! is a trademark of the Blackhawk Products Group, Bluetooth is a trademark of the Bluetooth SIG, Flak Jacket is a trademark of Oakley, Inc, iPod touch is a trademark of Apple Inc., IOS is a trademark of Cisco, LTE is a trademark of the European Telecommunications Standards Institute, Safariland is a trademark of Safariland, LLC, Shoei is a trademark of Shoei Co., Ltd., VELCRO is a trademark of Velcro Industries, B.V., and Wi-Fi is a trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance. The Delta Logo, the Axon + Delta Logo, Axon, Axon Aware, Axon Citizen, Axon Evidence, Axon Flex, Axon Interview, Axon Records, Fleet, X2, X26P, TASER 7, TASER, and the Lightning Bolt in Circle Logo are trademarks of Axon Enterprise, Inc., some of which are registered in the US and other countries. For more information, visit www.axon.com/legal. All rights reserved. © 2022 Axon Enterprise, Inc. Page 263 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 8.4. Property Casualty, Excess General Liability and Excess Workers’ Compensation policies for Fiscal Year 2023 Sponsor: Alison Pond, Director of Human Resources Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding City of College Station Excess Liability and Workers’ Compensation Insurance, Property/Boiler & Machinery, Commercial Crime, EMT Liability, Auto Property Damage, Cyber Liability, Unmanned Aircraft liability and property; Special Events policies for Fiscal Year 2023. FY23 premiums for all lines of coverage are not to exceed $1,080,000. Relationship to Strategic Goals: Good Governance Financially Sustainable City Recommendation(s): The City of College Station Human Resources and Risk Management Department recommends approval of the above referenced insurance policies for the period October 1, 2022 to October 1, 2023. Summary: Risk Management completed applications to solicit proposals for Excess Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Excess Liability, Property/Boiler & Machinery, Commercial Crime, Auto Physical Damage, UAV liability and property; EMT Liability and Cyber Liability. Sole Broker of Record McGriff Insurance, Inc. submitted the City’s applications to the appropriate carriers and evaluated all proposals submitted. The City’s property program had a total insured value increase of $29 million, and the carrier’s premium increased 33 percent for Property, Mobile Equipment, Boiler & Machinery and Fleet Catastrophic Loss. Excess Liability coverage had a premium increase of 50.1 percent, including animal mortality coverage for two canine officers. Excess Workers’ Compensation coverage saw a rate increase of 9.6 percent, with a three percent payroll reduction. The City’s vehicle schedule expanded significantly resulting in vehicles valued at more than $50,000 increasing with a five percent rate increase. The City’s EMT liability incumbent carrier is no longer writing this coverage, but replacement coverage is available for a premium increase of 6.8 percent. Commercial crime coverage premium increased 2 percent. The cyber liability premium increased 80 percent based on market increases and increased limits of liability and increased exposures. Coverage continues for the City’s Unmanned Aircraft (UAV) Fleet, which consists of five FAA-approved aircraft managed by the College Station Fire Department. Liability and hull coverage is included. Overall, FY23 insurance premiums increased $246,378.41 from FY22, or approximately 29.6 percent. Budget & Financial Summary: Funds are available in the FY23 budget in the Property/Casualty Fund and the Workers’ Compensation Fund. Attachments: None Page 264 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 8.5. Utility Billing Software Sponsor: Mary Ellen Leonard, Director of Fiscal Services Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Presentation, discussion, and possible action on approving a five year master services agreement for utility billing software and services with Origin Utility, Inc. not to exceed $2,273,185.09. Relationship to Strategic Goals: Good Governance Financial Sustainability Core Services & Infrastructure Sustainable City Recommendation(s): Staff respectfully recommends approval of the master services agreement with Origin Utility, Inc. Summary: In July of 2021, purchasing staff formally solicited proposals for a utility billing software system to replace the existing software system. Eleven (11) responses were received and evaluated by a committee made up of personnel from Utility Customer Service, Electric, Water Services, Solid Waste, Finance, and Information Technology. Upon final evaluation, software demos, and scoring of all proposals, Origin Utility, Inc. is determined to be the highest-ranking firm offering the best utility billing software solution. Under this contract, Origin Utility, Inc. will furnish, deliver, install, implement, license and provide support and maintenance for the utility billing system known as Oracle Smart City. The term of the contract shall be for five (5) years from the effective date of the contract. Budget & Financial Summary: The project has been fully funded in Facilities & Technology CIP. Attachments: 1. 22300615 Origin Utility Inc Page 265 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 1 of 48 MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT BETWEEN ORIGIN UTILITY, INC., AND THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION FOR UTILITY SOFTWARE SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES This MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into on the Effective Date (“Effective Date”), by and between Origin Utility, Inc., a Nevada corporation with offices at 1930 Village Center Circle, Suite 3-704, Las Vegas, NV 89134 (“Origin”), and The City of College Station, a Texas Home Rule Municipal Corporation with offices at PO Box 9960, 1101 Texas Ave., College Station, TX 77842 (“City or Customer”). RECITALS A. WHEREAS, the City issued Request for Proposal #21-034 on June 14, 2021, with Amendment #1 on July 7, 2021 and Amendment #2 on July 15, 2021 for acquiring utility billing software system; and B. WHEREAS, Origin responded to City’s Request for Proposal with their Proposal dated July 6, 2021; and C. WHEREAS, Origin provides certain software subscription, implementation, development and support services, including sublicensing of third-party software, for utility and municipality operations; and D. WHEREAS, the City has selected Origin to furnish, deliver, install, implement, license, and provide support and maintenance for the utility billing system known as Origin SmartCity, and Origin is willing to perform such services under the terms and conditions set forth here; and NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this contract and contract exhibits and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Origin and City agree as follows: Page 266 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 2 of 48 AGREEMENT 1. Contract Sections. This Contract and the following Exhibit documents comprise the agreement between the Parties as listed below. (a) Agreement Terms and Conditions (b) Agreement Exhibits i. Exhibit A – Origin Order Form ii. Exhibit B – Statement of Work Investment Summary iii. Exhibit C – Information Security Agreement iv. Exhibit D – Service Level Agreement v. Exhibit E – Certificate of Insurance vi. Exhibit F – Performance Bond vii. Exhibit G – Origin’s RFP Response dated July 6, 2021 viii. Exhibit H – City’s Request for Proposal #21-034 2. Order of Precedence. In the event of any dispute arising from or related to this Contract, the documents shall have the following order of precedence: (a) Agreement Terms and Conditions (b) Agreement Exhibits i. Exhibit A – Origin Order Form ii. Exhibit B – Statement of Work Investment Summary iii. Exhibit C – Information Security Agreement iv. Exhibit D – Service Level Agreement v. Exhibit E – Certificate of Insurance vi. Exhibit F – Performance Bond vii. Exhibit G – Origin’s RFP Response dated July 6, 2021 viii. Exhibit H – City’s Request for Proposal #21-034 3. Consideration. The total amount of payment, including reimbursements, by the City to Consultant for all work and services performed under this Agreement may not, under any circumstances, exceed TWO MILLION TWO HUNDRED AND SEVENTY-THREE THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY-FIVE AND 09/100 DOLLARS ($2,273,185.09) unless mutually agreed upon via a change order. In consideration of the provision of Services pursuant to an Order Form, Customer shall pay the fees set out in the applicable Order Form within thirty (30) days from Customer’s receipt of the same. If for any reason, funds are not appropriated or budgeted to continue the Agreement, the Agreement shall become null and void and shall terminate. Page 267 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 3 of 48 4. Term. The initial Agreement Term is five (5) years from the Effective Date. This Agreement begins on the Effective Date, which is the date the last party signing the Agreement making the Agreement fully executed and shall continue until the completion of all Services detailed in any Order Form, unless sooner terminated pursuant to this section (the “Term”). 5. Services and Third-Party Software. (a) Origin Services. Origin agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the software subscription services (“Subscription Services”) and/or software implementation and development services (“Professional Services,” together with Subscription Services the “Services”) to Customer as detailed in the Order Form as attached in Exhibit A. The Parties may enter into subsequent order forms which reference this Agreement (each an “Order Form). Origin will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide the software subscription services as detailed in the Statement of Work attached in Exhibit B (“SOW”). An Order Form may incorporate one or more statements of work setting forth additional details of Professional Services to be provided each an “SOW”, each of which are herein incorporated by reference. Customer understands that Origin’s performance may be dependent, in part, on Customer’s actions. Accordingly, Customer will provide Origin with the items and assistance specified in the applicable Order Form in a timely manner as defined in the Order Form. As defined in the Order Form, dates or time periods relevant to performance by Origin shall be appropriately and equitably extended to account for any delay in the provision by Customer of any such items or assistance to the extent any such delays affect Origin’s ability to perform in accordance with the schedule set forth in the applicable Order Form. Any Subscription Services provided are supported as detailed in the Information Security Exhibit attached in Exhibit C and the Service Level Agreement attached in Exhibit D. (b) Updates, Enhancements. Origin may, in its sole discretion, issue updates, bug fixes or other changes to the Subscription Services (each an “Update”) to the extent such Update does not materially impair Customer’s use of the Subscription Services. Origin will use commercially reasonable efforts to notify Customer of an Update that may materially impair Customer’s use of the Subscription Services. In the event Customer desires for Origin to develop customizations or enhancements of the Subscription Services (each an “Enhancement”), Origin will provide such Enhancement to Customer and Customer will pay the fees for such Enhancement as specified on an Order Form (c) Origin Representatives. Origin shall, in its sole discretion, designate employees or contractors to perform the Services set out in each Order Form and this Agreement. Origin will be responsible for any breach of this Agreement by its employees or contractors. (d) Third-Party Software. To the extent an Order Form details third-party software which may be licensed from time to time by Origin for Customer’s use in conjunction with the Services (“Third-Party Software”), Customer understands and agrees that Customer’s use of any Third-Party Software will be governed by such third-party’s license terms and conditions (“Third- Party Agreement”) as set forth on the applicable Order Form. For clarity, the Services do not include Third-Party Software. Customer understands and agrees that Origin is not responsible for Customer’s nor any third party’s obligations relating to any Third-Party Software or Third-Party Agreements and Origin specifically disclaims any liability relating thereto. The Third-Party Page 268 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 4 of 48 Software is provided to Customer by Origin “AS IS.” Origin will, to the extent permitted by its vendors, pass through to Customer any warranties and indemnifications provided by the manufacturer of the Third-Party Software. (e) Customer Success Manager; Project Managers; Adding or Amending Services. For each Order Form, Origin will designate a main point of contact for any Service related matters (“Customer Success Manager”). In each SOW, Customer and Origin each will designate one person to act as that party’s initial project manager responsible for day-to-day communications between the parties regarding the subject matter of that SOW (“Project Manager”). To the extent Customer desires to add or amend Services to be provided by Origin pursuant to an Order Form or SOW, Customer may email their Origin Customer Success Manager or Project Manager who will then prepare a revised Order Form or SOW, as applicable, to be entered into by authorized representatives of both parties. 6. Grant of Rights for Subscription Services; Restrictions and Responsibilities. (a) Grant of Rights. As detailed on an Order Form, and subject to compliance with this Agreement, and any Third-Party Agreements, Origin hereby grants to Customer a nonexclusive, nontransferable right, during the subscription term set forth in the applicable Order Form, to allow users designated by Customer (“Authorized Users”) to access and use the Subscription Services and Third-Party Software solely for Customer’s internal business use. (b) Restrictions. Customer shall not use the Subscription Services or Third-Party Software for any purposes beyond the scope of the access granted in this Agreement or the applicable Third-Party Agreement. Customer shall not, directly or indirectly, and shall not permit Authorized Users or any third party to: (i) copy, modify, or create derivative works of the Subscription Services or Third Party Software, in whole or in part; (ii) rent, lease, lend, sell, license, sublicense, assign, distribute, publish, transfer, or otherwise make available the Subscription Services or Third Party Software; (iii) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble or otherwise attempt to discover the source code, object code or underlying structure, ideas, know- how or algorithms relevant to the Subscription Services or Third Party Software or any software, documentation or data related to the Subscription Services or Third Party Software, in whole or in part; (iv) remove any proprietary notices from the Subscription Services or Third Party Software; (v) use the Subscription Services or Third Party Software in any manner or for any purpose that infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates any intellectual property right or other right of any person, or that violates any applicable law; or (vi) utilize the Subscription Services or Third Party Software to create, develop, enhance, or modify any competing product or service. Customer is responsible and liable for all uses of the Subscription Services or Third-Party Software resulting from access provided by Customer, directly or indirectly, whether such access or use is permitted by or in violation of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Customer is responsible for all acts and omissions of its Authorized Users, and any act or omission by any such Authorized User that would constitute a breach of this Agreement if taken by Customer may be deemed a breach of this Agreement by Customer. Page 269 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 5 of 48 (c) Suspension. Origin may suspend Customer’s or any Authorized User’s access to any portion or all of the Subscription Services or Third Party Software if Origin reasonably determines that (i) there is a disruption, security risk, threat or attack on the Subscription Services or Third Party Software or to any other customer or vendor of Origin; (ii) Customer, or any Authorized User, is using the Services or Third-Party Software for fraudulent or illegal activities; (iii) Customer has ceased to continue its business in the ordinary course, made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or similar disposition of its assets, or become the subject of any bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, or similar proceeding; or (iv) Origin’s provision of the Subscription Services or Third-Party Software to Customer or any Authorized User is prohibited by applicable law; (v) any vendor of Origin has suspended or terminated Origin’s access to or use of any third-party services or products required to enable Customer to access the Subscription Services or Third Party Software; or (vi) Customer fails to timely pay any undisputed invoices. (d) Customer Facilities. Customer shall (i) provide Origin with access to Customer information, equipment, and facilities that are reasonably required and requested by Origin in performing the Services, including without limitation reasonable and necessary on-line access, working space and office support as Origin may reasonably request when working at Customer’s facilities, provided, however, that Origin is and remains in compliance with any confidentiality and data-security provisions of this Agreement; (ii) require that Customer’s supporting personnel respond promptly to any reasonable requests from Origin for instructions, information, or approvals to enable Origin to provide the Services; (iii) cooperate with Origin in its performance of the Services; and (iv) take all steps necessary, including obtaining any required licenses or consents, to prevent Customer-caused delays in Origin’s provision of the Services. (e) Customer Security Responsibilities. Customer shall maintain information security policies and procedures to protect Customer’s information (including Customer Data, as defined below) from unauthorized access, disclosure or misuse. Customer shall maintain adequate physical controls and password protections for any of Customer’s servers or systems processing Customer Data. Customer understands and agrees that, except as permitted under this Agreement, Customer and Authorized Users may not use or disclose login credentials made available as part of the Services. (f) Compliance with Policies. Customer understands and agrees that its Authorized Users are subject to the Origin Privacy Policy available at https://originutility.com/privacy-policy/, and any end user terms identified in an Order Form, as applicable (“End User Terms"). Unless otherwise specified in an Order Form, Origin may update End User Terms at any time, and Customer agrees that its Authorized Users will be subject to such updated End User Terms upon written notice as permitted by Texas law and the Texas Constitution. (g) Equipment. Customer shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining any equipment and ancillary services needed to connect to, access or otherwise use the Subscription Services, including, without limitation, modems, hardware, servers, software, operating systems, networking, and web servers. Page 270 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 6 of 48 (h) Non-Solicit. The Parties recognizes that their employees and contractors are valuable resources. Accordingly, the Parties agree that they will not, from the Effective Date hereof until the one (1) year anniversary of the termination date of this Agreement, either alone or in conjunction with any other party, directly or indirectly, (a) induce or encourage (or attempt to induce or encourage) any employee or contractor of the other Party to leave the employ of, or terminate or alter his, her, or its engagement with, the other Party, whether for purposes of employing or contracting any such employee or contractor in a competing business or for any other reason, or (b) interfere in any way with the relationship between the other Party and any such employee or contractor. 7. Late Payments, Taxes and Expenses. (a) Late Payments. Except for invoices that Customer disputes in good faith, all late payments shall be according to the Texas Prompt Payment Act. In addition to all other remedies available under this Agreement or at law (which Origin does not waive by the exercise of any rights hereunder), if the Customer fails to pay any undisputed amounts when due hereunder, then Customer may be in material breach of this Agreement and Origin may, at its sole option, suspend the provision of any Services or terminate this Agreement in accordance with the termination provisions. (b) Taxes. The City is a tax-exempt entity and will provide a tax-exempt certificate. Origin is responsible for any taxes imposed on, or with respect to, Origin’s income, revenues, gross receipts, personnel, real or personal property or other assets. (c) Expenses. Customer shall reimburse Origin for all reasonable expenses approved by Customer in writing and according to the Order Form or SOW and incurred by Origin in providing the Services within thirty (30) days from Customer’s receipt of invoice for the same. Customer understands and agrees that Origin may incur additional expenses if one or more Origin Representative(s) perform continuous on-site Services for Customer for a period greater than twelve (12) months. To the extent Customer requests Origin Representative(s) to continue to provide continuous on-site Services for a period great than twelve (12) months, Customer agrees to pay any additional expenses reasonably incurred by Origin relating to such continuation by such Origin Representative(s) if not agreed to in an Order Form or SOW. 8. Confidential Information; Nondisclosure. (a) Nondisclosure. Each party (“Receiving Party”) shall not disclose, publish, or disseminate the Confidential Information (as defined below) of the other party (“Disclosing Party”) to anyone other than such Receiving Party’s employees and contractors with a need to know such Confidential Information, and who are bound by a written agreement to protect the confidentiality of such Confidential Information no less protective than the provisions of this section, or as required by applicable law. Each party agrees to take the same measures used to protect its own Confidential Information of a similar nature, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care, to prevent any unauthorized use, disclosure, publication, or dissemination of the other party’s Confidential Information. Each Receiving Party agrees to use and disclose the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for the sole purpose of carrying out such Receiving Party’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and shall be responsible and liable for all such Page 271 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 7 of 48 usage and/or disclosure. Receiving Party may disclose Confidential Information if and to the extent that such disclosure is required by applicable law, regulation, or court order, provided that, as permitted by applicable law, Receiving Party (i) uses reasonable efforts, at Disclosing Party’s expense, to limit the disclosure by means of a protective order or a request for confidential treatment and (ii) provides Disclosing Party a reasonable opportunity to review the disclosure before it is made and to interpose its own objection to the disclosure. (b) “Confidential Information” means confidential and proprietary information of a party, whether in oral, written or other form, which is marked “confidential” or “proprietary,” or which should reasonably be deemed to be confidential. Confidential Information does not include information that: (1) is now or subsequently becomes generally available to the public through no fault or breach of the Receiving Party; (2) the Receiving Party can demonstrate to have had rightfully in its possession before disclosure by the Disclosing Party; (3) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without the use of any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party; or (4) the Receiving Party rightfully obtains such information form a third party without a breach of confidentiality. (c) Return of Confidential Information. In addition to each party’s obligations upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, upon either party’s request, the other party shall return all of the requesting party’s Confidential Information in its possession or under its control in accordance with the requesting party’s directions and shall not thereafter retain any copies of the other party’s Confidential Information. 9. Intellectual Property Rights. (a) Customer Data, Aggregated Statistics and Application Monitoring. Except as set forth in this Agreement, Customer owns all right, title and interest in and to all data or other information made available to Origin by Customer or Authorized Users (“Customer Data”). By providing Customer Data to Origin, Customer represents that it has the right to do so and Origin has the right to use such Customer Data in the performance of its duties relating to the operation of the Services. (b) Services. Customer acknowledges and agrees that the Services, and any copies, updates, and/or derivative works thereof, along with the right to make, have made, practice, employ, exploit, use, develop, reproduce, copy, distribute copies, publish, license, or create works derivative of any of the foregoing, exclusively belong to and are the property of Origin, or as set forth in the applicable Third-Party Agreement. Customer further acknowledges and agrees that: (i) any existing technology, methods, processes, techniques, software (including source code, object code and any portions thereof) content, ideas, information and related intellectual property (including without limitation all patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual- property or proprietary rights therein) of Origin, any derivatives or improvements to the foregoing created or developed by Origin (alone or with others), or otherwise any of the foregoing created, developed by or on behalf of Origin outside of this Agreement, that is later used in the performance of Services, or (ii) generally applicable tools, concepts, processes, models, techniques, software, and the like developed or created in connection with the Services without reliance on the Confidential Information of Customer exclusively belong to and are the property of Origin (the Page 272 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 8 of 48 “Origin IP”). The parties agree that Origin will own all right, title and interest in and to the Origin IP. Except for the limited rights granted to Customer in this Agreement, all other rights, title and interest in the Origin IP are reserved by Origin. (c) Aggregated Statistics and Application Monitoring. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Origin may monitor Customer’s and each Authorized User’s access and use of the Subscription Services and collect and compile meta-data, data and information related to Authorized User’s access and use of the Subscription Services that is and can be used by Origin for application monitoring, pricing, and Origin’s technology management purposes (“Application Monitoring Data”). The same data may be aggregated and anonymized to compile statistical and performance information related to the provision and operation of the Subscription Services (“Aggregated Statistics”). Further, Customer acknowledges that Origin may compile Aggregated Statistics based Customer Data. Customer agrees that Origin may (i) make Aggregated Statistics publicly available in compliance with applicable law, and (ii) use Aggregated Statistics to the extent and in the manner permitted under applicable law, provided that such Aggregated Statistics do not identify Customer, any Authorized User, or Customer’s Confidential Information. Customer and each Authorized User hereby grant to Origin a non- exclusive, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, transferrable, worldwide license to access, revise, reproduce, distribute, and otherwise use and display the Customer Data and perform all acts with respect to the Customer Data as necessary for Origin to provide the Subscription Services to Customer, and a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, transferrable, royalty-free, worldwide license to access, revise, reproduce, distribute, and use and display Customer Data incorporated within the Aggregated Statistics. Customer acknowledges that, as between Customer and each Authorized User on the one hand, and Origin on the other hand, Origin owns all right, title, and interest, including all intellectual property rights therein, in and to the Aggregated Statistics, and Application Monitoring Data. (d) Professional Services Deliverables. “Deliverable” means any Professional Services deliverable which is specified in an Order Form executed hereunder, including, but not limited to, any design, module, software, product, or other material, or component thereof including underlying any associated documentation, to be developed for and delivered to Customer by or on behalf of Origin pursuant to this Agreement. Customer shall own all right, title and interest (including without limitation all patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual-property or proprietary rights therein that may be secured in any place under laws now or hereafter in effect) in and to such Deliverable. For the avoidance of doubt, Deliverables do not include Origin IP. (e) Third Party Software. All rights, title, and interest in and to Third Party Software are as described in the applicable Third-Party Agreement. (f) Publicity. The parties agree that each may reasonably use and publicly display the trademarks, service marks, logo and trade names of the other party solely in accordance with the other party’s standard guidelines and policies. Page 273 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 9 of 48 10. Indemnification and Release. (a) Origin Indemnification. Origin agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City, its officers, employees, volunteers and agents (separately and collectively referred to in this paragraph as “Indemnitee”), from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, causes of action, suits, and judgments made against Indemnitee, and liability of every kind, including all expenses of litigation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, and other reasonable costs for damage to or loss of use of any property; for injuries to, or sickness or death of any person, including but not limited to Origin, any of its subconsultants of any tier, or of any employee or invitee of Origin or of any such subconsultants, that is caused by the negligence of or negligent performance of this Contract by Origin or by any such Origin subconsultants of any tier, under this Contract. There shall be no additional indemnification other than as set forth in this section. All other provisions regarding the same subject matter shall be declared void and of no effect. It is agreed with respect to any legal limitations now or hereafter in effect and affecting the validity or enforceability of the indemnification obligation in this paragraph, such legal limitations are made a part of the indemnification obligation and shall operate to amend the indemnification obligation to the minimum extent necessary to bring the provision into conformity with the requirements of such limitations, and as so modified, the indemnification obligation shall continue in full force and effect. (b) Release. Origin releases, relinquishes, and discharges the City, its officers, agents, volunteers and employees from all claims, demands, and causes of action of every kind and character, including the cost of defense thereof, for any injury to, sickness or death of the Origin or its employees and any loss of or damage to any property of Origin or its employees that is caused by or alleged to be caused by, arises out of, or is in connection with the Origin's work to be performed hereunder. Both the City and Origin expressly intend that this release shall apply regardless of whether said claims, demands, and causes of action are covered, in whole or in part; by insurance, and in the event of injury, sickness, death, loss, or damage suffered by Origin or its employees, but not otherwise, this release shall apply regardless of whether such loss, damage, injury, or death was caused in whole or in part by the City, any other party released hereunder, Origin, or any third party. There shall be no additional release or hold harmless provision other than as set forth in this section. All other provisions regarding the same subject matter shall be declared void and of no effect. 11. Insurance. Origin shall procure and maintain at its sole cost and expense for the duration of this Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property that may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by Origin, its agents, representatives, volunteers, employees or subconsultants. The policies, limits and endorsements required are as set forth below: Page 274 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 10 of 48 (a) Types. During the term of this Contract Origin’s insurance policies shall meet the minimum requirements of this section. i. Commercial General Liability. ii. Business Automobile Liability. iii. Workers' Compensation/Employer’s Liability. iv. Professional Liability. v. Cyber Liability (b) Certificates of Insurance. For each of these policies, the policy shall be endorsed to show Origin’s insurance coverage as primary with respect to the City, its officials, agents, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance carried or obtained by the City, its officials, agents, employees or volunteers, shall be considered in excess of the Origin’s insurance and shall not contribute to it. No term or provision of the indemnification provided by Origin to the City pursuant to this Contract shall be construed or interpreted as limiting or otherwise affecting the terms of the insurance coverage. All Certificates of Insurance and endorsements shall be furnished to the City’s Representative at the time of execution of this Contract, on the most current State of Texas Department of Insurance-approved forms, attached in Certificates of Insurance Exhibit E and approved by the City before work commences. Certificates of Insurance shall have an issue date within 30 days of the date the certificate is submitted to the City. (c) General Requirements Applicable to All Policies. The following General requirements applicable to all policies shall apply: i. Only licensed insurance carriers authorized to do business in the State of Texas shall be accepted. ii. Deductibles shall be listed on the certificate of insurance and are acceptable only on an “occurrence” basis. iii. “Claims made” policies are not accepted, except for Professional Liability insurance. iv. Coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or in limits of liability except after thirty (30) calendar days written notice has been given to the City of College Station. v. The Certificates of Insurance shall be prepared and executed by the insurance carrier or its authorized agent. Each certificate shall contain the following provisions and warranties: (1) The licensed insurance company is authorized to do business in the State of Texas (2) The insurance policy is underwritten on forms provided by the Texas Department of Insurance (TDI) or ISO (3) All endorsements and coverages are included according to the requirements of this Contract (4) The form of notice of cancellation, termination, or change in coverage provisions is specified in this attachment Page 275 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 11 of 48 (d) The City of College Station, its officials, agents, employees, and volunteers are to be listed as Additional Insureds on the Commercial General Liability and Business Automobile Liability Policies. The coverages shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded the City, its officials, agents, employees, and volunteers. (e) Commercial General Liability requirements. The following Commercial General Liability requirements shall apply: i. Coverage shall be written by a carrier rated “A: VIII” or better in accordance with the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide. ii. Minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 per occurrence per project with a $2,000,000 annual aggregate limit. iii. Coverage shall be at least as broad as Insurance Service's Office (ISO) Number CG 00 01. iv. No coverage shall be excluded from the standard policy without notification of individual exclusions being attached for the City’s review and acceptance. v. The coverage shall not exclude: premises/operations; independent contracts; products/completed operations; contractual liability (insuring the indemnity provided herein); and Host Liquor Liability. vi. The City shall be listed as Additional Insured and policies endorsed to waive rights of subrogation and to be primary and non-contributory with regard to any self-insurance or insurance policies held by the City. (f) Business Automobile Liability requirements. The following Business Automobile Liability requirements shall apply: i. Coverage shall be written by a carrier rated “A:VIII” or better in accordance with the current A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. ii. Minimum Combined Single Limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. iii. The Business Auto Policy must show Symbol 1 in the Covered Autos portion of the liability section in Item 2 of the declarations page. iv. The coverage shall include owned, leased or rented autos, non-owned autos, any autos and hired autos. (g) Workers’ Compensation/Employer’s Liability Insurance requirements. The Workers’ Compensation/Employer’s Liability insurance shall include the following terms: i. Employer’s Liability limits of $1,000,000 for each accident is required. ii. “Texas Waiver of Our Right to Recover from Others Endorsement, WC 42 03 04” shall be included in this policy. iii. Texas must appear in Item 3A of the Workers’ Compensation coverage or Item 3C must contain the following: All States except those listed in Item 3A and the States of NV, ND, OH, WA, WV, and WY. Page 276 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 12 of 48 (h) Professional Liability requirements. The following Professional Liability requirements shall apply: i. Coverage shall be written by a carrier rated “A:VIII” or better in accordance with the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide. ii. Minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate, with a maximum deductible of $100,000 unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by both parties. Financial statements shall be furnished to the City upon request. iii. Origin must continuously maintain professional liability insurance with prior acts coverage for a minimum of two years after completion of the Project or termination of this Contract, as may be amended, whichever occurs later. Coverage under any renewal policy shall include a retroactive date that precedes the earlier of the effective date of this Contract or the first performance of work for the Project. The purchase of an extended discovery period or an extended reporting period on this policy will not be sufficient to comply with the obligations hereunder. (i) Cyber Liability. Minimum limits of $8,000,000 for third party losses. Coverage must include: i. Event Management; ii. Unauthorized Access/use; iii. Computer Virus; iv. Denial of Service Attack; v. Libel, Cyber-libel, Slander, Product Disparagement; vi. Violation of Right of Privacy; vii. Regulatory Costs; viii. Privacy Costs- Privacy Injury and Identity Theft; ix. Programming Errors & Omissions Liability; x. Replacement or Restoration of Electronic Data (First Person); xi. Extortion Threats; xii. Business Income and Extra Expense (to $1 million); xiii. Public Relations Expense; and xiv. Security Breach Expense. 12. Performance Bond. Performance Bond. Origin shall furnish the City a performance bond to guarantee the faithful performance of the Agreement terms. Such bond shall be executed in accordance with all requirements of Article 7 .19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code, all other applicable law, and the following: (a) Origin shall execute a performance bond for the first two (2) years of the Agreement. The cost of the bond is based on a cost of implementation activities listed in Exhibit B. If implementation activities are not complete after the expiration of the initial twenty-four (24) month term, City may elect to renew or extend the term of the performance bond, and City shall be solely responsible for providing Origin with notice of said renewal and for any additional bond premiums. Page 277 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 13 of 48 (b) The bond Surety shall be authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to provide a performance bond and shall have attached proof of authorization of the Surety to act in the performance and payment of bond. (c) Origin shall provide original, sealed, and complete counterparts of the executed bond form attached in Exhibit F Performance Bond, together with valid original powers of attorney, before execution of this Contract. The executed bond shall be attached in Exhibit F. 13. Warranties and Disclaimer. (a) Each party represents and warrants to the other that; (i) it has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform its obligations herein: (ii) this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed, and delivered by each party, and is a legal, valid, and binding obligation of each party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation, fraudulent conveyance and other similar laws and principles of equity affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally; and (iii) this Agreement does not violate, conflict with, result in a breach of the terms, conditions, or provisions of, or constitutes a default or an event of default under any other agreement to which such party is a party (b) Origin represents and warrants to Customer that it will perform and provide all Services in a professional and workmanlike manner in accordance with the Agreement, Agreement Exhibits and the Order Form and applicable law. (c) OTHER THAN THE WARRANTIES SPECIFICALLY MADE IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE SERVICES ARE AVAILABLE “AS-IS” AND “AS-AVAILABLE.” ORIGIN AND ITS LICENSORS MAKE NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OR ARISING OUT OF CUSTOM OR TRADE USAGE, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES. EXCEPT FOR WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT, ORIGIN DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERUPTED OR ERROR FREE OR THAT ORIGIN WILL CORRECT ALL DEFECTS. FURTHER, ORIGIN AND CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT ORIGIN DOES NOT AND CANNOT GUARANTEE ANY SPECIFIC BUSINESS OUTCOME OR RESULT FROM CUSTOMER’S USE OF THE SERVICES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. 14. Limitation of Liability. (a) EXCEPT INDEMNIFICATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMNT, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY LOSS OF USE, REVENUE, OR PROFIT OR LOSS OF DATA OR DIMINUTION IN VALUE, OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, EVEN IF SAID PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Page 278 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 14 of 48 (b) EXCEPT INDEMNIFICATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY’S AGGREGATE LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), OR OTHERWISE, EXCEED ONE TIMES THE FEES PAID TO ORIGIN FOR THE INITIAL AGREEMENT TERM. 15. Termination and Survival. (a) Termination for Convenience. At any time, the City may terminate the Agreement or any Order Form for convenience, in writing. At such time, the City shall notify Origin, in writing, who shall cease work immediately. Origin shall be compensated for the work performed. If the City terminates this Agreement for convenience, the City shall pay Origin for the work performed, expenses incurred, and undisputed invoices before the date of termination. (b) Termination for Cause. Either party may terminate this Agreement or any Order Form(s), effective upon written notice to the other party (the “Defaulting Party”), if the Defaulting Party: (i) Materially breaches this Agreement or the applicable Order Form(s), and such breach is incapable of cure, or with respect to a material breach capable of cure, the Defaulting Party does not cure such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of such breach. (ii) Becomes insolvent or admits its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due. (iii) Becomes subject, voluntarily or involuntarily, to any proceeding under any domestic or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency law, which is not fully stayed within seven (7) business days or is not dismissed or vacated within forty-five (45) days after filing. (iv) Is dissolved or liquidated or takes any corporate action for such purpose. (v) Makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors. (vi) Has a receiver, trustee, custodian, or similar agent appointed by order of any court of competent jurisdiction to take charge of or sell any material portion of its property or business. (c) Failure to Pay. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Origin may terminate this Agreement or any Order Form(s) before the expiration of the Term immediately upon written notice to Customer if Customer fails to pay any undisputed amount when due hereunder and such failure: (a) continues for thirty (30) days after Customer’s receipt of written notice of nonpayment, or (b) occurs more than three (3) times in any twenty-four (24) month period. If Customer’s failure to pay any amount due hereunder gives Origin the right to terminate this Agreement or any Order Form pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, then Origin may, at its sole option, and without waiving such termination right, suspend performance under this Agreement or any Order Form and provide Customer with an opportunity to bring its payment obligations current. (d) Effect of Termination. Upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement or any Order Form, Customer shall immediately discontinue all use of the Subscription Page 279 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 15 of 48 Services and Customer shall pay Origin all earned fees accrued through the effective date of termination under each terminated Order Form within thirty (30) days of Origin’s invoice therefor. Payment of this final invoice shall not bar any remedy, legal, equitable, or otherwise available to Origin, and no expiration or termination will affect Customer’s obligation to pay all fees that may have become due before such expiration or termination or entitle Customer to any refund. (e) Transition Period. Upon termination of the applicable Order Form, and upon Customer’s advance written request, Customer will have the right, for a period of thirty (30) days from termination of the applicable Order Form (the “Transition Period”), to continue to use the Subscription Services set forth in the applicable Order Form. All terms and conditions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect during the Transition Period, and Customer shall, in advance of the Transition Period, pay Origin a prorated amount of the then-in-effect Total Annual Subscription Fees for the Transition Period. If the transition requires Professional Services, the parties will enter into a separate SOW detailing the same. After expiration of the Transition Period, Customer’s access to the Services will immediately cease. 16. General Provisions. (a) Non-Disparagement. Each party agrees and covenants that such party shall not at any time make, publish, or communicate to any person or entity or in any public forum any defamatory or disparaging remarks, comments, or statements concerning the other party or its businesses, employees or officers. (b) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including and together with any related Order Forms, Exhibits, SOWs and attachments, constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, regarding such subject matter. (c) Notice. All notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, and waivers under this Agreement (each, a “Notice”) must be in writing and addressed to the other party at its address set forth below (or to such other address that the receiving party may designate from time to time in accordance with this Section). Unless otherwise agreed herein, all Notices must be delivered by email, personal delivery, nationally recognized overnight courier or certified or registered mail (in each case, return receipt requested, postage prepaid). Origin Utility, Inc. Attn: Justin Saye 1930 Village Center Circle, Suite 3-704 Las Vegas, NV 89134 Email: jsaye@originutility.com City of College Station Attn: Jennifer Smith PO Box 9960 1101 Texas Ave. College Station, TX 77842 Email: jrsmith@cstx.gov (d) Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction. (e) Amendments. No amendment to or modification of this Agreement is effective unless it is in writing and signed by each party. (f) Prioritization. The City is a political subdivision of the State of Texas and is thus subject to certain laws. There may be documents or portions added to this Agreement as exhibits that conflict with such laws, or that conflict with the Agreement terms and conditions. In Page 280 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 16 of 48 either case, the applicable law or the applicable Agreement provision, excluding any conflicting document or terms, shall prevail. The Parties understand this section comprises part of this Contract without necessity of additional consideration (g) Waiver. No waiver by any party of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. (h) Assignment. Neither party may assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, City’s consent is not required for an assignment by Origin as a result of a corporate reorganization, merger, acquisition, or purchase of substantially all of Origin’s assets. This Agreement is binding on and inures to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective permitted successors and assigns. (i) Relationship of the Parties. The relationship between the parties is that of independent contractors. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as creating any agency, partnership, joint venture or other form of joint enterprise, employment or fiduciary relationship between the parties, and neither party shall have authority to contract for or bind the other party in any manner whatsoever. (j) No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement benefits solely the parties to this Agreement and their respective permitted successors and assigns and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, confers on any other person any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. (k) Choice of Law. This Contract has been made under and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas. The parties agree that venue for all disputes arising under any circumstances related to this Agreement shall be in the state or federal court with primary jurisdiction over Brazos County, Texas. (l) Background Checks. Origin agrees to assume all responsibility for and to perform background checks on all its employees, agents and assigns working on the Agreement. Background checks will include, but are not limited to, criminal records and civil judgments, professional license verifications, motor vehicle records, social security number, court records, military service records, other public records reports, and verifications of employment, and education. These background checks must be completed before such individuals commence their work on this Agreement. If Origin has previously conducted a background check in accordance with the requirements above on an employee, no further background check is needed before beginning work. Origin agrees to produce any and all background-check information as described herein when requested by the City, to the extent permissible by applicable law. To the degree allowed by applicable law, City agrees to keep such information confidential. (m) Dispute Resolution. Except with respect to disputes regarding intellectual property rights confidentiality, and payment of fees, the parties may first attempt in good faith to promptly resolve any dispute arising under this Agreement by good faith negotiation by senior executives. If such dispute has not been resolved within thirty (30) days of a party’s initiation of negotiations, the dispute may be submitted at the request of such party to non-binding mediation. (n) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed electronically in counterparts, each of which is deemed an original, but all of which together are deemed to be one Page 281 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 17 of 48 and the same agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Agreement, a signed copy of this Agreement delivered by facsimile, email, or other means of electronic transmission is deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Agreement. (o) Force Majeure. Origin shall not be liable or responsible to Customer, nor be deemed to have defaulted or breached this Agreement, for any failure or delay in fulfilling or performing any term of this Agreement when and to the extent such failure or delay is caused by or results from acts or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of Origin including, without limitation, acts of God, flood, fire, earthquake, explosion, governmental actions, war, invasion or hostilities (whether war is declared or not), terrorist threats or acts, riot, or other civil unrest, national emergency, revolution, insurrection, epidemic, lock-outs, strikes or other labor disputes (whether or not relating to either party’s workforce), or restraints or delays affecting carriers or inability or delay in obtaining supplies of adequate or suitable materials, materials or telecommunication breakdown or power outage, provided that, if the event in question continues for a continuous period in excess of sixty (60) days, Customer shall be entitled to give notice in writing to Origin to terminate this Agreement. (p) Survival. Any right or obligation of the parties in this Agreement which, by its nature, should survive termination or expiration of this Agreement, will survive. [Signatures on following page] Page 282 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 18 of 48 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date. Origin: Customer: ORIGIN UTILITY, INC. THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION By: Justin Saye, CEO Date: By: City Manager Date: City Attorney Date: Assistant City Manager/CFO Date: Page 283 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 19 of 48 EXHIBIT A ORIGIN ORDER FORM This order form (“Order Form”) is entered into as of on the Effective Date (the “Order Form Effective Date”) by Origin Utility, Inc., a Nevada corporation and The City of College Station, a Texas Home Rule Municipal Corporation with offices at PO Box 9960, 1101 Texas Ave., College Station, TX 77842 (“City or Customer”) pursuant to the Master Services Agreement entered into by the parties (“MSA”) on the Effective Date (the “Agreement Effective Date”). Origin Customer Success Manager: Stephanie Washburn. I. Subscription Services Application (License Type) Service Level Authorized Accounts Annual Subscription Fee Subscription Term* Origin SmartCity Standard 48,600 $233,614.86 5/1/23 – 5/1/24 Origin SmartCity Standard 48,600 $233,614.86 5/1/24 – 5/1/25 Origin SmartCity Standard 48,600 $233,614.86 5/1/25 – 5/1/26 Origin SmartCity Standard 48,600 $233,614.86 5/1/26 – 5/1/27 Total: $934,459.44 *Term start is set at Go-live and is subject to completion of SOW# 01. TOTAL ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION FEE: $934,459.44. II. Origin Smart City Subscription Description Application Quantity Description Oracle Customer to Meter Base (C2M) Oracle Utilities Customer to Meter Base for Residential Customers 44,000 C2M v2.8 (SaaS) – Oracle Customer to Meter utility billing solution. Oracle Customer to Meter Base (C2M) Oracle Utilities Customer to Meter Base for Commercial & Industrial Customers 4,000 C2M v2.8 (SaaS) – Oracle Customer to Meter utility billing solution. Origin Customer Experience (OCX) 48,600 OCX v22a (SaaS) – Origin Customer Experience portal. Online self-service portal for the City’s customers. Origin MobileLite 48,600 MobileLite v22a – Origin’s mobile work management solution. III. Professional Services [As set forth in Statement of Work # 01, attached hereto and herein incorporated by reference]. TOTAL PROFESSIONAL SERVICES FEE: $1,338,725.65 Page 284 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 20 of 48 IV. Third-Party Software Third Party Agreement Applicable to Customer Third Party Agreement N/A N/A V. Total Cost TOTAL FIVE YEAR COSTS FOR SUBSCRIPTION SERVICES AND PROFESSIONAL SERVICES: $2,273,185.09 The City will withhold a minimum of 10% of each payment for retainage until final complete system acceptance by the City. Origin: Customer: ORIGIN UTILITY, INC. THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION By: Justin Saye, CEO Date: By: City Manager Date: City Attorney Date: Assistant City Manager/CFO Date: Page 285 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 21 of 48 EXHIBIT B ORIGIN STATEMENT OF WORK Page 286 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 22 of 48 Statement of Work #1 Transactions performed under this SOW will be conducted in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of this SOW and the MSA, which are incorporated herein by reference. If any of the terms of this SOW conflict with the MSA, the terms of this SOW shall control only with regard to this SOW. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SOW shall have the meanings set out in the MSA. Origin Project Manager: Brad Tarrant City’s Project Manager: Iroshi Price I. SOW Term. The term of this SOW will commence on the Effective Date, unless terminated by either party pursuant to the Agreement, and will remain in effect until the City fully accepts the system. II. Professional Services. Origin Utility, Inc. (“Origin”) is pleased to provide the City of College Station (“City”) this Statement of Work (SOW) to provide implementation services of Oracle Smart City as outlined in the order form within the MSA. A. Implementation Goals 1. Implement a CIS system and processes for customer billing, bill calculations, bill collections, and customer support 2. Implement integrated web-based customer self-service and MobileLite solutions to work seamlessly with the CIS system. 3. Use of highly configurable algorithms, templates, workflows and process flows to implement new City logic 4. Complete integrations on the CIS side of the edge applications 5. Allow for multiple rate structures B. Services Provided 1. Manage the project delivery and Origin resources in coordination with the City’s project manager. 2. Provide The City a detailed baseline project plan, deliverable inventory, and templates within 30 days of the execution of this contract. 3. Develop a comprehensive project governance organizational chart, communication plan, and escalation matrix within 30 days of the execution of this contract. 4. Provide an Origin staffing plan and project schedule for executing the project. 5. Origin will provision the SaaS software solution onto three environments: Development, Test, and Production. 6. Analyze the City billing rates for set up on the C2M rate engine. 7. Develop a CIS data migration strategy. And utilize a proprietary data conversion tool that will validate, transform, and load source system data provided by the City into the target C2M environments. 8. Convert up to three years of legacy CIS data so it may be used by the new CIS solution. Legacy transactional financial data will be converted at the summary level. No itemization will be provided for financial history like bills, payments and adjustments. a. Three years of legacy transactional CIS data includes: i. Financial History ii. Consumption History iii. Meter History iv. Call History Page 287 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 23 of 48 v. Notes History vi. Work Order History vii. Document History b. The City would prefer to convert ALL customer master data in our legacy system, regardless of date. The City is required know when entering the customer into C2M whether the customer has had previous service with the City of College Station Utilities, at which point the City could reference the legacy system for historical data. 9. Perform all data conversion in an environment provided by Oracle. 10. Conduct the following Meter to Cash workshops a. Current state Meter to Cash Workshop b. City Information Workshop c. Start/Stop/Transfer of Service Workshop d. Fieldwork Workshop e. Billing Workshop f. Payments Workshop g. Collections Workshop h. Activities Workshop i. Regulatory Requirements Workshop j. Rates Calculation Workshop 11. Conduct current state and future state Integrations and Interface Design workshop 12. Configure the solution provided by Origin to meet the requirements outlined in Origin’s response to RFP 21-034 Exhibit A Part 1 and discovered during the Meter to Cash workshops, provided they fall within the scope of the parameters of this SOW. 13. Identify and configure integration points within the Oracle solution. 14. Develop application code to implement the solution defined within this SOW. 15. Provide a configuration workbook. 16. Reporting a. Deliver A total of 120 hours of report writing training and report development. 17. Training a. Deliver Core Team Training. b. Develop End-User training material. c. Lead Train-the-Trainer training classes. 18. Develop go-live test plans which will be validated during mock go-live testing. 19. Testing a. Sprint Testing i. Definition: Testing conducted on an incrementally complete and integrated system. ii. Lead and support all System Testing activities iii. All development during the development (Construct) phase is unit tested against specific acceptance criteria jointly defined during the design activities. Acceptance criteria is documented within a defined user story that is accepted by both Origin and the City prior to the start of each development sprint. All completed business functionality will meet the acceptance criteria, to include any integration testing required. iv. Develop and execute test plans and scripts to validate the solution provided works as expected. This testing does not include software or systems not installed or configured by Origin. v. Track, manage and remediate defects identified during system testing. vi. Provide the City system testing results at the end of System Testing. Page 288 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 24 of 48 b. System Integration Testing (SIT) i. Definition: Testing the complete system end-to-end, including all system communications/integrations. ii. Origin leads and supports all SIT activities iii. Develop and execute integration test plans between applications provided by the Origin and edge systems. iv. Track, manage and remediate solution defects identified during system integration testing. v. Provide the City System Integration Testing results at the end of SIT. c. User Acceptance Testing (UAT) i. Definition: UAT is performed throughout the Development (Construct) phase. During each development sprint, Origin and any related third-party vendors will perform unit and integration testing in the development environment with functionality that was delivered during that sprint. Once integration testing has been completed, the City will perform UAT in the testing environment. Immediately after the Construct phase, the Confirm phase begins, with end-to-end and UAT running for an additional 4 weeks. ii. Provide solution and product defect management services during User Acceptance Testing. The City will define test cases for UAT that relate to business operations that must be performed in the functional area being tested. iii. Track, manage and remediate solution defects identified during UAT. iv. Provide the City defect remediation results of UAT. v. The City requires three types of acceptance tests included in the ATP: functional, performance and reliability. Errors will be classified and attended to according to the following Error Severity Level designations. Errors that result in an Oracle Service Request (SR) due to an issue with base functionality will be facilitated by Origin, but Origin is not responsible for the timely completion of an Oracle SR. a) Level 1 Error — Core business functions cannot be performed. Issue affects multiple users, critical operations and/or database functionality. All Level 1 errors will be corrected prior to system go-live. b) Level 2 Error —Functionality issue compromises productive use of the application, and a procedural workaround is not available. All Level 2 errors will be corrected prior to system go-live. c) Level 3 Error—Functionality issue compromises productive use of the application, and a procedural workaround is available. All Level 3 errors will be corrected prior to system go-live. d) Level 4 Error—System contains minor errors that do not impact productive use of the application. System may be accepted, and error does not need to be remediated prior to go-live. The problem will be added to a punch list and final payment will not be made until problem is resolved. vi. In the event a Level 1 Error is corrected by the Offeror, then subsequently fails on two (2) additional occasions within the test period, the City has the right to demand senior executive level negotiation on remediation activities. a) Functional Acceptance Testing Requirements 1. Using hurdle criteria mutually agreed prior to each development sprint, the City will confirm all System functionality before System Acceptance. Acceptance criteria is documented within a defined user story that is accepted by both Origin and the City prior to the start of each development sprint. Acceptance Test Plan, and System Documentation includes each RFP requirement. Deviation from RFP requirements may result in a Change Order. Page 289 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 25 of 48 2. During the Functional Acceptance Test the Offeror will demonstrate the operation of each required feature, function, and interface in a test environment based on the acceptance criteria mutually defined before each development sprint. 3. Should any feature, function, or interface fail, the failure will be attended to by Origin per the Error Severity Level as described above. b) Performance Testing Requirements 1. Origin will conduct a system Performance Test during final acceptance testing before product go-live. 2. The Performance Test will include:  Demonstration of the capability of the System to handle peak volumes. For this purpose, a Stress Test will be designed and applied by Origin to simulate full capacity utilization of the City.  A stress test to demonstrate the capability of the System to handle peak volumes. Origin will design and apply a stress test to simulate full capacity utilization (peak volumes) of the City. The stress test should perform the equivalent of a live load testing on the application for a minimum period of three (3) hours. The test should simulate a system transaction load equal to one and half times the peak hourly volume of cases handled by the City. c) Reliability Testing Requirements. Reliability Test is to demonstrate the operational capability and reliability of the System. 1. The Reliability Test is conducted prior to Go Live when the System has successfully passed Functional testing, and again post Go Live. Performance and Reliability testing may be run simultaneously. A Reliability Test will be considered successful when all three of the below requirements are met during thirty (30) consecutive days:  System must demonstrate full availability during regularly scheduled Municipal operations.  Based upon an agreed checklist, the system performance continuously meets the Functional requirements of the Contract, as tested, or verified by City personnel at any time during the thirty (30) consecutive day period.  Based upon an agreed checklist, the system performance continuously meets the Performance requirements of the Contract, as tested, or verified by City personnel at any time during the thirty (30) consecutive day period. 2. If the System Availability falls below the required availability mark, the Reliability Test will be stopped and considered unsuccessful. At this time Origin should correct any deficiencies in preparation for a retest. If the deficiencies are of such severity that the retest cannot be initiated within fifteen (15) days of the initial failure, Origin should prepare a Correction Plan that details the reason for the failure and proposed correction. 3. Origin will have three opportunities to complete the Reliability Test over a period of ninety (90) days. If Origin fails to successfully complete the test in this time period, then, at the City’s option:  The Contract between Origin and City may be terminated as specified in the Contract.  Origin will upgrade the System with whatever resources are necessary to bring the System into compliance, at no cost to City. Page 290 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 26 of 48 d) Final System Acceptance. Based upon mutually agreed criteria, the City will notify Origin in writing of the successful completion of each test. The City will issue written notice of Final Acceptance after successful completion of the post Go Live Reliability Test, and achievement of all milestones as specified in the Contract. d. System Performance i. System Availability. a) Ongoing system performance / uptime is addressed in the Master Services Agreement under Origin Service Level Agreements. e. Mock Deployment Testing i. Definition: Testing used to simulate the tasks during the actual go-live. This testing verifies each task, dependencies, duration, and responsible parties. ii. Lead and support all Mock deployment testing. iii. Remediate all solution defects or go-live readiness timing issues. iv. Update go-live plan to accommodate any changes. 20. Provide up to 13 weeks of solution support Hypercare for defects as a result of this project. 21. Contract closure is acceptable upon the completion of the following criteria: a. Transition to Final state solution is complete at the end of the Hypercare period which covers two month-end closes; b. All Critical and High Severity issues related to the upgrade are either closed, accepted as-is, or resolved. Resolution options may include an acceptable workaround, designation as a known manufacturer defect, or other such mitigation option; c. Function of new CIS is the same as or better than the functions of the legacy CIS; d. Knowledge transfer has occurred and has been approved as complete by the City; and e. The City acknowledges the completion of the Hypercare period. C. Party Responsibilities 1. The City Project Manager will work with Origin Project Manager to support an ongoing good faith estimate of resource demand 60 days in advance based on known backlog of work. 2. If any Origin resource is not performing to the satisfaction of City, upon City’s request, Origin will replace the resource immediately. The City retains the right, in its sole discretion, to interview and approve the replacement resource prior to engaging such resource. If the resource was replaced pursuant to this section, no additional fees will be charged to the City for any training or knowledge transfer required to onboard the replacement resource. 3. Travel expenses are included in the overall pricing. 4. Origin will develop for City a report that lists all the delinquent accounts prior to sending them out for shut off. 5. Origin will provide City with 120 hours of report training and report writing services. 6. Origin’s onshore resources will be available to assist City personnel during City’s core business hours. 7. Origin will provide project management, functional, and design/developer expertise specifically related to and sufficient to complete the scope of this SOW. 8. The City’s Project Manager will manage City resources needed to provide data, information, logs, and other items necessary to create SR or support the enhancement or new development request. 9. Origin Project Manager will be onshore. He/she will manage the development process between the onshore and offshore Origin resources. 10. Throughout the project, Origin will facilitate knowledge transfer where appropriate. 11. The City resources will be available to participate in sprint demonstration meetings to provide feedback (acceptance, rejection with specific acceptance feedback) Page 291 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 27 of 48 12. The City will maintain an active support agreement for in-scope technology products throughout the duration of the project. 13. Each party shall be responsible for its contractual relationships with third parties and for facilitating their cooperation with the other party. Each party is responsible and accountable for the performance of any of its third-party consultants, subcontractors, vendors, including, but not limited to, the timeliness of their performance. 14. The City will be responsible to establish and maintain all network communication and security. 15. The City will be responsible for secure data hosting services for 3rd parties including, but not limited to, financial institutions. 16. Origin will provide City with templates and examples of test plans and scripts. City is responsible for creating final test plan and test cases. 17. Planning and Execution of UAT is the responsibility of the City. 18. System, code, or patch updates initial install or development will be developed in the “Development” environment only; that code will be tested in the “Test” environment and approved by the solution architect before it is promoted to the “Production” environment. 19. Origin will not be held responsible for project delays directly related to an Oracle Service Request (SR). 20. Defects in edge systems will be managed by the City’s internal defect management process. 21. The integration test plan will be jointly developed by Origin and the City. The plan defines each of the integration points, who is responsible, and how they will be tested and verified. 22. The City is responsible for testing and remediation of all edge systems. 23. Training will use the testing environment 24. The City is responsible for technical support for solutions that are not specifically part of the Oracle solution. These areas include, but are not limited to, network communication, network security, and edge system issue resolution. 25. Origin will adhere to the City IT Change Control policies and processes as they relate to technical changes that may impact any of the City’s environments. 26. Origin provides enablement, configuration, and train the trainer training, the City is responsible for training end users on end-to-end process flows. 27. City data is clean, and City is responsible for data extraction and conforming to upload template 28. During the Construct phase of the project the City core team is available to make decisions regarding setup as needed 29. Origin will enable the City team to be active participants during the Construct phases 30. The City is able to provide staffing levels to support the implementation approach 31. The Confirm phase will focus on UAT and Training which is led by the City and supported by Origin. 32. Go Live will be co-led by Origin and the City. 33. Origin will use their standard “On-Point” methodology that was defined in our proposal to deliver the project. Modification of the delivery methodology may result in additional project costs. 34. Origin will use their Atlassian Jira system for resource task management. Tasks assigned to the City will be provided to the City Project Manager by reporting extracts from Jira. 35. Rework required for configuration design documentation, system configuration, or coding after approval may lead to unplanned work and a change request. This does not include work required due to defects. Page 292 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 28 of 48 Project Exclusions 36. Design, development, unit testing, and delivery of any base product extensions. 37. Design, development, unit testing, and delivery of any additional reports outside the scope discussed above. 38. Design, development, unit testing, and delivery of any integrations outside the scope discussed above. 39. User Acceptance Testing management, coordination, or oversight. Dependencies 40. The City will provide the necessary user and system accounts within 24 hours of the request. 41. The City will provide the necessary CIS data within the parameters outlined on the project schedule. 42. The City will ensure secure network communications are established with the Origin. 43. The necessary City resources will be available to complete tasks as assigned per the project schedule. Availability delays could cause a project delay resulting in a Change Request (CR). Integrations. Below are the identified integrations: 44. Payment interface with account information from CIS to Paymentus (two-way, must be real time) 45. MDM interface from CIS to Electsolve (two-way, Meters, Customer, Billing, Account Rate, Cut Offs data, Turn On/Off with starting and Final reads) 46. Meter readings from CIS to Meter Reading Vendor (two-way, we have a mix of automated and manual reads [2 files]) 47. Billing/Cash interface from CIS to Munis (one-way) 48. Billing data from CIS to Bill Print Vendor (two-way) 49. Alternate payment interface to apply payments from ACH/Lock-box/remit processor/other to CIS (one-way) 50. Meter Inventory import from flat file to CIS (can you demo import of an .xml file [L+G]? Is there a limit to number of meters?) 51. Meter Exchange (change-out) import from flat file to CIS 52. Document Management System (Attachments) in CIS if separate application (how are documents attached) 53. Potential for integration from CIS Self Service portal to Paymentus/Centravu (two-way, is SSO possible?) 54. Service Order interface from CIS to Service Order Application/Mobile (two-way) 55. SSO interface from CIS to Active Directory 56. GIS interface from CIS to ESRI ArcGIS services (two-way) - specifically as it applies to adding/importing new addresses 57. CIS interface (possibility to create a flat file) with CIS info for our Milsoft Outage Management System to import Page 293 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 29 of 48 III. Staffing. Origin is proposing the below key project team resources to deliver the Professional Services outlined in this SOW, barring any unforeseen out of work scenarios. Origin will staff the project with other resources that are sufficiently skilled to deliver their assigned tasks. Role Resource Name Location Project Manager Brad Tarrant US Solution Architect Muhssin Suliman US IV. Deliverables. The table below includes all deliverables Origin will provide the City. The RACI (i.e. responsible, accountable, informed, consulted) for both Origin and Customer, along with the description of each Deliverable is included. Deliverable Origin Customer Description Engage Activities Project Schedule R C A duration-based work plan that presents the tasks, task owners, estimated durations, dependencies, and resources necessary to successfully execute the project. This document includes the estimated delivery date of each deliverable listed in this document. This plan is maintained throughout the project to accurately reflect the current project tasks and timelines. Project Kick-Off Summary R C Summary of the Project Kick off meeting with Origin, the City, and all relevant stakeholders. This summary will include the presentation deck and artifacts reviewed during the kick-off meeting. Deliverables Inventory R C Provides a complete list of deliverables, templates, and examples to align plans, the deliverable itself, and expectations. Once approved, the Deliverables Inventory becomes an actively managed document with percentage complete, status and expected/actual completion dates. Origin will conduct a Deliverable Level Set meeting with the City to confirm alignment. Communication Plan R C Outlines how the information will be communicated throughout the project. Data Migration Strategy R C A plan for converting the City’s existing data to the new solution, leveraging the Conversion Strategy developed during the Design Phase. Page 294 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 30 of 48 Deliverable Origin Customer Description Enable Activities User Story Backlog R C Detailed list of each business functional and technical requirement and the testing methodology to confirm requirements are met. Enterprise Application Survey R C This survey identifies all edge systems that communicate and interface with the CIS. This survey documents the type of communication and communication requirements. Construct Activities End-User Training Materials R C End-user training materials that will be used to train the City’s end users. The documentation will be provided electronically so it can be reproduced or sent to the end-users. Batch Schedule R C This is the daily batch schedule req Sprint Package R C At the end of each sprint a “Sprint Package” is provided. This includes the sprint backlog, solution overview design, and demo results. Solution Package R C The solution package includes all sprint packages, Code/Configuration, Release Notes, Configuration workbook, and technical designs. Confirm Phase System Integration Test Summary R I End-to-end testing of the CIS and all integrated edge systems. Defect results from System Integration testing will be remediated by accountable parties. Defects will be reported by severity level and disposition. Parallel Test Completion R C Testing used to confirm the new CIS system delivers the same Meter to Cash results as the current legacy system. User Acceptance Testing Completion C R Testing lead by the City. The City is accountable and responsible for all testing during this phase. Defects will be reported, remediated, and dispositioned throughout. Transition To Operate Phase Page 295 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 31 of 48 Deliverable Origin Customer Description Go-Live Readiness Assessment R C This is a checklist of all requirements that must be met for the project team to proceed with the go live. This checklist includes technical, functional, and business requirements that were defined early in the project. Cutover/Deployment Plan R C Documentation of the cutover procedures, sequence, timing, resources, and communication necessary for a successful go- live cut-over. This is the plan that was developed during the project Mock exercises. Project Closure Letter R C The letter outlining the completion of the project and all associated SOW requirements. Deliverable Completion Criteria. Upon the completion of each deliverable, Origin will issue a deliverable completion letter to the City Project Manager. A deliverable will be considered delivered when: 1. The item is posted to the agreed-upon project file repository, AND 2. written notification has been provided to the City that the document is available for their review, with the location of that document, AND 3. all ancillary documents and components required to complete a detailed review of the item are also delivered, AND 4. for development items, the ancillary supporting tools/application, all pieces of the item have been provided and all pieces are deployed and properly configured, and all testing phases are completed. The City shall take the following actions with respect to the review and approval of all delivered project deliverables: 1. Each deliverable prepared by Origin shall be subject to the approval of the City 2. The City shall complete the review of each deliverable within five (5) business days of delivery 3. The City shall provide Origin with: 1) approval of the deliverable OR 2) a written statement identifying in reasonable detail, with reference to the requirements of this Statement of Work, all deficiencies in such deliverable and the corrective actions or changes to be made by Origin in order to make the deliverable conform in all material respects to the requirements hereof. If no approval or deficiencies are submitted to Origin within five (5) business days of delivery, the deliverable will be assumed approved unless the City requests, and Origin grants, additional time for the review period. Origin's approval for additional review time shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that the City provides Origin with a notice of deficiency, Origin shall have five (5) Business Days, or a mutually agreeable longer time period, after receipt of the City statement of deficiencies to make all requested modifications to the deliverable or indicate a disagreement. Upon delivery of the modified deliverable, the City will complete a review of the modifications made in response to the statement of deficiencies following the review process described above. V. Delivery. The key milestone dates below are estimated based on a reasonable estimate prior to project start. All durations are subject to a project plan baseline set with the City under the Project Schedule deliverable. Page 296 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 32 of 48 Estimated Completion Milestone Contract Signing Project Start Date Signing + 5 days Project Schedule Signing + 10 days Project Kick-Off Summary Signing + 25 days M1- Engage Phase Complete Signing + 45 days Enterprise Application Survey Signing + 140 days M3 – Construct Phase Complete Signing + 210 days M4 – Confirm Phase Complete Signing + 220 days Go-Live Readiness Assessment Signing + 230 M5 – Go-Live Signing + 300 days M6 – Project Close Out Page 297 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 33 of 48 VI. Pricing and Payment. Origin will invoice the City a monthly fixed fee of $60,000 until the termination or expiration of this SOW. Origin will further invoice the City monthly for any Milestones delivered in the previous month. The payment terms of the MSA will control all payments. The City will withhold 10% of each payment for retainage until final complete system acceptance by the City. The estimated invoice dates below are days after contract execution. Est. Invoice Date Monthly Deliverable Software 10% Retainage Total Description Fee Value Signing + 15 days $96,902.17 $73,940.80 $9,690.22 $161,152.75 Contract Signing One Time License Fee Signing + 60 $60,000 $73,940.80 $6,000.00 $127,940.80 Signing + 90 $60,000 $75,588.74 $73,940.80 $13,558.87 $195,970.60 Engage Phase Complete Signing + 120 $60,000 $75,588.74 $73,940.80 $13,558.87 $195,970.60 Data Migration Strategy Signing + 150 $60,000 $73,940.80 $6,000.00 $127,940.80 Signing + 180 $60,000 $6,000.00 $54,000.00 Signing + 210 $60,000 $75,588.74 $13,558.87 $122,029.87 Construct Phase Complete Signing +240 $60,000 $6,000.00 $54,000.00 Signing + 270 $60,000 $45,353.26 $10,535.33 $94,817.93 Confirm Phase Complete Go-Live Signing + 290 $60,000 $6,000.00 $54,000.00 Signing + 320 $60,000 $6,000.00 $54,000.00 Signing + 350 $96,902.17 $96,902.17 Project Close Out/Retainage Payout Totals $600,000 $465,923.82 $369,704.00 $96,902.17 $1,338,725.65 Page 298 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 34 of 48 Rate Card. Changes to the scope, schedule, and resources that impact total effort and/or cost to Origin under this SOW will use the table below to estimate the cost of such changes. Origin reserves the right to increase these rates no more than once per calendar year to reflect any increase in the Consumer Price Index for All Cities, All Urban Consumers as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the U.S. Department of Labor. Role On/Off Shore Rate/Hr. Project Manager On-Shore $180 Solution Architect On-shore $180 Functional Architect On-Shore $180 Integration Architect On-Shore $175 Data Conversion Architect On-Shore/Off-Shore $180 Technical Architect On-Shore/ Off-shore $252 Business Analyst On-Shore $135 Training Lead On-Shore $135 Designer/Developer Off-Shore $100 VII. Miscellaneous Location. With the exception of key milestone events of the project (project kickoff, mock events, and go- live), professional services for this engagement will be performed remotely unless otherwise deemed necessary. Onsite at Customer’s offices located at: The City of College Station 1101 Texas Ave. College Station, TX 77840 Travel Expenses. Travel expenses are included in the Pricing and Payment section and will not be invoiced. Origin has estimated 18 person trips to deliver the scope of this SOW. Invoicing: Origin shall submit invoices electronically via emailed PDF to:vendorinvoiceentry@cstx.gov Contract Change Control: If any proposed modifications to this SOW constitute a change to scope, functionality, responsibility, schedule, cost or other material terms of the project, the provisions of this section will apply. Only changes that are mutually agreed by both Parties in writing will be made to this SOW. The Project Change Control Process described below is based on the following assumptions: 1. Changes that require the addition of hours to the project will be billed at the rates within this SOW. 2. Vendor or Customer may initiate change requests whenever there is a perceived need for a change that will affect this SOW (e.g., scope, schedules, functionality, or cost). Page 299 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 35 of 48 EXHIBIT C INFORMATION SECURITY EXHIBIT Origin has established and will maintain a formal, documented, companywide information security management system that contains administrative, technical and physical safeguards to protect against reasonably foreseeable internal and external risks to the confidentiality, availability and integrity of Customer Data (“Information Security Policy”). 1. Notification of the Policy. The Information Security Policy will be communicated to all Origin personnel in a relevant, accessible, and understandable form and will be regularly reviewed and evaluated to promote its operational effectiveness and compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and to address new threats and risks. 2. Personnel and Contractor Protections. Origin will implement the following controls: a. Perform, as needed, appropriate criminal, education, and employment background checks on personnel for potential security risks. b. As needed, require employees, contractors, and subcontractors to sign appropriate written confidentiality/nondisclosure agreements and information security policy agreements. c. Supply each of its personnel with appropriate, recurring training regarding information security procedures, risks, and threats. d. Have an established set of procedures requiring personnel and contractors to promptly report actual and/or suspected breaches of security. e. Ensure all agreements with third parties involving access to Origin’s systems and data, including all outsourcing arrangements and maintenance and support agreements (including facilities maintenance), will specifically address security risks, controls, and procedures for information systems. 3. Access Control. Origin has implemented formal procedures to control access to its systems, services, and data, including, but not limited to, user account management procedures and the following controls: a. As appropriate, network access to both internal and external networked services will be controlled, including, but not limited to, by the use of properly configured firewalls. b. Applications will include access control to limit user access to information and application system functions. c. Origin will utilize the principle of “least privilege” and concept of “minimum necessary” when determining the level of access for all users to Customer’s nonpublic sensitive information, such as through role-based access controls. d. Authentication measures may include minimum password length, password complexity, a maximum password expiration, a minimum password expiration, dual factor authentication, and a minimum password history. Page 300 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 36 of 48 e. Wireless network access (e.g., IEEE 802.11x or similar technology) will be protected using an authentication and encryption method that follows standard IEEE 802.11i and is at minimum AES-128 bit encrypted (WPA2.) 4. Patch Management. Origin will have a patch management program. Patches will be applied within a reasonable timeframe, based upon the level of risk, from the point of discovery. If the risk is not remediated within a reasonable timeframe, Origin will implement compensating controls as appropriate to mitigate the risk until remediation can occur. 5. Change Management. Any major change to the system shall be authorized and approved by the City. The changes will follow the change management process outlined Origin’s change management policy with advanced notice from Origin and according to this Contract. All enhancements and upgrades shall be included in the change management scope of work. All changes will be reasonably tested by the vendor in accordance with the requirements of the City. All major upgrades with exception to emergency upgrades, such as to address a vulnerability, will be scheduled on a calendar and back-out plans presented to the City 6. Cloud Provider. When some or all of Origin’s Work involves being a Cloud Provider, the following shall apply: a. Security Policies and Procedures. Origin shall provide the City with copies of its information Security Whitepaper. Origin will provide SOC 2 reports from applicable cloud service providers on request. b. Industry Best Practices. Origin must provide all services using industry standard security technology and techniques according to industry best practices and standards; the City’s security standards, policies and procedures including those relating to fraud prevention and detection and any other inappropriate system and network use or access, including, but not limited to: i. Providing secure (SSL, HTTPS, or similar) access to all levels of users as defined by the City via the internet; ii. Having controls meeting applicable laws and the latest Framework for Improving Critical Infrastructure Cyber security from National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) or compatible industry security frameworks; iii. Completely testing and applying patches for hardware bios/firmware, bare metal operating systems (e.g. VMware ESXi), virtualized server operating systems, and software products before release; and iv. Having all servers providing work to the City solely physically located within the continental United States of America. Origin must house all servers and equipment in an operational environment meeting industry standards including a climate-controlled room with a fire and security hazard detection system and a network and electrical redundancy system, including backup Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) and automatic fail-over stand-by generators and physical security. Page 301 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 37 of 48 c. Data Transfer. Any data transfer between the City and Origin must be encrypted and follow industry best practices for data security. d. Data Breach. i. Notice. Origin must promptly notify City within 48 hours of any confirmed data security incident in accordance with applicable law. Origin must: 1. Cooperate with the City’s request to investigate and resolve the incident in a timely manner; 2. Promptly implement necessary remedial measures; and 3. Document responsive actions taken related to the data breach, including any post-incident review and actions taken to make changes in business practices in providing the work, if necessary. ii. Agreement Breach. If a data breach results from Origin’s failure to adhere to industry standard information security practices, Origin must, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law: 1. Bear any costs associated with the investigation and resolution of the data breach 2. Notify individuals, regulators and all others required by Identity Theft Enforcement and Protection Act in the Texas Business and Commerce Code Chapter 521 Unauthorized Use of Identifying Information; 3. Engage a credit monitoring service or identity protection service; 4. Publish a website or toll-free number and call center for affected individuals as required by state or federal law; 5. Complete all corrective actions as reasonably determined based on root cause; and 6. Send the City written findings and remedial measures from the data breach. e. Preventive Security Procedures. Origin must: i. Provide on-going software updates as they become available complying with the defined maintenance windows. Origin must completely test updates; including any bug fixes, patches and other improvements; ii. Monitor system and error logs and perform preventive maintenance to minimize and predict system problems, including initiating and completing an appropriate response; iii. Conduct a third-party independent security/vulnerability assessment at its own expense at least annually and make the results of such assessment available to the City; iv. Ensure third-party application and vulnerability security scans and schedules are performed; Page 302 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 38 of 48 v. Limit logical and physical access to all system components and provide access only to those individuals with a business need for work provided. Individuals who have access to systems and data must have a criminal background check; vi. Annual security audit results must be provided, as available, in Origin’s cloud service provider’s Service Organization Control (SOC) report. The audit results must comply with industry standard controls for data security and disaster recovery that Origin makes available to the City in writing; and vii. Take all necessary measures to protect the data and encryption keys including, but not limited to the off-site servers daily backup according to industry best practices and encryption techniques. f. Disaster Recovery. Origin must comply with its disaster recovery plan. g. Closeout. i. Agreement Expiration. When the Agreement term expires or terminates, and at any other time at the City’s written request, Origin must promptly return to the City all intellectual and physical property subject to the Agreement including, but not limited to system configuration data and information in file or document formats in Origin’s possession or control. ii. Access. The City will have access to export and retrieve its data for no less than ninety (90) days after the Agreement expiration or termination date. The City must be able to access its data at any time during the Agreement term in a readily readable, structured and documented format, such as CSV-format or some other standard format offered by the Origin. Origin must provide the City transition work after Agreement expiration or termination at Origin’s then-current and generally- charged hourly rates. iii. Data Removal. At the City’s request upon Agreement expiration or termination, Origin must remove, delete, purge, overwrite or otherwise render inaccessible within a reasonable time, all City data remaining on Origin’s servers to the extent possible based on the then-current technology available. Origin must provide the City a written and signed statement confirming data has been deleted, purged, overwritten or otherwise rendered inaccessible. The Origin will not otherwise delete the City’s data without City’s prior written consent. Page 303 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 39 of 48 EXHIBIT D SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT This Service Level Agreement (“SLA”) applies to all Subscription Services. For the avoidance of doubt, Customer’s access and use of a Subscription Services will provide Customer the benefits and rights under this SLA at any time during the applicable Term (as defined below). Terms not otherwise defined below will have the same meaning as in the Agreement. 1. Service Level Definitions. “Available” means the Subscription Services can be accessed by Customer’s Authorized Users. “Availability” means the percentage resulting from the following expression: the number of minutes in a calendar month minus the number of minutes the Subscription Services are not Available in such month excluding Excused Downtime, divided by the number of minutes in such month. “Excused Downtime” means the minutes in a calendar month the Subscription Services are not Available due to: (a) Service Modifications; and (b) circumstances beyond Origin’s reasonable control (e.g., force majeure events, general Internet outages, third party or Customer controlled service or infrastructure failures and delays, network intrusions, denial-of-service, or other similar attacks or interference by anyone other than Origin or its agents). “Monthly Subscription Fees” means the amount resulting from the following expression: the number of days in a calendar month falling under the Subscription Services Term divided by the number of days of such Term, multiplied by such Subscription Services fees for such Term. “Service Modifications” means any necessary or required maintenance, repairs, updates, or other modifications to the Subscription Services, and the systems, networks, and infrastructure used by Origin to operate and provide the Subscription Services. “Term” means the period of authorized access and use of the Subscription Services as set forth in an Order Form. 2. Monitoring. Origin shall continuously log, monitor, and keep system records of the Subscription Services accessibility on a minute basis and shall make commercially reasonable efforts to communicate outages and events impacting accessibility. 3. Service Modification Notice. Origin shall provide Customer with notice prior to a planned Service Modification if: (a) Origin believes that the Service Modification will materially impact the Availability of the Subscription Services; and (b) such notice will not pose a security risk to Origin or its customers. Page 304 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 40 of 48 4. Fee Credits for Availability Events. If the Availability of the Subscription Services falls below 99.5% in any calendar month during the Term (each an “Availability Event”), Origin will send Customer a monthly Availability Event report. Customer will be entitled to request a credit to be applied against Customer’s fees for the next renewal Term of the Subscription Services (“Fee Credit”) by submitting notice to Origin in writing. Such notice must be sent within 30 days following the end of the calendar month in which the Availability Event occurred for Customer to be eligible to receive a Fee Credit. Origin will validate Availability Events against Origin’s system records and will determine Fee Credits in accordance with the following table: Availability (per calendar month) Fee Credit (percentage of Monthly Subscription Fees for the calendar month subject to the Availability Event) >= 99.5% no credit >= 98.0% through < 99.5% 1% >= 95.0% through < 98.0% 2.5% < 95.0% 5% 5. Incident Tracking Support incidents can be logged into Origin’s Incident/Request Management System and given a unique incident number. This system tracks the history of each incident. The incident tracking number is issued to track and reference open issues when clients contact support. Page 305 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 41 of 48 6. Response Time Service Credits. Service Credits for response times defined below, will be calculated monthly and, in aggregate, shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the equivalent monthly SaaS Fees. Services Credits will be awarded in increments for each missed SLA as detailed below. Service Level Agreement – Solution Incident Resolution Times Severity Acknowledge Receipt of SR Initial Assessment Update Frequency Severity 1 (Critical) – Mission Critical 30 minutes 3 hours 30 Minutes Severity 2 (High) – Business Critical 4 business hours 2 business days 1 business day Severity 3 (Medium) – Business Operational 8 business hours 2 business days 1 business day Severity 4 (Low) – Productivity Impact 2 business days 3 business days Weekly Comments a. An accepted workaround that allows for business continuity will lead to closure of the initial incident; a new incident shall be created to resolve the underlying issue that caused the initial incident to be raised. An agreed upon timeframe to resolve the underlying issue will be established between the Customer and Origin on a case-by- case basis. b. Time is excluded from the measurement while waiting for the Customer to respond or provide additional information. c. Time is excluded from the measurement when the delay is caused only by a product vendor (e.g., Oracle SR). d. Critical calls must be placed by telephone and confirmed by email. 7. Incident Escalation Levels of Escalation: 1. Level 1: front-line representatives 2. Level 2: more senior in their support role, they assist front-line representatives and take on escalated issues 3. Level 3: assist in incident escalations and specialized client issues 4. Level 4: responsible for the management of support teams for either a single product or a product group If the Customer reasonably believes they are not receiving the service needed, they may contact the appropriate Customer Success Manager. After receiving the incident tracking number, the manager will follow up on the open issue and determine the necessary action to meet the client’ s needs. On occasion, the priority or immediacy of a software support incident may change after initiation. A software support incident can be escalated by any of the following methods: Page 306 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 42 of 48 1. Telephone – For immediate response, call toll-free to either escalate an incident’ s priority or to escalate an issue through management channels as described above. 2. Email – Customers can send an email to software support to escalate the priority of an issue. On-line Support Incident Portal – Customers can also escalate the priority of an issue by logging into the client incident portal and referencing the appropriate incident tracking number. Response Time Service Credits: Service Credits for response times defined in the table above, will be calculated monthly and, in aggregate, shall not exceed five percent (5%) of the equivalent monthly SaaS Fees. Services Credits will be awarded in increments for each missed SLA as detailed below. Severity Credit Amount Credit Trigger Severity 1 (Critical) – Mission Critical Per Occurrence above credit trigger: [Support total / 365] * 3 More than one (1) in a month Severity 2 (High) – Business Critical Per Occurrence above credit trigger: [Support total / 365] * 2 More than two (2) in a month Severity 3 (Medium) – Business Operational Per Occurrence above credit trigger: [Support total / 365] More than three (3) in a month Severity 4 (Low) – Productivity Impact None None Page 307 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 43 of 48 EXHIBIT E CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE Page 308 of 778 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURER F : INSURER E : INSURER D : INSURER C : INSURER B : INSURER A : NAIC # NAME:CONTACT (A/C, No):FAX E-MAILADDRESS: PRODUCER (A/C, No, Ext):PHONE INSURED REVISION NUMBER:CERTIFICATE NUMBER:COVERAGES IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. OTHER: (Per accident) (Ea accident) $ $ N / A SUBR WVD ADDL INSD THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. $ $ $ $PROPERTY DAMAGE BODILY INJURY (Per accident) BODILY INJURY (Per person) COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT AUTOS ONLY AUTOSAUTOS ONLY NON-OWNED SCHEDULEDOWNED ANY AUTO AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY Y / N WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below If yes, describe under ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE $ $ $ E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E.L. EACH ACCIDENT EROTH-STATUTEPER LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EXP(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EFFPOLICY NUMBERTYPE OF INSURANCELTRINSR DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) EXCESS LIAB UMBRELLA LIAB $EACH OCCURRENCE $AGGREGATE $ OCCUR CLAIMS-MADE DED RETENTION $ $PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $GENERAL AGGREGATE $PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $MED EXP (Any one person) $EACH OCCURRENCE DAMAGE TO RENTED $PREMISES (Ea occurrence) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY PRO-JECT LOC CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) CANCELLATION AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 (2016/03) © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. CERTIFICATE HOLDER The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD HIRED AUTOS ONLY 8/29/2022 Hotchkiss Insurance Agency,LLC 13430 Northwest Freeway Suite 600 Houston TX 77040 Certificates Houston 800-899-9810 713-956-0331 certs@hiallc.com Sentinel Insurance Company Ltd 11000 ORIGINC-01 Hartford Fire Insurance Company 19682OriginUtility,Inc.;Origin Consulting,LLC The Trusted Cloud Company LLC Origin SmartOps 21175 Tomball Parkway,Ste.127 Houston TX 77070 Hartford Insurance Company of Illinois 38288 1546046530 A X 1,000,000 X 1,000,000 10,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 X 61SBAIH8586 4/9/2022 4/9/2023 2,000,000 A 1,000,000 X X 61SBAIH8586 4/9/2022 4/9/2023 A X 8,000,00061SBAIH85864/9/2022 4/9/2023 8,000,000 X 10,000 A X N 61WECAO7964 4/9/2022 4/9/2023 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 B C A Tech Professional with Cyber Crime Property at Other Premises 61TE029214622 61BDDIA0591 61SBAIH8586 4/9/2022 4/9/2022 4/9/2022 4/9/2023 4/9/2023 4/9/2023 Limit Employee Theft Limit Limit 5,000,000 1,000,000 10,000 The General Liability policy includes additional insured endorsement,Form SS0008 0405 that provides additional insured status for ongoing operations and Waiver of Subrogation to the certificate holder only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires such status.The general liability policy includes a special endorsement with Primary and Noncontributory wording as required by written contract,SS0008 0405.The Hired &Non Owned Auto policy includes additional insured endorsement,Form SS0008 0405 that provides additional insured status for ongoing operations, Primary and Noncontributory wording,and Waiver of Subrogation to the certificate holder only when there is a written contract between the named insured and the certificate holder that requires such status.The workers compensation policy includes a blanket waiver of subrogation endorsement when required by written contract. See Attached... City of College Station 1101 Texas Ave College Station TX 77840 USA Page 309 of 778 ACORD 101 (2008/01) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD © 2008 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. THIS ADDITIONAL REMARKS FORM IS A SCHEDULE TO ACORD FORM, FORM NUMBER:FORM TITLE: ADDITIONAL REMARKS ADDITIONAL REMARKS SCHEDULE Page of AGENCY CUSTOMER ID: LOC #: AGENCY CARRIER NAIC CODE POLICY NUMBER NAMED INSURED EFFECTIVE DATE: ORIGINC-01 1 1 Hotchkiss Insurance Agency,LLC Origin Utility,Inc.;Origin Consulting,LLC The Trusted Cloud Company LLC Origin SmartOps 21175 Tomball Parkway,Ste.127 Houston TX 77070 25 CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE The umbrella/excess will follow the underlying liability coverage forms and Employer's Liability,subject to the policy terms and conditions. The General Liability,Hired and Non Owned Auto policies include a 30 Day Notice of Cancellation to Certificate Holders. Professional Liability policy includes Information Security &Privacy Insurance Retroactive Date 4/26/07 Tech Errors &Omissions includes Cyber Liability Page 310 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 2 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 (2)Receives a written or verbal demand or claim for damages because of the "bodily injury"or "property damage";or (3)Becomes aware by any other means that "bodily injury"or "property damage"has occurred or has begun to occur. d.Damages because of "bodily injury"include damages claimed by any person or organization for care,loss of services or death resulting at any time from the "bodily injury". e.Incidental Medical Malpractice (1)"Bodily injury"arising out of the rendering of or failure to render professional health care services as a physician,dentist,nurse,emergency medical technician or paramedic shall be deemed to be caused by an "occurrence",but only if: (a)The physician,dentist,nurse, emergency medical technician or paramedic is employed by you to provide such services;and (b)You are not engaged in the business or occupation of providing such services. (2)For the purpose of determining the limits of insurance for incidental medical malpractice,any act or omission together with all related acts or omissions in the furnishing of these services to any one person will be considered one "occurrence". 2.MEDICAL EXPENSES Insuring Agreement a.We will pay medical expenses as described below for "bodily injury"caused by an accident: (1)On premises you own or rent; (2)On ways next to premises you own or rent;or (3)Because of your operations; provided that: (1)The accident takes place in the "coverage territory"and during the policy period; (2)The expenses are incurred and reported to us within three years of the date of the accident;and (3)The injured person submits to examination,at our expense,by physicians of our choice as often as we reasonably require. b.We will make these payments regardless of fault.These payments will not exceed the applicable limit of insurance.We will pay reasonable expenses for: (1)First aid administered at the time of an accident; (2)Necessary medical,surgical,x-ray and dental services,including prosthetic devices;and (3)Necessary ambulance,hospital, professional nursing and funeral services. 3.COVERAGE EXTENSION - SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS a.We will pay,with respect to any claim or "suit"we investigate or settle,or any "suit" against an insured we defend: (1)All expenses we incur. (2)Up to $1,000 for the cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which Business Liability Coverage for "bodily injury"applies.We do not have to furnish these bonds. (3)The cost of appeal bonds or bonds to release attachments,but only for bond amounts within the applicable limit of insurance.We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4)All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit",including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. (5)All costs taxed against the insured in the "suit". (6)Prejudgment interest awarded against the insured on that part of the judgment we pay.If we make an offer to pay the applicable limit of insurance,we will not pay any prejudgment interest based on that period of time after the offer. (7)All interest on the full amount of any judgment that accrues after entry of the judgment and before we have paid, offered to pay,or deposited in court the part of the judgment that is within the applicable limit of insurance. Any amounts paid under (1)through (7) above will not reduce the limits of insurance. Page 312 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 3 of 24 b.If we defend an insured against a "suit" and an indemnitee of the insured is also named as a party to the "suit",we will defend that indemnitee if all of the following conditions are met: (1)The "suit"against the indemnitee seeks damages for which the insured has assumed the liability of the indemnitee in a contract or agreement that is an "insured contract"; (2)This insurance applies to such liability assumed by the insured; (3)The obligation to defend,or the cost of the defense of,that indemnitee,has also been assumed by the insured in the same "insured contract"; (4)The allegations in the "suit"and the information we know about the "occurrence"are such that no conflict appears to exist between the interests of the insured and the interest of the indemnitee; (5)The indemnitee and the insured ask us to conduct and control the defense of that indemnitee against such "suit" and agree that we can assign the same counsel to defend the insured and the indemnitee;and (6)The indemnitee: (a)Agrees in writing to: (i)Cooperate with us in the investigation,settlement or defense of the "suit"; (ii)Immediately send us copies of any demands,notices, summonses or legal papers received in connection with the "suit"; (iii)Notify any other insurer whose coverage is available to the indemnitee;and (iv)Cooperate with us with respect to coordinating other applicable insurance available to the indemnitee;and (b)Provides us with written authorization to: (i)Obtain records and other information related to the "suit";and (ii)Conduct and control the defense of the indemnitee in such "suit". So long as the above conditions are met, attorneys'fees incurred by us in the defense of that indemnitee,necessary litigation expenses incurred by us and necessary litigation expenses incurred by the indemnitee at our request will be paid as Supplementary Payments. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 1.b.(b)of Section B.– Exclusions,such payments will not be deemed to be damages for "bodily injury"and "property damage"and will not reduce the Limits of Insurance. Our obligation to defend an insured's indemnitee and to pay for attorneys'fees and necessary litigation expenses as Supplementary Payments ends when: (1)We have used up the applicable limit of insurance in the payment of judgments or settlements;or (2)The conditions set forth above,or the terms of the agreement described in Paragraph (6)above,are no longer met. B.EXCLUSIONS 1.Applicable To Business Liability Coverage This insurance does not apply to: a.Expected Or Intended Injury (1)"Bodily injury"or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured.This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury"or "property damage"resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property;or (2)"Personal and advertising injury"arising out of an offense committed by,at the direction of or with the consent or acquiescence of the insured with the expectation of inflicting "personal and advertising injury". b.Contractual Liability (1)"Bodily injury"or "property damage";or (2)"Personal and advertising injury" for which the insured is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages because of: (a)"Bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury"that the insured would have in the absence of the contract or agreement;or Page 313 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 4 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 (b)"Bodily injury"or "property damage" assumed in a contract or agreement that is an "insured contract", provided the "bodily injury"or "property damage"occurs subsequent to the execution of the contract or agreement.Solely for the purpose of liability assumed in an "insured contract",reasonable attorneys'fees and necessary litigation expenses incurred by or for a party other than an insured are deemed to be damages because of "bodily injury"or "property damage" provided: (i)Liability to such party for,or for the cost of,that party’s defense has also been assumed in the same "insured contract",and (ii)Such attorneys'fees and litigation expenses are for defense of that party against a civil or alternative dispute resolution proceeding in which damages to which this insurance applies are alleged. c.Liquor Liability "Bodily injury"or "property damage"for which any insured may be held liable by reason of: (1)Causing or contributing to the intoxication of any person; (2)The furnishing of alcoholic beverages to a person under the legal drinking age or under the influence of alcohol;or (3)Any statute,ordinance or regulation relating to the sale,gift,distribution or use of alcoholic beverages. This exclusion applies only if you are in the business of manufacturing,distributing, selling,serving or furnishing alcoholic beverages. d.Workers'Compensation And Similar Laws Any obligation of the insured under a workers'compensation,disability benefits or unemployment compensation law or any similar law. e.Employer’s Liability "Bodily injury"to: (1)An "employee"of the insured arising out of and in the course of: (a)Employment by the insured;or (b)Performing duties related to the conduct of the insured’s business,or (2)The spouse,child,parent,brother or sister of that "employee"as a consequence of (1)above. This exclusion applies: (1)Whether the insured may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and (2)To any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury. This exclusion does not apply to liability assumed by the insured under an "insured contract". f.Pollution (1)"Bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the actual,alleged or threatened discharge,dispersal, seepage,migration,release or escape of "pollutants": (a)At or from any premises,site or location which is or was at any time owned or occupied by,or rented or loaned to any insured. However,this subparagraph does not apply to: (i)"Bodily injury"if sustained within a building and caused by smoke,fumes,vapor or soot produced by or originating from equipment that is used to heat, cool or dehumidify the building, or equipment that is used to heat water for personal use,by the building's occupants or their guests; (ii)"Bodily injury"or "property damage"for which you may be held liable,if you are a contractor and the owner or lessee of such premises,site or location has been added to your policy as an additional insured with respect to your ongoing operations performed for that additional insured at that premises,site or location and such premises,site or location is not and never was owned or occupied by,or rented or loaned to,any insured,other than that additional insured;or Page 314 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 5 of 24 (iii)"Bodily injury"or "property damage"arising out of heat, smoke or fumes from a "hostile fire"; (b)At or from any premises,site or location which is or was at any time used by or for any insured or others for the handling,storage, disposal,processing or treatment of waste; (c)Which are or were at any time transported,handled,stored, treated,disposed of,or processed as waste by or for: (i)Any insured;or (ii)Any person or organization for whom you may be legally responsible; (d)At or from any premises,site or location on which any insured or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on any insured's behalf are performing operations if the "pollutants"are brought on or to the premises,site or location in connection with such operations by such insured,contractor or subcontractor.However,this subparagraph does not apply to: (i)"Bodily injury"or "property damage"arising out of the escape of fuels,lubricants or other operating fluids which are needed to perform the normal electrical,hydraulic or mechanical functions necessary for the operation of "mobile equipment"or its parts, if such fuels,lubricants or other operating fluids escape from a vehicle part designed to hold, store or receive them.This exception does not apply if the "bodily injury"or "property damage"arises out of the intentional discharge,dispersal or release of the fuels, lubricants or other operating fluids,or if such fuels, lubricants or other operating fluids are brought on or to the premises,site or location with the intent that they be discharged,dispersed or released as part of the operations being performed by such insured,contractor or subcontractor; (ii)"Bodily injury"or "property damage"sustained within a building and caused by the release of gases,fumes or vapors from materials brought into that building in connection with operations being performed by you or on your behalf by a contractor or subcontractor;or (iii)"Bodily injury"or "property damage"arising out of heat, smoke or fumes from a "hostile fire";or (e)At or from any premises,site or location on which any insured or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on any insured’s behalf are performing operations if the operations are to test for,monitor,clean up,remove, contain,treat,detoxify or neutralize, or in any way respond to,or assess the effects of,"pollutants". (2)Any loss,cost or expense arising out of any: (a)Request,demand,order or statutory or regulatory requirement that any insured or others test for,monitor, clean up,remove,contain,treat, detoxify or neutralize,or in any way respond to,or assess the effects of, "pollutants";or (b)Claim or suit by or on behalf of a governmental authority for damages because of testing for, monitoring,cleaning up,removing, containing,treating,detoxifying or neutralizing,or in any way responding to,or assessing the effects of,"pollutants". However,this paragraph does not apply to liability for damages because of "property damage"that the insured would have in the absence of such request,demand,order or statutory or regulatory requirement,or such claim or "suit"by or on behalf of a governmental authority. Page 315 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 6 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 g.Aircraft,Auto Or Watercraft "Bodily injury"or "property damage"arising out of the ownership,maintenance,use or entrustment to others of any aircraft,"auto" or watercraft owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured.Use includes operation and "loading or unloading". This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision,hiring, employment,training or monitoring of others by that insured,if the "occurrence"which caused the "bodily injury"or "property damage"involved the ownership, maintenance,use or entrustment to others of any aircraft,"auto"or watercraft that is owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured. This exclusion does not apply to: (1)A watercraft while ashore on premises you own or rent; (2)A watercraft you do not own that is: (a)Less than 51 feet long;and (b)Not being used to carry persons for a charge; (3)Parking an "auto"on,or on the ways next to,premises you own or rent, provided the "auto"is not owned by or rented or loaned to you or the insured; (4)Liability assumed under any "insured contract"for the ownership, maintenance or use of aircraft or watercraft; (5)"Bodily injury"or "property damage" arising out of the operation of any of the equipment listed in Paragraph f.(2) or f.(3)of the definition of "mobile equipment";or (6)An aircraft that is not owned by any insured and is hired,chartered or loaned with a paid crew.However,this exception does not apply if the insured has any other insurance for such "bodily injury"or "property damage",whether the other insurance is primary,excess, contingent or on any other basis. h.Mobile Equipment "Bodily injury"or "property damage" arising out of: (1)The transportation of "mobile equipment" by an "auto"owned or operated by or rented or loaned to any insured;or (2)The use of "mobile equipment"in,or while in practice or preparation for,a prearranged racing,speed or demolition contest or in any stunting activity. i.War "Bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury",however caused,arising,directly or indirectly,out of: (1)War,including undeclared or civil war; (2)Warlike action by a military force, including action in hindering or defending against an actual or expected attack,by any government, sovereign or other authority using military personnel or other agents;or (3)Insurrection,rebellion,revolution, usurped power,or action taken by governmental authority in hindering or defending against any of these. j.Professional Services "Bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury"arising out of the rendering of or failure to render any professional service.This includes but is not limited to: (1)Legal,accounting or advertising services; (2)Preparing,approving,or failing to prepare or approve maps,shop drawings,opinions,reports,surveys, field orders,change orders,designs or drawings and specifications; (3)Supervisory,inspection,architectural or engineering activities; (4)Medical,surgical,dental,x-ray or nursing services treatment,advice or instruction; (5)Any health or therapeutic service treatment,advice or instruction; (6)Any service,treatment,advice or instruction for the purpose of appearance or skin enhancement,hair removal or replacement or personal grooming; (7)Optical or hearing aid services including the prescribing,preparation, fitting,demonstration or distribution of ophthalmic lenses and similar products or hearing aid devices; Page 316 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 7 of 24 (8)Optometry or optometric services including but not limited to examination of the eyes and the prescribing, preparation,fitting,demonstration or distribution of ophthalmic lenses and similar products; (9)Any: (a)Body piercing (not including ear piercing); (b)Tattooing,including but not limited to the insertion of pigments into or under the skin;and (c)Similar services; (10)Services in the practice of pharmacy; and (11)Computer consulting,design or programming services,including web site design. Paragraphs (4)and (5)of this exclusion do not apply to the Incidental Medical Malpractice coverage afforded under Paragraph 1.e.in Section A.-Coverages. k.Damage To Property "Property damage"to: (1)Property you own,rent or occupy, including any costs or expenses incurred by you,or any other person, organization or entity,for repair, replacement,enhancement, restoration or maintenance of such property for any reason,including prevention of injury to a person or damage to another's property; (2)Premises you sell,give away or abandon,if the "property damage"arises out of any part of those premises; (3)Property loaned to you; (4)Personal property in the care,custody or control of the insured; (5)That particular part of real property on which you or any contractors or subcontractors working directly or indirectly on your behalf are performing operations,if the "property damage" arises out of those operations;or (6)That particular part of any property that must be restored,repaired or replaced because "your work"was incorrectly performed on it. Paragraphs (1),(3)and (4)of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage"(other than damage by fire)to premises,including the contents of such premises,rented to you for a period of 7 or fewer consecutive days.A separate Limit of Insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in Section D.-Limits Of Insurance. Paragraph (2)of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are "your work"and were never occupied,rented or held for rental by you. Paragraphs (3)and (4)of this exclusion do not apply to the use of elevators. Paragraphs (3),(4),(5)and (6)of this exclusion do not apply to liability assumed under a sidetrack agreement. Paragraphs (3)and (4)of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage"to borrowed equipment while not being used to perform operations at a job site. Paragraph (6)of this exclusion does not apply to "property damage"included in the "products-completed operations hazard". l.Damage To Your Product "Property damage"to "your product" arising out of it or any part of it. m.Damage To Your Work "Property damage"to "your work"arising out of it or any part of it and included in the "products-completed operations hazard". This exclusion does not apply if the damaged work or the work out of which the damage arises was performed on your behalf by a subcontractor. n.Damage To Impaired Property Or Property Not Physically Injured "Property damage"to "impaired property" or property that has not been physically injured,arising out of: (1)A defect,deficiency,inadequacy or dangerous condition in "your product" or "your work";or (2)A delay or failure by you or anyone acting on your behalf to perform a contract or agreement in accordance with its terms. This exclusion does not apply to the loss of use of other property arising out of sudden and accidental physical injury to "your product"or "your work"after it has been put to its intended use. Page 317 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 8 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 o.Recall Of Products,Work Or Impaired Property Damages claimed for any loss,cost or expense incurred by you or others for the loss of use,withdrawal,recall,inspection, repair,replacement,adjustment,removal or disposal of: (1)"Your product"; (2)"Your work";or (3)"Impaired property"; if such product,work or property is withdrawn or recalled from the market or from use by any person or organization because of a known or suspected defect, deficiency,inadequacy or dangerous condition in it. p.Personal And Advertising Injury "Personal and advertising injury": (1)Arising out of oral,written or electronic publication of material,if done by or at the direction of the insured with knowledge of its falsity; (2)Arising out of oral,written or electronic publication of material whose first publication took place before the beginning of the policy period; (3)Arising out of a criminal act committed by or at the direction of the insured; (4)Arising out of any breach of contract, except an implied contract to use another’s "advertising idea"in your "advertisement"; (5)Arising out of the failure of goods, products or services to conform with any statement of quality or performance made in your "advertisement"; (6)Arising out of the wrong description of the price of goods,products or services; (7)Arising out of any violation of any intellectual property rights such as copyright,patent,trademark,trade name,trade secret,service mark or other designation of origin or authenticity. However,this exclusion does not apply to infringement,in your "advertisement",of (a)Copyright; (b)Slogan,unless the slogan is also a trademark,trade name,service mark or other designation of origin or authenticity;or (c)Title of any literary or artistic work; (8)Arising out of an offense committed by an insured whose business is: (a)Advertising,broadcasting, publishing or telecasting; (b)Designing or determining content of web sites for others;or (c)An Internet search,access, content or service provider. However,this exclusion does not apply to Paragraphs a.,b.and c. under the definition of "personal and advertising injury"in Section G.– Liability And Medical Expenses Definitions. For the purposes of this exclusion, placing an "advertisement"for or linking to others on your web site,by itself,is not considered the business of advertising,broadcasting, publishing or telecasting; (9)Arising out of an electronic chat room or bulletin board the insured hosts, owns,or over which the insured exercises control; (10)Arising out of the unauthorized use of another's name or product in your e-mail address,domain name or metatags,or any other similar tactics to mislead another's potential customers; (11)Arising out of the violation of a person's right of privacy created by any state or federal act. However,this exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the insured would have in the absence of such state or federal act; (12)Arising out of: (a)An "advertisement"for others on your web site; (b)Placing a link to a web site of others on your web site; (c)Content from a web site of others displayed within a frame or border on your web site.Content includes information,code,sounds,text, graphics or images;or (d)Computer code,software or programming used to enable: (i)Your web site;or (ii)The presentation or functionality of an "advertisement"or other content on your web site; Page 318 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 9 of 24 (13)Arising out of a violation of any anti- trust law; (14)Arising out of the fluctuation in price or value of any stocks,bonds or other securities;or (15)Arising out of discrimination or humiliation committed by or at the direction of any "executive officer", director,stockholder,partner or member of the insured. q.Electronic Data Damages arising out of the loss of,loss of use of,damage to,corruption of,inability to access,or inability to manipulate "electronic data". r.Employment-Related Practices "Bodily injury"or "personal and advertising injury"to: (1)A person arising out of any: (a)Refusal to employ that person; (b)Termination of that person's employment;or (c)Employment-related practices, policies,acts or omissions,such as coercion,demotion,evaluation, reassignment,discipline, defamation,harassment,humiliation or discrimination directed at that person;or (2)The spouse,child,parent,brother or sister of that person as a consequence of "bodily injury"or "personal and advertising injury"to the person at whom any of the employment-related practices described in Paragraphs (a),(b),or (c) above is directed. This exclusion applies: (1)Whether the insured may be liable as an employer or in any other capacity; and (2)To any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury. s.Asbestos (1)"Bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the "asbestos hazard". (2)Any damages,judgments,settlements, loss,costs or expenses that: (a)May be awarded or incurred by reason of any claim or suit alleging actual or threatened injury or damage of any nature or kind to persons or property which would not have occurred in whole or in part but for the "asbestos hazard"; (b)Arise out of any request,demand, order or statutory or regulatory requirement that any insured or others test for,monitor,clean up, remove,encapsulate,contain, treat,detoxify or neutralize or in any way respond to or assess the effects of an "asbestos hazard";or (c)Arise out of any claim or suit for damages because of testing for, monitoring,cleaning up,removing, encapsulating,containing,treating, detoxifying or neutralizing or in any way responding to or assessing the effects of an "asbestos hazard". t.Violation Of Statutes That Govern E- Mails,Fax,Phone Calls Or Other Methods Of Sending Material Or Information "Bodily injury","property damage",or "personal and advertising injury"arising directly or indirectly out of any action or omission that violates or is alleged to violate: (1)The Telephone Consumer Protection Act (TCPA),including any amendment of or addition to such law; (2)The CAN-SPAM Act of 2003,including any amendment of or addition to such law;or (3)Any statute,ordinance or regulation, other than the TCPA or CAN-SPAM Act of 2003,that prohibits or limits the sending,transmitting,communicating or distribution of material or information. Damage To Premises Rented To You – Exception For Damage By Fire,Lightning or Explosion Exclusions c.through h.and k.through o.do not apply to damage by fire,lightning or explosion to premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner.A separate Limit of Insurance applies to this coverage as described in Section D.-Liability And Medical Expenses Limits Of Insurance. Page 319 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 10 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 2.Applicable To Medical Expenses Coverage We will not pay expenses for "bodily injury": a.Any Insured To any insured,except "volunteer workers". b.Hired Person To a person hired to do work for or on behalf of any insured or a tenant of any insured. c.Injury On Normally Occupied Premises To a person injured on that part of premises you own or rent that the person normally occupies. d.Workers'Compensation And Similar Laws To a person,whether or not an "employee"of any insured,if benefits for the "bodily injury"are payable or must be provided under a workers'compensation or disability benefits law or a similar law. e.Athletics Activities To a person injured while practicing, instructing or participating in any physical exercises or games,sports or athletic contests. f.Products-Completed Operations Hazard Included with the "products-completed operations hazard". g.Business Liability Exclusions Excluded under Business Liability Coverage. C.WHO IS AN INSURED 1.If you are designated in the Declarations as: a.An individual,you and your spouse are insureds,but only with respect to the conduct of a business of which you are the sole owner. b.A partnership or joint venture,you are an insured.Your members,your partners,and their spouses are also insureds,but only with respect to the conduct of your business. c.A limited liability company,you are an insured.Your members are also insureds, but only with respect to the conduct of your business.Your managers are insureds,but only with respect to their duties as your managers. d.An organization other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company,you are an insured.Your "executive officers"and directors are insureds,but only with respect to their duties as your officers or directors. Your stockholders are also insureds,but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. e.A trust,you are an insured.Your trustees are also insureds,but only with respect to their duties as trustees. 2.Each of the following is also an insured: a.Employees And Volunteer Workers Your "volunteer workers"only while performing duties related to the conduct of your business,or your "employees",other than either your "executive officers"(if you are an organization other than a partnership,joint venture or limited liability company)or your managers (if you are a limited liability company),but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However,none of these "employees"or "volunteer workers"are insureds for: (1)"Bodily injury"or "personal and advertising injury": (a)To you,to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture),to your members (if you are a limited liability company),or to a co-"employee" while in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business,or to your other "volunteer workers"while performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b)To the spouse,child,parent, brother or sister of that co- "employee"or that "volunteer worker"as a consequence of Paragraph (1)(a)above; (c)For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in Paragraphs (1)(a)or (b)above;or (d)Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. If you are not in the business of providing professional health care services,Paragraph (d)does not apply to any nurse,emergency medical technician or paramedic employed by you to provide such services. (2)"Property damage"to property: (a)Owned,occupied or used by, Page 320 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 11 of 24 (b)Rented to,in the care,custody or control of,or over which physical control is being exercised for any purpose by you,any of your "employees","volunteer workers", any partner or member (if you are a partnership or joint venture),or any member (if you are a limited liability company). b.Real Estate Manager Any person (other than your "employee"or "volunteer worker"),or any organization while acting as your real estate manager. c.Temporary Custodians Of Your Property Any person or organization having proper temporary custody of your property if you die,but only: (1)With respect to liability arising out of the maintenance or use of that property;and (2)Until your legal representative has been appointed. d.Legal Representative If You Die Your legal representative if you die,but only with respect to duties as such.That representative will have all your rights and duties under this insurance. e.Unnamed Subsidiary Any subsidiary and subsidiary thereof,of yours which is a legally incorporated entity of which you own a financial interest of more than 50%of the voting stock on the effective date of this Coverage Part. The insurance afforded herein for any subsidiary not shown in the Declarations as a named insured does not apply to injury or damage with respect to which an insured under this insurance is also an insured under another policy or would be an insured under such policy but for its termination or upon the exhaustion of its limits of insurance. 3.Newly Acquired Or Formed Organization Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership,joint venture or limited liability company,and over which you maintain financial interest of more than 50%of the voting stock,will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization.However: a.Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period,whichever is earlier;and b.Coverage under this provision does not apply to: (1)"Bodily injury"or "property damage" that occurred;or (2)"Personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. 4.Operator Of Mobile Equipment With respect to "mobile equipment"registered in your name under any motor vehicle registration law,any person is an insured while driving such equipment along a public highway with your permission.Any other person or organization responsible for the conduct of such person is also an insured,but only with respect to liability arising out of the operation of the equipment,and only if no other insurance of any kind is available to that person or organization for this liability. However,no person or organization is an insured with respect to: a."Bodily injury"to a co-"employee"of the person driving the equipment;or b."Property damage"to property owned by, rented to,in the charge of or occupied by you or the employer of any person who is an insured under this provision. 5.Operator of Nonowned Watercraft With respect to watercraft you do not own that is less than 51 feet long and is not being used to carry persons for a charge,any person is an insured while operating such watercraft with your permission.Any other person or organization responsible for the conduct of such person is also an insured,but only with respect to liability arising out of the operation of the watercraft,and only if no other insurance of any kind is available to that person or organization for this liability. However,no person or organization is an insured with respect to: a."Bodily injury"to a co-"employee"of the person operating the watercraft;or b."Property damage"to property owned by, rented to,in the charge of or occupied by you or the employer of any person who is an insured under this provision. 6.Additional Insureds When Required By Written Contract,Written Agreement Or Permit The person(s)or organization(s)identified in Paragraphs a.through f.below are additional insureds when you have agreed,in a written Page 321 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 12 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 contract,written agreement or because of a permit issued by a state or political subdivision,that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy,provided the injury or damage occurs subsequent to the execution of the contract or agreement,or the issuance of the permit. A person or organization is an additional insured under this provision only for that period of time required by the contract, agreement or permit. However,no such person or organization is an additional insured under this provision if such person or organization is included as an additional insured by an endorsement issued by us and made a part of this Coverage Part, including all persons or organizations added as additional insureds under the specific additional insured coverage grants in Section F.–Optional Additional Insured Coverages. a.Vendors Any person(s)or organization(s)(referred to below as vendor),but only with respect to "bodily injury"or "property damage"arising out of "your products"which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business and only if this Coverage Part provides coverage for "bodily injury"or "property damage"included within the "products-completed operations hazard". (1)The insurance afforded to the vendor is subject to the following additional exclusions: This insurance does not apply to: (a)"Bodily injury"or "property damage"for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; (b)Any express warranty unauthorized by you; (c)Any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the vendor; (d)Repackaging,except when unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection,demonstration,testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; (e)Any failure to make such inspections,adjustments,tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business,in connection with the distribution or sale of the products; (f)Demonstration,installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product; (g)Products which,after distribution or sale by you,have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container,part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor;or (h)"Bodily injury"or "property damage"arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf.However,this exclusion does not apply to: (i)The exceptions contained in Subparagraphs (d)or (f);or (ii)Such inspections,adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business,in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. (2)This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organization from whom you have acquired such products, or any ingredient,part or container, entering into,accompanying or containing such products. b.Lessors Of Equipment (1)Any person or organization from whom you lease equipment;but only with respect to their liability for "bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury" caused,in whole or in part,by your maintenance,operation or use of equipment leased to you by such person or organization. Page 322 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 13 of 24 (2)With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence"which takes place after you cease to lease that equipment. c.Lessors Of Land Or Premises (1)Any person or organization from whom you lease land or premises,but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership,maintenance or use of that part of the land or premises leased to you. (2)With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,this insurance does not apply to: (a)Any "occurrence"which takes place after you cease to lease that land or be a tenant in that premises;or (b)Structural alterations,new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such person or organization. d.Architects,Engineers Or Surveyors (1)Any architect,engineer,or surveyor,but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury"caused,in whole or in part,by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: (a)In connection with your premises; or (b)In the performance of your ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf. (2)With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional services by or for you,including: (a)The preparing,approving,or failure to prepare or approve, maps,shop drawings,opinions, reports,surveys,field orders, change orders,designs or drawings and specifications;or (b)Supervisory,inspection, architectural or engineering activities. e.Permits Issued By State Or Political Subdivisions (1)Any state or political subdivision,but only with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit. (2)With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,this insurance does not apply to: (a)"Bodily injury","property damage" or "personal and advertising injury"arising out of operations performed for the state or municipality;or (b)"Bodily injury"or "property damage" included within the "products- completed operations hazard". f.Any Other Party (1)Any other person or organization who is not an insured under Paragraphs a. through e.above,but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage"or "personal and advertising injury"caused,in whole or in part,by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: (a)In the performance of your ongoing operations; (b)In connection with your premises owned by or rented to you;or (c)In connection with "your work"and included within the "products- completed operations hazard",but only if (i)The written contract or written agreement requires you to provide such coverage to such additional insured;and (ii)This Coverage Part provides coverage for "bodily injury"or "property damage"included within the "products- completed operations hazard". (2)With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,this insurance does not apply to: "Bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of,or the failure to render,any professional architectural,engineering or surveying services,including: Page 323 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 14 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 (a)The preparing,approving,or failure to prepare or approve, maps,shop drawings,opinions, reports,surveys,field orders, change orders,designs or drawings and specifications;or (b)Supervisory,inspection, architectural or engineering activities. The limits of insurance that apply to additional insureds are described in Section D.–Limits Of Insurance. How this insurance applies when other insurance is available to an additional insured is described in the Other Insurance Condition in Section E.–Liability And Medical Expenses General Conditions. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership,joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. D.LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES LIMITS OF INSURANCE 1.The Most We Will Pay The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations and the rules below fix the most we will pay regardless of the number of: a.Insureds; b.Claims made or "suits"brought;or c.Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". 2.Aggregate Limits The most we will pay for: a.Damages because of "bodily injury"and "property damage"included in the "products-completed operations hazard"is the Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. b.Damages because of all other "bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury",including medical expenses,is the General Aggregate Limit shown in the Declarations. This General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your "locations" owned by or rented to you. "Location"means premises involving the same or connecting lots,or premises whose connection is interrupted only by a street,roadway or right-of-way of a railroad. This General Aggregate limit does not apply to "property damage"to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner,arising out of fire,lightning or explosion. 3.Each Occurrence Limit Subject to 2.a.or 2.b above,whichever applies,the most we will pay for the sum of all damages because of all "bodily injury", "property damage"and medical expenses arising out of any one "occurrence"is the Liability and Medical Expenses Limit shown in the Declarations. The most we will pay for all medical expenses because of "bodily injury"sustained by any one person is the Medical Expenses Limit shown in the Declarations. 4.Personal And Advertising Injury Limit Subject to 2.b.above,the most we will pay for the sum of all damages because of all "personal and advertising injury"sustained by any one person or organization is the Personal and Advertising Injury Limit shown in the Declarations. 5.Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Business Liability Coverage for damages because of "property damage"to any one premis es,while rented to you,or in the case of damage by fire, lightning or explosion,while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. In the case of damage by fire,lightning or explosion,the Damage to Premises Rented To You Limit applies to all damage proximately caused by the same event,whether such damage results from fire,lightning or explosion or any combination of these. 6.How Limits Apply To Additional Insureds The most we will pay on behalf of a person or organization who is an additional insured under this Coverage Part is the lesser of: a.The limits of insurance specified in a written contract,written agreement or permit issued by a state or political subdivision;or b.The Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. Such amount shall be a part of and not in addition to the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations and described in this Section. Page 324 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 15 of 24 If more than one limit of insurance under this policy and any endorsements attached thereto applies to any claim or "suit",the most we will pay under this policy and the endorsements is the single highest limit of liability of all coverages applicable to such claim or "suit".However,this paragraph does not apply to the Medical Expenses limit set forth in Paragraph 3.above. The Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part apply separately to each consecutive annual period and to any remaining period of less than 12 months,starting with the beginning of the policy period shown in the Declarations,unless the policy period is extended after issuance for an additional period of less than 12 months.In that case,the additional period will be deemed part of the last preceding period for purposes of determining the Limits of Insurance. E.LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.Bankruptcy Bankruptcy or insolvency of the insured or of the insured's estate will not relieve us of our obligations under this Coverage Part. 2.Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense,Claim Or Suit a.Notice Of Occurrence Or Offense You or any additional insured must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of an "occurrence"or an offense which may result in a claim.To the extent possible,notice should include: (1)How,when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place; (2)The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses;and (3)The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence"or offense. b.Notice Of Claim If a claim is made or "suit"is brought against any insured,you or any additional insured must: (1)Immediately record the specifics of the claim or "suit"and the date received; and (2)Notify us as soon as practicable. You or any additional insured must see to it that we receive a written notice of the claim or "suit"as soon as practicable. c.Assistance And Cooperation Of The Insured You and any other involved insured must: (1)Immediately send us copies of any demands,notices,summonses or legal papers received in connection with the claim or "suit"; (2)Authorize us to obtain records and other information; (3)Cooperate with us in the investigation, settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit";and (4)Assist us,upon our request,in the enforcement of any right against any person or organization that may be liable to the insured because of injury or damage to which this insurance may also apply. d.Obligations At The Insured's Own Cost No insured will,except at that insured's own cost,voluntarily make a payment,assume any obligation,or incur any expense,other than for first aid,without our consent. e.Additional Insured's Other Insurance If we cover a claim or "suit"under this Coverage Part that may also be covered by other insurance available to an additional insured,such additional insured must submit such claim or "suit"to the other insurer for defense and indemnity. However,this provision does not apply to the extent that you have agreed in a written contract,written agreement or permit that this insurance is primary and non-contributory with the additional insured's own insurance. f.Knowledge Of An Occurrence,Offense, Claim Or Suit Paragraphs a.and b.apply to you or to any additional insured only when such "occurrence",offense,claim or "suit"is known to: (1)You or any additional insured that is an individual; (2)Any partner,if you or an additional insured is a partnership; (3)Any manager,if you or an additional insured is a limited liability company; (4)Any "executive officer"or insurance manager,if you or an additional insured is a corporation; (5)Any trustee,if you or an additional insured is a trust;or (6)Any elected or appointed offic ial,if you or an additional insured is a political subdivision or public entity. Page 325 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 16 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 This Paragraph f.applies separately to you and any additional insured. 3.Financial Responsibility Laws a.When this policy is certified as proof of financial responsibility for the future under the provisions of any motor vehicle financial responsibility law,the insurance provided by the policy for "bodily injury" liability and "property damage"liability will comply with the provisions of the law to the extent of the coverage and limits of insurance required by that law. b.With respect to "mobile equipment"to which this insurance applies,we will provide any liability,uninsured motorists, underinsured motorists,no-fault or other coverage required by any motor vehicle law.We will provide the required limits for those coverages. 4.Legal Action Against Us No person or organization has a right under this Coverage Form: a.To join us as a party or otherwise bring us into a "suit"asking for damages from an insured;or b.To sue us on this Coverage Form unless all of its terms have been fully complied with. A person or organization may sue us to recover on an agreed settlement or on a final judgment against an insured;but we will not be liable for damages that are not payable under the terms of this insurance or that are in excess of the applicable limit of insurance.An agreed settlement means a settlement and release of liability signed by us,the insured and the claimant or the claimant's legal representative. 5.Separation Of Insureds Except with respect to the Limits of Insurance, and any rights or duties specifically assigned in this policy to the first Named Insured,this insurance applies: a.As if each Named Insured were the only Named Insured;and b.Separately to each insured against whom a claim is made or "suit"is brought. 6.Representations a.When You Accept This Policy By accepting this policy,you agree: (1)The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; (2)Those statements are based upon representations you made to us;and (3)We have issued this policy in reliance upon your representations. b.Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards If unintentionally you should fail to disclose all hazards relating to the conduct of your business at the inception date of this Coverage Part,we shall not deny any coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. 7.Other Insurance If other valid and collectible insurance is available for a loss we cover under this Coverage Part,our obligations are limited as follows: a.Primary Insurance This insurance is primary except when b. below applies.If other insurance is also primary,we will share with all that other insurance by the method described in c. below. b.Excess Insurance This insurance is excess over any of the other insurance,whether primary,excess, contingent or on any other basis: (1)Your Work That is Fire,Extended Coverage, Builder's Risk,Installation Risk or similar coverage for "your work"; (2)Premises Rented To You That is fire,lightning or explosion insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; (3)Tenant Liability That is insurance purchased by you to cover your liability as a tenant for "property damage"to premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; (4)Aircraft,Auto Or Watercraft If the loss arises out of the maintenance or use of aircraft,"autos"or watercraft to the extent not subject to Exclusion g.of Section A.–Coverages. (5)Property Damage To Borrowed Equipment Or Use Of Elevators If the loss arises out of "property damage"to borrowed equipment or the use of elevators to the extent not subject to Exclusion k.of Section A.– Coverages. Page 326 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 17 of 24 (6)When You Are Added As An Additional Insured To Other Insurance That is other insurance available to you covering liability for damages arising out of the premises or operations,or products and completed operations,for which you have been added as an additional insured by that insurance;or (7)When You Add Others As An Additional Insured To This Insurance That is other insurance available to an additional insured. However,the following provisions apply to other insurance available to any person or organization who is an additional insured under this Coverage Part: (a)Primary Insurance When Required By Contract This insurance is primary if you have agreed in a written contract, written agreement or permit that this insurance be primary.If other insurance is also primary,we will share with all that other insurance by the method described in c. below. (b)Primary And Non-Contributory To Other Insurance When Required By Contract If you have agreed in a written contract,written agreement or permit that this insurance is primary and non-contributory with the additional insured's own insurance,this insurance is primary and we will not seek contribution from that other insurance. Paragraphs (a)and (b)do not apply to other insurance to which the additional insured has been added as an additional insured. When this insurance is excess,we will have no duty under this Coverage Part to defend the insured against any "suit"if any other insurer has a duty to defend the insured against that "suit".If no other insurer defends,we will undertake to do so,but we will be entitled to the insured's rights against all those other insurers. When this insurance is excess over other insurance,we will pay only our share of the amount of the loss,if any,that exceeds the sum of: (1)The total amount that all such other insurance would pay for the loss in the absence of this insurance;and (2)The total of all deductible and self- insured amounts under all that other insurance. We will share the remaining loss,if any,with any other insurance that is not described in this Excess Insurance provision and was not bought specifically to apply in excess of the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations of this Coverage Part. c.Method Of Sharing If all the other insurance permits contribution by equal shares,we will follow this method also.Under this approach, each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. If any of the other insurance does not permit contribution by equal shares,we will contribute by limits.Under this method,each insurer’s share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance to the total applicable limits of insurance of all insurers. 8.Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us a.Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery If the insured has rights to recover all or part of any payment,including Supplementary Payments,we have made under this Coverage Part,those rights are transferred to us.The insured must do nothing after loss to impair them.At our request,the insured will bring "suit"or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce them.This condition does not apply to Medical Expenses Coverage. b.Waiver Of Rights Of Recovery (Waiver Of Subrogation) If the insured has waived any rights of recovery against any person or organization for all or part of any payment, including Supplementary Payments,we have made under this Coverage Part,we also waive that right,provided the insured waived their rights of recovery against such person or organization in a contract, agreement or permit that was executed prior to the injury or damage. Page 327 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 18 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 F.OPTIONAL ADDITIONAL INSURED COVERAGES If listed or shown as applicable in the Declarations, one or more of the following Optional Additional Insured Coverages also apply.When any of these Optional Additional Insured Coverages apply, Paragraph 6.(Additional Insureds When Required by Written Contract,Written Agreement or Permit) of Section C.,Who Is An Insured,does not apply to the person or organization shown in the Declarations.These coverages are subject to the terms and conditions applicable to Business Liability Coverage in this policy,except as provided below: 1.Additional Insured -Designated Person Or Organization WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C.is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s)or organization(s)shown in the Declarations,but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury"caused,in whole or in part,by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: a.In the performance of your ongoing operations;or b.In connection with your premises owned by or rented to you. 2.Additional Insured -Managers Or Lessors Of Premises a.WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C.is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s)or organization(s)shown in the Declarations as an Additional Insured - Designated Person Or Organization;but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership,maintenance or use of that part of the premises leased to you and shown in the Declarations. b.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to: (1)Any "occurrence"which takes place after you cease to be a tenant in that premises;or (2)Structural alterations,new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such person or organization. 3.Additional Insured -Grantor Of Franchise WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C.is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s)or organization(s)shown in the Declarations as an Additional Insured - Grantor Of Franchise,but only with respect to their liability as grantor of franchise to you. 4.Additional Insured -Lessor Of Leased Equipment a.WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C.is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s)or organization(s) shown in the Declarations as an Additional Insured –Lessor of Leased Equipment, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury"caused,in whole or in part,by your maintenance,operation or use of equipment leased to you by such person(s)or organization(s). b.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence"which takes place after you cease to lease that equipment. 5.Additional Insured -Owners Or Other Interests From Whom Land Has Been Leased a.WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C.is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s)or organization(s) shown in the Declarations as an Additional Insured –Owners Or Other Interests From Whom Land Has Been Leased,but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership,maintenance or use of that part of the land leased to you and shown in the Declarations. b.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to: (1)Any "occurrence"that takes place after you cease to lease that land;or (2)Structural alterations,new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such person or organization. 6.Additional Insured -State Or Political Subdivision –Permits a.WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C.is amended to include as an additional insured the state or political subdivision shown in the Declarations as an Additional Page 328 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 19 of 24 Insured –State Or Political Subdivision - Permits,but only with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit. b.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to: (1)"Bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the state or municipality;or (2)"Bodily injury"or "property damage" included in the "product-completed operations"hazard. 7.Additional Insured –Vendors a.WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C.is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s)or organization(s) (referred to below as vendor)shown in the Declarations as an Additional Insured - Vendor,but only with respect to "bodily injury"or "property damage"arising out of "your products"which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business and only if this Coverage Part provides coverage for "bodily injury"or "property damage"included within the "products-completed operations hazard". b.The insurance afforded to the vendor is subject to the following additional exclusions: (1)This insurance does not apply to: (a)"Bodily injury"or "property damage"for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; (b)Any express warranty unauthorized by you; (c)Any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the vendor; (d)Repackaging,unless unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection, demonstration,testing,or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; (e)Any failure to make such inspections,adjustments,tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business,in connection with the distribution or sale of the products; (f)Demonstration,installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product; (g)Products which,after distribution or sale by you,have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container,part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor;or (h)"Bodily injury"or "property damage"arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf.However,this exclusion does not apply to: (i)The exceptions contained in Subparagraphs (d)or (f);or (ii)Such inspections, adjustments,tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business,in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. (2)This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organization from whom you have acquired such products,or any ingredient,part or container,entering into, accompanying or containing such products. 8.Additional Insured –Controlling Interest WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C.is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s)or organization(s)shown in the Declarations as an Additional Insured – Controlling Interest,but only with respect to their liability arising out of: a.Their financial control of you;or b.Premises they own,maintain or control while you lease or occupy these premises. Page 329 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 20 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 This insurance does not apply to structural alterations,new construction and demolition operations performed by or for that person or organization. 9.Additional Insured –Owners,Lessees Or Contractors –Scheduled Person Or Organization a.WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C.is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s)or organization(s) shown in the Declarations as an Additional Insured –Owner,Lessees Or Contractors, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury"caused,in whole or in part,by your acts or omissions or the acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf: (1)In the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured(s);or (2)In connection with "your work" performed for that additional insured and included within the "products- completed operations hazard",but only if this Coverage Part provides coverage for "bodily injury"or "property damage"included within the "products-completed operations hazard". b.With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds,this insurance does not apply to "bodily injury","property damage"or "personal an advertising injury"arising out of the rendering of,or the failure to render,any professional architectural,engineering or surveying services,including: (1)The preparing,approving,or failure to prepare or approve,maps,shop drawings,opinions,reports,surveys, field orders,change orders,designs or drawings and specifications;or (2)Supervisory,inspection,architectural or engineering activities. 10.Additional Insured –Co-Owner Of Insured Premises WHO IS AN INSURED under Section C.is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s)or Organization(s)shown in the Declarations as an Additional Insured –Co- Owner Of Insured Premises,but only with respect to their liability as co-owner of the premises shown in the Declarations. The limits of insurance that apply to additional insureds are described in Section D.–Limits Of Insurance. How this insurance applies when other insurance is available to an additional insured is described in the Other Insurance Condition in Section E.– Liability And Medical Expenses General Conditions. G.LIABILITY AND MEDICAL EXPENSES DEFINITIONS 1."Advertisement"means the widespread public dissemination of information or images that has the purpose of inducing the sale of goods, products or services through: a.(1)Radio; (2)Television; (3)Billboard; (4)Magazine; (5)Newspaper; b.The Internet,but only that part of a web site that is about goods,products or services for the purposes of inducing the sale of goods,products or services;or c.Any other publication that is given widespread public distribution. However,"advertisement"does not include: a.The design,printed material,information or images contained in,on or upon the packaging or labeling of any goods or products;or b.An interactive conversation between or among persons through a computer network. 2."Advertising idea"means any idea for an "advertisement". 3."Asbestos hazard"means an exposure or threat of exposure to the actual or alleged properties of asbestos and includes the mere presence of asbestos in any form. 4."Auto"means a land motor vehicle,trailer or semi-trailer designed for travel on public roads,including any attached machinery or equipment.But "auto"does not include "mobile equipment". 5."Bodily injury"means physical: a.Injury; b.Sickness;or c.Disease sustained by a person and,if arising out of the above,mental anguish or death at any time. 6."Coverage territory"means: Page 330 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 21 of 24 a.The United States of America (including its territories and possessions),Puerto Rico and Canada; b.International waters or airspace,but only if the injury or damage occurs in the course of travel or transportation between any places included in a.above; c.All other parts of the world if the injury or damage arises out of: (1)Goods or products made or sold by you in the territory described in a.above; (2)The activities of a person whose home is in the territory described in a. above,but is away for a short time on your business;or (3)"Personal and advertising injury" offenses that take place through the Internet or similar electronic means of communication provided the insured's responsibility to pay damages is determined in the United States of America (including its territories and possessions),Puerto Rico or Canada,in a "suit"on the merits according to the substantive law in such territory,or in a settlement we agree to. 7."Electronic data"means information,facts or programs: a.Stored as or on; b.Created or used on;or c.Transmitted to or from computer software,including systems and applications software,hard or floppy disks, CD-ROMS,tapes,drives,cells,data processing devices or any other media which are used with electronically controlled equipment. 8."Employee"includes a "leased worker". "Employee"does not include a "temporary worker". 9."Executive officer"means a person holding any of the officer positions created by your charter,constitution,by-laws or any other similar governing document. 10."Hostile fire"means one which becomes uncontrollable or breaks out from where it was intended to be. 11."Impaired property"means tangible property, other than "your product"or "your work",that cannot be used or is less useful because: a.It incorporates "your product"or "your work" that is known or thought to be defective, deficient,inadequate or dangerous;or b.You have failed to fulfill the terms of a contract or agreement; if such property can be restored to use by: a.The repair,replacement,adjustment or removal of "your product"or "your work"; or b.Your fulfilling the terms of the contract or agreement. 12."Insured contract"means: a.A contract for a lease of premises. However,that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for damage by fire, lightning or explosion to p remises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner is subject to the Damage To Premises Rented To You limit described in Section D.–Liability and Medical Expenses Limits of Insurance. b.A sidetrack agreement; c.Any easement or license agreement, including an easement or license agreement in connection with construction or demolition operations on or within 50 feet of a railroad; d.Any obligation,as required by ordinance, to indemnify a municipality,except in connection with work for a municipality; e.An elevator maintenance agreement;or f.That part of any other contract or agreement pertaining to your business (including an indemnification of a municipality in connection with work performed for a municipality)under which you assume the tort liability of another party to pay for "bodily injury"or "property damage"to a third person or organization, provided the "bodily injury"or "property damage"is caused,in whole or in part,by you or by those acting on your behalf. Tort liability means a liability that would be imposed by law in the absence of any contract or agreement. Paragraph f.includes that part of any contract or agreement that indemnifies a railroad for "bodily injury"or "property damage"arising out of construction or demolition operations within 50 feet of any railroad property and affecting any railroad bridge or trestle,tracks,road-beds,tunnel, underpass or crossing. However,Paragraph f.does not include that part of any contract or agreement: Page 331 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 22 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 (1)That indemnifies an architect, engineer or surveyor for injury or damage arising out of: (a)Preparing,approving or failing to prepare or approve maps,shop drawings,opinions,reports, surveys,field orders,change orders,designs or drawings and specifications;or (b)Giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them,if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage;or (2)Under which the insured,if an architect,engineer or surveyor, assumes liability for an injury or damage arising out of the insured's rendering or failure to render professional services,including those lis ted in (1)above and supervisory, inspection,architectural or engineering activities. 13."Leased worker"means a person leased to you by a labor leasing firm under an agreement between you and the labor leasing firm,to perform duties related to the conduct of your business."Leased worker"does not include a "temporary worker". 14."Loading or unloading"means the handling of property: a.After it is moved from the place where it is accepted for movement into or onto an aircraft,watercraft or "auto"; b.While it is in or on an aircraft,watercraft or "auto";or c.While it is being moved from an aircraft, watercraft or "auto"to the place where it is finally delivered; but "loading or unloading"does not include the movement of property by means of a mechanical device,other than a hand truck,that is not attached to the aircraft,watercraft or "auto". 15."Mobile equipment"means any of the following types of land vehicles,including any attached machinery or equipment: a.Bulldozers,farm machinery,forklifts and other vehicles designed for use principally off public roads; b.Vehicles maintained for use solely on or next to premises you own or rent; c.Vehicles that travel on crawler treads; d.Vehicles,whether self-propelled or not,on which are permanently mounted: (1)Power cranes,shovels,loaders, diggers or drills;or (2)Road construction or resurfacing equipment such as graders,scrapers or rollers; e.Vehicles not described in a.,b.,c.,or d. above that are not self-propelled and are maintained primarily to provide mobility to permanently attached equipment of the following types: (1)Air compressors,pumps and generators,including spraying, welding,building cleaning, geophysical exploration,lighting and well servicing equipment;or (2)Cherry pickers and similar devices used to raise or lower workers; f.Vehicles not described in a.,b.,c.,or d. above maintained primarily for purposes other than the transportation of persons or cargo. However,self-propelled vehicles with the following types of permanently attached equipment are not "mobile equipment"but will be considered "autos": (1)Equipment,of at least 1,000 pounds gross vehicle weight,designed primarily for: (a)Snow removal; (b)Road maintenance,but not construction or resurfacing;or (c)Street cleaning; (2)Cherry pickers and similar devices mounted on automobile or truck chassis and used to raise or lower workers;and (3)Air compressors,pumps and generators,including spraying, welding,building cleaning, geophysical exploration,lighting and well servicing equipment. 16."Occurrence"means an accident,including continuous or repeated exposure to substantially the same general harmful conditions. 17."Personal and advertising injury"means injury, including consequential "bodily injury",arising out of one or more of the following offenses: a.False arrest,detention or imprisonment; b.Malicious prosecution; Page 332 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Form SS 00 08 04 05 Page 23 of 24 c.The wrongful eviction from,wrongful entry into,or invasion of the right of private occupancy of a room,dwelling or premises that the person occupies, committed by or on behalf of its owner, landlord or lessor; d.Oral,written or electronic publication of material that slanders or libels a person or organization or disparages a person's or organization's goods,products or services; e.Oral,written or electronic publication of material that violates a person's right of privacy; f.Copying,in your "advertisement",a person’s or organization’s "advertising idea"or style of "advertisement"; g.Infringement of copyright,slogan,or title of any literary or artistic work,in your "advertisement";or h.Discrimination or humiliation that results in injury to the feelings or reputation of a natural person. 18."Pollutants"means any solid,liquid,gaseous or thermal irritant or contaminant,including smoke, vapor,soot,fumes,acids,alkalis,chemicals and waste.Waste includes materials to be recycled, reconditioned or reclaimed. 19."Products-completed operations hazard"; a.Includes all "bodily injury"and "property damage"occurring away from premises you own or rent and arising out of "your product"or "your work"except: (1)Products that are still in your physical possession;or (2)Work that has not yet been completed or abandoned.However,"your work" will be deemed to be completed at the earliest of the following times: (a)When all of the work called for in your contract has been completed. (b)When all of the work to be done at the job site has been completed if your contract calls for work at more than one job site. (c)When that part of the work done at a job site has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor working on the same project. Work that may need service,maintenance, correction,repair or replacement,but which is otherwise complete,will be treated as completed. The "bodily injury"or "property damage" must occur away from premises you own or rent,unless your business includes the selling,handling or distribution of "your product"for consumption on premises you own or rent. b.Does not include "bodily injury"or "property damage"arising out of: (1)The transportation of property,unless the injury or damage arises out of a condition in or on a vehicle not owned or operated by you,and that condition was created by the "loading or unloading"of that vehicle by any insured;or (2)The existence of tools,uninstalled equipment or abandoned or unused materials. 20."Property damage"means: a.Physical injury to tangible property, including all resulting loss of use of that property.All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the physical injury that caused it;or b.Loss of use of tangible property that is not physically injured.All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of "occurrence"that caused it. As used in this definition,"electronic data"is not tangible property. 21."Suit"means a civil proceeding in which damages because of "bodily injury","property damage"or "personal and advertising injury" to which this insurance applies are alleged. "Suit"includes: a.An arbitration proceeding in which such damages are claimed and to which the insured must submit or does submit with our consent;or b.Any other alternative dispute resolution proceeding in which such damages are claimed and to which the insured submits with our consent. 22."Temporary worker"means a person who is furnished to you to substitute for a permanent "employee"on leave or to meet seasonal or short-term workload conditions. 23."Volunteer worker"means a person who: a.Is not your "employee"; Page 333 of 778 BUSINESS LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Page 24 of 24 Form SS 00 08 04 05 b.Donates his or her work; c.Acts at the direction of and within the scope of duties determined by you;and d.Is not paid a fee,salary or other compensation by you or anyone else for their work performed for you. 24."Your product": a.Means: (1)Any goods or products,other than real property,manufactured,sold,handled, distributed or disposed of by: (a)You; (b)Others trading under your name; or (c)A person or organization whose business or assets you have acquired;and (2)Containers (other than vehicles), materials,parts or equipment furnished in connection with such goods or products. b.Includes: (1)Warranties or representations made at any time with respect to the fitness, quality,durability,performance or use of "your product";and (2)The providing of or failure to provide warnings or instructions. c.Does not include vending machines or other property rented to or located for the use of others but not sold. 25."Your work": a.Means: (1)Work or operations performed by you or on your behalf;and (2)Materials,parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work or operations. b.Includes: (1)Warranties or representations made at any time with respect to the fitness, quality,durability,performance or use of "your work";and (2)The providing of or failure to provide warnings or instructions. Page 334 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 44 of 48 EXHIBIT F PERFORMANCE BOND Page 335 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 45 of 48 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No.__________________________ THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: THE COUNTY OF BRAZOS § THAT WE, Origin Utility, Inc., as Principal, hereinafter called “Contractor” and the other subscriber hereto Skyward Specialty Insurance, as Surety, do hereby acknowledge ourselves to be held and firmly bound to the City of College Station, a municipal corporation, in the sum of $1,338,725.65 for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made to the City of College Station and its successors, the said Contractor and Surety do bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH THAT: WHEREAS, the Contractor has on or about this day executed a Contract in writing with the City of College Station for implementation services, licensing, support and maintenance for utility billing software as a service, all of such work and services to be done as set out in full in said Contract Documents therein referred to and adopted by the City Council, all of which are made a part of this instrument as fully and completely as if set out in full herein. NOW THEREFORE, if the said Contractor shall faithfully and strictly perform Contract in all its terms, provisions, and stipulations in accordance with its true meaning and effect, and in accordance with the Contract Documents referred to therein and shall comply strictly with each and every provision of the Contract, including all warranties and indemnities therein and with this bond, then this obligation shall become null and void and shall have no further force and effect; otherwise the same is to remain in full force and effect. It is further understood and agreed that the Surety does hereby relieve the City of College Station or its representatives from the exercise of any diligence whatever in securing compliance on the part of the Contractor with the terms of the Contract, including the making of payments thereunder and, having fully considered its Principal’s competence to perform the Contract in the underwriting of this Performance Bond, the Surety hereby waives any notice to it of any default, or delay by the Contractor in the performance of his Contract and agrees that it, the Surety, shall be bound to take notice of and shall be held to have knowledge of all acts or omissions of the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the Contract. The Surety understands and agrees that the provision in the Contract that the City of College Station shall retain certain amounts due the Contractor until the expiration of thirty (30) days from the acceptance of the Work is intended for the City’s benefit, and the City of College Station shall have the right to pay or withhold such retained amounts or any other amount owing under the Contract without changing or affecting the liability of the Surety hereon in any degree. It is further expressly agreed by Surety that the City of College Station or its representatives are at liberty at any time, without notice to the Surety, to make any change in the Contract Documents and in the Work to be done thereunder, as provided in the Contract, and in the terms and conditions thereof, or to make any change in, addition to, or deduction from the Work to be done thereunder; and that such changes, if made, shall not in any way vitiate the obligation in this bond and undertaking or release the Surety therefrom. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that any change in Contract Time or Contract Sum shall not in anywise affect its obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive notice of any such change in Contract Time or Contract Sum. It is further expressly agreed and understood that the Contractor and Surety will fully indemnify and hold harmless the City of College Station from any liability, loss, cost, expense, or damage arising out of or in connection with the Work done by the Contractor under the Contract. In the event that the City of College Station shall bring any suit or other proceeding at law on the Contract or this bond or both, the Contractor and Surety agree to pay to the City the actual amounts of attorneys’ fees incurred by the city in connection with such suit. This bond and all obligations created hereunder shall be performable in Brazos County, Texas. This bond is given in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, which is incorporated herein by this reference. However, all of the express provisions hereof shall be applicable whether or not Page 336 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 46 of 48 within the scope of said statute. Notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered when actually received or, if earlier, on the third day following deposit in a United State Postal Service post office or receptacle, with proper postage affixed (certified mail, return receipt requested), addressed to the respective other party at the address prescribed in the Contract Documents, or at such other address as the receiving party may hereafter prescribe by written notice to the sending party. A copy of surety agent’s “Power of Attorney” must be attached hereto. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the said Contractor and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument on the respective dates written below their signatures and have attached current Power of Attorney. FOR THE CONTRACTOR: ATTEST & SEAL: (SEAL) Origin Utility, Inc. By: __________________________________ By: ___________________________________ Name: _________________________________ Name: _________________________________ Title: __________________________________ Title: __________________________________ Date: __________________________________ Date: __________________________________ FOR THE SURETY: ATTEST/WITNESS (SEAL) _______________________________________ (Full Name of Surety) By: __________________________________ _______________________________________ Name: _________________________________ _______________________________________ (Address of Surety for Notice) Title: __________________________________ Date: __________________________________ By: ___________________________________ Name: _________________________________ Title: __________________________________ Date: __________________________________ FOR THE CITY: REVIEWED: ACCEPTED BY COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS: ______________________________________ _______________________________________ City Attorney City Manager NOTE: Date of bonds must be on or after the date of execution by City. Page 337 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 47 of 48 EXHIBIT G ORIGIN’S RFP RESPONSE DATED JULY 6, 2021 Page 338 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proposal by: Origin Consulting, LLC Utility Billing System Software / RFP #21-034 Response Due Date: July 26, 2021 Page 339 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Cover Letter .................................................................................................................................... 4 Executive Summary ........................................................................................................................ 6 Tab A – Qualifications and Experience ......................................................................................... 9 Tab B – Rates and Expenses ........................................................................................................ 36 Tab C – Methodology ................................................................................................................... 38 Tab D – References ..................................................................................................................... 128 Tab E – Certification .................................................................................................................. 136 Appendix A .................................................................................................................................. 137 Appendix B .................................................................................................................................. 176 Page 340 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 3 Table of Figures Figure 1 - Solution Overview ............................................................................................................. 6 Figure 2 - Organizational Chart ........................................................................................................ 9 Figure 3 - Client History ................................................................................................................... 11 Figure 4 - Risk Management Process .............................................................................................. 52 Figure 5 - Sample Risk Map ............................................................................................................ 54 Figure 6 - Origin's M2C Taxonomy ................................................................................................. 66 Figure 7 - Gantt Chart ..................................................................................................................... 80 Figure 8 - DataVergence Overview ............................................................................................... 125 Page 341 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 4 Cover Letter City of College Station, Texas July 26, 2021 Purchasing Division - City Hall PO Box 9960 1101 Texas Ave. College Station, TX 77842 To Whom it May Concern: On behalf of Origin Consulting, LLC (Origin), I wish to thank you for the privilege and opportunity to present a proposal in response to the City of College Station's (the City) Request for Proposals RFP #21-034. Origin, celebrating its 14th anniversary, has become a name brand across North America for providing best in class services within the utility industry. Our consultants, most of whom have more than 20 years of experience implementing Oracle products, are expert with industry best practices used for implementations, upgrades, and Meter-to-Cash (M2C) business operations. In addition, one of our most important key differentiators is our proven track record of building and maintaining a trusted, service-minded relationship with our clients. Origin has many clients that we support today that have been with us for as long as we have been in business. We partner with our clients to support and guide them through their continued cycle of M2C innovation and change. Origin has reviewed the City's request and has crafted a unique and compelling solution that provides a world-class platform to enable the City to meet its current M2C utility operations requirements and provide a foundation for continual innovation. We recognize that modern utilities face unprecedented challenges with affordability, resiliency, conservation measures, aging infrastructure, and increasing customer expectations for new and easier ways to interact. To address these challenges and more, we have partnered with Oracle to create an innovative tier one utility billing solution at a total cost of ownership comparable to a tier three solution. Origin is proud to present our cloud hosted solution powered by Oracle Utilities technology. We bundle Oracle's Customer to Meter (C2M) utility billing system (UBS) with Origin's mobile work management solution (MobileLite) and Origin's Customer Experience (OCX) customer self- service web portal. OCX is a modern utility Software as a Service (SaaS) portal, customized to the City's functional and branding requirements, and featuring robust customer service and payment processing functionality. By choosing this fully hosted solution, the City gains a world-class UBS, a modern, customer- focused web portal, and a mobile work management solution with Origin's expert team maintaining the solution on the City's behalf. For the City, this complete solution delivers the optimal outcome: An efficient UBS, customer web portal, and mobile work management solution running in a predictable and sustainable manner with the City staff enabled to focus on high-value activities such as innovation and customer engagement. The City's request for services is a perfect fit for Origin's expertise. Our proposal demonstrates our alignment with relevant industry, business and product experience to the City's business Page 342 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 5 and technology objectives for this project. Origin's capabilities and experience are an excellent fit for the City's objectives. Origin brings significant utility experience, specific abilities for this project, and the people to back up our claims - all of which make your project a success. Origin strives to deliver a level of service in our solutions that are above industry standard and are delivered in a manner that is caring and thoughtful. Our references and long-standing customer relationships can attest that Origin consistently exceeds expectations. For purposes of inquiry, negotiation, or other matters, please consider me to be Origin's primary point of contact. I have the authority to negotiate and contractually bind and extend the terms of this written proposal. Thank you in advance for reviewing our proposal. We look forward to learning more about your needs and sharing additional details about our approach during the finalist interview session. Warmest regards, Corey Labor Vice President, Origin Consulting, LLC clabor@originutility.com 802-233-2970 Page 343 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 6 Executive Summary Origin, headquartered in Las Vegas, NV and with offices in Dallas and Atlanta, has been the professional services provider of choice for many utility companies. We specialize in the M2C ecosystem, focused exclusively on the utility industry. We lead and support our clients as they face many challenges - from implementing and managing mission-critical software to improving their business processes. With our clients, we achieve outsized business outcomes. Our expertise, attention to detail, and personal service reflect in everything we do. To align with your Smart City goals, it's imperative that the solution the City selects delivers robust capabilities that meet your requirements now while also providing greater flexibility for the future, all while managing costs smartly. Origin is confident that the proposed cloud-hosted solution, anchored by Oracle Utilities C2M, allows the City to deploy a tier 1 commercial off-the- shelf UBS UBS that is cost effective, full of innovative features, highly configurable, and easily maintained without requiring expensive upgrades in the future. Origin hosts, supports, and manages the solution for the City. While the City gains a cutting- edge, innovative solution to support their day-to-day M2C operations, technical resources that historically may have spent significant time providing technical support for the UBS solution are freed up. With Origin monitoring, supporting, and deploying periodic patches and releases, these resources can focus their time on more strategic and innovative efforts for the City's Smart City initiatives. Outlined in Figure 1 below are some key features of the overall solution that we strongly feel sets our solution above the competition. Figure 1 - Solution Overview Page 344 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 7 Utility Billing System: At the heart of our proposed solution is the Oracle Customer to Meter (C2M) UBS, fully maintained by Origin. This SaaS software combines the power of a tier 1 utility M2C solution with the scale and agility of the Oracle Cloud Infrastructure (OCI). Combining market-leading Oracle Customer Care and Billing (CC&B) and Oracle Meter Data Management (MDM) applications, C2M delivers a market leading utility customer billing and metering platform. With C2M, the City gains a trusted technology foundation that is built for innovation, with the following highlights: • End-to-end M2C solution • Rich, market-leading UBS and MDM applications fully integrated, which removes the need for costly integrations • Accelerated implementation package with prebuilt configuration and test scripts based on utilities best practices • Powerful rate engine for multi-commodity billing Customer Self-Service: leveraging years of experience integrating UBS solutions with other third-party customer portal solutions, Origin developed our SaaS offering, Origin Customer Experience (OCX). OCX comes prepackaged with out of the box, real-time integrations with C2M, payment providers, bill print vendors, and document management systems. It is important to note that OCX is purpose-built to integrate with Oracle applications. This customer engagement platform is designed to: • Lower the utility's Cost to Serve - lowers call volumes by providing real time self-service functions for common activities such as starting / stopping service and viewing detailed usage • Improve Customer Satisfaction - provides a two-way communication platform to proactively notify customers of key account information or service issues based on customer preferred channel preference (email, text, or telephone autodial) • Impact Customer Behavior - drives the adoption of paperless billing, conservation measures, and other programs • Provide an enhanced online payment experience for both the City and its customers Mobile Work Management: MobileLite is a SaaS solution that alleviates the need for paper in the field without the expense and complexity of a full mobile work management solution. MobileLite extends the work management features of C2M via real-time communication to mobile devices used by the City's field teams. Using MobileLite allows dispatchers to assign, reassign, or auto-assign activities to the field in real time. Business Intelligence and Reporting (BI): Origin has integrated one of the most flexible, customizable, and developer-friendly BI platforms in the world into our solution offering. This tool allows users to easily design, embed, and manage reports and analytics. The interactive report viewer lets you sort, filter, and format column values and headers against real-time data or a report snapshot view. The City can save these modifications as new reports. City users can create sophisticated business intelligence report layouts containing charts, images, sub reports, crosstabs, and much more. The tool allows users to export reports or dashboards in a variety of formats including HTML, PDF, Excel, OpenOffice, and Word. Meter Data Management (MDM): C2M is a merger of Oracle's world class utility billing and meter data management solutions. The result is an Advanced Metering Infrastructure (AMI) ready meter data management solution in the hands of the City. C2M has pre-built Page 345 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 8 integrations for leading AMI solutions. Origin provides support to many of our utility partners implementing smart meter technology leveraging the MDM components of C2M. Best of Class Product Support: The proposed SaaS offerings are supported by Origin's web support portal which is available 24 / 7 and provides secure and real-time access to resources and services. The Service Level Agreements (SLAs) established in this proposal meet or exceed industry standards. Bundled with underlying support from Oracle, which is a leading player in the Cloud Services industry and is known for providing long term industry standard support. (Optional Scope) Payment Processing: Origin offers a PCI compliant and cost-effective payment processing solution. Data security is foundational to the solution and as such, we encrypt customer data end to end. The solution offers several payment options to meet your customer's needs, whether they want to pay from their mobile device using Apple, Google or Samsung Pay or use their computer to either pay once or setup recurring payments, we have an option to meet their needs. We also offer guest pay for customers not yet ready to sign up but just want to make a quick payment. The administrative portal of the solution is highly intuitive and provides interactive dashboards and broad reporting options which allows for easy payment management. Origin's strategic partnership with Oracle provides a strong value proposition to the City. Both Origin and Oracle believe it is critically important to re-invest in product offerings to remain highly relevant leaders in the market. Origin has a dedicated team that continually develops and refines our product roadmap. Oracle re-invests upwards of $6 billion in its products annually. The end result keeps the City's platform innovation-ready with the latest capabilities, security, and scalability. Additionally, this ensures the City is always on the latest version of the solution and eliminates the need for larger, more costly upgrades. Origin and Oracle have developed an innovative pricing structure that allows Origin to propose its innovative solution suite at a price point that rivals tier 3 solutions. This enables the City to gain an industry-leading, multi-commodity, turnkey, MDM-capable solution at a compelling cost. Our proposed solution packages C2M with the innovate offerings listed above. If the City evaluates this from a five-year total cost of ownership perspective, Origin feels strongly that we deliver value far beyond competing solutions. In closing, the proposed software and Origin's M2C expertise represents a market leading solution offering for the City. The City gains a solution that exceeds the requirements with the scale, agility, and security of the Cloud. The Origin team members are M2C experts ensuring the City adopts the solution in the most proficient way to maximize efficiencies, reduce costs, and drive customer satisfaction. The end result is an innovative platform that is ready to meet customer demand now and well in the future. Page 346 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 9 Tab A – Qualifications and Experience 1. Briefly introduce your firm, providing a summary of the administration, organization and staffing of your firm, including multiple offices, if applicable. Provide an organizational chart indicating the positions and names of the core management team which will undertake this engagement. Since 2007, Origin has been focused solely on the utility industry: We provide expert professional services, best-of-breed software, and comprehensive solutions in the utility billing M2C space. Our team members' experience working with utilities dates back even further, as many of them formerly worked for Oracle and other industry leaders. We have recruited top talent and provide professional development opportunities and extensive training to support our gifted M2C consultants. Origin's organization is dedicated to customer care solutions and the services we provide to get the job done. We are proud to be able to utilize employee-only teams to implement our solutions. Origin has more than 80 employees, 73 of whom work in development, sales, support, and service (implementation support) functions. Figure 2 below presents an organizational chart illustrating the organizational structure of the core management team and corresponding divisional support undertaking the City's engagement. Figure 2 - Organizational Chart Page 347 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 10 Given the nature of the industry, our organizational structure is primarily service oriented, while also ensuring we are structured to provide the best solutions for our clients. Our organization and business structure are managed by our CEO, Justin Saye, whose focus is on ensuring successful client engagements, staying ahead of the market and client needs, and sustained organizational growth. Origin is further divided into departments based on function. Each department is managed by a senior leader experienced in the utility industry. Origin is organized so that individuals focus on their respective areas of expertise and function within Origin, while also supporting the other areas of the organization. We pride ourselves on ensuring that our clients feel like they have the backing of our entire organization. Origin continues to grow, and we are committed to expanding our team in multiple areas, positioning us to further help our current and future clients achieve modernization over the next decade and beyond. Our 14-year history of serving utilities is the bedrock of our product and service model. We pride ourselves on fostering sustainable, healthy, and rapid growth in the utilities industry. Even with our push for continued growth, Origin has never sacrificed experience, stability, or quality. Origin is committed to the continued hiring of experienced resources with an extensive and diverse industry knowledge. Furthermore, we are devoted to transferring this knowledge from more experienced resources within the company to more junior staff and new hires through Origin Academy. Our approach enables sustainability of quality service and provides a solid foundation for prosperity well into the future. Origin Offices Origin has four office locations. Three (3) offices are located in the United States, and one (1) office is located in the Philippines. Our company headquarters is located in Las Vegas, NV. Office Locations Headquarters Office 1930 Village Center Circle #3-704 Las Vegas, NV 89134 Additional Office 1 Concourse Parkway, Atlanta, GA 30328 Additional Office 1919 McKinney Avenue, Suite 100 & 200, Dallas, TX 75201 Additional Office 10A Net Lima Building, 5th Ave Cor 26th E-Crescent Park West, Bonifacio Global City, Taguig, Philippines, 1630 Page 348 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 11 Origin History Origin has delivered over 260 distinct projects (large and small) to over 40 clients. All these efforts have directly impacted the business areas identified in the City's RFP and related documents. Our experience across these projects relates directly to the need for a robust and leading UBS, customer engagement platform, integration among other systems (i.e., POS systems for payments and cash receipting), and moving from paperless to digital service orders. Beyond our expert implementation services, Origin offers a spectrum of services, software, and solutions that can be combined to accommodate the City's current needs and provide a foundation for seamless transition into the future. Origin's strategic partnership with Oracle provides a strong value proposition to the City. Both Origin and Oracle believe it is critically important to re-invest in product offerings to remain leaders in the market. Oracle is an American multinational computer technology corporation headquartered in Austin, Texas. In 2019, Oracle was the second-largest software company by revenue and market capitalization. In addition, Oracle's commitment to the utility industry is highlighted by its forming of the Oracle Utilities Global Business Unit in 2007 to better serve this important industry. Oracle commits substantial revenue, upwards of $6 billion annually to ongoing product and market research and development (R&D) to ensure it remains at the forefront of the utility industry's ever-changing growth and market demands. R&D investment focuses on innovation and integration, with a goal of ensuring that each product is best-of-breed in the industry. The end result keeps the City's platform innovation-ready with the latest capabilities, security, and scalability. Additionally, this ensures the City is always on the latest version of the solution and eliminates the need for larger, more costly upgrades. Origin's business model equips us to support the City now and into the future, no matter the direction the City takes. By focusing on the measurable growth of both products and services, paired with our extensive experience and success in the utilities industry, Origin has a proven service model that the City can be confident supports its business in current and ongoing market opportunities. Figure 3 below illustrates a selection of Origin's client history. Figure 3 - Client History Page 349 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 12 2. Identify the project manager and each individual who will work as part of this engagement. Include resumes for each person to be assigned. Include any professional designations and affiliations, certifications and licenses, etc. Each of the proposed team members has multiple years of experience working with components of the proposed solution. Several of these individuals are certified specialists in Oracle Utilities products, and others have notable achievements or recognition that uniquely qualify them to provide valuable work on this project. Further detail on the qualifications of the proposed team members can be found in their individual resumés below. Name Role Denny Sauer Project Manager - Manages project scope, schedule, and budget. Tuan Tran Solution Architect - Oversees completion of the integrated solution. Arezki Halet Conversion Architect - Manages the migration of configuration data, master data, and transaction data from the source to target systems. Nonna Horton Training Lead - Creates training plans, materials, and schedules. Works with functional resources to deliver product functional trainings. Melgar Olaes Technical Architect - Responsible for the operational competency in the entire technology stack. Ngoc Nguyen Functional Architect - Works with clients to define solution requirements and map those requirements to the solution. Gerard Cinco Developer - Provides design, configuration and development expertise. Aufel Gutierrez Developer - Provides design, configuration and development expertise. Page 350 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 13 Page 351 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 14 Page 352 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 15 Page 353 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 16 Page 354 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 17 Page 355 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 18 Page 356 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 19 Page 357 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 20 Page 358 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 21 Page 359 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 22 Page 360 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 23 Page 361 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 24 Page 362 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 25 Page 363 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 26 Page 364 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 27 Page 365 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 28 Page 366 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 29 Page 367 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 30 Page 368 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 31 Page 369 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 32 Page 370 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 33 Page 371 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 34 3. Describe the experience of the firm in the last thirty-six (36) months in performing consulting services of similar size and scope. Origin has provided implementation and support services for all the components of the proposed solution to multiple clients in the past 36 months. Primarily, Origin has worked with Oracle Utilities CC&B and MDM, which are the two parts of the integrated Oracle C2M solution. Origin partnered with the City of Tempe (CoT) in 2018, offering managed services support, and in 2020, provided our project management and implementation services to upgrade CoT to a hosted, cloud version of CC&B v. 2.7. In 2019, Origin began enhancements to CC&B v. 2.6 and IBM Maximo v. 7.6.1.1 for South Jersey Industries (SJI). SJI serves 750,000 meters. Origin led the effort to align all application versions across the three SJI Utilities companies and move toward business process standardization. The Origin team successfully managed the project scope, cost, and quality by conducting weekly meetings with a large team of stakeholders to monitor the project schedule, the key project tasks status, and the risks, assumptions, issues, and deliverables (RAID) log. Frequent communications and accountability points ensured the success of this project. Origin has provided services to Orlando Utilities Commission (OUC) since February of 2008. OUC serves 300,000 meters, and they have utilized Origin for several projects, including CC&B, MDM, and Customer Self-Service (CSS) integration. Since November 2019, Origin has provided MDM transformation services for OUC, providing a technical upgrade of MDM and re- implementing key portions of MDM functionality, such as re-configuring validation, estimation, and editing (VEE) rules previously implemented by another system integrator. Modesto Irrigation District (MID), an electric utility with 115,000 customers, utilized Origin for their implementation of CC&B, MDM, and CSS. Origin has also modernized field operations with Origin MobileLite - Origin's mobile field work management solution that delivers mobile device workflow management to field crews - and implemented OCX beginning in 2020 - Origin's cloud-hosted customer self-service portal to replace Oracle CSS. Origin continues to provide ongoing support to MID. Spire Energy, a natural gas company with 1.7 million customers, has worked with Origin for 2 different CC&B upgrades, with the most recent beginning in June 2018. Like many utilities, Spire has multiple rates for different customer services. Origin transitioned some of their rates to the new rate engine available in CC&B 2.4. Along with base CC&B functionality, Origin worked on multiple inbound web services (IWS) enhancements to add new functionality to their CSS portal. Origin also led the effort to migrate an acquired utility onto Spire's CC&B platform, which includes data conversion and M2C business process analysis and optimization for the future state business. Beginning in February of 2020, Origin supported CC&B enhancements for ENSTAR Natural Gas Company, a utility that serves 140,000 meters. Initially, ENSTAR's project was intended as a technical upgrade only, but early in the project, the client requested additional enhancements to address their specific pain points and leverage new functionality. The new scope was identified, and the change was formalized into the project. The enhancements Origin made for ENSTAR included adding a flag in CC&B Control Central for customers who are active web self-service users, attaching caution alerts to the customer record rather than at the Service Agreement level, and allowing customers to initiate payment arrangements through the IVR. In total, 15 Page 372 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 35 enhancements were added to the scope, and the team nevertheless achieved the original launch date within the original budget. In March of 2021, Origin began work on enhancing CC&B v. 2.7 and installing the latest version of Oracle Utilities Analytics (OUA) for Irvine Ranch Water District (IRWD), a water utility serving over 425,000 customers. Origin is happy to provide additional examples of our engagements over the past 36 months upon request. 4. The same information must be provided for any associate firm or sub-consultant. Origin is not proposing using any sub-contractors for this engagement. Page 373 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Confidential & Proprietary Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 36 Tab B – Rates and Expenses 1. Provide two Total Cost Schedules, one for City-hosted software, and the other for Vendor- hosted software. Each schedule shall include all Year 1 costs associated with the proposed project or scope of services, to include but not to be limited to: vendor personnel, software license fees, estimated hardware costs, and travel-related expenses. Each schedule shall additionally include annual maintenance or hosting costs to begin in Year 2. 2. Successful Offeror shall incur no travel or related expenses chargeable to the City without prior approval by an authorized City representative. 3. Proposals may be submitted on any task or combination of tasks, and may propose alternate payment methods (ie: hourly rates); however, expenses not specifically listed will not be considered. 4. The actual contract amount will be negotiated after the Successful Offeror has been selected and the scope of work finalized. Cost Schedules Origin is proposing a single Origin hosted C2M solution for the City, including OCX and MobileLite, our mobile workforce product. Origin hosts C2M in the OCI, while OCX and MobileLite are hosted in Amazon Web Services (AWS). This includes a production environment, and the use of two (2) non-production environments for testing, development, and training for no additional subscription cost. If additional environments are required beyond one (1) production and two (2) non-production environments mentioned above, there are additional costs for provisioning and managing those environments. The cost schedule details, including the implementation costs, subscription fees (licenses), and travel are detailed below: Page 374 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Confidential & Proprietary Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 37 Acknowledgements Origin acknowledges the City's additional conditions provided in items 2 - 4. Upon selection, a travel schedule is developed and approved by the City, covering all reasonable travel expenses, including car rental, taxi, airfare, lodging and per diems. Origin works with the City to develop a detailed scope of work and to finalize the associated contract amount once selection is made. Page 375 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 38 Utility Billing System Software Tab C – Methodology including technical approach and understanding of the scope of the project 1. Proposals must include a response for each requirement in Exhibit A Part 1, System Requirements Document. Offerors may include concise explanatory comments in the cell provided on each requirement line. Origin has reviewed and completed the System Requirements document. This is included as a separate file "21-034 Exhibit A Part 1.xlsx" as requested. 2. Proposals must include a narrative response to Exhibit A, Part 5. C2M contains several tools that support workflows. These include Cases, Process Flows, Scripts and Campaigns. These workflow tools support both automated steps as well as manual steps (such as indicating approval is needed). When a new workflow is configured and unit tested for the City, details are documented in the Configuration Workbook. Origin has provided more information addressing the City’s specific requirements below. Exhibit A Part 5 Please provide a narrative description of your proposal for addressing the following requirements for User configurable workflows that support: A. Workflow Process master file Explanation: The process of connecting electrical service for a new customer is an example of a workflow process. The workflow process is identified in this file by a unique workflow process ID. Workflow sequences are linked to workflow process master IDs. Workflow processes can be activated or inactivated by changing a setting in the workflow process master file record. An unlimited number of Case Types may be defined in C2M. The Case Type may have an unlimited number of steps and statuses, defining the lifecycle of a typically long-term workflow process. Notifications of changes in steps / statuses may result in a "to do" notification or email. Case steps may be monitored to enforce SLAs, so it doesn't lag in a state too long. Escalation steps may also be configured. The lifecycle configuration is made in a tree fashion, not linear sequencing so more complex activities can be modeled. Attachments of any file type may be included, as well as unlimited comments. The actions of each user operating on a Case is audited. All case types and steps may be configured with a mixture of letters and numbers, along with meaningful descriptions. 1. User assignable 6-8 alphanumeric character process ID Case Type can contain 12 alphanumeric characters. Page 376 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 39 Utility Billing System Software 2. Process description C2M allows for a 60-character description and a 4000-character long description. 3. Active/Inactive indicator All status values are shown, including active and inactive. Additionally, a Process Flow may be configured to streamline the start service process. B. Workflow Approver master file - User must already exist in a system level user master file Explanation: Approver or Approvers as used in this document means one or more individuals that approve a workflow request or complete a workflow task. Approval or Completion is indicated by the individual(s) clicking an Approve or Complete button. Workflow approvers can be activated or inactivated by changing a setting in the workflow approver master file record. Only authorized users can transition Case workflow steps. A subset of authorized approvers can be configured. 1. Active/Inactive indicator All status values are shown, including active and inactive. 2. Workflow Approver automatically set to Inactive in this file if user made Inactive in user master file Approval notification not applicable if workflow is inactivated. 3. User preferred means of workflow notification (a) Email (b) Application Workflow dashboard (c) Both Both workflow and email are supported. 4. Ability to forward approvers workflows (All or specific processes) to another approver permanently or temporarily based on user input start/stop dates/times Temporarily or permanently changing the workflow definition will route the workflow steps to another user. Alternatively, approvers should be defined by roles to allow easier substitutions in the event of vacation, sick leave, or other absence. Page 377 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 40 Utility Billing System Software 5. Forwarding created with a stop date/time automatically terminates on the stop date/time entered when the forwarding was created. A monitor process can query and respond to this event. 6. Ability to list a user’s workflow rules and pending workflow approval items from this screen C2M displays pending To Do lists by user. 7. Ability to attach documents to any existing workflow sequence regardless of status. Document attachments are supported at any workflow step. C. User Workflow dashboard view from which user can view pending workflow items Explanation: Easy to use interface with which approvers can view and approve/reject their pending workflow approvals / tasks. A Case Type Operations Dashboard shows 'at a glance' views of all cases and their current step / status. This dashboard supports drill-down to the specific Case and performs any authorized actions. 1. Ability to filter by process ID C2M operations dashboard can filter by Case Type. 2. Ability to approve or reject An unlimited number of next steps may be defined, including approve and reject. 3. Ability to selectively forward approvals to another active approver. Approvals can be forwarded for an indefinite duration or for a user entered from/through date/time. A distinct step of "Forward Approval" can be configured. 4. Ability to view SO/WO (and all attached documents) being approved/complete All case elements and historical steps can be viewed. Page 378 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 41 Utility Billing System Software 5. Ability to enter comments (up to 1,000 characters) with approval/rejection Up to 4000 characters of comments can be included. D. User configurable workflow sequences Explanation: The ability to create an ordered sequence of workflow approvals/tasks/notifications using features/functionalities described below. A Case has an Initial sequence, unlimited transitional (next step) sequences, and unlimited final sequences. Valid next steps are easily configured, unlimited text comments and attachments may be provided at each step. Approvers are notified via email or a "to do" (To Do). A full audit trail is maintained. 1. Each workflow sequence requires process ID (Workflow Process master file) A separate step (sequence) may not exist without the case being active. 2. Up to 99 ‘Steps’ in each workflow An unlimited number of steps may be defined. 3. Each Step can have a description up to 300 characters Each step may have a description up to 4000 characters. 4. Each workflow Step has a level assignment, 1 to 99, which controls the sequence of workflow processing a. Each step has Approve/Complete/Notify indicator. Approve/Complete Steps require an approval before moving to next step. Notify Steps generate notifications, and workflow processing automatically moves to next Step. b. Approve/Complete Steps can be Approved/Completed or Rejected. Rejection returns workflow back to originator for further action. c. Comments up to 1,000 characters can be entered on Approvals/Completions or Rejections. d. Indicator to indicate whether comments are required. C2M does not limit the City to a linear workflow step assignment. Each step may have an unlimited number of next steps, creating a tree structure. Afterwards, the steps may converge, creating more of a funnel-like structure. 5. Each Step identifies 1 or more approvers Each step may have 0 or more approvers. Page 379 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 42 Utility Billing System Software 6. Indicator to indicate whether only one or all approvers must approve Approvers may be required or optional. 7. Approvers are notified of approval/completion request or notification when a Step on which they are an Approver becomes active due to preceding Steps having all been approved/completed/notified. Approvers are notified via a To Do. E. Workflow administrator program Explanation: System provides a workflow administrator access role or permission that can be granted to selected users. Users with role can manage approvers, workflow master files, workflow sequences, etc. This access also provides limited ability to ‘manage’ in-progress workflows including ability to add comments to in-progress workflows. Only authorized users may add or modify Case Types. Only authorized users can be listed as approvers. In Process workflows can be managed, including making additional comments. 1. Ability to add comments up to 1,000 characters. Up to 4000 characters can be used for comments. F. Reporting Explanation: Basic reporting for all the workflow files: master files, workflow approvers, workflow sequences, pending items, approval history, etc. In addition to the Case Operational Dashboards, reports and analytics may be configured for any Case Type. 1. Pending items report filtered on user input date range, approver id, process id All requested data elements may be included. 2. Approval history report filtered on user input created date range, user input approved/rejected date range, approver id, process ID All requested data elements may be included. Page 380 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 43 Utility Billing System Software G. Document Attachments 1. Ability to attach documents to a workflow sequence at any Step in the workflow sequence. An unlimited number of attachments may be associated with a Case, at any step. Documents may be attached at any step. 2. All Steps able to see all documents attached to the workflow sequence regardless of the Step at which the document was attached. All documents can be viewed, regardless of the step. 3. Point of Contact – Proposals must identify a single dedicated implementation professional with significant experience of these types of projects for the coordination, tracking and execution of the implementation as the point of contact. John Hanke is the point of contact for this proposed solution. John is a motivated utility professional with over 16 years of direct utility experience in various customer service and IT positions. He has over 23 years of successful CIS implementations as a utility employee, consultant, vendor, and integrator. John is a strong problem solver who collaborates with team members and stakeholders in finding the best solution. He has guided clients through the entire SDLC from project strategy / planning through implementation and post Go-Live support and stabilization. He has comprehensive knowledge project coordination and management, tracking, and execution of CIS implementations. Project Management Approach 4. Offeror’s approach to managing implementations of this magnitude. Address at a minimum the following components of project management. Project Communications a. Project communications Origin's PM works with the City PM to develop and document the Communication Plan. The Communication Plan defines the communication requirements for the project and how information is distributed to ensure project success. Key activities include the following: • Develop the Communication Matrix - Explains the information that needs to be communicated, when to communicate it, to whom to communicate it, and by what method. The Communication Matrix is based on a project stakeholder analysis. • Develop the Meeting Matrix - Lists all major meetings for the project, including their frequency, attendees, facilitator, purpose, and format. • Document the Escalation Process - Details how issues and problems are escalated when they cannot be resolved. Page 381 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 44 Utility Billing System Software During the Engage phase, Origin's PM is responsible for defining the overall strategy for sharing project information. This includes documenting and agreeing with key stakeholders concerning what the communication requirements are. Communication Requirement Considerations Who? Who is the audience, and which individuals receive the communication? Who provides information necessary for the communication? What? What information is the audience looking for? Why? Why is the communication being prepared? Does it communicate weekly status to the core team and steering committee, or announce the completion of a major milestone to management and end-users? Objectives of the communication must be clearly stated when the communication is written. When? When is the communication needed? How? How should the information be presented to best meet the needs of the audience? What media are to be used (e.g., reports, meetings, email)? Communications can be verbal, written, or a combination thereof. Verbal communication can be formal, including a prepared discussion using formal reports and visual aids, or informal as in a roundtable discussion. If informal communication is used, all significant conversations, issues, and decisions must be documented with a follow-up memorandum to the participants, the PM's project diary, and the core team. Where? Where should the published communication be archived? Origin's PM puts into practice the reporting requirements, delivery mechanisms, and scheduled meetings and procedures documented in the Communication Plan and manages communication for the project. This task is ongoing throughout the project. Managing communication involves the following activities: • Compile data from various input sources to create the communication documents • Conduct the identified communication meetings • Establish and adhere to the distribution schedule for each communication (report) • Publish communication documents to the stakeholders via the delivery mechanisms identified on behalf of each stakeholder group identified within the Communication Plan • File the communications (reports) according to the file structure noted within the Communication Plan Page 382 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 45 Utility Billing System Software Schedule Management b. Schedule management Origin's project / schedule management and governance model is predicated upon PMI project management best practices. Origin's approach to schedule management encompasses a collaborative effort mainly between the Origin and City PMs but includes ensuring the project team has input and buys into the health of the project. Our approach to tracking for the project plan encompasses the following: • Weekly sessions with project teams - These sessions include a review of current status against the baselined project schedule, any anticipated slippage on current or future tasks, and identification and review of any risks. This is generally undertaken in smaller groups in order to minimize impact on each team's assigned activities. • PM reviews and updates - These sessions, minimum weekly, involve a collaborative effort to look at the current and future planned tasks and identify any changes that may need to occur. The PMs assess the critical path and address any major risks with the current or future critical path activities. • Project plan updates - Project plan updates are undertaken based on the aforementioned activities, and the resulting updated schedule is communicated to the team and to stakeholders where there is a difference in previous status. In addition to the tracking of the project schedule, Origin is tracking the project health given the direct impacts on the project schedule. Project health monitoring, resource demand management, scope management, and issue resolution are described below. Project Health Monitoring Origin's PMs use project schedule, cost, and scope metrics to determine the overall health of the project. Behind the scenes, our team monitors the project burn-down chart and project completion forecast versus actuals. This information feeds directly into the weekly status reports, which display the health of the project at a glance using green (on track), yellow (one element has slipped), or red (multiple elements have slipped) as illustrated below. We believe no project should go from green to red, and our PMs commit to transparency-not only in the weekly status reports, but in all project communications-to ensure that the entire team understands the health of the project at all times. Project Status Comments Legend Overall Progressing as planned Schedule Some risks / mitigation Scope Critical risks / jeopardy Page 383 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 46 Utility Billing System Software Resource Demand Management Resource demand management aims to match incoming work (demand) to capacity. Initially, resources are allocated based on information known at the start of the engagement. As the project team progresses through requirements, we confirm or modify assumptions. New tasks may be identified, or work may be accelerated or deprioritized. All these actions impact resource demand, usually prompting changes in resource allocations. Origin's PM uses internal tools to forecast and track Origin resource information over the project lifecycle. These tools allow us to understand which resources are allocated, for how much time, and how actual hours were spent. In the event that resource allocation changes are required for Origin resources, those changes are documented and socialized within Origin. As Origin resource allocation is changed, there is almost certainly an impact on the City resources as well. Using the project schedule, the sprint calendar, and any updated requirements (or prioritization list), the Origin and City PMs work together to revise resource requests for the City resources. This includes updating the project schedule, seeking approval for any material changes to the roster or allocation of the City resources, and socializing the changes to all key stakeholders. This type of change typically occurs during the first weeks of the project; however, the Origin PM monitors resource demand and reports on it through monthly steering committee meetings to ensure that resource needs are reviewed throughout the project. Engage Phase The initial project phase, Engage, is critical for setting appropriate expectations with the project team. During this phase, the project is planned and the processes governing the conduct of the project are defined. The objectives accomplished in this phase include the following: • The Statement of Work (SOW) is reviewed. • The project plan is completed and baselined for project planning and control. • The project budget is reviewed and finalized • The project is appropriately staffed. • The project kickoff is completed. Activity Work Product Define the project structure, processes, and governance to keep everything running smoothly - Budgeting process - Deliverables approval - Quality measures - Escalation process Page 384 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 47 Utility Billing System Software Activity Work Product - Change control process - Risk and issue management Create and deliver the project plan and schedule - Resource plan - Knowledgebase plan - Scope / change management plan - Communication plan - Risk and issue register - Project reporting plan - Decision tracking plan and project schedule with work- breakdown structure (WBS), duration, resource assignments, and dependencies Create an inventory of planned project deliverables - Description of deliverables, format, and completion criteria Confirm customer readiness - Readiness confirmation Conduct project kickoff - Project kickoff presentation Enable, Construct, Confirm, Transition & Operate Phases Over the life of the project, the Origin PM continues to manage the execution of the project and monitor all the tasks and metrics necessary to ensure that the project is within scope, on time, and on budget to minimize risk. This includes using the policies, standards, and procedures delineated in the Engage phase for governance, and performing the necessary reviews and measurements to confirm that the project is being executed according to the published plan. It is also the process of comparing actual performance with planned performance, analyzing variances, evaluating possible alternatives, and taking appropriate corrective action(s) as needed. Upon final acceptance of the delivered solution, the project is "closed" from an administrative and contractual standpoint. This includes validating that project outputs are complete and Page 385 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 48 Utility Billing System Software aligned with the organization's expectations, gaining final confirmation, and securing all documents for reuse and retention. Activity Work Product Schedule and facilitate status meetings, create status reports, provide task management and project oversight, and perform quality assurance - Meeting schedule - Meeting minutes - Status report Manage scope, budget, and schedule according to the project plan - RAID Log Oversee deliverables for quality and alignment with project goals - Approved deliverables Finalize and deliver all project-related work and documentation - Project deliverables and supporting documentation Publish a Project Summary - Summary of project scope, key findings, work products, accomplishments, deferred enhancements and / or functionality, product maintenance recommendations, opportunities, and open / closed issues Publish a Project Close-Out Letter - Project Close-Out Letter Issue Management c. Issue management Origin puts a governance framework in place that enables the management team to identify potential risks and address them before they escalate into real project issues. This mitigation approach is highly effective. The Executive Team receives weekly updates from the PM and is informed immediately should issues arise that require escalation. Page 386 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 49 Utility Billing System Software Origin reduces the need for escalations and their associated response times in the following ways: • Regular steering committee meetings involving key stakeholders • Regular status meetings with the City project team • Transparent engagement model driven by metrics • Origin team resources empowered to make critical decisions • Time limits for escalation are defined and clearly communicated to all team members and stakeholders Scope Management d. Scope management Origin's PM works closely with the City's PM to communicate status regarding scope and costs. Origin's PM adheres to the following scope control process: • Set Scope Baseline. Defines the scope baseline and the rules for changing that baseline with enough detail to ensure the implementation's success. Communicates both the scope baseline definition and Change Control Process (CCP) to the project team during the project kick-off. • Monitor Progress to Baseline. As the project moves through its phases, the scope is documented and detailed through a progression of deliverables. From contract inception to project close, these deliverables capture scope and enable traceability. • Adjust the Scope Baseline. Any stakeholder or member of the project team may initiate a change to scope using the change control process (CCP), which is cycling constantly throughout the project, reviewed at progress meetings, and reported regularly. Whenever a need for change is perceived, the CCP is invoked via the completion of a Change Control Form (CCF). All requests are evaluated by Origin's PM regarding the impact on schedule, scope, budget, and quality. Each change request is validated for need, business justification, cost implications, and possible workarounds. Origin's approach is to always seek solutions to CCFs that eliminate the need for customizations, thus minimizing the potential for schedule changes. The Origin PM adheres to the following cost control process: • Achieve a baseline budget. Once the SOW is signed by the City and project funds have been allocated to the project, the Origin PM creates a baseline budget. • Establish monthly budget. Documents the monthly expected expenditure in a spreadsheet encompassing the entire project. • Establish cost controls. Works with the City's PM to set up clear cost controls and sign- off responsibilities for timesheets and vendor invoices. This is crucial for controlling the actual costs that are booked to the City's project. • Record actual costs. Monitors and records the actual amount invoiced to the City's project at the end of each month and compares to the budget. • Calculate metrics. Calculates and updates cost metrics at the end of each reporting period. Measures how much money the project has spent of the total budget compared to how much money the project was expected to spend at this point in time. Page 387 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 50 Utility Billing System Software • Update forecasts. Adjusts forecasts on a monthly basis to account for any changes that have taken place. • Communicate. Creates transparency to the City around the project's costs by including cost metrics and key numbers in project reports and steering committee presentations. Any costs not on track are treated as an urgent issue which must be analyzed, resolved, and discussed with the City. Project Areas or Activities Most Likely to Result in an Overrun • Solution Design - A design with errors typically results in incorrect or insufficient project deliverables. Design errors and attempts to correct those errors can lead to delays and cost overruns. Origin mitigates this risk by ensuring good communication with the design team and utilizing a design process that is thoroughly planned, giving enough time for corrections and extensive review and approvals. • Change Management - Scope defines the entire set of project deliverables. The project plan, project estimates, schedule, and quality metrics are driven by the defined scope. Thus, any change in scope during the project implementation means that the project plan, budget, and schedule must be reviewed for potential overrun. For example, a change to scope can potentially cause an overrun by exceeding the project budget. Origin's PM implements a change control process designed to control and evaluate change. Risk Management e. Risk management Origin's PM works with the City to define how potential risks should be handled so that project risks can be mitigated or avoided altogether. Origin, in the absence of an alternate preferred method, utilizes a risk management plan that identifies and classifies risks, their probability of occurrence, potential impacts, and proposed actions. • Low project risks - Typically have little or no impact on project cost, schedule, scope, or quality • Moderate project risks - Introduce some potential impact on project cost, schedule, scope, or quality • High project risks - Likely have a significant impact on project cost, schedule, scope, or quality An unpredicted business risk - either internal or external - may cause a direct financial loss and require unexpected expenses for its handling. When this risk is significant and damaging enough, cost overrun is inevitable. Origin's PM utilizes a risk management plan that identifies and classifies risk, probability of occurrence, potential impact, and proposed action. To prevent cost overruns, Origin's PM employs several governance best practices: • Spend time to thoroughly plan the project • Stay within the scope that was originally planned • Use a good scheduling tool such as Microsoft project Page 388 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 51 Utility Billing System Software • Ensure stakeholders participate in the project, so they feel invested in and committed to the strategy. • Constantly track and measure progress and adjust as necessary Three Highest Areas of Project Risk • Lack of Resource Availability - Lack of availability of key resources (City or Origin) may lead to either delays in project execution or potential rework for decisions made without the input of key resources. Implementing a new solution requires the involvement and input of key individuals over an extended period. • Lack of Acceptance of Solution and Business Process Recommendations - Lack of buy in from all levels of the organization causes resistance to the promoting and acceptance of proposed changes in the solution or business processes. Dissenters within an organization pose the single greatest risk to a project. • Lack of a detailed data conversion plan - Typically, the most challenging and riskiest part of a data conversion is the data mapping (understanding how each element in the legacy systems transfers into the new system). Communicate with Stakeholders To ensure that projects run smoothly the risk management plan is communicated to project sponsors, stakeholders, and team members. This sets expectations to people who provide funding and who are affected by the outcomes. It ensures that the project runs smoothly so each phase of the onPoint methodology proceeds to the next without disruption. By identifying, avoiding, and dealing with potential risks in advance, the risk management plan ensures the project team can respond effectively when challenges arise that require intervention. Maximize Results and Meet Deadlines Defining and executing a risk management plan increases the likelihood of project success. By minimizing and eliminating risks, the project can be finished within budget and meet the objectives. Be Proactive, Not Reactive Origin's risk management plan necessitates proactive measures to mitigate possible harmful events before they arise instead of constantly fighting fires. The project team converts the identified risks into actionable steps or contingency plans to reduce or eliminate the likelihood of harmful events. Should a risk event occur, the contingency plan can be enacted quickly, thereby reducing impact. The Risk Management Process 1. Identify Risks The risk management process (illustrated in Figure 4) begins by identifying project risks. This is an ongoing expansive task. For this reason, Origin's PM works with both Origin and City teams Page 389 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 52 Utility Billing System Software to brainstorm the many possible sources of risks. The entire project team combines their knowledge and experience to scan the full scope of possible project risks. At the end of the identification process, the project team uses an assessment method to categorize and prioritize the identified project risks. Figure 4 - Risk Management Process 2. Assess Risks Before the project team decides how to best manage the identified risks, they need to identify the causes. At this juncture, it is also appropriate for the team to discuss how each risk impacts the City. The team assesses the impact and probability and identifies who owns the risk. Prioritization aids with categorizing risks according to their level of impact and probability of occurrence. The team's judgment is often based on experience regarding the likelihood of occurrence, gut feel, past failures and successes, historical data, and other information. When assessing the project risks, the team evaluates the following factors. Factors Description Ratings Impact Importance for project success 4 - High Page 390 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 53 Utility Billing System Software Factors Description Ratings 3 - Medium 2 - Low 1 - Insignificant Probability Likelihood of occurrence A - Certain B - Almost Certain C - Likely D - Not Likely Impact Ratings Defined 4 (High) - A project showstopper jeopardizing attaining project goals 3 (Medium) - Key project objective(s) are at risk 2 (Low) - Significant impact requiring a change to project approach, objectives, etc. 1 (Insignificant) - A challenge that falls within planned project contingencies, without significant impact on the project Probability Ratings Defined A (Certain) - Treat as an issue B (Almost Certain) - Treat as likely to occur C (Likely) - Treat as most likely not to occur, but manage the mitigation D (Not Likely) - No mitigation necessary Risks are assigned an impact and probability rating and plotted within a Risk Map to aid with analysis, as illustrated in Figure 5 below. Page 391 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 54 Utility Billing System Software Figure 5 - Sample Risk Map 3. Develop Risk Responses and Contingency Plan or Preventative Measures for the Risk Once the associated risk impact and probability are understood, the team can start focusing on a risk strategy for the identified project risks. The following risk management strategies are used to develop risk responses. Strategy Description Avoid Change plans, technologies, people, etc. such that the risk is no longer relevant and hence avoided. Reduce Mitigate the risk such that it is less likely to happen and / or the impact is reduced. Review / Prepare Accept the risk as it stands but monitor any changes in the risk or the team's acceptance of the risk. The team identifies the appropriate risk management strategy to employ when developing the risk response. Page 392 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 55 Utility Billing System Software Beginning with the highest prioritized risks, the risk management plan breaks down the risk responses for each into actions or steps. These actions become part of the risk management plan. The project team implements whatever actions they can right away to proactively prevent risks from occurring. Key activities of the risk management process include the following: • Set contingency trigger dates and scenarios • Create an action plan to reduce the risk • Identify who is responsible for carrying out the action plan • Determine the mitigation deadline • Log the risk in the RAID Log 4. Monitor the Risk / Issue Origin's PM maintains a close watch on all identified risks using the RAID log. This log contains the following information: Risk ID, Risk Description, Impact, Probability, Owner, and Mitigation Action. The Risk Register is kept current throughout the entire project. Risks are monitored and communicated continually, ensuring the entire team is aware of any potential risks, and how the team plans to respond to each. Any changes to the probability or impact of the risk are recorded and presented to the project team so that additional risk mitigation strategies are used when necessary. Quality Assurance f. Quality assurance The Origin difference for Project Quality Assurance combines strong technical and business skills to focus on developing and managing more effective and efficient solutions that solve business challenges and foster new business opportunities. Origin leverages its industry-leading resources and commitment to success and quality for producing deliverables and ultimately implementing the business solution desired by the City. As mentioned, quality control extends beyond the software thus our Project Quality Assurance methodology encompasses: • Project Oversight - Our PM and team-leads establish and continually monitor engagement plans, metrics, and controls to measure progress and quality. • Risk Assessment - Includes identifying potential risks in critical areas, including team composition, methodology, controls, system features, and project processes. This also includes real-time project status assessments to ensure a dynamic Project Oversight service. • Issue Mitigation - The resolution aspect of Risk Assessment, our team provides resolution and / or mitigation plans for each identified project risk. • Testing and Solution Acceptance Support - Our team facilitates and conducts testing during various phases of the engagement lifecycle. This can include assessments of unit, functional, integration, systems, and / or user acceptance testing to ensure the quality and thoroughness of the test approach, plans, and code. We also manage the project through solution acceptance to ensure there are no issues with deployment. Page 393 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 56 Utility Billing System Software Each Project Quality Assurance segment includes accompanying components to ensure quality standards are adhered to and goals are achieved. These components include reviewing quality standards, stakeholder expectations, associated Quality Assurance activities, frequency, and delegation of responsibility. The result of Origin's Project Quality Assurance practice is a business solution that meets the City's project expectations and delivers the required value. onPoint Project Quality Assurance include the following best practices: • Development of a Project Quality Plan • Establishing a Software Quality Control layer between Origin and the City • Creating test plans and engagement metrics for both functional and technical requirements • Continually evaluating and reporting on those metrics to the City • Conducting regular quality assurance reviews with the City's team • Performing early and frequent software tests & quality checks • Identifying and tracking risks / issues • Conducting root cause analysis on identified issues • Focusing on continuous improvement throughout the Software Development Lifecycle • Obtaining a formal quality assurance approval from the City prior to deployment The project team uses many different testing methods to deliver a quality solution: • Unit testing - This test is performed by the developer to ensure their code works as planned. • Sprint Demonstration - This demo is held at the end of each sprint to ensure the business requirement is met. • System Testing - This test is completed after all development to ensure the system performs and delivers end to end. • System Integration Testing - This test ensures all dependent systems interface with C2M as expected (input & output). • Performance testing - This ensures the system performs within predefined parameters. • Parallel testing - This ensures C2M creates the same output as the current legacy system (number of bills match, each bill amount matches, both systems respond similarly). 5. System Acceptance Testing a. Exhibit A Part 3 outlines System Acceptance Testing Requirements. Proposals must agree to abide by the System Acceptance Testing requirements or submit alternative requirements to any exceptions taken. Origin has reviewed the System Acceptance Testing requirements and in general accepts the requirements proposed by the City. We value an opportunity to further discuss the requirements and alternate options if selected as the vendor of choice. While we understand the need to ensure end-to-end acceptance testing is successful and is not jeopardized by items raised during acceptance testing, Origin has been successful in alternate options to those requirements proposed, ensuring both the schedule and the quality of the solution is not jeopardized. The specific requirement that we have proposed differently is the Page 394 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 57 Utility Billing System Software restart of Acceptance Testing on the basis of individual features and functions failure. Origin provides for additional time in the Acceptance Testing phase that allows for both retesting functional components that fail as well as regression testing any area affected by the point of failure, up-stream or down-stream. All Severity 1 and Severity 2 issues should nevertheless be fully tested and accepted by the City prior to any release into production. b. Proposals must provide a comprehensive Acceptance Test Plan incorporating the System Acceptance Testing Requirements. The City will consider as nonresponsive any vendor that does not provide an Acceptance Test Plan, or at a minimum, a sample of the plan that illustrates the process and parameters underlying its test approach, including, but not limited to: i. How each of the functional specifications in the RFP will be tracked, documented and tested before System Acceptance and Final Acceptance. ii. How interfaces will be tested iii. How System reliability will be tested iv. How System performance and speed will be tested v. How integration of System and System Components will be verified vi. Remediation procedures for failed tests and found errors vii. The delineation of testing tasks between the City and Offeror personnel Per the City's request, Origin has attached a sample Regression Test plan and a sample System Integration Test (SIT) plan in Appendix A. Origin's focus is to deliver the highest quality product to our customers at a reasonable cost. We accomplish this goal through risk-based testing-prioritizing the testing of features and functions. We look at each feature's risk of failure, function of their importance, and likelihood / impact of their failure. This assessment focuses our testing and ensures we minimize defects and rework, thus maximizing the City's satisfaction and user experience. The objectives of our testing services are to: • Validate that the requirements are met • Improve the quality of the delivered system through early identification of defects • Provide traceability of prioritized requirements • Build and reuse testing work products in all phases of the process • Secure user acceptance of the solution against critical business requirements • Validate the business-critical data and data access components prior to production release Origin follows an Agile methodology to achieve the proposed solution. Origin and the City's teams collaborate throughout the SDLC process, allowing Origin to continuously receive feedback on all aspects of developing and testing the proposed solution. Moreover, Origin offers a defect tracking and reporting tool, a test plan template, and a test summary template. Following is an overview of Origin's testing process. Test Reporting Page 395 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 58 Utility Billing System Software To further assist the testing process, Origin has developed a proprietary bill comparison tool that automates the process of comparing legacy bills with bills generated from C2M and highlights the differences between the two. Origin's Bill Comparison tool provides more coverage regarding the number of bills that can be compared over a given period of time rather than sampling and reduces the manual effort (number of resources) required to validate accuracy. Test Metrics Origin recommends the City collect various test metrics from the test events. Some metrics can also be used as acceptance criteria. Typical test metrics include: • Number and category of defects per component • Number and category of defects per subsystem • Number and category of defects per workshop iteration • Number of defects per use case Test Remediation Procedures Each test has an allotment of time scheduled to assess and address remediation. The Origin team and the City core team review test reporting, discuss process / provide feedback, and remediate any defects that were presented during testing. These defects are logged as a Jira ticket item and project related issues are logged in the RAID log. Issues are then prioritized and assigned to resources. This process occurs after each testing phase and the goal is to ensure that defects are remedied prior to the next testing stage, and ultimately before Go-Live. Test Success Criteria Testing quality and success is inherent in the Agile methodology. In a classic or waterfall approach to system development, the system test is executed at the end of the development phase. As such, it is not unusual to discover issues during system testing, which increases the risk of schedule and budget overruns. With Origin's iterative test-as-you-go approach, we collaborate with the City to formulate the test requirements during the Enable workshops, resulting in a common understanding of what needs to be tested. Our approach contributes to preventing unpleasant surprises at a point in the project when retesting and corrections are more costly. As acceptance criteria is crafted into more formal test scenarios, Origin and the City collaborate again to determine the importance and ranking of each test scenario. This allows the team to understand any "showstopper" test scenarios, which are most critical to the success of the overall project. As the City begins its User Acceptance Testing (UAT) during the Confirm phase, Origin's testing tools provide real-time information for test completion and success percentages. The goal is to deliver a solution that satisfies all agreed upon requirements. UAT / Functional Testing The Confirm phase continues with the UAT. The purpose of UAT is to confirm that business operations can be performed successfully. This type of testing uses the full converted data as well as additional data sets created to confirm certain test scenarios that the business is required to test. The City leads UAT with support from the Origin team. Page 396 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 59 Utility Billing System Software To evaluate the system's compliance with the business requirements and verify its readiness for delivery to end-users. Origin supports the City with performing the acceptance tests, but the City has primary responsibility for ensuring UAT is completed to their satisfaction. The City's users test the solution following the given priorities of the requirements. This test phase is performed with full production data volumes in a separate UAT environment. In a separate environment, UAT allows the City to test the functionality of a program, process, interface, or function, independent of other programs, processes, or functions to ensure it performs as expected and designed, does not return unexpected results, and negative testing invokes correct edits and error messages. UAT is conducted on a controlled volume of data (static data) that uses static data scripts to run the tests. Test Entry / Exit Criteria The entry criteria for this phase comprises the successful completion of SIT, a fully converted data set and the initial training for the testers, and the City confirming all System functionality prior to UAT. All UAT scenarios and scripts must also be fully documented and approved prior to the start of UAT. This phase of testing is complete when all business processes and test scripts have been executed and no outstanding critical or high severity defects remain open. UAT Resources Origin maintains an extensive library of test cases and test plans, made available to the City, that serve as a baseline test set for C2M, OCX, and MobileLite and a reference for the development of additional specific test scenarios. Our test library also includes test scenarios for user acceptance testing. Examples include: • Start service for new residential customer and new commercial customer • Start service for new residential customer via website • Transfer service for existing customer • Install new meter and exchange meter • Bill residential customer with Residential Standard rate • Collections for residential customer with broken payment arrangement • Collections for commercial customer with excessive delinquent debt • Reconnect residential customer • Refund industrial deposit UAT Responsibilities Each task below indicates the party with the primary responsibility. However, we recognize that many tasks may have a supporting role from either party. Page 397 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 60 Utility Billing System Software UAT Responsibilities Task City Origin Identify testing scenarios * Generate test data * Execute test scenarios * Provide test results (pass / fail information) * Resolve issues or scenarios that did not pass * Retest necessary scenarios * Approve UAT results * In addition to UAT, Origin provides a suite of testing services to ensure the solution is effective and meets the City's requirements. Below are some components of Origin's testing methodology. System Interface Testing (SIT) Origin employs a "test-as-you-go" approach, performing system testing at the end of each sprint to verify that the system works, as far as it has been developed when the system test is performed, in a way that is consisted with what the users expect. The Origin team shadows, assists, and reviews the workflow configurations being input, ensuring the City's SMEs gain expertise in the solution's workflow configuration before Go-Live. Test Entry / Exit Criteria The Confirm phase begins with SIT. The purpose of this type of testing is to confirm that system functionality operates as expected from end-to-end with the introduction of the new functionality that was configured during the Construct phase. The Origin team leads SIT, with the City providing input into test scenarios and the specific integration points that need to be tested. The entry criteria to this phase are that all major system and integration configuration must be complete, with all SIT scenarios documented and approved. This phase of testing is complete when all SIT scripts have been executed and passed with no outstanding critical or high severity defects. Page 398 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 61 Utility Billing System Software Performance / Stress Testing To determine the responsiveness and reliability of the C2M solution at and above expected workloads, Origin employs Performance Testing. Performance tuning follows, optimizing the overall system performance. This includes application, database, user presentation and experience, and communication with edge systems. Test Entry / Exit Criteria To enter Performance Testing, there must be a successful completion of System Integration Testing. Features are validated, discrepancies are identified, and measurements of the system's speed, accuracy, and stability are documented. Testing is complete when system performance meets batch and online requirements. The collected log files are analyzed and reviewed by Origin and the City's core team. Any defects are identified, and a remediation plan is developed. Reliability Testing A field of iterative software-testing that relates to testing a software's ability to function, given environmental conditions, for a particular amount of time. Reliability testing helps discover any problems in the software design and functionality. Software reliability testing includes load testing, regression testing, and feature testing. Feature testing is conducted by executing each operation in the software once; reducing interaction between the two operations; and checking each operation for its proper execution. Load testing is conducted to check the performance of the software under maximum workload (this test requires performance testing). Finally, regression testing is conducted to check whether any new bugs have been introduced through previous bug fixes. As part of this testing, the full batch schedule may be executed for a period of time determined by the City and Origin teams to confirm that batch can execute successfully. This can be approached in one of two ways: 1) schedule time in the project schedule to do reliability testing as a separate testing phase, or 2) bake this testing into the other test phases. For example, testing can occur during SIT and UAT, or perhaps as a part of End-to-End (E2E) testing and UAT. Conducting Reliability testing as part of E2E and UAT may have a positive impact on the overall project schedule and resources. Test Entry / Exit Criteria Entry and exit criteria dependent upon the type of Reliability Testing performed. Other Types of Testing Origin recommends the following types of testing: Parallel Testing The primary objective of parallel testing is to demonstrate that selected batch transactions processed in the legacy CIS and the new C2M solution produce comparable results. Some differences are fully explainable, and variances are accepted (such as, the difference in the bill estimation algorithm between the legacy CIS and C2M). Parallel testing focuses primarily on verifying that the functionality delivered and proven in SIT produces comparable results as the existing legacy applications. The objective is to validate Page 399 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 62 Utility Billing System Software batch billing; batch payments; financial transaction creation; and exceptions identified through the processing of meter reading, billing, payment, and financial creation processes. Parallel Test Planning include the following activities: • Define the scope of parallel testing • Define key objectives of the parallel testing stage and different types of tests • Determine key testing activities related to planning, preparation, and execution • Examine background processes to be included in parallel testing • Identify and select parallel testing resources, and define roles and responsibilities for those involved • Plan daily execution schedule • Determine facilities requirements to support parallel testing • Establish entry and exit criteria for parallel testing • Discuss acceptance process for test stage conclusion at the completion of parallel test execution • Review explanation of test document process • Examine procedures to identify, classify, track, and correct defects identified during parallel testing • Assess definition of testing environments to be used during parallel testing and review activities to be performed in each The following is not in scope for parallel testing: • Specific edge application testing • Comparing all bills • Performing manual data entry • Validating field activity transactions • Non-utility bills • A / P file processing • OCX functionality • Meter asset management functionality The following are objectives to validate expected results (as compared to the legacy system billing): • Capture the full $ amount billed for each cycle • Show the total $ billed for each rate schedule and cycle • Assess the following: o # of meter reads in file vs. # of meter reads uploaded o # of accounts in billing cycle and # of bills generated o # of payments in file vs. # of payments uploaded o # of estimated bills and $ of estimated bills o # of accounts in billing cycle o $ of AR going to the GL o # of exceptions (billing, payments, meter reading) • Sampling of individual accounts (risk-based sample) Origin proposes a single Parallel test phase with regression tests for any changes created in C2M to resolve parallel testing variations. Page 400 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 63 Utility Billing System Software Final System Acceptance Origin agrees to the final system acceptance parameters. We would ask the City to lead final system acceptance tests after Go-Live. Testing Activities Each task demonstrates how Origin's testing activities and functional specifications are tracked. Activity Work Product Work Product Description Determine Testing Requirements Testing Requirements The requirements for all tests that should be performed during the project, from unit testing to user acceptance testing and the objectives of the requirements. Also, the City's sign-off requirements for user acceptance testing are defined. The requirements are used as a baseline to determine the Testing Strategy and to plan all the tests that should be performed during the project. Develop Test Strategy Test Strategy Documents the testing approach and the scope of testing. Includes a listing of the types of testing and the purpose of each testing task. Defines how to manage testing errors, the types of tests to run, and what is required to run the tests. The aim should be to test the most important use cases and to test requirements that are associated with the highest risks. Establishes the following: • A list of testing requirements • An understanding of the type and purpose of each testing task • An understanding of the work products for each testing task • Detailed acceptance criteria for testing Develop Test Plan (Integration, System, Performance, UAT) Test Plans Used as a guide to perform the tests conducted during the project. Documents: • Feature to be tested • Features not to be tested • Test data requirements • Test pass / fail criteria • Test roles / responsibilities Page 401 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 64 Utility Billing System Software Activity Work Product Work Product Description Develop Test Scripts Scripts Documents the steps needed to test a single component. A component is the smallest unit that the application consists of. Create Test Scenarios Test Scenarios Used to validate that the functional requirements, the integration of all components, the technical infrastructure and the supplemental requirements. Each includes: • ID and name • Reference to system use case scenario • Revision history • Objectives for the test • Setup requirements for the test • Pre-conditions for the test • Required test-data • Steps that are included in the scenarios • Expected result Prepare Test Data Test Data Specific to the data requirement outlined in the test scenarios. Whenever possible, use converted data as test data. Attempt to produce as realistic as possible data even when it is not converted. Prepare Test Environment Test Environment Test Database Perform Test (Integration, System, Performance, UAT) Tested Components Components that have been tested and can be executed in a way that is consistent with what the users expect. Page 402 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 65 Utility Billing System Software Activity Work Product Work Product Description Prepare Users for Acceptance Testing Prepared User Testers Users trained on the new system that can perform the acceptance test for their business process area. Addresses: • The training necessary for users to perform their testing tasks • Instructions on when to use online documentation instructions on how to read a test scenario • How to perform acceptance testing Support Acceptance Test Acceptance Test Results Includes both detailed and summary results from the user acceptance test. 6. Business Process Change - Proposals must include description of the process by which the Offeror will work with the City to identify and review current business processes and provide recommendations to improve overall court users’ efficiency by leveraging the functionality of the System. Further, what specific documentation will be provided to the City both during and after implementation regarding current and future business processes? Origin uses M2C workshops during the Enable phase to identify the processes and any requirements that stem from them. Certain documentation arises from this elicitation, including the user stories and the user story backlog, which provide a comprehensive list of requirements and testing acceptance criteria, as well as a traceability matrix that allows Origin and the City to monitor and trace the processes. Over the years, Origin has developed and refined our M2C Taxonomy, pictured below in Figure 6. This taxonomy divides the M2C business processes into four recurring process groups. Processes within each group are categorized as Core, Pre-requisite, or Alternate. This taxonomy allows Origin and the City to see upstream and downstream impacts, and to focus on the most important business processes. Focusing on the core processes ensures an efficient, clean, M2C landscape. Further, Utility Reference Models (URMs) are provided, which allows the City to see how C2M “views” a particular business process, allowing you to work with the application rather than against it. The M2C taxonomy keeps the topics of the M2C workshops focused and clearly defines a finish line. Important topics raised during this workshop are identified and placed in a "parking lot" for discussion during the relevant session to ensure nothing is lost during these foundational project workshops. Origin introduces, where applicable, opportunities to optimize current business practices to better align with utility best practices. The City is tasked with ensuring that the representatives attending the workshops are empowered to make decisions to change the business to better Page 403 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 66 Utility Billing System Software align with C2M functionality and industry best practices. User stories are created for business processes that need refinement (i.e., processes that cause pain points in the City's current M2C footprint). These user stories are broken down into tasks and assigned during the sprints. The user stories have acceptance criteria that are used to validate that the business process operates as designed. This provides the mechanism to track the conceptual business process change from the initial workshops through acceptance testing. Figure 6 - Origin's M2C Taxonomy During the Construct phase, tasks are assigned to the user stories. These tasks include business process changes, configuration, config-tools extensions, and other items. The tasks are assigned, built, delivered, and demonstrated. The testing acceptance criteria form the basis of test scripts for the Confirm phase. Test script execution in the Confirm phase completes the final step from M2C business process to user story, to task(s) and finally to test script. Tracking may be performed by Jira if the City does not have a preferred requirements tracking / test tracking tool. For documentation provided after implementation, Origin provides all project documentation to Page 404 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 67 Utility Billing System Software the City as part of the Transition & Operate phase. Origin also provides business process guides and administration guides for OCX and MobileLite. In addition, C2M comes with a full set of product documentation in electronic format. Below is a list of the types of documentation currently available via Oracle's documentation site. These documents are available in the Oracle Support portal and the eDelivery portal. • Release Notes • Installation Guide • Quick Install Guide • Security Guide • DBA Guide • Business Processes Guide • Administration Guide • Server Administration Guide • Optional Products Install Guide 7. Go Live Phase - The go live phase is when System will be first "turned on" or released to the City for use in the conduct of Municipal Court business. a. Go Live is after satisfactory completion of the System Acceptance Testing and Data Conversion and with the formal approval of the City. As a part of our standard cutover approach, Origin works with the City to deliver UAT and SIT. Data Conversion is also completed prior to cutover as a part of our configuration sprints in the Confirm phase of our onPoint methodology, which is further detailed in Question 8. Origin affirms these steps are completed to the City's satisfaction, and that Origin receives formal approval on each step of the process. b. Offeror must provide a Go Live plan specifying all steps and tasks necessary for a successful Go Live, this plan should describe tasks to be performed by the City as well as the Offeror. The City can add additional steps or tasks to address specific needs. The Offeror is responsible for keeping track of the completion of these tasks and steps. Origin's approach to identifying the cutover tasks prior to Go-Live are: 1) Utilize our extensive library of CIS software Go-Live checklists accumulated over our 14 years of experience 2) Collaborate throughout the project with the City to understand legacy CIS integrations, dependencies, and business stakeholders impacted by the cutover 3) Conduct mock cutovers. During the mock cutover testing Origin documents the timings and lessons learned. This process ensures the go-live checklist is accurate and the team can measure against the Go-Live performance schedule. Origin uses a Go-Live checklist for tracking, reporting, and managing all cutover tasks. The updates are tracked using an Excel spreadsheet and communicated using email. The Origin PM Page 405 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 68 Utility Billing System Software uses MS Project to track project related tasks, assignments, schedules, durations, and dependencies. Regular meetings are held leading up to the mock cut-overs and go-live to ensure the go-live checklist is comprehensive and accurate. Origin has included a sample list of typical Go-Live responsibilities for a project of this type. Each task below indicates the party with the primary responsibility. However, we recognize that many tasks may have a supporting role from either party. Origin recognizes that every utility's operations are different and therefore we collaborate with the City to customize this list. Go-Live Responsibilities Task City Respondent Sample pre-cutover tasks Notification sent to payment vendors regarding Go-Live outage * Publish go-live outage details on website * True-up Net Metering accounts * Bill meter exchanges in legacy * Bill any pending Energy Diversion and Tampering fees on final bills * Stop Disconnects for Non-Payment service orders * Limit meter exchanges to emergency orders * Limit new meter sets to emergency orders * Cancel or resolve service orders open for older than 90 days * Generate list of long-term payment arrangements * Page 406 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 69 Utility Billing System Software Go-Live Responsibilities Task City Respondent Notify bill print vendor to hold day 1 bills * Update Bill Cycle configuration for Go-Live billing * Confirm vendor support availability for Go-Live * Shutdown Legacy batch jobs * Keep Legacy Apps / Databases available in Read Only Mode * Backup Legacy systems * After Legacy CIS Data Extraction, Upload legacy extracted data files to a secure cloud location * Processes to complete in the Legacy CIS prior to go-live Clean up duplicate meters * Resolve payments in suspense * Complete pending meter exchange service orders * Complete pending meter install service orders * Complete all refund activities * True-up Net Metering accounts * Bill meter exchanges in legacy * Page 407 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 70 Utility Billing System Software Go-Live Responsibilities Task City Respondent Bill pending Energy Diversion and Tampering fees on final bills * Legacy CIS Data Extraction * Document any Service Orders performed during go-live migration in Excel (This list is input into C2M once live) * Technical Go-Live Perform Legacy Data Conversion * Perform technical go-live * Manual processes typically executed after C2M is brought up after Go-Live and before the system is given to staff for daily processing Run test billing cycle to confirm alignment with legacy * Balance converted data against legacy system * Review and resolve any exceptions identified by conversion validation programs * Input payment entries for period of time the system was down * Manual entry of Service Orders worked during cutover * Process payment files and meter read files that occurred in edge applications while system was down * Page 408 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 71 Utility Billing System Software Go-Live Responsibilities Task City Respondent Run initial data sync processes * Initialize and validate interfaces * Conduct visual verification tests * Conduct Go / No Go checkpoint * * Sample post-conversion data validation checklist Pending Start / Stop Service requests * Produce Report of converted deposits not applied or refunded * Compare legacy AR Aging Report to C2M * Validation of Accounts * Credit Collection Process * Payment arrangements / payment plans * Recent meter exchanges * Scheduled autopay dates and amounts * Page 409 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 72 Utility Billing System Software Go-Live Responsibilities Task City Respondent Accounts in bankruptcy * Inactive accounts with delinquent balance * Active accounts disconnected for non-payment * Unpaid deposits * Partially paid deposits * Returned payment history * Unbilled fees * Special Accounts * Industrial Accounts * c. The City and Offeror will work together to confirm all tasks have been identified. The Go Live plan will be approved by the City before the Go Live execution. The Origin PM hosts several checkpoints prior to cut-over to ensure the team, application, database, and dependencies are ready for go-live. As an example, the City would not go-live if there is a Severity 1 defect with the application. These stage gates include input from IT, business, and executive steering committee teams. Below is a list of meetings at which go-live readiness is assessed: 1) Final Dress Rehearsal - Validate go-live steps are complete and accurate Page 410 of 778 Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 73 Utility Billing System Software 2) Readiness Assessment - Validate no Severity 1 defects exist 3) Steering Committee Approval - Validate Business and IT leaders approve go-live 4) Executive Approval - Validate executive leadership approves go-live. 5) Go / No-Go Checkpoints - Two Go / No-Go checkpoints are contained inside of the system cut-over plan. The first one is conducted after the precut-over tasks are completed. The final one is conducted after the primary cut-over tasks are completed and the City completes their system validation. The Go-Live plan does have the "point of no return" known as Go / No-Go decision points. This is a significant checkpoint in our plan, and each of the City's stakeholders (IT and business) is requested to provide their feedback to proceed or roll back. If at any of these Go / No-Go decision points the City determines that the implementation should not proceed then the back out contingency plan is enacted. d. The Go Live plan must provide a failover plan in case the System go live fails, the Successful Offeror will have up to ten (10) days to either correct the issues or work with the City to develop a mutually agreeable date of when it will be corrected. The Origin Go-Live plan includes a back-up point and documented roll back procedures before and after conversion to ensure data integrity and timely restoration of service, if required. The CIS data files are backed up before conversion ensuring a restore point exists if a system roll back is required. The roll back procedures are developed during system testing and verified during mock cut-overs. Origin also backs the CIS system up after data conversion validation, and before any further data import or processing takes place. This creates a restore point if data corruption occurs after payment files, or other files are imported or manual entries are completed. Origin agrees to work with the City to develop a mutually agreeable date of correction should the system Go-Live fail. However, as Origin does not undertake a Go-Live without ensuring that no Severity 1 defects exist within the system, this is highly unlikely. Page 411 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Confidential & Proprietary Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 74 e. A post Go Live Reliability Test (see Exhibit A, Part 3 – System Testing Acceptance) will commence immediately following Go Live. In addition to pre Go-Live Reliability testing, Origin recommends adding a post Go-Live reliability test in the latter steps of cutover activities during product launch. Origin utilizes similar scripts / acceptance criteria agreed upon for pre Go-Live Reliability testing. 8. Proposals must include a narrative description of the Offeror’s plan for accomplishing the work and services to be provided to the City. Origin's hybrid methodology, onPoint, provides a transformation framework to deliver a complete business solution collaboratively. It offers the structure of a traditional waterfall methodology with the more rapid feedback and delivery associated with an Agile approach. Project phases span the complete project lifecycle. Activities, deliverables, milestones, and dependencies are defined for each project phase. onPoint Project Phases Engage - Define project objectives, confirm scope, and mobilize the team. During the Engage phase, the Statement of Work (SOW) and budget are reviewed, the project schedule is refined, and the processes governing the conduct of the project are defined. The project is appropriately staffed, the project kickoff is completed, and the City project team members are trained on the project methodology. The environments are provisioned and connected to the City's firewall. Key Activities: • Identify key stakeholders and levels of engagement • Establish project governance • Document and communicate the baseline project schedule • Establish and initiate project status reporting • Document the data conversion strategy • Document workshop logistics such as who should be involved, and time commitment needed from various stakeholders • Deliver onPoint Method Training • Provision the environments and connect to the City's firewall • Establish connection with payment provider environments Enable - Establish the point of origin for the project and prepare the user stories for design and construct. During the Enable phase, Origin delivers training on the features and functionality of C2M to the City's Core team. Origin facilitates workshops to review the City's M2C processes. These workshops allow Origin and the City to collaborate on a process map that carries forward into the Construct phase and establishes a starting point for traceability. Upon completion of the workshops, the combined team members participate in user story workshops to gather initial setup information and determine the best approach to address required integrations and the Page 412 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Confidential & Proprietary Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 75 loading of legacy data. There are multiple objectives to be realized from these workshops including: • Identify the data being exchanged (including protocols) and ensure that there is a common understanding of the data elements among all parties. • Delineate the transformation, validation, and processing that is required for the various data elements to satisfy the identified requirements. • Document the responsibilities of each party in the overall process. This could vary among the various interfaces / integrations. The team members validate the City's requirements, identify gaps, and develop user stories for Construct. These user stories are requirements that require more elaboration during the sprints. They are prioritized and acceptance criteria is agreed upon, helping clarify how requirements align with business objectives. Key Activities: • Deliver Core Team training of the solution's functional capabilities • Capture functional design considerations such as regulatory constraints • Create functional requirements in the form of user stories, including both acceptance criteria (how the requirement is successfully validated) and demonstration instructions (how the feature / functionality is demonstrated to the City) • Document the strategy for addressing security requirements • Support the City's effort to craft a test plan including resources, activities, and timeline • Validate the test plan • Utilize the user story acceptance criteria to define formal test scenarios • Categorize user stories into sprints to provide a high-level view of the detailed sprint schedule • Review the Construct phase iterative design, development, and configuration process, roles and responsibilities, and expected results • Create and refine the DataVergence conversion specifications Construct - Construct, configure, and validate the solution. The project transitions to an Agile approach for building the solution and increasing the speed of adoption. User stories are grouped into logical categories, enabling the team to set the timeline for the features and functionality to be delivered. Work is divided into 3-week periods known as sprints. During each sprint, conversion and configuration are performed. An agile approach is utilized for conversion to support a convert early, convert often philosophy. The conversion process utilizes six stages that are repeated over and over in each sprint. This enables the team to deliver converted data into the hands of the City, beginning with Sprint 1, for feedback. Once configuration is complete, the Origin team conducts a demonstration of the newly created functionality so that the City can validate the new functionality. This cycle of configuring functionality, validating the solution, and releasing it to the City continues throughout the Construct phase. At the beginning of each sprint, the backlog of user stories is reviewed and prioritized, and a set of user stories is identified to be completed next. At the conclusion of each sprint, the team conducts a demonstration or playback of the functionality defined during the sprint. Finally, the team participates in a retrospective meeting at the end of each sprint to provide feedback (both positive and constructive) to increase the effectiveness of subsequent Page 413 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Confidential & Proprietary Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 76 sprints. The City initiates the planning of the testing events and begins work on the creation of the test materials. The City's trainer(s) initiates the planning of the end-user training and the creation of the training material. Key Activities: • Prepare specifications for custom data loads, integrations, and other extensions that are in scope for the project • Deliver configuration training to the City's Core Team • Within each sprint: o Map legacy data to the new CIS o Prioritize and commit user stories o Configure functionality o Unit test the completed configuration o Confirm the City's acceptance of the configured functionality o Conduct or attend sprint ceremonies • Create the batch schedule Confirm - Test, train, and prepare for go-live. Using the acceptance criteria that were gathered during the user story workshops as well as the standard testing scenarios, the project team tests the new solution to ensure it functions as expected. A full conversion run is executed, timed, and documented. Any issues found are addressed. Origin completes the delivery of train-the-trainer training. The City's trainer(s) deliver the end-user training to support the new solution. The team completes the operational- readiness checklist to step through the activities that occur from acceptance testing through launch. Key Activities: • Execute scheduled testing events, resolve defects, complete regression tests • Document and prioritize new features or enhancements uncovered during testing as user stories and update the user story backlog • Complete validation and acceptance of the new functionality • Execute, time, and document the mock conversion • Balance and verify converted data • Draft the deployment plan and go-live readiness checklist • Deliver the train-the-trainer sessions for the City's trainer(s) • Deliver end-user training Transition & Operate - Deploy the solution to production and stabilize operations. A final assessment is made of operational readiness. The verified configuration is moved to the production environment and legacy data is loaded, reconciled, and validated. Validated integrations and extensions are migrated to the production environment. The integrated solution is deployed to production. Steady-state operations begin and are managed. Origin provides operational support for 8 weeks post go-live. Final acceptance of the solution is obtained and activities to close-out the project are executed. Upon acceptance of the production system, Origin prepares a series of artifacts including the project summary and deployment report, and the project closeout letter. Page 414 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Confidential & Proprietary Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 77 Key Activities: • Conduct the go-live readiness assessment and arrive at a go / no-go decision • Finalize the deployment plan • Complete the go-live • Initiate operational support • Document and close the project Page 415 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 78 9. Proposals must indicate a clear understanding of the scope of work, including a detailed Phased project plan, as mentioned in Scope of Work, Section 4.1 above, for this engagement outlining major tasks and responsibilities, time frames, and staff assigned for each category of project. High Level Scope of Work The City is seeking a qualified system integrator to provide UBS Software, planning, installation, configuration, conversion, training, implementation, support and maintenance services needed to implement the UBS Software. The City has requested that following scope of solution and services: • UBS Software that covers electric, water, sewer, solid waste, drainage and roadway maintenance service as well as provides robust reporting, scheduling, and case management functionality suitable for a municipality • A solution that provides for streamlined connect / disconnect process due to increased volumes due to large student population • User-friendly and responsive public interface and intuitive, easy-to-use staff interface • Data conversion of legacy Naviline Public Administration Utility Billing module data and image o Show actual data conversion based on the City's sample data set • Application, technical and administrative training • Ongoing, 24 / 7 support and maintenance • Paymentus Integration In response to the City's request, Origin is proposing the implementation of the following applications as an Origin hosted SaaS solution in support of the scope presented by the City: • C2M v2.8 • OCX v21.2 • Jaspersoft v7.9 • MobileLite v21.2 In addition to the software components, Origin provides the following services to support the hosted solution and scope presented by the City: • Change request / control approval and tracking process • Risk reporting and response process • Project status and reporting process • Communication plan and process • The development of quality assurance criteria and measures • A quality control process • Provisioning and maintenance of all environments, including the application of new software versions • Documentation of backup and recovery procedures • Training of the City's Core team on the project method, solution features, and solution configuration • Facilitation of M2C workshops • Documentation of integration and interface design considerations Page 416 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 79 • Development of the user story backlog • Sprint planning • Facilitation of the design and construct sprints • Design, development, unit testing, and delivery of agreed upon integrations, reports and customizations. • Design, configuration, unit testing, and delivery of billing statements, invoices, notices, and correspondence via a data extract that is sent to a bill print vendor for production of hard copy and electronic PDFs of the bills. • Conversion and migration of legacy data to the new database, including mapping, transformation, loading of all converted data, and data validation • The development of a System Integration Test (SIT) plan, SIT Testing and remediation, support for UAT, and Performance and Reliability Testing • Tracking and reporting test results • Delivery of end-user training, including the development of training course content, guides, and exercises • Development and delivery of the batch schedule • Execution of a mock cutover, including the preparation of the cutover plan • Development and delivery of a go-live readiness assessment • Go-live / cutover support • Production support (Hypercare) • Project closure including a stabilization report and project closure letter Project Constraints Constraint Description Schedule This project has an expedited schedule, predicated upon utilization of pre- configured features / functionality (best practices) and only anticipate changes specific to rates and mandated requirements. Scope Scope is one of the three constraints that guide and constrain a project. The scope defines the boundaries for what is completed during the life off the project. The approach is 'solution' driven as opposed to 'requirements' driven. Budget The City has a limited budget to spend on this project. This budget is used to define parameters of the scope and schedule. Quality All projects have the scope, schedule, and budget triple constraint. A change in any one of those parameters could impact the project deliverable quality. Quality is maintained by keeping these three parameters aligned and balanced through the project lifecycle. Page 417 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 80 Constraint Description The City's Core Team Resource Availability During the project Engage phase, Origin works with the City to identify City core project team members. These City Core Team members are needed to participate in project scoping, design, demonstration, and deliverable reviews. We realize the City Core Team members may have other duties or assignments. The project assignments need to be prioritized and completed by the City Core Team members as scheduled. Project Timeline | Project Schedule As noted earlier, the duration of the project is one year. Below is the high level timeline of the project broken out by our onPoint phases, and following on the next page is a detailed draft schedule including activities, durations, and assignments. The project schedule begins on the next page. Figure 7 - Gantt Chart Page 418 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 81 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 0 0 College Station Project Delivery 251 days Mon 11/8/21 Tue 11/1/22 1 1 Engage 20 days Mon 11/8/21 Tue 12/7/21 2 1.1 Engage Execution (4 weeks) 20 days Mon 11/8/21 Tue 12/7/21 3 1.1.1 Prepare Agreements 1 day Mon 11/8/21 Mon 11/8/21 4 1.1.1.1 Create and Finalize Statement of Work 1 day Mon 11/8/21 Mon 11/8/21 Origin PM 5 1.1.1.2 Create and Finalize Consulting Services Agreement 1 day Mon 11/8/21 Mon 11/8/21 4FF Origin PM 6 1.1.2 Project Planning & Readiness 19 days Tue 11/9/21 Tue 12/7/21 7 1.1.2.1 Project Management Readiness & Resourcing 7 days Tue 11/9/21 Wed 11/17/21 8 1.1.2.1.1 Detailed Review of SOW 1 day Tue 11/9/21 Tue 11/9/21 3 Origin PM 9 1.1.2.1.2 Create Initial Deliverables Inventory 2 days Wed 11/10/21 Thu 11/11/21 8 Origin PM 10 1.1.2.1.3 Update Project Schedule 2 days Wed 11/10/21 Thu 11/11/21 8 Origin PM 11 1.1.2.1.4 Validate Resource Plan & Update Forecasts 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 10 Origin PM 12 1.1.2.1.5 Setup Project Site / 1 day Wed 11/10/21 Wed 11/10/21 8 Origin PM Page 419 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 82 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names Knowledge Base Directories 13 1.1.2.1.6 Origin Team Onboarding 3 days Mon 11/15/21 Wed 11/17/21 11 Origin PM 14 1.1.2.2 Establish Project Organization 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15 1.1.2.2.1 Host the City Introductory Meeting 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 9 Origin PM, City PM 16 1.1.2.2.2 Review Deliverables Inventory 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM, City PM 17 1.1.2.2.3 Gather Stakeholder Identification 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM, City PM 18 1.1.2.2.4 Establish Escalation Matrix 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM, City PM 19 1.1.2.2.5 Create Project Org Structure 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM 20 1.1.2.2.6 Establish Project Reporting Templates 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM, City PM 21 1.1.2.2.7 Establish Communication Plan 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM, City PM 22 1.1.2.2.8 Establish Data Migration Strategy 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM, City PM 23 1.1.2.2.9 Establish RAID Log 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM, City PM 24 1.1.2.2.10 Establish Project Status Reporting 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM, City PM 25 1.1.2.2.11 Establish Conf Bridge 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM, City PM Page 420 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 83 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names Standard 26 1.1.2.2.12 Review Change Order Process 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM, City PM 27 1.1.2.2.13 Identify Meeting Rooms 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 15FF Origin PM, City PM 28 1.1.2.3 Mobilize Project Team Resources 3 days Mon 11/15/21 Wed 11/17/21 29 1.1.2.3.1 Onsite Project Kick-Off Preparation 3 days Mon 11/15/21 Wed 11/17/21 14 Origin PM 30 1.1.2.3.2 Host Internal Project Kick-Off Meeting 1 day Mon 11/15/21 Mon 11/15/21 13SS Origin PM 31 1.1.2.4 Identify Delivery Performance Metrics 10 days Mon 11/15/21 Tue 11/30/21 32 1.1.2.4.1 Scope 5 days Mon 11/15/21 Fri 11/19/21 14 Origin PM, City PM 33 1.1.2.4.2 Schedule 5 days Mon 11/15/21 Fri 11/19/21 14 Origin PM, City PM 34 1.1.2.4.3 Budget 5 days Mon 11/15/21 Fri 11/19/21 14 Origin PM, City PM 35 1.1.2.4.4 Quality 5 days Mon 11/15/21 Fri 11/19/21 14 Origin PM, City PM 36 1.1.2.4.5 Create Burn Report 5 days Mon 11/22/21 Tue 11/30/21 35 Origin PM, City PM 37 1.1.2.4.6 Create Project Measurement Report 5 days Mon 11/22/21 Tue 11/30/21 35 Origin PM, City PM 38 1.1.2.5 Submit Final Project Plan to the City 5 days Wed 12/1/21 Tue 12/7/21 7,14,31 Origin PM 39 1.1.2.6 Provision Environments 5 days Tue 11/9/21 Mon 11/15/21 Page 421 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 84 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 40 1.1.2.6.1 Create Virtual Cloud Network (VCN) specific to the City in Oracle Cloud 1 day Tue 11/9/21 Tue 11/9/21 3 City Network Admin 41 1.1.2.6.2 Create a Dynamic Routing Gateway (DRG) and Connect it to the City's VCN 1 day Wed 11/10/21 Wed 11/10/21 40 City Network Admin 42 1.1.2.6.3 Configure an IPSec VPN to Connect to the City's Firewall and to the City 's VCN 1 day Thu 11/11/21 Thu 11/11/21 41 City Network Admin 43 1.1.2.6.4 Provision the City, C2M, OCX, MobileLite, and Jaspersoft Environments 2 days Fri 11/12/21 Mon 11/15/21 42 Origin TA 44 1.1.2.6.5 Provide Access to Payment Processing TEST Environment 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 42 Origin TA 45 1.1.2.6.6 Establish Interface to the City's Financial System 1 day Fri 11/12/21 Fri 11/12/21 42 Origin TA 46 1.1.2.7 Kick Off 2 days Thu 11/18/21 Fri 11/19/21 47 1.1.2.7.1 Project Kick-Off 1 day Thu 11/18/21 Thu 11/18/21 29,30 Origin Acct Exec, Origin PM, Origin SA, Origin Training Lead 48 1.1.2.7.2 Create Project Kick-Off Summary 1 day Fri 11/19/21 Fri 11/19/21 47 Origin PM 49 1.1.2.8 Conduct Method 1 day Mon 11/22/21 Mon 11/22/21 46 Origin Training Lead Page 422 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 85 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names Training 50 1.2 Engage Deliverables 16 days Fri 11/12/21 Tue 12/7/21 51 1.2.1 Deliverable D01 – Project Schedule 11 days Fri 11/12/21 Tue 11/30/21 52 1.2.1.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Fri 11/12/21 Thu 11/18/21 10 Origin PM 53 1.2.1.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Fri 11/19/21 Fri 11/19/21 52 Origin PM 54 1.2.1.3 City Approval 5 days Mon 11/22/21 Tue 11/30/21 53 City PM 55 1.2.2 Deliverable D02 – Project Kick-Off Summary 10 days Mon 11/22/21 Tue 12/7/21 56 1.2.2.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Mon 11/22/21 Tue 11/30/21 48 Origin PM 57 1.2.2.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Wed 12/1/21 Wed 12/1/21 56 Origin PM 58 1.2.2.3 City Approval 5 days Wed 12/1/21 Tue 12/7/21 56 City PM 59 1.2.3 Deliverable D03 – Deliverable Inventory 11 days Fri 11/12/21 Tue 11/30/21 60 1.2.3.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Fri 11/12/21 Thu 11/18/21 9 Origin PM 61 1.2.3.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Fri 11/19/21 Fri 11/19/21 60 Origin PM 62 1.2.3.3 City Approval 5 days Mon 11/22/21 Tue 11/30/21 61 City PM Page 423 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 86 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 63 1.2.4 Deliverable D04 – Communications Plan 10 days Mon 11/15/21 Tue 11/30/21 64 1.2.4.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Mon 11/15/21 Fri 11/19/21 21 Origin PM 65 1.2.4.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Mon 11/22/21 Mon 11/22/21 64 Origin PM 66 1.2.4.3 City Approval 5 days Mon 11/22/21 Tue 11/30/21 64 City PM 67 1.2.5 Deliverable D05 - Data Migration Strategy 11 days Mon 11/15/21 Wed 12/1/21 68 1.2.5.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Mon 11/15/21 Fri 11/19/21 22 Origin PM 69 1.2.5.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Mon 11/22/21 Mon 11/22/21 68 Origin PM 70 1.2.5.3 City Approval 5 days Tue 11/23/21 Wed 12/1/21 69 City PM 71 2 MILESTONE M01 - Engage Phase Complete 0 days Tue 12/7/21 Tue 12/7/21 1 72 3 Close Engage Phase 0 days Tue 12/7/21 Tue 12/7/21 1 73 4 Enable 31 days Wed 12/8/21 Thu 1/20/22 74 4.1 Enable Execution (5 weeks) 25 days Wed 12/8/21 Wed 1/12/22 75 4.1.1 Data Migration 5 days Wed 12/8/21 Tue 12/14/21 76 4.1.1.1 Create and Refine DataVergence Conversion Specifications 5 days Wed 12/8/21 Tue 12/14/21 72 Origin Conversion Page 424 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 87 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 77 4.1.2 Core Team Training 1 7 days Wed 12/15/21 Thu 12/23/21 78 4.1.2.1 Create Core Team Training Plan 1 day Wed 12/15/21 Wed 12/15/21 76 Origin PM, Origin SA, Origin FA, Origin TA 79 4.1.2.2 Deliver Core Team Training 6 days Thu 12/16/21 Thu 12/23/21 78 Origin PM, Origin SA, Origin FA, Origin TA 80 4.1.3 Core Team Training 2 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin PM, Origin SA, Origin FA, Origin TA 81 4.1.4 Conduct Process Review Workshops 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 82 4.1.4.1 Review Current State M2C Processes 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Functional Arch, PM, Solution Arch, Business Analyst 83 4.1.4.2 Conduct the City Information Workshop 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin SA, Origin FA, City FA 84 4.1.4.3 Conduct Start / Stop / Transfer of Service Workshop 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin SA, Origin FA, City FA 85 4.1.4.4 Conduct Fieldwork Session 1 Workshop 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin SA, Origin FA, City FA 86 4.1.4.5 Conduct Fieldwork Session 2 Workshop 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin SA, Origin FA, City FA 87 4.1.4.6 Conduct Billing Workshop 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin SA, Origin FA, City FA 88 4.1.4.7 Conduct Payments Workshop 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin SA, Origin FA, City FA 89 4.1.4.8 Conduct Collections Workshop 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin SA, Origin FA, City FA Page 425 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 88 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 90 4.1.4.9 Conduct Activities Workshop 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin SA, Origin FA, City FA 91 4.1.4.10 Conduct Accounting Workshops (GL, AP, AR, CA) 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin FA 92 4.1.4.11 Conduct Purchase / Requisition Workshops 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin FA 93 4.1.4.12 Conduct Inventory Workshop 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin FA 94 4.1.4.13 Conduct Project Workshop 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin Project FA 95 4.1.4.14 Conduct Payroll Workshop 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin Payroll FA 96 4.1.4.15 Review Regulatory Fit- Gap Analysis 5 days Mon 12/27/21 Fri 12/31/21 79 Origin FA 97 4.1.5 Document Integrations and Interfaces Design Considerations 3 days Mon 1/3/22 Wed 1/5/22 98 4.1.5.1 Create the Enterprise Application Survey 3 days Mon 1/3/22 Wed 1/5/22 81 Origin SA, Origin FA, Origin TA 99 4.1.6 Develop User Story Backlog (Sprint Planning) 5 days Thu 1/6/22 Wed 1/12/22 Origin FA 100 4.1.6.1 Create User Story Backlog 1 day Thu 1/6/22 Thu 1/6/22 98 Origin SA, Origin FA, Origin TA 101 4.1.6.2 Conduct Initial Backlog review with 1 day Fri 1/7/22 Fri 1/7/22 100 Origin PM, Origin FA, Origin OTC Page 426 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 89 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names Development Team 102 4.1.6.3 Complete Backlog Updates 1 day Fri 1/7/22 Fri 1/7/22 100 Origin FA, City FA 103 4.1.6.4 Prioritize User Stories 1 day Mon 1/10/22 Mon 1/10/22 102 Origin PM, Origin FA, Origin SA, City PM 104 4.1.6.5 Conduct Development Team Review & Estimate 1 day Tue 1/11/22 Tue 1/11/22 103 Origin OTC, Origin FFA 105 4.1.6.6 Re-prioritize User Stories, if necessary 2 days Tue 1/11/22 Wed 1/12/22 103 Origin PM, Origin FA, City PM 106 4.2 Enable Deliverables 11 days Thu 1/6/22 Thu 1/20/22 107 4.2.1 Deliverable D06 - User Story Backlog 6 days Fri 1/7/22 Fri 1/14/22 108 4.2.1.1 Review and Update with the City 5 days Fri 1/7/22 Thu 1/13/22 100 Origin PM 109 4.2.1.2 City Approval 1 day Fri 1/14/22 Fri 1/14/22 108 City PM 110 4.2.2 Deliverable D07 – Enterprise Application Survey 11 days Thu 1/6/22 Thu 1/20/22 111 4.2.2.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Thu 1/6/22 Wed 1/12/22 98 Origin PM 112 4.2.2.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Thu 1/13/22 Thu 1/13/22 111 Origin PM 113 4.2.2.3 City Approval 5 days Fri 1/14/22 Thu 1/20/22 112 City PM 114 5 MILESTONE M02 - Enable Phase Complete 0 days Thu 1/20/22 Thu 1/20/22 73 Page 427 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 90 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 115 6 Close Enable Phase 0 days Thu 1/20/22 Thu 1/20/22 73 116 7 Construct 76 days Thu 1/13/22 Thu 4/28/22 117 7.1 Construct Execution (13 weeks) 65 days Thu 1/13/22 Wed 4/13/22 118 7.1.1 Product Backlog Planning 5 days Thu 1/13/22 Wed 1/19/22 74 Origin PM, Origin SA 119 7.1.2 Sprint 1 15 days Wed 1/19/22 Wed 2/9/22 120 7.1.2.1 Conduct Sprint Planning 1 day Wed 1/19/22 Thu 1/20/22 118 Origin PM 121 7.1.2.2 Estimate User Stories and High-level Architecture 1 day Thu 1/20/22 Fri 1/21/22 120 Origin FA, Origin OTC 122 7.1.2.3 Re-prioritize User Stories, if necessary 1 day Fri 1/21/22 Mon 1/24/22 121 Origin PM, Origin FA, City PM 123 7.1.2.4 Commit to Sprint Backlog 1 day Mon 1/24/22 Tue 1/25/22 122 Origin FA 124 7.1.2.5 Sprint Data Conversion 1 day Wed 1/26/22 Wed 1/26/22 123 Origin Conversion, City Conversion 125 7.1.2.6 Design & Construct 8 days Wed 1/26/22 Fri 2/4/22 124SS Origin OTC 126 7.1.2.7 Consolidate & Document 2 days Mon 2/7/22 Tue 2/8/22 127 7.1.2.7.1 Update Configuration Workbook 1 day Mon 2/7/22 Mon 2/7/22 125 Origin FA, Origin OTC 128 7.1.2.7.2 Solution Package 2 days Mon 2/7/22 Tue 2/8/22 129 7.1.2.7.2.1 Create Consolidated Solution Package 1 day Mon 2/7/22 Mon 2/7/22 125 Origin OTC Page 428 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 91 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 130 7.1.2.7.2.2 Package Testing & Verification 1 day Tue 2/8/22 Tue 2/8/22 129 Origin OTC, Origin FA 131 7.1.2.8 Conduct Sprint Refinement, if necessary 1 day Wed 1/26/22 Wed 1/26/22 125SS Origin PM, Origin FA, Origin OTC 132 7.1.2.9 Conduct Sprint Review – Architect 1 day Fri 2/4/22 Mon 2/7/22 125 Origin FA 133 7.1.2.10 Conduct Sprint Review – the City team (Demo) 1 day Mon 2/7/22 Tue 2/8/22 132 Origin FA, City FA 134 7.1.2.11 Conduct Sprint Retrospective 1 day Tue 2/8/22 Wed 2/9/22 133 Origin PM 135 7.1.3 Sprint 2 15 days Wed 2/9/22 Wed 3/2/22 136 7.1.3.1 Conduct Sprint Planning 1 day Wed 2/9/22 Thu 2/10/22 134 Origin PM 137 7.1.3.2 Estimate User Stories and High-level Architecture 1 day Thu 2/10/22 Fri 2/11/22 136 Origin FA, Origin OTC 138 7.1.3.3 Re-prioritize User Stories, if necessary 1 day Fri 2/11/22 Mon 2/14/22 137 Origin PM, Origin FA, City PM 139 7.1.3.4 Commit to Sprint Backlog 1 day Mon 2/14/22 Tue 2/15/22 138 Origin FA 140 7.1.3.5 Sprint Data Conversion 1 day Wed 2/16/22 Wed 2/16/22 139 Origin Conversion, City Conversion 141 7.1.3.6 Design & Construct 8 days Wed 2/16/22 Fri 2/25/22 140SS Origin OTC 142 7.1.3.7 Consolidate & Document 2 days Mon 2/28/22 Tue 3/1/22 147 7.1.3.8 Conduct Sprint Refinement, if necessary 1 day Wed 2/16/22 Wed 2/16/22 141SS Origin PM, Origin FA, Origin OTC Page 429 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 92 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 148 7.1.3.9 Conduct Sprint Preview – Architect 1 day Fri 2/25/22 Mon 2/28/22 141 Origin FA 149 7.1.3.10 Conduct Sprint Review – the City team (Demo) 1 day Mon 2/28/22 Tue 3/1/22 148 Origin FA, City FA 150 7.1.3.11 Conduct Sprint Retrospective 1 day Tue 3/1/22 Wed 3/2/22 149 Origin PM 151 7.1.4 Sprint 3 15 days Thu 3/3/22 Wed 3/23/22 152 7.1.4.1 Conduct Sprint Planning 1 day Thu 3/3/22 Thu 3/3/22 135 Origin PM 153 7.1.4.2 Estimate User Stories and High-level Architecture 1 day Fri 3/4/22 Fri 3/4/22 152 Origin FA, Origin OTC 154 7.1.4.3 Re-prioritize User Stories, if necessary 1 day Mon 3/7/22 Mon 3/7/22 153 Origin PM, Origin FA, City PM 155 7.1.4.4 Commit to Sprint Backlog 1 day Tue 3/8/22 Tue 3/8/22 154 Origin FA 156 7.1.4.5 Sprint Data Conversion 0.5 days Wed 3/9/22 Wed 3/9/22 155 Origin Conversion, City Conversion 157 7.1.4.6 Design & Construct 8 days Wed 3/9/22 Fri 3/18/22 156SS Origin OTC 158 7.1.4.7 Consolidate & Document 2 days Mon 3/21/22 Tue 3/22/22 159 7.1.4.7.1 Update Configuration Workbook 1 day Mon 3/21/22 Mon 3/21/22 157 Origin FA, Origin OTC 160 7.1.4.7.2 Solution Package 2 days Mon 3/21/22 Tue 3/22/22 161 7.1.4.7.2.1 Create Consolidated Solution Package 1 day Mon 3/21/22 Mon 3/21/22 157 Origin OTC Page 430 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 93 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 162 7.1.4.7.2.2 Package Testing & Verification 1 day Tue 3/22/22 Tue 3/22/22 161 Origin OTC, Origin FA 163 7.1.4.8 Conduct Sprint Refinement, if necessary 1 day Wed 3/9/22 Wed 3/9/22 157SS Origin PM, Origin FA, Origin OTC 164 7.1.4.9 Conduct Sprint Review – Architect 1 day Mon 3/21/22 Mon 3/21/22 157 Origin FA 165 7.1.4.10 Conduct Sprint Review – the City team (Demo) 1 day Tue 3/22/22 Tue 3/22/22 164 Origin FA, City FA 166 7.1.4.11 Conduct Sprint Retrospective 1 day Wed 3/23/22 Wed 3/23/22 165 Origin PM 167 7.1.5 Sprint 4 15 days Thu 3/24/22 Wed 4/13/22 168 7.1.5.1 Conduct Sprint Planning 1 day Thu 3/24/22 Thu 3/24/22 151 Origin PM 169 7.1.5.2 Estimate User Stories and High-level Architecture 1 day Fri 3/25/22 Fri 3/25/22 168 Origin FA, Origin OTC 170 7.1.5.3 Re-prioritize User Stories, if necessary 1 day Mon 3/28/22 Mon 3/28/22 169 Origin PM, Origin FA, City PM 171 7.1.5.4 Commit to Sprint Backlog 1 day Tue 3/29/22 Tue 3/29/22 170 Origin FA 172 7.1.5.5 Sprint Data Conversion 1 day Wed 3/30/22 Wed 3/30/22 171 Origin Conversion, City Conversion 173 7.1.5.6 Design & Construct 8 days Wed 3/30/22 Fri 4/8/22 172SS Origin OTC 174 7.1.5.7 Consolidate & Document 2 days Mon 4/11/22 Tue 4/12/22 175 7.1.5.7.1 Update Configuration Workbook 1 day Mon 4/11/22 Mon 4/11/22 173 Origin FA, Origin OTC Page 431 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 94 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 176 7.1.5.7.2 Solution Package 2 days Mon 4/11/22 Tue 4/12/22 177 7.1.5.7.2.1 Create Consolidated Solution Package 1 day Mon 4/11/22 Mon 4/11/22 173 Origin OTC 178 7.1.5.7.2.2 Package Testing & Verification 1 day Tue 4/12/22 Tue 4/12/22 177 Origin OTC, Origin FA 179 7.1.5.8 Conduct Sprint Refinement, if necessary 1 day Wed 3/30/22 Wed 3/30/22 173SS Origin PM, Origin FA, Origin OTC 180 7.1.5.9 Conduct Sprint Review – Architect 1 day Mon 4/11/22 Mon 4/11/22 173 Origin FA 181 7.1.5.10 Conduct Sprint Review – the City team (Demo) 1 day Tue 4/12/22 Tue 4/12/22 180 Origin FA, City FA 182 7.1.5.11 Conduct Sprint Retrospective 1 day Wed 4/13/22 Wed 4/13/22 181 Origin PM 183 7.1.6 Testing Readiness 10 days Fri 1/21/22 Thu 2/3/22 184 7.1.6.1 Plan and Prepare for SIT 10 days Fri 1/21/22 Thu 2/3/22 115 City Testing Lead 185 1.4.1.3.1.1 Plan and Prepare for UAT 10 days Fri 1/21/22 Thu 2/3/22 115 City Testing Lead 186 7.1.6.3 Plan and Prepare for Parallel Testing 10 days Fri 1/21/22 Thu 2/3/22 115 City Testing Lead 187 7.1.7 Training Readiness 30 days Thu 2/10/22 Wed 3/23/22 188 7.1.7.1 Plan and Prepare for End-User Training 10 days Thu 2/10/22 Wed 2/23/22 119 Origin Training Lead, City Training Lead 189 7.1.7.2 Plan and Prepare for Train-the-Trainer Training 30 days Thu 2/10/22 Wed 3/23/22 Page 432 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 95 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 190 7.1.7.2.1 Prepare Training Materials 30 days Thu 2/10/22 Wed 3/23/22 119 City Training Lead 191 7.1.7.2.2 Review Training Material with the City Business Leader 30 days Thu 2/10/22 Wed 3/23/22 119 Origin Training Lead, City PM 192 7.1.7.2.3 Update Training Materials 30 days Thu 2/10/22 Wed 3/23/22 119 Origin Training Lead 193 7.1.8 Batch Schedule 35 days Fri 1/21/22 Thu 3/10/22 194 7.1.8.1 Identify Dependencies – Internal, External, Files, Timings 5 days Fri 1/21/22 Thu 1/27/22 115 Origin TA, City TA 195 7.1.8.2 Develop Batch Strategy / Schedule 25 days Fri 1/28/22 Thu 3/3/22 194 Origin TA 196 7.1.8.3 Remediate Issues 5 days Fri 3/4/22 Thu 3/10/22 195 Origin TA 197 7.2 Construct Deliverables 56 days Thu 2/10/22 Thu 4/28/22 198 7.2.1 Deliverable D08 - End- User Training Materials 11 days Thu 3/24/22 Thu 4/7/22 199 7.2.1.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Thu 3/24/22 Wed 3/30/22 189 Origin PM 200 7.2.1.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Thu 3/31/22 Thu 3/31/22 199 Origin PM 201 7.2.1.3 City Approval 5 days Fri 4/1/22 Thu 4/7/22 200 City PM 202 7.2.2 Deliverable D09 – Batch Schedule 11 days Fri 3/11/22 Fri 3/25/22 Page 433 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 96 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 203 7.2.2.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Fri 3/11/22 Thu 3/17/22 193 Origin PM 204 7.2.2.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Fri 3/18/22 Fri 3/18/22 203 Origin PM 205 7.2.2.3 the City Approval 5 days Mon 3/21/22 Fri 3/25/22 204 City PM 206 7.2.3 Deliverable D10 – Sprint 1 Package 11 days Thu 2/10/22 Thu 2/24/22 119 207 7.2.3.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Thu 2/10/22 Wed 2/16/22 Origin PM 208 7.2.3.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Thu 2/17/22 Thu 2/17/22 207 Origin PM 209 7.2.3.3 City Approval 5 days Fri 2/18/22 Thu 2/24/22 208 City PM 210 7.2.4 Deliverable D11 – Sprint 2 Package 11 days Thu 3/3/22 Thu 3/17/22 135 211 7.2.4.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Thu 3/3/22 Wed 3/9/22 Origin PM 212 7.2.4.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Thu 3/10/22 Thu 3/10/22 211 Origin PM 213 7.2.4.3 City Approval 5 days Fri 3/11/22 Thu 3/17/22 212 City PM 214 7.2.5 Deliverable D12 – Sprint 3 Package 11 days Thu 3/24/22 Thu 4/7/22 151 215 7.2.5.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Thu 3/24/22 Wed 3/30/22 Origin PM 216 7.2.5.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Thu 3/31/22 Thu 3/31/22 215 Origin PM Page 434 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 97 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 217 7.2.5.3 City Approval 5 days Fri 4/1/22 Thu 4/7/22 216 City PM 218 7.2.6 Deliverable D13 – Sprint 4 Package 11 days Thu 4/14/22 Thu 4/28/22 167 219 7.2.6.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Thu 4/14/22 Wed 4/20/22 Origin PM 220 7.2.6.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Thu 4/21/22 Thu 4/21/22 219 Origin PM 221 7.2.6.3 City Approval 5 days Fri 4/22/22 Thu 4/28/22 220 City PM 222 7.2.7 Deliverable D14 – Solution Package 11 days Thu 4/14/22 Thu 4/28/22 167 223 7.2.7.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Thu 4/14/22 Wed 4/20/22 Origin PM 224 7.2.7.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Thu 4/21/22 Thu 4/21/22 223 Origin PM 225 7.2.7.3 City Approval 5 days Fri 4/22/22 Thu 4/28/22 224 City PM 226 8 Milestone M03 - Construct Phase Complete 0 days Thu 4/28/22 Thu 4/28/22 116 227 9 Close Construct Phase 0 days Thu 4/28/22 Thu 4/28/22 116 228 10 Confirm 60 days Thu 4/14/22 Fri 7/8/22 229 10.1 Confirm Execution (12 weeks) 60 days Thu 4/14/22 Fri 7/8/22 230 10.1.1 Testing 50 days Thu 4/14/22 Thu 6/23/22 231 10.1.1.1 System Integration Testing (SIT) 25 days Thu 4/14/22 Wed 5/18/22 Page 435 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 98 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 232 10.1.1.1.1 Create Test Data 2 days Thu 4/14/22 Fri 4/15/22 117 Origin TA 233 10.1.1.1.2 SIT Test Execution 23 days Mon 4/18/22 Wed 5/18/22 232 Origin FA, Origin PM, Functional Arch, City Testing Lead, City FA, City PM, City TA 234 10.1.1.1.3 SIT Testing Defect Remediation 23 days Mon 4/18/22 Wed 5/18/22 232 Origin FA, Functional Arch, City FA 235 10.1.1.2 User Acceptance Testing (UAT) 45 days Thu 4/14/22 Thu 6/16/22 236 10.1.1.2.1 Create Test Data 10 days Thu 4/14/22 Wed 4/27/22 231SS Origin PM, Origin FA, City Business, City Testing Lead 237 10.1.1.2.2 UAT Execution 20 days Thu 5/19/22 Thu 6/16/22 234 Origin PM, Origin FA, City Business, City Testing Lead 238 10.1.1.2.3 UAT Defect Remediation 20 days Thu 5/19/22 Thu 6/16/22 234 Origin FA, Origin OTC, Origin PM 239 10.1.1.3 Reliability Testing 20 days Thu 5/26/22 Thu 6/23/22 240 10.1.1.3.1 Reliability Testing Execution 20 days Thu 5/26/22 Thu 6/23/22 234FS+5 days City TA, Origin TA 241 10.1.1.3.2 Reliability Testing Defect Remediation 20 days Thu 5/26/22 Thu 6/23/22 234FS+5 days City TA, Origin TA 242 10.1.1.4 Parallel Testing 18 days Mon 5/16/22 Thu 6/9/22 243 10.1.1.4.1 Parallel Testing 18 days Mon 5/16/22 Thu 6/9/22 248SS City PM, City TA, Page 436 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 99 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names Execution City Testing Lead 244 10.1.1.4.2 Parallel Testing Defect Remediation 18 days Mon 5/16/22 Thu 6/9/22 248SS City PM, City TA, City Testing Lead 245 10.1.1.5 Performance Testing 20 days Thu 5/19/22 Thu 6/16/22 246 10.1.1.5.1 Performance Testing Execution 20 days Thu 5/19/22 Thu 6/16/22 237SS City TA, Origin TA 247 10.1.1.5.2 Performance Testing Defect Remediation 20 days Thu 5/19/22 Thu 6/16/22 237SS City TA, Origin TA 248 10.1.2 Mock Cutover 20 days Mon 5/16/22 Mon 6/13/22 249 10.1.2.1 Mock 1 10 days Mon 5/16/22 Fri 5/27/22 250 10.1.2.1.1 Prepare the Mock Cutover Plan 1 day Mon 5/16/22 Mon 5/16/22 Origin Conversion, Origin PM, City FA 251 10.1.2.1.2 Conduct Mock Cutover 4 days Tue 5/17/22 Fri 5/20/22 250 Origin Conversion, Origin PM 252 10.1.2.1.3 Document Timing and Issues 4 days Mon 5/23/22 Thu 5/26/22 251 Origin Conversion 253 10.1.2.1.4 Review Mock Results & Update the Cutover Checklist 1 day Fri 5/27/22 Fri 5/27/22 252 Origin Conversion, Origin PM, City PM 254 10.1.2.2 Mock 2 (Dress Rehearsal) 10 days Tue 5/31/22 Mon 6/13/22 255 10.1.2.2.1 Update the Mock Cutover Plan 1 day Tue 5/31/22 Tue 5/31/22 249 Origin Conversion, Origin PM, City FA 256 10.1.2.2.2 Conduct Mock Cutover 4 days Wed 6/1/22 Mon 6/6/22 255 Origin Conversion, Origin PM Page 437 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 100 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 257 10.1.2.2.3 Document Timing and Issues 4 days Tue 6/7/22 Fri 6/10/22 256 Origin Conversion 258 10.1.2.2.4 Review Mock Results & Update the Cutover Checklist 1 day Mon 6/13/22 Mon 6/13/22 257 Origin Conversion, Origin PM, City PM 259 10.1.3 Delivery Readiness Assessment 3 days Fri 5/27/22 Wed 6/1/22 260 10.1.3.1 Finalize Cutover / Deployment Plan 1 day Fri 5/27/22 Fri 5/27/22 Origin PM, Origin SA, Origin TA, City PM 261 10.1.3.2 Go-Live Readiness Assessment 2 days Tue 5/31/22 Wed 6/1/22 260 Origin PM, Origin SA, City PM, City TA 262 10.1.4 Deliver Training 38 days Mon 5/16/22 Fri 7/8/22 263 10.1.4.1 Prepare for End-User Training (EUT) 3 days Mon 5/16/22 Wed 5/18/22 242SS City Training Lead 264 10.1.4.2 EUT Execution 13 days Fri 6/17/22 Wed 7/6/22 235 Origin FA, City Trainer, City Training Lead 265 10.1.4.3 Deliver Make-Up EUT Classes 2 days Thu 7/7/22 Fri 7/8/22 264 Origin FA, City Trainer, City Training Lead 266 10.2 Confirm Deliverables 26 days Thu 5/19/22 Fri 6/24/22 267 10.2.1 Deliverable D15 - Go- Live Readiness Assessment 11 days Thu 6/2/22 Thu 6/16/22 268 10.2.1.1 Submit draft to the City for review 5 days Thu 6/2/22 Wed 6/8/22 261 Origin PM 269 10.2.1.2 Review and Update with 1 day Thu 6/9/22 Thu 6/9/22 268 Origin PM Page 438 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 101 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names the City 270 10.2.1.3 City Approval 5 days Fri 6/10/22 Thu 6/16/22 269 City PM 271 10.2.2 Deliverable D16 – Cutover / Deployment Plan 11 days Tue 5/31/22 Tue 6/14/22 272 10.2.2.1 Submit draft to the City for review 5 days Tue 5/31/22 Mon 6/6/22 260 Origin PM 273 10.2.2.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Tue 6/7/22 Tue 6/7/22 272 Origin PM 274 10.2.2.3 City Approval 5 days Wed 6/8/22 Tue 6/14/22 273 City PM 275 10.2.3 Deliverable D17 – System Integration Test Completion 11 days Thu 5/19/22 Fri 6/3/22 276 10.2.3.1 Submit draft to the City for review 5 days Thu 5/19/22 Wed 5/25/22 233 Origin PM 277 10.2.3.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Thu 5/26/22 Thu 5/26/22 276 Origin PM 278 10.2.3.3 City Approval 5 days Fri 5/27/22 Fri 6/3/22 277 City PM 279 10.2.4 Deliverable D18 – Parallel Test Completion 11 days Fri 6/10/22 Fri 6/24/22 280 10.2.4.1 Submit draft to the City for review 5 days Fri 6/10/22 Thu 6/16/22 242 Origin PM 281 10.2.4.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Fri 6/17/22 Fri 6/17/22 280 Origin PM Page 439 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 102 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 282 10.2.4.3 City Approval 5 days Mon 6/20/22 Fri 6/24/22 281 City PM 283 11 MILESTONE M04 - Confirm Phase Complete 0 days Fri 7/8/22 Fri 7/8/22 228 284 12 Close Confirm Phase 0 days Fri 7/8/22 Fri 7/8/22 228 285 13 Transition & Operate 86 days Fri 7/1/22 Tue 11/1/22 286 13.1 Transition & Operate Execution (17 weeks) 75 days Fri 7/1/22 Mon 10/17/22 287 13.1.1 Production Launch 10 days Fri 7/1/22 Mon 7/18/22 288 13.1.1.1 Go-Live Code Freeze 0 days Fri 7/1/22 Fri 7/1/22 284FS-5 days City PM 289 13.1.1.2 Conduct Production Deployment 10 days Fri 7/1/22 Mon 7/18/22 290 13.1.1.2.1 Readiness 5 days Fri 7/1/22 Fri 7/8/22 291 13.1.1.2.1.1 Conduct Go-Live and Deployment Readiness Assessment 4 days Fri 7/1/22 Thu 7/7/22 284FS-5 days Origin FA, Origin TA, Origin SA, Origin PM, City FA, City PM 292 13.1.1.2.1.2 Go / No-Go Readiness Report 1 day Fri 7/8/22 Fri 7/8/22 291 Origin PM, Origin FA, Origin TA 293 13.1.1.2.2 Conduct Production Deployment 5 days Mon 7/11/22 Fri 7/15/22 292 Origin Conversion, Origin FA, Origin OTC, Origin PM, Origin SA, Origin TA, City Business, City FA, City PM, City TA 294 13.1.1.2.3 Go-Live 0 days Mon 7/18/22 Mon 7/18/22 293 Page 440 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 103 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 295 13.1.2 Milestone M05 - Go-Live Complete 0 days Fri 7/15/22 Fri 7/15/22 293 296 13.1.3 Hypercare Support 60 days Mon 7/18/22 Mon 10/10/22 297 13.1.3.1 Post Go-Live Support 60 days Mon 7/18/22 Mon 10/10/22 295 Origin TA, Origin FA, Origin OTC, Origin PM 298 13.1.4 Project Close-Out 5 days Tue 10/11/22 Mon 10/17/22 295 299 13.1.4.1 Create Project Close-Out and Stabilization Report 3 days Tue 10/11/22 Thu 10/13/22 297 Origin PM 300 13.1.4.2 Conduct Project Close- Out Meeting 1 day Fri 10/14/22 Fri 10/14/22 299 Origin PM 301 13.1.4.3 Deliver Project Close- Out Letter 1 day Mon 10/17/22 Mon 10/17/22 300 Origin PM 302 13.2 Transition & Operate Deliverables 11 days Tue 10/18/22 Tue 11/1/22 303 13.2.1 Deliverable D19 – Project Close-Out Letter 11 days Tue 10/18/22 Tue 11/1/22 298 304 13.2.1.1 Submit Draft to the City for Review 5 days Tue 10/18/22 Mon 10/24/22 Origin PM 305 13.2.1.2 Review and Update with the City 1 day Tue 10/25/22 Tue 10/25/22 304 Origin PM 306 13.2.1.3 The City Approval 5 days Wed 10/26/22 Tue 11/1/22 305 City PM 307 14 MILESTONE M06 – Transition & Operate Phase Complete 0 days Tue 11/1/22 Tue 11/1/22 285 Page 441 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 104 ID WBS Task Name Duration Start Finish Predecessors Resource Names 308 15 Close Transition & Operate Phase 0 days Tue 11/1/22 Tue 11/1/22 285 Page 442 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 105 10. Proposals shall identify progress reports that will be made available during the process. At a minimum, project status reports shall be provided on a weekly basis and at key decision points. Origin's PM has a large portfolio of duties, including the development of weekly status reports. Additional procedures, related to reports and other documentation, include establishing folder structures on Origin and City document repositories and outlining how and where project documents are tracked, updated, and stored. To keep the project stakeholders, team members, and the broader City organization well informed of the project status, Origin recommends the weekly status report as well as the following communication mechanisms. However, these can be adjusted based on the City's preferences: Communication Mechanism Frequency Audience Responsible Party Project Status Report Weekly Project team members, key stakeholders Origin PM Newsletter Monthly City employees City Organizational Change Management (OCM) Lead Testing Status Dashboard Daily during integration testing and UAT Project team Origin Test Lead Origin's PM uses a Microsoft Word to prepare the weekly status reports and meeting minutes and distributes meeting minutes at the conclusion of each meeting. Weekly status reports are typically distributed electronically, but Origin is prepared to adhere to the City's preferred distribution standards and mechanisms. On the following page is a sample project status report. Page 443 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 106 Page 444 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 107 Origin recommends the following meeting cadence to generate and discuss the information required to provide status reporting: Meeting Type Frequency Attendees Facilitator Project Leads Project planning, status monitoring Weekly City project leads, City PM, and Origin PM Origin PM Steering Committee Decision making TBD by team Project Steering Committee members Origin PM Cross- Functional Integration Solution design of cross- functional items Every 2 weeks (during the Engage and Enable phases) Project leads and technical leads (the City and Origin) Origin Integration Lead Sprint Review and Demo Information sharing Every 2 weeks during the Construct phase Project team and City SMEs Origin PM Stand-Ups Information sharing Daily in Transition & Operate phase The combined project team Origin PM Cutover Status Meeting Go-Live status monitoring Daily during mock production cutover and multiple times daily during production cutover The combined project team Origin PM 11. Proposals shall clearly distinguish the Offeror’s duties and responsibilities and those of the City. Absence of this distinction shall mean the Offeror is assuming full responsibility for all tasks. Each task below indicates the party with the primary responsibility. However, we recognize that many tasks may have a supporting role from either party. Page 445 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 108 Discovery and Configuration Responsibilities Task City Origin Participate in technical discovery and provide IT support. * Review the current and proposed future architecture and confirm fit with best practices. * Participate in data source discovery and provide both business and IT Support. * Conduct data source discovery to identify and review all data sources for conversion. * Build the enterprise business application survey from key decisions made during the M2C workshops - technical and functional. * Review and approve the enterprise business application survey. * Assist in making the solution documentation updates. * Update the future state business processes, C2M Master Configuration Document, interface design, and training documentation. * Capture all initial configuration items that support each process, as an output of reviewing the processes. * Review configuration. * Lead configuration sprints and provide knowledge transfer to the City as needed. * Assist, participate, and validate solution configuration. * Page 446 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 109 Documentation Responsibilities Task City Origin C2M Administrators Guide Provide the C2M Administrators Guide to the City. * C2M On-Line Help C2M On-Line help is integrated into C2M and available "out of the box." * User Story Backlog Participate in the M2C workshops to support the creation of the backlog. * Create the backlog to guide the configuration sprints. * Configuration Workbook Support the creation of the Configuration Workbook by developing the configuration data in the spreadsheet. * Take configuration data provided by the City and create the Configuration Workbook document. * Own and maintain the Master Configuration document throughout the implementation. * Interface / Modification Design Documentation Page 447 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 110 Documentation Responsibilities Task City Origin Some interfaces and modifications to existing City edge- applications may be required to interact and enable enhanced functionality with C2M. * Provide designs and development for existing City edge- applications. * Develop and publish the design documentation for all interfaces for the City's consumption. * End-User Training Support the development of end-user training procedure documentation. * Lead the development of end-user training documentation. * End-User Reference Guides Support the development of the end-user reference guides. * Lead the development of end-user reference guides. (These are quick reference guides targeted to describe how to perform key business processes in the C2M solution.) * Page 448 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 111 Data Conversion Responsibilities Task City Origin Prepare – data cleansing (if not already occurred). Support the City in analyzing the data to determine where data cleansing may be necessary. * Ensure any programmatic rules are implemented in the Transform DataVergence stage. * Provide data cleanup at the source or defines business- rules for programmatic cleansing of data during the Transform DataVergence phase. * Import – moving of the data from the legacy CIS to DataVergence database schema. Import data procedures. * Assist the City in ensuring successful data import procedures are created from legacy systems to the DataVergence schema. * Transform – activities may include reformatting data, manufacture of missing data elements, additional data cleansing. Provide guidance to ensure that the business-rules for data transformation are being applied correctly. * Manipulate the data in the input layer of DataVergence before Validation of the rules and combine data entities. * Validate – validate the data in the input layer. Page 449 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 112 Data Conversion Responsibilities Task City Origin Provide guidance relative to the business-rule validations to apply to the imported data. * Validate based on C2M validations and the City's specific business-rule validations. * Assign Keys – creation of the primary key values. Assign primary key values, which conform to the C2M standards for all valid rows in the input layer. * Load – populating of the C2M database tables from the transformed and validate date. Lead all activities in the Load stage to ensure the C2M database population is complete and ready for the City to test. * Testing Responsibilities Task City Origin Data Conversion Testing Create converted data test plan. * Define parameters / key metrics for testing success. * Page 450 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 113 Testing Responsibilities Task City Origin Identify and document test scenarios. * Identify and document reconciliation scripts. * Define and implement defect resolution process. * Execute the data conversion test scripts. * Generate reconciliation reports. * Evaluate effectiveness / success of test cycle. * Resolve any issues / defects discovered in testing. * Retest, if necessary. * Approve data conversion testing results. * Unit Testing Identify acceptance criteria (usually accompanies user story). * Create test scenario from acceptance criteria. * Execute unit test during sprint. * Demonstrate functionality and test scenario during sprint review. * Page 451 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 114 Testing Responsibilities Task City Origin Approve test scenario during sprint review. * Perform additional functionality validation (see below). * System Integration Testing (SIT) Identify integration points to be tested. * Define testing scenarios. * Accumulate data for testing scenarios. * Execute test scenarios / Review test results. * Resolve issues or scenarios that did not pass. * Retest necessary scenarios. * Approve SIT results. * Performance Testing Identify and document test scenarios. * Determine parameters for success. * Design load scenarios. * Execute testing with various load scenarios. * Page 452 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 115 Testing Responsibilities Task City Origin Compare results with pre-determined success parameters. * Request necessary retesting. * Approve performance testing results. * Parallel Testing Define business processes to be compared (e.g., billing revenue, meter reading, payment totals). * Determine parameters / key metrics for success. * Generate business processes in both legacy system and new production system. * Compare legacy system results to new production system results. * Identify variances between the systems. * Document root-cause defects or explanations to account for variances. * Implement information uncovered in root-cause analysis. * Re-run parallel testing scenarios to confirm resolution. * Approve parallel testing results. * Page 453 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 116 Testing Responsibilities Task City Origin User Acceptance Testing (Functional Testing) Identify testing scenarios. * Generate test data. * Execute test scenarios. * Provide test results (pass / fail information). * Resolve issues or scenarios that did not pass. * Retest necessary scenarios. * Approve UAT results. * Reliability Testing Define parameters / key metrics for testing success. * Create test scripts. * Execute test scenarios. * Provide test results (pass / fail information). * Resolve issues or scenarios that did not pass. * Retest necessary scenarios. * Page 454 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 117 Testing Responsibilities Task City Origin Approve Reliability Testing. * Training Responsibilities Task City Origin Training Material Development Support material development by identifying any special areas, topics, or concerns that need to be covered. * Develop all training material based on best practices and covering agenda items important to the City. * Create Training Plan Define and Document the training plan including syllabus, outcomes, and requirements for each training session, including location, number of students, training facilities / rooms, and trainer / student computers. * Identify students who City wants to attend the training. * Training Schedule Creation Complete training needs assessment. * Page 455 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 118 Training Responsibilities Task City Origin Consult and support the Origin PM and jointly create the schedule. * Create the training schedule to deliver the training as specified. * Trainee Attendance and Performance Tracking Create and communicate the training and performance log. * Track the County student attendees and ensure performance is tracked and reported. * Specify where training attendance and tracking logs shall be stored. * Classroom Setup Lead classroom setup to meet requirements specified during the training plan. * Verify classroom setup meets specifications outlined in the training plan. * Deliver Train-the-Trainer Training Deliver Train-the-Trainer to the City's training team. * Page 456 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 119 Training Responsibilities Task City Origin Conduct Proficiency Testing Conduct proficiency tests for each person to ensure they are able to repeat the material covered during training. * Re-Train as Needed Retrain each member as needed until they are able to prove proficiency with the training material. * Update Training Materials Throughout Support Period Consult and advise which materials should be updated to meet training objectives. * Update training materials throughout the project to ensure they are current and meet the City's training needs. * Go-Live Responsibilities Task City Origin Sample pre-cutover tasks Notification sent to payment vendors regarding Go-Live outage. * Page 457 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 120 Go-Live Responsibilities Task City Origin Publish go-live outage details on website. * True-up Net Metering accounts. * Bill meter exchanges in legacy. * Bill any pending Energy Diversion and Tampering fees on final bills. * Stop Disconnects for Non-Payment service orders. * Limit meter exchanges to emergency orders. * Limit new meter sets to emergency orders. * Cancel or resolve service orders open for older than 90 days. * Generate list of long-term payment arrangements. * Notify bill print vendor to hold day 1 bills. * Update Bill Cycle configuration for Go-Live billing. * Confirm vendor support availability for Go-Live. * Shutdown Legacy batch jobs. * Keep Legacy Apps / Databases available in Read Only Mode. * Page 458 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 121 Go-Live Responsibilities Task City Origin Backup Legacy systems. * After Legacy CIS Data Extraction, Upload legacy extracted data files to a secure cloud location. * Processes to complete in the Legacy CIS prior to go-live Clean up duplicate meters. * Resolve payments in suspense. * Complete pending meter exchange service orders. * Complete pending meter install service orders. * Complete all refund activities. * True-up Net Metering accounts. * Bill meter exchanges in legacy. * Bill pending Energy Diversion and Tampering fees on final bills. * Legacy CIS Data Extraction. * Document any Service Orders performed during go-live migration in Excel (This list is input into C2M once live). * Technical Go-Live Page 459 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 122 Go-Live Responsibilities Task City Origin Perform Legacy Data Conversion. * Perform technical Go-Live. * Manual processes typically executed after C2M is brought up after go-live and before the system is given to staff for daily processing Run test billing cycle to confirm alignment with legacy. * Balance converted data against legacy system. * Review and resolve any exceptions identified by conversion validation programs. * Input payment entries for period of time the system was down. * Manual entry of Service Orders worked during cutover. * Process payment files and meter read files that occurred in edge applications while system was down. * Run initial data sync processes. * Initialize and validate interfaces. * Conduct visual verification tests. * Conduct Go / No Go checkpoint. * * Page 460 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 123 Go-Live Responsibilities Task City Origin Sample post-conversion data validation checklist Pending Start / Stop Service requests. * Produce Report of converted deposits not applied or refunded. * Compare legacy AR Aging Report to C2M. * Validation of Accounts. * Credit Collection Process. * Payment arrangements / payment plans. * Recent meter exchanges. * Scheduled autopay dates and amounts. * Accounts in bankruptcy. * Inactive accounts with delinquent balance. * Active accounts disconnected for non-payment. * Unpaid deposits. * Partially paid deposits. * Returned payment history. * Page 461 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 124 Go-Live Responsibilities Task City Origin Unbilled fees. * Special Accounts. * Industrial Accounts. * 12. Proposals must include a narrative description of the file and records conversion process. Offerors must sign City’s Non-Disclosure Agreement attached as Exhibit C. Conversion Approach Origin's data conversion approach leverages our project accelerator DataVergence, an Origin data conversion solution optimized for use with C2M. DataVergence allows for multiple data sources (such as files and records) to be consolidated during the data conversion process. At the heart of DataVergence lies a simplified, business-centric data model referred to as the input layer. This input layer isolates the complexities of the C2M data model from the project team and allows them to focus on understanding how data from the City's Central Square UBS relates to the input layer. Once the overarching data conversion strategy is established in the Engage phase of Origin's onPoint methodology, an agile approach is utilized in the conversion to support a convert early, convert often philosophy. From a process perspective, DataVergence decomposes conversion into six stages, shown in Figure 5 below. This enables the team to deliver converted data into the hands of the City beginning with Sprint 1 in the Construct phase for feedback on the converted data. Page 462 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 125 Figure 8 - DataVergence Overview DataVergence Stage 1: Prepare (Extract, Transform, Load prerequisite) - Central Square UBS data is transferred into the DataVergence schema as-is. Ideally, the bulk of the data cleansing activities occur during this stage in the Central Square UBS. This streamlines the conversion balancing and auditing process. However, bulk cleansing activities may occur during the Transform stage. DataVergence Stage 2: Import - The City provides data mapping rules to move data from the Central Square UBS and other data sources to the input layer. DataVergence Stage 3: Transform - Transformation includes reformatting data, manufacturing missing data elements, removing duplicates. While most data cleansing activities are performed in the Central Square UBS, additional data cleansing is performed by Origin in this stage. Account and Premise are consolidated. Notional meters are remediated. DataVergence Stage 4: Quality Control & Validation - Origin validates the data in the input layer. Validation rules contain C2M application-specific validations as well as the City's business-rule validations. DataVergence Stage 5: Assign Keys The primary key values are created, which conform to Oracle application standards for all valid rows in the input layer. Origin is entirely responsible for activities in the Assign Keys stage. DataVergence Stage 6: Load The final stage of DataVergence populates the C2M database tables from the transformed and validated data. Origin is entirely responsible for activities in the Load Stage. Potential Data Conversion Problems (Risks) Our experience has shown that the following risks should be avoided in order to achieve a successful data conversion: Page 463 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 126 Risk Mitigation Plan Poor data quality - Ensure data quality through data profiling - Analyze data content as well as quality Inadequate data cleansing - Identify entities and data elements that require cleansing with City SMEs during the Engage phase Lack of a comprehensive data cleansing plan - Plan activities and create reports focused on data cleansing and go / no-go dependencies Incomplete transformation - Address both new data elements and legacy data elements that requires transformation Lack of a comprehensive conversion strategy - Identify incremental data creation activities to be completed throughout the project - Implement consistent data transformation mechanics - Gather feedback on data evolution and translation needs - Institute an instance management approach to support the data conversion activities Lack of a comprehensive validation plan - Conduct a series of tests prior to UAT and mock conversion Balancing and Validation of Migrated Data Origin advocates early and frequent validation of converted data to ensure minimal, to non- existent, data quality issues at or after mock cutover. Origin recommends the introduction of converted data alongside the configuration sprints to facilitate the City performing early validation of the quality of the converted data. Reports are generated from the DataVergence business layer showing data imported, data transformed, validation errors and data loaded into C2M. This conversion audit is compared to the data extracted by the City to ensure a balanced conversion has occurred. During the Confirm phase, Origin advocates a full load of converted data to support all testing activities. As each test is performed, any data situations requiring resolution are provided to the conversion team for analysis and correction. This process continues iteratively, until a successful staged target has been converted and loaded. In addition, Origin recommends the testing team validate and balance the output from the conversion programs against the source system. Page 464 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 127 During the final Go-Live data conversion, the data conversion program source code, modules, and data are deployed from test to production. Origin and the City together execute the defined jobs according to the cut-over schedule, review results, and obtain final approval of the solution. Origin produces a data reconciliation report for approval by the City's business / data governance team. Prior Experience Origin has prior experience converting from Sunguard HTE with our longstanding client Orlando Utilities Commission (OUC). OUC uses Oracle CC&B, which is the CIS component of the C2M (CC&B+MDM) application. Non-Disclosure Agreement Origin has reviewed and signed the City's Non-Disclosure Agreement and has attached it as Appendix B – Exhibit C: Non-Disclosure Agreement. Page 465 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 128 Tab D – References Provide five (5) references for City government clients of similar size for projects of similar size and complexity with go live dates within the past 36 months. Reference information shall include: Client name, project summary, software package name, project manager name/title, phone number and e-mail address. C2M is a fully integrated solution that consists of Oracle's world-class CIS application CC&B and meter data management application MDM. Our references below include CC&B and / or MDM as components of C2M. References Client Project Details Modesto Irrigation District (MID) Project Summary: Multi-product implementation of Oracle Utilities CC&B, MDM, Customer Self Service (CSS) and Oracle Utilities Analytics (OUA), as well as later implementations of Origin MobileLite, Origin's mobile field work management solution that delivers mobile device workflow management to field crews, and OCX, Origin's cloud-hosted customer engagement (self-service) portal to replace Oracle CSS. Software: Oracle Utilities CC&B, MDM, CSS, and OUA / Origin MobileLite and OCX Contact: Bruce Rankin, IT Manager, (510) 919-8637, brucerankin@mid.org Golden State Water Company (GSWC) Project Summary: Fully hosted Mobile Workforce Management (MWM) implementation, Oracle CC&B support, and move to Managed Services. Origin alleviated challenges related to change management and user adoption, both improving customer service / operational efficiencies and reducing costs for GSWC. Software: Oracle Utilities MWM, CC&B, and SOA Contact: Patrick Kubiak, Field Technology Services Manager, (626) 419-2879, patrick.kubiak@gswater.com Artesian Water Company (AWC) Project Summary: Upgrade to Oracle CC&B, MWM, and Field Work Process Integration Pack (FWPIP). In Page 466 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 129 References Client Project Details addition to the application upgrades, Origin collaborated with AWC to reengineer business processes and optimize their M2C workflow. Software: Oracle Utilities CC&B, MWM, and FWPIP Contact: Ray Kelly, Director of Information Technology, (302) 453-6984, rkelly@artesianwater.com City of Tempe (CoT) Project Summary: Oracle CC&B Upgrade to v2.7 and managed services support. Project included moving CoT to a hosted, cloud version of CC&B. Software: Oracle Utilities CC&B Contact: Tarja Nummela, Customer Service Manager, (480) 350-8637, tarja_nummela@tempe.gov Irvine Ranch Water District (IRWD) Project Summary: Oracle CC&B Upgrade and integration with Paymentus. Origin developed end-to- end, real-time integrations for synchronous calls from Paymentus to CC&B and assisted with e-bill enrollment and unenrollment, creating rules to capture duplicate emails between portals. Software: Oracle Utilities CC&B and Paymentus Contact: Mohit Saini, Applications Manager, (949) 453-5435, saini@irwd.com Certification Origin has provided a signed copy of the requested Certification on the following page. Page 467 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 130 Page 468 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 131 Page 469 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 132 Page 470 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 133 Page 471 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 134 Page 472 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 135 Page 473 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 136 Tab E – Certification Acknowledgement of any Addenda issued and a statement of willingness to sign the City’s Standard Technology Services Contract. Origin acknowledges the issued Addenda, listed below, and is willing to sign the City's Standard Technology Services Contract. RFP Addenda ADDENDUM NO. 1 RFP NO. 21-034 ADDENDUM NO. 2 RFP NO. 21-034 Page 474 of 778 CERTIFICATION The undersigned affirms that they are duly authorized to execute this contract, that this RFP has not been prepared in collusion with any other offeror, and that the contents of this RFP have not been communicated to any other offeror prior to the official opening of this RFP. Additionally, the undersigned affirms that the Offeror is willing to sign the enclosed Technology Services Contract (Exhibit B) and the City’s Non-Disclosure Agreement (Exhibit C). Any exceptions to the City’s Technology Services Contract shall be clearly identified on company letterhead. Signed By: _________________________________ Title: _____________________________ Typed Name: _______________________ Company Name: ____________________________ Phone No.: ______________________________ Fax No.: _____________________________ Email: Company Address: _______________________________________________________________ P.O. Box or Street City State Zip Remit Address: _________________________________________________________________ P.O. Box or Street City State Zip Federal Tax ID No.: _____________________________ DUNS No.:____________________________________ Date: RFP #21-034 ***DO NOT MODIFY THIS FORM*** RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 17 Page 475 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 137 Appendix A Origin has provided a sample of Origin’s Acceptance Testing Plan: Integration Test Plan for the City on the following pages. The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. Documentation begins on the next page. Page 476 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 138 Page 477 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 139 Page 478 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 140 Page 479 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 141 Page 480 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 142 Page 481 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 143 Page 482 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 144 Page 483 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 145 Page 484 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 146 Page 485 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 147 Page 486 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 148 Page 487 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 149 Page 488 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 150 Page 489 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 151 Page 490 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 152 Page 491 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 153 Page 492 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 154 Page 493 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 155 Origin has provided a sample of Origin’s Acceptance Testing Plan: C2M Regression Test Plan for the City on the following pages. The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. Documentation begins on the next page. Page 494 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 156 Page 495 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 157 Page 496 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 158 Page 497 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 159 Page 498 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 160 Page 499 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 161 Page 500 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 162 Page 501 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 163 Page 502 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 164 Page 503 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 165 Page 504 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 166 Page 505 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 167 Page 506 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 168 Page 507 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 169 Page 508 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 170 Page 509 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 171 Page 510 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 172 Page 511 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 173 Page 512 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 174 Page 513 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 175 Page 514 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 176 Appendix B - Exhibit C: Non-Disclosure Agreement Exhibit C - Non-Disclosure Agreement. Proposals must include a narrative description of the file and records conversion process. Offerors must sign City's Non-Disclosure Agreement attached as Exhibit C. Origin has provided a signed copy of the City's Non-Disclosure Agreement on the following page. The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. Exhibit C begins on the next page. Page 515 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 177 Page 516 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 178 Page 517 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 179 Page 518 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 180 Page 519 of 778 Utility Billing System Software Proprietary and confidential proposal created by Origin Consulting, LLC, expressly for City of College Station Page 181 Page 520 of 778 Confidential & Proprietary S ‐ Included n F ‐Future rele C ‐ Custom mS: Feature/Function is included in the current software release. T ‐ 3rd party F: Feature/Function will be available in a future software release. N ‐ Not availa Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments IT Requirements General Technology Requirements 1 The system should support Active Directory integration to provide the end user with a single-sign on experience.Required S - Included now 2 The vendor must use best practices for system upgrades and upgrades, including a clear path to perform a control test before applying/releasing maintenance upgrades or upgrades and perform validation tests. Required S - Included now 3 The system should be able to be updated in such a way that does not require extensive end user testing.Required S - Included now 4 System updates and upgrades should be able to be deployed remotely or pushed out to workstations (if applicable).Required S - Included now 5 Any technical support for system updates and upgrades should be provided for by the annual maintenance and support fees.Required S - Included now 6 The vendor should provide a guarantee that the system and its components will be directly supported for a period of at least seven (7) years. If support is withdrawn during this period, a replacement solution should be provided with equivalent functinioality at no cost to the City. Required S - Included now 7 The system and its components should be certified compatible with all the Microsoft supported operating systems for a minimum of three (3) years) from end of life (as defined by Microsoft). Required S - Included now Assuming that a supported browser is used. 8 The system and its components should be supported in multiple and current web browsers, including City of College Station IT standard browsers, Google Chrome and Microsoft supported browsers. Required S - Included now 9 The system and its component should be compatible and meet all City of College Station Information Technology system standards. Current system standards: Windows Server 2012 and higher, SQL Server 2012 and higher, Windows 10 Professional, and Office 365. Required S - Included now 10 Software vendor must be willing and able to provide 24/7/365 software support.Required S - Included now General Interface Requirements 11 Provide a download of daily billing transaction accounting data that can be manually batch loaded into the Munis general ledger system by City Finance. Please descirbe. Required S - Included now General ledger extract can be produced daily. Formatted to the published specifications of the general ledger system. 12 Provide a download of daily cash transaction accounting data that can be manually batch loaded into the Munis general ledger system by City Finance. Please describe. Required S - Included now Daily cash transaction extract can be produced daily. Formatted to the published specification of the general ledger system. 13 Provide real-time API interface for Paymentus bill payments services portal. Required S - Included now Origin would like the City to consider replacing Paymentus for better value at a lower cost. 14 The new system should have the ability to mass download meter readings to a flat file (csv or fixed width) to provide these previous reads to our meter reading vendor Required S - Included now 15 The new system should have the ability to mass upload meter readings (including current reading, read date, read time, previous reading) from a flat file (csv or fixed width) Required S - Included now 16 The new system should have the ability to mass upload meter inventory (including meter number, manufacturer, model number, serial number) from a flat file (csv or fixed width) Required S - Included now 17 The new system should have the ability to perform a mass meter exchange (replacing existing meter numbers with new meter numbers for multiple locations along with an “out” and “set” meter reading) from a flat file (csv or fixed width) Required S - Included now 18 Must successfully integrate, in real time or near real time, with Meter Operational Data Management System (MODMS).Required S - Included now Other IT Accomodations 19 Provide equipment interface with various office devices: ID swiper, scanner, credit card machine, receipt printer, laser printer, ...Required S - Included now 20 Requires users to establish user name and password prior to use Required S - Included now 21 Provide the ability to create customized reports without vendor involvement that are viewable/printable and publishable in image (pdf, tiff) or data (excel, word, ...) formats Required S - Included now 22 Admin and User Training should be provided Required S - Included now Security 23 Internet access to system is conducted through SSL, HTTPS protocol, using TLS 1.2 and 256 bit encryption methodology Required S - Included now 24 The software will not require local administrators rights in order to run. If elevated permissions on specific folders or registries are necessary those must be identified.Required S - Included now 25 Security control settings can be customized using individuals, roles or groups, based on predetermined access levels and operational needs Required S - Included now Response Indicators: When providing responses to the requirements in Exhibit A, Part 1, proposers shall use the following response indicators: T: Feature/Function is not included in the current software release, and is not planned to be a part of a future software release. However, this feature could be provided with integration with a third-party system.C: Feature/Function is not included in the current software release, and is not planned to be a part of a future software release. However, this feature could be provided with custom modifications.N: Feature/Function cannot be provided. Utility Customer Service Page 521 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 26 Application access is based on individual user ID and password. Set password policies and change frequencies (active directory integration compatibility strongly preferred)Required S - Included now 27 Application tracks unsuccessful log on attempts. Capability of notifying too many failed log on is preferred. Lock application account after continuous failed log on (i.e. after n attempts) is preferred. Required S - Included now 28 Access to sensitive information such as social security numbers, banking information, etc., can be limited based on operational needs.Required S - Included now 29 Sensitive data is encrypted both at rest and in transit Required S - Included now 30 Audit trails are available, accessible and cannot be altered. Please briefly summarize. Required S - Included now Audit is configured at a table/field level as well as by type of transaction (Add, Change, Delete). This information is stored in a database table with online views available. The audit table is not able to be updated. 31 City of College Station Security Requirements shall be met. Security Requirements available in the TECHNOLOGY SERVICE CONTRACT document named as "Technology Services FORM.pdf", section "ARTICLE X: TECHNOLOGY REQUIREMENTS" Required S - Included now General Functionality 32 The system provides Service Order functionality for connects, disconnects, etc. Please briefly describe. Required S - Included now Service Orders generated in C2M are sent to MobileLite for dispatching and real-time completion in the field. 33 Vendor should describe how PCI-DSS compliance is maintained. Vendor should identify all PII data that system can safeguard.Required S - Included now No PCI-related data is stored in Origin's solution. Credit card information is securely managed by Chase, and tokens exchanged with OCX. 34 The system has the ability to protect from public access an individual's personal information as requested (and in accordance with Texas State Public Information Act), including but not limited to: their name, address, phone number, email and family information. Required S - Included now 35 The system has the ability to support quick entry of data via word completion capabilities, with override available, when entering data in system (i.e., predictive text). Desired T - 3rd party This possibly can be satisfied with a browser extension. 36 The system has the ability to display keyed data in all capital letters, no matter how the data was keyed.Required T - 3rd party This possibly can be satisfied with a browser extension. 37 The system has the ability to restrict options on certain fields to items within a drop-down list (e.g. customer type codes, rate codes, etc.).Required S - Included now 38 The system has the ability to provide a Mass Modify tool accessible by a system administrator to make specific or global edits to data (e.g. reassign all incidents from one resource to another resource). Required S - Included now Limited mass update capabilities exist. Global mas-update is not available to preserve the integrity and auditing of the application. 39 The system has the ability to provide a mobile interface or ability to interface with third party software for mobile dispatching to be used by employees working in the field on Electric, Solid Waste, and Water service orders. Required S - Included now MobileLite is being proposed. 40 The system has the ability to integrate with ESRI ArcGIS. Please briefly explain.Required S - Included now ArcGIS maps are invoked to show service location details. Upon creation of a new service in GIS, an interface typically creates the corresponding service in C2M with a foreign key link to ESRI data. 41 The system has the ability to black-out dates (ex: weekends & holidays, and other dates as specified by user) during which service orders cannot be executed. Required S - Included now Work calendars may be configured. The system has the ability to develop, customize, and maintain up to 99 different interaction templates or scripts for different interaction types; including but not restricted to: 42 • Service Requests;Required S - Included now 43 • Other, user-defined.Required S - Included now 44 The system has the ability to define data elements or fields that are mandatory or optional within scripts (e.g., address, name).Required S - Included now 45 The system has the ability to automatically assign a unique tracking number for each interaction.Required S - Included now 46 The system has the ability to automatically assign a date and time stamp for each interaction and all subsequent updates.Required S - Included now 47 The system has the ability to retain and display (under user control) at least 4 years of billing and collection history on-line in 'Live' database, preferably an unlimited number of years. Please comment. Required S - Included now Origin will monitor database size and make recommendations for archive/purge after 5 years. Customer Account and Location Management 48 The system has the ability to support an unlimited number of customers.Required S - Included now 49 The system has the ability to support an unlimited number of service locations (locations).Required S - Included now 50 The system has the ability to EXACT VALUE search for customer information by customer id, location id, customer name, street address, phone number, driver license number, social security number, email address, DBA, etc. For any non-numeric search, system will provide list of available choices for criteria being searched if an exact match is not found. *** City prefers a service location numbering format of CS-EL-######-### where CS is fixed, EL is type of service, six digit location ID ending in an odd number, and three digit sequence number. Please comment on ability of system to accomodate this preference. Required S - Included now An additional geographic ID may be configured on the C2M service in the format described. 51 The system has the ability to WILDCARD search for customer information by customer id, location id, customer name, street address, phone number, driver license number, social security number, email address, DBA, etc. For any non- numeric search, system will provide list of available choices for criteria being searched if an exact match is not found. Required S - Included now 2 Page 522 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 52 The system has the ability to provide a customer overview screen displaying all customer information, including read history, billing history, payment history, notes, pending activity, account balance (in real time), and confidential accounts. Required S - Included now 53 Software should track customer classification and type of services provided.Required S - Included now 54 The system has the ability to allow duplicate accounts to be manually selected and merged into a single account.Required S - Included now 55 The system has the ability to provide accounts with multiple mailing addresses (winter & summer, Primary and Secondary) that will be used based on date ranges. Required S - Included now 56 The system has the ability to allow new service locations to be created without a service address(e.g., lot and block numbers only, for example: median strips). Desired S - Included now 57 The system has the ability to search for accounts by parcel ID (PIN).Desired S - Included now 58 The system has the ability to search for accounts by meter ID, meter route and solid waste route.Required S - Included now 59 The system has the ability to integrate with Esri ArcGIS.Desired S - Included now 60 The system has the ability to integrate with the City’s ElectSolve Meter & Opertional Data Management systems by IPKeys Power Partners.Required S - Included now 61 The system has the ability to interface with Landis & Gyr AMI RF Gridstream Command Center. Briefly descirbe capabilities. System can import L&G meter manufacturer file (MMF) into the CIS meter inventory module through interface, to add new meters to inventory. Please comment. Required S - Included now Meters may be added via a file-based interface. 62 The system has the ability to link assets to a location, for example solid waste containers, meters. Can link one location to many assets (e.g. refuse containers), and one asset to many locations. Required S - Included now 63 The system has the ability to associate a landlord, property management, leasing and owner with every account (multiple contact options per unique location). Required S - Included now 64 The system has the ability to research account details and perform account adjustments, for example remove late fees, adjust deposits off, etc…all with history of what, who, when. Required S - Included now 65 The system has the ability to track utility read routes/sequences, including tracking of directions and GPS coordinates and written description of meter location. Required S - Included now 66 The system has the ability to view a "Change History" of records changed by internal staff and/or customer. This history needs to be available throughout the system -- customer, service location, rates, services, autopay enrollment, account status, e-notification enrollment, etc., etc. This history needs to be easily viewed by all access levels. Required S - Included now 67 The system has the ability to attach document images to an account. Example documents include: lease, W2, applications for service, JPEGs,Desired S - Included now 68 Ability to store whether meter is remote connect/disconnect capable Required S - Included now 69 Billing specific comments and notes (unlimited);Required S - Included now 70 The system has the ability to define permanent due dates by groups of accounts where permanent due dates are not overridden by the current billing cycle due date (i.e., cycle bill due date of the 15th, but customer has permanent due date of the 30th). Required S - Included now 71 The system has the ability to identify accounts related to a water conservation program, energy rebate programs or initiative. Please comment on ability to retain rebate participation history. Desired S - Included now C2M includes a configurable conservation module for tracking these types of programs. 72 The system has the ability to warn when multiple active customers exist on the same property.Desired S - Included now 73 If multiple customers on single location then need ability to flag service on one customer to indicate the service cannot be assigned to any other customer on same location. Desired S - Included now 74 The system has the ability to delineate tenant and third-party relationships. Allows user to specify that multiple people to receive the bill and delinquency notices. Required S - Included now 75 The system has the ability to reinstate an inactive account.Required S - Included now 76 The system has the ability to maintain inactive accounts on-line for an indefinite period of time.Required S - Included now 77 The system has the ability to change account status to ‘off’ or inactive, but with past due amount. In addition, deposits would be adjusted off the account by crediting the deposit amounts that have been paid and adjusting off any amount that has not billed. (This is when the account does not actually go through final billing) Required S - Included now These actions occur automatically without any user intervention. 78 The system has the ability to adjust off deposits and/or apply the deposit to the account when going through final billing.Required S - Included now 79 The system has the ability to inactivate all services at once when an account is being closed out rather than having to close each service individually.Required S - Included now 80 The system has the ability to allow the addition and reassignment of cycles and routes without affecting the customer or location identification numbers.Required S - Included now 3 Page 523 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 81 The system has the ability to provide a customer master screen, with the ability to display multiple utility accounts and multiple addresses per customer account. Required S - Included now 82 The system has the ability to support mass changes to accounts due to the deletion of a cycle, the merging of existing cycles, or moving a sub-segment of a cycle to another. Changes must not be allowed when customer/location is in billing process. Required S - Included now 83 The system has the ability to mass add and/or change accounts. Examples include: mass adding or removing email addresses associated with e- notification; mass adding or removing auto leave on, etc. Required S - Included now Limited mass update capabilities exist. Global mas-update is not available to preserve the integrity and auditing of the application. Ability to assign attributes, or otherwise flag customers (CUST), locations (LOC) or combination of the two (BOTH) in order 84 • (LOC) Inside versus outside City Limits: Billed differently Can this informatin be saved at a service level. Example: Can sewer service be flagged as outside city limits while one or more other services are flagged as inside city llimit? Please comment. Does system provide a field for service provider? Example: We have some customers that receive water from Wellborn SUD, an independent third- party. Does system provide customer/service level field for us to indicate that water is provided by Wellborn SUD? Required S - Included now City limits may be defined either at the Premise or Service Point level. A Service Provider may be configured on the Service Point. Additionally, a different Service Point type may be configured for Wellborn SUD. 85 • (LOC) Dwelling types (Commercial, Residential):Required S - Included now 86 • (LOC) Bill Cycles and Routes: for billing purposes Required S - Included now 87 • (CUST) Credit Collections Exempt: Ignore customer for collections purposes/late charges Required S - Included now 88 • (CUST) Tax Exempt (state, city, etc.): Do not charge customer tax Required S - Included now 89 • (CUST) Cash Only: Restrict customer from making check payments Required S - Included now 90 • Bad address: Customers with bad mailing address from Satori Capture that need to be fixed. Also, automatically puts in a pull code until reviewed/resolved. Also, need to have an option to send anyways if determined by user to be okay. Required S - Included now 91 • (CUST) No Bill: Do not send the customer a bill (e.g. Bankruptcy)Required S - Included now 92 • (CUST) Web Account: Customer has web account, customer/account data becomes accessible via the customer web portal Required S - Included now 93 • (CUST) Paperless Billing: Do not produce a paper bill, only a PDF to go to the web Required S - Included now 94 • (CUST) Permanent Pull Codes: Pull bill to go to specific user, instead of going to the customer, until changed by user Required S - Included now 95 • (CUST) Temporary Pull Codes: Pull bill to go to specific user, instead of going to the customer, one time and then system automatically clears the pull code Required S - Included now 96 • (CUST) Duplicate Bill: Send two bills (second bill may get mailed to a different address and is charged a fee unless it is a closing bill which should have a designation to go to a closing agent)Required S - Included now 97 • (CUST) Referred to collection: Indicator that customer has been sent to collections Required S - Included now 98 • (CUST) Bankruptcy: Indicator that customer has filed bankruptcy and restricts what actions can be completed on customers account Required S - Included now 99 • (CUST) Deposit: Indicates that customer has a deposit on their account, and used for reporting Required S - Included now 100 • (CUST) Credit Collections Lock: Example: Do not turn on water until customer pays Required S - Included now 101 • (LOC) Water Lock: Do not turn on water until leak or other water problem is resolved Required S - Included now 102 • Building Gone: Do not show on error reports except for consumption monitoring Required S - Included now 103 • (CUST) Closing: Stops any late charges for one month Required S - Included now 104 • (LOC) Sewer Only: Rate set based on avg consumption provided by customer one time.Required S - Included now 105 • (BOTH) User defined flags/designations for reporting purposes Required S - Included now The system has the ability to collect information for customer (CUST), location (LOC) or combination of the two (BOTH) that is used to identify unique billing entities for billing services, and includes the following data elements: 106 • (CUST) Customer accounts should be assigned sequential odd numbers, and service location accounts assigned sequential even numbers.Required S - Included now Alternate numbers following the criteria described in the requirement may be added to the account. 107 • (CUST) Account Number Required S - Included now 108 • (CUST) Account Name Required S - Included now 109 • (CUST) DBA Required S - Included now 110 • (CUST) Local Name Desired S - Included now 111 • (CUST) Spouse Name Required S - Included now 112 • (CUST) Third-Party Names Required S - Included now 113 • (CUST) SSN or Federal ID Number Required S - Included now 114 • (CUST) Drivers License Number Required S - Included now 115 • (CUST) Drivers License State Desired S - Included now 116 • (CUST) Date of Birth Desired S - Included now 117 • (CUST) Passport or Other ID Number Required S - Included now to influence system functionalities or system features available for use on a customer, location, or combination of the two. 4 Page 524 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 118 • (CUST) Security Identifier (PIN)Required S - Included now 119 • (CUST) Home Phone Number Required S - Included now 120 • (CUST) Mobile Number (at least two)Required S - Included now 121 • (CUST) Other Phone Number (at least two)Required S - Included now 122 • (CUST) Business Number Required S - Included now 123 • (CUST) Web Address Required S - Included now 124 • (CUST) Email Address Required S - Included now 125 • (CUST) Billing Address Line 1 Required S - Included now 126 • (CUST) Billing Address Line 2 Required S - Included now 127 • (CUST) City Required S - Included now 128 • (CUST) State Required S - Included now 129 • (CUST) Country Required S - Included now 130 • (CUST) Zip Code (zip plus 4)Required S - Included now 131 • (CUST) Account Type - Residential, Commercial, etc.Required S - Included now 132 • (CUST) Establish Date Required S - Included now 133 • (CUST) Disconnect Date Required S - Included now 134 • (CUST) Last Bill Date Required S - Included now 135 • (CUST) Past Due Notice override with proper authorization;Required S - Included now 136 • (CUST) Shut Off Notice override with proper authorization;Required S - Included now 137 • (CUST) Final bill indicator;Required S - Included now 138 • (LOC) Tap date;Required S - Included now 139 • (LOC) Tap size;Required S - Included now 140 • (CUST) Customer Initiation (or connection or start) Date;Required S - Included now 141 • (LOC) Service Initiation Date (when individual service on an account was started);Required S - Included now 142 • (BOTH) Customer type (residential, commercial, multi-family, church, school, hospital, wholesale, government, or others user configurable, etc.);Required S - Included now 143 • (CUST) Billing/Consumption/Usage/Adjustment/Collection History;Required S - Included now 144 • (CUST, LOC) Tax ID/Parcel Number;Required S - Included now 145 • (BOTH) Comments/Notes (unlimited);Required S - Included now 146 • (LOC) Meter size;Required S - Included now 147 • (LOC) Meter type;Required S - Included now 148 • (CUST, LOC) Meter Reader Instructions (32 characters minimum);Required S - Included now 149 • (LOC) Meter Number (with ability to assign multiple meters per account);Required S - Included now 150 • (LOC) Remote Location Description (unlimited);Required S - Included now 151 • (LOC) Municipal jurisdiction Required S - Included now 152 • (LOC) CCN Area (Certificate of Convenience and Necessity)Required S - Included now 153 • (LOC) ETJ (Extra Territorial Jurisdiction) identifier Required S - Included now 154 • (LOC) Water Source identification code Required S - Included now 155 • (LOC) Substation identification code Desired S - Included now 156 • (LOC) Facility/Asset ID Required S - Included now 157 • Parcel ID Required S - Included now 158 • Service numbers (for each available service)Required S - Included now 159 • Electric node Desired S - Included now 160 • Commercial storm water, based on building square footage times a per 1,000 sqft rate.Required S - Included now The system has the ability to configure user-defined tiered water rates for any account type, with rates per 1,000 gallons based on usage: 161 For example: Tier 1 1,000-10,000 gallons = $2.26 per 1,000 gallons Tier 2 11,001-15,000 gallons = $2.94 per 1,000 gallons Tier 3 16,000-20,000 gallons = $3.61 per 1,000 gallons Tier 4 21,000-25,000 gallons = $4.28 per 1,000 gallons Tier 5 26,000-above gallons = $4.96 per 1,000 gallons Required S - Included now The system has the ability to support the following electric specific rates: 162 • KW usage Required S - Included now 163 • TIme of Use (TOU)Required S - Included now 164 • KWH Required S - Included now 165 • KVA Required S - Included now 166 • KVAR Required S - Included now 167 • KVARH Required S - Included now 168 • CKWH - credits from net meter, metered usage versus solar panel generated fed to the grid Rather than a single net meter, does the system, use two meters for solar, one for solar and the other for consumption? What rate is used for the credit rate? Please comment. Required S - Included now C2M supports using two meters, or a single meter with channels differentiating between generated and received electricity. The City determines the rate to use for the credit through configuration. 169 • Average power factor adjustment (delivery) charge (based on KVARH and KWH)Required S - Included now 170 • Time of Use rates - ability to track usage during peak time periods and off- peak time periods, and bill each usage quantity at appropriate peak or off- peak rate.Required S - Included now 171 • Ratchet rates (distribution demand charge)Required S - Included now 5 Page 525 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 172 • Fixed usage rates (e.g., street lights based on number of light units, wattage, and hours of darkness)Required S - Included now 6 Page 526 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 173 • Other user defined billing criteria. Please provide explanation of the functionalities.Required S - Included now C2M includes a world-class rating engine used by some of the worlds largest electric utilities. If you can think of it, C2M can bill for it. Meter Reading 174 System provides ability to enter meter reading data through data entry screens, from hand held devices, AND automated meter reading system (ElectSolve MODMS). Required S - Included now C2M can be integrated directly with the City's AMI Head End Systems, thereby eliminating the need for a separate MDM application. Origin is happy to discuss this option with the City. 175 Maintain meter readings and dates independent of customer or account changes.Required S - Included now 176 Ability to freetext describe location of meter at the service location.Required S - Included now 177 Ability to view history of all meters that have been installed at a service location.Required S - Included now 178 Ability to define meter read types (AMI vs manual, actual vs estimated, etc.).Required S - Included now 179 Ability to estimate reads based on user defined history preferences.Required S - Included now 180 Ability to graphically display consumption history for an account.Required S - Included now 181 Ability to display average consumption by month and day for an account.Required S - Included now 182 The system has the ability to have multiple meters associated with the same customer/location (address).Required S - Included now The system has the ability to track the following for installed meters: 183 • The system has the ability assign multiple accounts to a master account to create one consoldated bill, and provide a detailed breakdown for each account (i.e., consumption, location, total usage, etc.). Please provide example bill. Required S - Included now Refer to Multi-Account Bill.pdf, attached as a separate document, for a sample of a statement for multiple accounts. 184 • The system has the ability to print out and manage a detailed cycle/route report for meter routes that details the meter sequence per route and includes location account information.Required S - Included now 185 • The system has the ability to inquire meter history by meter number, remote ID number, account number (customer) or service address (location).Required S - Included now 186 • The system has the ability to handle meter rollovers/turnovers.Required S - Included now 187 • Meter number of dials and necessary reading component to allow billing in 1000 gallons;Required S - Included now 188 • Last Read Date;Required S - Included now 189 • Current/Last read;Required S - Included now For electric service, The system has the ability to capture and bill the following units for electric service: 190 • KWH Required S - Included now 191 • KW demand Required S - Included now 192 Please comment on which units of measure can be used in system • KVAR • KVARh • KVARh rec • KVAR TOU multiple rates Desired S - Included now All are supported 193 • Time of Use 1. How many separate TOU rates can system accommodate? For example, can we have one rate for schools and a different rate for churches? 2. Does system capture dates and times of peak KW? 3. Does system support tirered TOU rates? Required S - Included now 1. An unlimited number of TOU rates are supported. 2. Dates and times of peak kW may be captured 3. Tiered TOU rates are supported 194 • Interval data (e.g., 15 minutes) 1. Can interval periods be set at individual customer level?Required S - Included now Interval Periods (TOU map) may be customer-specific. 195 • Solar Meters – 2 registers (one to register actual usage and one to register generated fed back into the grid). Bill net amount due, or net credit due.Required S - Included now 196 Ability to interface with ElectSolve MDM. Export data to the MDM and import data from the MDM. 1. Does system provide SSO access from MDM to CIS? Required S - Included now Two way interface with MDM is supported. SSO is supported, but may incur additional costs depending upon capabilities of ElectSolve. 197 The system has the ability to create an interface file for downloading to an external meter reading system. In addition to the meters needing to be read, this file would contain notes, meter location, etc. Required S - Included now 198 The system has the ability to receive an "Alexander" water meter reading interface file and electric consumption meter reading data from the MDM for uploading. In addition to the meter readings, this file would contain notes, new meters found in field, etc. from the meter readers. Required S - Included now 199 The system has the ability to display current and previous meter reading dates.Required S - Included now 200 The system has the ability to display current and previous meter reading values.Required S - Included now 201 The system has the ability to automatically create service orders from meter reading trouble codes.Required S - Included now 202 The system has the ability to provide a user-defined criteria for high and low consumption reads.Required S - Included now 203 The system has the ability to provide a user-defined criteria for seasonal weighting of estimated usage.Required S - Included now 204 The system has the ability to allow (with proper security) meter readings to be changed with change history captured.Required S - Included now 7 Page 527 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 205 The system has the ability to upload “free form comments” from a handheld and store the comments in association with a service location in chronological order. Required S - Included now 206 The system has the ability to accept and record multiple time-stamped meter readings for the same date. Used for time of use billing.Required S - Included now 207 The system has the ability for manually entered reads to allow the entry of the read date and time Required S - Included now 208 The system has the ability of changing a cycle and /or route number from the old to the new for all the service addresses in that cycle/route (mass route change). Required S - Included now 209 The system has the ability to schedule an optimum reading sequence for all routes in the system based on user-defined parameters (e.g., bi-monthly, monthly, etc.). Required S - Included now Meter Inventory Management and Misc. Meter Information 210 System provides ability to enter and maintain a numeric meter multiplier factor on every meter. This factor is used in billing process to calculate billable usage based on metered consumption. Required S - Included now 211 The system has the ability to create/update Meter numbers. 1. Can system import MMF data from L&G?Required S - Included now 212 • Active/inactive/retired/in stock;Required S - Included now 213 • Age/installed date;Required S - Included now 214 • Meter pulled out of service date; and Required S - Included now 215 • Automated meter reading device attached.Required S - Included now 216 Ability to define and add, change and delete an unlimited number of meter types.Required S - Included now 217 Ability to maintain an unlimited number of meters.Required S - Included now 218 Ability to identify a meter by type, size, serial number, manufacturer, location, install date, and test date.Required S - Included now 219 Ability to handle single solar meter number with separate return and delivery reading.Required S - Included now 220 Ability to record unlimited number of notes for a meter Required S - Included now 221 The system has the ability to perform mass meter exchanges. For example: The water department changes out 300 meters. The ability to remove the old meter and add the new meter (along with corresponding readings) in mass. Required S - Included now Best solved with a file import. 222 The system has the ability to mass add meters to inventory, including lat/long, radio #, etc.Required S - Included now Best solved with a file import. Billing Management 223 For consumption based services system can use meter multiplier factor saved in meter information to calculate billable usage based on metered consumption. Required S - Included now 223 The system must be capable of registering Initial and Final readings via a file from the MDM to the billing system.Required S - Included now 224 The system has the ability to produce a detailed billing register identifying all charges by account.Required S - Included now 225 The system has the ability to produce a summary billing register detailing charges by service, rate, company and area.Required S - Included now 226 The system has the ability to produce a summary billing register detailing charges by general ledger number.Required S - Included now 227 The system has the ability to create a billing edit report.Required S - Included now 228 Supports single or multi cycle billing system Required S - Included now 229 Allows printing of multiple cycles in one billing run.Required S - Included now 230 Generates one utility bill covering all services and charges, and itemizes charges separately.Required S - Included now 231 Ability to send automated email or text communications to customer based on city defined parameters (delinquent accounts, late payment notices or shut off notices. Required S - Included now 232 Provides user defined free form message on bills.Required S - Included now 233 Ability to send bills or messages to customer phones or mobile devices via SMS or email.Required S - Included now 234 Capable of including, but not limited to, the following information on the bill: billing date, account number, service periods, current meter reading, prior meter reading, consumption billed, itemized charges, balance forward, amount due, due date, numerical and graphical prior same period usage and average gallons per day Required S - Included now 235 Ability to calculate Solid Waste utility based on can size, number of cans, number of pickups per weeks, residential versus commercial, landfill tonnage, pull fees, rental, contamination fee, miscellaneous, and taxes. Required S - Included now 236 Ability to charge add on fees (dumpsters, roll offs, large items, landfill tonnage, pull fees, rental, contamination fee, miscellaneous, and taxes)Required S - Included now 237 Generates a return stub so that cash receipts can be read with an optical character reader, scanning the account and amount.Required S - Included now 238 Ability to view and reprint a past bill at any time Required S - Included now 239 Produces final notices Required S - Included now 240 Ability to produce statements for customers with multiple utility accounts Required S - Included now 241 Ability to sort bills by zip plus four and include intelligent mail barcode to take advantage of postage discounts.Desired S - Included now Many customers outsource bill printing and delivery to third parties. 242 Ability to export bills to a file for 3rd party printing Required S - Included now 243 Allows printing of third party (dual notification) bills during bill run Required S - Included now 8 Page 528 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 244 Ability to not print a paper bill and email the bill to the customer (and up to four additional email addresses) or an option to both print and email Required S - Included now 245 Ability to maintain multiple email accounts.Required S - Included now 246 The system has the ability to support production of and receipting of utility bills using bar code scanning.Desired S - Included now 247 The system has the ability to provide graphic display of usage history per account. Required S - Included now 248 The system has the ability to perform “what if” billing calculations scenarios.Desired S - Included now 249 The system has the ability to perform meter estimates and report on meter estimates.Required S - Included now 250 The system has the ability to estimate a utility bill based on criteria established by the City (i.e.: on the average consumption over a user defined number of months or cycles, or using last year’s actual for the same period) and shows “Estimate” on the customer’s bill. Required S - Included now 251 The system has the ability for a user to enter a manual estimate.Required S - Included now 252 The system has the ability to calculate a credit when previous estimate was more than the actual consumption.Required S - Included now 253 Balanced or Budget Billings -- The system has the ability to process budget billings. Please explain the functionality. Please explain annual settle-up.Required S - Included now Multiple budget plans can be configured per customer class, allowing different rules for Residential vs. Commercial customers. The Budget Plan identifies the budget period true-up length, how much history is required before allowing a budget to be created, and true-up tolerance percent. Settle-up can occur at the end of the budget period, or actual vs. budgeted differences distributed across the next budget year. 254 The system has the ability to provide any customer that has had at least 12 months of utility service at the same location and is not past due on their account, to be eligible to apply for budget billing. Required S - Included now 255 The system has the ability to average the last twelve months bills and begin billing the averaged amount.Required S - Included now 256 The system has the ability to display actual amount, budget amount, and deferred amounts for each month’s bill (budget billing history) on one screen.Required S - Included now 257 The system has the ability to change a read and individually rebill or recalculate the bill. In essence, cancel and rebill accounts. Please comment on ability to also do this with budget billings. Required S - Included now This feature is available for accounts that are on budget. This impacts the "actual" charges vs. the budget amount. 258 The system has the ability to create user-defined miscellaneous charges based on account location.Required S - Included now 259 Having the ability to bill at any time after exceptions have been verified/resolved.Required S - Included now 260 System provides a Billing Exception Report that alerts for consumptions that fall outside of the City’s user defined exception criteria. Report should include meter info, current and past consumptions, new and previous readings, days between readings, customer ID and locations ID (account number) and meter reader information (including meter reader comments). Required S - Included now An online worklist is provided, linking directly to the related bill. 261 The system has the ability to provide a list that details accounts that have an actual read for the current billing cycle and an estimated read for the prior billing cycle. Required S - Included now 262 The system has the ability to post updates to accounts with new billing information before bills are mailed (e.g., amount due, reads, dates, etc.).Required S - Included now Amount due is calculated, reads are typically uploaded before bills are calculated, etc. 263 The system has the ability to apply credit and debit adjustments and positive/negative consumption adjustments to accounts anytime during the billing cycle. 1. Can system do this for solar accounts? 2. Can system apply a wholesale rate to solar credits? Required S - Included now Adjustments can be applied anytime during the billing cycle. This includes: 1. Solar Accounts 2. Wholesale rates applicable to solar credits. 264 The system has the ability to report adjustment details including dollar amount, consumption volume (gallons/cubic ft.) and rate/service code.Required S - Included now 265 The system has the ability to enter adjustments to customer accounts (dollar amounts and/or consumption used) and reprint single billing statements reflecting the adjustments made. Required S - Included now 266 The system has the ability to edit reads at any time, before, during, or after billing.Required S - Included now While reads may be edited before billing, Origin prefers that a read be marked as not to be used for billing and another read be entered. 267 The system has the ability to prorate charges for partial billing due to initiation or termination of accounts.Required S - Included now 268 The system has the ability to not prorate charges for cycle bills that are less than 30 or more than 30 days, but will allow for prorating partial billing of initial and final bills. Required S - Included now 269 The system has the ability to print previous period/last year’s comparative period consumption and current period consumption on each bill.Required S - Included now 270 Briefly comment on how cycle bill dates are determine, and what frequencies are available.Required S - Included now Bill cycle frequencies are completely configurable. Typically, the frequencies are monthly and quarterly, but outliers include annual, semi-annual, fortnightly, etc. Bill cycles are set against a calendar. Bill cycles do not need to align to frequency, for example a customer may be on a monthly cycle, but have a mixture of quarterly and monthly services. 271 Bills can be based on multiple components (consumption + flat meter charge per meter size per billing cycle prorated for number of days).Required S - Included now 9 Page 529 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 272 The system has the ability to calculate and print all bills due in a given month, within a single cycle or for all cycles. This process needs to have the ability to be scheduled to run after hours. Required S - Included now 273 City bills based on rate in effect on bill date. Briefly comment on how system handles mid-cycle rate changes. We do not prorate rate increases today, but having the option to do so in the future is desired. Required S - Included now Mid-cycle rate changes may be prorated, configured to use the price in effect at the start of the bill period, or the price in effect at the end of the bill period. 274 City can currently bill summer and winter rates in same bill cycle. Briefly comment on system's ability to do so.Required S - Included now Seasonal pricing is supported. When a season changes during a bill period, the consumption is prorated (based on days) across the two seasons. 275 The system has the ability to flag accounts for sorting associated printed bills as “Pulled” for review by staff before mailing.Required S - Included now 276 The system has the ability to bill services separately for owner versus renter at same location (separate bills). Example: renter pays occupancy related services (water, elect, solid waste, sewer); owner pays property related services (drainage, roadway maintenance). Required S - Included now 277 Bill-in-arrears Required S - Included now 278 Consumption based billing Required S - Included now 279 Time of use based electricity billing 1. How many separate TOU rates can system accommodate? For example, can we have one rate for schools and a different rate for churches? 2. Does system capture dates and times of peak KW? 3. Does system support tirered TOU rates? Required S - Included now 1. An unlimited number of TOU rates are supported. 2. Dates and times of peak kW can be captured 3. Tiered TOU rates are supported 280 Flat rate billing Required S - Included now 281 Variable Tiered rate billing Required S - Included now 282 Group Billing - This is master billing, the ability to bill subordinate accounts on one master account. Required S - Included now 283 Interdepartmental Billing. Briefly comment on system's ability to do so and how it works. Can a cancel/rebill be done?Required S - Included now Internal or City accounts may be configured. The accounting offset GL account is shifted from a Receivables account to an Expense account. 284 Miscellaneous or one-time billings and will accommodate multiple lines per bill Required S - Included now 285 Service install or Tap install billings Required S - Included now 286 Multiple Services (water, sewer, reclaimed, electric and more)Required S - Included now 287 Monthly Required S - Included now 288 The system has the ability to support proration of charges during any billing period for single or multiple rate changes.Required S - Included now 289 The system has the ability to accommodate proration by rate type.Required S - Included now 290 The system has the ability to bill one service based on consumption from separate service. Example: water consumption used to determine sewer charge. Required S - Included now 291 The system has the ability to bill consumption based on a system calculated or manually entered consumption value.Required S - Included now 292 The system has the ability to accommodate billing a flat or fixed charge for a service for each billing period.Required S - Included now 293 The system has the ability to accommodate billing a flat or fixed charge for a service multiplied by a fixed or variable quantity (or Factor) figure each billing period. Required S - Included now 294 For consumption based services such as electricity and water system has ability to enter a multiplier factor when meter is assigned to a custmore/location, and to use multiplier factors when billing consumption based services such as electric and water. Required S - Included now 294 The system has the ability to accommodate billing a fixed charge based on meter size.Required S - Included now 295 The system has the ability to support the creation of a customizable utility bill format that includes graphics.Desired S - Included now The system has the ability to generate bills capable of being read via Optical Character Recognition OCR A font. Information must include: 296 • Account # (whatever combination of information uniquely identifies a customer/service location combination)Required S - Included now 297 • Bill Amount.Required S - Included now 298 The system has the ability to use Zip+4 software for sorting of utility bills by zip code to obtain the best postal rate possible.Required S - Included now 299 The system has the ability to reprint bills from any previous time period.Required S - Included now 300 The system has the ability to e-mail bills (original, re-bills or reprints) in PDF format to customers when requested Required S - Included now Origin discourages emailing a PDF copy of the bill. Email is not a secure delivery mechanism. Origin prefers emailing a notification that the bill is viewable on OCX. 301 The system has the ability to allow the customer to have more than one email address enrolled in e-notification. Example: customer email address and parent’s email address both getting a copy of the bill. Required S - Included now 302 The billing system has the ability to print current and/or historical bills in PDF format.Required S - Included now 303 The billing system has the ability to accommodate multiple dates (due and delinquent) per customer bill.Required S - Included now 304 The system has the ability to include total past due on the bills.Required S - Included now 305 The system has the ability to print a budget bill, which includes the budget amount, actual charges, deferred balance, and balance due with late fee.Required S - Included now 306 The system has the ability to bill outside of it's normal cycle, and to cancel/rebill.Required S - Included now 307 The system has the ability to provide general system messages and account specific messages (with support for graphics and text) for printing on bills with the ability to modify those messages for each bill run. Required S - Included now 10 Page 530 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 308 The system has the ability for accounts that are paying via ACH to still generate a bill with a message indicating a user defined message.Required S - Included now 309 The system has the ability to identify accounts where bills are generated but not printed (i.e., city facility water and electric bills). This feature sometimes is called interdepartmental billing. Required S - Included now A distinct bill route type should be configured for this. 310 The system has the ability to customize the bill print appearance.Desired S - Included now 311 The system has the ability to support 8 ½ x 11 format.Desired S - Included now 312 The system has the ability to support graphic images, shading, bolding and other format features for bill formatting.Desired S - Included now The system has the ability to support a bill that presents the following data: 313 • Bill Date Required S - Included now 314 • Bill period for each service Required S - Included now 315 • Previous and Current Meter readings by meter Required S - Included now 316 • Rate Schedule per meter/service Required S - Included now 317 • Rate Description Required S - Included now 318 • Consumption being billed by service Required S - Included now 319 • Meter size per service Required S - Included now 320 • Meter number(s) per service Required S - Included now 321 • Account Name Required S - Included now 322 • Account Address Required S - Included now 323 • Account Number Required S - Included now 324 • Premise Address Required S - Included now 325 • Surcharges, fees, penalties and taxes with descriptions Required S - Included now 326 • Past Due Balance and Cut Off Date message which includes the cut off date Required S - Included now 327 • Previous Balance Required S - Included now 328 • Current Amount Due Required S - Included now 329 • Bill Due Date Required S - Included now 330 • Next meter reading date - system provides ability for user to enter next meter read date for each Cycle. Next read date displayed in message box on bill. Required S - Included now 331 • Consumption History Graph by service Required S - Included now 332 • Budget Bill Amount, along with actual charges, and deferred balance Required S - Included now 333 • Subtotal by service Required S - Included now 334 • Bill Messages, freeform, 5-6 lines, 72 characters per line Required S - Included now 335 • Scan Line Required S - Included now 336 The system has the ability to support different bill formats that can be defined for different kinds of bills, regular bills, final notices, etc.Required S - Included now 337 The system has the ability to generate final bill, once the date and final read is entered, at any point during the billing cycle.Required S - Included now 338 The system has the ability to detail unpaid charged amounts and penalties on a Final Bill.Required S - Included now 339 The system has the ability to perform write off processing for accounts finalized and uncollectable by final date.Required S - Included now 340 The system has the ability to automatically reinstate owner/landlord as the responsible party for all services upon termination by the tenant (i.e., student/tenant disconnects service, service is directed to landlord/owner). Required S - Included now 341 The system has the ability to capture or store account information for the responsible party relating to account location (i.e., landlord, management company). This capability is used in auto leave-on feature to change account ownership when accounts are disconnected from the tenant. Required S - Included now 342 The system has the ability to manually connect a customer between a departing customer and an incoming customer where the disconnect and connect dates are already established providing the responsible party to be billed (i.e., departing customer disconnects Monday, incoming customer connects five days later). This would include having both a connect and disconnect date for that customer. Required S - Included now Financial Management 343 Allows positive and negative transactions adjustment with a complete audit trail Required S - Included now 344 System automatically generates the appropriate journal entries for "Internal" accounts Required S - Included now 345 System automatically prepares tranaction batches in a batch format for posting to general ledger including billing, cash receipts, NSF's, adjustmentes, etc.Required S - Included now 346 Provide automatic allocation of payments to the billed services with ability to adjust or override the default distribution Required S - Included now 347 Accepts over payment or credit adjustment with amount maintained as unapplied credit balance or to be applied to the next service bill Required S - Included now 348 Provides complete audit trail of payments processed for reconciliation prior to general ledger posting. Required S - Included now 349 Ability to import payment records from e-payment and lockbox services vendors Required S - Included now 350 Ability to accept full, over, partial, and prepayments.Required S - Included now 351 Provide auto-pay option for customers to pay from customer's bank account or credit card.Required S - Included now 352 Ability to scan payment information into the system using bar code or OCR scanner.Required S - Included now 11 Page 531 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 353 Ability to support payment arrangements for customers to schedule payments for outstanding balances.Required S - Included now 354 Ability to display transaction history including bills, receipt adjustments, credits, and refunds for an account.Required S - Included now 355 Ability to display details of transaction and drill down to transaction Required S - Included now 356 Ability to automatically apply deposits to correct revenue accounts.Required S - Included now 357 Abiity to display account transaction history via web application Required S - Included now 358 Ability to pay outstanding balances or set up automatic payments from credit card or checking account via web application Required S - Included now 359 Provides ability to initiate bankruptcy on account by flagging account with bankruptcy indicator resulting in previous balance being marked as uncollectable, a cessation of collection notifications and efforts, while maintaining account history and audit trail for uncollectable balance. Required S - Included now The system has the ability to accommodate the following payment types for utility payments and applications, either via the utility system or a separate Cash Receipting system which is integrated to the utility system. Payment types should include: 360 • Cash;Required S - Included now 361 • Check;Required S - Included now 362 • Money order;Required S - Included now 363 • Cashiers check;Required S - Included now 364 • EFT;Required S - Included now 365 • Credit Card Payments;Required S - Included now 366 • Recurring Credit Card Payments;Required S - Included now 367 • Credit/Debit Card Payments taken over the Internet or phone; Required S - Included now 368 • Credit/Debit Card Payments taken over IVR phone call; and Required S - Included now 369 • Wire transfer Required S - Included now 370 The system has the ability to create Daily Cash Receipts reports by payment source. (e.g. Cashiering, Remittance Processing, Lock Box, EFT, Credit Card, etc.) Required S - Included now 371 File import from 3rd party payment organization (i.e. lock box, ACH, etc.) May include remote locations in the City.Required S - Included now 372 The system has the ability to indicate date payment was received for penalty calculations.Required S - Included now 373 The system has the ability to generate a receipt with payments for multiple, separate accounts with one payment tender. The printed receipt should show the detail of each account. Required S - Included now 374 The system has the ability to accept more than one payment in a single day from a single customer.Required S - Included now 375 The system has the ability to perform electronic on demand posting to Munis General Ledger after accounting approval step is performed.Desired S - Included now 376 The system has the ability to automatically split total receipted amount to appropriate General Ledger account.Required S - Included now 377 The system has the ability to accept ACH (bank drafted) payments from banks.Required S - Included now 378 The system has the ability to post cash receipts to utility billing module automatically from multiple terminals without interfering with other utility transactions. Required S - Included now 379 The system has the ability for a user-defined order of payment to be applied. Example: electric deposit first, then electric, then water, etc.Required S - Included now 380 The system has the ability to automatically distribute receipt of payments against the individual accounts on a “Master Account Bill” when payments are received. Required S - Included now 381 The system has the ability to reverse payment for bad checks and optionally assesses a user-defined NSF charge.Required S - Included now 382 The system has the ability to manually add flags for Cash Only and other customer warnings.Required S - Included now 383 The system has the ability for Cash Only accounts to accept payments in the form of a credit card. In addition, there is an option to block a credit card payment for Cash Only accounts, if deemed necessary. Required S - Included now 384 The system has the ability to fix accounts and adjust accounts by allowing for transfer of payments between accounts.Required S - Included now 385 The system has the ability to reverse transfer balances, meaning the balance can be moved back to the original account.Required S - Included now Delinquency Management 386 Ability to age accounts in 30, 60, 90, and 120 day increments.Required S - Included now Account debt aged to the day, reports age to the 'buckets' 387 Ability to automatically add late penalties or interest to delinquent accounts according to a flexible rate structure determined by the user.Required S - Included now 388 Automatic printing of shut off notices and service orders. System provides ability to automatically email shut off notices.Required S - Included now Verify that emailing of shut off notices is allowed by the regulatory body. 389 Ability to automatically assess a charge to an account if a shut off is processed.Required S - Included now 390 Allows selected account to be flagged as exempt from past due notices for accounts that have made payment plan arrangements.Required S - Included now 391 Ability to change penalty date for a bill or mark the bill as penalty-exempt Required S - Included now 392 Processes account for write-off and collection Required S - Included now 393 Ability to populate third-party notification system with account holders information so customer can be notified prior to termination of service.Required S - Included now 394 Ability to produce statement showing balance for customers that have already received a final bill but continue to maintain an unpaid balance.Required S - Included now 12 Page 532 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 395 The system has the ability to set up credit history criteria with the ability to indicate the credit implications of each type, such as having a delinquent bill prevents a security deposit from being refunded for a specified period of time. Other credit events would include NSF, Write Off, and Collections. Required S - Included now 396 System allows user to remove credit event from customer credit history. For example, able to remove deliqnuency due to payment mistakenly applied to wrong account. Required S - Included now 397 The system has the ability to display a delinquency line at a customer/location level showing for each outstanding bill the last day to pay, the cut-off date, and the amount of the delinquent balance subject for cut-off. Required S - Included now 398 The system has the ability to assess late charges and provide the related customer notices.Required S - Included now 399 The system has the ability to automatically apply a minimum flat rate for bills under a user-defined amount and/or percentage penalty/interest charge per total billed services/fees exclusive of sales tax. Required S - Included now 400 The system has the ability to override and/or credit a penalty.Required S - Included now 401 The system has the ability to identify and review past due account, past due at a user-defined number of days;Required S - Included now 402 The system has the ability to identify and close all accounts past due by a user- defined number of days with an outstanding balance below a user defined threshold; Required S - Included now Accounts with past due final balances are moved to write off after a user-defined threshold. 403 For collection agency usage the system has the ability to select and export account information to a preformatted file structure for accounts that are past due by a user-defined number of days that exceed a user defined threshold (i.e., MS Excel export, CSV file); Required S - Included now 404 The system has the ability to allow system users with appropriate authority to modify the billing cycle thresholds.Required S - Included now The term "billing cycle thresholds" is unclear. 405 The system has the ability to establish user-defined payment arrangements (i.e. payment plans, beginning and ending dates, payment amounts, due dates, etc.) Along with establishing payment arrangements, the ability to modify and/or delete payment plans. Required S - Included now 406 The system has the ability to identify when user-defined payment arrangements are delinquent.Required S - Included now 407 The system has the ability to produce a Customer Payment Plan Report – show summary of all payment plans that are delinquent, and the ability to generate delinquent payment plan letters as per user defined criteria. Required S - Included now 408 The system has the ability to identify accounts in mass according to user- entered criteria, and change status (i.e., sent to collection agency).Required S - Included now 409 The system has the ability to select accounts that have been in collections for a user-defined period of time for consideration for writing off.Required S - Included now 410 The system has the ability for cash receipts to be reflected in customer account balance immediately after the transaction is entered into the system. Cash receipt will be pending and not finalized until posted. Required S - Included now 411 The system has the ability to print delinquent notices monthly to customers. These are generated based on user defined minimum (based on a single past due bill and/or balance due) and number of days after payment was due, including applicable penalty amounts added. Required S - Included now 412 The system has the ability to automatically create a service order when a cut off notice is generated. Can system generate a list or email for the Ops Desk for afterhours customer calls? Required S - Included now A list can be created. Alternatively, Ops Desk can have read-only access to C2M. 413 The system has the ability to automatically create a service order for reconnection when payment for entire past due balance is received on an account that has a cut off notice generated. Does system have ability to generate notifications to Operations for afterhour recomnnects? Required S - Included now Notifications can be generated for Operations, or read-only access may be granted. 414 The system has the ability to automatically apply a cut/shut off charge to the customer balance if the customer initiates a reconnect.Required S - Included now 415 The system has the ability to generate a cut off report with customer id, address information, meter id,cut off date, notes, last payment date and amount, and balance due. Required S - Included now Reporting 416 Includes end user reporting tool to create reports using any field combination or partial fields within the utility billing system as search criteria Required S - Included now 417 Ability to export reports to Microsoft Excel and Word, PDF, TXT and CSV Required S - Included now 418 Ability to generate a list of accounts, customers or meters based on user defined selection criteria Required S - Included now 419 Ability to generate analysis reports with user defined parameters with flexible selection criteria and grouping options Required S - Included now 420 Ability to generate year-end financial reports including top ten consumption report and other information required by the Finance team Required S - Included now 421 Manager configurable dashboard for key operational statistics Required S - Included now 422 Integrated graphics allowing review of data. Please briefly explain.Required S - Included now Interactive, graphical management dashboards are supported and included in the solution. The system has the ability to support rate modeling using actual or simulated consumption data to perform: 423 • Revenue analysis and comparison Required S - Included now 424 • Bill frequency analysis (e.g., monthly vs. quarterly billing)Required S - Included now 425 • Rate modeling and comparison Required S - Included now 426 • Budget estimates Required S - Included now 427 • Revenue forecasting Required S - Included now 428 • Retroactive rate change tests Required S - Included now 13 Page 533 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 429 • Rate simulation at the account level Required S - Included now 430 • Service type rate simulation Required S - Included now 431 All reports can be xported in csv, xls, txt format Required S - Included now 432 All reports include totals (where applicable).Required S - Included now 433 All reports include both the customer ID and location ID (where applicable).Required S - Included now 434 The system has the ability to allow a configurable Executive Dashboard to view the status of all service requests.Required S - Included now 435 The system has the ability to allow the creation and management of standard reports/templates with pre-defined data elements.Required S - Included now 436 The system has the ability to run pre-defined standard reports on a given schedule.Required S - Included now 437 The system has the ability for users to run all reports on demand against the live database.Required S - Included now 438 The system has the ability for users to access reports by pre-defined category, i.e., customer reports, account reports, consumption reports, etc..Required S - Included now 439 The system has the ability to allow a user to run reports against both current data and archived data at the same time.Required S - Included now 440 The system has the ability to provide built-in graphical and charting capabilities.Desired S - Included now 441 The system has the ability to generate ad hoc reports. Please briefly explain.Required S - Included now Drag and drop ad hoc reporting is supported. These queries may be saved as a report for future use. 442 The system has the ability to allow drill-down into any system generated report.Required S - Included now 443 The system has the ability to create reports that measure performance and productivity for employee or user defined groups of employees measurement purposes. Desired S - Included now 444 The system has the ability to provide the reports on the number of service requests of a specific type or belonging to a particular service.Required S - Included now The system has the ability to generate the following reports based on user-defined frequencies: 445 • Percentage of service requests closed within specified parameters;Required S - Included now 446 • Reporting for cut-offs;Required S - Included now 447 • Reporting for rechecks;Required S - Included now 448 • Reporting for disconnects by type;Required S - Included now 449 • Reporting for connects by type;Required S - Included now 450 • Reporting for estimated meter readings;Required S - Included now 451 • Reporting for collections;Required S - Included now 452 • Reporting for write-offs;Required S - Included now 453 • Report of all meters read (total water and electric) by meter type, status, and other user-defined;Required S - Included now 454 • Report of tampering fees;Required S - Included now 455 • Report of NSF fees;Required S - Included now 456 • Report of final notices;Required S - Included now 457 • Report of delinquent reconnect fees;Required S - Included now 458 • Report of reverse payments; and Required S - Included now 459 • Report of transfer balances Required S - Included now 460 • Report of accounts in deposit review Required S - Included now 461 • Report of number of connect fees collected for electric and water.Required S - Included now 462 • Percentage of calls closed within specified periods of time.Desired S - Included now This assumes total call time is captured in C2M. If captured, it can be reported. 463 • Report of Customers having Final Accounts w/balances and Active Accounts Required S - Included now 464 The system has the ability to create Daily Cash Receipts reports by payment source. (e.g. Cashiering, Remittance Processing, Lock Box, EFT, Credit Card, etc.) Required S - Included now 465 The system has the ability to produce error reports for misapplied cash payments (closed or inactive accounts, bad account number, etc.) by source. Eg. Cashiering, Remittance Processing, Lock Box, EFT, Credit Card, etc. Required S - Included now 466 The system is able to provide Cash Receipts Audits showing overpayments, account status, etc. Please briefly explain how system identifies overpayment.Required S - Included now Typically, overpayments are applied to a special service agreement or "bucket" on the account, rather than overpaying a specific service. When the next bill is generated, funds from the overpayment service agreements are applied to the current charges. Any remaining balance is shown to the customer 467 The system has the ability to produce monthly billed amounts reports broken down by service type (electricity, water, etc.), then by rates (residential, small commercial, etc.) that shows total consumption, total dollars billed, number of customers for that service type/rate, number of units (eg, number of apartment units). Ability to drill down to customer/account level detail. Required S - Included now 468 The system has the ability to produce a report showing On/Off Peak Electric Revenue summary report categorized by general ledger, i.e. Large General Electric Revenue, then by service rate for On/Off Peak Charges and average cost. Required S - Included now 469 The system has the ability to produce required FERC reports that can be modified to meet changing Federal requirements.Required S - Included now Assuming all FERC-related information is captured. 14 Page 534 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 470 The system has the ability to utilize SQL reporting services against the utility customer database.Required S - Included now Subject area domains are created for the City, removing the SQL complexities of the underlying tables. New domains may be created upon request. The system has the ability to produce the following reports: 471 • Meter Size Report that identifies the number of meters by size;Required S - Included now 472 • Aging Report that shows the balances for 30, 60, 90 and 120+ days on all accounts with drill-down capability by service;Required S - Included now 473 • Report of bad checks and NSF Charges;Required S - Included now 474 • Commercial Customer Report with Rate code/class as search criteria;Required S - Included now 475 • Inactive Account Report that lists all inactive accounts with account balances and ability to choose only account with balances other than 0;Required S - Included now 476 • Customer Count Report that provides the number of customers by cycle, specific category(residential/commercial) and all services Required S - Included now 477 • Final Bill Listing Report Required S - Included now 478 • Cycle Report, details an individual cycle, route and displays high balances;Required S - Included now 479 • Cycle Report, printed by cycle route with meter counts subtotaled by sequence order with the user ability to select cycle(s);Required S - Included now 480 • Customer Report, details information regarding customer's account, name, address, account number, meter info, reads, rate codes, transaction history;Required S - Included now 481 • Top 100 Users Report, detailing highest consumption accounts (separated by commercial and residential) or highest consumption customers, providing account and usage information; Required S - Included now 482 • Account Adjustment Detail Report (Rate Codes,Consumption Amt, Dollar Amt, Consumption charges broken out);Required S - Included now 483 • Service Order Report - to show, by specified date or type, orders to be done;Required S - Included now 484 • Consumption Report, by account, by service type (residential, commercial, etc.) and by rate/service code showing utility usage over a user-specified time interval. Flags abnormal usage (high/low/negative, etc.). Report should include meter information, consumption, new and previous readings, days between readings, customer account number and meter reader information; Required S - Included now 485 • Summary/Totals by customer type (residential/commercial) by service code (residential, small commercial, large commercial, irrigation, etc.) giving the total number of accounts, consumption and dollars billed for a given time period; Required S - Included now 486 • Payment History, reporting bills and associated payments receipted by account. Shows dates, amounts, delinquencies, penalties, account name, consumption, and address. Can be run for one account and allow user to view online; Required S - Included now 487 • Customer Statistics Report, presenting customer characteristics including number of customers, number of customers by meter size and billing category (customer type), usage and revenue by meter size, usage and revenue by billing type code, date range, cycle, route, and by a combination of the above; Required S - Included now 488 • Cash Receipts Listing, reporting all amounts collected against customer accounts. Can be printed on demand with user-defined criteria prior to posting; Required S - Included now 489 • Cut/Shut Off Report, per cycle, showing accounts with one or more delinquent bills totaling over a user defined amount;Required S - Included now 490 • Delinquent Notices Report, a listing generated based on user defined minimum and number of days after payment was due, including applicable penalty amounts added. Multiple types of notices capability (i.e. a first delinquent notice and a second delinquent notice with different parameters); Required S - Included now 491 All master file information is accessible by the report writer;Required S - Included now 492 Cut/Shut off Work/Service Orders;Required S - Included now 493 On demand Billing Report, sorted on user-defined criteria, showing name, location address, current period charges by service, date billed, due date, readings, etc. Required S - Included now 494 Monthly Customer comprehensive activity report;Required S - Included now 495 Monthly Adjustment Report by user, by service type, or rate code;Required S - Included now 496 Outstanding Service Order Report, showing flags based on user-defined criteria;Required S - Included now 497 Billing Statistics (Rate Codes, Consumption Amt, Dollar Amt, Consumption & Demand charges broken out);Required S - Included now 498 Payment Detail (identify Munis fund/account payment applied to);Required S - Included now 499 Bill Calculation (bill process report showing accounts to be billed);Required S - Included now 500 Bill run Billing Register (dollar, read date, by charge type and consumption detail of accounts to be billed);Required S - Included now 501 Consumption history for any given customer/location by service with from/to dates.Required S - Included now 502 Transaction Listing/Recap (for selected or all accounts for given date(s), and/or by transaction type)... billing, receipts, adjustments, transfer balances Required S - Included now 503 Deposit on File report by date, by type (cash, savings bond, CD, etc.) showing dates, amount, account status (active, final or closed/active);Required S - Included now 15 Page 535 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 504 Security Deposits Refunded/Applied, with ability to run by specified date range;Required S - Included now 505 Security Deposit activity for time period;Required S - Included now 506 Over Due Deposit Report;Required S - Included now 507 Collection report by specified aging criteria including all customer master file information with all forms of contact. Sent to collections agency.Required S - Included now 508 Audit Trail reports for all update processes; and Required S - Included now 509 Mailing list report (customer name, address, other forms of contact) for use by other departments. Select based on one or more criteria -- customer type, service, autopay, etc. Required S - Included now Customer Service 510 The system has the ability to allow citizens to use a Single Sign On giving them access to the web-based citizen self-service portal, along with our payment portal (Paymentus) and AMI customer portal. Required S - Included now Single sign-on is available at an additional onboarding expense. 511 The system has the ability to allow the web-based self-service portal to be operable up to 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.Required S - Included now 512 The system has the ability to allow the web-based self-service portal to be accessed from the City website.Required S - Included now 513 The system has the ability to allow the web-based self-service portal to be configured with a similar look and feel as the City website.Desired S - Included now The system has the ability to provide for multiple languages in the web-based self-service portal including but not limited to: 514 • English; and Required S - Included now 515 • Spanish.Required F -Future release This is currently on our schedule is for a 2022 release. It should be made available prior to the time the City goes into production. The system has the ability to capture the following information upon receiving request, either through a telephone call or web self-service, with the ability to configure the type of information captured based on the interaction type: 516 • Method of receiving request (i.e., call, e-mail, web portal);Required S - Included now Cases or Orders can be configured to manage requests. 517 • Requestor name;Required S - Included now 518 • Requestor telephone number(s);Required S - Included now 519 • Requestor e-mail address;Required S - Included now 520 • Requestor mailing address;Required S - Included now 521 • Address related to service request, if different;Required S - Included now 522 • Preferred method of contact;Required S - Included now 523 • System provides a vendor maintained list of valid zip codes;Required S - Included now Postal Code defaults 524 • Zip code with the ability to validate location, City and State;Required S - Included now Postal Code defaults 525 • Fields (comments section) for indicating needed follow-up activities;Required S - Included now 526 • Display lists or menus containing multiple options for indicating status of interaction;Required S - Included now 527 • Display lists or menus containing multiple options for indicating satisfaction of citizen with interaction (i.e., out of a predefined range);Required S - Included now 528 • User ID that recorded the request; and Required S - Included now 529 • Initial priority of service request.Required S - Included now 530 The system has the ability to route customer portal requests to departments based on key words contained in the request.Desired S - Included now Routing done by request type. 531 The system has the ability to print customer portal interactions complete with all information associated with the interactions.Required S - Included now 532 The system has the ability to email or fax customer portal interactions complete with all information associated with the interactions.Required S - Included now Email PDF to a fax service. 533 • The system provides a Citizen self-service web portal Can system provide SSO access from CentraVu (MDM portal) and Paymentus? Required S - Included now SSO requires extra onboarding fees. 534 • The system has the ability to allow actions made in the web-based citizen self- service portal to take effect in real time (this means without having to run a process) in the customer database. Examples include but not limited to – mailing address changes, e-notification enrollment or changes etc. Required S - Included now 535 • The system has the ability to allow a citizen to maintain profile account information via the web-based self-service portal. System enables user configurable control of the fields directly maintainable by citizens. Required S - Included now 536 • The Citizen self-service web portal allows customers to easily retrieve user name, or reset password. System provides security questions that customer must correctly answer to retrieve username or reset password. Required F -Future release Password reset currently done via email. Security questions are in a future release. 537 • The Citizen self-service web portal allows for same day start/stop dates for a location. Example: A customer requests a disconnect for 8/12/19, and a customer requests a connect for the same location for 8/12/19. The system allows those dates, and doesn’t require one of the dates to be altered. Required S - Included now 538 • The Citizen self-service web portal has the ability to identify specific locations (addresses) that would require documents to be uploaded when citizens are initiating a service request, and not allow the request to be submitted without the required documents. Desired N - Not available While OCX can detect that a document was uploaded, there is no way to confirm the document was completed properly. 539 • The Citizen self-service web portal can display Consumption History in columnar and graphical display formats, and provides download capability;Required S - Included now 540 • The Citizen self-service web portal can display Payment History;Required S - Included now 541 • Ths Citizen self-service web portal can display Current Bill;Required S - Included now Citizens Self-Service Portal 16 Page 536 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 542 • The Citizen self-service portal provides the means for consumers to make payments resulting in real-time updates to the consumer's balances due.Required S - Included now 543 • The Citizen self-service web portal can display General Account information.Required S - Included now GIS Integration 544 The system has the ability to integrate with Esri ArcGIS. Are GPS points based on parcels or service entry points?Desired S - Included now Both are supported 545 The system has the ability to provide a mobile interface with City GIS resources to employees working in the field.Required S - Included now Assuming the employees are using the City's VPN 546 The system has the ability to provide GIS location validation against the City's existing GIS data. Currently the City validates addresses using the land development file maintained by Planning and Development. Required S - Included now Typically new parcels and service points originate in GIS and then sent to C2M. Thus and extra validation is not required. 547 The system has the ability to pinpoint location of an interaction on a map, by address matching to a street centerline or a parcel base and then fine tuning the location using map features. Desired S - Included now This assumes GIS can locate using street data. 548 The system has the ability to query from the mapping screen itself using a simple drawing tool or by pre-selected query of a GIS layer based on its attribute information. Required S - Included now 549 The system has the ability to perform basic map viewing functions including display dynamic map data in the display window.Required S - Included now 550 The system has the ability to use GIS mapping to assist service requests in identifying related calls, by displaying related calls or events on a map coded by user defined criteria. Required S - Included now Assuming GIS has a layer for service requests. 551 The system has the ability to locate, link and/or attach GIS maps/overlays or images to a service request as prescribed by the user.Desired S - Included now Services Management The system has the ability to create and track metered services for the following: 552 • Electric, permanent and temp poles Required S - Included now 553 • Temp pole electric Required S - Included now 554 • Potable Water for consumption Required S - Included now 555 • Recycled Water Required S - Included now 556 • Sewer based on metered water usage Required S - Included now 557 • Potable Water for irrigation Required S - Included now 558 • Recycled Water for irrigation Required S - Included now 559 • Hydrant (portable meters)Required S - Included now 560 • Solar/Net electric meters Required S - Included now 561 • Irrigation meters Required S - Included now 562 • User defined services as needed Required S - Included now 563 The system has the ability to allow future available services to be created in a pending status prior to service activation without requiring meter numbers Required S - Included now Interfaces 564 Please comment on system's ability to integrate: * CIS customer portal * Paymentus payment portal, and * ElectSolve customer portal Required S - Included now CIS integration with OCX is standard. OCX includes standard links to Paymentus payment portal (but Origin suggests transitioning to Origin payments). ElectSolve integration is included assuming ElectSolve has the required APIs. 565 Critical that the Utility Customer Service system supports real time integration with Paymentus payment solutions. Briefly describe capabilities.Required S - Included now OCX invokes Payments in an iFrame, thus no PCI information is stored in OCX. Payment functionality includes: - One time guest payments - Wallet - Future dated payments - Autopay payments - credit card / debit card / echeck 566 The system has the ability to interface with Munis General Ledger, Accounts Payable, Inventory, and Cash Receipting.Desired S - Included now 567 The system has the ability to upload Cash Receipts batch to Munis General Ledger.Required S - Included now 568 The system has the ability to create refunds to post to Munis accounts payable Required S - Included now 569 The system has the ability to interface with I-Tron systems (MVRS format) to download routes to the PC and upload meter readings to the utility billing system. Specify in comment section other meter software you integrate with. Required S - Included now C2M can integrate with any MVRS that uses file-based or API integration. 570 The system has the ability to interface with I-Tron handheld systems to upload/download utility account information and changes to it (including directions, notes, description, meter location, route sequence, codes). Required S - Included now Assuming all of those elements are contained in C2M. 571 The system has the ability to interface with OCR reading devices, including hand held scanners.Required S - Included now Assuming the devices use keyboard emulation. 572 The system has the ability to interface with bar code reading devices, including hand held scanners. One potential application is barcoded refuse containers and recycling bins. Desired S - Included now Assuming the devices use keyboard emulation. 573 The system has the ability to integrate with lockbox / remittance process for collection of utility payments.Required S - Included now 574 The system has the ability to interface with Landis & Gyr AMI RF Gridstream Command Center. Briefly descirbe capabilities.Required S - Included now Meter usage data can be displayed assuming C2M has the necessary details to invoke Landis & Gyr. 575 The system has the ability to interface with ElectSolve Meter & Opertional Data Management systems by IPKeys Power Partners. Briefly descirbe capabilities. Required S - Included now Meter usage data can be displayed assuming C2M has the necessary details to invoke ElectSolve Citizens Self-Service Portal 17 Page 537 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service Service/Workorder Workflow Processing Requirements Please briefly descibe your proposal for addressing the requirements described in Exhibit A Part 5 can be addressed. Required S - Included now C2M includes several tools to manage workflow processing: - Scripts guide the user through the C2M user interface, prompting for data as necessary. This ensures rare business processes are completed correctly. - Process Flows guide the C2M user with transactions that may have complex eligibility requirements such as Payment Arrangements and Starting Service. - Cases and Initiatives manage multi-day, multi department workflows. The City configures the relevant steps and notifications methods. Automatic monitoring ensures things "don't fall through the cracks". Operational dashboards provide insight for department managers. 18 Page 538 of 778 4858-7383-7868.2 Contract No. 22300615 878-6595-2777.11 Master Services Agreement Page 48 of 48 EXHIBIT H CITY’S REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL #21-034 Page 539 of 778 Page 1 of 6 ADDENDUM NO. 1 RFP NO. 21-034 Date: July 7, 2021 To: All Interested Parties From: Lisa D. Davis, Buyer Re: RFP 21-034, Utility Billing System Software The following information related to Request for Proposal No. 21-034 is hereby made a part of the RFP Documents for the above referenced solicitation as fully and as completely as though the same were included therein. REVISIONS Please be advised that the deadline to submit online questions regarding this RFP has been extended to Tuesday, July 13, 2021 at 2:00 p.m. Please see below for answers to online questions received to date. Subsequent online questions will be addressed in a second addendum to be released before or shortly after the rescheduled deadline passes. Q&A 1. Question: Currently, which vendor is providing “Utility Billing System Software”? o Answer: CentralSquare. The system was formerly owned by H.T.E, Sungard Public Sector, and then Superion. 2. Question: Can we get a copy of the current “contract” with the existing contractor for providing “Utility Billing System Software”? o Answer: The current contract was executed in 1998. It provides no information that would be meaningful today for purposes of RFP 21-034. A copy may be obtained by submitting an open records request at this link to the City’s website: Request Public Records Page 540 of 778 Page 2 of 6 3. Question: What are the areas of the existing applications the City is not very satisfied? Please give us some examples. o Answer: (1) No real time integration with our MDM system. (2) System unable to process batched online connect/disconnects in real time. (3) No ability to mass add services to each address and/or apartment unit. (4) System unable to calculate deposit and add it to account. 4. Question: Currently, how much is the City spending annually on “Utility Billing System Software”? o Answer: FY22 annual CentralSquare Naviline maintenance is estimated to be $87,039. FY22 annual IBM Hardware maintenance is estimated to be $10,053. 5. Question: What is the budget range for the current project’s implementation cost and annual cost? o Answer: Answer: $1,450,000 is currently budgeted. If additional funds are needed for the appropriate software, we can take a request to Council. 6. Question: How many customer licenses and employee-licenses are required? o Answer: Thirty (30) employee licenses should be sufficient. We do not understand why customers would need a license. Please submit clarification or follow-up question by 2:00 pm central, Wednesday July 9, 2021. 7. Question: Approximately when the city is planning to go live with the new system? o Answer: 1st quarter 2023 (January-March calendar year 2023) taking into consideration time for RFP response evaluation, vendor selection, contract negotiation, and implementation. 8. Question: Exhibit A IT Requirement #9: The system and its component should be compatible and meet all City of College Station Information Technology system standards. Current system standards: Windows Server 2012 and higher, SQL Server 2012 and higher, Windows 10 Professional, and Office 365. Would the City accept an Oracle-based solution that is in the cloud, where the license is included in the price and Managed Services for the database are provided by the Proposer? Page 541 of 778 Page 3 of 6 o Answer: City is seeking best overall solution and is not opposed to cloud (or (SaaS) solutions. 9. Question: Exhibit A Interfaces #575: Elster ElectSolve is your MDM. What does IPKeys PowerPartners MODMS perform? o Answer: ElectSolve is marketed by IPKeys PowerPartners. ElectSolve is a Meter & Operational Data Management system (MODMS). It sits between our electric Landis & Gyr AMI infrastructure and CIS (utility billing) system. Landis & Gyr interfaces metering data into ElectSolve which can use the data for several purposes. Metering data is interfaced from our CIS to ElectSolve via flat files. Data from connects/disconnects are interfaced from CIS to ElectSolve via flat files and batch processed in ElectSolve. City wants new CIS to interface directly with ElectSolve. 10. Question: Should travel costs be included in the bid or is the City expecting a completely or near completely virtual project? o Answer: Please include travel costs in proposals. City reserves right to make final decision based on current CDC and governmental guidance. 11. Question: How many years of data conversion are expected in the new billing system. Does City want to migrate all historical data or would like to discuss the approach with the bidder? o Answer: City has approximately 23 years of historical data, and desires to migrate all of it. City has internal resources which understand the database schema. City does desire to discuss data migration approach with the bidder. 12. Question: Is the City open for SaaS based CIS and Utilities billing software rather than on-premise billing solution hosted by City on its premises? o Answer: City is seeking best overall solution and is not opposed to cloud (or SaaS) solutions. 13. Question: What are the other systems which are used in a scattered manner to complete the business processes? Does the City have any plan to integrate them with the proposed billing system? Page 542 of 778 Page 4 of 6 • Answer: The City utilizes the following systems in the CIS/billing process. Most are manual integrations. City desires to fully integrated solutions to extent reasonably possible.: o Financial System: UB to Munis (flat file) – summarized GL data o Bill Print Vendor:  UB to Xpedient (flat file .txt) – bill data to print bills  Xpedient to UB (file .pdf) – bill images o Payment Provider:  UB to Paymentus (flat file) – bill data, bill image  Paymentus to UB (real-time integration FUSION API) – real time payment application data o Meter Data Management Vendor:  UB to Electsolve (flat file) – customer/location/meter data  Electsolve to UB (flat file) - meter reads o Manual Meter Readers:  UB to Alexander (flat file) – customer/location/route sequence data  Alexander to UB (flat file) – meter reads o Meter Exchange Vendor [Mass Meter Exchange/Meter Import]:  UB to Allegiant (flat file)  Allegiant to UB (flat file) o Outage Management System: UB to OMS (custom written flat file export) – customer/location/meter data 14. Question: What is the performance SLA expected? It is mentioned that the system should be tested on full load, however, it is not mentioned that what should be the tolerance range to complete the transaction? o Answer: City’s CentralSquare utility billing system typically provides 1-2 second response times to complete transactions during business hours 8am- 5pm. City processes bills in 15 cycles. Cycle bills each require about 1.5 hours to run after hours. Peak utilization likely occurs during preparation of cycle bills. City’s expectation is that new CIS/billing system will provide comparable performance. 15. Question: How many customers of the City are connected via smart meters and what interval of data is being used? o Answer: 44,671 customers connected via smart meters. Fifteen (15) minute interval of data is being used. Page 543 of 778 Page 5 of 6 16. Question: RFP mentioned Payments, Customer portal, Munis, I-Tron systems. Do we have currently any system to take care of Reporting, MDMS, Asset Management etc.? o Answer: For utility billing purposes all reporting is provided by Central Square utility billing system. The ElectSolve MDMS provides reporting, for internal City use, for all the data it helps manage. Paymentus provides a customer portal for bill data and payments. CentraVu (implementation in progress) will provide customer portal for detailed consumption data. Asset management, assumed to mean meter management, is handled by ElectSolve MDMS, Central Square billing system, and Munis. 17. Question: RFP mentioned a flexible workflow tool, is this tool a part of the existing CIS/Billing system or an independent tool? Or is it a name for manual process handling? How does the data input and storage for this tool work? o Answer: City’s current workflow process consists of limited request routing capabilities provided by the current CIS/billing system coupled with manual processes. Intent of the Exhibit A Part 5 - RFP Service/Workorder Workflow Processing Requirements is to list and describe requirements for a flexible and capable workflow tool to help manage workflows described in the RFP. The basic concepts described in the requirements loosely follow the workflow system design of City’s financial ERP system. Proposed workflow management system may be part of proposed CIS/billing system or can be a third-party offering capable of interfacing with the proposed CIS/billing system. Proposed workflow management system should be capable of handling input/output through network devices (PCs) and mobile devices (tablets and cell phones, both iOS and android). 18. Question: How does the current system is handling workforce management? Do we have any different system for this? o Answer: City recognizes the need for a workforce management system but does not currently have a purpose-built workforce management system. City is manually utilizing some outage management system functionalities to provide limited (and non-integrated) workforce management type functionalities. City desires an integrated CIS/workforce management system environment. Page 544 of 778 Page 6 of 6 19. Question: Which Database is used in the current solution? o Answer: DB2. City has resources that understand the database schema and can “SQLize” the database. 20. Question: Apart from a large customer base of students, what are other different customer categories that are available in the system? o Answer: All customers fall into two broad categories – residential and commercial. Residential is sub-categorized into single-family (SF), multi- family (MF), and exempts for each of the subcategories. Commercial is sub- categorized into small, medium, large, industrial, and exempts for each of the subcategories. 21. Question: What is the breakdown of the Customer type, Residential and C&I? o Answer: Breakdown for metered services only:  Electric – Residential 40,500, Commercial 4,170  Water – Residential 25,120, Commercial 2,400 Please acknowledge receipt of this addendum with signature and date and return with completed proposal. Failure to do so may cause your proposal to be considered non- responsive. Receipt of this Addendum No. 1 is hereby acknowledged Authorized Signature Date Company Name Page 545 of 778 Page 1 of 7 ADDENDUM NO. 2 RFP NO. 21-034 Date: July 15, 2021 To: All Interested Parties From: Lisa D. Davis, Buyer Re: RFP 21-034, Utility Billing System Software The following information related to Request for Proposal No. 21-034 is hereby made a part of the RFP Documents for the above referenced solicitation as fully and as completely as though the same were included therein. Q&A 1. Question: Electricity and water are metered services. What smart meters are implemented? o Answer: Electric smart meters are implemented. Water smart meters remain under consideration. 2. Question: Which online and IVR payments system are in use? o Answer: City utilizes Paymentus products for online and IVR payments. Additional payments processed through Paymentus include autopay or recurring, e-check, and card-present payments. City desires that proposed system be able to interface with Paymentus. 3. Question: There are 20 city staff who are managing the current system. The same staff will manage the proposed system. How many will be administrators, CSR, and end- users? o Answer: Five administrators, and 15 CSR/end-users. 4. Question: There are 48,000 customers. Will these customers have access to the proposed system? Or the proposed system will be accessed by City staff only? o Answer: Correction: Customer count is closer to 45,000. If proposed system provides a Customer-facing portal then Customers will have access only to that Page 546 of 778 Page 2 of 7 part of the system. Customers will not have access to any CIS/Billing applications of the proposed system. Only City staff will have access to the CIS/Billing applications of the proposed system. 5. Question: The City is looking for User-friendly and responsive public interface and intuitive, easy-to-use staff interface. Is City looking for web-based as well as app-based systems. o Answer: Customer access to any provided Customer-facing portal would have to be web based. Web based access for staff interface is preferred due to ease of provisioning and reduced maintenance. 6. Question: Data conversion of legacy Naviline Public Administration Utility Billing module data and images. The system is in use for 15 years. How many years of the data must be migrated to the proposed system? o Answer: Correction: The legacy Naviline utility billing system has been in use at the City since 1998 (23 years). The City desires to convert all history. The database is DB2. City has internal resources that understand the database schema and can “SQLize” the database tables. 7. Question: Is City looking for cloud-based system? Or City wants to host the proposed system on its hardware or host on-premises platform? o Answer: City is seeking best overall solution and will consider either hosting arrangement. 8. Question: Provide for integrated scanning of documents and a document management system to promote a paperless filing environment. What document management system is currently implemented in the City? o Answer: LaserFiche is implemented in the City. Proprietary document management system may be proposed; however, a solution able to leverage City’s investment in Laserfiche would generally have an edge over purchase and use of a proprietary document management system. 9. Question: The Successful Offeror and any hardware/software must be PCI Certified (documentation of certification must be supplied with proposal). Is the hardware devices (card devices for credit card, debit card, or other cards) to process the online payment, is within the scope of the RFP? We believe that the proposed system will provide integration to the payment gateway (Paymentus). Correct us? o Answer: EMV card readers required to process payments are within the scope of the RFP and should be included in the proposal. City reserves the right to use compatible equipment it already owns or to purchase required hardware from Page 547 of 778 Page 3 of 7 other sources. City prefers to use the Paymentus payment platform for processing online/IVR payments. Concerning PCI compliance please see answer to Question 22 below. 10. Question: The Successful Offeror must be responsible for the security of City payment card data it possesses, handles, has access to, processes, transmits, and/or stores. Our proposed system will not store these details in the system. Do we still need to provide documentation of PCI certification? o Answer: All Offerors should provide one of two things, either proof of PCI compliance or a brief explanation of the circumstances why PCI compliance is not required for their proposed system. Concerning PCI compliance please see answer to Question 22 below. 11. Question: City’s current service/workorder workflow processing is largely manual due to lack of system integrations and a flexible workflow tool. Is there any preference for selecting this tool or we can offer our in-house built tool for this? o Answer: City has no preference for selecting this tool. Offerors may propose their own products or third-party products. City seeks an integrated solution. 12. Question: Provide two Total Cost Schedules, one for City-hosted software, and the other for Vendor-hosted software. The City-hosted software cost will be without our hosting fee. Is it fine? Or we need to provide more details? o Answer: Offerors able to offer both hosting options should provide two Total Cost Schedules as described in the RFP at FORMAT REQUIREMENTS, TAB B, 1. Each schedule should include all costs applicable to the hosting option, City- hosted or Vendor-hosted. 13. Question: Provide equipment interface with various office devices: ID swiper, scanner, credit card machine, receipt printer, laser printer, etc. The city is looking for integration with ID swiper and credit card machine. Is it really within the scope? Our access to the proposed system will be login ids based and integration with Paymentus for any online payment. o Answer: Good catch! With Paymentus implemented as part of the solution the proposed system will not need to interface with ID swiper and credit card machine. 14. Question: Is City is looking for recording each interaction with the Customer in the proposed system? Is any system being in used in the city for this? Page 548 of 778 Page 4 of 7 o Answer: Please clarify what is meant by “recording each interaction”. City does want to log contacts with Customers…telephone calls, emails, web chats, dunning notices, walk-up discussions, etc. 15. Question: The system has the ability to use Zip+4 software for sorting of utility bills by zip code to obtain the best postal rate possible. This will be used for sending paper-based bills to the customers. Is it within the scope? o Answer: Requirement is that system be able to sort bills in Zip+4 order. With current system City sends bill data file to third-party bill print vendor for printing and mailing. Third-party bill print vendor uses software to determine +4 code based on addressed and supplied five-digit zip code. Third-party bill print vendor sorts the bill data into Zip+4 order, prints the bills, and mails the bills. Third-party bill print vendor sends back to City a bill image file. City does not enter +4 codes. Would be beneficial to City if system was capable of deriving ZIP+4 code and sorting bills into ZIP+4 order. 16. Question: The system provides a Citizen self-service web portal Can system provide SSO access from CentraVU (MDM portal) and Paymentus. What is CentraVU (MDM portal)? o Answer: Per IPKeys Power Partners CentraVU is a customer portal and utility dashboard that is used in conjunction with ElectSolve, a Meter & Operational Data Management (MODM) solution. CentraVU enables customers to view their consumption history. Access to CentraVU with current system is via the Paymentus login (similar in operation to SSO access). 17. Question: What is the breakdown of AMI vs non-AMI meters? o Answer: As of July 1st, City has 44,071 electric AMI meters in place, and 10-20 non-AMI locations that are being converted and rebuilt to handle the new AMI meters. Implementation of water AMI meters remains under consideration. 18. Question: Do you want to use MUNIS as Centralized Cashiering or will you consider using the Cashiering Functionality in the CIS for utility payments? o Answer: City desires to use the simplest and most efficient means of performing the cashiering function. At present, the utility billing cashiering function is external to Munis because that is simplest, most efficient means of doing it. 19. Question: How many Field Technicians Users would there be for Mobile Field Service? Page 549 of 778 Page 5 of 7 o Answer: Around 36 20. Question: Does the City want to include Backflow Program Management as part of the CIS or as an optional module to consider? o Answer: City currently uses Tokay https://tokay.com software to manage backflow programs. Offerors are welcome to propose an optional module to consider. 21. Question: How many Customer Facing Portals does the City currently expose to customers? We’ve noticed reference to ElectSolve (interval Data), Paymentus (EBPP) and perhaps another with Naviline. Is it the City’s preference as part of this project to consolidate down to one portal with embedded or integrated functionality so that Utility Customers only have one place to login to self-service, make Payments, review interval data, etc.? o Answer: City uses Paymentus for all utility billing payments. Later this month the Paymentus portal will begin providing direct access into CentraVU (an ElectSolve product) to enable Customers to view electric consumption data via their Paymentus login (effectively functioning like a single portal). City also provides Citizen access to an online connect/disconnect request form which when submitted is emailed to a utility billing inbox. City is interested in consolidating Citizen self-service access down to a single portal if current functionalities are retained or enhanced. 22. Question: Can you clarify or confirm the City’s expectations around PCI Compliance. Typically, it is the Payment Processor who assumes responsibility for PCI Compliance Certification as the CIS vendor does not hold any Payment or Credit Card Information. The CIS vendor will integrate with Paymentus or other Payment Processor who maintains all payment information and processes the transaction? Is this approach by the CIS Vendor not sufficient for the City? o Answer: Good point! Proof of PCI compliance will be required if the CIS software processes, stores or transmits credit card data. Where CIS software is integrated with Paymentus or other Payment Processer and only the Payment Processor processes, stores, or transmits the credit card data then the CIS software would not need to be PCI compliant. All Offerors should provide one of two things, either proof of PCI compliance or a brief explanation of the circumstances why PCI compliance is not required for their proposed system. 23. Question: Can the City please provide a breakdown of residential and commercial active accounts? Page 550 of 778 Page 6 of 7 o Answer: Breakdown of active accounts for metered services only: • Electric – Residential 40,500, Commercial 4,170 • Water – Residential 25,120, Commercial 2,400 24. Question: Is the City open to consultants traveling on-site as required by project activity? o Answer: At this time City is open to on-site presence of consultants, and in most ways is conducting business as usual. Of course, that’s always subject to change based on changed circumstances. 25. Question: We plan to propose a Train-the-Trainer approach. Does the City prefer this training approach, or would the City prefer a vendor delivered end user training? o Answer: City is open to a Train-the-Trainer approach. City’s acceptance of Train-the-Trainer approach would depend on the specifics of how it will be handled. 26. Question: Does the City have interest in a Mobile Work Management solution being proposed? o Answer: Yes. City recognizes the need for a workforce management system but does not currently have a purpose-built workforce management system. City is manually utilizing some outage management system functionalities to provide limited (and non-integrated) workforce management type functionalities. City desires an integrated CIS/workforce management system environment. 27. Question: Would the City be open to other options for cost-effective payment processing? o Answer: City has made a strategic investment in Paymentus and is continuing to expand use of the platform. However, City is always open to other options that may provide a more cost-effective solution. 28. Question: Exhibit A part 1 - 545# The system has the ability to provide a mobile interface with City GIS resources to employees working in the field –is the City also looking for a mobile application for GIS ? is this is from a GIS vendor or CIS need to consider this as a new requirement to build up? o Answer: City electric and water meters are GPS located. City uses ESRI ArcGIS, and has mobile GIS capability. Requirement #545 is aimed at asking whether the proposed CIS has a mobile component which includes GIS as a Page 551 of 778 Page 7 of 7 means of interacting with the CIS. If proposed CIS has that capability, then please briefly summarize key functionalities available via the mobile interface. 29. Question: Exhibit A part 1 547#,548#,549#,550#,551 – is CITY looking at this requirement from GIS vendor or CIS? o Answer: City electric and water meters are GPS located. City uses ESRI ArcGIS. Requirements 547-551 are all asking about the proposed CIS system’s ability to interact with GIS map elements. For example, #548 is asking whether a user can bring up CIS service location data by selecting a point or polygon on a GIS map rather than having to type in location IDs, addresses, etc. 30. Question: In Exhibit A Part 1, item 404, what does the City mean by "billing cycle thresholds? o Answer: City’s current billing system uses billing cycle level parameters to manages delinquencies. The “billing cycle thresholds” mentioned in requirement #404 refers to the minimum delinquency dollar amount at which a disconnect notice is generated. 31. Question: Should our response be organized in the following way? 1. Answers to Minimum Requirements, System Requirements Document, Implementation. 2. Answers to Tabs A-E 3. Answers and information with respect to Exhibit A (Parts 1 through 5) o Answer: All shall be addressed under Tab C as follows:  Minimum/System Requirements – Tab C-1  Service/Workorder Workflow – Tab C-2  System Testing Acceptance/System Performance Requirements – Tab C- 5  Data Conversion – Tab C-12 Please acknowledge receipt of this addendum with signature and date and return with completed proposal. Failure to do so may cause your proposal to be considered non- responsive. Receipt of this Addendum No. 2 is hereby acknowledged Authorized Signature Date Company Name Page 552 of 778 REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL UTILITY BILLING SYSTEM SOFTWARE RFP #21-034 DUE DATE: MONDAY, JULY 26, 2021 @ 2:00 P.M. C.S.T. CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS Purchasing Division – City Hall PO Box 9960 1101 Texas Ave. College Station, TX 77842 www.cstx.gov Page 553 of 778 CONTENTS Introduction/Advertisement Definitions, Terms and Conditions Special Provisions General Information Scope of Work Format Requirements Evaluation Review and Rating Certification Requirements Documents (four Parts) Exhibit A Part 1 – System Requirements (Separate Excel File) Part 2 – Data Conversion Part 3 – System Testing Acceptance Part 4 – System Performance Requirements Part 5 – Service/Workorder Workflow Processing Requirements Technology Services Contract Exhibit B Non-Disclosure Agreement Exhibit C RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 2 Page 554 of 778 INTRODUCTION/ADVERTISEMENT The City of College Station is soliciting Proposal(s) from Offerors who are interested in providing and are qualified to provide: Utility Billing System Software, and the planning, installation, configuration, conversion, training, implementation, support and maintenance services needed to implement the Utility Billing System Software. Electronic response packages, in the format prescribed herein, can be uploaded to Brazos Valley e- Marketplace (“Bidding System”) until 2:00 p.m. CST on Monday, July 26, 2021. In order to ensure a fair and objective evaluation, all questions and inquiries related to this Request for Proposal shall be addressed in writing via the Q&A feature available through the Bidding System. The deadline for written questions is 2:00 p.m. CST on Wednesday, July 7, 2021. NOTE: Solicitation opportunities are posted on the Bidding System. Some solicitations, but not all, are conducive to receipt of response packages via the Bidding System. Uploaded responses are encrypted and remain effectively locked until the due date and time. To download solicitation documents, upload proposals and to submit questions online, vendors must be registered with the Bidding System. To register, please visit the Brazos Valley e-Marketplace website and click on Supplier Registration. (Please note that the City of College Station is not responsible for high internet traffic/demand at or near the time the response packages are due and that Offerors submitting their response package during peak traffic times risk their submittal not being received by the due date and time.) Schedule of Important Dates The tentative schedule for this Request for Proposal is as follows: Release RFP to Vendors/Online Advertising Begins ..................................... Monday, June 14, 2021 Deadline for Questions and Inquiries ............................... ..... Wednesday, July 7, 2021 @ 2:00 p.m. Proposal Submission Deadline ..................................... .............Monday, July 26, 2021 @ 2:00 p.m. Contract Evaluations/Negotiations .......................................................................... July/August 2021 Earliest Award by City .............................................................................................. September 2021 RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 3 Page 555 of 778 DEFINITIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS Definitions In order to simplify the language throughout this Request for Proposal, the following definitions shall apply: BRAZOS VALLEY E-MARKETPLACE – Same as Bidding System. CITY OF COLLEGE STATION – Same as City. CITY COUNCIL – The elected officials of the City of College Station, Texas given the authority to exercise such powers and jurisdiction of all City business as conferred by the State Constitution and Laws. CONTRACT – An agreement between the City and a Supplier to furnish supplies and/or services as specified herein. CITY – The government of the City of College Station, Texas. NO-CONTACT PERIOD – The period of time from the date a Request for Proposal (RFP) is issued until a contract is executed. If the City withdraws the RFP or rejects all proposals with the stated intention to reissue the same or a similar RFP for the same or similar project, the no-contact period continues during the time period between the withdrawal and reissue. OFFEROR – Any company that may submit or has submitted a proposal response to this RFP. SUCCESSFUL OFFEROR – The Offeror awarded a contract to provide the goods and services as specified herein. RFP – Request for Proposal Electronic Documents Offerors may be supplied with the original documents in electronic form to aid in the preparation of proposal(s). By accepting these electronic documents, Offerors agree not to edit or change the language or format of these documents. Submission of a proposal by Offerors signifies full agreement with this requirement. Receipt of Proposals The submitted proposal(s) must be received by the Purchasing Services Division before the time and date specified to be accepted. The mere fact that the proposal was dispatched will not be considered; the Offeror must ensure that the proposal is actually delivered. Proposals received after the specified submission deadline will not be accepted. Questions and Inquiries All questions and inquiries related to this RFP shall be addressed in writing via the Q&A feature available through the Bidding System. The deadline for written questions is 2:00 p.m. CST on Wednesday, July 7, 2021. Offeror Conduct To ensure a fair, equitable and competitive proposal process for all participating Offerors, during the No-Contact Period, Offerors and individual(s) acting on an Offeror’s behalf are prohibited from communicating with any City official, City employee or City agent other than the authorized contact person(s) in the Purchasing Services Division. This prohibition expressly includes any communication with any City official, City employee or City agent who is intended to or who is reasonably likely to: RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 4 Page 556 of 778 a. advance the interests of the Offeror b. discredit the proposal of another Offeror c. encourage the City to cancel the proposal process d. encourage the City to reject all of the proposals received directly or indirectly ask, influence or persuade any City official, City employee, City agent or City board, committee or body to favor or oppose, recommend or not recommend, vote for or against, consider or not consider, or take action or refrain from taking action on any vote, decision or agenda item regarding the proposal Offerors may be disqualified, and rejection of proposal may be recommended for violating this provision. Further, Offerors violating this section may be subject to the City’s Vendor Suspension and Debarment Policy. This provision does not prevent an Offeror from filing a formal proposal protest in accordance with the City’s policy and procedures, making public statements to the City Council convened for a regularly scheduled session after the official selection has been made and placed on the City Council agenda for action, or to a City Council committee convened to discuss a recommendation regarding the proposal. Reservations The City reserves the right to accept or reject any or all proposals as a result of this request, to negotiate with all qualified sources, or to cancel, in part or in its entirety, this RFP if found in the best interest of the City. All proposals become the property of the City. Reimbursements There is no express or implied obligation for the City to reimburse Offerors for any expenses incurred in preparing proposals in response to this RFP and City will not reimburse Offerors for these expenses, nor will City pay any subsequent costs associated with the provision of any additional information or presentation, or to procure a contract for these services. Certification Proposals must be completed and submitted as required in this document. Certification form must be fully completed. Standard Contracts The Offeror must thoroughly review the attached Technology Services Contract and Non- Disclosure Agreement and provide a statement of willingness (Certification) to utilize the contract for this project. Communication The City shall not be responsible for any verbal communication between any employee of the City and any potential Offeror. Only written requirements and qualifications will be considered. Management Should there be a change in ownership or management, the contract shall be canceled unless a mutual agreement is reached with the new owner or manager to continue the contract with its present provisions and prices. This contract is nontransferable by either party. RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 5 Page 557 of 778 Payment Terms Invoices must be submitted by the vendor in duplicate to the City of College Station, Accounting Dept., P.O. Box 9973, College Station, Texas 77842-0973. If invoices are subject to cash discount, discount period to be taken from the date of completion of order or date of receipt of invoice, whichever occurs last regardless of whether or not correct discount terms appear on invoice. All invoices to be paid in full within 30 days after satisfactory delivery of services and billing. Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) Payment Method To receive payment via EFT, please complete an Electronic Funds Transfer Authorization form and a W-9 form by downloading them from the following link: EFT/W-9. Please return . EFT’s are processed every Wednesday with an email payment confirmation sent to the vendor. Negotiations Negotiations may be conducted with responsible Offeror(s) who submit proposals that are reasonably susceptible of being selected for award based on criteria set forth in this RFP. The City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to give Offerors reasonably susceptible of being selected for award an opportunity to make a presentation and/or interview with the Evaluation Committee. Following any presentations and/or interviews, the Evaluation Committee will make a final determination of the top-ranking Offeror and begin contract negotiations. Should negotiations with the highest ranked Offeror fail to yield a contract, or if the Offeror is unable to execute said contract, negotiations will be formally ended and then commence with the second highest ranked Offeror, etc. Disclosure At the public opening, there will be no disclosure of contents to competing Offerors, and all proposals will be kept confidential during the negotiation process. Except for trade secrets and confidential information which the Offeror identifies as proprietary, all proposals will be open for public inspection after the contract award. Award of the Contract Although the cost of products and services to be provided is an essential part of this RFP, the City is not obligated to award a contract on the sole basis of cost. Award of the contract shall be made to the responsible Offeror(s) whose proposal is determined to offer the best value resulting from negotiations, taking into consideration the relative importance of price and the evaluation factors set forth in this RFP. In determining the best value for the City, the City may also consider, but is not necessarily limited to, the following factors: a. Conformity to specifications b. the purchase price, including payment discount terms c. the reputation of the Offeror and of the Offeror's goods or services d. the quality of the Offeror's goods or services e. the extent to which the goods or services meet the City's needs f. the Offeror’s past relationship with the City g. the impact on the ability of the City to comply with laws and rules relating to contracting with historically underutilized businesses and nonprofit organizations employing persons with disabilities h. delivery terms i. payment terms RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 6 Page 558 of 778 j. availability of repair and maintenance parts k. financial condition l. products or services that have a lesser or reduced effect on human health and the environment when compared with competing products and services that serve the same purpose. This comparison may consider raw materials acquisition, product, manufacturing, packaging, distribution, reuse, operation, maintenance, or disposal of the product or service m. the total long-term cost to the City to acquire the Offeror's goods or services n. any relevant criteria specifically listed in this RFP. Interlocal Agreement Successful Offeror agrees to extend prices and terms to all entities who have entered or will enter into joint purchasing interlocal cooperation agreement(s) with the City of College Station. Personal Interest College Station City Charter Article XII: General Provision; Section 116. Members of the City Council and officers and employees of the City shall comply with state law pertaining to conflicts of interest of local government officials, including TEXAS LOCAL GOVERNMENT CODE, Chapter 171. Disclosure of Interested Parties Contracting hereunder may require compliance with §2252.908 Texas Government Code/Disclosure of Interested Parties for contracts that (1) require an action or vote by the City Council before the contract may be signed; or (2) has a value of at least $1 million. The law provides that a governmental entity may not enter into certain contracts with a business entity unless the business entity submits a disclosure of interested parties to the governmental entity at the time the business entity submits the signed contract to the governmental entity or state agency. For purposes of this section, the following definitions apply: “Interested party” means a person who has a controlling interest in a business entity with whom the City contracts or who actively participates in facilitating the contract or negotiating the terms of the contract, including a broker intermediary, advisor, or attorney for the business entity. "Controlling interest" means: (1) an ownership interest or participating interest in a business entity by virtue of units, percentage, shares, stock, or otherwise that exceeds 10 percent; (2) membership on the board of directors or other governing body of a business entity of which the board or other governing body is composed of not more than 10 members; or (3) service as an officer of a business entity that has four or fewer officers, or service as one of the four officers most highly compensated by a business entity that has more than four officers. "Intermediary," means a person who actively participates in the facilitation of the contract or negotiating the contract, including a broker, adviser, attorney, or representative of or agent for the business entity who: 1. Receives compensation from the business entity for the person's participation 2. Communicates directly with the City on behalf of the business entity regarding the contract RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 7 Page 559 of 778 3. Is not an employee of the business entity The process as implemented by the Texas Ethics Commission (“TEC”) is as follows: 1. The disclosure of interested parties must be performed using the Texas Ethics Commission’s electronic filing application listing each interested party of which the business entity is aware on Form 1295, obtaining a certification of filing number for this form from the TEC, and printing a copy of it to submit to the City. 2. The copy of Form 1295 submitted to the City must contain the unique certification number from the TEC. The form must be filed with the City pursuant to §2252.908 Texas Government Code, “at the time the business entity submits the signed contract” to the City. The City, in turn, will submit a copy of the disclosure form to the TEC not later than the 30th day after the date the City receives the disclosure of interested parties from the business entity. **************************************************************************** Report Fraudulent Activity The City of College Station is committed to deterring fraud and maintaining integrity throughout our organization. Our City Auditor’s Office has established a Fraud Hotline to anonymously report what is believed to be unethical behavior by calling (877) 874-8416 or by submitting a report online at www.cstx.alertline.com . The City of College Station’s Fraud Hotline extends only to City of College Station municipal government programs or operations. Any activity involving private business or other non-municipal governmental agencies should be reported to the appropriate authorities. ***************************************************************************** RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 8 Page 560 of 778 SPECIAL PROVISIONS Financial Condition Offeror must provide audited financial statements within 30 days, if requested, to the City. Contract Terms and Conditions It is understood that any resulting contract executed will contain the Indemnification and Release language in Exhibit B, Technology Services Contract, Article VIII, Indemnification and Release. Insurance Requirements Prior to contract approval and execution by the City, the Successful Offeror shall furnish certificates of insurance meeting the requirements detailed in Exhibit B, Technology Services Contract, Article IX, Insurance. GENERAL INFORMATION The City of College Station’s Utility Customer Service has self-hosted the Central Square (formerly Superion/Naviline Public Administration/SunGard Public Sector/H T E) utility billing software for about 15 years. Utility Customer Service personnel include five supervisory personnel and 15 Customer Service Representatives. Approximately 48,000 Customer/Locations are billed each month in 15 Cycles. The City bills six services: electricity, water, sewer, solid waste, drainage, and roadway maintenance. Electricity and water are metered services; sewer is based on metered water use. Each service has multiple effective-dated rates in effect. Number of billed locations is approximately 48,000. The City has never purged data from the system. The City offers Budget or Balanced Billing to qualified customers with annual settle-up and accepts the following forms of payment: counter payments by cash, check, or credit card, online and IVR payments by credit card, and auto-pay by credit card and bank draft. Having a large university student population, the City has a busy period of disconnects/connects during August of each year. The City seeks a system that provides a streamlined process for disconnect/connect handling. SCOPE OF WORK The City intends to seek the best solution, based on the requirements criteria contained in this RFP, for its Utility Billing software needs. The Successful Offeror(s) will seek to establish a turnkey, integrated hardware/software environment for the City, which will satisfy the requirements/specifications contained in this RFP, bringing to bear whatever vendor resources are required from the areas of computer system hardware, software, technical training, conversion, maintenance, and services support. City requests that responding Offerors propose the following applications and services: • Utility Billing System Software that provides robust reporting, scheduling, and case management functionality suitable for a municipality. • User-friendly and responsive public interface and intuitive, easy-to-use staff interface RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 9 Page 561 of 778 • Data conversion of legacy Naviline Public Administration Utility Billing module data and images • Show actual data conversion based on the City’s sample data set • Application, technical and administrative training • Ongoing, 24/7 support and maintenance The City desires to contract with a single Successful Offeror for all software and software maintenance, installation, conversion, training and support with recommended hardware requirements specified in proposal. However, the City reserves the right to award the contract to any one Offeror or a combination of Offerors. Minimum Requirements, System Requirements Document, Implementation 1. Requirements. The City seeks these minimum requirements in any approved proposal. 1.1 Technical Requirements. The Offeror’s Proposal and the System must include a complete system design, and minimum and recommended specifications for all hardware as part of the System. The system design narrative should include, but not be limited to the following components: a. Server Architecture b. Server hardware and software application c. Server Clustering/High Availability design options and support d. DBMS, and use of software and communications protocols e. Minimum PC and peripheral hardware requirements including operating system, internet browser and any additional third-party components. f. Application development framework g. Any third-party software or applications required (reporting software, etc.), including any third-party software agreements. h. Not require the City to move to a successor software within the first three (3) years after implementation 1.2 The Offeror’s system must: a. Provide for historical records conversion from Naviline Public Administration Utility Billing module b. Provide for integrated scanning of documents and a document management system to promote a paperless filing environment. c. Provide for process interface and website access, and other IT Accommodations as described in the attached System Requirements Documents. d. Provide for service/workorder processing workflow as described in attached Part 5, Requirements Documents (Exhibit A). e. Provide for off-site data backup if cloud-based system proposed. 1. Back up files are saved to another location such as another building or cloud storage facility and is also called “off-site data protection”. Off-site backups are required for disaster recovery as well as to prevent cybersecurity breaches. Backups are required. Offsite back up is preferred. RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 10 Page 562 of 778 1.3 PCI DSS Compliance - The Offeror’s system must meet the following Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) Compliance requirements: a. The Successful Offeror and any hardware/software must be PCI Certified (documentation of certification must be supplied with proposal). b. The Successful Offeror must provide documentation of PCI certification on an annual basis. c. The Successful Offeror must sign a written agreement as required by the current PCI DSS and must update the written agreement as required by future changes to PCI standards. d. The City currently uses the Paymentus Electronic Bill Payment & Presentment platform. City desires that Offeror’s system be able to interface with Paymentus for bill payment. e. Must work with credit card machines that are EMV (chip-and-pin) compatible. f. The Successful Offeror must recognize the City is required to adhere to the PCI DSS promulgated by the PCI Security Standards Council; and Successful Offeror must possess, handle, will have access to, process, transmit, and/or store cardholder data in the performance of services provided to the City, and therefore will be considered a service provider under Requirement 12.8 of the PCI DSS; and Requirement 12.8.2 of the PCI DSS requires the City to maintain a written agreement that includes an acknowledgement that the service provider is responsible for the security of cardholder data that the service provider possesses, handles, has access to, processes, transmits, and/or stores on behalf of the City; and Requirement 12.8.4 of the PCI DSS requires the City to maintain a program to monitor the service provider’s PCI DSS compliance status. g. The Successful Offeror must be responsible for the security of City payment card data it possesses, handles, has access to, processes, transmits, and/or stores. h. The Successful Offeror must comply with all applicable requirements to be considered PCI DSS compliant, and has performed the necessary steps to validate its compliance with the PCI DSS. i. The Successful Offeror must supply the current status of service provider’s PCI DSS compliance status, and evidence of its most recent validation of compliance upon agreement execution to City. The Successful Offeror must supply to City a new status report and evidence of validation of compliance at least annually. j. The Successful Offeror must immediately notify the City if it learns it is no longer PCI DSS compliant and will immediately provide City the steps being taken to remediate the non-compliance status. In no event should Successful Offeror’s notification to City be later than seven (7) calendar days after service provider learns it is no longer PCI DSS complaint. k. The Successful Offeror must acknowledge that its indemnification requirements include indemnification for failure of service provider to be and to remain PCI DSS compliant. 2. System Requirements Documents. The System Requirements Documents attached as Exhibit A are intended to provide a comprehensive list of features and requirements desired by the City. Responses to the System Requirements Documents will weigh heavily in the Evaluation Review and Rating phase of this RFP. RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 11 Page 563 of 778 2.1 The Requirements Documents section (Exhibit A) is divided into the following sections: a. Part 1 – System Requirements – Part 1 provides a granular list of software requirements and features. Part 1 is in Excel format and must be filled out and submitted with each proposal. City acknowledges that Part 1 contains a large number of requirements/features and appreciates in advance the time and effort required to respond. City has no expectation that any vendor’s offering will provide all desired requirements. b. Part 2 – Data Conversion c. Part 3 – System Testing Acceptance d. Part 4 – System Performance Requirements e. Part 5 – Service/Workorder Workflow Processing Requirements – Part 5 provides general service/workorder workflow processing requirements. City’s current service/workorder workflow processing is largely manual due to lack of system integrations and a flexible workflow tool. City seeks a workflow tool with which it can create custom workflows capable of automating some workflow processing such as automated notifications sent to next workflow step owner when a workflow step is approved or completed. Please see Part 5 for more details. 2.2 Information to be provided by the Offeror for each line item on the Requirements Document, Part 1 is as follows: a. S = Feature/Function is included in the current software release. b. F = Feature/Function will be available in a future software release. c. C = Feature/Function is not included in the current software release and is not planned to be a part of a future software release. However, this feature could be provided with a custom modification. d. T = Feature/Function is not included in the current software release and is not planned to be a part of a future software release. However, this feature could be provided with integration with a third-party system. e. N = Feature/Function cannot be provided. 3. Warranty. The Offeror must submit warranty language for software and services including the length of warranty. 4. Implementation. 4.1 Phases. The implementation must be completed in phases. Phases must be identified in the proposal, with major tasks and responsibilities outlined, involved staff identified, and with estimated completion dates. a. During implementation, the Successful Offeror must have a single dedicated implementation professional with significant experience of these types of projects, assigned as the main point of contact for the coordination, tracking and implementation execution. b. The response must include the Successful Offeror’s plan to manage an implementation of this type of project. The plan must address the following project management components: RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 12 Page 564 of 778 1. Project communications 2. Schedule management 3. Issue management 4. Scope management 5. Risk management 6. Quality assurance c. A detailed Statement of Work must be provided. The SOW must break down the System implementation by tasks and state the Successful Offeror’s and the City’s responsibilities within each task. Tasks should include configuration, testing and interface development and deployment. The SOW must include project management services including creating and maintaining a detailed deployment plan, along with a detailed task list. d. A realistic project implementation schedule beginning at contract signing. The schedule should describe tasks to be performed by the City and the Successful Offeror. e. The implementation of this system is likely to alter the City’s business practices. Describe the process by which the Successful Offeror will work with the City to identify and review current business processes and provide recommendations to improve the user’s efficiency by leveraging the functionality of the System. Provide specific documentation to use during and after implementation regarding current and future business processes. 4.2 Payment. The phase indicated in the proposal will serve as the City’s checklist for progress payments or payment milestones. The City will submit payment after phase completion contingent upon inspection and acceptance by the City’s project manager. The City will withhold a minimum of 20% of each payment for retainage until final complete system acceptance by the City. 4.3 Time of Completion. Data conversion shall take no longer than twelve (12) months. The City shall Go Live with the software system in no longer than fifteen (15) months after the issuance of a notice to proceed, with defined roll out phases. a. The go live phase is when the System is "turned on" or released to the City for use in the conduct of utility billing business. b. Go Live occurs after satisfactory completion of the pre-Go Live System Acceptance Testing and Data Conversion and with the formal written approval of the City. c. The Successful Offeror will provide a Go Live plan specifying all steps and tasks necessary for a successful Go Live, this plan should describe tasks to be performed by the City as well as the Successful Offeror. The City can add additional steps or tasks to address specific needs. The Successful Offeror will be responsible for keeping track of the completion of these tasks and steps. d. The City and the Successful Offeror will work together to confirm all tasks have been identified. The Go Live plan will be approved by the City before the Go Live execution by the Successful Offeror. e. The Go Live plan must provide a failover plan in case the System go live fails, the Successful Offeror will have up to ten (10) days to either correct the issues or work with the City to develop a mutually agreeable date of when it will be corrected. f. A post Go Live Reliability Test (see Exhibit A, Part 3 – System Testing Acceptance) will commence immediately following Go Live. g. The City will issue written notice of Final Acceptance after successful completion of the post Go Live Reliability Test, and achievement of all milestones as specified in the Contract. RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 13 Page 565 of 778 FORMAT REQUIREMENTS The City of College Station requires comprehensive responses to every section within this RFP. To facilitate the review of the responses, Offers shall follow the below described proposal format which organizes the response into TABs based on type of evaluation criteria. The intent of the proposal format requirements is to expedite review and evaluation. It is not the intent to constrain Offerors with regard to content, but to assure the specific requirements set forth in this RFP are addressed in a uniform manner amenable to review and evaluation. The proposal shall clearly separate and identify responses into Tabs A-E and each tab shall include the information outlined below. TAB A Qualifications and experience 1. Briefly introduce your firm, providing a summary of the administration, organization and staffing of your firm, including multiple offices, if applicable. Provide an organizational chart indicating the positions and names of the core management team which will undertake this engagement. 2. Identify the project manager and each individual who will work as part of this engagement. Include resumes for each person to be assigned. Include any professional designations and affiliations, certifications and licenses, etc. 3. Describe the experience of the firm in the last thirty-six (36) months in performing consulting services of similar size and scope. 4. The same information must be provided for any associate firm or sub-consultant. TAB B Rates and expenses 1. Provide two Total Cost Schedules, one for City-hosted software, and the other for Vendor-hosted software. Each schedule shall include all Year 1 costs associated with the proposed project or scope of services, to include but not to be limited to: vendor personnel, software license fees, estimated hardware costs, and travel-related expenses. Each schedule shall additionally include annual maintenance or hosting costs to begin in Year 2. 2. Successful Offeror shall incur no travel or related expenses chargeable to the City without prior approval by an authorized City representative. 3. Proposals may be submitted on any task or combination of tasks, and may propose alternate payment methods (ie: hourly rates); however, expenses not specifically listed will not be considered. 4. The actual contract amount will be negotiated after the Successful Offeror has been selected and the scope of work finalized. TAB C Methodology including technical approach and understanding of the scope of the project 1. Proposals must include a response for each requirement in Exhibit A Part 1, System Requirements Document. Offerors may include concise explanatory comments in the cell provided on each requirement line. 2. Proposals must include a narrative response to Exhibit A, Part 5. 3. Point of Contact – Proposals must identify a single dedicated implementation professional with significant experience of these types of projects for the coordination, tracking and execution of the implementation as the point of contact. RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 14 Page 566 of 778 4. Project Management Approach - Proposals must include a narrative description of Offeror’s approach to managing implementations of this magnitude. Address at a minimum the following components of project management. a. Project communications b. Schedule management c. Issue management d. Scope management e. Risk management f. Quality assurance 5. System Acceptance Testing a. Exhibit A Part 3 outlines System Acceptance Testing Requirements. Proposals must agree to abide by the System Acceptance Testing requirements or submit alternative requirements to any exceptions taken. b. Proposals must provide a comprehensive Acceptance Test Plan incorporating the System Acceptance Testing Requirements. The City will consider as nonresponsive any vendor that does not provide an Acceptance Test Plan, or at a minimum, a sample of the plan that illustrates the process and parameters underlying its test approach, including, but not limited to: i. How each of the functional specifications in the RFP will be tracked, documented and tested before System Acceptance and Final Acceptance. ii. How interfaces will be tested iii. How System reliability will be tested iv. How System performance and speed will be tested v. How integration of System and System Components will be verified vi. Remediation procedures for failed tests and found errors vii. The delineation of testing tasks between the City and Offeror personnel 6. Business Process Change - Proposals must include description of the process by which the Offeror will work with the City to identify and review current business processes and provide recommendations to improve overall court users’ efficiency by leveraging the functionality of the System. Further, what specific documentation will be provided to the City both during and after implementation regarding current and future business processes? 7. Go Live Phase - The go live phase is when System will be first "turned on" or released to the City for use in the conduct of Municipal Court business. a. Go Live is after satisfactory completion of the System Acceptance Testing and Data Conversion and with the formal approval of the City. b. Offeror must provide a Go Live plan specifying all steps and tasks necessary for a successful Go Live, this plan should describe tasks to be performed by the City as well as the Offeror. The City can add additional steps or tasks to address specific needs. The Offeror is responsible for keeping track of the completion of these tasks and steps. c. The City and Offeror will work together to confirm all tasks have been identified. The Go Live plan will be approved by the City before the Go Live execution. d. The Go Live plan must provide a failover plan in case the System go live fails, the Successful Offeror will have up to ten (10) days to either correct the issues or work with the City to develop a mutually agreeable date of when it will be corrected. e. A post Go Live Reliability Test (see Exhibit A, Part 3 – System Testing Acceptance) will commence immediately following Go Live. 8. Proposals must include a narrative description of the Offeror’s plan for accomplishing the work and services to be provided to the City. RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 15 Page 567 of 778 9. Proposals must indicate a clear understanding of the scope of work, including a detailed Phased project plan, as mentioned in Scope of Work, Section 4.1 above, for this engagement outlining major tasks and responsibilities, time frames, and staff assigned for each category of project. 10. Proposals shall identify progress reports that will be made available during the process. At a minimum, project status reports shall be provided on a weekly basis and at key decision points. 11. Proposals shall clearly distinguish the Offeror’s duties and responsibilities and those of the City. Absence of this distinction shall mean the Offeror is assuming full responsibility for all tasks. 12. Proposals must include a narrative description of the file and records conversion process. Offerors must sign City’s Non-Disclosure Agreement attached as Exhibit C. TAB D References. Provide five (5) references for City government clients of similar size for projects of similar size and complexity with go live dates within the past 36 months. Reference information shall include: Client name, project summary, software package name, project manager name/title, phone number and e-mail address. TAB E Certification. Acknowledgement of any Addenda issued and a statement of willingness to sign the City’s Standard Technology Services Contract. EVALUATION REVIEW AND RATING After receipt of proposals, the City of College Station Evaluation Committee will review and rank each responsive proposal based on the criteria identified in the Format Requirements section above. Each TAB section listed below will be assigned a numerical point value by the Evaluation Committee based on their review and assessment of the TAB sections listed below. Each TAB section is assigned a maximum possible point value as listed below: 20 points Qualifications and Experience (TAB A) 20 points Rates and Expenses (TAB B) 10 points Project Time-line (TAB C) 40 points Project design and methodology including technical approach and understanding of the scope of the project. (TAB C) 10 points References (TAB D) 100 points Total maximum possible points The Evaluation Review and Rating process will produce a list of the top-rated proposals that may be selected for interviews and/or software demonstrations if determined necessary by the Evaluation Committee. Following any interviews and/or presentations, the Evaluation Committee will make a final determination of the top-ranking Offeror and begin contract negotiations. RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 16 Page 568 of 778 CERTIFICATION The undersigned affirms that they are duly authorized to execute this contract, that this RFP has not been prepared in collusion with any other offeror, and that the contents of this RFP have not been communicated to any other offeror prior to the official opening of this RFP. Additionally, the undersigned affirms that the Offeror is willing to sign the enclosed Technology Services Contract (Exhibit B) and the City’s Non-Disclosure Agreement (Exhibit C). Any exceptions to the City’s Technology Services Contract shall be clearly identified on company letterhead. Signed By: _________________________________ Title: _____________________________ Typed Name: _______________________ Company Name: ____________________________ Phone No.: ______________________________ Fax No.: _____________________________ Email: Company Address: _______________________________________________________________ P.O. Box or Street City State Zip Remit Address: _________________________________________________________________ P.O. Box or Street City State Zip Federal Tax ID No.: _____________________________ DUNS No.:____________________________________ Date: RFP #21-034 ***DO NOT MODIFY THIS FORM*** RFP 21-034 Utility Billing System Software 17 Page 569 of 778 EXHIBIT A Exhibit A has five parts. Exhibit A Part 1 – System Requirements ***Exhibit A Part 1 is posted to the Brazos Valley e-Marketplace as a separate Excel file*** Offeror’s RFP response must include a response to each of the Exhibit A Part 1 requirements. - Please update Response and Comments columns in the Excel file with your response to each requirement and return updated spreadsheet to the City. Exhibit A Part 2 – Data Conversion The City of College Station’s Utility Customer Service has self-hosted the Central Square (formerly Superion/Naviline Public Administration Utility Billing/SunGard Public Sector/H T E) utility billing software for about 15 years. Utility Customer Service personnel include five supervisory personnel and 15 Customer Service Representatives. Approximately 48,000 Customer/Locations are billed each month in 15 Cycles. The City bills six services: electricity, water, sewer, solid waste, drainage, and roadway maintenance. Electricity and water are metered services; sewer is based on metered water use. Each service has multiple effective-dated rates in effect. Number of billed locations is approximately 48,000. The City has never purged utility billing data. Offeror’s RFP response must include: • Summarized narrative description of Offeror’s data conversion approach and method. • Description of prior experience converting Central Square (formerly Superion/Naviline Public Administration Utility Billing/SunGard Public Sector/HTE) utility billing data. City may provide Offerors with a sample set of data for Offeror to convert into a DEMO system. City’s expectation, if City provides a sample set of data, is that Offeror will, to the extent possible, use the DEMO system loaded with the converted data to demo its system. The sample data will be made available in PDF format. Offerors may request that alternative extract methods and formats be used in preparing the sample data. The City is not obligated to honor such requests. If such requests are honored by the City, then City will make the alternative format data available to all Offerors. Page 570 of 778 Exhibit A Part 3 – System Testing Acceptance A. Acceptance Testing Plan. The City requires a review process to verifying the responses to all of the functional requirements and to confirm that the proposed software meets defined user requirements before software implementation. Describe your plan confirming requirements, determining modifications necessary to meet the City’s specifications and then addressing those modifications. The Offeror must submit any exceptions and alternatives to exceptions. Provide a comprehensive Acceptance Test Plan (ATP) incorporating these functional requirements. B. Acceptance Tests. The City requires three types of acceptance tests included in the ATP: functional, performance and reliability. Errors will be classified and attended to according to the following Error Severity Level designations. 1. Level 1 Error — System cannot be turned live. Issue affects multiple users, critical operations and/or database functionality. Once problem is resolved, a new acceptance test period will begin. System will not be accepted until problem is resolved and system operates for 30 consecutive days without a Level 1 or Level 2 Error. 2. Level 2 Error — System cannot be turned live. Functionality issue compromises productive use of the application, and a procedural workaround is not available. System will not be accepted until problem is resolved and system operates for 30 consecutive days without a Level 1 or Level 2 Error. 3. Level 3 Error — System may be turned live. Functionality issue compromises productive use of the application, and a procedural workaround is available. If error is not fixed within the 30-day acceptance test period, System Acceptance will be delayed until a mutually established time. 4. Level 4 Error — System may be turned live but contains minor errors that do not impact productive use of the application. System may be accepted. The problem will be added to a punch list and final payment will not be made until problem is resolved. In the event a Level 1 Error is corrected by the Offeror, then subsequently fails on two (2) additional occasions within the test period, the City has the right to be refunded all previous payments under the Contract. 1. Functional Acceptance Testing Requirements a. The City will confirm all System functionality before System Acceptance. Each specific System function must be tested and tracked from original documentation (e.g. proposal to Contract to ATP) by the Offeror. The Offeror is required to document that the final System design, Acceptance Test Plan, and System Documentation includes each RFP requirement. b. During the Functional Acceptance Test the Offeror will demonstrate the operation of each proposed or required feature, function, and interface in a live environment based on the test plan that will be approved by City prior to contract signing. Page 571 of 778 c. Should any feature, function, or interface fail, the failure will be attended to by the Offeror per the Error Severity Level as described above. 2. Performance Testing Requirements a. The Performance Test is to demonstrate and document, as necessary, the performance requirements as stated in Exhibit A, Part 4, System Performance Requirements. The Performance Test is conducted after the successful implementation. b. The System must pass the Performance Test for thirty (30) consecutive days successfully performing, according to the RFP performance requirements. Should the System fail to meet the performance criteria for any reason, the failure will be corrected by the Offeror and the Acceptance Period will restart upon correction. c. A second component of the Performance Test will be to demonstrate the capability of the System to handle peak volumes. For this purpose, a Stress Test will be designed and applied by the Offeror to simulate full capacity utilization of the City. d. A stress test is conducted to demonstrate the capability of the System or System Component to handle peak volumes. The Successful Offeror will design and apply a stress test to simulate full capacity utilization (peak volumes) of the City. The stress test should perform the equivalent of a live load testing on the application for a minimum period of three (3) hours. The test should simulate a system transaction load equal to one and half times the peak hourly volume of cases handled by the City. 3. Reliability Testing Requirements. Reliability Test is to demonstrate the operational capability and reliability of the System. a. The Reliability Test is conducted prior to Go Live when the System has successfully passed Functional testing, and again post Go Live. Performance and Reliability testing may be run simultaneously. A Reliability Test will be considered successful when all three of the below requirements are met during thirty (30) consecutive days: i. System must demonstrate full availability during regularly scheduled Municipal Court operations. ii. System performance continuously meets the Functional requirements of the Contract, as tested or verified by City personnel at any time during the thirty (30) consecutive day period. iii. System performance continuously meets the Performance requirements of the Contract, as tested or verified by City personnel at any time during the thirty (30) consecutive day period. b. If the System Availability (as defined in Exhibit A, Part 4, System Performance Requirements) falls below the required availability mark, the Reliability Test will be stopped and considered unsuccessful. At this time the Offeror should correct any Page 572 of 778 deficiencies in preparation for a retest. If the deficiencies are of such severity that the retest cannot be initiated within fifteen (15) days of the initial failure, the Offeror should prepare a Correction Plan that details the reason for the failure and proposed correction. c. The Offeror will have three opportunities to complete the Reliability Test over a period of ninety (90) days. If the Offeror fails to successfully complete the test in this time period, then, at the City’s option: i. The Contract between the Offeror and City may be terminated as specified in the Contract. ii. The Offeror will upgrade the System with whatever resources are necessary to bring the System into compliance, at no cost to City. C. Final System Acceptance. The City will notify the Offeror in writing of the successful completion of each test. The City will issue written notice of Final Acceptance after successful completion of the post Go Live Reliability Test, and achievement of all milestones as specified in the Contract. Page 573 of 778 Exhibit A Part 4 – System Performance Requirements System Availability. City requires the Utility Billing System Software application to be available for use 99% percent of the time 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, except for pre-approved planned downtime, or unavailability caused by circumstances beyond the control of Offeror. Ongoing System Performance. The following specifications describe the performance requirements for the Offeror’s System following formal acceptance of the System by the City and throughout the life of the Contract between the City and the Successful Offeror: 1. The hardware and software components of the System must remain operational and available for use by meeting the required System Availability. 2. The initial System hardware and software configuration should provide for all current and future volumes as described in the RFP. 3. The hardware provided or recommended should meet the capacity expectations stated in the RFP and continue to meet reliability, and performance requirements of this RFP for a period of five (5) years from Final Acceptance. The software provided should meet the functionality requirements of this RFP throughout the lifetime of the application, as well as continually improve on existing functionality. 4. The System must accommodate all volumes and other applicable sizing parameters specified in the RFP. 5. The System must function effectively from all workstations, both fixed and wireless. 6. All files and tables can be updated on-line without adversely affecting System Performance. 7. Necessary back-ups can be done online without adversely affecting System operations and without lockouts for updates. 8. The System can complete queries to interfaced databases without adversely affecting any System Component and without tying up or locking up the workstations. In the event that the System or any System Component fails to meet any requirements of this RFP after Final System Acceptance during the warranty period as well as over the lifetime of the Contract, the Successful Offeror must take appropriate steps to correct the problem and bring the System or System Component back into compliance with the performance and reliability requirements at no cost to the City. Page 574 of 778 Exhibit A Part 5 – Service/Workorder Workflow Processing Requirements Note: Exhibit A Part 5 is referenced in last section of the Exhibit A Part 1 spreadsheet. City uses several processes to help manage its utility billing environment...processes for connecting new customers, processes for changing our meters, and processes for extending power transmission lines to name a few. These processes often involve multiple departments and multiple systems that are not integrated. City manually manages these workflow processes using emails, phone calls, word of mouth, etc. City desires a Workflow System to help manage the workflows in a more systematic and controlled manner that provides opportunities to increase workflow process efficiency though use of tools such as mobile devices, workflow status reporting and automated notification using commonly available resources such as email or a workflow dashboard. Please provide a narrative description of your proposal for addressing the following requirements for User configurable workflows that support: A. Workflow Process master file Explanation: The process of connecting electrical service for a new customer is an example of a workflow process. The workflow process is identified in this file by a unique workflow process ID. Workflow sequences are linked to workflow process master IDs. Workflow processes can be activated or inactivated by changing a setting in the workflow process master file record. 1. User assignable 6-8 alphanumeric character process ID 2. Process description 3. Active/Inactive indicator B. Workflow Approver master file - User must already exist in a system level user master file Explanation: Approver or Approvers as used in this document means one or more individuals that approve a workflow request or complete a workflow task. Approval or Completion is indicated by the individual(s) clicking an Approve or Complete button. Workflow approvers can be activated or inactivated by changing a setting in the workflow approver master file record. 1. Active/Inactive indicator 2. Workflow Approver automatically set to Inactive in this file if user made Inactive in user master file 3. User preferred means of workflow notification (a) Email (b) Application Workflow dashboard (c) Both 4. Ability to forward approvers workflows (All or specific processes) to another approver permanently or temporarily based on user input start/stop dates/times 5. Forwarding created with a stop date/time automatically terminates on the stop date/time entered when the forwarding was created. Page 575 of 778 6. Ability to list a user’s workflow rules and pending workflow approval items from this screen 7. Ability to attach documents to any existing workflow sequence regardless of status. C. User Workflow dashboard view from which user can view pending workflow items Explanation: Easy to use interface with which approvers can view and approve/reject their pending workflow approvals/tasks. 1. Ability to filter by process ID 2. Ability to approve or reject 3. Ability to selectively forward approvals to another active approver. Approvals can be forwarded for an indefinite duration or for a user entered from/through date/time. 4. Ability to view SO/WO (and all attached documents) being approved/complete 5. Ability to enter comments (up to 1,000 characters) with approval/rejection D. User configurable workflow sequences Explanation: The ability to create an ordered sequence of workflow approvals/tasks/notifications using features/functionalities described below. 1. Each workflow sequence requires process ID (Workflow Process master file) 2. Up to 99 ‘Steps’ in each workflow 3. Each Step can have a description up to 300 characters 4. Each workflow Step has a level assignment, 1 to 99, which controls the sequence of workflow processing a. Each step has Approve/Complete/Notify indicator. Approve/Complete Steps require an approval before moving to next step. Notify Steps generate notifications, and workflow processing automatically moves to next Step. b. Approve/Complete Steps can be Approved/Completed or Rejected. Rejection returns workflow back to originator for further action. c. Comments up to 1,000 characters can be entered on Approvals/Completions or Rejections. d. Indicator to indicate whether comments are required. 5. Each Step identifies 1 or more approvers 6. Indicator to indicate whether only one or all approvers must approve 7. Approvers are notified of approval/completion request or notification when a Step on which they are an Approver becomes active due to preceding Steps having all been approved/completed/notified. E. Workflow administrator program Explanation: System provides a workflow administrator access role or permission that can be granted to selected users. Users with role can manage approvers, workflow master files, workflow sequences, etc. This access also provides limited ability to ‘manage’ in-progress workflows including ability to add comments to in-progress workflows. 1. Ability to add comments up to 1,000 characters. Page 576 of 778 F. Reporting Explanation: Basic reporting for all the workflow files: master files, workflow approvers, workflow sequences, pending items, approval history, etc. 1. Pending items report filtered on user input date range, approver id, process id 2. Approval history report filtered on user input created date range, user input approved/rejected date range, approver id, process ID G. Document Attachments 1. Ability to attach documents to a workflow sequence at any Step in the workflow sequence. 2. All Steps able to see all documents attached to the workflow sequence regardless of the Step at which the document was attached. Page 577 of 778 S ‐ Included n F ‐Future rele C ‐ Custom mS: Feature/Function is included in the current software release. T ‐ 3rd party F: Feature/Function will be available in a future software release. N ‐ Not availa Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments IT Requirements General Technology Requirements 1 The system should support Active Directory integration to provide the end user with a single-sign on experience.Required 2 The vendor must use best practices for system upgrades and upgrades, including a clear path to perform a control test before applying/releasing maintenance upgrades or upgrades and perform validation tests. Required 3 The system should be able to be updated in such a way that does not require extensive end user testing.Required 4 System updates and upgrades should be able to be deployed remotely or pushed out to workstations (if applicable).Required 5 Any technical support for system updates and upgrades should be provided for by the annual maintenance and support fees.Required 6 The vendor should provide a guarantee that the system and its components will be directly supported for a period of at least seven (7) years. If support is withdrawn during this period, a replacement solution should be provided with equivalent functinioality at no cost to the City. Required 7 The system and its components should be certified compatible with all the Microsoft supported operating systems for a minimum of three (3) years) from end of life (as defined by Microsoft). Required 8 The system and its components should be supported in multiple and current web browsers, including City of College Station IT standard browsers, Google Chrome and Microsoft supported browsers. Required 9 The system and its component should be compatible and meet all City of College Station Information Technology system standards. Current system standards: Windows Server 2012 and higher, SQL Server 2012 and higher, Windows 10 Professional, and Office 365. Required 10 Software vendor must be willing and able to provide 24/7/365 software support.Required General Interface Requirements 11 Provide a download of daily billing transaction accounting data that can be manually batch loaded into the Munis general ledger system by City Finance. Please descirbe. Required 12 Provide a download of daily cash transaction accounting data that can be manually batch loaded into the Munis general ledger system by City Finance. Please describe. Required 13 Provide real-time API interface for Paymentus bill payments services portal. Required 14 The new system should have the ability to mass download meter readings to a flat file (csv or fixed width) to provide these previous reads to our meter reading vendor Required 15 The new system should have the ability to mass upload meter readings (including current reading, read date, read time, previous reading) from a flat file (csv or fixed width) Required 16 The new system should have the ability to mass upload meter inventory (including meter number, manufacturer, model number, serial number) from a flat file (csv or fixed width) Required 17 The new system should have the ability to perform a mass meter exchange (replacing existing meter numbers with new meter numbers for multiple locations along with an “out” and “set” meter reading) from a flat file (csv or fixed width) Required 18 Must successfully integrate, in real time or near real time, with Meter Operational Data Management System (MODMS).Required Other IT Accomodations 19 Provide equipment interface with various office devices: ID swiper, scanner, credit card machine, receipt printer, laser printer, ...Required 20 Requires users to establish user name and password prior to use Required 21 Provide the ability to create customized reports without vendor involvement that are viewable/printable and publishable in image (pdf, tiff) or data (excel, word, ...) formats Required 22 Admin and User Training should be provided Required Security 23 Internet access to system is conducted through SSL, HTTPS protocol, using TLS 1.2 and 256 bit encryption methodology Required 24 The software will not require local administrators rights in order to run. If elevated permissions on specific folders or registries are necessary those must be identified.Required 25 Security control settings can be customized using individuals, roles or groups, based on predetermined access levels and operational needs Required Response Indicators: When providing responses to the requirements in Exhibit A, Part 1, proposers shall use the following response indicators: T: Feature/Function is not included in the current software release, and is not planned to be a part of a future software release. However, this feature could be provided with integration with a third-party system.C: Feature/Function is not included in the current software release, and is not planned to be a part of a future software release. However, this feature could be provided with custom modifications.N: Feature/Function cannot be provided. Utility Customer Service Page 578 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 26 Application access is based on individual user ID and password. Set password policies and change frequencies (active directory integration compatibility strongly preferred)Required 27 Application tracks unsuccessful log on attempts. Capability of notifying too many failed log on is preferred. Lock application account after continuous failed log on (i.e. after n attempts) is preferred. Required 28 Access to sensitive information such as social security numbers, banking information, etc., can be limited based on operational needs.Required 29 Sensitive data is encrypted both at rest and in transit Required 30 Audit trails are available, accessible and cannot be altered. Please briefly summarize.Required 31 City of College Station Security Requirements shall be met. Security Requirements available in the TECHNOLOGY SERVICE CONTRACT document named as "Technology Services FORM.pdf", section "ARTICLE X: TECHNOLOGY REQUIREMENTS" Required General Functionality 32 The system provides Service Order functionality for connects, disconnects, etc. Please briefly describe. Required 33 Vendor should describe how PCI-DSS compliance is maintained. Vendor should identify all PII data that system can safeguard.Required 34 The system has the ability to protect from public access an individual's personal information as requested (and in accordance with Texas State Public Information Act), including but not limited to: their name, address, phone number, email and family information. Required 35 The system has the ability to support quick entry of data via word completion capabilities, with override available, when entering data in system (i.e., predictive text). Desired 36 The system has the ability to display keyed data in all capital letters, no matter how the data was keyed.Required 37 The system has the ability to restrict options on certain fields to items within a drop-down list (e.g. customer type codes, rate codes, etc.).Required 38 The system has the ability to provide a Mass Modify tool accessible by a system administrator to make specific or global edits to data (e.g. reassign all incidents from one resource to another resource). Required 39 The system has the ability to provide a mobile interface or ability to interface with third party software for mobile dispatching to be used by employees working in the field on Electric, Solid Waste, and Water service orders. Required 40 The system has the ability to integrate with ESRI ArcGIS. Please briefly explain.Required 41 The system has the ability to black-out dates (ex: weekends & holidays, and other dates as specified by user) during which service orders cannot be executed. Required The system has the ability to develop, customize, and maintain up to 99 different interaction templates or scripts for different interaction types; including but not restricted to: 42 • Service Requests;Required 43 • Other, user-defined.Required 44 The system has the ability to define data elements or fields that are mandatory or optional within scripts (e.g., address, name).Required 45 The system has the ability to automatically assign a unique tracking number for each interaction.Required 46 The system has the ability to automatically assign a date and time stamp for each interaction and all subsequent updates.Required 47 The system has the ability to retain and display (under user control) at least 4 years of billing and collection history on-line in 'Live' database, preferably an unlimited number of years. Please comment. Required Customer Account and Location Management 48 The system has the ability to support an unlimited number of customers.Required 49 The system has the ability to support an unlimited number of service locations (locations).Required 50 The system has the ability to EXACT VALUE search for customer information by customer id, location id, customer name, street address, phone number, driver license number, social security number, email address, DBA, etc. For any non-numeric search, system will provide list of available choices for criteria being searched if an exact match is not found. *** City prefers a service location numbering format of CS-EL-######-### where CS is fixed, EL is type of service, six digit location ID ending in an odd number, and three digit sequence number. Please comment on ability of system to accomodate this preference. Required 51 The system has the ability to WILDCARD search for customer information by customer id, location id, customer name, street address, phone number, driver license number, social security number, email address, DBA, etc. For any non- numeric search, system will provide list of available choices for criteria being searched if an exact match is not found. Required 52 The system has the ability to provide a customer overview screen displaying all customer information, including read history, billing history, payment history, notes, pending activity, account balance (in real time), and confidential accounts. Required 53 Software should track customer classification and type of services provided.Required 2 Page 579 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 54 The system has the ability to allow duplicate accounts to be manually selected and merged into a single account.Required 55 The system has the ability to provide accounts with multiple mailing addresses (winter & summer, Primary and Secondary) that will be used based on date ranges. Required 56 The system has the ability to allow new service locations to be created without a service address(e.g., lot and block numbers only, for example: median strips). Desired 57 The system has the ability to search for accounts by parcel ID (PIN).Desired 58 The system has the ability to search for accounts by meter ID, meter route and solid waste route.Required 59 The system has the ability to integrate with Esri ArcGIS.Desired 60 The system has the ability to integrate with the City’s ElectSolve Meter & Opertional Data Management systems by IPKeys Power Partners.Required 61 The system has the ability to interface with Landis & Gyr AMI RF Gridstream Command Center. Briefly descirbe capabilities. System can import L&G meter manufacturer file (MMF) into the CIS meter inventory module through interface, to add new meters to inventory. Please comment. Required 62 The system has the ability to link assets to a location, for example solid waste containers, meters. Can link one location to many assets (e.g. refuse containers), and one asset to many locations. Required 63 The system has the ability to associate a landlord, property management, leasing and owner with every account (multiple contact options per unique location). Required 64 The system has the ability to research account details and perform account adjustments, for example remove late fees, adjust deposits off, etc…all with history of what, who, when. Required 65 The system has the ability to track utility read routes/sequences, including tracking of directions and GPS coordinates and written description of meter location. Required 66 The system has the ability to view a "Change History" of records changed by internal staff and/or customer. This history needs to be available throughout the system -- customer, service location, rates, services, autopay enrollment, account status, e-notification enrollment, etc., etc. This history needs to be easily viewed by all access levels. Required 67 The system has the ability to attach document images to an account. Example documents include: lease, W2, applications for service, JPEGs,Desired 68 Ability to store whether meter is remote connect/disconnect capable Required 69 Billing specific comments and notes (unlimited);Required 70 The system has the ability to define permanent due dates by groups of accounts where permanent due dates are not overridden by the current billing cycle due date (i.e., cycle bill due date of the 15th, but customer has permanent due date of the 30th). Required 71 The system has the ability to identify accounts related to a water conservation program, energy rebate programs or initiative. Please comment on ability to retain rebate participation history. Desired 72 The system has the ability to warn when multiple active customers exist on the same property.Desired 73 If multiple customers on single location then need ability to flag service on one customer to indicate the service cannot be assigned to any other customer on same location. Desired 74 The system has the ability to delineate tenant and third-party relationships. Allows user to specify that multiple people to receive the bill and delinquency notices. Required 75 The system has the ability to reinstate an inactive account.Required 76 The system has the ability to maintain inactive accounts on-line for an indefinite period of time.Required 77 The system has the ability to change account status to ‘off’ or inactive, but with past due amount. In addition, deposits would be adjusted off the account by crediting the deposit amounts that have been paid and adjusting off any amount that has not billed. (This is when the account does not actually go through final billing) Required 78 The system has the ability to adjust off deposits and/or apply the deposit to the account when going through final billing.Required 79 The system has the ability to inactivate all services at once when an account is being closed out rather than having to close each service individually.Required 80 The system has the ability to allow the addition and reassignment of cycles and routes without affecting the customer or location identification numbers.Required 81 The system has the ability to provide a customer master screen, with the ability to display multiple utility accounts and multiple addresses per customer account. Required 82 The system has the ability to support mass changes to accounts due to the deletion of a cycle, the merging of existing cycles, or moving a sub-segment of a cycle to another. Changes must not be allowed when customer/location is in billing process. Required 3 Page 580 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 83 The system has the ability to mass add and/or change accounts. Examples include: mass adding or removing email addresses associated with e- notification; mass adding or removing auto leave on, etc. Required Ability to assign attributes, or otherwise flag customers (CUST), locations (LOC) or combination of the two (BOTH) in order 84 • (LOC) Inside versus outside City Limits: Billed differently Can this informatin be saved at a service level. Example: Can sewer service be flagged as outside city limits while one or more other services are flagged as inside city llimit? Please comment. Does system provide a field for service provider? Example: We have some customers that receive water from Wellborn SUD, an independent third- party. Does system provide customer/service level field for us to indicate that water is provided by Wellborn SUD? Required 85 • (LOC) Dwelling types (Commercial, Residential):Required 86 • (LOC) Bill Cycles and Routes: for billing purposes Required 87 • (CUST) Credit Collections Exempt: Ignore customer for collections purposes/late charges Required 88 • (CUST) Tax Exempt (state, city, etc.): Do not charge customer tax Required 89 • (CUST) Cash Only: Restrict customer from making check payments Required 90 • Bad address: Customers with bad mailing address from Satori Capture that need to be fixed. Also, automatically puts in a pull code until reviewed/resolved. Also, need to have an option to send anyways if determined by user to be okay. Required 91 • (CUST) No Bill: Do not send the customer a bill (e.g. Bankruptcy)Required 92 • (CUST) Web Account: Customer has web account, customer/account data becomes accessible via the customer web portal Required 93 • (CUST) Paperless Billing: Do not produce a paper bill, only a PDF to go to the web Required 94 • (CUST) Permanent Pull Codes: Pull bill to go to specific user, instead of going to the customer, until changed by user Required 95 • (CUST) Temporary Pull Codes: Pull bill to go to specific user, instead of going to the customer, one time and then system automatically clears the pull code Required 96 • (CUST) Duplicate Bill: Send two bills (second bill may get mailed to a different address and is charged a fee unless it is a closing bill which should have a designation to go to a closing agent)Required 97 • (CUST) Referred to collection: Indicator that customer has been sent to collections Required 98 • (CUST) Bankruptcy: Indicator that customer has filed bankruptcy and restricts what actions can be completed on customers account Required 99 • (CUST) Deposit: Indicates that customer has a deposit on their account, and used for reporting Required 100 • (CUST) Credit Collections Lock: Example: Do not turn on water until customer pays Required 101 • (LOC) Water Lock: Do not turn on water until leak or other water problem is resolved Required 102 • Building Gone: Do not show on error reports except for consumption monitoring Required 103 • (CUST) Closing: Stops any late charges for one month Required 104 • (LOC) Sewer Only: Rate set based on avg consumption provided by customer one time.Required 105 • (BOTH) User defined flags/designations for reporting purposes Required The system has the ability to collect information for customer (CUST), location (LOC) or combination of the two (BOTH) that is used to identify unique billing entities for billing services, and includes the following data elements: 106 • (CUST) Customer accounts should be assigned sequential odd numbers, and service location accounts assigned sequential even numbers.Required 107 • (CUST) Account Number Required 108 • (CUST) Account Name Required 109 • (CUST) DBA Required 110 • (CUST) Local Name Desired 111 • (CUST) Spouse Name Required 112 • (CUST) Third-Party Names Required 113 • (CUST) SSN or Federal ID Number Required 114 • (CUST) Drivers License Number Required 115 • (CUST) Drivers License State Desired 116 • (CUST) Date of Birth Desired 117 • (CUST) Passport or Other ID Number Required 118 • (CUST) Security Identifier (PIN)Required 119 • (CUST) Home Phone Number Required 120 • (CUST) Mobile Number (at least two)Required 121 • (CUST) Other Phone Number (at least two)Required 122 • (CUST) Business Number Required 123 • (CUST) Web Address Required 124 • (CUST) Email Address Required to influence system functionalities or system features available for use on a customer, location, or combination of the two. 4 Page 581 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 125 • (CUST) Billing Address Line 1 Required 126 • (CUST) Billing Address Line 2 Required 127 • (CUST) City Required 128 • (CUST) State Required 129 • (CUST) Country Required 130 • (CUST) Zip Code (zip plus 4)Required 131 • (CUST) Account Type - Residential, Commercial, etc.Required 132 • (CUST) Establish Date Required 133 • (CUST) Disconnect Date Required 134 • (CUST) Last Bill Date Required 135 • (CUST) Past Due Notice override with proper authorization;Required 136 • (CUST) Shut Off Notice override with proper authorization;Required 137 • (CUST) Final bill indicator;Required 138 • (LOC) Tap date;Required 139 • (LOC) Tap size;Required 140 • (CUST) Customer Initiation (or connection or start) Date;Required 141 • (LOC) Service Initiation Date (when individual service on an account was started);Required 142 • (BOTH) Customer type (residential, commercial, multi-family, church, school, hospital, wholesale, government, or others user configurable, etc.);Required 143 • (CUST) Billing/Consumption/Usage/Adjustment/Collection History;Required 144 • (CUST, LOC) Tax ID/Parcel Number;Required 145 • (BOTH) Comments/Notes (unlimited);Required 146 • (LOC) Meter size;Required 147 • (LOC) Meter type;Required 148 • (CUST, LOC) Meter Reader Instructions (32 characters minimum);Required 149 • (LOC) Meter Number (with ability to assign multiple meters per account);Required 150 • (LOC) Remote Location Description (unlimited);Required 151 • (LOC) Municipal jurisdiction Required 152 • (LOC) CCN Area (Certificate of Convenience and Necessity)Required 153 • (LOC) ETJ (Extra Territorial Jurisdiction) identifier Required 154 • (LOC) Water Source identification code Required 155 • (LOC) Substation identification code Desired 156 • (LOC) Facility/Asset ID Required 157 • Parcel ID Required 158 • Service numbers (for each available service)Required 159 • Electric node Desired 160 • Commercial storm water, based on building square footage times a per 1,000 sqft rate.Required The system has the ability to configure user-defined tiered water rates for any account type, with rates per 1,000 gallons based on usage: 161 For example: Tier 1 1,000-10,000 gallons = $2.26 per 1,000 gallons Tier 2 11,001-15,000 gallons = $2.94 per 1,000 gallons Tier 3 16,000-20,000 gallons = $3.61 per 1,000 gallons Tier 4 21,000-25,000 gallons = $4.28 per 1,000 gallons Tier 5 26,000-above gallons = $4.96 per 1,000 gallons Required The system has the ability to support the following electric specific rates: 162 • KW usage Required 163 • TIme of Use (TOU)Required 164 • KWH Required 165 • KVA Required 166 • KVAR Required 167 • KVARH Required 168 • CKWH - credits from net meter, metered usage versus solar panel generated fed to the grid Rather than a single net meter, does the system, use two meters for solar, one for solar and the other for consumption? What rate is used for the credit rate? Please comment. Required 169 • Average power factor adjustment (delivery) charge (based on KVARH and KWH)Required 170 • Time of Use rates - ability to track usage during peak time periods and off- peak time periods, and bill each usage quantity at appropriate peak or off- peak rate.Required 171 • Ratchet rates (distribution demand charge)Required 172 • Fixed usage rates (e.g., street lights based on number of light units, wattage, and hours of darkness)Required 5 Page 582 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 173 • Other user defined billing criteria. Please provide explanation of the functionalities.Required Meter Reading 174 System provides ability to enter meter reading data through data entry screens, from hand held devices, AND automated meter reading system (ElectSolve MODMS). Required 175 Maintain meter readings and dates independent of customer or account changes.Required 176 Ability to freetext describe location of meter at the service location.Required 177 Ability to view history of all meters that have been installed at a service location.Required 178 Ability to define meter read types (AMI vs manual, actual vs estimated, etc.).Required 179 Ability to estimate reads based on user defined history preferences.Required 180 Ability to graphically display consumption history for an account.Required 181 Ability to display average consumption by month and day for an account.Required 182 The system has the ability to have multiple meters associated with the same customer/location (address).Required The system has the ability to track the following for installed meters: 183 • The system has the ability assign multiple accounts to a master account to create one consoldated bill, and provide a detailed breakdown for each account (i.e., consumption, location, total usage, etc.). Please provide example bill. Required 184 • The system has the ability to print out and manage a detailed cycle/route report for meter routes that details the meter sequence per route and includes location account information.Required 185 • The system has the ability to inquire meter history by meter number, remote ID number, account number (customer) or service address (location).Required 186 • The system has the ability to handle meter rollovers/turnovers.Required 187 • Meter number of dials and necessary reading component to allow billing in 1000 gallons;Required 188 • Last Read Date;Required 189 • Current/Last read;Required For electric service, The system has the ability to capture and bill the following units for electric service: 190 • KWH Required 191 • KW demand Required 192 Please comment on which units of measure can be used in system • KVAR • KVARh • KVARh rec • KVAR TOU multiple rates Desired 193 • Time of Use 1. How many separate TOU rates can system accommodate? For example, can we have one rate for schools and a different rate for churches? 2. Does system capture dates and times of peak KW? 3. Does system support tirered TOU rates? Required 194 • Interval data (e.g., 15 minutes) 1. Can interval periods be set at individual customer level?Required 195 • Solar Meters – 2 registers (one to register actual usage and one to register generated fed back into the grid). Bill net amount due, or net credit due.Required 196 Ability to interface with ElectSolve MDM. Export data to the MDM and import data from the MDM. 1. Does system provide SSO access from MDM to CIS? Required 197 The system has the ability to create an interface file for downloading to an external meter reading system. In addition to the meters needing to be read, this file would contain notes, meter location, etc. Required 198 The system has the ability to receive an "Alexander" water meter reading interface file and electric consumption meter reading data from the MDM for uploading. In addition to the meter readings, this file would contain notes, new meters found in field, etc. from the meter readers. Required 199 The system has the ability to display current and previous meter reading dates.Required 200 The system has the ability to display current and previous meter reading values.Required 201 The system has the ability to automatically create service orders from meter reading trouble codes.Required 202 The system has the ability to provide a user-defined criteria for high and low consumption reads.Required 203 The system has the ability to provide a user-defined criteria for seasonal weighting of estimated usage.Required 204 The system has the ability to allow (with proper security) meter readings to be changed with change history captured.Required 205 The system has the ability to upload “free form comments” from a handheld and store the comments in association with a service location in chronological order. Required 6 Page 583 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 206 The system has the ability to accept and record multiple time-stamped meter readings for the same date. Used for time of use billing.Required 207 The system has the ability for manually entered reads to allow the entry of the read date and time Required 208 The system has the ability of changing a cycle and /or route number from the old to the new for all the service addresses in that cycle/route (mass route change). Required 209 The system has the ability to schedule an optimum reading sequence for all routes in the system based on user-defined parameters (e.g., bi-monthly, monthly, etc.). Required Meter Inventory Management and Misc. Meter Information 210 System provides ability to enter and maintain a numeric meter multiplier factor on every meter. This factor is used in billing process to calculate billable usage based on metered consumption. Required 211 The system has the ability to create/update Meter numbers. 1. Can system import MMF data from L&G?Required 212 • Active/inactive/retired/in stock;Required 213 • Age/installed date;Required 214 • Meter pulled out of service date; and Required 215 • Automated meter reading device attached.Required 216 Ability to define and add, change and delete an unlimited number of meter types.Required 217 Ability to maintain an unlimited number of meters.Required 218 Ability to identify a meter by type, size, serial number, manufacturer, location, install date, and test date.Required 219 Ability to handle single solar meter number with separate return and delivery reading.Required 220 Ability to record unlimited number of notes for a meter Required 221 The system has the ability to perform mass meter exchanges. For example: The water department changes out 300 meters. The ability to remove the old meter and add the new meter (along with corresponding readings) in mass. Required 222 The system has the ability to mass add meters to inventory, including lat/long, radio #, etc.Required Billing Management 223 For consumption based services system can use meter multiplier factor saved in meter information to calculate billable usage based on metered consumption. Required 223 The system must be capable of registering Initial and Final readings via a file from the MDM to the billing system.Required 224 The system has the ability to produce a detailed billing register identifying all charges by account.Required 225 The system has the ability to produce a summary billing register detailing charges by service, rate, company and area.Required 226 The system has the ability to produce a summary billing register detailing charges by general ledger number.Required 227 The system has the ability to create a billing edit report.Required 228 Supports single or multi cycle billing system Required 229 Allows printing of multiple cycles in one billing run.Required 230 Generates one utility bill covering all services and charges, and itemizes charges separately.Required 231 Ability to send automated email or text communications to customer based on city defined parameters (delinquent accounts, late payment notices or shut off notices. Required 232 Provides user defined free form message on bills.Required 233 Ability to send bills or messages to customer phones or mobile devices via SMS or email.Required 234 Capable of including, but not limited to, the following information on the bill: billing date, account number, service periods, current meter reading, prior meter reading, consumption billed, itemized charges, balance forward, amount due, due date, numerical and graphical prior same period usage and average gallons per day Required 235 Ability to calculate Solid Waste utility based on can size, number of cans, number of pickups per weeks, residential versus commercial, landfill tonnage, pull fees, rental, contamination fee, miscellaneous, and taxes. Required 236 Ability to charge add on fees (dumpsters, roll offs, large items, landfill tonnage, pull fees, rental, contamination fee, miscellaneous, and taxes)Required 237 Generates a return stub so that cash receipts can be read with an optical character reader, scanning the account and amount.Required 238 Ability to view and reprint a past bill at any time Required 239 Produces final notices Required 240 Ability to produce statements for customers with multiple utility accounts Required 241 Ability to sort bills by zip plus four and include intelligent mail barcode to take advantage of postage discounts.Desired 242 Ability to export bills to a file for 3rd party printing Required 243 Allows printing of third party (dual notification) bills during bill run Required 244 Ability to not print a paper bill and email the bill to the customer (and up to four additional email addresses) or an option to both print and email Required 245 Ability to maintain multiple email accounts.Required 7 Page 584 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 246 The system has the ability to support production of and receipting of utility bills using bar code scanning.Desired 247 The system has the ability to provide graphic display of usage history per account. Required 248 The system has the ability to perform “what if” billing calculations scenarios.Desired 249 The system has the ability to perform meter estimates and report on meter estimates.Required 250 The system has the ability to estimate a utility bill based on criteria established by the City (i.e.: on the average consumption over a user defined number of months or cycles, or using last year’s actual for the same period) and shows “Estimate” on the customer’s bill. Required 251 The system has the ability for a user to enter a manual estimate.Required 252 The system has the ability to calculate a credit when previous estimate was more than the actual consumption.Required 253 Balanced or Budget Billings -- The system has the ability to process budget billings. Please explain the functionality. Please explain annual settle-up.Required 254 The system has the ability to provide any customer that has had at least 12 months of utility service at the same location and is not past due on their account, to be eligible to apply for budget billing. Required 255 The system has the ability to average the last twelve months bills and begin billing the averaged amount.Required 256 The system has the ability to display actual amount, budget amount, and deferred amounts for each month’s bill (budget billing history) on one screen.Required 257 The system has the ability to change a read and individually rebill or recalculate the bill. In essence, cancel and rebill accounts. Please comment on ability to also do this with budget billings. Required 258 The system has the ability to create user-defined miscellaneous charges based on account location.Required 259 Having the ability to bill at any time after exceptions have been verified/resolved.Required 260 System provides a Billing Exception Report that alerts for consumptions that fall outside of the City’s user defined exception criteria. Report should include meter info, current and past consumptions, new and previous readings, days between readings, customer ID and locations ID (account number) and meter reader information (including meter reader comments). Required 261 The system has the ability to provide a list that details accounts that have an actual read for the current billing cycle and an estimated read for the prior billing cycle. Required 262 The system has the ability to post updates to accounts with new billing information before bills are mailed (e.g., amount due, reads, dates, etc.).Required 263 The system has the ability to apply credit and debit adjustments and positive/negative consumption adjustments to accounts anytime during the billing cycle. 1. Can system do this for solar accounts? 2. Can system apply a wholesale rate to solar credits? Required 264 The system has the ability to report adjustment details including dollar amount, consumption volume (gallons/cubic ft.) and rate/service code.Required 265 The system has the ability to enter adjustments to customer accounts (dollar amounts and/or consumption used) and reprint single billing statements reflecting the adjustments made. Required 266 The system has the ability to edit reads at any time, before, during, or after billing.Required 267 The system has the ability to prorate charges for partial billing due to initiation or termination of accounts.Required 268 The system has the ability to not prorate charges for cycle bills that are less than 30 or more than 30 days, but will allow for prorating partial billing of initial and final bills. Required 269 The system has the ability to print previous period/last year’s comparative period consumption and current period consumption on each bill.Required 270 Briefly comment on how cycle bill dates are determine, and what frequencies are available.Required 271 Bills can be based on multiple components (consumption + flat meter charge per meter size per billing cycle prorated for number of days).Required 272 The system has the ability to calculate and print all bills due in a given month, within a single cycle or for all cycles. This process needs to have the ability to be scheduled to run after hours. Required 273 City bills based on rate in effect on bill date. Briefly comment on how system handles mid-cycle rate changes. We do not prorate rate increases today, but having the option to do so in the future is desired. Required 274 City can currently bill summer and winter rates in same bill cycle. Briefly comment on system's ability to do so.Required 275 The system has the ability to flag accounts for sorting associated printed bills as “Pulled” for review by staff before mailing.Required 276 The system has the ability to bill services separately for owner versus renter at same location (separate bills). Example: renter pays occupancy related services (water, elect, solid waste, sewer); owner pays property related services (drainage, roadway maintenance). Required 277 Bill-in-arrears Required 278 Consumption based billing Required 8 Page 585 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 279 Time of use based electricity billing 1. How many separate TOU rates can system accommodate? For example, can we have one rate for schools and a different rate for churches? 2. Does system capture dates and times of peak KW? 3. Does system support tirered TOU rates? Required 280 Flat rate billing Required 281 Variable Tiered rate billing Required 282 Group Billing - This is master billing, the ability to bill subordinate accounts on one master account. Required 283 Interdepartmental Billing. Briefly comment on system's ability to do so and how it works. Can a cancel/rebill be done?Required 284 Miscellaneous or one-time billings and will accommodate multiple lines per bill Required 285 Service install or Tap install billings Required 286 Multiple Services (water, sewer, reclaimed, electric and more)Required 287 Monthly Required 288 The system has the ability to support proration of charges during any billing period for single or multiple rate changes.Required 289 The system has the ability to accommodate proration by rate type.Required 290 The system has the ability to bill one service based on consumption from separate service. Example: water consumption used to determine sewer charge. Required 291 The system has the ability to bill consumption based on a system calculated or manually entered consumption value.Required 292 The system has the ability to accommodate billing a flat or fixed charge for a service for each billing period.Required 293 The system has the ability to accommodate billing a flat or fixed charge for a service multiplied by a fixed or variable quantity (or Factor) figure each billing period. Required 294 For consumption based services such as electricity and water system has ability to enter a multiplier factor when meter is assigned to a custmore/location, and to use multiplier factors when billing consumption based services such as electric and water. Required 294 The system has the ability to accommodate billing a fixed charge based on meter size.Required 295 The system has the ability to support the creation of a customizable utility bill format that includes graphics.Desired The system has the ability to generate bills capable of being read via Optical Character Recognition OCR A font. Information must include: 296 • Account # (whatever combination of information uniquely identifies a customer/service location combination)Required 297 • Bill Amount.Required 298 The system has the ability to use Zip+4 software for sorting of utility bills by zip code to obtain the best postal rate possible.Required 299 The system has the ability to reprint bills from any previous time period.Required 300 The system has the ability to e-mail bills (original, re-bills or reprints) in PDF format to customers when requested Required 301 The system has the ability to allow the customer to have more than one email address enrolled in e-notification. Example: customer email address and parent’s email address both getting a copy of the bill. Required 302 The billing system has the ability to print current and/or historical bills in PDF format.Required 303 The billing system has the ability to accommodate multiple dates (due and delinquent) per customer bill.Required 304 The system has the ability to include total past due on the bills.Required 305 The system has the ability to print a budget bill, which includes the budget amount, actual charges, deferred balance, and balance due with late fee.Required 306 The system has the ability to bill outside of it's normal cycle, and to cancel/rebill.Required 307 The system has the ability to provide general system messages and account specific messages (with support for graphics and text) for printing on bills with the ability to modify those messages for each bill run. Required 308 The system has the ability for accounts that are paying via ACH to still generate a bill with a message indicating a user defined message.Required 309 The system has the ability to identify accounts where bills are generated but not printed (i.e., city facility water and electric bills). This feature sometimes is called interdepartmental billing. Required 310 The system has the ability to customize the bill print appearance.Desired 311 The system has the ability to support 8 ½ x 11 format.Desired 312 The system has the ability to support graphic images, shading, bolding and other format features for bill formatting.Desired The system has the ability to support a bill that presents the following data: 313 • Bill Date Required 314 • Bill period for each service Required 315 • Previous and Current Meter readings by meter Required 316 • Rate Schedule per meter/service Required 317 • Rate Description Required 318 • Consumption being billed by service Required 319 • Meter size per service Required 9 Page 586 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 320 • Meter number(s) per service Required 321 • Account Name Required 322 • Account Address Required 323 • Account Number Required 324 • Premise Address Required 325 • Surcharges, fees, penalties and taxes with descriptions Required 326 • Past Due Balance and Cut Off Date message which includes the cut off date Required 327 • Previous Balance Required 328 • Current Amount Due Required 329 • Bill Due Date Required 330 • Next meter reading date - system provides ability for user to enter next meter read date for each Cycle. Next read date displayed in message box on bill. Required 331 • Consumption History Graph by service Required 332 • Budget Bill Amount, along with actual charges, and deferred balance Required 333 • Subtotal by service Required 334 • Bill Messages, freeform, 5-6 lines, 72 characters per line Required 335 • Scan Line Required 336 The system has the ability to support different bill formats that can be defined for different kinds of bills, regular bills, final notices, etc.Required 337 The system has the ability to generate final bill, once the date and final read is entered, at any point during the billing cycle.Required 338 The system has the ability to detail unpaid charged amounts and penalties on a Final Bill.Required 339 The system has the ability to perform write off processing for accounts finalized and uncollectable by final date.Required 340 The system has the ability to automatically reinstate owner/landlord as the responsible party for all services upon termination by the tenant (i.e., student/tenant disconnects service, service is directed to landlord/owner). Required 341 The system has the ability to capture or store account information for the responsible party relating to account location (i.e., landlord, management company). This capability is used in auto leave-on feature to change account ownership when accounts are disconnected from the tenant. Required 342 The system has the ability to manually connect a customer between a departing customer and an incoming customer where the disconnect and connect dates are already established providing the responsible party to be billed (i.e., departing customer disconnects Monday, incoming customer connects five days later). This would include having both a connect and disconnect date for that customer. Required Financial Management 343 Allows positive and negative transactions adjustment with a complete audit trail Required 344 System automatically generates the appropriate journal entries for "Internal" accounts Required 345 System automatically prepares tranaction batches in a batch format for posting to general ledger including billing, cash receipts, NSF's, adjustmentes, etc.Required 346 Provide automatic allocation of payments to the billed services with ability to adjust or override the default distribution Required 347 Accepts over payment or credit adjustment with amount maintained as unapplied credit balance or to be applied to the next service bill Required 348 Provides complete audit trail of payments processed for reconciliation prior to general ledger posting. Required 349 Ability to import payment records from e-payment and lockbox services vendors Required 350 Ability to accept full, over, partial, and prepayments.Required 351 Provide auto-pay option for customers to pay from customer's bank account or credit card.Required 352 Ability to scan payment information into the system using bar code or OCR scanner.Required 353 Ability to support payment arrangements for customers to schedule payments for outstanding balances.Required 354 Ability to display transaction history including bills, receipt adjustments, credits, and refunds for an account.Required 355 Ability to display details of transaction and drill down to transaction Required 356 Ability to automatically apply deposits to correct revenue accounts.Required 357 Abiity to display account transaction history via web application Required 358 Ability to pay outstanding balances or set up automatic payments from credit card or checking account via web application Required 359 Provides ability to initiate bankruptcy on account by flagging account with bankruptcy indicator resulting in previous balance being marked as uncollectable, a cessation of collection notifications and efforts, while maintaining account history and audit trail for uncollectable balance. Required The system has the ability to accommodate the following payment types for utility payments and applications, either via the utility system or a separate Cash Receipting system which is integrated to the utility system. Payment types should include: 360 • Cash;Required 361 • Check;Required 362 • Money order;Required 10 Page 587 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 363 • Cashiers check;Required 364 • EFT;Required 365 • Credit Card Payments;Required 366 • Recurring Credit Card Payments;Required 367 • Credit/Debit Card Payments taken over the Internet or phone; Required 368 • Credit/Debit Card Payments taken over IVR phone call; and Required 369 • Wire transfer Required 370 The system has the ability to create Daily Cash Receipts reports by payment source. (e.g. Cashiering, Remittance Processing, Lock Box, EFT, Credit Card, etc.) Required 371 File import from 3rd party payment organization (i.e. lock box, ACH, etc.) May include remote locations in the City.Required 372 The system has the ability to indicate date payment was received for penalty calculations.Required 373 The system has the ability to generate a receipt with payments for multiple, separate accounts with one payment tender. The printed receipt should show the detail of each account. Required 374 The system has the ability to accept more than one payment in a single day from a single customer.Required 375 The system has the ability to perform electronic on demand posting to Munis General Ledger after accounting approval step is performed.Desired 376 The system has the ability to automatically split total receipted amount to appropriate General Ledger account.Required 377 The system has the ability to accept ACH (bank drafted) payments from banks.Required 378 The system has the ability to post cash receipts to utility billing module automatically from multiple terminals without interfering with other utility transactions. Required 379 The system has the ability for a user-defined order of payment to be applied. Example: electric deposit first, then electric, then water, etc.Required 380 The system has the ability to automatically distribute receipt of payments against the individual accounts on a “Master Account Bill” when payments are received. Required 381 The system has the ability to reverse payment for bad checks and optionally assesses a user-defined NSF charge.Required 382 The system has the ability to manually add flags for Cash Only and other customer warnings.Required 383 The system has the ability for Cash Only accounts to accept payments in the form of a credit card. In addition, there is an option to block a credit card payment for Cash Only accounts, if deemed necessary. Required 384 The system has the ability to fix accounts and adjust accounts by allowing for transfer of payments between accounts.Required 385 The system has the ability to reverse transfer balances, meaning the balance can be moved back to the original account.Required Delinquency Management 386 Ability to age accounts in 30, 60, 90, and 120 day increments.Required 387 Ability to automatically add late penalties or interest to delinquent accounts according to a flexible rate structure determined by the user.Required 388 Automatic printing of shut off notices and service orders. System provides ability to automatically email shut off notices.Required 389 Ability to automatically assess a charge to an account if a shut off is processed.Required 390 Allows selected account to be flagged as exempt from past due notices for accounts that have made payment plan arrangements.Required 391 Ability to change penalty date for a bill or mark the bill as penalty-exempt Required 392 Processes account for write-off and collection Required 393 Ability to populate third-party notification system with account holders information so customer can be notified prior to termination of service.Required 394 Ability to produce statement showing balance for customers that have already received a final bill but continue to maintain an unpaid balance.Required 395 The system has the ability to set up credit history criteria with the ability to indicate the credit implications of each type, such as having a delinquent bill prevents a security deposit from being refunded for a specified period of time. Other credit events would include NSF, Write Off, and Collections. Required 396 System allows user to remove credit event from customer credit history. For example, able to remove deliqnuency due to payment mistakenly applied to wrong account. Required 397 The system has the ability to display a delinquency line at a customer/location level showing for each outstanding bill the last day to pay, the cut-off date, and the amount of the delinquent balance subject for cut-off. Required 398 The system has the ability to assess late charges and provide the related customer notices.Required 399 The system has the ability to automatically apply a minimum flat rate for bills under a user-defined amount and/or percentage penalty/interest charge per total billed services/fees exclusive of sales tax. Required 400 The system has the ability to override and/or credit a penalty.Required 401 The system has the ability to identify and review past due account, past due at a user-defined number of days;Required 402 The system has the ability to identify and close all accounts past due by a user- defined number of days with an outstanding balance below a user defined threshold; Required 11 Page 588 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 403 For collection agency usage the system has the ability to select and export account information to a preformatted file structure for accounts that are past due by a user-defined number of days that exceed a user defined threshold (i.e., MS Excel export, CSV file); Required 404 The system has the ability to allow system users with appropriate authority to modify the billing cycle thresholds.Required 405 The system has the ability to establish user-defined payment arrangements (i.e. payment plans, beginning and ending dates, payment amounts, due dates, etc.) Along with establishing payment arrangements, the ability to modify and/or delete payment plans. Required 406 The system has the ability to identify when user-defined payment arrangements are delinquent.Required 407 The system has the ability to produce a Customer Payment Plan Report – show summary of all payment plans that are delinquent, and the ability to generate delinquent payment plan letters as per user defined criteria. Required 408 The system has the ability to identify accounts in mass according to user- entered criteria, and change status (i.e., sent to collection agency).Required 409 The system has the ability to select accounts that have been in collections for a user-defined period of time for consideration for writing off.Required 410 The system has the ability for cash receipts to be reflected in customer account balance immediately after the transaction is entered into the system. Cash receipt will be pending and not finalized until posted. Required 411 The system has the ability to print delinquent notices monthly to customers. These are generated based on user defined minimum (based on a single past due bill and/or balance due) and number of days after payment was due, including applicable penalty amounts added. Required 412 The system has the ability to automatically create a service order when a cut off notice is generated. Can system generate a list or email for the Ops Desk for afterhours customer calls? Required 413 The system has the ability to automatically create a service order for reconnection when payment for entire past due balance is received on an account that has a cut off notice generated. Does system have ability to generate notifications to Operations for afterhour recomnnects? Required 414 The system has the ability to automatically apply a cut/shut off charge to the customer balance if the customer initiates a reconnect.Required 415 The system has the ability to generate a cut off report with customer id, address information, meter id,cut off date, notes, last payment date and amount, and balance due. Required Reporting 416 Includes end user reporting tool to create reports using any field combination or partial fields within the utility billing system as search criteria Required 417 Ability to export reports to Microsoft Excel and Word, PDF, TXT and CSV Required 418 Ability to generate a list of accounts, customers or meters based on user defined selection criteria Required 419 Ability to generate analysis reports with user defined parameters with flexible selection criteria and grouping options Required 420 Ability to generate year-end financial reports including top ten consumption report and other information required by the Finance team Required 421 Manager configurable dashboard for key operational statistics Required 422 Integrated graphics allowing review of data. Please briefly explain.Required The system has the ability to support rate modeling using actual or simulated consumption data to perform: 423 • Revenue analysis and comparison Required 424 • Bill frequency analysis (e.g., monthly vs. quarterly billing)Required 425 • Rate modeling and comparison Required 426 • Budget estimates Required 427 • Revenue forecasting Required 428 • Retroactive rate change tests Required 429 • Rate simulation at the account level Required 430 • Service type rate simulation Required 431 All reports can be xported in csv, xls, txt format Required 432 All reports include totals (where applicable).Required 433 All reports include both the customer ID and location ID (where applicable).Required 434 The system has the ability to allow a configurable Executive Dashboard to view the status of all service requests.Required 435 The system has the ability to allow the creation and management of standard reports/templates with pre-defined data elements.Required 436 The system has the ability to run pre-defined standard reports on a given schedule.Required 437 The system has the ability for users to run all reports on demand against the live database.Required 438 The system has the ability for users to access reports by pre-defined category, i.e., customer reports, account reports, consumption reports, etc..Required 439 The system has the ability to allow a user to run reports against both current data and archived data at the same time.Required 440 The system has the ability to provide built-in graphical and charting capabilities.Desired 12 Page 589 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 441 The system has the ability to generate ad hoc reports. Please briefly explain.Required 442 The system has the ability to allow drill-down into any system generated report.Required 443 The system has the ability to create reports that measure performance and productivity for employee or user defined groups of employees measurement purposes. Desired 444 The system has the ability to provide the reports on the number of service requests of a specific type or belonging to a particular service.Required The system has the ability to generate the following reports based on user-defined frequencies: 445 • Percentage of service requests closed within specified parameters;Required 446 • Reporting for cut-offs;Required 447 • Reporting for rechecks;Required 448 • Reporting for disconnects by type;Required 449 • Reporting for connects by type;Required 450 • Reporting for estimated meter readings;Required 451 • Reporting for collections;Required 452 • Reporting for write-offs;Required 453 • Report of all meters read (total water and electric) by meter type, status, and other user-defined;Required 454 • Report of tampering fees;Required 455 • Report of NSF fees;Required 456 • Report of final notices;Required 457 • Report of delinquent reconnect fees;Required 458 • Report of reverse payments; and Required 459 • Report of transfer balances Required 460 • Report of accounts in deposit review Required 461 • Report of number of connect fees collected for electric and water.Required 462 • Percentage of calls closed within specified periods of time.Desired 463 • Report of Customers having Final Accounts w/balances and Active Accounts Required 464 The system has the ability to create Daily Cash Receipts reports by payment source. (e.g. Cashiering, Remittance Processing, Lock Box, EFT, Credit Card, etc.) Required 465 The system has the ability to produce error reports for misapplied cash payments (closed or inactive accounts, bad account number, etc.) by source. Eg. Cashiering, Remittance Processing, Lock Box, EFT, Credit Card, etc. Required 466 The system is able to provide Cash Receipts Audits showing overpayments, account status, etc. Please briefly explain how system identifies overpayment.Required 467 The system has the ability to produce monthly billed amounts reports broken down by service type (electricity, water, etc.), then by rates (residential, small commercial, etc.) that shows total consumption, total dollars billed, number of customers for that service type/rate, number of units (eg, number of apartment units). Ability to drill down to customer/account level detail. Required 468 The system has the ability to produce a report showing On/Off Peak Electric Revenue summary report categorized by general ledger, i.e. Large General Electric Revenue, then by service rate for On/Off Peak Charges and average cost. Required 469 The system has the ability to produce required FERC reports that can be modified to meet changing Federal requirements.Required 470 The system has the ability to utilize SQL reporting services against the utility customer database.Required The system has the ability to produce the following reports: 471 • Meter Size Report that identifies the number of meters by size;Required 472 • Aging Report that shows the balances for 30, 60, 90 and 120+ days on all accounts with drill-down capability by service;Required 473 • Report of bad checks and NSF Charges;Required 474 • Commercial Customer Report with Rate code/class as search criteria;Required 475 • Inactive Account Report that lists all inactive accounts with account balances and ability to choose only account with balances other than 0;Required 476 • Customer Count Report that provides the number of customers by cycle, specific category(residential/commercial) and all services Required 477 • Final Bill Listing Report Required 478 • Cycle Report, details an individual cycle, route and displays high balances;Required 479 • Cycle Report, printed by cycle route with meter counts subtotaled by sequence order with the user ability to select cycle(s);Required 480 • Customer Report, details information regarding customer's account, name, address, account number, meter info, reads, rate codes, transaction history;Required 481 • Top 100 Users Report, detailing highest consumption accounts (separated by commercial and residential) or highest consumption customers, providing account and usage information; Required 482 • Account Adjustment Detail Report (Rate Codes,Consumption Amt, Dollar Amt, Consumption charges broken out);Required 13 Page 590 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 483 • Service Order Report - to show, by specified date or type, orders to be done;Required 484 • Consumption Report, by account, by service type (residential, commercial, etc.) and by rate/service code showing utility usage over a user-specified time interval. Flags abnormal usage (high/low/negative, etc.). Report should include meter information, consumption, new and previous readings, days between readings, customer account number and meter reader information; Required 485 • Summary/Totals by customer type (residential/commercial) by service code (residential, small commercial, large commercial, irrigation, etc.) giving the total number of accounts, consumption and dollars billed for a given time period; Required 486 • Payment History, reporting bills and associated payments receipted by account. Shows dates, amounts, delinquencies, penalties, account name, consumption, and address. Can be run for one account and allow user to view online; Required 487 • Customer Statistics Report, presenting customer characteristics including number of customers, number of customers by meter size and billing category (customer type), usage and revenue by meter size, usage and revenue by billing type code, date range, cycle, route, and by a combination of the above; Required 488 • Cash Receipts Listing, reporting all amounts collected against customer accounts. Can be printed on demand with user-defined criteria prior to posting; Required 489 • Cut/Shut Off Report, per cycle, showing accounts with one or more delinquent bills totaling over a user defined amount;Required 490 • Delinquent Notices Report, a listing generated based on user defined minimum and number of days after payment was due, including applicable penalty amounts added. Multiple types of notices capability (i.e. a first delinquent notice and a second delinquent notice with different parameters); Required 491 All master file information is accessible by the report writer;Required 492 Cut/Shut off Work/Service Orders;Required 493 On demand Billing Report, sorted on user-defined criteria, showing name, location address, current period charges by service, date billed, due date, readings, etc. Required 494 Monthly Customer comprehensive activity report;Required 495 Monthly Adjustment Report by user, by service type, or rate code;Required 496 Outstanding Service Order Report, showing flags based on user-defined criteria;Required 497 Billing Statistics (Rate Codes, Consumption Amt, Dollar Amt, Consumption & Demand charges broken out);Required 498 Payment Detail (identify Munis fund/account payment applied to);Required 499 Bill Calculation (bill process report showing accounts to be billed);Required 500 Bill run Billing Register (dollar, read date, by charge type and consumption detail of accounts to be billed);Required 501 Consumption history for any given customer/location by service with from/to dates.Required 502 Transaction Listing/Recap (for selected or all accounts for given date(s), and/or by transaction type)... billing, receipts, adjustments, transfer balances Required 503 Deposit on File report by date, by type (cash, savings bond, CD, etc.) showing dates, amount, account status (active, final or closed/active);Required 504 Security Deposits Refunded/Applied, with ability to run by specified date range;Required 505 Security Deposit activity for time period;Required 506 Over Due Deposit Report;Required 507 Collection report by specified aging criteria including all customer master file information with all forms of contact. Sent to collections agency.Required 508 Audit Trail reports for all update processes; and Required 509 Mailing list report (customer name, address, other forms of contact) for use by other departments. Select based on one or more criteria -- customer type, service, autopay, etc. Required Customer Service 510 The system has the ability to allow citizens to use a Single Sign On giving them access to the web-based citizen self-service portal, along with our payment portal (Paymentus) and AMI customer portal. Required 511 The system has the ability to allow the web-based self-service portal to be operable up to 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.Required 512 The system has the ability to allow the web-based self-service portal to be accessed from the City website.Required 513 The system has the ability to allow the web-based self-service portal to be configured with a similar look and feel as the City website.Desired The system has the ability to provide for multiple languages in the web-based self-service portal including but not limited to: 514 • English; and Required 515 • Spanish.Required The system has the ability to capture the following information upon receiving request, either through a telephone call or web self-service, with the ability to configure the type of information captured based on the interaction type: 516 • Method of receiving request (i.e., call, e-mail, web portal);Required 14 Page 591 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 517 • Requestor name;Required 518 • Requestor telephone number(s);Required 519 • Requestor e-mail address;Required 520 • Requestor mailing address;Required 521 • Address related to service request, if different;Required 522 • Preferred method of contact;Required 523 • System provides a vendor maintained list of valid zip codes;Required 524 • Zip code with the ability to validate location, City and State;Required 525 • Fields (comments section) for indicating needed follow-up activities;Required 526 • Display lists or menus containing multiple options for indicating status of interaction;Required 527 • Display lists or menus containing multiple options for indicating satisfaction of citizen with interaction (i.e., out of a predefined range);Required 528 • User ID that recorded the request; and Required 529 • Initial priority of service request.Required 530 The system has the ability to route customer portal requests to departments based on key words contained in the request.Desired 531 The system has the ability to print customer portal interactions complete with all information associated with the interactions.Required 532 The system has the ability to email or fax customer portal interactions complete with all information associated with the interactions.Required 533 • The system provides a Citizen self-service web portal Can system provide SSO access from CentraVu (MDM portal) and Paymentus? Required 534 • The system has the ability to allow actions made in the web-based citizen self- service portal to take effect in real time (this means without having to run a process) in the customer database. Examples include but not limited to – mailing address changes, e-notification enrollment or changes etc. Required 535 • The system has the ability to allow a citizen to maintain profile account information via the web-based self-service portal. System enables user configurable control of the fields directly maintainable by citizens. Required 536 • The Citizen self-service web portal allows customers to easily retrieve user name, or reset password. System provides security questions that customer must correctly answer to retrieve username or reset password. Required 537 • The Citizen self-service web portal allows for same day start/stop dates for a location. Example: A customer requests a disconnect for 8/12/19, and a customer requests a connect for the same location for 8/12/19. The system allows those dates, and doesn’t require one of the dates to be altered. Required 538 • The Citizen self-service web portal has the ability to identify specific locations (addresses) that would require documents to be uploaded when citizens are initiating a service request, and not allow the request to be submitted without the required documents. Desired 539 • The Citizen self-service web portal can display Consumption History in columnar and graphical display formats, and provides download capability;Required 540 • The Citizen self-service web portal can display Payment History;Required 541 • Ths Citizen self-service web portal can display Current Bill;Required 542 • The Citizen self-service portal provides the means for consumers to make payments resulting in real-time updates to the consumer's balances due.Required 543 • The Citizen self-service web portal can display General Account information.Required GIS Integration 544 The system has the ability to integrate with Esri ArcGIS. Are GPS points based on parcels or service entry points?Desired 545 The system has the ability to provide a mobile interface with City GIS resources to employees working in the field.Required 546 The system has the ability to provide GIS location validation against the City's existing GIS data. Currently the City validates addresses using the land development file maintained by Planning and Development. Required 547 The system has the ability to pinpoint location of an interaction on a map, by address matching to a street centerline or a parcel base and then fine tuning the location using map features. Desired 548 The system has the ability to query from the mapping screen itself using a simple drawing tool or by pre-selected query of a GIS layer based on its attribute information. Required 549 The system has the ability to perform basic map viewing functions including display dynamic map data in the display window.Required 550 The system has the ability to use GIS mapping to assist service requests in identifying related calls, by displaying related calls or events on a map coded by user defined criteria. Required 551 The system has the ability to locate, link and/or attach GIS maps/overlays or images to a service request as prescribed by the user.Desired Services Management The system has the ability to create and track metered services for the following: 552 • Electric, permanent and temp poles Required 553 • Temp pole electric Required Citizens Self-Service Portal 15 Page 592 of 778 Req # Description of Requirement Requirement Response Comments Utility Customer Service 554 • Potable Water for consumption Required 555 • Recycled Water Required 556 • Sewer based on metered water usage Required 557 • Potable Water for irrigation Required 558 • Recycled Water for irrigation Required 559 • Hydrant (portable meters)Required 560 • Solar/Net electric meters Required 561 • Irrigation meters Required 562 • User defined services as needed Required 563 The system has the ability to allow future available services to be created in a pending status prior to service activation without requiring meter numbers Required Interfaces 564 Please comment on system's ability to integrate: * CIS customer portal * Paymentus payment portal, and * ElectSolve customer portal Required 565 Critical that the Utility Customer Service system supports real time integration with Paymentus payment solutions. Briefly describe capabilities.Required 566 The system has the ability to interface with Munis General Ledger, Accounts Payable, Inventory, and Cash Receipting.Desired 567 The system has the ability to upload Cash Receipts batch to Munis General Ledger.Required 568 The system has the ability to create refunds to post to Munis accounts payable Required 569 The system has the ability to interface with I-Tron systems (MVRS format) to download routes to the PC and upload meter readings to the utility billing system. Specify in comment section other meter software you integrate with. Required 570 The system has the ability to interface with I-Tron handheld systems to upload/download utility account information and changes to it (including directions, notes, description, meter location, route sequence, codes). Required 571 The system has the ability to interface with OCR reading devices, including hand held scanners.Required 572 The system has the ability to interface with bar code reading devices, including hand held scanners. One potential application is barcoded refuse containers and recycling bins. Desired 573 The system has the ability to integrate with lockbox / remittance process for collection of utility payments.Required 574 The system has the ability to interface with Landis & Gyr AMI RF Gridstream Command Center. Briefly descirbe capabilities.Required 575 The system has the ability to interface with ElectSolve Meter & Opertional Data Management systems by IPKeys Power Partners. Briefly descirbe capabilities. Required Service/Workorder Workflow Processing Requirements Please briefly descibe your proposal for addressing the requirements described in Exhibit A Part 5 can be addressed. Required Citizens Self-Service Portal 16 Page 593 of 778 EXHIBIT B TECHNOLOGY SERVICES CONTRACT Page 594 of 778 UTILITY BILLING SYSTEM SOFTWARE TECHNOLOGY SERVICES CONTRACT This Contract is by and between the City of College Station, a Texas Municipal Home- Rule Corporation (the “City”) and a ___________________ Corporation (the “Consultant”), whereby Consultant agrees to perform and the City agrees to pay for the work described herein. ARTICLE I SCOPE OF SERVICE 1.01 This Contract is for Utility Billing System Software and the planning, installation, configuration, conversion, training, implementation, support, and maintenance of the Utility Billing System Software (the “Project”). The scope and details of the work to be provided to the City by Consultant for the Project are set forth in Exhibit “A” to this Contract and are incorporated as though fully set forth herein by reference (the “Work”). Consultant agrees to perform or cause the performance of all the work described in Exhibit “A.” 1.02 Consultant agrees to perform the work described in Exhibit “A” hereto and the City agrees to pay Consultant a fee based on the rates set forth in Exhibit “B” to this Contract for the Work performed by Consultant. The invoices shall be submitted to the City following the 15th day and the last day of each month. The payment terms are net payable within thirty (30) calendar days of the City’s receipt of the invoice and acceptance of the work. Upon termination of this Contract, payments under this paragraph shall cease, provided, however, that Consultant shall be entitled to payments for work performed in accordance with this Contract before the date of termination and for which Consultant has not yet been paid. 1.03 This Contract and the following Exhibit documents shall comprise the agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Contract, and in the event of any dispute arising from or related to this Contract, shall have the following order of precedence: a. Executed Amendments to this Contract b. This Contract c. Exhibits d. _____________ ARTICLE II PAYMENT 2.01 The total amount of payment, including reimbursements, by the City to Consultant for all Work to be performed under this Contract may not, under any circumstances, exceed ________________________________________________________ and ____/100 Dollars ($__________________). Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 1 of 23SAMPLE Page 595 of 778 ARTICLE III CHANGE ORDERS 3.01 The City may from time to time request changes in the scope and focus of the Work to be conducted by Consultant pursuant to this Contract, provided, however, that any such change that in the opinion of Consultant, the City Manager, or the City’s Project Manager varies significantly from the scope of the work set out herein and would entail an increase in cost or expense to the City shall be mutually agreed upon in advance in writing by Consultant and the City.. (a) When the original Contract amount plus all change orders is $100,000 or less, the City Manager or his designee may approve the written change order provided the change order does not increase the total amount set forth in the Contract to more than $100,000. For such contracts, when a change order results in a total contract amount that exceeds $100,000, the City Council of the City must approve such change order prior to commencement of the services or work; and (b) When the original contract amount plus all change orders is greater than $100,000, the City Manager or his designee may approve the written change order provided the change order does not exceed $50,000, and provided the sum of all change orders does not exceed 25% of the original contract amount. For such contracts, when a change order exceeds $50,000 or when the sum of all change orders exceeds 25% of the original contract amount, the City Council of the City must approve such change order prior to commencement of the services or work. Thereafter, any additional change orders exceeding $50,000 or any additional change orders totaling 25 percent following such council approval, must be approved by City Council; and (c) Any request by the Consultant for an increase in the Scope of Work and an increase in the amount listed in paragraph two of this Contract shall be made and approved by the City prior to the Consultant providing such work or the right to payment for such additional work shall be waived. If there is a dispute between the Consultant and the City respecting any service provided or to be provided hereunder by the Consultant, including a dispute as to whether such Work is additional to the Scope of Work included in this Contract, the Consultant agrees to continue providing on a timely basis all work to be provided by the Consultant hereunder, including any Work as to which there is a dispute. Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 2 of 23SAMPLE Page 596 of 778 ARTICLE IV TIME OF PERFORMANCE 4.01 Except as provided in Article XI herein below, the Consultant shall complete all of the work described in Exhibit “A” by the dates set forth below: ____________________________________________________________________. - OR- 4.01 Except as provided in Article XI herein below, the term of this Contract shall be for one (1) year from the effective date of this Contract. Thereafter, upon the mutual consent of both parties, including budget approval by the City, this Contract may be renewed on an annual basis, under the same terms and conditions, for up to two (2) additional years (three (3) years total). If, for any reason, funds are not appropriated to continue the contract, the contract shall become null and void and shall terminate. 4.02 Time is of the essence of this Contract. The Consultant shall be prepared to provide the Work in the most expedient and efficient manner possible in order to complete the work by the times specified. 4.03 Consultant promises to work closely with the City Manager or his designee (the "Project Manager") or other appropriate City officials. Consultant agrees to perform any and all Project- related tasks reasonably required of it by the City in order to fulfill the purposes of the Work to be performed. The Work of Consultant under this Contract may be authorized by the Project Manager in various phases as set forth in Exhibit “A.” ARTICLE V INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR AND NONSOLICITATION 5.01 Independent Contractor. In all activities or work performed hereunder, the Consultant is an independent contractor and not an agent or employee of the City. The Consultant, as an independent contractor, shall be responsible for the final product contemplated under this Contract. Except for materials furnished by the City, the Consultant shall supply all materials, equipment and labor required for the execution of the Work on the Project. The Consultant shall have ultimate control over the execution of the Work under this Contract. The Consultant shall have the sole obligation to employ, direct, control, supervise, manage, discharge, and compensate all of its employees and subcontractors, and the City shall have no control of or supervision over the employees of the Consultant or any of the Consultant's subcontractors except to the limited extent provided for in this Contract. Consultant shall be liable for any misrepresentations. Any negotiations by the Consultant on the City’s behalf are binding on the City only when within the Scope of Work contained herein and approved by the City. 5.02 Non-solicitation. Consultant recognizes and understands that it will be interacting with City employees when performing Work under this Contract, and that it may cause irreparable harm to the City should one or more City employees perform work for Consultant either directly or Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 3 of 23SAMPLE Page 597 of 778 indirectly. Because of this, Consultant agrees that it shall not directly or indirectly, personally or through others, solicit or encourage, or attempt to solicit or encourage on Consultant’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity for hire or use the work of any employee or other consultant of the City or any of City’s agents or officials. Consultant agrees to adhere to this requirement for a minimum of one year following termination of this Contract. This provision shall survive termination of this Contract. ARTICLE VI AUTHORIZATION 6.01 The City shall direct Consultant to commence Work on the Project by sending Consultant a "letter of authorization" to begin Work on the Project. 6.02 Upon receipt of the letter of authorization to begin Work on the implementation of the Project, Consultant shall meet with the City for the purpose of determining the nature of the Project, including but not limited to the following: meeting with the City’s staff to coordinate Project goals, schedules, and deadlines; coordinating data collection; briefing the City’s management staff; documenting study assumptions, methodologies and expectations; devising the criteria to be met for both interim goals and final completion of the Work. 6.03 Consultant shall consult with the City and may, in some limited circumstances, act as the City’s representative, but it is understood and agreed by the parties that for all purposes related to this Contract, Consultant shall be an independent consultant at all times and is not to be considered either an agent or an employee of the City. ARTICLE VII WARRANTY 7.01 As an experienced and qualified professional, Consultant warrants that the Work provided by Consultant reflects high professional and industry standards, procedures, and performances. Consultant warrants the design, preparation of drawings, the designation or selection of materials and equipment, the selection and supervision of personnel, the fitness and operation of its recommendations, and the performance of other work under this Contract, pursuant to a high standard of performance in the field in which Consultant works. Consultant warrants that it will exercise diligence and due care and perform in a good and workmanlike manner all of the work pursuant to this Contract. Approval or acceptance by the City of any of Consultant’s work product under this Contract shall not constitute, or be deemed, a release of the responsibility and liability of Consultant, its employees, agents, or associates for the exercise of skill and diligence necessary to fulfill Consultant’s responsibilities under this Contract. Nor shall the City’s approval or acceptance be deemed to be the assumption of responsibility by the City for any defect or error in the Project’s Work products prepared by Consultant, its employees, associates, agents, or subconsultants. 7.02 Consultant shall keep the City informed of the progress of the Work and shall guard against any defects or deficiencies in its work. Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 4 of 23SAMPLE Page 598 of 778 7.03 Consultant shall be responsible for using due diligence to correct errors, deficiencies or unacceptable Work. Consultant shall, at no cost to the City, remedy any errors, deficiencies or any Work found unacceptable, in the City’s sole discretion, as soon as possible, but no longer than fifteen (15) calendar days after receiving notice of said errors, deficiencies or unacceptable Work. 7.04 Consultant’s work product shall be the exclusive property of the City. Upon completion or termination of this Contract, Consultant shall promptly deliver to the City all records, notes, data, memorandum, models, and equipment of any nature that are within Consultant’s possession or control and that are the City’s property or relate to the City or its business. ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION AND RELEASE 8.01 Indemnity. The Consultant agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City, its officers, employees, volunteers and agents (separately and collectively referred to in this paragraph as “Indemnitee”), from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, causes of action, suits, judgments, settlements made by Indemnitee, and liability of every kind, including all expenses of litigation, court costs, attorney's fees, and other reasonable costs for damage to or loss of use of any property, for injuries to, or sickness or death of any person, including but not limited to Consultant, any of its subconsultants of any tier, or of any employee or invitee of Consultant or of any such subconsultants, that is caused by, arises out of, related to, or in connection with, the negligence of and/or negligent performance of this Contract by Consultant or by any such subconsultants of any tier, under this Contract. There shall be no additional indemnification other than as set forth in this section. All other provisions regarding the same subject matter shall be declared void and of no effect. 8.02 It is agreed with respect to any legal limitations now or hereafter in effect and affecting the validity or enforceability of the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 8.01, such legal limitations are made a part of the indemnification obligation and shall operate to amend the indemnification obligation to the minimum extent necessary to bring the provision into conformity with the requirements of such limitations, and as so modified, the indemnification obligation shall continue in full force and effect. 8.03 Release. The Consultant releases, relinquishes, and discharges the City, its officers, agents, volunteers and employees from all claims, demands, and causes of action of every kind and character, including the cost of defense thereof, for any injury to, sickness or death of the Consultant or its employees and any loss of or damage to any property of the Consultant or its employees that is caused by or alleged to be caused by, arises out of, or is in connection with the Consultant's work to be performed hereunder. Both the City and the Consultant expressly intend that this release shall apply regardless of whether said claims, demands, and causes of action are covered, in whole or in part, by insurance and in the event of injury, sickness, death, loss, or damage suffered by the Consultant or its employees, but not otherwise, this release shall apply regardless of whether such loss, damage, injury, or death was caused in whole or in part by the City, any other party released hereunder, the Consultant, or any third party. There shall be no additional release or hold harmless Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 5 of 23SAMPLE Page 599 of 778 provision other than as set forth in this section. All other provisions regarding the same subject matter shall be declared void and of no effect. ARTICLE IX INSURANCE AND PERFORMANCE BOND 9.01 General. The Consultant shall procure and maintain at its sole cost and expense for the duration of this Contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property that may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Consultant, its agents, representatives, volunteers, employees or subconsultants. The policies, limits and endorsements required are as set forth below: 9.02 Types. During the term of this Contract Consultant’s insurance policies shall meet the minimum requirements of this section. (a) Commercial General Liability. (b) Business Automobile Liability. (c) Workers' Compensation/Employer’s Liability. (d) Professional Liability. (e) Cyber Liability. 9.03 Certificates of Insurance. For each of these policies, the policy shall be endorsed to show the Consultant’s insurance coverage as primary with respect to the City, its officials, agents, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance carried or obtained by the City, its officials, agents, employees or volunteers, shall be considered in excess of the Consultant’s insurance and shall not contribute to it. No term or provision of the indemnification provided by the Consultant to the City pursuant to this Contract shall be construed or interpreted as limiting or otherwise affecting the terms of the insurance coverage. All Certificates of Insurance and endorsements shall be furnished to the City’s Representative at the time of execution of this Contract, on the most current State of Texas Department of Insurance-approved forms, attached hereto as Exhibit C, and approved by the City before work commences. 9.04 Additional Insurance. The Consultant shall include all subconsultants as Additional Insureds under its policies, or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subconsultant. Coverages for subconsultants shall be subject to all requirements stated herein. 9.05 General Requirements Applicable to All Policies. The following General requirements applicable to all policies shall apply: (a) Only licensed insurance carriers authorized to do business in the State of Texas shall be accepted. (b) Deductibles shall be listed on the certificate of insurance and are acceptable only on an “occurrence” basis. (c) “Claims made” policies are not accepted, except for Professional Liability insurance. Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 6 of 23SAMPLE Page 600 of 778 (d) Coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, or reduced in coverage or in limits of liability except after thirty (30) calendar days written notice has been given to the City of College Station. (e) The Certificates of Insurance shall be prepared and executed by the insurance company or its authorized agent. Each certificate shall contain the following provisions and warranties: i. The licensed insurance company is authorized to do business in the State of Texas ii. The insurance policy is underwritten on forms provided by the Texas State Board of Insurance or ISO iii. All endorsements and coverages are included according to the requirements of this Contract iv. The form of notice of cancellation, termination, or change in coverage provisions is specified in this attachment (f) The City of College Station, its officials, agents, employees, and volunteers are to be named as Additional Insureds on the Commercial General Liability and Business Automobile Liability Policies. The coverages shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded the City, its officials, agents, employees, and volunteers. 9.06 Commercial General Liability requirements. The following Commercial General Liability requirements shall apply: (a) Coverage shall be written by a carrier rated “A: VIII” or better in accordance with the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide. (b) Minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 per occurrence per project with a $2,000,000 annual aggregate limit. (c) Coverage shall be at least as broad as Insurance Service's Office (ISO) Number CG 00 01. (d) No coverage shall be excluded from the standard policy without notification of individual exclusions being attached for the City’s review and acceptance. (e) The coverage shall not exclude: premises/operations; independent contracts; products/completed operations; contractual liability (insuring the indemnity provided herein); and Host Liquor Liability. (f) The City shall be named as Additional Insured and policies endorsed to waive rights of subrogation and to be primary and non-contributory with regard to any self- insurance or insurance policy held by the City. 9.07 Business Automobile Liability requirements. The following Business Automobile Liability requirements shall apply: (a) Coverage shall be written by a carrier rated “A:VIII” or better in accordance with the current A.M. Best Key Rating Guide. Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 7 of 23SAMPLE Page 601 of 778 (b) Minimum Combined Single Limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage. (c) The Business Auto Policy must show Symbol 1 in the Covered Autos portion of the liability section in Item 2 of the declarations page. (d) The coverage shall include owned, leased or rented autos, non-owned autos, any autos and hired autos. 9.08 Workers’ Compensation/Employer’s Liability Insurance requirements. The Workers’ Compensation/Employer’s Liability insurance shall include the following terms: (a) Employer’s Liability limits of $1,000,000 for each accident is required. (b) “Texas Waiver of Our Right to Recover from Others Endorsement, WC 42 03 04” shall be included in this policy. (c) Texas must appear in Item 3A of the Workers’ Compensation coverage or Item 3C must contain the following: All States except those listed in Item 3A and the States of NV, ND, OH, WA, WV, and WY. 9.09 Professional Liability requirements. The following Professional Liability requirements shall apply: (a) Coverage shall be written by a carrier rated “A:VIII” or better in accordance with the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide. (b) Minimum limits of liability of $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 aggregate, with a maximum deductible of $100,000 unless otherwise agreed in writing by both parties. Financial statements shall be furnished to the City upon request. (c) Consultant must continuously maintain professional liability insurance with prior acts coverage for a minimum of two years after completion of the Project or termination of this Contract, as may be amended, whichever occurs later. Coverage under any renewal policy shall include a retroactive date that precedes the earlier of the effective date of this Contract or the first performance of work for the Project. The purchase of an extended discovery period or an extended reporting period on this policy will not be sufficient to comply with the obligations hereunder. 9.10 Cyber Liability. Minimum limits of $5,000,000 for third party losses. Coverage must include: (a) Event Management; (b) Unauthorized Access/use; (c) Computer Virus; (d) Denial of Service Attack; (e) Libel, Cyber-libel, Slander, Product Disparagement; (f) Violation of Right of Privacy; (g) Regulatory Costs; (h) Privacy Costs- Privacy Injury and Identity Theft; (i) Programming Errors & Omissions Liability; Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 8 of 23SAMPLE Page 602 of 778 (j) Replacement or Restoration of Electronic Data (First Person); (k) Extortion Threats; (l) Business Income and Extra Expense (to $1 million); (m) Public Relations Expense; and (n) Security Breach Expense. 9.11 Performance Bond. Consultant shall furnish the City a performance bond to guarantee the faithful performance of the terms of this agreement. Such bonds shall be executed in accordance with all requirements of Article 7 .19-1 of the Texas Insurance Code, all other applicable law, and the following: (a) Consultant shall execute a performance bond for the first two (2) years of the Agreement. In the event that implementation activities are not complete after the expiration of the initial twenty-four (24) month term, City may elect to renew or extend the term of the performance bond, and City shall be solely responsible for providing Consultant with notice of said renewal. (b) The bond Surety shall be authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to provide a performance bond and shall have attached proof of authorization of the Surety to act in the performance and payment of bond. (c) Consultant shall provide original, sealed, and complete counterparts of the executed bond form attached in Exhibit “D” Performance Bond, together with valid original powers of attorney, before execution of this Contract. The executed bond shall be attached as Exhibit “D” Performance Bond. ARTICLE X TECHNOLOGY REQUIREMENTS 10.01 Cloud Provider. When some or all of the Consultant’s Work involve being a Cloud Provider, the following shall apply: (a) Security Policies and Procedures. The Consultant shall provide the City with copies of its information security policies and procedures within three (3) business days upon City’s request covering: i. Data Classification and privacy; ii. Security training and awareness; iii. Systems administration, patching and configuration; iv. Incident response; v. Managing workstations, mobile devices and antivirus applications; vi. Backups, disaster recovery and business partners and contractors; vii. Audit and testing schedules; viii. Requirements for third-party business partners and contractors; ix. Compliance with information security or privacy laws, rules, regulations or standards; x. Evidence of background checks that support security of sensitive or confidential information; Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 9 of 23SAMPLE Page 603 of 778 xi. Disclosure of previous data breaches; and xii. Any other relevant information regarding security policies or procedures. (b) Industry Best Practices. Consultant must provide all services using the best commercially-available security technology and techniques according to industry best practices and standards; including those relating to fraud prevention and detection and any other inappropriate system and network use or access, including: i. Providing secure (SSL, HTTPS, or similar) access to all levels of users as defined by the City via the internet; ii. Having controls meeting applicable laws and the latest Framework for Improving Critical Infrastructure Cyber security from National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) or compatible industry security frameworks; iii. Completely testing and applying patches for hardware bios/firmware, bare metal operating systems (e.g. VMware ESXi), virtualized server operating systems, and software products before release; and iv. Having all servers providing work to the City solely physically located within the continental United States of America. Consultant must house all servers and equipment in an operational environment meeting industry standards including a climate-controlled room with a fire and security hazard detection system and a network and electrical redundancy system, including backup Uninterruptable Power Supply (UPS) and automatic fail- over stand-by generators and physical security. (c) Data Breach. i. Notice. Consultant must immediately notify the City by telephone and email no later than twenty-four (24) hours if there is a reasonable probability of a data security incident. Consultant must send a written letter following up on the data security incident within forty-eight (48) hours following a data breach. The Consultant must: 1. Cooperate with the City’s request to investigate and resolve the incident in a timely manner; 2. Promptly implement necessary remedial measures; and 3. Document responsive actions taken related to the data breach, including any post-incident review and actions taken to make changes in business practices in providing the work, if necessary. ii. Consultant Agreement Breach. If a data breach results from Contractor’s breach of the Contract, Consultant must: 1. Bear any costs associated with the investigation and resolution of the data breach Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 10 of 23SAMPLE Page 604 of 778 2. Notify individuals, regulators and all others required by Identity Theft Enforcement and Protection Act in the Texas Business and Commerce Code Chapter 521 Unauthorized Use of Identifying Information; 3. Engage a credit monitoring service or identity protection service; 4. Publish a website or toll-free number and call center for affected individuals as required by state or federal law; 5. Complete all corrective actions as reasonably determined based on root cause; and 6. Send the City written findings and remedial measures from the data breach. (d) Preventive Security Procedures. Consultant must: i. Provide on-going software updates as they become available complying with the defined maintenance windows. The Consultant must completely test updates; including any bug fixes, patches and other improvements; ii. Monitor system and error logs and perform preventive maintenance to minimize and predict system problems, including initiating and completing an appropriate response; iii. Conduct a third-party independent security/vulnerability assessment at its own expense at least annually and submit the results of such assessment to the City; iv. Agree to third-party application and vulnerability security scans and schedules; v. Comply with the City’s directions/resolutions to remediate security/vulnerability assessment results; vi. Limit logical and physical access to all system components and provide access only to those individuals with a business need for work provided. Individuals who have access to systems and data must have a criminal background check; vii. Annually audit the data center through an independent third-party auditor. Audit results must form part of the Consultant’s applicable Service Organization Control (SOC) report. The audit results must comply with industry standard controls for data security and disaster recovery that the Consultant shall report to the City in writing; and viii. Take all necessary measures to protect the data and encryption keys including, but not limited to the off-site servers daily backup according to industry best practices and encryption techniques. (e) Disaster Recovery. In the event of system breach, Consultant shall notify the City and restore the system within twenty-four (24) hours from discovery of breach. (f) Closeout. i. Agreement Expiration. When the Agreement term expires or terminates, and at any other time at the City’s written request, Consultant must promptly Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 11 of 23SAMPLE Page 605 of 778 return to the City all intellectual and physical property subject to the Agreement including, but not limited to system configuration data and information in file or document formats in the Consultant’s possession or control. ii. Access. The City will have access to export and retrieve its data for no less than ninety (90) days after the Agreement expiration or termination date. The City must be able to access its data at any time during the Agreement term in a readily readable, structured and documented format, such as CSV- format or some other standard format offered by the Consultant. The Consultant must provide the City transition work after Agreement expiration or termination at Consultant then-current and generally-charged hourly rates. iii. Data Removal. At the City’s request upon Agreement expiration or termination, the Consultant must remove, delete, purge, overwrite or otherwise render inaccessible within a reasonable time, all City data remaining on Consultant’s servers to the extent possible based on the then- current technology available. Consultant must provide the City a written and signed statement confirming data has been deleted, purged, overwritten or otherwise rendered inaccessible. The Consultant will not otherwise delete the City’s data without City’s prior written consent. 10.02 Premise Solutions. When some or all of the Consultant Work involve providing Premise Solutions, the following shall apply: (a) Requirements: Contract must: i. Provide the City with its security architecture. The security architecture must at a minimum meet applicable laws and the latest Cybersecurity Framework for Improving Critical Infrastructure from National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) or compatible industry security frameworks; ii. Have data access limited to only required support service; iii. Evidence of background checks that support security of the City’s sensitive or confidential information; iv. Notify the City within twenty-four (24) hours when any patches resulting from security vulnerability and threats become available; v. Provide City with all applicable security assessments, audits and certifications related to system security annually; vi. Train City staff on security-related procedures regarding system operation and maintenance; and vii. Take all necessary measures to protect the City’s data and data encryption when applicable. (b) Data Breach. Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 12 of 23SAMPLE Page 606 of 778 i. Notice. Consultant must immediately notify the City by telephone and email no later than twenty-four (24) hours if there is a reasonable probability of a data security incident. Consultant must send a written letter following up on the data security incident within forty-eight (48) hours following a data breach. The Consultant must: 1. Cooperate with the City’s request to investigate and resolve the incident in a timely manner; 2. Promptly implement necessary remedial measures; and 3. Document responsive actions taken related to the data breach, including any post-incident review and actions taken to change business practices in providing the work, if necessary. ii. Contractor Agreement Breach. If a data breach results from Consultant’s breach of this Agreement, Consultant must: 1. Bear any costs associated with the investigation and resolution of the data breach; 2. Notify individuals, regulators and all others required by Identity Theft Enforcement and Protection Act in the Texas Business and Commerce Code Chapter 521 Unauthorized Use of Identifying Information; 3. Engage a credit monitoring service; 4. Publish a website or a toll-free number and call center for affected individuals as required by state or federal law; 5. Complete all corrective actions as reasonably determined based on root cause; and 6. Send the City written findings and remedial measures from the data breach. (c) Data Removal. At the City’s request upon Agreement expiration or termination, the Consultant must remove, delete, purge, overwrite or otherwise render inaccessible within a reasonable time, all City data remaining on Consultant’s servers to the extent possible based on the then-current technology available. Consultant must provide the City a written and signed statement confirming data has been deleted, purged, overwritten or otherwise rendered inaccessible. The Contractor will not otherwise delete the City’s data without City’s prior written consent. 10.03 Background Checks. The Consultant agrees to assume all responsibility for and to perform background checks on all its employees, agents and assigns working on the Project. Such background checks include but are not limited to, criminal records and civil judgments, professional license verifications, motor vehicle records, social security number, court records, military service records, other public records reports, and verifications of employment, and education. This must be done prior to such individuals commencing their work on the Project. Consultant agrees to produce any and all background checks information as described herein when Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 13 of 23SAMPLE Page 607 of 778 requested to the City. To the degree allowed by applicable law, City agrees to keep such information confidential. 10.04 Work Completion. Unless explicitly provided for otherwise in this Contract or expressly mutually agreed upon by the parties in writing, the Work will be considered complete when it functions in the City’s current technology environment. ARTICLE XI TERMINATION 11.01 At any time, the City may terminate the Project for convenience, in writing. At such time, the City shall notify Consultant, in writing, who shall cease work immediately. Consultant shall be compensated for the work performed. In the event that the City terminates this Contract for convenience, the City shall pay Consultant for the work performed and expenses incurred prior to the date of termination. 11.02 No term or provision of this Contract shall be construed to relieve the Consultant of liability to the City for damages sustained by the City or because of any breach of contract by the Consultant. The City may withhold payments to the Consultant for the purpose of setoff until the exact amount of damages due the City from the Consultant is determined and paid. ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS TERMS 12.01 Venue and Applicable Law. This Contract has been made under and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas. The parties agree that performance and all matters related thereto shall be in Brazos County, Texas. 12.02 Notices. Notices shall be mailed to the addresses designated herein or as may be designated in writing by the parties from time to time and shall be deemed received when sent postage prepaid U.S. Mail to the following addresses: CITY: CONSULTANT: City of College Station Attn: Attn: P.O. Box 9960 College Station, Texas 77842 @cstx.gov ________________________ 12.03 Performance of Work. Consultant, its employees, associates or subconsultants shall perform all the Work hereunder. Consultant agrees that all of its associates, employees, or subconsultants who work on this Project shall be fully qualified and competent to do the Work described hereunder. Consultant shall undertake the Work and complete it in a timely manner. Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 14 of 23SAMPLE Page 608 of 778 12.04 Compliance. The Consultant shall comply with all applicable federal, state, and local statutes, regulations, ordinances, and other laws, including but not limited to the Immigration Reform and Control Act (IRCA). The Consultant may not knowingly obtain the labor or work of an unauthorized alien. The Consultant, not the City, must verify eligibility for employment as required by IRCA. 12.05 Waiver. No waiver by either party hereto of any term or condition of this Contract shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any other term or condition or subsequent waiver of the same term or condition. 12.06 Assignment. This Contract and all rights and obligations contained herein may not be assigned by Consultant without the prior written approval of the City. 12.07 Invalidity. If any provision of this Contract shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by a court or other tribunal of competent jurisdiction, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall use their best efforts to replace the respective provision or provisions of this Contract with legal terms and conditions approximating the original intent of the parties. 12.08 Prioritization. Contractor and City agree that City is a political subdivision of the State of Texas and is thus subject to certain laws. Because of this there may be documents or portions thereof added by Contractor to this Contract as exhibits that conflict with such laws, or that conflict with the terms and conditions herein excluding the additions by Contractor. In either case, the applicable law or the applicable provision of this Contract excluding such conflicting addition by Contractor shall prevail. The parties understand this section comprises part of this Contract without necessity of additional consideration. 12.09 Entire Agreement. This Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the City and Consultant and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. This Contract may only be amended by written instrument approved and executed by the parties. 12.10 Bound by Terms. The parties acknowledge that they have read, understood, and intend to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Contract. 12.11 Effective. This Contract goes into effect when duly approved by all the parties hereto. 12.12 No Boycott Israel. To the extent this Contract is considered a contract for goods or work subject to §2270.002 Texas Government Code, Consultant verifies that it i) does not boycott Israel; and ii) will not boycott Israel during the term of this Contract. Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 15 of 23SAMPLE Page 609 of 778 List of Exhibits A. Scope of Work B. Payment Schedule C. Certificates of Insurance D. Performance Bond E. ____________________ CITY OF COLLEGE STATION By: By: Printed Name: City Manager Title: Date: Date: APPROVED: City Attorney Date: _________________ Assistant City Manager/CFO Date: _________________ Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 16 of 23SAMPLE Page 610 of 778 Exhibit A Scope of Work Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 17 of 23SAMPLE Page 611 of 778 Exhibit B Payment Terms SELECT ONE: Compensation is based on actual hours of work/time devoted to providing the described work. The Consultant will be paid at a rate of $______________ per hour, or at the rates per service or employee shown below. The City will reimburse the Consultant for actual, non-salary expenses at the rate of ________________ percent (_______%) above the Consultant’s actual costs, or at the rates set forth below. Unless amended by a duly authorized written change order, the total payment for all invoices on this job, including both salary and non- salary expenses, shall not exceed the amount set forth in paragraph 2.01 of this Contract ($___________________). The Consultant must submit monthly invoices to the City, accompanied by an explanation of charges, professional fees, work, and expenses. The City will pay such invoices according to its normal payment procedures. -OR- Payment is a fixed fee in the amount listed in Article II of this Contract. This amount shall be payable by the City pursuant to the schedule listed below and upon completion of the work and written acceptance by the City. Schedule of Payment for each phase: Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 18 of 23SAMPLE Page 612 of 778 Exhibit C Certificates of Insurance Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 19 of 23SAMPLE Page 613 of 778 Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Exhibit D Performance Bond Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 20 of 23SAMPLE Page 614 of 778 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No.__________________________ THE STATE OF TEXAS § § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: THE COUNTY OF BRAZOS § THAT WE, ______________________________________________, as Principal, hereinafter called “Consultant” and the other subscriber hereto _______________________________________________, as Surety, do hereby acknowledge ourselves to be held and firmly bound to the City of College Station, a municipal corporation, in the sum of ____________________________________________________________________ and __________ /100 Dollars ($__________________) for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made to the City of College Station and its successors, the said Consultant and Surety do bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH THAT: WHEREAS, the Consultant has on or about this day executed a Contract in writing with the City of College Station for __________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________________________, all of such Work to be done as set out in full in said Contract Documents therein referred to and adopted by the City Council, all of which are made a part of this instrument as fully and completely as if set out in full herein. NOW THEREFORE, if the said Consultant shall faithfully and strictly perform Contract in all its terms, provisions, and stipulations in accordance with its true meaning and effect, and in accordance with the Contract Documents referred to therein and shall comply strictly with each and every provision of the Contract, including all warranties and indemnities therein and with this bond, then this obligation shall become null and void and shall have no further force and effect; otherwise the same is to remain in full force and effect. It is further understood and agreed that the Surety does hereby relieve the City of College Station or its representatives from the exercise of any diligence whatever in securing compliance on the part of the Contractor with the terms of the Contract, including the making of payments thereunder and, having fully considered its Principal’s competence to perform the Contract in the underwriting of this Performance Bond, the Surety hereby waives any notice to it of any default, or delay by the Contractor in the performance of his Contract and agrees that it, the Surety, shall be bound to take notice of and shall be held to have knowledge of all acts or omissions of the Contractor in all matters pertaining to the Contract. The Surety understands and agrees that the provision in the Contract that the City of College Station shall retain certain amounts due the Contractor until the expiration of thirty (30) days from the acceptance of the Work is intended for the City’s benefit, and the City of College Station shall have the right to pay or withhold such retained amounts or any other amount owing under the Contract without changing or affecting the liability of the Surety hereon in any degree. Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 21 of 23SAMPLE Page 615 of 778 It is further expressly agreed by Surety that the City of College Station or its representatives are at liberty at any time, without notice to the Surety, to make any change in the Contract Documents and in the Work to be done thereunder, as provided in the Contract, and in the terms and conditions thereof, or to make any change in, addition to, or deduction from the Work to be done thereunder; and that such changes, if made, shall not in any way vitiate the obligation in this bond and undertaking or release the Surety therefrom. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that any change in Contract Time or Contract Sum shall not in anywise affect its obligation on this bond and it does hereby waive notice of any such change in Contract Time or Contract Sum. It is further expressly agreed and understood that the Consultant and Surety will fully indemnify and hold harmless the City of College Station from any liability, loss, cost, expense, or damage arising out of or in connection with the Work done by the Consultant under the Contract. In the event that the City of College Station shall bring any suit or other proceeding at law on the Contract or this bond or both, the Contractor and Surety agree to pay to the City the actual amounts of attorneys’ fees incurred by the city in connection with such suit. This bond and all obligations created hereunder shall be performable in Brazos County, Texas. This bond is given in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended, which is incorporated herein by this reference. However, all of the express provisions hereof shall be applicable whether or not within the scope of said statute. Notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered when actually received or, if earlier, on the third day following deposit in a United State Postal Service post office or receptacle, with proper postage affixed (certified mail, return receipt requested), addressed to the respective other party at the address prescribed in the Contract Documents, or at such other address as the receiving party may hereafter prescribe by written notice to the sending party. A copy of surety agent’s “Power of Attorney” must be attached hereto. IN WITNESS THEREOF, the said Consultant and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument on the respective dates written below their signatures and have attached current Power of Attorney. Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 22 of 23SAMPLE Page 616 of 778 Bond No.__________________________ FOR THE Consultant: ATTEST & SEAL: (if a corporation) (SEAL) WITNESS: (if not a corporation) (Name of Consultant) By: __________________________________ By: ___________________________________ Name: _________________________________ Name: _________________________________ Title: __________________________________ Title: __________________________________ Date: __________________________________ Date: __________________________________ FOR THE SURETY: ATTEST/WITNESS (SEAL) _______________________________________ (Full Name of Surety) By: __________________________________ _______________________________________ Name: _________________________________ _______________________________________ (Address of Surety for Notice) Title: __________________________________ Date: __________________________________ By: ___________________________________ Name: _________________________________ Title: __________________________________ Date: __________________________________ FOR THE CITY: REVIEWED: THE FOREGOING BOND IS ACCEPTED ON BEHALF OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS: ______________________________________ _______________________________________ City Attorney City Manager NOTE: Date of bonds must be on or after the date of execution by City. Contract No.__________ Utility Billing System Software Contract Page 23 of 23SAMPLE Page 617 of 778 EXHIBIT C NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT Page 618 of 778 Contract No. City of College Station Non-Disclosure Agreement Page 1 of 5 CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT THIS CONFIDENTIALITY AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made by and between City of College Station, a Texas Home-Rule Municipal Corporation (“City or Disclosing Party”), and ______________________________, (“Receiving Party”) both collectively referred to as the “Parties” and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein the Parties agree as follows: 1. Definitions: The following term(s) shall have the definitions listed below in this Agreement. a. Disclosing Party means the City or its representatives providing Information that is confidential and proprietary to the Receiving Party. b. Receiving Party means a Party or its representatives receiving confidential and proprietary Information from the City. c. Information i. In its broadest form, information means any information or data relating to the Project, whether oral, written, electronic or otherwise, which is received by the Receiving Party from the Disclosing Party, including but not limited to criminal justice records; court records; personal identifying information; driver records; technical, financial or business data; analyses, models and designs in any form; all technical, economic, financial, pricing, marketing or other information in whatever form transmitted; patents; customer lists; scientific, technical and business studies; analyses; processes; plans; methods; procedures; policies; information; designs; work product; reports; drawings; models; configurations; formulas; data; know- how; software programs; improvements; inventions; techniques; plans; strategies; forecasts and computer programs. ii. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the term “Information” does not include any information or data which: a. is or may become a part of the public domain without any breach of this Agreement b. was already lawfully in the Receiving Party’s possession before any disclosure hereunder, and not subject to any pre-existing contractual, legal, or fiduciary obligations with respect to confidentiality owed to the Disclosing Party by the Receiving Party c. is obtained by the Receiving Party from a third party (other than a person or entity acting on behalf of or who is an affiliated entity of the Disclosing Party) who the Receiving Party has no reason to believe is not lawfully in possession of the Information and who the Receiving Party has Page 619 of 778 Contract No. City of College Station Non-Disclosure Agreement Page 2 of 5 no reason to believe is in violation of any contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the Disclosing Party with respect to the Information d. is independently developed by the Receiving Party without the benefit or use of any Information received hereunder e. is agreed to by the Disclosing Party to be made public f. is required by the appropriate regulatory or judicial authority to be disclosed by law in accordance with a fully adjudicated order and is not subject to further protection or ongoing confidential treatment pursuant to that fully adjudicated order. iii.. If only a portion of the Information falls under one of the above exceptions, then only that portion is excluded from this Agreement. If the Receiving Party is required by any statute, regulation, rule, ordinance or request of a governmental body or a request of an opposing party in any action before any governmental body to disclose Information received under this Agreement, the Receiving Party shall promptly notify the Disclosing Party in writing, so the Disclosing Party may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. If, in the absence of a protective order, Receiving Party is nonetheless legally compelled to disclose any portion of the Information, it may do so without liability so long as such disclosure is limited to the information legally required to be disclosed. d. Purpose means to disclose certain Information for submission of a proposal on the Municipal Court Management Software System. (“Project”). e. Representative means any officer, director, employee, agent or consultant of a party. 2. Purpose. The City may exchange certain Information which is proprietary or confidential to such party for the Purpose in oral, written, printed or electronic form. The Receiving Party will hold the Information it receives in confidence and must use it only for the Purpose. 3. Confidential. Information the Disclosing Party provides to the Receiving Party is confidential and proprietary. The Receiving Party agrees to hold in confidence Information received from the Disclosing Party and at Receiving Party’s own expense must use the best commercially-available security technology and techniques according to industry best practices and standards, policies and procedures, including those relating to fraud prevention and detection and any other inappropriate system and network use or access to prevent the disclosure of such Information. 4. Disclosure. The Receiving Party will disclose Information only to its representatives having reason to know it for the Purpose and who are advised by the Receiving Party that the Information is confidential and is not to be disclosed to third parties and only used for the Purpose. Page 620 of 778 Contract No. City of College Station Non-Disclosure Agreement Page 3 of 5 5. Data Removal. At the City’s request upon Agreement expiration or termination, the Receiving Party must remove, delete, purge, overwrite or otherwise render inaccessible within a reasonable time, all City data remaining on Receiving Party’s servers to the extent possible based on the then-current technology available. Receiving Party must provide the City a written and signed statement confirming data has been removed, deleted, purged, overwritten or otherwise rendered inaccessible. 6. Warranty. The Information is provided on an “AS IS” basis. THE DISCLOSING PARTY DOES NOT MAKE ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE DISCLOSING PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE RECEIVING PARTY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THE PERFORMANCE OR USE OF ANY PORTION OF THE INFORMATION. 7. Rights to Information. The Disclosing Party retains all rights, title and interest in and to the Information. Upon the Disclosing Party’s request, the Receiving Party shall return the Information to the Disclosing Party or destroy the Information upon completion of the Purpose or upon the termination of this Agreement. 8. Copyright. All rights acquired under the patent or copyright laws of the United States or of a foreign country with respect to Information are hereby expressly reserved to the owner of such Information. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as granting a license, expressed, implied, or otherwise, for any invention, discovery or improvement made, conceived or acquired before, on or after the Effective Date of this Agreement. The disclosure of Information shall likewise not be construed as any representation, warranty, assurance, guaranty, or inducement by the Disclosing Party with respect to infringement of any patent or other proprietary right. 9. Breach of Contract. If the Receiving Party breaches this Agreement, the City will be entitled to an injunction restraining the breaching party from disclosing or making unauthorized use of any Information, in addition to all other available remedies in law or equity. The Receiving Party further waives any requirement that the Disclosing Party post a bond in connection with obtaining any such equitable relief, and agrees that any violation of this Agreement may cause irreparable injury or harm to the Disclosing Party. 10. Term. This Agreement is effective for two (2) years after the Effective Date. The City may terminate this Agreement at any time for convenience. In the event of such termination, the City will notify the Receiving Party in writing and the Receiving Party shall cease work immediately. 11. Venue. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, County of Brazos, without regard to any conflicts or choice of law principles that might otherwise apply. Page 621 of 778 Contract No. City of College Station Non-Disclosure Agreement Page 4 of 5 12. Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended by written instrument approved and executed by the parties. 13. Assignment. Neither party shall assign or in any manner transfer its interest in or obligations under this Agreement without the written consent of the other party. 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties regarding confidentiality. Any amendments must be in writing and signed by all parties. This Agreement shall not be assignable by any party, and no party may delegate its duties under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. In no event will the failure of either Party to object to any unauthorized disclosure or use of Information, or to enforce any provision of this Agreement, operate as a modification of this Agreement or as a waiver of its provisions with respect to any past, present, or future unauthorized disclosure or use. 15. Notice. Any official notice under this Agreement will be sent to the following addresses: CITY OF COLLEGE STATION RECEIVING PARTY Attn: Lisa Davis Attn: ___________________ P. O. BOX 9960 ________________________ 1101 Texas Ave ________________________ College Station, TX 77842 ________________________ ldavis@cstx.gov ________________________ 16. Invalid Provisions. If any provision is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and enforceable. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds that any provision is invalid or unenforceable, but that by limiting such provision it may become valid and enforceable, then such provision shall be deemed to be written, construed, and enforced as so limited. 17. Waiver of Terms. No waiver or deferral by either party of any Agreement term or condition shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver or deferral of any other term or condition or subsequent waiver or deferral of the same term or condition. 18. Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties, their heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns. 19. Agree to Terms. The parties state they have read the Agreement terms and conditions and agree to the Agreement terms and conditions. 20. Effective Date. The Effective date is the date of the last party executing the Agreement making it fully executed. Page 622 of 778 Contract No. City of College Station Non-Disclosure Agreement Page 5 of 5 RECEIVING PARTY CITY OF COLLEGE STATION By: By: City Manager Printed Name: Date: ________________ Title: APPROVED: Date: City Attorney Date: _____________ Assistant City Manager/CFO Date: _____________ Page 623 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 8.6. Increase for Gasoline and Diesel Fuel Sponsor: Mary Ellen Leonard, Director of Fiscal Services Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Presentation, discussion, and possible action on authorizing additional expenditures up to $500,000 for the purchase of fuel through an existing contract with Fikes Wholesale, Inc.; bringing the total annual estimated expenditure to $1,900,000. Relationship to Strategic Goals: 1. Good Governance 2. Financial Sustainability 3. Core Services & Infrastructure Recommendation(s): Staff recommends approval of additional expenditures up to $500,000 Summary: On November 22, 2021, City Council approved the second renewal of an annual contract with Fikes Wholesale, Inc. for the purchase of gasoline and diesel fuel for an annual estimated expenditure amount of $1,400,000.00. Purchases are based on a contracted selling price comprised of the OPIS daily price per gallon (which fluctuates), the contractor’s firm fixed profit (mark-up) amount, freight, and applicable taxes. Additional expenditures are necessary to complete the second renewal term due to an exponential increase in the daily price per gallon for gasoline and diesel fuel and not because of an increase in mark-up, state excise taxes or delivery fees. Renewal 2 expires November 30, 2022 with two 1-year renewal options remaining. Budget & Financial Summary: Funds are available and budgeted in each fund. Expenses are charged to the appropriate fund/department as fuel is used. Attachments: None Page 624 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 8.7. Rock Prairie Road Change Order Sponsor: Jennifer Cain, Director Capital Projects Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Presentation, discussion and possible action regarding Change Order No. 1 for an amount not to exceed $70,000 to the construction contract with Larry Young Paving for the Rock Prairie Road West Project. Relationship to Strategic Goals: Core Services and Infrastructure Recommendation(s): Staff recommends approval. Summary: This change order is for traffic control related to the railroad work to be completed by Union Pacific Railroad (UPRR) on the Rock Prairie Road West Project. City staff was notified on September 16, 2022 of UPRR’s intent to close the Rock Prairie at Wellborn Rd intersection on September 27, 2022 to complete the first of three closures that require UPRR work. The City is responsible for providing traffic control for UPRR. UPRR has indicated that the three different closures will happen over the next 60 days. However, it is at UPRR’s discretion to schedule their work. If the timeline extends beyond 60 days, another change order may be needed. Budget & Financial Summary: There are sufficient project funds available for this change order and other future expenses. Attachments: 1. Change Order 1 Rock Prairie Page 625 of 778 CHANGE ORDER NO. 1 DATE: 9/16/2022 Contract No. 21300706 P.O.# 21205751 PROJECT: ST1604 Rock Prairie West Widening OWNER:CONTRACTOR: City of College Station Larry Young Paving, Inc. P.O. Box 9960 PO Box 11779 Ph: 979-823-4884 College Station, Texas 77842 College Station, TX 77842 Fax: PURPOSE OF THIS CHANGE ORDER: UNIT ORIGINAL REVISED ADDED ITEM NO.UNIT DESCRIPTION PRICE QUANTITY QUANTITY COST CO1.1 EA UPRR Closure Required Traffic Control $1.00 0 70,000 $70,000.00 TOTAL $70,000.00 LINE 6 (41399971-6561)$70,000.00 TOTAL CHANGE ORDER 70,000.00 ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT $4,992,868.45 CHANGE ORDER NO. 1 NTE $70,000.00 1.4%CHANGE REVISED CONTRACT AMOUNT $5,062,868.45 1.4%TOTAL CHANGE ORIGINAL CONTRACT TIME 365 Days Time Extension CO1 0 Days Revised Contract Time 365 Days APPROVED _____________________________________________________________________________________ A/E CONTRACTOR Date CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER Date _____________________________________________________________________________________ CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR Date CITY ATTORNEY Date _____________________________________________________________________________________ PROJECT MANAGER Date CITY MANAGER Date ___________________________________________ __________________________________________ CITY ENGINEER Date MAYOR Date ___________________________________________ __________________________________________ DEPARTMENT DIRECTOR Date CITY SECRETARY Date THE NET AFFECT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER IS A 1.4% INCREASE This change order is for a not to exceed amount to cover traffic control items necessary for the closure of the Rock Prairie Road rail crossing at the Wellborn Road intersection. This project requires multiple rail shut downs in order to construct the propsed improvements. Union Pacific Railroad (UPRR) controls the schedule of these shut downs and the City is obligated to provide the traffic control for the necessary closures within the time frame given by UPRR. November 1, 2021 November 1, 2022 Page 626 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 9.1. FDBT Building 200 Expansion Public Utility Easement Abandonment Sponsor: Anthony Armstrong Reviewed By CBC: N/A Agenda Caption:Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action approving an ordinance vacating and abandoning a 0.087 acre portion of a 15-foot Public Utility Easement, said portion lying due east of the terminus of Biomedical Way, of the Traditions Subdivision Phase 23 according to the easement agreement recorded in Volume 13417, Page 155, of the Official Records of Brazos County, Texas. Relationship to Strategic Goals:  Core Services & Infrastructure  Diverse & Growing Economy Recommendation(s): Staff recommends approval of the abandonment. Summary: The public utility easement abandonment is being requested by the applicant as a result of a desire to expand the existing building to this area. There is existing infrastructure within the easement that is part of a current Site Plan application that will remove the waterline located here. The 0.087 acre public utility easement is located due east of the current terminus of Biomedical Way Drive. Budget & Financial Summary: N/A Attachments: 1. Ordinance 2. Ordinance Exhibit A 3. Vicinity Map 4. Location Map 5. Application Page 627 of 778 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 ORDINANCE NO. _________________ AN ORDINANCE MAKING CERTAIN AFFIRMATIVE FINDINGS AND VACATING AND ABANDONING A 0.087 ACRE PORTION OF A 15-FOOT PUBLIC UTILITY EASEMENT, SAID PORTION LYING DUE EAST OF THE TERMINUS OF BIOMEDICAL WAY, OF THE TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 23 ACCORDING TO THE EASEMENT AGREEMENT RECORDED IN VOLUME 13417, PAGE 155, OF THE OFFICIAL RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS WHEREAS, the City of College Station, Texas, has received an application for the vacation and abandonment of a 0.087 acre portion of a 15-foot Public Utility Easement, said portion lying due east of the terminus of Biomedical Way, of the Traditions Subdivision Phase 23 according to the easement agreement recorded in Volume 13417, Page 155, of the Official Records of Brazos County, Texas, as described in Exhibit “A”, attached hereto (such portion hereinafter referred to as the “Public Utility Easement”); and WHEREAS, in order for the Public Utility Easement to be vacated and abandoned by the City Council of the City of College Station, Texas, the City Council must make certain affirmative findings; now therefore, BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS: PART 1:That after opening and closing a public hearing, the City Council finds the following pertaining to the vacating and abandoning of the Public Utility Easement described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto and made a part of this ordinance for all purposes. 1.Abandonment of the Public Utility Easement will not result in property that does not have access to public roadways or utilities. 2.There is no public need or use for the Public Utility Easement. 3.There is no anticipated future public need or use for the Public Utility Easement. 4.Abandonment of the Public Utility Easement will not impact access for all public utilities to serve current and future customers. PART 2:That the Public Utility Easement as described in Exhibit “A” be abandoned and vacated by the City only upon completion of the following conditions: 1. The City shall retain the Public Utility Easement until such time that the existing waterline has been removed per the construction plans approved by the City, in a form acceptable to the City. Page 628 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ____________ Page 2 of 2 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 PASSED, ADOPTED and APPROVED this 22nd day of September, 2022. ATTEST: APPROVED: _____________________________ _____________________________ City Secretary Mayor APPROVED: _______________________________ City Attorney Page 629 of 778 BRYAN  BRENHAM  FORT WORTH  GEORGETOWN • SAN ANTONIO Corporate: 401 26th Street, Suite 3 / Bryan, Texas 77803  1-877-GESSNER  www.gessnerengineering.com CIVIL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING GEOTECHNICAL STRUCTURAL SURVEYING April 28, 2022 Job No. 22-0041 Page 1 of 2 EXHIBIT “A” EASEMENT ABANDONMENT BEING A 0.087 OF AN ACRE (3,795 SQUARE FEET) TRACT OF LAND SITUATED IN THE JOHN H. JONES SURVEY, ABSTRACT NO. 26, COLLEGE STATION, BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, AND BEING OUT OF A CALLED 1.138-ACRE TRACT OF LAND DESCRIBED IN AN EASEMENT AGREEMENT TO THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS, RECORDED IN VOLUME 13417, PAGE 155, OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS (O.P.R.B.C.T). SAID 0.087 OF AN ACRE TRACT BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED BY METES AND BOUNDS AS FOLLOWS: COMMENCING FOR REFERENCE at a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap stamped “KERR” found for the south corner of Lot 2, Block 1 as depicted on the final plat of The Traditions Subdivision Phase 23, recorded in Volume 11293, Page 184, O.P.R.B.C.T., same being an interior “ell” corner of Lot 3, Block 1 as depicted on the final plat of Traditions Subdivision Phase 24 and 25, recorded in Volume 16118, Page 69, O.P.R.B.C.T.; THENCE, North 48° 07’ 58” West (North 48° 08’ 32” West) [North 48° 08’ 12” West] with the common line of said Lot 2 and said Lot 3, at a distance of 99.65 (99.65) feet pass a point for the southeasterly corner of said 1.138-acre tract, at a distance of 114.65 (114.65) feet pass a point for a corner of said 1.138-acre tract, continuing for a total distance of 382.64 feet to a point for a corner of said 1.138-acre tract; THENCE, North 41° 59’ 19” East (North 41° 58’ 45” East) departing from said Lot 3 and with the southerly southwest line of said 1.138-acre tract, a distance of 179.47 (179.47) feet to a point for an interior “ell” corner of said 1.138-acre tract, same being the west corner of the herein described tract and for the POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE, North 41° 59’ 19” East (North 41° 58’ 45” East) departing from the southerly southwest line of said 1.138- acre tract, a distance of 15.00 (15.00) feet to a point for the north corner of the herein described tract, same being an interior “ell” corner of said 1.138-acre tract; THENCE, South 48° 00’ 37” East (South 48° 01’ 11” East) with the northerly southwest line of said 1.138-acre tract, a distance of 252.99 (252.99) feet to a point for the east corner of the herein described tract, same being an interior “ell” corner of said 1.138-acre tract; THENCE, South 41° 59’ 19” West departing from the northerly southwest line of said 1.138-acre tract, a distance of 15.00 feet to a point for the south corner of the herein described tract, same being an interior “ell” corner of said 1.138-acre tract; THENCE, North 48° 00’ 37” West (North 48° 01’ 11” West) with the southerly southwest line of said 1.138-acre tract, a distance of 252.99 (252.99) feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 0.087 of an acre (3,795 square feet) of land. **Notes integral to this description continue on Page 2** Page 630 of 778 GESSNER ENGINEERING CIVIL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING GEOTECHNICAL STRUCTURAL SURVEYING April 28, 2022 Job No. 22-0041 Page 2 of 2 Notes: A parcel plat of even date was prepared in conjunction with this property description. All bearings and distances listed in parentheses denote record data recorded in Volume 13417, Page 155, O.P.R.B.C.T. All bearings and distances listed in square brackets denote record data recorded in Volume 11293, Page 184, O.P.R.B.C.T. Bearings are based on the Texas State Plane Coordinate System, Central Zone (4203), North American Datum 83, as obtained by GPS observations per the Leica SmartNet. Distances shown hereon are surface values in U.S. survey feet and may be converted to grid by multiplying the values by a conversion factor of 0.99988. ___________________________________ Daniel B. Davis, R.P.L.S. No. 6195 Gessner Engineering, LLC 11913 Starcrest Drive San Antonio, Texas 78247 1-877-GESSNER TBPELS Firm Registration Numbers: 7451 & 10194599 N:\Gessner Eng Data 22\22-0041 Fujifilm Building 200 Expansion, College Station\30 Department Folders\05 Survey\Fieldnotes\22-0041 M&B.docx Page 631 of 778 ELECTRIC &WATER EASEMENTVOL. 13417, PG. 155O.P.R.B.C.T.BRYAN TRADITIONS, LPCALLED 7.60 ACLOT 1, BLOCK 1THE TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 23VOL. 13464, PG. 127O.P.R.B.C.T.FUJIFILM DIOSYNTH BIOTECHNOLOGIES TEXAS, LLC. CALLED12.45 ACLOT 2, BLOCK 1THE TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 23VOL. 13934, PG. 268O.P.R.B.C.T.(NOTE: VESTING DEED CONVEYS "ALL OF UNIT 1, TOGETHERWITH AN UNDIVIDED 50% INTEREST IN THE COMMON ELEMENTSOF FUJIFILM DIOSYNTH BIOTECHNOLOGIES TEXASCONDOMINIUM, A CONDOMINIUM REGIME LOCATED IN COLLEGESTATION, BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, ACCORDING TO THECONDOMINIUM DECLARATION FILED FOR RECORD AS DOCUMENTNO. 2017-1292735 IN VOL. 13930, PG. 149, O.P.R.B.C.T.")THE TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 23VOL. 11293, PG. 184O.P.R.B.C.T.15' P.U.E.VOL. 16118, PG. 69O.P.R.B.C.T.FUJIFILM DIOSYNTH BIOTECHNOLOGIES TEXAS, LLCCALLED 22.294 ACLOT 3, BLOCK 1TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 24 AND 25VOL. 16158, PG. 184 AND VOL. 16158, PG. 195O.P.R.B.C.T.TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 24 AND 25VOL. 16118, PG. 69O.P.R.B.C.T.BIOMEDICAL WAY(CALLED 63' R.O.W.)(VOL. 11293, PG. 184, O.P.R.B.C.T.)15' P.U.E.VOL. 16118, PG. 69O.P.R.B.C.T.15' P.U.E.VOL. 16118, PG. 69O.P.R.B.C.T.15' P.U.E.VOL. 16118, PG. 69O.P.R.B.C.T.10' P.U.E.VOL. 11280, PG. 270VOL. 11322, PG. 82O.P.R.B.C.T.10' P.U.E.VOL. 11280, PG. 259O.P.R.B.C.T.15' P.U.E.VOL. 11280, PG. 259O.P.R.B.C.T.30' WATER AND SANITARYSEWER EASEMENTVOL. 11256, PG. 99O.P.R.B.C.T.TEMPORARY ACCESS EASEMENTVOL. 11280, PG. 265VOL. 11322, PG. 92O.P.R.B.C.T.10' P.U.E.VOL. 11293, PG. 184O.P.R.B.C.T.10' SANITARYSEWER EASEMENTVOL. 11280 PG. 277VOL. 11322, PG. 92O.P.R.B.C.T.N 48°00'37" W 252.99'L1 S 48°00'37" E 252.99'L2(N 48°01'11" W 252.99')(S 48°01'11" E 252.99')(N 48°08'32" W)[N 48°08'12" W]N 41°59'19" E 179.47' (N 41°58'45" E 179.47')N 48°07'58" W 382.64'(99.65')99.65'15.00'(15.00')POBPOCCITY OF COLLEGE STATIONGPS MONUMENT CS94-164BEARS N 18°12'55" E 5,503.94'0.087 OF AN ACRE0'SCALE: 1"= 60'60'120'180'NISSUE DATE:PROJECT #:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:CORPORATE OFFICE401 W 26TH STBRYAN, TEXAS 77803www.gessnerengineering.comBRENHAM979.836.6855BRYAN979.680.884 0FORT WORTH817.405.0774GEORGETOWN512.930.5832SAN ANTONIO210.305.4792TBPELS FIRM REGISTRATION NUMBERS:F-7451 & F-101914599JNDD04-28-202222-0041EASEMENTABANDONMENT EXHIBITCIVIL | CM T | GEO T ECHNICAL STRUC TURAL | SURV EY L1N 41°59'19" E (N 41°58'45" E)15.00' (15.00')L2S 41°59'19" W15.00'EXHIBIT "B"EASEMENT ABANDONMENTBEING A 0.087 OF AN ACRE TRACT OF LANDOUT OF A CALLED 1.138 ACRE TRACT OF LANDVOL. 13417, PG. 155O.P.R.B.C.T.0.087 OF AN ACRE (3,795 SQUARE FEET) TRACTCOLLEGE STATION, BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXASADDRESS:3939 BIOMEDICAL WAYCOLLEGE STATION, TEXAS 778456195PROFESSIONAL REGISTEREDLANDSURVEYORSTATEOFTEXA SDANIEL B. DAVISLINEBEARINGDISTANCELINE TABLENOTES:1.SUBJECT TRACT APPEARS TO BE VESTED IN FUJIFILM DIOSYNTH BIOTECHNOLOGIES TEXAS, LLC BY VIRTUE OF A SPECIAL WARRANTY DEED WITH VENDOR'S LIEN RECORDED INVOL. 13934, PG. 268, O.P.R.B.C.T.2.TITLE WAS NOT PROVIDED AT THE TIME OF SURVEY, NOR WAS A TITLE COMMITMENT OR THE RESULTS OF A TITLE SEARCH. ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS MAY BE APPLICABLE TO THISPROPERTY WHICH WERE NOT TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION.3.BEARINGS ARE BASED ON THE TEXAS STATE PLANE COORDINATE SYSTEM, CENTRAL ZONE (4203), NAD83 DATUM, AS OBTAINED BY GPS OBSERVATIONS PER THE LEICA SMARTNETNETWORK OF NORTH AMERICA. DISTANCES SHOWN HEREON ARE SURFACE VALUES IN US SURVEY FEET AND MAY BE CONVERTED TO GRID BY MULTIPLYING THE VALUES BY THEFOLLOWING TXDOT CALCULATED SCALE FACTOR: 0.99988.4.THIS PROPERTY FALLS WITHIN ZONE "X" AND HAS LESS THAN A 1% ANNUAL CHANCE OF FLOOD HAZARD ACCORDING TO THE FEMA FIRM MAP FOR BRAZOS COUNTY, CITY OFCOLLEGE STATION, TEXAS, COMMUNITY MAP NO. 480083, PANEL NO. 0285E, MAP NO. 48041C0285E, EFFECTIVE DATE OF MAY 16, 2012.5.ALL BEARINGS AND DISTANCES LISTED IN PARENTHESES DENOTE RECORD DATA RECORDED IN VOL. 13417, PG. 155, O.P.R.B.C.T. ALL BEARINGS AND DISTANCES LISTED IN SQUAREBRACKETS DENOTE RECORD DATA RECORDED IN VOL. 11293, PG. 184, O.P.R.B.C.T.EASEMENT BOUNDARY LINE1/2" IRON ROD FOUNDWITH CAP STAMPED "KERR"POBO.P.R.B.C.T.( )POINT OF BEGINNINGOFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OFBRAZOS COUNTY, TEXASRECORD DATA(VOL. 13417, PG. 155, O.P.R.B.C.T)ADJOINER PROPERTY LINELEGEND[ ]PARENT TRACT BOUNDARY LINEPOCPOINT OF COMMENCEMENTRECORD DATA(VOL. 11293, PG. 184, O.P.R.B.C.T)EASEMENT LINECALCULATED POINTCERTIFICATE OF SURVEYORI, DANIEL B. DAVIS, A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR IN THESTATE OF TEXAS, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THIS PLAT TO BE A TRUE AND CORRECTREPRESENTATION OF LAND AS SURVEYED ON THE GROUND UNDER MYSUPERVISION DIRECTION AND SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLIES WITH THECURRENT TEXAS SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR'S STANDARDSAND SPECIFICATIONS FOR A CATEGORY 1B, CONDITION II SURVEY.DANIEL B. DAVIS R.P.L.S. NO. 6195REVISED DATE:08-03-2022Page 632 of 778 Page 633 of 778 Page 634 of 778 Page 635 of 778 Page 636 of 778 Page 637 of 778 Page 638 of 778 BRYAN  BRENHAM  FORT WORTH  GEORGETOWN • SAN ANTONIO Corporate: 401 26th Street, Suite 3 / Bryan, Texas 77803  1-877-GESSNER  www.gessnerengineering.com CIVIL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING GEOTECHNICAL STRUCTURAL SURVEYING April 28, 2022 Job No. 22-0041 Page 1 of 2 EXHIBIT “A” EASEMENT ABANDONMENT BEING A 0.087 OF AN ACRE (3,795 SQUARE FEET) TRACT OF LAND SITUATED IN THE JOHN H. JONES SURVEY, ABSTRACT NO. 26, COLLEGE STATION, BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, AND BEING OUT OF A CALLED 1.138-ACRE TRACT OF LAND DESCRIBED IN AN EASEMENT AGREEMENT TO THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS, RECORDED IN VOLUME 13417, PAGE 155, OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS (O.P.R.B.C.T). SAID 0.087 OF AN ACRE TRACT BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED BY METES AND BOUNDS AS FOLLOWS: COMMENCING FOR REFERENCE at a 1/2-inch iron rod with cap stamped “KERR” found for the south corner of Lot 2, Block 1 as depicted on the final plat of The Traditions Subdivision Phase 23, recorded in Volume 11293, Page 184, O.P.R.B.C.T., same being an interior “ell” corner of Lot 3, Block 1 as depicted on the final plat of Traditions Subdivision Phase 24 and 25, recorded in Volume 16118, Page 69, O.P.R.B.C.T.; THENCE, North 48° 07’ 58” West (North 48° 08’ 32” West) [North 48° 08’ 12” West] with the common line of said Lot 2 and said Lot 3, at a distance of 99.65 (99.65) feet pass a point for the southeasterly corner of said 1.138-acre tract, at a distance of 114.65 (114.65) feet pass a point for a corner of said 1.138-acre tract, continuing for a total distance of 382.64 feet to a point for a corner of said 1.138-acre tract; THENCE, North 41° 59’ 19” East (North 41° 58’ 45” East) departing from said Lot 3 and with the southerly southwest line of said 1.138-acre tract, a distance of 179.47 (179.47) feet to a point for an interior “ell” corner of said 1.138-acre tract, same being the west corner of the herein described tract and for the POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE, North 41° 59’ 19” East (North 41° 58’ 45” East) departing from the southerly southwest line of said 1.138- acre tract, a distance of 15.00 (15.00) feet to a point for the north corner of the herein described tract, same being an interior “ell” corner of said 1.138-acre tract; THENCE, South 48° 00’ 37” East (South 48° 01’ 11” East) with the northerly southwest line of said 1.138-acre tract, a distance of 252.99 (252.99) feet to a point for the east corner of the herein described tract, same being an interior “ell” corner of said 1.138-acre tract; THENCE, South 41° 59’ 19” West departing from the northerly southwest line of said 1.138-acre tract, a distance of 15.00 feet to a point for the south corner of the herein described tract, same being an interior “ell” corner of said 1.138-acre tract; THENCE, North 48° 00’ 37” West (North 48° 01’ 11” West) with the southerly southwest line of said 1.138-acre tract, a distance of 252.99 (252.99) feet to the POINT OF BEGINNING and containing 0.087 of an acre (3,795 square feet) of land. **Notes integral to this description continue on Page 2** Page 639 of 778 GESSNER ENGINEERING CIVIL CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS TESTING GEOTECHNICAL STRUCTURAL SURVEYING April 28, 2022 Job No. 22-0041 Page 2 of 2 Notes: A parcel plat of even date was prepared in conjunction with this property description. All bearings and distances listed in parentheses denote record data recorded in Volume 13417, Page 155, O.P.R.B.C.T. All bearings and distances listed in square brackets denote record data recorded in Volume 11293, Page 184, O.P.R.B.C.T. Bearings are based on the Texas State Plane Coordinate System, Central Zone (4203), North American Datum 83, as obtained by GPS observations per the Leica SmartNet. Distances shown hereon are surface values in U.S. survey feet and may be converted to grid by multiplying the values by a conversion factor of 0.99988. ___________________________________ Daniel B. Davis, R.P.L.S. No. 6195 Gessner Engineering, LLC 11913 Starcrest Drive San Antonio, Texas 78247 1-877-GESSNER TBPELS Firm Registration Numbers: 7451 & 10194599 N:\Gessner Eng Data 22\22-0041 Fujifilm Building 200 Expansion, College Station\30 Department Folders\05 Survey\Fieldnotes\22-0041 M&B.docx Page 640 of 778 ELECTRIC &WATER EASEMENTVOL. 13417, PG. 155O.P.R.B.C.T.BRYAN TRADITIONS, LPCALLED 7.60 ACLOT 1, BLOCK 1THE TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 23VOL. 13464, PG. 127O.P.R.B.C.T.FUJIFILM DIOSYNTH BIOTECHNOLOGIES TEXAS, LLC. CALLED12.45 ACLOT 2, BLOCK 1THE TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 23VOL. 13934, PG. 268O.P.R.B.C.T.(NOTE: VESTING DEED CONVEYS "ALL OF UNIT 1, TOGETHERWITH AN UNDIVIDED 50% INTEREST IN THE COMMON ELEMENTSOF FUJIFILM DIOSYNTH BIOTECHNOLOGIES TEXASCONDOMINIUM, A CONDOMINIUM REGIME LOCATED IN COLLEGESTATION, BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, ACCORDING TO THECONDOMINIUM DECLARATION FILED FOR RECORD AS DOCUMENTNO. 2017-1292735 IN VOL. 13930, PG. 149, O.P.R.B.C.T.")THE TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 23VOL. 11293, PG. 184O.P.R.B.C.T.15' P.U.E.VOL. 16118, PG. 69O.P.R.B.C.T.FUJIFILM DIOSYNTH BIOTECHNOLOGIES TEXAS, LLCCALLED 22.294 ACLOT 3, BLOCK 1TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 24 AND 25VOL. 16158, PG. 184 AND VOL. 16158, PG. 195O.P.R.B.C.T.TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 24 AND 25VOL. 16118, PG. 69O.P.R.B.C.T.BIOMEDICAL WAY(CALLED 63' R.O.W.)(VOL. 11293, PG. 184, O.P.R.B.C.T.)15' P.U.E.VOL. 16118, PG. 69O.P.R.B.C.T.15' P.U.E.VOL. 16118, PG. 69O.P.R.B.C.T.15' P.U.E.VOL. 16118, PG. 69O.P.R.B.C.T.10' P.U.E.VOL. 11280, PG. 270VOL. 11322, PG. 82O.P.R.B.C.T.10' P.U.E.VOL. 11280, PG. 259O.P.R.B.C.T.15' P.U.E.VOL. 11280, PG. 259O.P.R.B.C.T.30' WATER AND SANITARYSEWER EASEMENTVOL. 11256, PG. 99O.P.R.B.C.T.TEMPORARY ACCESS EASEMENTVOL. 11280, PG. 265VOL. 11322, PG. 92O.P.R.B.C.T.10' P.U.E.VOL. 11293, PG. 184O.P.R.B.C.T.10' SANITARYSEWER EASEMENTVOL. 11280 PG. 277VOL. 11322, PG. 92O.P.R.B.C.T.N 48°00'37" W 252.99'L1 S 48°00'37" E 252.99'L2(N 48°01'11" W 252.99')(S 48°01'11" E 252.99')(N 48°08'32" W)[N 48°08'12" W]N 41°59'19" E 179.47' (N 41°58'45" E 179.47')N 48°07'58" W 382.64'(99.65')99.65'15.00'(15.00')POBPOCCITY OF COLLEGE STATIONGPS MONUMENT CS94-164BEARS N 18°12'55" E 5,503.94'0.087 OF AN ACRE0'SCALE: 1"= 60'60'120'180'NISSUE DATE:PROJECT #:DRAWN BY:CHECKED BY:CORPORATE OFFICE401 W 26TH STBRYAN, TEXAS 77803www.gessnerengineering.comBRENHAM979.836.6855BRYAN979.680.884 0FORT WORTH817.405.0774GEORGETOWN512.930.5832SAN ANTONIO210.305.4792TBPELS FIRM REGISTRATION NUMBERS:F-7451 & F-101914599JNDD04-28-202222-0041EASEMENTABANDONMENT EXHIBITCIVIL | CM T | GEO T ECHNICAL STRUC TURAL | SURV EY L1N 41°59'19" E (N 41°58'45" E)15.00' (15.00')L2S 41°59'19" W15.00'EXHIBIT "B"EASEMENT ABANDONMENTBEING A 0.087 OF AN ACRE TRACT OF LANDOUT OF A CALLED 1.138 ACRE TRACT OF LANDVOL. 13417, PG. 155O.P.R.B.C.T.0.087 OF AN ACRE (3,795 SQUARE FEET) TRACTCOLLEGE STATION, BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXASADDRESS:3939 BIOMEDICAL WAYCOLLEGE STATION, TEXAS 778456195PROFESSIONAL REGISTEREDLANDSURVEYORSTATEOFTEXA SDANIEL B. DAVISLINEBEARINGDISTANCELINE TABLENOTES:1.SUBJECT TRACT APPEARS TO BE VESTED IN FUJIFILM DIOSYNTH BIOTECHNOLOGIES TEXAS, LLC BY VIRTUE OF A SPECIAL WARRANTY DEED WITH VENDOR'S LIEN RECORDED INVOL. 13934, PG. 268, O.P.R.B.C.T.2.TITLE WAS NOT PROVIDED AT THE TIME OF SURVEY, NOR WAS A TITLE COMMITMENT OR THE RESULTS OF A TITLE SEARCH. ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTS MAY BE APPLICABLE TO THISPROPERTY WHICH WERE NOT TAKEN INTO CONSIDERATION.3.BEARINGS ARE BASED ON THE TEXAS STATE PLANE COORDINATE SYSTEM, CENTRAL ZONE (4203), NAD83 DATUM, AS OBTAINED BY GPS OBSERVATIONS PER THE LEICA SMARTNETNETWORK OF NORTH AMERICA. DISTANCES SHOWN HEREON ARE SURFACE VALUES IN US SURVEY FEET AND MAY BE CONVERTED TO GRID BY MULTIPLYING THE VALUES BY THEFOLLOWING TXDOT CALCULATED SCALE FACTOR: 0.99988.4.THIS PROPERTY FALLS WITHIN ZONE "X" AND HAS LESS THAN A 1% ANNUAL CHANCE OF FLOOD HAZARD ACCORDING TO THE FEMA FIRM MAP FOR BRAZOS COUNTY, CITY OFCOLLEGE STATION, TEXAS, COMMUNITY MAP NO. 480083, PANEL NO. 0285E, MAP NO. 48041C0285E, EFFECTIVE DATE OF MAY 16, 2012.5.ALL BEARINGS AND DISTANCES LISTED IN PARENTHESES DENOTE RECORD DATA RECORDED IN VOL. 13417, PG. 155, O.P.R.B.C.T. ALL BEARINGS AND DISTANCES LISTED IN SQUAREBRACKETS DENOTE RECORD DATA RECORDED IN VOL. 11293, PG. 184, O.P.R.B.C.T.EASEMENT BOUNDARY LINE1/2" IRON ROD FOUNDWITH CAP STAMPED "KERR"POBO.P.R.B.C.T.( )POINT OF BEGINNINGOFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OFBRAZOS COUNTY, TEXASRECORD DATA(VOL. 13417, PG. 155, O.P.R.B.C.T)ADJOINER PROPERTY LINELEGEND[ ]PARENT TRACT BOUNDARY LINEPOCPOINT OF COMMENCEMENTRECORD DATA(VOL. 11293, PG. 184, O.P.R.B.C.T)EASEMENT LINECALCULATED POINTCERTIFICATE OF SURVEYORI, DANIEL B. DAVIS, A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR IN THESTATE OF TEXAS, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THIS PLAT TO BE A TRUE AND CORRECTREPRESENTATION OF LAND AS SURVEYED ON THE GROUND UNDER MYSUPERVISION DIRECTION AND SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLIES WITH THECURRENT TEXAS SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR'S STANDARDSAND SPECIFICATIONS FOR A CATEGORY 1B, CONDITION II SURVEY.DANIEL B. DAVIS R.P.L.S. NO. 6195REVISED DATE:08-03-2022Page 641 of 778 Page 642 of 778 HSC PKWYSTATE H W Y 47 BIOMEDICAL WAY BURGESS LANE LOT 4 0.549 AC. BLOCK 1 COMMON AREA 2LOT 3 22.294 AC. BLOCK 1 LOT 1R 5.012 AC. BLOCK 2 COMMON AREA 1R0.231 AC.BLOCK 10.528 AC.BLOCK 24.15 AC. BLOCK 2 LOT 1 0.519 AC. 15698/200BLOCK 2COMMON AREA 118.41 AC. 15990/113, 15987/288, 15990/149 BRYAN TRADITIONS LP REMAINDER TRACT BIOMEDICAL WAY BRYAN TRADITIONS LP 15698/200 23,872 SF ROW DEDICATION REPLAT 140 SF ROW DEDICATION METES AND BOUNDS DESCRIPTION OF A 29.167 ACRE TRACT JOHN H. JONES SURVEY, A-26 COLLEGE STATION, BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS METES AND BOUNDS DESCRIPTION OF ALL THAT CERTAIN TRACT OF LAND LYING AND BEING SITUATED IN THE JOHN H. JONES SURVEY, ABSTRACT NO. 26, COLLEGE STATION, BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS. SAID TRACT BEING ALL OF A CALLED 2.81 ACRE DRILL SITE DESCRIBED AS TRACT 2 AND ALL OF A CALLED 0.90 ACRE TRACT OF LAND (BEING A 40' STRIP OF LAND KNOWN AS “BURGESS LANE”) AS DESCRIBED AS TRACT 4 BY A DEED TO BRYAN COMMERCE AND DEVELOPMENT INC. RECORDED IN VOLUME 4023, PAGE 71 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, A PORTION OF THE REMAINDER OF A CALLED 324.83 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO BRYAN COMMERCE AND DEVELOPMENT INC. RECORDED IN VOLUME 4023, PAGE 91 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, ALL OF A CALLED 2.00 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED AS TRACT ONE AND ALL OF A CALLED 3.00 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED AS TRACT TWO BY A DEED TO WP 47 DEVELOPMENT, LTD. RECORDED IN VOLUME 4561, PAGE 39 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, ALL OF A CALLED 0.47 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO WP 47 DEVELOPMENT, LTD. RECORDED IN VOLUME 6437, PAGE 284 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, ALL OF A CALLED 0.55 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO THE CITY OF BRYAN RECORDED IN VOLUME 11256, PAGE 87 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, ALL OF LOT 1, BLOCK 2, THE TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION, PHASE 24 AS SHOWN ON THE PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 15698, PAGE 200 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, AND A PORTION OF THE 63.00 FOOT WIDE RIGHT-OF-WAY OF BIOMEDICAL WAY. SAID TRACT BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED BY METES AND BOUNDS AS FOLLOWS: BEGINNING AT A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND (Y:10202419.67, X:3538357.43) ON THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF HSC PARKWAY (125' R.O.W., 9514/101) MARKING THE NORTH CORNER OF A CALLED 20.5424 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO CAMWEST TRADITIONS, LP, RECORDED IN VOLUME 8555, PAGE 167 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS; SAID IRON ROD FOUND MARKING THE MOST WESTERLY CORNER OF SAID TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION, PHASE 24 AND THE BEGINNING OF A COUNTER-CLOCKWISE CURVE HAVING A RADIUS OF 862.50 FEET [COORDINATES AND BEARING SYSTEM SHOWN HEREIN ARE NAD83 (TEXAS STATE PLANE CENTRAL ZONE GRID NORTH) BASED ON THE PUBLISHED COORDINATES OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION CONTROL MONUMENT CS94-164 (Y:10207269.05, X:3541253.11) AND AS ESTABLISHED BY GPS OBSERVATION; DISTANCES SHOWN HEREIN ARE GRID DISTANCES, TO DETERMINE SURFACE DISTANCES, MULTIPLY BY A COMBINED SCALE FACTOR OF 1.00010131 (CALCULATED USING GEOID 12B)]; THENCE: ALONG SAID CURVE AND THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF HSC PARKWAY THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 29° 44' 58" FOR AN ARC DISTANCE OF 447.83 FEET (CHORD BEARS: N 58° 13' 58" E - 442.82 FEET) TO A 1/2 INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND MARKING THE END POINT OF SAID CURVE AND THE BEGINNING OF A CLOCKWISE CURVE HAVING A RADIUS OF 25.00 FEET; THENCE: ALONG THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF BIOMEDICAL WAY (63' R.O.W. PER PLAT OF THE TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION, PHASE 23, 11293/184) FOR THE FOLLOWING CALLS: ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 82° 25' 17" FOR AN ARC DISTANCE OF 35.96 FEET (CHORD BEARS: S 89° 20' 51" E - 32.94 FEET) TO A 1/2 INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND MARKING THE END POINT OF SAID CURVE; S 48° 08' 12" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 55.07 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 11293/184) TO A 1/2 INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND MARKING THE BEGINNING OF A CLOCKWISE CURVE HAVING A RADIUS OF 468.50 FEET; ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 02° 08' 44" FOR AN ARC DISTANCE OF 17.54 FEET (CHORD BEARS: S 47° 03' 50" E - 17.54 FEET) (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 11293/184) TO A 1/2 INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND MARKING THE END POINT OF SAID CURVE; S 45° 59' 28" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 181.41 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 11293/184) TO A 1/2 INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND MARKING THE BEGINNING OF A COUNTER-CLOCKWISE CURVE HAVING A RADIUS OF 531.50 FEET; ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 02° 08' 44" FOR AN ARC DISTANCE OF 19.90 FEET (CHORD BEARS: S 47° 03' 50" E - 19.90 FEET) (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 11293/184) TO A 1/2 INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND MARKING THE END POINT OF SAID CURVE; S 48° 08' 12" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 143.76 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 15698/200) TO A 1/2 INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND MARKING THE EAST CORNER OF SAID PHASE 24; S 48° 08' 12” E FOR A DISTANCE OF 81.78 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED BEARING, 11293/184); THENCE: N 41° 51' 48" E ACROSS THE RIGHT-OF-WAY OF BIOMEDICAL WAY FOR A DISTANCE OF 63.00 FEET TO THE NORTHEAST LINE OF BIOMEDICAL WAY, SAME BEING THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF LOT 2, BLOCK 1, THE TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION, PHASE 23, ACCORDING TO THE PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 11293, PAGE 184 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, FOR REFERENCE A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP MARKED “KERR 4502” FOUND ON THE NORTHEAST LINE OF BIOMEDICAL WAY MARKING THE WEST CORNER OF SAID LOT 2 BEARS: N 48° 08' 12" W FOR A DISTANCE OF 96.00 FEET; THENCE: S 48° 08' 12" E ALONG THE NORTHEAST LINE OF BIOMEDICAL WAY FOR A DISTANCE OF 479.00 FEET TO A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP MARKED “KERR 4502” FOUND MARKING THE SOUTH CORNER OF SAID LOT 2; THENCE: N 41° 51' 48" E ALONG THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF SAID LOT 2 FOR A DISTANCE OF 217.00 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 11293/184) TO A POINT (FOR REFERENCE, A CHAIN LINK FENCE POST FOUND BEARS: N 61° 15' 11” W FOR A DISTANCE OF 0.35 FEET); THENCE: S 48° 08' 12" E CONTINUING ALONG THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF SAID LOT 2 FOR A DISTANCE OF 104.00 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 11293/184) TO A POINT IN A CHAIN LINK FENCE POST; THENCE: N 41° 51' 48" E ALONG THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF SAID LOT 2 FOR A DISTANCE OF 572.50 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 11293/184) TO A POINT ON THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF GREENWAY COMMON AREA 14R, THE TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 23 AS SHOWN ON THE PLAT RECORDED IN VOLUME 15608, PAGE 193 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS; SAID POINT MARKING THE EAST CORNER OF SAID LOT 2 (FOR REFERENCE, A CHAIN LINK FENCE CORNER POST FOUND BEARS: N 68° 56' 23” W FOR A DISTANCE OF 0.34 FEET); THENCE: ALONG THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF SAID COMMON AREA FOR THE FOLLOWING CALLS: S 31° 16' 52" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 107.85 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 11293/184) TO A POINT (FOR REFERENCE, A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND BEARS: S 17° 24' 23” W FOR A DISTANCE OF 0.21 FEET); S 45° 51' 23" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 355.55 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 11293/184) TO A POINT (FOR REFERENCE, A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND BEARS: S 35° 14' 03” W FOR A DISTANCE OF 0.17 FEET); S 18° 40' 17" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 109.33 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 11293/184) TO A POINT (FOR REFERENCE, A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND BEARS: S 15° 20' 05” W FOR A DISTANCE OF 0.14 FEET); S 27° 56' 20" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 98.88 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 11293/184) TO A POINT ON THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT AND THE NORTHWEST LINE OF THE REMAINDER OF A CALLED 4 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO THE WILLIAM F. MEADS, JR. AND LULA M. MEADS REVOCABLE LIVING TRUST RECORDED IN VOLUME 2845, PAGE 123 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS; SAID POINT MARKING THE SOUTH CORNER OF SAID COMMON AREA (FOR REFERENCE, A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND BEARS: S 01° 33' 36” W FOR A DISTANCE OF 0.26 FEET); THENCE: S 42° 55' 15" W ALONG THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT FOR A DISTANCE OF 585.40 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTHEAST LINE OF A CALLED 2.00 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO JIM G. WELCH, JR. RECORDED IN VOLUME 277, PAGE 203 OF THE DEED RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS; SAID POINT MARKING THE SOUTHEAST CORNER OF SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT (FOR REFERENCE, A 5/8 INCH IRON ROD WITH CAP STAMPED 'JONES & CARTER' FOUND BEARS: S 86° 21' 03” E FOR A DISTANCE OF 0.39 FEET); THENCE: N 45° 26' 52" W ALONG THE SOUTH LINE OF SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT FOR A DISTANCE OF 279.40 FEET TO A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND MARKING THE EAST CORNER OF SAID 3.00 ACRE TRACT (4561/39) AND THE NORTH CORNER OF THE REMAINDER OF A CALLED 2.00 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO JIM WELCH, JR. AND WIFE, SYLVIA WELCH RECORDED IN VOLUME 289, PAGE 35 OF THE DEED RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS; THENCE: S 42° 46' 47" W ALONG THE COMMON LINE OF SAID 3.00 ACRE TRACT AND SAID 2.00 ACRE TRACT FOR A DISTANCE OF 363.23 FEET (DEED CALL: S 45° 18' 00” W - 361.00 FEET, 4561/39) TO A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' SET ON THE NORTHEAST LINE OF SAID 0.90 ACRE TRACT (BURGESS LANE) MARKING THE SOUTH CORNER OF SAID 3.00 ACRE TRACT AND THE WEST CORNER OF SAID REMAINDER OF 2.00 ACRE TRACT; THENCE: S 47° 34' 13" E ALONG THE NORTHEAST LINE OF SAID 0.90 ACRE TRACT (BURGESS LANE) FOR A DISTANCE OF 628.45 FEET TO A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' SET ON THE NORTHWEST LINE OF STATE HIGHWAY 47 (R.O.W. WIDTH VARIES) MARKING THE SOUTH CORNER OF THE REMAINDER OF A CALLED 1 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO THE JIMMIE G. WELCH, JR. AND SYLVIA L. WELCH REVOCABLE LIVING TRUST RECORDED IN VOLUME 3147, PAGE 245 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS; THENCE: S 67° 22' 58" W ALONG THE NORTHWEST LINE OF STATE HIGHWAY 47 FOR A DISTANCE OF 44.11 FEET TO A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' SET MARKING THE SOUTH CORNER OF SAID 0.90 ACRE TRACT (BURGESS LANE) AND THE EAST CORNER OF THE REMAINDER OF A CALLED 1 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED AS TRACT 2 BY A DEED TO DARYL SWINNEY RECORDED IN VOLUME 8556, PAGE 175 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS; THENCE: N 47° 34' 13" W ALONG THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF SAID 0.90 ACRE TRACT (BURGESS LANE) FOR A DISTANCE OF 440.49 FEET TO A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND MARKING THE EAST CORNER OF SAID 0.47 ACRE TRACT (6437/284) AND THE NORTH CORNER OF THE REMAINDER OF A CALLED 2.00 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO E. ARLEN CROUCH AND WIFE, MARJORIE E. CROUCH RECORDED IN VOLUME 365, PAGE 249 OF THE DEED RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS; THENCE: S 42° 25' 47" W ALONG THE COMMON LINE OF SAID 0.47 ACRE TRACT AND SAID REMAINDER OF 2.00 ACRE TRACT FOR A DISTANCE OF 205.27 FEET (DEED CALL: S 44° 57' 00” W - 205.88 FEET, 6437/284) TO A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND ON THE NORTHEAST LINE OF A CALLED 5.591 ACRE TRACT OF LAND AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO ADRIAN G. MACDONALD, JR. RECORDED IN VOLUME 15588, PAGE 98 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS; SAID IRON ROD FOUND MARKING THE SOUTH CORNER OF SAID 0.47 ACRE TRACT AND THE WEST CORNER OF SAID REMAINDER OF 2.00 ACRE TRACT; THENCE: N 47° 30' 39" W ALONG THE NORTHEAST LINE OF SAID 5.591 ACRE TRACT AND THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF SAID 0.47 ACRE TRACT AND SAID 2.00 ACRE TRACT (4561/39) FOR A DISTANCE OF 529.03 FEET (DEED CALL: N 45° 21' 00” W - 524.00 FEET, 4561/39 & 6437/284) TO AN 8 INCH FENCE POST FOUND MARKING THE WEST CORNER OF SAID 2.00 ACRE TRACT AND THE SOUTH CORNER OF SAID 0.55 ACRE CITY OF BRYAN TRACT (11256/87); THENCE: N 46° 06' 34" W ALONG THE COMMON LINE OF SAID 0.55 ACRE TRACT AND SAID 5.591 ACRE TRACT FOR A DISTANCE OF 36.71 FEET TO A ½ INCH IRON ROD WITH CAP STAMPED 'RPLS 2183' FOUND MARKING THE NORTH CORNER OF SAID 5.591 ACRE TRACT AND THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SAID 20.5424 ACRE TRACT (8555/167); THENCE: N 47° 18' 53" W ALONG THE NORTHEAST LINE OF SAID 20.5424 ACRE TRACT FOR A DISTANCE OF 648.16 FEET (DEED CALL AND MEASURED BEARING, 15698/200) TO A 1/2 INCH IRON ROD WITH PLASTIC CAP STAMPED 'KERR 4502' FOUND MARKING THE SOUTH CORNER OF SAID PHASE 24; THENCE: N 47° 18' 53" W CONTINUING ALONG THE NORTHEAST LINE OF SAID 20.5424 ACRE TRACT AND THE SOUTHWEST LINE OF SAID PHASE 24 FOR A DISTANCE OF 535.87 FEET (PLAT CALL AND MEASURED, 15698/200) TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING CONTAINING 29.167 ACRES OF LAND AS SURVEYED ON THE GROUND DECEMBER 2019. 1. LEGEND LEGEND PHASE 24 EASEMENT ABANDONMENT DETAIL 0.693 ACRES ROW ABANDONMENT TBPE NO. 12327 911 SOUTHWEST PKWY E. College Station, Texas 77840 www (979) 764-3900 ENGINEER: FINAL PLAT TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 24 AND 25 PHASE 24 - BLOCK 2, LOT 1R AND COMMON AREA 1R PHASE 25 - BLOCK 1, LOTS 3-4 AND COMMON AREA 2 INCLUDING A REPLAT OF TRADITIONS SUBDIVISION PHASE 24 BLOCK 2, LOT 1 AND COMMON AREA 1 VOL. 15698, PG. 200 29.167 ACRES 3 LOTS AND 2 COMMON AREAS 24,012 SQUARE FEET OF ROW DEDICATION JOHN H. JONES SURVEY, A-26 COLLEGE STATION, BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS SCALE 1'' = 100' MAY 2020 SURVEYOR: Brad Kerr, RPLS No. 4502 Kerr Surveying, LLC 409 N. Texas Ave. Bryan, TX 77803 (979) 268-3195 TBPELS FIRM # 10018500 OWNER: BRYAN TRADITIONS, LP 4250 S. TRADITIONS DRIVE BRYAN, TX 77805 (979) 704-6395 OWNER: BRYAN COMMERCE & DEVELOPMENT INC P.O. BOX 1000 BRYAN, TX 77805 (979) 209-5130 OWNER: City of Bryan P.O. BOX 1000 BRYAN, TX 77805 (979) 209-5130 SHEET 2 OF 3 OWNER: TRADITIONS ACQUISITION PARTNERSHIP LP 4250 2. TRADITIONS DRIVE BRYAN, TX 77805 (979) 704-6395 Page 643 of 778 5.99' 6.61' 5.73' 7.66' O Q O 0 N d I W OD to Z BRYAN COMMERCE & DEVELOPMENT INC U') 41 N F BRYAN COMMERCECOMMERCE DEVELOPMENT INC.R L5 46 \ / / REM. 324.83 ACRE TRACT 4023/91 e 18.79' 8.11'4, 18' L 7 4 L45 I h 410 4 PUBLIC ACCESS EASEMENT i I 4 Ln PHASE 23 § GREENWAY 60' ELECTRICAL I EASEMENT 20ICOMMONAREA4268/43 & 208 /451 i EASEMEN 14.71 AC. I (2204/162) I ( 1 I i 12.41 61' 56.9 y L29 0.07' W W a- EL X3 - CF! I L33 2o.., 1.32 rn rn L49 - PIPELINE I I I I 20' UTILITY ON I NEASEMENT 3572/194 I,EASEMENT PIPELIN I PHASE 23 0 O 2394/240 ' LOT 2, BLOCK BLOCK 1 d° S2 12.45 AC. d Iam-. I Z Z 20' PIPELINE 0 (2204/162) EASEMENT N00 PD - BC - M o Lq 0 am U N20' 51' 14 "W I I -553.28' - PIPELINE 1 > I w I - PIPELINE 20 ' PIPELINE EASEMENT - C14X20- 2394/240 o I I O S22' 10' 38 "E i PHASE 23 has \ \ 975.78 - PIPELINE z I II LIJs3\ 822' 10' 38 "E l LOT 1, BLOCK 1 28 I 1 708.11' - PIPELINE o7.60 AC.\\ PD - BC - M 60' ELECTRICAL I II Z7EASEMENT F 4268/43 & 208/451 Lo0I 0 6 2EASEMENT N23C11 - 3572/194 13 WP 47 DEVELOPMENT LTD 4561/039 A -0 15' PUBLIC UTILITY I 8 638 I L4720' uTILnEASEMENT - II EASEMENT ut ) ( 3572/194 13 z I z L46 - PIPELINE I \ 122 Z z . 0 \I II a 4' \ 0 OD 10' CITY OF BRYAN 20' PRIVATE DRAINAGE I 10' CITY OF BRYAN CV SANITARY EASEMENT EASEMENT BY SEI PAqLATE INSTRUMENTS I SANITARY EASEMENT ? N I 10' SE PAR0PGp077 (BY SEP 17/ gATE INSTRUMEN I r I r (BY SEPARATE INSTRUMENT) Fu•tvft ACCI6NMENT VOL II PG. Od ' N I N OD VO ( .180 F6. 00 s, FVIV IQE A5!51 ,N M EWT I ( Fvry A Sr I 61 M Elr'T 10' PUBLIC UTILITY 1 1 % 4 E-0 PUBLIC UTILITY I W VI _W 10' CITY OF BRYANEASEMENTEASEMENTI ` SANITARY EASEMENT VOL. t1280 I Np UM O2Z=L - '7 M FVTVl2E ASS /6N(v1ENT I I 15' PUE O o o (BY SEPARATE INSTRUM BIOMEDICAL WAY VO L . IIZ80 P6. 0025 63' ROW - 38' PVMT z z - j 'fVILE A5S16f4MEN'( 523.09' " - ' 1 44.15' I 117.30' 1.24- C2 - _ C1 _ _ WP 47 DEVELOPMENT LTD 1.23 N48' 08' 12 W - 704.54 -!- - 4561 /039 115.85' ( 4.15' A -0 In/ PUguC trrILITY tAr,sm E TJ T 0 27D 100' X 100' TEMPORARY vow - (t 28 U p - PUBLIC ACCESS EASEMENT RSSI NMT (BY SEPARATE INSTRUMENT) V01-- 112-6 PC- 00 Futi -tine Ass(bnMiNt EASEMENT DETAIL 100 50 0 100 SCALE IN FEET Doc B k Vol Pa i'eA for Recor in: On: Apr 24Y2013 at 03- As i3 Receipt Humber 468j.5 tail= ^r i% LH CT TC C L',:: -H t r_t I ::r i,j jl I({T F 11£i3t iLJ i i't2ra '3 carLi =3 that This insTs.' ment 405 I.Led [ln %h trite t n iti,a s ?Srpad her ena by me 121110 4LU -5 'dul:j r?}_sr -:eta I n the volume arld pagejcn1!, icinI ' u rat_ord1 'u'i . L4 %Rf- , CO" I i Apr 1=*'2t113 Lt.A' [. ? METES AND BOUNDS DESCRIPTION OF A 36.22 ACRE TRACT J. H. JONES SURVEY, A -26 COLLEGE STATION, BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS METES AND BOUNDS DESCRIPTION OF ALL THAT CERTAIN TRACT OF LAND LYING AND BEING SITUATED IN THE J. H. JONES SURVEY, ABSTRACT NO. 26, COLLEGE STATION, BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS. SAID TRACT BEING A PORTION OF THE REMAINDER OF A CALLED 324.83 ACRE TRACT AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO BRYAN COMMERCE AND DEVELOPMENT INC. RECORDED IN VOLUME 4023, PAGE 91 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS. SAID TRACT BEING MORE PARTICULARLY DESCRIBED BY METES AND BOUNDS AS FOLLOWS: COMMENCING AT A 5/8 INCH IRON ROD FOUND ON THE NORTHWEST LINE OF A CALLED 1.575 ACRE TRACT AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO SHIN -CHIEN LIN RECORDED IN VOLUME 7325, PAGE 23 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, MARKING A COMMON CORNER OF SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT AND A CALLED 4 ACRE TRACT AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO MEADS REVOCABLE LIVING TRUST RECORDED IN VOLUME 2845, PAGE 123 OF THE OFFICIAL PUBLIC RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, FOR REFERENCE A '/< INCH IRON PIPE FOUND ON THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT MARKING THE NORTH CORNER OF SAID 1.575 ACRE TRACT BEARS: N 43' 12'21 " E FOR A DISTANCE OF 130.76 FEET; THENCE: N 48' 1F41 " W ALONG THE COMMON LINE OF SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT AND SAID 4 ACRE TRACT FOR A DISTANCE OF 124.73 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING OF THIS HEREIN DESCRIBED TRACT; THENCE: N 48' 11' 41" W ALONG THE COMMON LINE OF SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT AND SAID 4 ACRE TRACT FOR A DISTANCE OF 83.97 FEET TO A INCH IRON ROD SET MARKING THE NORTH CORNER OF SAID 4 ACRE TRACT; THENCE: S 42' 49'41 " W CONTINUING ALONG TILE COMMON LINE OF SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT AND SAID 4 ACRE TRACT FOR A DISTANCE OF 218.17 FEET TO A %z INCH IRON ROD SET, FOR REFERENCE A 518 INCH IRON ROD FOUND ON THE NORTHEAST LINE OF A CALLED 2 ACRE TRACT AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO JIM G. WELCH, JR. RECORDED IN VOLUME 277, PAGE 203 OF THE DEED RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, MARKING A SOUTH CORNER OF SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT AND THE WEST CORNER OF A CALLED 1.86 ACRE TRACT AS DESCRIBED BY A DEED TO ROBERT LEE DOWLING AND WIFE, LEONA 0. DOWLING, RECORDED IN VOLUME 164, PAGE 426 OF THE DEED RECORDS OF BRAZOS COUNTY, TEXAS, BEARS: S 42'49'41" W FORA DISTANCE OF 585.16 FEET; THENCE: THROUGH SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT FOR THE FOLLOWING CALLS: N 27 56'20" W FOR A DISTANCE OF 98.88 FEET TO A '/: INCH IRON ROD SET; N 18'40' 17" W FOR A DISTANCE OF 10933 FEET TO A %z INCH IRON ROD SET; N 45 51' 23" W FOR A DISTANCE OF 355.55 FEET TO A /z INCH IRON ROD SET; N 31' 16'52" W FOR A DISTANCE OF 107.85 FEET TO A/2 INCH IRON ROD FOUND; S 41' 51' 48" W FOR A DISTANCE OF 572.50 FEET TO A %z INCH IRON ROD FOUND; N 48' 08' 12" W FOR A DISTANCE OF 104.00 FEET TO A V INCH IRON ROD FOUND; S 41 51' 48" W, AT 217.00 FEET PASS A '/ INCH IRON ROD FOUND, CONTINUE ON FOR A TOTAL DISTANCE OF 280.00 FEET TO A % INCH IRON ROD SET ON THE PROPOSED SOUTHWEST LINE OF BIO- MEDICAL WAY (63.00' R.O.W.); THENCE: CON'T'INUING THROUGH SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT AND ALONG THE PROPOSED SOUTHWEST LINE OF BIO- MEDICAL WAY FOR THE FOLLOWING CALLS: N 48° 08' 12" W FOR A DISTANCE OF 704.54 FEET TO A V INCH IRON ROD SET MARKING THE BEGINNING OF A CLOCKWISE CURVE HAVING A RADIUS OF 531.50 FEET; ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 02 08'44" FOR AN ARC DISTANCE OF 19.90 FEET (CHORD BEARS: N 47' 03'50 W - 19.90 FEET) TO A 'h INCH IRON ROD SET MARKING THE END OF SAID CURVE; N 45' 59'28" W FOR A DISTANCE OF 181.41 FEET TO A %z INCA IRON ROD SET MARKING THE BEGINNING OF A COUNTERCLOCKWISE CURVE HAVING A RADIUS OF 468.50 FEET; ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 02'08'44" FOR AN ARC DISTANCE OF 17.54 FEET (CHORD BEARS: N 47° 03'50" W - 17.54 FEET) TO A Y: INCH IRON ROD SET MARKING THE END OF SAID CURVE; N 48° 08' 12" W FOR A DISTANCE OF 55.07 FEET TO A %z INCH IRON ROD SET MARKING THE BEGINNING OF A COUNTERCLOCKWISE CURVE HAVING A RADIUS OF 25.00 FEET; ALONG SID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 88° 21' 30" FOR AN ARC DISTANCE OF 38.55 FEET (CHORD BEARS: S 87° 41' 03" W - 34.85 FEET) TO A '/z INCH IRON ROD SET ON THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF HSC PARKWAY (120' R.O.W.) MARKING THE END OF SAID CURVE AND THE BEGINNING OF A COUNTERCLOCKWISE CURVE HAVING A RADIUS OF 862.50 FEET; THENCE: ALONG THE SOUTHEAST LINE OF HSC PARKWAY FOR THE FOLLOWING CALLS: ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 01'38'30" FOR AN ARC DISTANCE OF 24.71 FEET (CHORD BEARS: N 42'41 E - 24.71 FEET) TO THE END OF SAID CURVE, FOR REFERENCE A Vz INCH IRON ROD FOUND BEARS: S 55'43'53" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 0.31 FEET; N 41 51'48" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 1344.38 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A COUNTERCLOCKWISE CURVE HAVING A RADIUS OF 862.54 FEET, FOR REFERENCE A %z INCH IRON ROD FOUND BEARS: S 69'29'43" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 0.26 FEET; ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 02 39'49" FOR AN ARC DISTANCE OF 40.10 FEET (CHORD BEARS: N 40 31 E - 40.09 FEET) TO THE END OF SAID CURVE; THENCE: THROUGH SAID REMAINDER OF 324.83 ACRE TRACT FOR THE FOLLOWING CALLS: S 24° 43'01 E FOR A DISTANCE OF 135.90 FEET; S 73 23'3 1 E FOR A DISTANCE OF 141.63 FEET; S 27' 35'40" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 107.64 FEET; S 10' 44'03 " E FOR A DISTANCE OF 103.19 FEET; S 57 48'49" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 155.38 FEET; S 27'32'24" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 59.14 FEET; S 22° 11'30" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 224.04 FEET; S 52' 31' 42" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 71.07 FEET; S 24' 54' 18" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 103.64 FEET; S 24' 03'50" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 66.74 FEET; S 14' 35'46" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 74.20 FEET; S 28' 10'45" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 53.62 FEET; S 41' 30'42" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 61.84 FEET; S 62' 36'08" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 73.58 FEET; S 34'49'20" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 175.54 FEET; S 59' 07'55" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 120.87 FEET; S 37' 54'05" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 79.15 FEET; S 21' 17'52" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 36.57 FEET; S 06'46'53" E FOR A DISTANCE OF 165.86 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING CONTAINING 35.96 ACRES OF LAND, MORE OR LESS, AS SURVEYED ON THE GROUND. BEARING SYSTEM SHOWN HEREIN IS BASED ON GRID NORTH AS ESTABLISHED FROM GPS OBSERVATION. VICINITY MAP M 28,8 HARVEY MITCHELy PARKWAY N- SCALF. F&e ROAD TURKEY CREECROAD HSC PARKWAY 3 Qa PROJECT TR , MONS LOCATION DRIVE zauesave \ o I 0m 4 S P PLAT BOUNDARY ROW LINE LOT LINE O PROPERTY CORNER EXISTING EASEMENTS PUBLIC EASEMENT PROPOSED PUBLIC ACCESS EASEMENT PUE PUBLIC UTILITY EASEMENT EASEMENTS LINE TABLE LINE TABLE LINE #LENGTH DIRECTION L42 60.08'N7" 29' 23 "W L45 7.99'S75' 15' 02 'E L46 17.14'N43' 44' 44'E L47 17.08'N43' 44' 44'E L48 15.13'S49' 15' 01 "E L49 19.56'S49' 15 01 "E C• 1 LINE TABLE LINE #LENGTH DIRECTION L1 135.96 S24' 43' 01'E L2 141.63'S73' 23' 31'E L3 107.64'S27' 35' 40 "E L4 103.19'S10' 44' 03'E L5 155.38'S57' 48' 48 "E L6 59.14'S27' 32' 24'E L7 224.04'S22' 11' 30 "E LS 71.07'S52' 31' 42'E L9 103.64'S24' 54' 18'E L10 66.74'S24' 03' 50 "E L11 74.20'SlIC 35' 46 "E L12 53.62'S28' 10' 45'E L13 61.84'S41' 30' 42'E L14 73.58'S62' 36' OWE L15 175.54'S34' 49' 20 "E L16 120.87'S59' 07' 55'E L17 79.15'S37' 54' 05'E L18 83.97'N48' 11' 41 "W L19 98.88'N27' 56' 20 "W L20 109.33'N18' 40' 17"W L21 107.85'N31' 16' 52 "W L22 104.00'N48' 08' 12'W L23 181.41'N45' 59 28 "W L24 55.07'N48' 08' 12 "W L39 36.57'S21' 17' 52'E L40 165.86'S6' 46' 53'E L41 355.55'N45' 51' 23 "W LINE TABLE LINE #LENGTH DIRECTION L25 81.86'N31' O6' 30'W L26 104.79'N12' 04' 31 "W L27 89.86'N28' 01' 33'W L28 110.79'N64' 25' 29'W L29 40.59'N49' 04' 50 "W L30 130.27'N71' 35' 47'W L31 71.58'S70' 37' 49 "W L32 137.18'N65' 44' 10 "W L33 188.71'N35' 40' 58 L34 111.00'N31' 54' 45'W L35 160.38'N16' 53' 17'W L37 181.41'S45' 59' 28'E L38 54.70'S48' 08' 12'E PLAT BOUNDARY CURVE TABLE Curve Table CURVE #LENGTH RADIUS DELTA TANGENT CHORD CHORD DIRECTION C1 19.90'531.50'00708 9.95'19.90'N4T03'5O"W C2 17.54'468.50'00708'44'8.77'17.54'N47'03'5O"W C3 38.55'25.00'088 24.29'34.85'S87'41'03'W C4 1 24.71'862.50'001 12.36'1 24.71'N42 41 - E C5 1 40.10'1 862.54'002'39'49"20.05'1 40.09'N40'31'53'E LOTS & ROW CURVE TABLE Curve Table CURVE #LENGTH RADIUS DELTA TANGENT CHORD CHORD DIRECTION C7 39.27'25.00'090'00'00"25.00'35.36'SOX08'12"E C9 19.90'531.50'00708'44"9.95'19.90'S4703'50'E C11 17.54'468.50'00708'44"8.77'17.54'S47'03'50"E Page 644 of 778 Page 645 of 778 Page 646 of 778 Page 647 of 778 Page 648 of 778 Application for Abandonment of a Public Right-of-Way / Easement Location: 3943 Biomedical Way EXHIBIT NO.4 The undersigned, City staff of the City of College Station, certify that they have carefully considered the Application for Abandonment of the public right-of-way/easement referred to above the standpoint of City of College Station ordinances and with respect to resent and future needs of the City of College Station and see no objection to the requested abandonment from the City’s standpoint. X City Engineer City of College Station X Building Official City of College Station X Zoning Official City of College Station X Fire Marshal City of College Station X Elecrtic Department City of College Station X Water Services Department City of College Station X Public Works Director City of College Station Page 649 of 778 Page 650 of 778 Secretary's Certificate (FDBT) SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE I, Judy Melillo, hereby (i) certify that I am the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of FUJIFILM Diosynth Biotechnologies Texas, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (the “Company”), and that, as such, I am authorized to execute and deliver this certificate on behalf of the Company and (ii) further certify, not in my individual capacity but solely in my official capacity, on behalf of the Company, as follows: 1. Mr. Gerry Farrell is the duly appointed, qualified and acting Chief Operating Officer of the Company. 2. As such Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Gerry Farrell has been authorized and empowered to sign documents on behalf of the Company, including but not limited to easement agreements and related title conveyance documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate on behalf of the Company on this 5th day of August, 2020. ______________________________________ Name: Judy Melillo Title: Secretary Page 651 of 778 Page 652 of 778 Page 653 of 778 Page 654 of 778 Page 655 of 778 Page 656 of 778 Page 657 of 778 Secretary's Certificate (FDBT) SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE I, Judy Melillo, hereby (i) certify that I am the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of FUJIFILM Diosynth Biotechnologies Texas, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (the “Company”), and that, as such, I am authorized to execute and deliver this certificate on behalf of the Company and (ii) further certify, not in my individual capacity but solely in my official capacity, on behalf of the Company, as follows: 1. Mr. Gerry Farrell is the duly appointed, qualified and acting Chief Operating Officer of the Company. 2. As such Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Gerry Farrell has been authorized and empowered to sign documents on behalf of the Company, including but not limited to easement agreements and related title conveyance documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this certificate on behalf of the Company on this 5th day of August, 2020. ______________________________________ Name: Judy Melillo Title: Secretary Page 658 of 778 Page 659 of 778 Page 660 of 778 Page 661 of 778 Page 662 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 9.2. North Forest Estates Restricted Occupancy Overlay Sponsor: Alyssa Halle-Schramm, Planner Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding an ordinance amending Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 4, “Zoning Districts,” Section 4.2 “Official Zoning Map,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, by changing the zoning district boundary from GS General Suburban to GS General Suburban and ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay on approximately 9.86 acres of land, being 26 lots within North Forest Estates, Block 1 and 2, generally located along Justin Avenue. Relationship to Strategic Goals:  Neighborhood Integrity Recommendation(s): The Planning & Zoning Commission heard this item at their September 1, 2022 meeting and voted 4-2 to recommend approval. Summary: This request is to rezone approximately 9.86 acres being 26 lots within the North Forest Estates subdivision from GS General Suburban to GS General Suburban and ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay. This request is to add the ROO, which is a single-family overlay zoning district, to the existing base zoning within the North Forest Estate subdivision boundaries. The ROO overlay is intended to provide subdivision-specific occupancy regulations – not to exceed two unrelated persons per single-family dwelling or accessory living quarter. The Petition Committee, comprised of North Forest Estates homeowners, has met all requirements of the ROO application process. The Petition Committee submitted the application materials including the ROO petition that contained 20 total signatures. City staff were able to verify 19 of the 20 signatures, representing 73.1% of the subdivision in support of the requested ROO. REZONING REVIEW CRITERIA 1.) Whether the proposal is consistent with the Comprehensive Plan: The subject tract is designated as Suburban Residential on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map. The surrounding areas to the northeast and southwest are also Suburban Residential. The property to the southeast is designated as Natural & Open Areas and is part of Bee Creek and its floodplain. The property to the northwest across North Forest Parkway is designated Neighborhood Commercial and is developed as the St. Thomas Aquinas Catholic Church. North Forest Parkway is an existing 2-lane minor collector and is shown on the Comprehensive Plan’s Thoroughfare Plan as a future 2-lane major collector. The Comprehensive Plan discusses single-family overlay zoning districts in both Chapter 3, Strong Neighborhoods and Chapter 9, Collaborative Partnerships. The plan states that, “various single- family overlay zoning districts have been created to help mitigate the issues associated with tear- downs in established neighborhoods. These include the Neighborhood Conservation Overlay, the Page 663 of 778 Restricted Occupancy Overlay, and the Historic Preservation Overlay.” The plan goes on to state that collaboration between the City and Texas A&M University is vital to proactively address issues caused by the rapid growth of the university and the stressors and potential changes that places on nearby neighborhoods. Pursuing a single-family overlay zoning is a tool that a neighborhood can choose for itself to help address and mitigate perceived, anticipated, and actual changes within an established single-family neighborhood. While the Neighborhood Conservation and Historic Presentation Overlays address and mitigate changes to physical property characteristics, the intent of a ROO is to address and mitigate issues associated with overoccupancy. As a tool that a neighborhood can pursue for itself to address issues of overoccupancy and preserve neighborhood character, the request is aligned with the Comprehensive Plan. 2.) Whether the uses permitted by the proposed zoning district will be appropriate in the context of the surrounding area: The subject property is surrounded by GS General Suburban zoned single-family homes to the northeast in the Emerald Forest subdivision and to the southwest in the North Forest subdivision (which is separate from North Forest Estates). The property to the southeast is zoned GC General Commercial but is part of Bee Creek and its floodplain and, as such, is undevelopable. The property located to the northwest across North Forest Parkway is St. Thomas Aquinas Catholic Church, which is zoned R Rural and GS General Suburban. The single-family uses allowed by the GS General Suburban zoning district will remain and the addition of the ROO overlay solely restricts the number of unrelated persons per single-family dwelling or accessory living quarters to no more than two unrelated persons. As stated in the Unified Development Ordinance (UDO), “single-family overlay districts create an additional zoning district that is superimposed over the underlying zoning district. Single-family overlay districts are intended to provide additional standards for College Station neighborhoods. These standards promote residential development patterns and are intended to protect and enhance desirable neighborhood characteristics, livability, and harmonious, orderly, and efficient growth and development. The underlying zoning district establishes the permitted uses and standards and shall remain in effect. The requirements of the overlay district are to be applied in addition to the underlying zoning district standards.” The ROO overlay standard is as follows: “Occupancy of either, a detached single-family dwelling or accessory living quarter, shall not exceed two unrelated persons per single-family dwelling or accessory living quarter. Related persons are specified in Section 11.2 ‘Defined Terms’ in the definition of ‘Family.’ Accessory living quarter requirements are further specified in Section 6.5 ‘Accessory Uses’ within the standards for ‘Living Quarters.’” UDO Sections 3.3, 4.1, and 5.11 detail the application process and regulations for single-family overlay districts and the ROO Process Handbook serves as a policy guide for residents. The process requires that a subdivision interested in pursuing a ROO form a Petition Committee. That committee is tasked with leading the effort, organizing their neighbors, hosting a neighborhood-led meeting and notifying all neighbors of the meeting via certified mail, collecting the petition signatures, and submitting the completed application and all required materials. The North Forest Estates Petition Committee was comprised of three members: Fred Boeheim, Mark Page 664 of 778 Hawthorne, and Rey Sully. The Petition Committee hosted their neighborhood meeting on June 25, 2022, discussed pursing the ROO for their subdivision, answered questions from their neighbors, and began collecting petition signatures. Property owners from 11 of the 26 lots were in attendance, as were City staff, and an owner from each property signed the petition. The Petition Committee finished collecting petition signatures and submitted their ROO application in July 2022. City staff verified that the application was complete, and all requirements were met. The submitted ROO Petition contained 20 total signatures. City staff were able to verify 19 of the 20 signatures. The signature that staff were unable to verify was a property held within a trust that required both trustees sign transactions on behalf of the trust, and thus was missing a signature from the second trustee. The Petition Committee was unable to obtain the second signature within the timeframe needed to move forward and asked that the application continue with the 19 confirmed signatures, representing 73.1% of the subdivision in support of the requested ROO. Staff held a required City-hosted neighborhood meeting for the North Forest Estates ROO request on August 9, 2022. There were five residents in attendance, three from North Forest Estates who signed the petition in support of the ROO, one participating remotely on Zoom who did not provide comment, and one from the nearby North Forest subdivision who was interested in learning about the ROO application and whether it applied to his property, which it does not. 3.) Whether the property to be rezoned is physically suitable for the proposed zoning district: The ROO overlay zoning does not affect any of the physical characteristics of the underlying GS General Suburban zoning district. The existing subdivision meets the dimensional standards for GS General Suburban zoned properties as set forth in the UDO and is already developed as a single- family residential subdivision. 4.) Whether there is available water, sanitary sewer, storm water, and transportation facilities generally suitable and adequate for uses permitted by the proposed zoning district: The existing water, wastewater, stormwater, and transportation infrastructure is adequate to support the needs of this existing development. No additional development and subsequent impacts are anticipated from the addition of the ROO overlay zoning designation. 5.) The marketability of the property: The single-family uses allowed by the GS General Suburban zoning district will remain and are marketable as single-family residential homes. The ROO overlay only restricts the number of unrelated persons per single-family dwelling or accessory living quarters to no more than two unrelated persons. Budget & Financial Summary: N/A Attachments: 1. Ordinance 2. Vicinity, Aerial, and Small Area Map 3. Background Information 4. Rezoning Map 5. Original Subdivision Plat 6. Applicant's Supporting Information Page 665 of 778 7. Petition Committee Members 8. Neighborhood Meeting Materials 9. Petition Signatures Page 666 of 778 Ordinance Form 08-27-19 ORDINANCE NO. _____ AN ORDINANCE AMENDING APPENDIX A “UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE,” ARTICLE 4 “ZONING DISTRICTS,” SECTION 4.2, “OFFICIAL ZONING MAP” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS, BY CHANGING THE ZONING DISTRICT BOUNDARIES AFFECTING APPROXIMATELY 9.86 ACRES, BEING 26 LOTS WITHIN THE NORTH FOREST ESTATES SUBDIVISION AS DESCRIBED BELOW; PROVIDING A SEVERABILITY CLAUSE; DECLARING A PENALTY; AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS: PART 1:That Appendix A “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 4 “Zoning Districts,” Section 4.2 “Official Zoning Map” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, be amended as set out in Exhibit “A” attached hereto and made a part of this Ordinance for all purposes. PART 2:If any provision of this Ordinance or its application to any person or circumstances is held invalid or unconstitutional, the invalidity or unconstitutionality does not affect other provisions or application of this Ordinance or the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas that can be given effect without the invalid or unconstitutional provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this Ordinance are severable. PART 3:That any person, corporation, organization, government, governmental subdivision or agency, business trust, estate, trust, partnership, association and any other legal entity violating any of the provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be punishable by a fine of not less than twenty five dollars ($25.00) and not more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) or more than two thousand dollars ($2,000) for a violation of fire safety, zoning, or public health and sanitation ordinances, other than the dumping of refuse. Each day such violation shall continue or be permitted to continue, shall be deemed a separate offense. PART 4:This Ordinance is a penal ordinance and becomes effective ten (10) days after its date of passage by the City Council, as provided by City of College Station Charter Section 35. Page 667 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. _____________ Page 2 of 3 Ordinance Form 08-27-19 PASSED, ADOPTED, and APPROVED this 22nd day of September, 2022. ATTEST: APPROVED: _____________________________ _____________________________ City Secretary Mayor APPROVED: _______________________________ City Attorney Page 668 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. _____________ Page 3 of 3 Ordinance Form 08-27-19 Exhibit A That Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 4, “Zoning Districts,” Section 4.2, “Official Zoning Map,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, is hereby amended and is to read as follows: The following property is rezoned to apply a ROO Restricted Occupancy Overlay zoning as provided in Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 5 “District Purpose Statements and Supplemental Standards”, Section 5.11 “Single-Family Overlay Districts”: Page 669 of 778 Page 670 of 778 Page 671 of 778 Page 672 of 778 BACKGROUND INFORMATION NOTIFICATIONS Advertised Commission Hearing Date: September 1, 2022 Advertised Council Hearing Date: September 22, 2022 Property owner notices mailed: 83 Contacts in support: None at the time of this report Contacts in opposition: None at the time of this report Inquiry contacts: One at the time of this report ADJACENT LAND USES Direction Comprehensive Plan Zoning Land Use North Suburban Residential GS General Suburban Residential South Suburban Residential GS General Suburban Residential East Natural & Open Areas GC General Commercial Undeveloped West Right-of-Way 2-Lane Major Collector n/a North Forest Parkway 2-Lane Minor Collector DEVELOPMENT HISTORY Incorporated: September 1977 Zoning: A-O Agricultural Open (1977) R-1 Single-Family Residential (2006) R-1 Single-Family Residential renamed to GS General Suburban (2013) Final Plat: North Forest Estates (2008) Site Development: Single-Family Residential Page 673 of 778 Page 674 of 778 Page 675 of 778 Name of Project: RESTRICTED OCCUPANCY OVERLAY Address: 8416 JUSTIN AVE Legal Description: NORTH FOREST ESTATES, BLOCK 2, LOT 9 Total Acreage: 9.86 Applicant: North Forest Estates HOA, Inc Property Owner: HAWTHORNE MARK ALAN & DEBRA SC List the changed or changing conditions in the area or in the City which make this zone change necessary. North Forest Estates is a plat of 26 properties currently zoned as Suburban Residential. In 2012, the residents of North Forest Estates assumed control of the Homeowners Association (HOA). The HOA is named the North Forest Estates HOA (NFEHOA). Indicate whether or not this zone change is in accordance with the Comprehensive Plan. If it is not, explain why the Plan is incorrect. The NFEHOA Declaration of Covenants, Conditions and Restrictions (DCCR) has always had a line item limiting the number of unrelated persons in each home to no more than 2. The recently updated DCCR also states in paragraph 4.08 - Renting and Leasing, "No property within North Forest Estates Subdivision, Inc. shall be purchased by any individual or corporation for the express intent of engaging in Short Term Rental or Month To Month Rental activity wherein the homeowner does not reside." How will this zone change be compatible with the present zoning and conforming uses of nearby property and with the character of the neighborhood? The establishment of a ROO for NFEHOA will help mitigate the chance that an individual or corporation will attempt to purchase a property within NFEHOA for investment/income generation. The NFEHOA property owners have voted twice to proceed with the ROO application - once each in 2020 and 2022. Both votes passed with 20 of the 26 properties recently voting unanimously to proceed. Explain the suitability of the property for uses permitted by the rezoning district requested. As such, the rezoning with regards to a ROO for NFEHOA aligns perfectly regarding intent and effect for the benefit of the City and NFEHOA. Explain the suitability of the property for uses permitted by the current zoning district. As such, the rezoning with regards to a ROO for NFEHOA aligns perfectly regarding intent and effect for the benefit of the City and NFEHOA. REZONING PDD APPLICATION SUPPORTING INFORMATION Page 1 of 3 Page 676 of 778 Explain the marketability of the property for uses permitted by the current zoning district. The establishment of a ROO for the 26 properties in NFEHOA will help maintain and/or positively affect property values. List any other reasons to support this zone change. In addition, the ROO will help maintain relationships between property owners within the NFEHOA because the enforcement of the ROO, and subsequently the DCCR, falls to the Code Enforcement Division. It takes the onus of enforcement from HOA officers and/or members, and, in turn, helps keep the peace in the neighborhood. Maximum Building Height. N/A Proposed Drainage. N/A Variations Sought. N/A Community Benefits. N/A Sustained Stability. N/A Page 2 of 3 Page 677 of 778 Conformity. N/A Compatibility with use. N/A Access to Streets. N/A Public Improvements. N/A Public Health. N/A Safety. N/A Page 3 of 3 Page 678 of 778 Excerpts from North Forest Estates Deed Restrictions 3.32 Occupancy Restrictions. No dwelling on any Lot shall be occupied by more than two (2) persons, unless all the persons occupying the dwelling consist of a parent, or parents, and their children. 4.08 Rental and Leasing. A Short-Term Rental (STR) is defined as a rental of less than thirty (30) consecutive days at a time. A Month-to-Month Rental (MTMR) is defined as a rental of more than thirty (30) consecutive days at a time, but less than one (1) year. A Long-Term Rental (LTR) is defined as a rental or lease of at least one (1) year. Renting is defined as a fixed return made by a tenant or occupant of property to the owner for the possession and use thereof. Leasing is defined as entering into a contract by which one conveys real estate for a specified term and for a specified rent. No property within North Forest Estates Subdivision, Inc. shall be purchased by any individual or corporation for the express intent of engaging in STR or MTMR activity wherein the homeowner does not reside. Page 679 of 778 North Forest Estates Restricted Occupancy Overlay (ROO) Petition Committee Fred Boeheim 8400 Justin Ave Mark Hawthorne 8416 Justin Ave Rey Sully 8413 Justin Ave Page 680 of 778 Page 681 of 778 Page 682 of 778 Page 683 of 778 Page 684 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 9.3. Small Area Plan Audit Sponsor: Naomi Sing Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:Presentation, discussion, and possible action on the Small Area Plan Audit. Relationship to Strategic Goals:  Good Governance  Core Services & Infrastructure  Neighborhood Integrity  Improving Mobility  Sustainable City Recommendation(s): This item was presented to the Planning & Zoning Commission on September 1, 2022, where the Commission unanimously recommended acceptance of the Small Area Plan Audit and its findings. Staff recommends that Council receive the presentation and accept the audit. Summary: City staff will present the Small Area Plan Audit that includes findings from the audit process, implementation highlights, challenges of the small area planning process, and recommendations to improve future planning efforts, peer city research, next steps, and maps and implementation charts of each plan. The five plans evaluated through this audit are the Central College Station Neighborhood Plan, the Eastgate Neighborhood Plan, the Southside Area Neighborhood Plan, the South Knoll Area Plan, and the Wellborn Community Plan. From the audit process and conversations with peers, City staff developed four key recommendations for future small area planning efforts: 1) Develop a clear implementation tracking strategy early in the plan creation process that ideally includes plan action tracking software to support collaboration across City departments. 2) Distinguish between actions that are the responsibility of the City to implement and those that must be neighborhood-led. 3) Develop specific and quantifiable actions that lead to measurable outcomes. 4) Set clear planning horizons with sunset provisions that expire plans after a certain date. City staff will present the findings of the audit, discuss the intent to sunset existing plans that are beyond their planning horizons, and detail the next small area planning efforts that are identified in the Comprehensive Plan in Chapter 2: Distinctive Places and shown on Map 2.1 Planning Areas, along with the general timelines of those planning efforts which are launching in Fall/Winter 2022. Budget & Financial Summary: N/A Attachments: 1. Small Area Plan Audit Page 685 of 778 SMALL AREA PLAN AUDIT Page 686 of 778 This plan audit evaluates the City of College Station’s five small area plans that focus on existing residential neighborhoods and communities, and identifies the successes and shortcomings of the plans and their implementation. This audit is organized as follows: • Small Area Plan Overview • Audit Origination • Implementation Highlights • Challenges & Recommendations • Next Steps • Mapped Infrastructure Projects • Appendices – Plan Implementation Charts SMALL AREA PLAN AUDIT Page 687 of 778 Small Area Plan Overview Upon adoption of the 2009 Comprehensive Plan, a series of five small area plans were developed that engaged residents and outlined area-specific initiatives that both the City of College Station and neighborhood leaders could enact to create stronger neighborhoods. The five plans evaluated through this audit are the Central College Station Neighborhood Plan, the Eastgate Neighborhood Plan, the Southside Area Neighborhood Plan, the South Knoll Area Plan, and the Wellborn Community Plan. All of these plans are past their planning horizons – the implementation timeline identified within each respective plan — with the exception of the Wellborn Community Plan which ends in 2023. CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) The Central College Station Neighborhood Plan was adopted by the City Council on June 10, 2010. The planning area is made up of approximately 1,450 acres and is located in the geographic center of College Station. It is bounded by Texas Avenue South, State Highway 6 South, Harvey Mitchell Parkway South, Wellborn Road, and Rock Prairie Road. EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2011-2018) The Eastgate Neighborhood Plan was adopted by the City Council on June 23, 2011. The planning area is made up of approximately 567 acres located along the eastern edge of the Texas A&M University campus and is bounded by University Drive East, Texas Avenue South, Dominik Drive, and east of Munson Avenue and ending just before Westover Street. SOUTHSIDE AREA NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2012-2019) The Southside Area Neighborhood Plan was adopted by the City Council on September 13, 2012. The planning area is made up of approximately 720 acres located directly across from the southern edge of the Texas A&M University campus and is bounded by George Bush Drive, Wellborn Road, Southwest Parkway, Welsh Avenue, Holleman Drive, and Texas Avenue. SOUTH KNOLL AREA PLAN (2013-2020) The South Knoll Area Neighborhood Plan was adopted by the City Council on September 26, 2013. The planning area is made up of approximately 3,500 acres within the City’s core and is bounded by Wellborn Road, Harvey Mitchell Parkway, Texas Avenue, Holleman Drive, Welsh Avenue, and Southwest Parkway. WELLBORN COMMUNITY PLAN (2013-2023) The Wellborn Community Plan was adopted by City Council on April 25, 2013. The planning area is located in the southwestern portion of the City and includes much of the remaining historic Wellborn Community. The Wellborn planning area is made up of approximately 929 acres and is bounded by I&GN Road, Greens Prairie Road West, Royder Road, Barron Cut-Off Road, and Capstone Drive. Page 688 of 778 PLANNING AREAS GEORGE BUSH DRFM 2 8 1 8FM 60WE L L B O R N R DF&B RDFM 2818UNIVERSITY DRHARVEY RDF M 21 54 WILLIAM D FITCH PKWYHOLLEMAN DR SBARRON RDGREENS PRAIRIE RD S H 6GRAHAM RDDEACOND R L A K E W A Y D RSOUTH WE STPKW YEAGLE AVVICTORIA AVMID TO W N D RROCK PR AIRIE RD S H 6 TE XA S AV S WELLBORN COMMUNITY PL AN SOUTH KNOLL AREA PL AN SOUTHSIDE AREA NEIGHBORHOOD PL AN EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD PL AN CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PL AN Page 689 of 778 Audit Origination The need for the Small Area Plan Audit was identified through discussions with the Planning & Zoning Commission, City Council, and the public. The need was also established with the 10-year Comprehensive Plan evaluation and is included as action number 3.8 within the updated plan which states that the City should “evaluate relevancy of neighborhood and small area plans that are beyond their planning horizon [and] develop a process to either retire or update plans.” This audit’s purpose is to review the plans that are beyond or nearing their planning horizons, to assess what was achieved relative to each plan’s recommendations, what was not achieved, and why, and whether further planning efforts are warranted for each area. Implementation Highlights The implementation charts included within the appendices identify the action items that reside within the respective plan and their statuses. Some of the original action items have been separated into multiple parts to better represent the various components of multi-step initiatives that were identified within the action item. Due to this, the totals listed within the audit report and the charts are reflective of the overall statuses rather than the actual number of the action items from the original plan documents. Using this methodology, there are 392 total action items between the five plans which were intended to be addressed over the course of each of the individual plan’s timeline. Approximately 61.7% of all plan action items have been completed, 6.9% are currently in-progress, 20.2% are incomplete, and 11.2% no longer being pursued by the City. The implementation charts include statuses of all actions and narrative that explains why certain actions were not completed. These reasons typically include varying levels of project feasibility, lack of continued neighborhood support, or lack of available funding. Many of the projects that lack identified funding were included within the FY22 Unfunded Projects list. Page 690 of 778 Completed Designed orFunded 20.2% In Progress 11.2% Completed - 62.8% Designed or Funded - 0% Incomplete - 20.7% In Progress - 4.1% No Longer Pursuing - 12.4% Completed - 67.4% Designed or Funded - 0% Incomplete - 12% In Progress - 7.6% No Longer Pursuing - 13% Completed - 53.5% Designed or Funded - 0% Incomplete - 29% In Progress - 10.5% No Longer Pursuing - 7% Completed - 63.5% Designed or Funded - 0% Incomplete - 19% In Progress - 8% No Longer Pursuing - 9.5% Completed - 60% Designed or Funded - 0% Incomplete - 20% In Progress - 3.3% No Longer Pursuing - 16.7% 61.7% 121 392 63 3092 86 Incomplete No LongerPursuing 6.9%0% Page 691 of 778 Challenges & Recommendations This audit enabled staff to identify challenges in small area plan implementation and ways in which future planning efforts should be strengthened to better implement resident desires and the community’s vision as represented in the Comprehensive Plan. The first challenge staff identified was the inconsistency in tracking progress across each of the plans and over many years. Plan implementation was not continuously monitored or organized in a uniform manner until the audit began. This made for a lengthier audit process to find, identify, and consolidate various records from the past decade. The inconsistency in tracking is due to many factors including gaps in staffing, inconsistent engagement of and coordination between departments, different tracking systems between departments, and not all implementations being digitized. In some cases, the institutional knowledge of plan action statuses was lost when the staff member responsible for that action departed the City. Staff recommend a more formalized and standard action tracking process that utilizes best practices and newer software tools as crucial to implementing future planning efforts. Plan action software will allow staff across multiple departments to regularly access plan action items, be sent reminders that they are responsible for implementing and reporting on actions, and for the updates to be tracked under one consolidated platform. Planning & Development Services staff submitted a Service Level Adjustment for funding consideration in FY2023 to migrate all plan tracking to an integrated plan action software. This will include tracking progress on the 2021 Comprehensive Plan actions and new small area plans and could be expanded to include other City master plans, Key Performance Indicators, and strategic initiatives. Page 692 of 778 Second, through the audit process staff found that the small area plans lacked clarity in identifying and communicating which plan actions were meant to be neighborhood-initiated and which were City-initiated actions. This also complicates the tracking of plan implementation as there are some items that are difficult to determine if they have been completed since they were intended to be community-initiated and/or community-led. Due to the nature of small area planning and community engagement, it is common for action items to be supported by engaged residents and included in the plan and then the action loses traction shortly after the planning effort. Community engagement and interests vary, especially over the course of years, so an action that was heavily supported one year may not be feasible or supported the next. Staff recommend that all future small area plans explicitly state which actions the City has the jurisdiction to implement, and which must be neighborhood-initiated and led by neighborhood organizations. These distinctions should be discussed during the community engagement portion of the planning process and clearly documented in the plans, such as with identifier icons indicating responsibility. Staff may consider tracking these separately in the future to more accurately represent plan implementation that is within the City’s ability and jurisdiction. Third, staff noted that the types of actions varied widely within and between the small area plans. Actions that were clear, concise, and measurable were significantly easier to track and report over time. A large portion of the completed actions were infrastructure or maintenance-oriented and were precisely spelled out where the community wanted physical changes to their area. Actions that were more nebulous to track were broad actions such as “preserve single-family character” or “strengthen neighborhood relationships.” These broader ideas should be classified as goals within a planning effort instead of actions. The 2021 Comprehensive Plan incorporates these same ideals within the goal statements of Chapter 2: Distinctive Places and Chapter 3: Strong Neighborhoods, respectively. Staff recommend that future small area planning efforts focus on specific and quantifiable actions that lead to measurable outcomes that also support broader goals. The final challenge identified by staff is the planning horizons written within the plans. These timelines are helpful in knowing the relevancy of each plan, but do not specify what happens when the plan reaches the end of the given timeline. The absence of a sunset clause and clear plan expiration language creates an unclear situation for all involved – neighborhood residents who were involved in the plan creation and wonder “what’s next,” for City staff attempting to communicate the relevance of older plans, and for elected officials to know which plans and actions are pertinent to policy making decisions. Staff recommend setting clear planning horizons with sunset provisions that expire the plan after a certain date. The need to update a small area plan or create new small area plans should be considered holistically within the broader Comprehensive Plan evaluation and update process to ensure participation across and equity amongst the entire City in determining and prioritizing future planning efforts. PEER CITY RESEARCH FINDINGS In addition to evaluating the City’s plans, staff researched the small area planning and plan implementation efforts of peer cities. Staff found that cities of similar size to College Station typically do not have small area neighborhood planning efforts. Of those that identified specific small areas, neighborhoods, or districts, they are included within Page 693 of 778 their respective comprehensive plan and do not function as separate plan documents. This finding led staff to reach out to major cities such as Austin, Dallas, and Houston for additional insight. Discussions with those planners ultimately reaffirmed the challenges that College Station staff found during the audit process. Planners from these larger cities expressed difficulty with tracking the implementation of plans, maintaining consistent levels of community engagement as the years pass after adoption, and having set timeframes and clear expectations of plan expiration or sunset provisions. Tracking implementation through all the small area plans, especially for large cities with dozens of plans, requires ample staff attention and time. This often requires at least one dedicated staff member to steer the process and document implementation, which was not always readily available to the cities that College Station staff interviewed. Those cities mentioned that in addition to staff capacity issues, plan tracking was often not viewed as a top priority compared to other projects that have time-sensitive deadlines. Community engagement is a crucial aspect of small area planning but is notably difficult to maintain over the course of many years. This difficulty was evident for the large cities and is influenced by factors such as changes in the area’s demographics, general interest, and the resident’s available time to be actively involved in the planning process. Without active engagement by the community, it is easy for the planning efforts and implementation of new projects to be unfulfilled if the area does not seem interested in changes. The larger cities also experienced hurdles created by existing, older plans during their newer planning efforts. This was because older plans that were no longer reflective of the community’s existing conditions had not officially been concluded, expired, or retired. This created difficulties in identifying a clear plan hierarchy since there were conflicting action items and strategies noted in the small area plans and the comprehensive plan for the respective city. Without the clear distinction of authority and consistency of information between the plans it is difficult to know which plan supersedes the other. While plan hierarchy is not an issue for the City of College Station – the Comprehensive Plan is the highest in the plan hierarchy – there is still the importance of defining how to effectively conclude small area plans that are beyond their planning horizons. Planners from the larger cities also mentioned equity issues that sometimes arise from outdated plans. This can occur when community leaders with existing, but outdated plans point to those plans as justification for political support or project funding within their area, without consideration of changed conditions or whether those funds are better prioritized or more equitably distributed in other areas of that may not have had the benefit of small area planning efforts. This was especially true in Austin, where 20-year-old small area plans had been used to justify projects without holistic consideration of city needs. A 2016 equity audit of City of Austin practices specifically noted this issue with outdated neighborhood plans. In summary, the audit process and conversations with peers helped staff solidify four key recommendations for future small area planning efforts: 1) Develop a clear implementation tracking strategy early in the plan creation process that ideally includes plan action tracking software to support collaboration across City departments 2) Distinguish between actions that are the responsibility of the City to implement and those that will be neighborhood-led Page 694 of 778 3) Develop specific and quantifiable actions that lead to measurable outcomes 4) Set clear planning horizons with sunset provisions that expire plans after a certain date Next Steps Future planning efforts were identified during the Comprehensive Plan evaluation and update process. These are specified in Chapter 2: Distinctive Places and shown on Map 2.1 Planning Areas. Of these, the top priorities and next small area planning efforts being led by staff include the University Drive & Texas Avenue Redevelopment Area Plan and an update to the Wellborn Community Plan, which are both projected to begin during fall/winter 2022 and continue through 2023. The University Drive & Texas Avenue Redevelopment Area is consistently ranked as a high priority for future planning efforts by residents and City leadership due to the number of underperforming land uses that are in close proximity to two of the busiest corridors in the City. The proximity of existing neighborhoods and the Texas A&M University campus requires careful site planning and building design. These efforts should be complimentary to the nearby hospitality corridor planning efforts, the Eastgate area, and the Texas A&M University Campus Master Plan while focusing on bringing vertical mixed-use and other aspects of urban character to this portion of the City. The Wellborn area is facing continued development pressures for growth that may now be appropriate, in contrast with the existing plan direction. A renewed planning effort is needed to allow current residents to actively participate in the process and provide updated direction. Two additional areas for small area planning efforts in coming years include the Harvey Road Redevelopment Area and the George Bush Drive & Wellborn Road (FM 2154) Redevelopment Area, as specified in the Comprehensive Plan. The Harvey Road area includes newer commercial areas and a number of underperforming commercial and older multi-family properties and apartment complexes. This area also includes the Post Oak Mall, which will likely need to reposition itself in the near future to remain competitive. This presents an exciting opportunity to evolve into a denser area of the City, including vertical and horizontal mixed-use developments, which could compliment the adjacent Wolf Pen Creek District. Page 695 of 778 The George Bush Drive & Wellborn Road area, also referred to as “Area V” in the current Southside Area Neighborhood Plan, will change in character once the proposed TxDOT interchange project occurs. Redevelopment planning efforts should focus on bringing vertical and horizontal mixed-use and other aspects of urban character to this portion of the City, while providing contextually appropriate transitions to established areas of the Southside neighborhood. Residents strongly opposed changes to interior portions of the Southside neighborhood across from Texas A&M University, thus future planning efforts within the Southside neighborhood should center on the area surrounding the George Bush Drive and Wellborn Road (FM 2154) intersection. Staff does not recommend updating the Central College Station Neighborhood Plan, the Eastgate Neighborhood Plan, the Southside Area Neighborhood Plan, or the South Knoll Area Plan at this time. These neighborhoods are not experiencing the same developmental pressures as the areas addressed above. While staff recognizes that some changes do occur within these neighborhoods, there are other available methods of addressing said change that does not warrant a renewed planning effort at the present time. If a need is identified in the future, staff will address and evaluate if an updated plan is needed for any of these neighborhoods. In addition to these projects, with the concluding of these plans and with the acceptance of the audit’s findings, staff will bring forward amendments to the Unified Development Ordinance (UDO) and any other impacted ordinances in reference to these plans being active. Page 696 of 778 COMPLETED CAPITAL PROJECTS Central College Station Neighborhood Plan C1 HARVEY MITCHELL PA RKWAY MULT I-USE PATH C2 DEACON DRIVE & WELLBORN ROAD SIDEWA LK C3 SOUTHWOOD DRIVE BIKE ROUTE SIGNAGE C4 BROTHERS BOULEVARD BIKE ROUTE SIGNAGE C5 TODD TRAIL BIKE ROUTE SIGNAGE C6 PONDEROSA DRIVE BIKE ROUTE SIGNAGE C7 BALC ONES DRIVE BIKE ROUTE SIGNAGE C8 BALC ONES DRIVE & LARRY J. RINGER LIBRARY MULT I-USE PATH C9 NORMAND DRIVE SIDE WA LK C10 PEDERNALES DRIVE SIDE WA LK C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 W E L S H A V E RI O G R A N D E B L V D TE X A S A V S DEACON DRPONDEROSA DRL O N G M I R E D RBROTHERS BLVDPage 697 of 778 COMPLETED CAPITAL PROJECTS Eastgate Neighborhood Plan PURYEAR DRIVE SIDE WA LKEG7 DOMINIK DRIVE SIDEWA LKEG6 TA RROW STREE T SIDEWA LKSEG8 UNIVERSITY DRIVE EAST SIDEWA LKEG9 WA LT ON DRIVE & FRANCIS DRIVE 4-WAY STOPEG2 EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD SIGNA GEEG1 LINCOLN AV ENUE & TA RROW STREE T 3-WAY STOPEG3 NIMITZ STREE T REHABILITATIONEG4 EISENHOWER STREE T EXTENSIONEG5 EG10 EISENHOWER STREE T SIDEWA LK EG11 LIVE OAK STREET SIDEWA LK EG12 NIMITZ STREE T SIDEWA LK EG13 LINCOLN AV ENUE & UNIVERSI TY TOWN CENTER MULT I-USE PATH EG7 EG6 EG8 EG9 EG2 EG1 EG3 EG4 EG5 EG10 EG11 EG12 EG13 LINCOLN AVEFRANCIS DRM U N S O N AV E TA R R O W S T NI M I TZ S T WALTON DRFRANCIS DRDOMINIK DRUNIVERSITY DR ETE XA S AV E Page 698 of 778 GEORGE BUSH DRWE L LBORN RDHOLLEMAN DRSO UTHWES T PKW YTE XA S AV S SS7 SS6 SS8 SS9 SS10 SS2 SS1 SS3 SS4 SS5 SS11 D E XTE R D R PARK PLACEPARK PLACEG L A D E S T ER S O N S T AN D WE L S H A V E COMPLETED CAPITAL PROJECTS Southside Area Neighborhood Plan SS4 ELEANOR STREE T & PHOENIX STREET PEDESTRIAN IMPROVEMENTS SS5 GEORGE BUSH DRIVE & TIMBER STREE T PEDESTRIAN IMPROVEMENTS SS11 SOUTHWEST PA RKWAY & WELSH AV ENUE PEDESTRIAN IMPROVEMENTS SS7 HOLLEMAN DRIVE & WELLBORN ROAD PEDESTRIAN IMPROVEMENTS SS6 GEORGE BUSH DRIVE & DE X TER STREE T PEDESTRIAN IMPROVEMENTS SS8 HOLLEMAN DRIVE & WEL SH AV ENUE INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS SS9 HOLLEMAN DRIVE & ANDERSON STREE T INTERSECTION IMPROVEMENTS SS10 HOLLEMAN DRIVE & TE XAS AV ENUE PEDESTRIAN IMPROVEMENTS SS2 PA RK PL ACE PEDESTRIAN IMPROVEMENTS SS1 SOUTHWEST PA RKWAY SIDEWA LK SS3 SOUTHSIDE NEIGHBORHOOD SAFE TY IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS Page 699 of 778 COMPLETED CAPITAL PROJECTS South Knoll Area Plan ANDERSON ARBOR ETUM IMPROVEMENTSSK2 BEE CREEK IMPROVEMENTSSK1 LEMON TREE PA RK IMPROVEMENTSSK3 GABBARD PA RK IMPROVEMENTSSK4 HARVEY MITCHELL PA RKWAY TRAIL LANDSCAPINGSK5 TE XA S AV S W E L S H A V E SK2 SK1 SK3 SK4 SK5SOUTH WEST P K WYDE X T E R D R S HAINE S D R GLADE S T A N D E R S O N S T L A N G F O R D S T NUECES DR HARV EY MI TC HE LL PK WY SPage 700 of 778 COMPLETED CAPITAL PROJECTS Wellborn Community Plan GREENS PRAIRIE ROAD IMPROVEMENTSW2 VA RIOUS ROADWAY MAINTENANCE PROJECTSW1 ROYDER ROAD REHABILITATIONW3 GREENS PRAIRIE ROAD REHABILITATIONW4 W1 W3 W2 W4 W1 W1 W1 W1 FM 2154FM 2154VICTORIA AVEMCCULLOUGH RDR O Y D E R R D GREENS PRAIRIE RDI&GN RD S DO WL I NG RD Page 701 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEImage Corridor CC1.1 Develop Image Corridor and Gateway Image Plan/Update Streetscape Plan to consider the following: (1) Landscape Plan that focuses on native plantings; (2) implement schedule that focuses on aligning capital outlays to time with appropriate planting seasons. Focused Planning Effort Planning & Development Services This was not completed in a holistic way. Some additional landscaping was installed along the multi- use path on the north side of Harvey Mitchell Parkway near its intersection with Texas Avenue. ü CC1.2 Develop and adopt an Image Corridor Suburban Commercial Overlay for vacant commercial properties that are not zoned in compliance with the Comprehensive Plan. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Suburban Commercial zoning district was adopted in October 2012, in lieu of an overlay. The intersection of Deacon Drive and Wellborn Road has since been developed with commercial uses that are zoned General Commercial (GC). ü CC1.3 C1 Work with TxDOT to incorporate landscaping into Harvey Mitchell Parkway South median project (similar to the landscaping projects along Texas Avenue South). Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services Landscaping was installed in 2019 along the Harvey Mitchell Parkway multi-use path on the northwest side of Harvey Mitchell Parkway near its intersection with Texas Avenue. ü CC1.4 Designate Deacon Drive and Rio Grande Boulevard as neighborhood image corridors and make them the focus of mobility enhancements.Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action has not been completed.ü Comprehensive Plan CC2.1 Amend the Comprehensive Plan’s Community Character and Future Land Use Map for the non-floodplain impacted areas to reflect a future Urban character (Map 1.3). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The land use in this area was changed to Urban. With the 10-Year Comprehensive Plan Update, which overhauled the Urban category, these properties were changed to Mixed Residential to allow a mix of housing types. ü CC2.1 Amend the Comprehensive Plan’s Community Character and Future Land Use Map to reflect an Urban character which could include commercial, multi-family, or a mix of two uses (Map 1.4). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The land use in this area was changed to Urban. With the 10-Year Comprehensive Plan Update, which overhauled the Urban category, these properties were changed back to General Commercial to allow intense commercial uses along the SH 6 Frontage Road. ü CC2.3 Amend the Comprehensive Plan’s Community Character and Future Land Use Map to reflect a future Urban character (Map 1.5).Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The land use in this area was changed to Urban. With the 10-Year Comprehensive Plan Update, which overhauled the Urban category, this property was changed to Urban Residential to reflect the existing multi-family development on the property. ü CC2.4 Amend the Comprehensive Plan’s Community Character and Future Land Use Map to reflect a range of commercial uses transitioning from more intense General Commercial uses along the frontage road backing up to Business Park uses along the east side of Longmire Drive, then to Suburban Commercial uses along the west side of Longmire Drive. Use of a PDD zoning district or a Suburban Commercial overlay (Map 1.6). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The land use in this area was changed to Suburban Commercial and Business Park. With the 10-Year Comprehensive Plan Update, the land uses were revised to Medical for the previously Suburban Commercial area and the Business Park area was enlarged with a name-change to Business Center. ü CC2.5 Amend the Comprehensive Plan’s Community Character and Future Land Use Map to designate this area as Neighborhood Conservation.Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The land use in this area was changed to Neighborhood Conservation.ü Appendices Page 702 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEComprehensive Plan CC2.6 Amend the Comprehensive Plan’s Community Character and Future Land Use Map to support Urban character development opportunities on this property upon the extension of Balcones Drive. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The land use changes were completed. With the 10- Year Comprehensive Plan Update General Commercial and Urban Residential uses were selected to reflect the Jones Crossing development. The Natural & Open Areas boundaries were adjusted and expanded based on updated flood data. ü CC2.7 Amend the Comprehensive Plan’s Community Character and Future Land Use Map to designate this area as General Suburban.Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The land use in this area was changed to General Suburban. With the 10-Year Comprehensive Plan Update these properties were changed to Mixed Residential to allow a mix of housing types. ü Zoning CC3.1 Initiate a rezoning on properties adjacent to single-family areas to R-2, Duplex from the existing zoning of R-6, High Density Multi-Family (Map 1.11). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This City-initiated zoning change was not completed.ü CC3.2 Initiate a rezoning to R-6, High Density Multi-Family for the C-1, General Commercial portions of Airline Drive (Map 1.12).Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This zoning change was completed in 2011.ü CC3.3 Initiate a rezoning from R-4, Apartment/Low Density, to R-1, Single-Family zoning (Map 1.13).Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This City-initiated zoning change was not completed.ü CC3.4 Initiate a rezoning from R-4, Apartment/Low Density, to R-1, Single-Family zoning (Map 1.14).Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This City-initiated zoning change was not completed.ü CC3.5 Initiate a rezoning to add a corridor overlay to promote Suburban Commercial style development (Map 1.15).Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This City-initiated zoning change was not completed.ü CC3.6 Initiate a rezoning from R-4, Apartment/Low Density, to R-1, Single-Family zoning (Map 1.16).Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This City-initiated zoning change was not completed.ü CC3.7 Initiate a rezoning to add a corridor overlay to promote Suburban Commercial style development (Map 1.17).Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This City-initiated zoning change was not completed.ü CC3.8 Initiate a rezoning to Suburban Commercial (Map 1.18).Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This City-initiated zoning change was not completed.ü CC3.9 Approach property owners to initiate a rezoning from R-6, High-Density Multi-Family, to Suburban Commercial (Map 1.19).Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This City-initiated zoning change was not completed.ü CC3.12 Adopt character-specific zoning districts to follow the Community Character and Future Land Use plan.Regulation Planning & Development Services In 2012, the City created and adopted new zoning districts including NAP Natural Areas Protected, SC Suburban Commercial, BP Business Park, and BPI Business Park Industrial. In 2013, the City adopted R Rural, E Estate, GS General Suburban, RS Restricted Suburban, D Duplex, T Townhouse, and MHP Mobile Home Park. ü CC3.8, 10 Adopt Suburban Commercial zoning district to limit building height and style of development to be compatible with the suburban character of the area. Regulation Planning & Development Services The Suburban Commercial zoning district was adopted in October 2012.ü Site Development CC4.1 Investigate the feasibility of a site and commercial building façade improvement program that includes the identification of funding sources and alternative financing opportunities. Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Economic Development This action was not completed and is not currently being pursued.ü CC4.2 Repair parking and circulation facilities in front of existing businesses.Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works There has been some activity in recent years to update the properties and repair some of the pavement. The pavement is on private property so would not become a public project. ü Appendices Page 703 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEFloodplain CC5.1-2 Pursue purchase of the property 3020 Texas Ave South & Natural Areas through the Greenways acquisition program.Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The property owner was contacted, but the City was unable to purchase this property (2011). The funds for this project are no longer available. ü CC5.3 Develop comprehensive floodplain management program that will reduce flood risk to developed flood prone areas - Residential, Multi-Family, Commercial. Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works / CIP The City’s flood ordinance has been revised to add additional restrictions for development in FEMA special flood hazard areas. The B/CS Unified Design Guidelines enhances floodplain management through required detention to mitigate increased flows from development. ü Effective Organizations NI1.2 Create neighborhood partnership requirements to develop responsibilities for participating organizations, so the City services can be aligned based on the organizations’ schedules and priorities. Project / Program Neighborhood Services Neighborhood Partnership Program had been in effect, but services were adjusted in 2012 to include more neighborhood associations and loosely based groups. ü NI1.4 Utilize the Neighborhood Partnership Program to create an organizational mentoring program for additional support to new or struggling organizations. Project / Program Neighborhood Services The Neighborhood Organization Tool Kit is available for neighborhoods to use as a manual in times they need guidance or assistance in procedures. ü NI1.5 Create a civic engagement component to the Neighborhood Partnership Program to increase neighborhood participation in local governance. Project / Program Neighborhood Services Civic engagement was encouraged to the Neighborhood Partnership Program through programs such as Citizen’s University, Police Academy, Fire Academy, etc. ü NI1.6 New resident contact program to promote neighborhood services and online resources.Project / Program Neighborhood Services Neighborhood Services established Welcome Bags to give to new residents (2009) and continues the program through present day.ü NI1.8 Create an ongoing evaluation process of neighborhood characteristics to readjust service provisions and evaluate effectiveness. Project / Program Neighborhood Services A Neighborhood Indicator Program with guidelines have been developed in each of the defined neighborhoods. The guidelines were submitted to staff for comments and staff has visited with internal stakeholders. This program was ultimately not implemented. ü NI1.3 Create an online clearinghouse for neighborhood organization and tracking information.Project / Program Neighborhood Services The City’s website was updated with neighborhood contact links and webpages and links to SeeClickFix for neighborhood code enforcement activity. ü NI1.7 Work with existing organizations to create a Know Your Neighbor campaign to increase active participation.Project / Program Neighborhood Services / Police The Neighborhood Organization Tool Kit is available for neighborhoods to use as a manual in times they need guidance or assistance in procedures. ü NI1.9 Develop leadership training programs for newly elected homeowner association officers and committee members (Area A). Project / Program Neighborhood Services New Neighborhood Associations and Homeowner Associations leadership training was held in 2010-2011. This was stopped (2013- 2014) as the number of associations outweighed the amount of staff available to run the training. The trainings have resumed in recent years with the Greater Houston Community Association Institute hosting training opportunities. ü NI1.10 Provide technical assistance to HOAs for succession planning with a focus on assisting with the creation of standard operating procedures for newly elected officers (Area A). Project / Program Neighborhood Services Neighborhood Organization Tool Kit is available for neighborhoods to use as a manual in times they need guidance or assistance in procedures. ü NI1.11 Work with organization leadership to identify and provide assistance in recruiting new leaders to fill vacant positions on existing committees (Area B). Project / Program Neighborhood Services Neighborhood Organization Tool Kit is available for neighborhoods to use as a manual in times they need guidance or assistance in procedures. ü Appendices Page 704 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEEffective Organizations NI1.12 Provide in-depth training similar to the new organization program for reorganized executive committee (Area B).Project / Program Neighborhood Services  Board training was established in 2013-2016.ü NI1.14 Create deed restriction enforcement training (Area B).Project / Program Neighborhood Services A ttorneys Cully Lipsey and Heath Poole gave a presentation on the creation and enforcement of deed restrictions at the April 22 seminar supper (FY 2013). It was attended by 43 association members from around the community, with 4 HOAs from the Central CS area represented. Since it was so well received it will be repeated at least every other year. New Neighborhood Associations and Homeowner Associations leadership training was held in 2010- 2011. This was stopped (2013-2014) as the number of associations outweighed the amount of staff available to run the training. The trainings have resumed in recent years with the Greater Houston Community Association Institute hosting training opportunities. ü NI1.15 Create homeowner associations in areas that are interested and work with residents through the Neighborhood Partnership program to do this (Area C). Project / Program Neighborhood Services Homeowner Associations were encouraged to form and the City is supportive of HOAs forming, but there were a high number of rentals in the neighborhood which made it unattainable for most neighborhoods to do so. ü NI1.17 Create a specific support program for new organizations that focuses on providing specific technical assistance to organizations to ensure their viability over time. Project / Program Neighborhood Services New organizations are supported through various programs offered by the City. There is new Neighborhood Associations and Homeowner Association trainings, the Neighborhood Organization Tool Kit is also available for neighborhoods to use as a manual in times they need guidance or assistance in procedures. ü NI1.18 Develop training for communication plan development to make sure organizations are providing pertinent information to residents (Areas A, B, C, D). Project / Program Neighborhood Services The City’s Neighborhood Partnership Program identified the necessity of providing information to association members (2013). The program states what information will be given from the City to neighborhood organizations and when that info should be distributed to the general membership. Organizational leaders are now required to provide contact information for all board members to prevent the funneling of information to residents. The City also publishes the weekly Neighborhood eNewsletter to widely distribute neighborhood information and resources, as well as overhauled the Neighborhood Services website to serve as a resource for all organizations and residents. ü NI1.19 Work with residents to develop a new neighborhood organization or incorporate these areas into existing nearby neighborhood associations. Project / Program Neighborhood Services The Neighborhood Organization Tool Kit is available for neighborhoods to use as a manual in times they need guidance or assistance in procedures. A blog was published with community associations institute video essentials of HOA operations linked to it (2012). Neighborhood Services has coordinated training for residents that is presented by CAI. The 4 hour workshop “Essentials of HOA Operation” will cover finances and reserves, insurance for the HOA and board members, and ethics. ü Appendices Page 705 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEEffective Organizations NI1.13 & 16 Allow for the use of neighborhood grant funding for legal consultations (Area C) as well as for neighborhood organizing in these areas (Area B). Policy-based decision Neighborhood Services Attorneys Cully Lipsey and Heath Poole gave a presentation on the creation and enforcement of deed restrictions at the April 22 seminar supper (FY 2013). It was attended by 43 association members from around the community, with 4 HOAs from the Central CS area represented. Since it was so well received it will be repeated at least every other year. New Neighborhood Associations and Homeowner Associations leadership training was held in 2010- 2011. This was stopped (2013-2014) as the number of associations outweighed the amount of staff available to run the training. The trainings have resumed in recent years with the Greater Houston Community Association Institute hosting training opportunities. ü Code Enforcement NI2.2 Incorporate code enforcement training for organizations to help them better understand local and state legal requirements for pursuing enforcement action on a property. Project / Program Neighborhood Services Outreach to student groups and HOA’s are completed upon request.ü NI2.1 Create an indicator program that tracks code enforcement and property maintenance case activity to identify frequent violations, specific properties, and time periods. Project / Program Code Enforcement Community Development created a Property Maintenance checklist in 2014. Staff performed a baseline survey of all identified properties and offered assistance and information to properties that were not in compliance. All properties are re-surveyed on a regular basis to identify property deterioration and to proactively intercede. “Walk and talk” events are scheduled each semester. During this event, representative from Code Enforcement, Neighborhood Services, Police, TAMU and others as deemed necessary canvas the neighborhood, meeting with residents and providing information. Areas are chosen based upon their recent levels of non-compliance with codes and or illegal activity. ü NI2.3 Create a neighborhood oversight process to alert significant cod enforcement and property maintenance activity (Areas A,B,C,D,E, and F). Project / Program Code Enforcement Various departments share information regarding significant code enforcement activity. Code Enforcement, Police, building staff, sanitation, and others communicate on a regular basis to address identified issues. ü NI2.4 Establish an annual face to face proactive enforcement contact program by Code Enforcement officers with rental property occupants. Project / Program Code Enforcement This is being implemented by Code Enforcement Officers who make contact with residents, owners, and/or property managers regarding violations. ü NI2.5 Develop a more focused property maintenance code enforcement program to include specific training on codes.Project / Program Code Enforcement This is being implemented through proactive code enforcement.ü NI2.6 Create a proactive health and sanitation violation program to alert residents to possible future violations before enforcement to allow an opportunity to address the issues before action is necessary. Project / Program Code Enforcement The Health and Sanitation pre-violation program occurred in FY 2013.ü NI2.8 Utilize rental registration program information to provide annual reminders about code requirements (Area G).Project / Program Code Enforcement Registered rental code enforcement notification program began in FY 2013. Code Mobile Mapping Application allows staff to notify property owners, managers, and utility customers when a code violation occurs. Reactive code reinforcement is also used to assist with rental code enforcement. ü Appendices Page 706 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETECode Enforcement NI2.10 Work with Aggie Up organizations to reinvigorate student mediation program to allow students to learn about property maintenance.Project / Program Neighborhood Services Community Living course is expected to resume in Fall 2022.ü NI2.11 Increase monitoring of properties adjacent to areas A, B, C, and D, to ensure property maintenance isn’t negatively impacting owner-occupied areas. Regulation Code Enforcement Code Mobile Mapping Applications allows for monitoring of all code violations or issues at rental properties. Code Enforcement conducts proactive monitoring of all areas. ü Neighborhood Image NI3.11 Develop a neighborhood cleanup program with Sanitation, Recycling, and neighborhood organizations to include a once-a-year event to bring the neighborhood together and encourage active neighborhood participation in maintaining and improving neighborhood image. Project / Program Public Works The Adopt-A-Street Program has (80) organizations enrolled to collect litter along 76.3 miles worth of street segments. The City also works with the TAMU Big Event, Keep Brazos Beautiful for on-demand clean-ups and the annual Texas Trash Off event, and Community Services for on-demand clean-up events as requested. ü NI3.2 Identify additional funding and matching fund opportunities for beautification projects. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services Funding for beautification projects were identified through community partners such as Keep Brazos Beautiful with assistance from the City, as well as the amendments to the Neighborhood Grant Program which allows for funding for beautification projects within neighborhoods. ü NI3.9 Identify additional grants and other funding opportunities to improve the safety and aesthetics of drainage channels. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The City is participating in the Lower Brazos Regional Flood Plan which provides grant funding opportunity for prioritized projects through the State’s Flood Infrastructure Fund, which is managed by the Texas Water Development Board. ü NI3.3 Streamline Permit for Private Improvements in Public Right-of-Way process for neighborhood projects.Project / Program Neighborhood Services / Planning & Development Services The City developed a Gateway Grant program to provide opportunities for neighborhoods to enhance neighborhood identification and streamline the permitting process for private improvements in public rights-of-way. ü NI3.5 Identify and work with key community partners (Big Event, Aggie Replant, Keep Brazos Beautiful, etc.) to assist with neighborhood beautification projects. Project / Program Community Services / Public Works A neighborhood clean-up program was established (2010). This program, while identified in the Central College Station Neighborhood Plan, is now offered on- demand to neighborhoods throughout the City through Community Services and the Sanitation division. Additionally, local service organizations such as the TAMU Big Event and Keep Brazos Beautiful provide support for on-demand and one-day annual clean-ups. ü Develop an increased monitoring program for public facilities (drainage ways, sidewalks, and roads) that prioritizes improvements to owner- occupied areas (Areas A, B, C, D, and E). Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works As part of the City’s Stormwater Management Program, all drainage outfalls are inspected within the five year program window. ü Work with organizations to develop neighborhood improvement projects to repair neighborhood elements (fences, drainage ways, signs, etc.).Project / Program Neighborhood Services The Neighborhood Grant program was amended to allow neighborhood associations to apply for the grant without having insurance. This allowed for grant funding to be more readily available to a wider range of neighborhoods and improvements. ü Appendices Page 707 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEEmergency and Law Enforcement Services NI4.2 Increase education to neighborhoods and student organizations about property crimes and security during school breaks.Project / Program Neighborhood Services Community Living course is expected to resume in Fall 2022.ü NI4.4 Work with established organizations to develop or reinstate neighborhood watch or other neighborhood policing programs that would assist law enforcement and emergency responders. Regulation Code Enforcement Code Mobile Mapping Applications allows for monitoring of all code violations or issues at rental properties. Code Enforcement conducts proactive monitoring of all areas. ü NI4.8 Develop nuisance monitoring and enforcement programs that are in line with state and local requirements.Project / Program Code Enforcement This program was not developed. Code Enforcement Officers are expected to identify and monitor problem properties. ü NI4.9 Amend Neighborhood Grant Program to include funding for neighborhood watch programs for signage or incidental costs (Areas A, B, C, D). Project / Program Neighborhood Services The Neighborhood Grant Program was amended (2013) to make the funding more flexible and accessible to neighborhood groups looking to pursue projects such as neighborhood identification or beautification. Changes to the program included lessening insurance requirements, allowing in-kind donations for match funding, and allowing neighborhood beautification projects. This allowed for grant funding to be more readily available to a wider range of neighborhoods and improvements. ü NI4.5 Develop an on-going parking monitoring program in conjunction with the Neighborhood Traffic Calming Program and emergency responders to monitor on-street parking issues and take action. Project / Program Community Services Code Enforcement and Northgate Staff respond to complaints regarding parking in neighborhoods in addition to proactively monitoring their areas. ü NI4.10 Increase notifications to property owners about noise violations and other significant activity on a property (Areas A,B,C,D).Regulation Community Services / Police Code Enforcement notifies property owners when there are on-going violations on their property. The Police Department also notifies owners when there are repeated disturbances on properties. This is done when warranted and is therefore on-going. ü Thoroughfares M1.2 Maintain and rehabilitate identified streets and thoroughfares and prioritize based on health and safety first.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The completion of traffic warrant studies for five intersections within the planning area were conducted in FY 2010. Traffic counts, traffic volume and incident data were analyzed to determine if the warrant studies merited stop signs or traffic signals. After evaluating the traffic warrant studies, all five intersections did not warrant traffic signal or stop sign. ü M1.3 Identify intersections for traffic warrant studies that could use improvements.Project / Program Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü M1.4 Warrant Study: Brothers Boulevard and Deacon Drive (traffic signal).Capital Improvement Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration. ü Warrant Study: Longmire Drive and Brothers Boulevard (4-way stop).Capital Improvement Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration as a potential location for a roundabout. ü Warrant Study: Ponderosa Drive and Longmire Drive (4-way stop).Capital Improvement Public Works Traffic Engineering has continued to monitor this location for potential traffic control and it has not been justified.ü Warrant Study: Edelweiss Avenue and Rock Prairie Road (traffic signal).Capital Improvement Public Works A CIP project is under construction (2022) that will install a traffic signal as part of relocating the railroad crossing at Cain Road to Deacon Drive. ü C2 Warrant Study: Deacon Drive and Wellborn Road (traffic signal).Capital Improvement Public Works This action has not been completed.ü Appendices Page 708 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEThoroughfares M1.6 Install Deacon Drive median Capital Improvement Public Works This action has not been completed.ü Install Rio Grande Boulevard median Capital Improvement Public Works This action has not been completed.ü Install Welsh Avenue median Capital Improvement Public Works This action has not been completed.ü Bicycle & Pedestrian M2.1 Navarro Drive bike lane installation Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Navarro Drive bike lane installation was not completed.ü Edelweiss Avenue bike lane installation Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Edelweiss Avenue bike lane installation was not completed.ü M2.2 C3 Southwood Drive bike route signage Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Southwood Drive bike route signage was installed (2011).ü C4 Brothers Boulevard bike route signage Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Brothers Boulevard bike route signage was installed (2011).ü C5 Todd Trail bike route signage Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Todd Trail bike route signage was installed (2011).ü C6 Ponderosa Drive bike route signage Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Ponderosa Drive bike route signage was installed (2011).ü C7 Balcones Drive bike route signage Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Balcones Drive bike route signage was installed (2011).ü M2.3 Deacon Drive bike lane gap Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Deacon Drive bike lane gap was not completed.ü Rio Grande bike lane gap Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Rio Grande bike lane gap was not completed.ü M2.6, 2.10 C8 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan to include a multi-use path connection between Balcones Drive to Larry J. Ringer Library. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was added to the BPG Master Plan and the connection was constructed in 2020.ü M2.7, 2.11 San Pedro Drive sidewalk Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works A sidewalk was constructed from West Ridge Drive to Welsh Avenue (2014).ü West Ridge Drive sidewalk Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works A sidewalk was constructed from Welsh Avenue to Pintail Trail (2014).ü M2.8, 2.11 Airline Drive sidewalk Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Airline Drive sidewalk was not completed.ü C9 Normand Drive sidewalk Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works A sidewalk was constructed from Rock Prairie Road to Ponderosa Drive (2016).ü Val Verde Drive sidewalk Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The property owner at 901 Val Verde Drive didn’t want a sidewalk to be constructed. This project is no longer being pursued. ü C10 Pedernales Drive sidewalk Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Pedernales Drive sidewalk was completed (2012).ü M2.11 Construct multi-use paths identified in the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works / CIP This action is partially complete. The multi-use path from Steeplechase Park to FM 2818 has been constructed (2018). The path along FM 2818 from Waxwing Lane to Larry Ringer Library is currently funded. ü Appendices Page 709 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETETransit M3.1 Identify opportunities to collaborate and promote a co-ridership program between TAMU Transit and the Brazos Transit District. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services Texas A&M University and Brazos Transit District (BTD) have implemented a co-rider program. With a BTD pass, riders can be on TAMU buses. With a TAMU ID, riders can ride BTD buses. ü M3.3 Bus shelter relocation on Longmire Drive in from the east side to the west side in order to better service the TAMU Transit stop on the other side of the street. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public works TAMU no longer operates a transit route on Longmire Drive.ü M3.4 Work with TAMU Transit and Brazos Transit District to identify existing stops with high-ridership to upgrade to a bus shelter.Project / Program Planning & Development Services Brazos Transit District has assessed stop locations that have a higher ridership and have identified potential shelter locations. City staff is assisting with the evaluating the fixed stop and shelter locations. ü M3.5 Coordinate with TAMU Transit and Brazos Transit District to provide signage and route information at scheduled bus stops.Project / Program Planning & Development Services Brazos Transit District has not implemented fixed stop locations where bus stop signage would be placed.ü M3.6 Provide pedestrian crosswalks where they will be crossing major thoroughfares to reach designated bus stops.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services This action has not been completed.ü Recycling S1.1 Develop a neighborhood recycling notification program.Project / Program Public Works A recycling contractor provides monthly reports regarding commodity and contamination tonnages, as well as carts collected per service area. We relay this information back to Council via KPI information as well as through educational outreach programs. ü S1.2 Develop a standing neighborhood green committees that works on encouraging recycling, participation in green events, and promoting sustainable living practices. Project / Program Neighborhood Services This is no longer being pursued.ü S1.4 Begin tracking recycling participation at a neighborhood level to provide baseline data for evaluating program effectiveness.Project / Program Public Works Public Works Solid Waste has been tracking recycling participation, tonnages, and contamination since 2016 when the City moved from the bag system to automated, single-stream recycling collections. ü S1.5 Explore opportunities to create a community gardening project that would encourage these organizations to utilize public spaces, like parks, to host community gardens. Project / Program Community Services / Parks & Recreation Staff researched other community gardens around the state and met with local stakeholders. A summary of findings was presented to management, which recommended carrying out a garden project in a local park with a nonprofit managing the day to day activities. The Parks and Recreation Department selected a location within Fitch Park for the garden and developed an agreement with Keep Brazos Beautiful for maintaining the garden. ü Utility Conservation S2.1 Expand neighborhood grant opportunities for neighborhood organizations to conduct water and energy audit campaigns, installation of efficient irrigation systems, or replanting drought- resistant plants in community areas. Project / Program Neighborhood Services Neighborhoods can use grant opportunities to install rain barrels.ü S2.3 Work with neighborhood organizations to develop a green work day (rain barrel, xeriscaping installation, or other like projects) as neighborhood building activities. Project / Program College Station Utilities Water conservation methods and tips are available on the City’s website under the College Station Utilities page. It provides details on benefits of xeriscaping and methods for installation. ü Appendices Page 710 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEUtility Conservation S2.4 Promote and educate neighborhoods about water and energy audits through neighborhood organizations.Project / Program College Station Utilities College Station Utilities (CSU) Energy Division has attended neighborhood block parties when invited, CSU also has a booth at the Home and Garden Show every year to promote programs and remains in contact with organizations throughout the City such as the Home Builders’ Association, and audits are performed on an as-requested basis. ü S2.5 Work with community partners (Keep Brazos Beautiful, Brazos County Agricultural Extension, and others) to develop a residential xeriscaping and native lawn planting guide. Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Parks & Recreation Brazos Valley Master Gardeners completed a planting guide in FY 2014 for the area. Staff disseminated it to local groups and updated the Site Design Standards in 2018 to incorporate native and adapted species. ü S2.6 Incorporate green seminar participation as a part of the Neighborhood Partnership program participation responsibilities.Project / Program Neighborhood Services The City had a grant funded Green College Station Sustainability Program Coordinator position, which created and maintained many Green Program activities. The funding for the position ended (2012), but many of the program components were incorporated into standard operations within various City departments. Seminar Suppers often feature green and sustainability topics, with a recent (2022) example of a water conservation presentation by the City’s Water Resources Coordinator. ü S2.7 Explore opportunities and fiscal feasibility to reduce or eliminate permitting fees for LEED certifiable homes, solar voltaic panel installation, and other green building upgrades. Project / Program College Station Utilities College Station Utilities has several programs that aim to incentivize residents to invest in more sustainable energy options. There is the Connected Thermostat Program, Good Cents New Home Program, Energy Back II Rebate Program, Residential LED Lighting Program, and Energy Conservation staff is available to provide on-site energy surveys free of charge. ü S2.8 Track utility use and rebate participation.Project / Program College Station Utilities Programs are available and tracked on a citywide basis. The tracking of utility use is an element included in the proposed Neighborhood Indicator program guidelines (FY 2014). The guidelines were submitted to staff for comments and staff has visited with internal stakeholders. This program was ultimately not implemented. ü S2.9 Explore alternate financing opportunities and grants to incent residential sustainable investments.Project / Program College Station Utilities This is not a College Station Utilities (CSU) program. Solar programs were put in place originally to kickstart the initiative, which is now running on its own. ü Stormwater Management S3.1 Develop neighborhood stormwater education.Regulation Planning & Development Services / Public Works The City has maintained a Stormwater Management Plan since 2008. The plan is updated every five years in accordance with state and federal regulations. This document outlines a series of actions that staff implements to enhance education, outreach, and public involvement during each five year period. It incorporates education and public input processes and ways in which the public may alert city staff to existing stormwater issues. This is a continually implemented program. ü Appendices Page 711 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEStormwater Management S3.2 Develop stormwater promotional activities for neighborhoods (creek clean-up or a chemical free fertilizer campaign) to increase awareness and participation in stormwater management practices. Project / Program Planning & Development Services Educational and promotional activities from the Stormwater Management Program have included “Scoop the Poop,” “Turn around don’t drown,” and “Only Rain Down the Drain” campaigns. Other City events and programs include the Adopt- a-Greenway program (which also includes stormwater outfalls) and participation in the annual Texas Trash Off hosted by Keep Brazos Beautiful. ü S3.4 Identify opportunities to utilize rain gardens and other stormwater management techniques to reduce pavement and provide additional water filtration. Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works The B/CS Unified Design Guidelines include stormwater Best Management Practices (BMPs) that allow for alternative stormwater management solutions such as rain gardens, cisterns, and other innovative strategies to promote water quality. ü S3.6 Work with Neighborhood Partnership organizations to include neighborhood residents in developing additional stormwater management standards. Project / Program Planning & Development Services The City’s stormwater programming solicits input from residents during educational events and through the City’s See-Click- Fix program. As part of the five year update of the Stormwater Management Plan, the draft plan is posted for public comment. ü Alternative Transportation S4.3 Explore opportunities and feasibility of having a carshare program (such as U Car Share or Zipcar in College Station). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services Efforts to implement or support travel demand management programs like carshare have not begun, but have been identified as a future strategy to be accomplished with the Comprehensive Plan (Strategy 6.13). ü S4.4 Promote Bike to Work Week, or develop a No Drive say to encourage biking, walking, and bus ridership.Project / Program Planning & Development Services This action has not been completed.ü S4.5 Work with neighborhood organizations to develop work or shopping carpools or rideshare programs.Project / Program Planning & Development Services Efforts to implement or support travel demand management programs like carpools and rideshare have not begun, but have been identified as a future strategy to be accomplished with the Comprehensive Plan (Strategy 6.13). ü Education S5.1 Incorporate green seminar education into seminar supper program.Project / Program Neighborhood Services The City had a grant funded Green College Station Sustainability Program Coordinator position, which created and maintained many Green Program activities. The funding for the position ended (2012), but many of the program components were incorporated into standard operations within various City departments. Seminar Suppers often feature green and sustainability topics, with a recent (2022) example of a water conservation presentation by the City’s Water Resources Coordinator. ü S5.2 Promote Green Seminar Lunch series through the neighborhood partnership program.Project / Program Neighborhood Services The City had a grant funded Green College Station Sustainability Program Coordinator position, which created and maintained many Green Program activities. The funding for the position ended (2012), but many of the program components were incorporated into standard operations within various City departments and programs. ü S5.3 Work with Neighborhood Partnership organizations to include neighborhood residents in developing additional stormwater management standards. Project / Program Neighborhood Services The City had a grant funded Green College Station Sustainability Program Coordinator position, which created and maintained many Green Program activities. The funding for the position ended (2012), but many of the program components were incorporated into standard operations within various City departments. Seminar Suppers often feature green and sustainability topics, with a recent (2022) example of a water conservation presentation by the City’s Water Resources Coordinator. ü Appendices Page 712 of 778 CENTRAL COLLEGE STATION NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2010-2017) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEEducation S5.4 Work with community organizations (like Keep Brazos Beautiful) to bring education and other sustainability opportunities to neighborhoods. Project / Program Neighborhood Services The City partners with various community organizations for sustainability education and programs in neighborhoods, such as partnering with Keep Brazos Beautiful on their annual Tree Sale, neighborhood clean-ups, the annual Texas Trash Off event, and annual awards luncheon for sustainability leaders in the community. The City also partners with the TAMU Big Event and Aggie Replant, among others. ü S5.6 Continue to fund and promote other existing education programs.Project / Program Neighborhood Services The tracking of certain sustainability factors was an element included in the proposed Neighborhood Indicator Program Guidelines (FY 2014). The guidelines were submitted to staff for comments and staff has visited with internal stakeholders. This program was ultimately not implemented. ü 76 5 0 15 25 Total 121 Appendices Page 713 of 778 EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2011-2018) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETELand Use CC1.1 Amend the Future Land Use and Character Map in the Comprehensive Plan in the Pasler Area to change from Urban and General Suburban to Neighborhood Conservation. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Future Land Use and Character Map was amended to show the Pasler area as Neighborhood Conservation with the Comprehensive Plan adoption in 2021. ü CC1.2 Amend the Future Land Use and Character Map in the Comprehensive Plan for the properties along Lincoln Avenue east of Tarrow Street from Urban to General Suburban (with an approx. depth of a single-family lot). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Future Land Use and Character Map was amended to show General Suburban for the properties along Lincoln Avenue east of Tarrow Street with the Comprehensive Plan adoption in 2021. ü CC1.3 Amend the Future Land Use and Character Map in the Comprehensive Plan from General Commercial to General Suburban for the single-family lot at 903 Grand Oaks Circle; from General Suburban and Neighborhood Conservation to General Suburban for the single-family lot at 926 Grand Oaks Circle. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Future Land Use and Character Map was amended to show Suburban Residential in both lots with the Comprehensive Plan adoption in 2021. ü CC1.4 Amend the Future Land Use and Character Map in the Comprehensive Plan from Institutional to Neighborhood Conservation for the residential properties along Gilchrist Avenue (adjacent to College Hills Elementary). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Future Land Use and Character Map was amended to show Neighborhood Conservation for the residential properties along Gilchrist (adjacent to College Hills Elementary) with the Comprehensive Plan adoption in 2021. ü CC1.5 Amend the Future Land Use and Character Map in the Comprehensive Plan from Urban to Natural Areas Protected for the properties on the northwest side of George Bush Drive East between Texas Avenue South and Foster Avenue. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Future Land Use and Character Map was amended to show the northwest side of George Bush Drive East between Texas Avenue South and Foster Avenue as Neighborhood Center with the Comprehensive Plan adoption in 2021. ü CC1.6 Amend the Future Land Use and Character Map in the Comprehensive Plan from Urban Mixed Use to Urban for the lots along the north side of Dominik Drive between Texas Avenue South and George Bush Drive East. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Future Land Use and Character Map was amended to show the lots along the north side of Dominik Drive between Texas Avenue South and George Bush Drive East as General Commercial (GC) with the Comprehensive Plan adoption in 2021. ü CC1.7 Amend the Future Land Use and Character Map in the Comprehensive Plan from Neighborhood Conservation and Natural Areas Reserved to Urban for the townhome properties located at the intersection of Geroge Bush Drive East, Dominik Drive, and Puryear Drive. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Future Land Use and Character Map was amended to show the townhome properties located at the intersection of George Bush Drive East, Dominik Drive, and Puryear Drive as Mixed Residential with the Comprehensive Plan adoption in 2021. ü Zoning CC2.1, 2, 4 Develop/Amend Single-Family Overlay Ordinance for Neighborhood Conservation Areas 1, 2, & 3. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services Multiple meetings were held in 2011 with the College Hills Neighborhood Association in the Pasler area to gauge interest in pursuing a single-family overlay to support their conservation efforts. The neighborhood did not move forward with the NCO. ü CC2.3 Approach property owners to rezone properties in compliance with Plan: R-6 High Density Multi-Family to R-3 Townhouse on Foster between Walton Drive and Francis Drive. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services These properties redeveloped on their own before rezoning was implemented. ü CC2.5 Approach property owners to rezone properties in compliance with Plan: Rezone 604 Tarrow from C-3 Light Commercial to R-1 Single Family. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This was completed by the property owner and was readdressed to 617 Banks.ü Appendices Page 714 of 778 EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2011-2018) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEZoning CC2.6 Prepare a redevelopment plan with a market analysis for Redevelopment Area II: Texas Avenue, University Drive, and Harvey Road in Comprehensive Plan. Focused Planning Effort Planning & Development Services A redevelopment plan for the Texas Ave / University Dr area, including the new and former City Hall sites, is underway in late 2022 and will continue through 2023. ü CC2.7 Identify strategies for modification of parking requirements for the commercial properties at Walton Drive and Texas Avenue.Regulation Planning & Development Services The commercial area at Walton Drive was surveyed for potential zoning overlay in 2013. This area is located within a Redevelopment Area in the Future Land Use and Character Map and will be reengaged with the small area planning effort along the Texas Ave. and University Dr. intersection. ü Flood Management CC4.1 Develop a conservation easement program to help preserve the floodplain.Project / Program Planning & Development Services A conservation easement was not created. There is a nature trail managed by the Kiwanis Club adjacent to the College Hills Elementary School property. ü Effective Neighborhood Organizations NI1.2 Encourage creation of homeowner associations in areas of interest or where there is a near 100% owner-occupancy rate.Project / Program Neighborhood Services This area had didn’t have enough owner-occupied homes to establish a Home Owners Association. Deed restrictions were used as a tool to set certain limitations within neighborhoods. Some residents tried to use the Neighborhood Conservation Overlay, but was ultimately unsuccessful. ü NI1.3 Assist homeowner associations in creating deed restrictions and covenants that address neighborhood integrity issues that the City cannot regulate. Project / Program Neighborhood Services New Neighborhood Associations and Homeowner Associations leadership training was held in 2010-2011. This was stopped (2013-2014) as the number of associations outweighed the amount of staff available to run the training. The trainings have resumed in recent years with the Greater Houston Community Association Institute. ü NI1.4 Develop deed restriction enforcement training.Project / Program Neighborhood Services Attorneys Cully Lipsey and Heath Poole gave a presentation on the creation and enforcement of deed restrictions at the April 22 seminar supper (FY 2013). It was attended by 43 association members from around the community, with 4 HOAs from the Central CS area represented. Since it was so well received it will be repeated at least every other year. New Neighborhood Associations and Homeowner Associations leadership training was held in 2010-2011. This was stopped (2013-2014) as the number of associations outweighed the amount of staff available to run the training. The trainings have resumed in recent years with Greater Houston Community Association Institute hosting training opportunities. ü NI1.5 Create an ongoing evaluation process of neighborhood characteristics to readjust service provisions and evaluate effectiveness. Project / Program Community Services Guidelines were developed for a “Neighborhood Indicator Program.” These have been incorporated into Code Enforcement’s regular activities. ü Appendices Page 715 of 778 EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2011-2018) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEEffective Neighborhood Organizations NI1.6 Work with student groups to find proactive methods to reach out to off campus students.Project / Program Neighborhood Services The City partnered with Off Campus Aggies to work on student issue (2008-2013). TAMU no longer has an Off-Campus Student Services or Off-Campus Aggies as of 2015 which ended the partnership. The City still operates the Be A Good Neighbor Program. ü Amend neighborhood grant opportunities Project / Program Neighborhood Services The Neighborhood Grant Program was amended (2013) to make the funding more flexible and accessible to neighborhood groups looking to pursue projects such as neighborhood identification or beautification. Changes to the program included lessening insurance requirements, allowing in-kind donations for match funding, and allowing neighborhood beautification projects. ü Conservation of Neighborhood Resources NI2.2 Conduct educational sessions with potential historic district and landmark property owners to gauge interest in pursuing historic preservation regulations. Project / Program Planning & Development Services Educational slides regarding ways to preserve Campus Homes through historic preservation overlays were created in 2013. “A Driving Tour of Historic Campus Homes” was published in 2019 and distributed amongst the community. Individual property owners can apply for designation through the Historical Marker Program or coordinate with neighborhoods to pursue a Neighborhood Conservation Overlay. ü Enhanced Neighborhood Identity and Investment NI3.2 Support community garden efforts on Pasler Street.Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Parks & Recreation There have been discussions with the College Hills Neighborhood Association regarding a community garden (2012), but the project never came to fruition after staff research. ü NI3.3 Support community bulletin board concept by providing assistance and possible grant funding.Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Parks & Recreation The community bulletin board concept was explored for a location within Thomas Park and supported by the City. There was not enough resident interest to volunteer to maintain the board and the project was not pursued. ü NI3.4 Implement the Parks and Recreation Master Plan by performing individual park master plans in the area to identify park needs and opportunities. Focused Planning Effort Parks & Recreation A citizen’s survey has been conducted and a community conversation has been hosted as a way to assess the parks and recreation needs for the community as well as further operations and facility options for Thomas Pool (2019). Thomas Park’s playgrounds were renovated, surfacing was redone, and a shade structure was added (2020). ü NI3.5 Encourage neighborhood organizations to pursue common neighborhood signage for identity and image. Neighborhood grant funding opportunities should be supported. Project / Program Neighborhood Services Neighborhood identification signage installed using Neighborhood Matching Grant Program within College Hills and College Hills Woodlands subdivisions (48 signs). ü NI3.6 Implement the Water Master Plan and the Wastewater Master Plan by completing Phase IV of the Eastgate Utility Master Plan water and wastewater upgrades. Focused Planning Effort College Station Utilities Eastgate Rehabilitation Project Phase IV has been completed. A portion of Phase V is being completed with the James/ Puryear Rehabilitation Project (2022). The remaining Phase V rehabilitation efforts are being postponed for a later date. ü NI4.1 Utilize neighborhood associations and other communication mechanisms to increase awareness of housing assistance programs. Project / Program Neighborhood Services Flyers and informational brochures have been created and distributed; this is an ongoing process.ü Appendices Page 716 of 778 EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2011-2018) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEProactive Property Maintenance and Code Enforcement NI4.2 Evaluate the availability of existing housing assistance programs offered for single-family owner-occupied housing and expand programs or make adjustments to increase program effectiveness. Project / Program Community Services A flyer was mailed to targeted residents about current owner occupied housing programs: minor repair, rehabilitation, reconstruction, down payment assistance, and homebuyer education classes. Flyers were sent out to homes that were: Within College Station City limits, Owner-Occupied, Built in 1985 or before, valued at $115,000 or less. In total 791 flyers were sent to homes in the 3 neighborhood areas of focus Central (405), Eastgate (201), Southside (185). This was done in FY 2013. ü NI4.3 Create an indicator system that tracks code enforcement and property maintenance activity to identify frequent violations.Project / Program Code Enforcement The development of Code Mobile Mapping Application was completed to assist with significant code enforcement activity.ü NI4.4 Provide code enforcement training to neighborhood organizations so that they can better understand local and state legal requirements for pursuing enforcement action on a property. Project / Program Code Enforcement Code Enforcement presentations are available to HOA’s upon request and presentations to Seminar Supper are completed annually (except for years cancelled due to COVID). ü NI4.5 Develop a more robust property maintenance enforcement program to include specific training on the International Property Maintenance Code and cross-training with Police, Fire, and Utilities to identify issues and respond. Project / Program Code Enforcement This is being implemented through proactive code enforcement.ü NI4.6 Utilize rental registration program information to provide annual reminders to rental property residents about code requirements and notify property owners of significant enforcement activity. Project / Program Code Enforcement Code Enforcement Officers make phone calls, send emails, and leave door tags to educate residents on issues that are repeated or prior to determination of a violation. ü Targeted Emergency and Law Enforcement Services NI5.2 Increase education to neighborhoods and student organizations about property crimes and security.Project / Program Neighborhood Services / Police The College Station Police Department held a neighborhood association meeting to discuss crime in the area at College Hills Baptist Church (2012). The Police Department also created the Community Enhancement Unit in place of a Neighborhood Watch and has encouraged neighborhoods to use the Nextdoor website as a means of communication about crime and other safety concerns. ü NI5.3 Work with organizations to develop neighborhood watch or similar programs to assist law enforcement and emergency responders.Project / Program Neighborhood Services / Police Neighborhood Watch programs were discontinued nationwide (2012-2013). The College Station Police Department created the Community Enhancement Unit in place of a Neighborhood Watch and has encouraged neighborhoods to use the Nextdoor website as a means of communication about crime and other safety concerns. ü NI5.4 Develop an on-going parking monitoring program with the Neighborhood Traffic Calming Program and emergency responders to monitor on-street parking issues. Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works / Fire A parking flyer was created explaining parking regulations and ordinances and who to contact for various parking issues. Parking monitor programs were also formed based on area indicators. College Station Police regularly monitor parking for the neighborhood and issue citations for violations. Public service announcements are also published by the Police Department. ü NI5.5 Develop a speed awareness program by acquiring radar speed signs to utilize at targeted locations.Project / Program Public Works / Police Radar speed signs were acquired with the addition of a speed spy box for the Police Department.ü Appendices Page 717 of 778 EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2011-2018) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEThoroughfares and Local Streets M1.1 Amend the Thoroughfare Plan to designate Walton Drive between Foster Avenue and Francis Drive with a restricted Suburban context and street type. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The was completed with amendments to the Thoroughfare Plan when the plan was adopted (2011).ü Amend the Thoroughfare Plan to designate Foster Avenue and Walton Drive with a Restricted Suburban context and street type. Policy-based decision Public Works The was completed with amendments to the Thoroughfare Plan when the plan was adopted (2011).ü M1.2 Maintain and rehabilitate streets where funding permits.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Public Works performs maintenance and rehabilitation work based upon regularly updated pavement index scores. Roadway Maintenance Fees were implemented in 2016 to provide a dedicated funding source for street maintenance. ü M1.3 Warrant Study: Walton Drive and Francis Drive Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The study was completed and a 4-way stop was installed (2015).ü Warrant Study: Foster Avenue and Francis Drive Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works The study was completed and no change was necessary.ü Warrant Study: Lincoln Avenue and Tarrow Street Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The study was completed and a three way stop was installed (2015).ü Warrant Study: Lincoln Avenue and Munson Avenue Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works The study on Lincoln was conducted and no change was necessary.ü M1.4 Evaluate substandard local streets for possible reduction to posted speed limit if warranted.Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works The speed awareness program was initiated in 2012.ü M1.5 Nimitz Street rehabilitation between Lincoln Avenue and Ash Street.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Nimitz Street rehabilitation from Lincoln Avenue to Ash Street was completed in 2017 and includes a sidewalk on one side (preliminary design 2015, under construction 2016). ü Eisenhower Street extension between Lincoln Avenue and Ash Street.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Eisenhower Street extension between Lincoln Avenue and Ash Street was completed in 2016. Bike lanes, bike route signage, along with a sidewalk on one side were added to this extension. ü Gilbert Street rehabilitation.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü Puryear Drive/James Parkway rehabilitation south of Francis Drive into one-way pair.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The capital project to reconstruct Puryear Drive and James Parkway south of Francis Drive is funded and is in the design process. The streets will continue to operate with two-way traffic instead of the one-way pair option offered in the plan. ü Bicycle & Pedestrian M2.1 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan for the following proposed bicycle facilities: Replace the planned bike lane on Walton Drive between Nunn Street and Gilchrist Avenue with a planned bike route. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This was completed through the adoption of the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.ü Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan for the following proposed bicycle facilities: Replace the planned bike lane on Francis Drive between Ashburn Avenue and Glenhaven Drive with a planned bike route. Policy-based decision This was completed through the adoption of the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.ü Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan for the following proposed bicycle facilities: Reclassify the bike lanes on Lincoln Avenue between future Eisenhower Street and Tarrow Street from proposed to existing. Policy-based decision This was completed through the adoption of the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.ü Appendices Page 718 of 778 EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2011-2018) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEBicycle & Pedestrian M2.5 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan for the following proposed sidewalks: University Drive East (southside); Eisenhower Street from Lincoln Avenue to Ash Street; Foster Avenue; Dominik Drive from Texas Avenue to George Bush Drive East; Gilchrist Avenue from Texas Avenue to Foster Avenue; James Parkway north of Francis Drive to fill in the gap to the park walking loop; Live Oak Street from Texas Avenue to Eisenhower Street; Nimitz Street from Lincoln Avenue to Ash Street; Nunn Street; Puryear Drive from Dominik Drive to Kyle Avenue; Puryear Drive from Walton Drive to James Parkway; and Wellesley Court. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This was completed through the adoption of the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.ü M2.9 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan regarding multi-use paths to: Remove the planned multi-use path between Lincoln Avenue and Dominik Drive while retaining the Natural Areas Reserved; and replace the planned multi-use path along future Eisenhower Street between Lincoln Avenue and Ash Street with planned sidewalks and bike route. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This was completed through the adoption of the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.ü M2.2 Dominik Drive bike lane installation in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This project is not complete, but has been included on the Bicycle Plan under the Bicycle Facility Proposed category.ü Francis Drive bike lane installation in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This project was completed with Francis Drive rehabilitation from Walton Drive to Munson Avenue. The section from Walton Drive to Texas Avenue is under design. ü Lincoln Avenue bike lane gap in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Lincoln Avenue bike gap was addressed and construction was completed.ü Tarrow Street bike lane installation in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This project is not complete, but has been included on the Bicycle Plan under the Bicycle Facility Proposed category.ü M2.3 Eisenhower Street bike route signage to be in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Eisenhower Street bike route signage was added (2016).ü Foster Avenue bike route signage to be in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Foster Avenue bike route signage was added (2016).ü Francis Drive bike route signage to be in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Francis Drive bike route signage was added (2016).ü Walton Drive/Nunn Street bike route signage to be in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Walton Drive/Nunn Street bike route signage was added (2016).ü M2.6 EG6 Identify and install/repair the Dominik Drive sidewalk gaps.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The items within the scope of Eastgate Neighborhood Plan have been completed. There is a full sidewalk on the south side of Dominik from Texas to Munson (completed 2016) but sidewalk gaps still exist on the northern side; at Munson sidewalk switches to northern side and is complete for the remainder of Dominik. This project is shown on Pedestrian Plan as Sidewalk Existing. ü Identify and install/repair the James Parkway sidewalk gap north of Francis Drive.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü Appendices Page 719 of 778 EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2011-2018) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEBicycle & Pedestrian M2.6 Identify and install/repair the Kyle Avenue sidewalk gap between George Bush Drive E and Puryear Drive.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü Identify and install/repair the Lincoln Avenue sidewalk gaps between future Eisenhower Street and Munson Avenue.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Lincoln Avenue sidewalk gap between Eisenhower Street and Munson has been completed (2013).ü EG7 Identify and install/repair the Puryear Drive sidewalk gap between Kyle Avenue and Dominik Drive.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Puryear Drive sidewalk gap between Kyle Avenue and Dominik Drive has been completed.ü EG8 Identify and install/repair the Tarrow Street sidewalk gap between University Drive East and Peyton Street.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Tarrow Street sidewalk gap between University Drive East and Peyton Street has been completed (2015).ü EG9 Identify and install/repair the University Drive East sidewalk gaps.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The University Drive East sidewalk gap from Texas Avenue to Lions Park has been completed (2013).ü M2.7 EG10 Eisenhower Street sidewalk construction in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works A sidewalk on one side of Eisenhower Street from University Drive East to Ash Street (constructed and completed in 2017).ü Foster Avenue sidewalk construction in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Foster Avenue sidewalk from Francis Drive to Gilchrist Avenue was completed (2021). The remaining portions of Foster Avenue have not been completed. ü Gilchrist Avenue sidewalk construction between Texas Avenue and Foster Avenue in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This action was completed with the construction of City Hall (2021).ü EG11 Live Oak Street sidewalk between Texas Avenue and Eisenhower Street Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Live Oak Street sidewalk between Texas Avenue and Eisenhower Street (Completed in 2017).ü EG12 Nimitz Street sidewalk construction between Lincoln Avenue and Ash Street in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Nimitz Street from Lincoln Avenue to Ash Street has been rehabilitated and now includes a sidewalk on one side (Completed in 2017). ü Nunn Street sidewalk construction in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Eastgate Sidewalk Safety Improvements project includes sidewalk improvements on one side along Nunn Street from Lincoln Avenue to Walton Drive, Walton Drive from Nunn Street to Puryear Drive, and Puryear Drive from North Walton Drive to James Parkway (Completed in 2022). ü Puryear Drive sidewalk construction between Walton Drive and James Parkway in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Walton Drive sidewalk construction between Foster Avenue and Francis Drive in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Wellesley Court sidewalk construction in compliance with the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü M2.10 EG13 Lincoln Avenue to University Town Center multi-use path as identified in the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works A public way was completed within the University Town Center Development from Lincoln Avenue to the existing development with a shared-use path on one side (2020). ü Transit M3.1 Identify opportunities to collaborate and promote a co-ridership program between TAMU Transit and the Brazos Transit District.Project / Program Planning & Development Services Texas A&M University and Brazos Transit District (BTD) have implemented a co-rider program. With a BTD pass, riders can be on TAMU buses. With a TAMU ID, riders can ride BTD buses. ü M3.2 Work with TAMU Transit and Brazos Transit District to identify existing stops with high-ridership to upgrade to a shelter.Project / Program Planning & Development Services Brazos Transit District has assessed stop locations that have a higher ridership and have identified potential shelter locations. City staff is assisting with the evaluating the fixed stop and shelter locations. ü Recycling M3.3 Identify opportunities to expand funding sources Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services City staff has been supportive of Brazos Transit District efforts to obtain additional funding for implementation of fixed stops and bus shelters. ü Appendices Page 720 of 778 EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2011-2018) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETERecycling S1.2 Work with established neighborhood organizations to develop standing neighborhood green committees to work on encouraging recycling, participation in green events, and promote sustainable living practices. Project / Program Neighborhood Services The City had a grant funded Green College Station Sustainability Program Coordinator position, which created and maintained many Green Program activities. The funding for the position ended (2012), but many of the program components were incorporated into standard operations within various City departments. However, there is not a specific program to encourage neighborhood green committees. ü S1.3 Begin tracking recycling participation rates at a neighborhood level to provide baseline data for evaluating program effectiveness.Project / Program Public Works Recycling participation, tonnages, and contamination have been tracked since 2016 when the City moved from the bag system to automated, single-stream recycling collections. ü Utility Conservation S2.2 Work with neighborhood organizations to develop a green work day for rain barrel or xeriscaping installation or other like projects as neighborhood -building activities . Project / Program Neighborhood Services Neighborhoods can utilize grant opportunities to install rain barrels. The City had a grant funded Green College Station Sustainability Program Coordinator position, which created and maintained many Green Program activities. The funding for the position ended (2012), but many of the program components were incorporated into standard operations within various City departments. However, there is not a specific program to encourage neighborhood green committees. ü S2.3 Promote and educate neighbors about water and energy audits through neighborhood organizations.Project / Program College Station Utilities College Station Utilities Energy Division has attended neighborhood block parties when invited. They also have a booth at the Home and Garden Show every year to promote programs and remains in contact with organizations throughout the City such as the Home Builders’ Association. Audits are performed on an as-requested basis. ü S2.4 Track utility use, Wind Watts participation, utility audits, and rebate participation through a neighborhood indicator program.Project / Program College Station Utilities This hasn’t been discussed and is not a utility directive. Programs are available and tracked on a citywide basis. Benefit of doing this is not readily apparent. ü S2.5 Explore alternate financing opportunities and fiscal impact of Property Assessed Clean Energy (PACE) financing to incent residential sustainable investments. Project / Program College Station Utilities College Station Utilities has several programs that aim to incentivize residents to invest in more sustainable energy options. There is the Connected Thermostat Program, Good Cents New Home Program, Energy Back II Rebate Program, Residential LED Lighting Program, and Energy Conservation staff is available to provide on-site energy surveys free of charge. ü Stormwater Management S3.1 Develop neighborhood stormwater education and promotional activities (such as creek clean-up or a chemical-free fertilizer campaign) to increase awareness and participation in stormwater management practices. Project / Program Planning & Development Services The City has maintained a Stormwater Management Plan since 2008. The plan is updated every five years in accordance with state and federal regulations. This document outlines a series of actions that staff implements to enhance education, outreach, and public involvement during each five year period. It incorporates education and public input processes and ways in which the public may alert city staff to existing stormwater issues. This is a continually implemented program. ü S3.3 Work with Neighborhood Partnership organizations to include neighborhood residents in developing additional stormwater management standards. Project / Program Planning & Development Services The City’s stormwater programming solicits input from residents during educational events and through the City’s See-Click-Fix program. As part of the five year update of the Stormwater Management Plan, the draft plan is posted for public comment. ü Appendices Page 721 of 778 EASTGATE NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2011-2018) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEGreenways and Open Space S4.2 Explore opportunities to create a community gardening project for neighborhood organizations to utilize public spaces (including Parks) to host community gardens. Project / Program Community Services / Parks & Recreation Staff researched other communal gardens around the state and met with local stakeholders. A summary of findings was presented to management which recommended carrying out a garden project in a local park with a nonprofit managing the day to day activities. The Parks and Recreation Department has mapped a location within Fitch Park for the garden. An agreement with Keep Brazos Beautiful was being developed. ü Alternative Transportation S5.3 Explore opportunities and feasibility of having a carshare program (such as U Car Share or Zipcar).Project / Program Planning & Development Services Efforts to implement or support travel demand management programs like carshare have not begun, but have been identified as a future strategy to be accomplished with the Comprehensive Plan (Strategy 6.13). ü S5.4 Promote Bike to Work Week, or develop a No Drive Day to encourage biking, walking, and bus ridership.Project / Program Planning & Development Services This action has not been completed.ü Education S6.1 Incorporate green education components into new organization training.Project / Program Neighborhood Services The City had a grant funded Green College Station Sustainability Program Coordinator position, which created and maintained many Green Program activities. The funding for the position ended (2012), but many of the program components were incorporated into standard operations within various City departments. Seminar Suppers often feature green and sustainability topics, with a recent (2022) example of a water conservation presentation by the City’s Water Resources Coordinator. ü S6.2 Promote Green Seminar Lunch series to neighborhoods through the neighborhood partnership program.Project / Program Neighborhood Services The City had a grant funded Green College Station Sustainability Program Coordinator position, which created and maintained many Green Program activities. The funding for the position ended (2012), but many of the program components were incorporated into standard operations within various City departments. Seminar Suppers often feature green and sustainability topics, with a recent (2022) example of a water conservation presentation by the City’s Water Resources Coordinator. ü S6.4 Create a green score program that rates neighborhood sustainability through sustainable living practices.Project / Program Neighborhood Services The creation of a green score program has not been completed.ü 62 7 0 12 11 Total 92 Appendices Page 722 of 778 SOUTHSIDE AREA NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2012-2019) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEEnhancing Viability of Existing Uses NI&CC 1.1 Explore ways to preserve Campus Homes by incentivizing preservation and restoration for alternative uses (such as game-day rentals or bed & breakfasts). Project / Program Planning & Development Services Educational slides regarding ways to preserve Campus Homes through historic preservation overlays were created in 2013. “A Driving Tour of Historic Campus Homes” was published in 2019 and distributed amongst the community. Individual property owners can apply for designation through the Historical Marker Program or coordinate with neighborhoods to pursue a Neighborhood Conservation Overlay. ü NI&CC 1.2 Create an alternative development plan to preserve the neighborhood shopping in the Southgate Commercial Area, this should include a market analysis and a concept plan. Focused Planning Effort Planning & Development Services Staff had discussions with commercial property owners. This area is located within a Redevelopment Area in the Future Land Use and Character Map and will be reengaged with the small area planning effort once the timing of the George Bush Dr. and Wellborn Rd. interchange is known. ü NI&CC 1.3 Conduct educational sessions with potential historic districts and landmark property owners to gauge interest in pursuing historic preservation regulations. Project / Program Planning & Development Services Educational slides regarding ways to preserve Campus Homes through historic preservation overlays were created in 2013. “A Driving Tour of Historic Campus Homes” was published in 2019 and distributed amongst the community. Individual property owners can apply for designation through the Historical Marker Program or coordinate with neighborhoods to pursue a Neighborhood Conservation Overlay. ü Character Preservation NI&CC 2.1 Amend UDO to include Character Preservation Overlay zoning option to provide the neighborhood with the flexibility to select character elements and certain areas that may apply. Regulation Planning & Development Services Character preservation options exist in the Neighborhood Conservation Overlay (NCO) district which was created in 2007 and overhauled in 2020, along with the accompanying NCO Handbook which guides residents through the application process. ü NI&CC 2.2 Assist neighborhoods in getting a Character Preservation Overlay zone.Regulation Planning & Development Services The McCulloch Neighborhood Conservation Overlay was approved by the City Council in 2015. The Heart of Southside Neighborhood Conservation Overlay was approved by Council in 2019. City staff provide assistance to neighborhoods interested in pursuing single- family neighborhoods. ü Neighborhood Development Pattern NI&CC 3.1 Amend the Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use and Character Map in the Redmond Terrace Subdivision from General Suburban to Neighborhood Conservation. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Future Land Use and Character Map was amended to show the Redmond Terrace Subdivision from General Suburban to Neighborhood Conservation with the Comprehensive Plan adoption in 2021. ü NI&CC 3.2 Amend the Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use and Character Map in the McCulloch’s Subdivision from Urban and General Suburban to Neighborhood Conservation. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Future Land Use and Character Map was amended to show the McCulloch Subdivision as Neighborhood Conservation, as well as Urban Residential and Mixed Residential with the Comprehensive Plan adoption in 2021. ü NI&CC 3.3 Amend the Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use and Character Map’s Redevelopment description for the southeast corner of George Bush Drive and Wellborn Road (Area V). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Future Land Use and Character Map was amended to show the Redevelopment for Area V as Neighborhood Center along the majority of George Bush Drive, Urban Center on the corner of Wellborn Road and George Bush Drive and continues down Wellborn, and Mixed Residential along Luther Street. This amendment was completed with the Comprehensive Plan adoption in 2021. ü NI&CC 3.4 Amend the Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use and Character Map in Area V to move the Neighborhood Conservation designation to the west (located along Montclair Avenue) to provide protection to areas east of Area V. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Future Land Use and Character Map was amended to show Neighborhood Conservation to the west of Area V (along Montclair Avenue). ü Appendices Page 723 of 778 SOUTHSIDE AREA NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2012-2019) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEZoning NI&CC 4.1 Work with property owners to initiate rezoning of non-conforming properties in the Fairview Avenue, Luther Street, and Montclair Avenue area to reflect current land use. Project / Program Planning & Development Services The properties were developed before rezoning was completed.ü NI&CC 4.2 Amend UDO to allow development/redevelopment in Area V to utilize typical R-1, Single-Family Residential (now retired) standards and more restrictive standards for redevelopment in older subdivisions. Regulation Planning & Development Services The UDO was amended for interim Area V lot sizes and was approved by City Council Nov. 18, 2012.ü NI&CC 4.3 Develop a new zoning district to implement recommended future development in Area V.Regulation Planning & Development Services This has not been completed to date, but is part of the ongoing Middle Housing zoning district creation.ü Off-Street Parking NI&CC 5.1 Amend UDO single-family and duplex parking standards to limit the size of allowed parking areas within the front portion of single-family and duplex. Regulation Planning & Development Services Platting and parking ordinance revisions for Area V were initiated 2012 and adopted in 2013, and single-family parking standards were adopted in 2013. ü NI&CC 5.2 Amend UDO single-family and duplex parking standards to define appropriate parking surfaces.Regulation Planning & Development Services NI&CC 5.3 Amend UDO single-family and duplex parking standards to require rear-yard screening from adjacent single-family properties.Regulation Planning & Development Services NI&CC 5.4 Amend UDO single-family and duplex parking standards to require one parking space per bedroom with a max of four spaces required.Regulation Planning & Development Services Neighborhood Associations NI&CC 6.1 Encourage the coordination of a partnership with Neighborhood Services to establish new neighborhood associations (such as the Redmond Terrace Subdivision). Project / Program Neighborhood Services This area had didn’t have enough owner-occupied homes to establish a Homeowners Association. Deed restrictions were used as a tool to set certain limitations within some subdivisions before the Heart of Southside Neighborhood Conservation Overlay was pursued (2018). ü NI&CC 6.2 Provide support in the creation and leadership training for new associations.Project / Program Neighborhood Services New Neighborhood Associations and Homeowner Associations leadership training was held in 2010-2011. This was stopped (2013- 2014) as the number of associations outweighed the amount of staff available to run the training. The trainings have resumed in recent years with Greater Houston Community Association hosting training opportunities. ü Code Compliance NI&CC 7.1 Identify properties not meeting code and speak with the property owners to move toward compliance.Project / Program Community Services A property maintenance checklist was developed by Community Development (FY 2014) which performs a baseline survey of all identified properties and offers assistance and information to properties that are not in compliance or are nearing non- compliance. All properties are re-surveyed on a regular basis to identify property deterioration and to pro-actively intercede. The Manual for Neighborhood Associations was updated and posted online. ü On-Street Parking M 1.1 Conduct safety evaluation of on street parking in the Redmond Terrace Subdivision (including portions of Redmond Drive, Rosemary, and Armistead). Action should be made if warranted. Project / Program Public Works & Fire Safety evaluations of on-street parking are conducted when warranted and therefore are on-going.ü Character of Existing Streets M 2.1 Evaluate the appropriateness of ribbon curbs on streets with an open ditch section in order to retain existing character.Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works Included in the FY15, FY16, FY17 and FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü Evaluate ribbon curb opportunities: West Dexter Dr. (Hereford St. to Ayrshire St.)Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works Included in the FY15, FY16, FY17 and FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü Evaluate ribbon curb opportunities: Angus Ave. (Ayrshire St. to Fairview Ave)Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works Included in the FY15, FY16, FY17 and FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü Appendices Page 724 of 778 SOUTHSIDE AREA NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2012-2019) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETECharacter of Existing Streets M 2.1 Evaluate ribbon curb opportunities: Old Jersey St. (Ayrshire St. to Fairview Ave.)Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works Included in the FY15, FY16, FY17 and FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü Evaluate ribbon curb opportunities: Welsh Ave. (Park Place to Angus Dr)Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works Included in the FY15, FY16, FY17 and FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü M 2.2 Revise B/CS Design Guidelines to add ribbon curb option that may be used for public street rehabilitation.Regulation Planning & Development Services A ribbon curb detail is provided in the B/CS Unified Standard Details though only is stated for use with rural section streets.ü M 2.3 Amend Thoroughfare Plan to add neighborhood-appropriate thoroughfare cross-section to protect the character of streets such as Dexter Drive. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action has not been completed.ü M 2.4 Explore additional traffic calming opportunities for Dexter Drive, such as elongated speed tables, rumble strips, and so on.Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works This action is currently being explored.ü Bicycle & Pedestrian Safety at Intersections M3.1 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan: Holleman Drive sidewalks on both sides where possible to increase pedestrian safety. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action is partially complete. The Master Plan was amended to add sidewalks on both sides of Holleman Drive. Pedestrian improvements were completed along Holleman Drive from H-E-B to Village Drive in 2019. The incomplete sidewalk segments were included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration. ü M 3.2 SS1 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan: Southwest Parkway sidewalks on both sides where possible to increase pedestrian safety. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Master Plan was amended to add sidewalks to both sides of Southwest Parkway. Southwest Parkway from Wellborn Road to Welsh Avenue received pedestrian improvements in the form of stand-alone sidewalks and bicycle improvements to address ADA concerns (2018). ü M 3.3 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan: Welsh sidewalks on both sides between Holleman Drive and Southwest Parkway to increase pedestrian safety. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Master Plan was amended to add sidewalks on Welsh between Holleman Drive and Southwest Parkway. This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration. Sidewalks are to be on both sides of the road. ü M 3.4 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan: Sidewalk loop through McCulloch Subdivision to allow safe pedestrian access to Holleman Drive and Welsh Avenue to increase pedestrian safety. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Master Plan was amended to add a sidewalk loop through McCulloch Subdivision. This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration. Sidewalks are to be added to both sides of the road. ü M 3.5 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan: Montclair Avenue sidewalks on both sides to increase pedestrian safety.Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Master Plan was amended to add sidewalks on both sides of Montclair Avenue. This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration. Sidewalks are to be added to both sides of the road. ü M 3.6 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan: Milliff Road at Texas Avenue and Park Place at Texas Ave sidewalk gaps to increase pedestrian safety. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action is partially complete. The Master Plan was amended to fix sidewalk gaps at these locations. The sidewalk gaps on Park Place were fixed. Milliff has not been completed at this time; the sidewalk segment is missing a small corner piece and it has not been determined if an easement is needed. This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration. ü M 3.7 SS2 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan: Tower Park Apartment pedestrian connection to Park Place through City- owned property to increase pedestrian safety. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Master Plan was amended to add the pedestrian connections at the described location. Pedestrian improvements were completed along Park Place from H-E-B to Tower Park Apartments (2019). ü M 3.8 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan: Southland Street sidewalk to connect the pedestrian bridge to Oney Harvey and Wellborn Road to increase pedestrian safety. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Master Plan was amended to add a sidewalk connection at the described location. The sidewalk on Southland has not been completed. ü Appendices Page 725 of 778 SOUTHSIDE AREA NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2012-2019) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEBicycle & Pedestrian Safety at Intersections M 3.9 Explore alternative sidewalk treatments where they are already proposed along roadways with existing right-of-way or vegetation constraints (such as Park Place and Fairview Avenue). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services / Public Works This action has not been completed.ü M 3.10 SS3 Evaluate streets surrounding schools for improvements (such as underground drainage system, allowing on-street parking, and sidewalks). Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Southside Neighborhood Safety Improvements Project addressed pedestrian, drainage, street rehabilitation, and utilities. Park Place was widened to a minor collector with a sidewalk on one side and buffered bike lanes along from Timber Street to Glade Street. The utilities and street were rehabilitated and sidewalks were added on both sides along Park Place from Glade Street to Anderson Street, along Anna Street from Timber Street to Holik Street, along Glade Street from Park Place to Anna Street, and along Holik Street from Park Place to Anna Street. The existing water and wastewater utilities were rehabilitated in the vicinity of Park Place and Timber Street. The project was completed in 2021. ü Evaluate area surrounding schools for improvements: Park Place from Anderson Street to Glade Street. Evaluate area surrounding schools for improvements: Anna Street from Glade Street to Timber Drive. Evaluate area surrounding schools for improvements: Glade St. from Park Place to Anna St. Evaluate area surrounding schools for improvements: Holik St. from Park Place to Anna St. M 3.11 Evaluate existing Glade Street sidewalks to identify improvements that are in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) issues. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration. The project will need to be evaluated for ADA construction improvements. ü M4.1 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan to designate Monclair Avenue and portions of Luther Street as Bike Routes to provide additional north-south options. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services / Public Works This project is not complete, but has been included on the Bicycle Plan under the Bike Route Proposed category.ü M 4.2 Explore way-finding opportunities to direct bicycles through the neighborhood in addition to existing signage.Project / Program Planning & Development Services This action has not been completed.ü M 4.3 Re-stripe bike lanes on Holleman Dive.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The bike lanes on Holleman Drive have been re-striped.ü M 5.1 SS4 Increase pedestrian safety at the crosswalk at Eleanor Street / Phoenix Street and Holleman Drive.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Bicycle and pedestrian improvements at Holleman Drive and Eleanor Street have been completed (2016).ü M 5.2 Conduct a warrant study at Dexter Drive and Holleman Drive to determine if a four-way stop is appropriate.Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü Evaluate intersections for needed pedestrian and bicycle improvements.Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works This action has not been completed.ü M 5.3 Intersection improvements: George Bush Drive at Texas Avenue - Bicycle improvements will require further engineering study to determine how to accommodate through movements in the existing limited right-of-way. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This project has not been completed but is included in the scope of the George Bush Drive Separated Bike Lanes grant project.ü M 5.4 Intersection improvements: George Bush Drive at Anderson Street - The crosswalk on the west side of George Bush Drive is being moved to the east side of the intersection in order for the left turn movement from Anderson Street to George Bush Drive to coincide with pedestrians there. Additional pedestrian improvements proposed include perpendicular curb ramps at the southwest and southeast corners of the intersection. Bicycle improvements proposed include the continuation of bicycle lanes that drop before the intersection. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was Included in the ADA Transition Plan. The crosswalk was moved and bicycle improvements were completed. The perpendicular curb ramps likely will not change based on TxDOT’s preference to keep the diagonal ramps. ü Appendices Page 726 of 778 SOUTHSIDE AREA NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2012-2019) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEBicycle & Pedestrian Safety at Intersections M 5.5 SS5 Intersection improvements: George Bush Dr. at Timber Street/ Bissell - Pedestrian improvements include sidewalks to close existing gaps, perpendicular curb ramps, the removal of an obstruction (water valve) in the sidewalk on the southwest corner, and concrete pads to make the pedestrian crosswalk signal buttons ADA accessible. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Bicycle and pedestrian improvements at George Bush Drive and Timber Street have been completed (design 2015, construction completed 2016). ü M 5.6 SS6 Intersection improvements: George Bush Drive at Dexter Drive - Pedestrian improvements include leveling the sidewalk connection to the multi-use path at the southwest corner of the intersection. Bicycle improvements include repairing the pavement in the southbound bike lane of Throckmorton. A section of the pavement currently drops down and creates a hazard. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Bicycle and pedestrian improvements at George Bush Drive and Dexter Driver have been completed (design 2015, construction completed 2016). ü M 5.7 SS7 Intersection improvements: Holleman Drive at Wellborn Road - This intersection has an at-grade RR crossing, existing and proposed sidewalks approaching the intersection and bike lanes that end before the intersection. Pedestrian improvements proposed include sidewalks to close existing gaps and perpendicular curb ramps. Bicycle improvements will require further study. This intersection will also require coordination between the City, TxDOT, and the Union Pacific RR Company. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The sidewalk and ADA improvement components were completed with a CIP project. However, the bicycle improvements were not included. ü M 5.8 SS8 Intersection improvements at Holleman Drive at Welsh Avenue - Proposed curb ramp to cross south on Holleman and perpendicular curb ramps at the southeast corner, continuation of bike lanes that drop before the intersection going northbound on Welsh. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The intersection improvements for Holleman Drive at Welsh Avenue were completed in 2019.ü M 5.9 Intersection improvements at Holleman Drive at Glade Street - Proposed concrete pads to make the pedestrian crosswalk signal buttons ADA accessible at the south and northwest corners as well as updating the existing curb ramps without detectable warnings (south and northwest corners) with perpendicular curb ramps. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Included within ADA Transition Plan as well as the Unfunded Projects list for FY 15 and FY 18. The cost estimate for these improvements is $109,900 which was adjusted from 2018 dollars ($101,119) to 2021 dollars. This was also sent to be included on the CIP Unfunded Projects master list (Nov. 2021). ü M 5.10 SS9 Intersection improvements: Holleman Drive at Anderson Street - Continuation of the bike lanes that drop before the intersection or need to be restriped in all directions and there appears to be adequate room to accommodate the continuation. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The intersection improvements for Holleman Drive at Anderson Street were completed in approximately 2019.ü M 5.11 SS10 Intersection improvements: Holleman Dr. at Texas Avenue. - Pedestrian improvements proposed include restriping the existing crosswalks. Bicycle improvements will require further engineering study to determine how to accommodate through movements in the existing limited right-of-way. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This action is partially completed. The pedestrian improvements in this area were completed. The bicycle improvements have not been completed to date. ü M 5.12 SS11 Intersection improvements: Southwest Parkway at Welsh Avenue - Pedestrian improvements proposed include updating the existing curb ramps without detectable warnings (three of four) with perpendicular curb ramps. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The intersection improvements for Southwest Parkway at Welsh Avenue were completed in 2019.ü Area V Traffic Impact M6.1 Amend the Comprehensive Plan - Thoroughfare Plan to designate Montclair Avenue as a Minor Collector with a reduced right-of-way width. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This project is included on the Thoroughfare Plan, but the costs and project scope are uncertain at this time.ü M 6.2 Amend the Comprehensive Plan - Thoroughfare Plan to reduce the designation of Fairview Avenue to a Minor Collector with a reduced right-of-way width. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Thoroughfare Plan was amended to designate Fairview Avenue to a 2 lane Minor Collector with the Comprehensive Plan adoption in 2021. ü Appendices Page 727 of 778 SOUTHSIDE AREA NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2012-2019) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEArea V Traffic Impact M 6.3 Install half-street closures on Angus Avenue, between Fairview Avenue and Montclair Avenue, allowing traffic to flow west and not east. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This project’s timeline is dependent on the George Bush Drive and Wellborn Road TxDOT project and is therefore unknown.ü Install half-street closures on Kerry Street, between Fairview Avenue and Montclair Avenue, allowing traffic to flow west and not east. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This project’s timeline is dependent on the George Bush Drive and Wellborn Road TxDOT project and is therefore unknown.ü Install half-street closures on Fidelity Street, between Fairview Avenue and Montclair Avenue, allowing traffic to flow west and not east. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This project’s timeline is dependent on the George Bush Drive and Wellborn Road TxDOT project and is therefore unknown.ü Install half-street closures on Park Place, between Fairview Avenue and Montclair Avenue, allowing traffic to flow west and not east.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This project’s timeline is dependent on the George Bush Drive and Wellborn Road TxDOT project and is therefore unknown.ü Bicycle & Pedestrian in Constrained Areas M 7.1 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan to remove the proposed sidewalks on the following street sections from the Plan: Village Drive (east of Glade Street), Old Jersey Street, and Park Place (from Timber Street to Dexter Drive). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan was amended and removed the proposed sidewalks from Village Drive (east of Glade Street), Old Jersey Street, and Park Place (from Timber Street to Dexter Drive). ü M 7.2 Amend the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan to remove the proposed multi-use path that is shown at the rear of lots between Dexter Drive and Suffolk Avenue. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan was amended to remove the proposed multi-use path shown between Dexter Drive and Suffolk Avenue. ü Neighborhood Identity PF&S 1.1 Explore way-finding and identification signage options that promote a sense of place.Project / Program Planning & Development Services Neighborhood identification signage was installed using the Neighborhood Matching Grant Program ( 24 signs)ü PF&S 1.2 Replace removed Billy Goat Bridge sign in Brison Park to bring back a piece of history to the neighborhood.Capital Improvement Parks & Recreation The Billy Goat Bridge sign within Brison Park was replaced in 2018.ü PF&S 1.3 Encourage neighborhood organizations to pursue common neighborhood signage for neighborhood identity. Neighborhood grant funding opportunities should be supported. Project / Program Neighborhood Services Neighborhood identification signage was installed using the Neighborhood Matching Grant Program ( 24 signs)ü Floodplain PF&S 2.1 Promote the Adopt-A-Greenway Program to create better creek environments, aesthetics, and function.Project / Program Planning & Development Services The Adopt-A-Greenway Program is promoted regularly.ü PF&S 2.2 Acquire flood-prone properties in the Southland Area that may be utilized as part of the proposed multi-use path.Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services 138 Southland Street was purchased in 2012 and 128 Southland Street was purchased in 2015.ü PF&S 2.3 Acquire flood-prone properties in the Redmond Terrace Area to protect the floodplain and development.Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The City was not able to acquire flood-prone properties in the Redmond Terrace Area due to lack of interest from the property owner. ü Infrastructure PF&S 3.1 Implement Water and Wastewater Master Plan by completing programmed Utility Master Plan water and wastewater upgrades.Capital Improvement College Station Utilities (CSU) The Woodson Village Utility Rehabilitation Project addresses utilities in the area of Haines Drive, Glade Street, Dexter Drive, Timm Drive, Hawthorn Street, and Park Place (designed in 2019-2020, construction underway in 2021). The McCulloch Neighborhood Utility Rehabilitation Project addresses utilities in the area of Arizona Street, Phoenix Street, Carolina Street, Georgia Street, Nevada Street, Holleman Drive, and Southland Street (design underway in 2020 & 2021). ü PF&S 3.2 Evaluate open-ditch sections within the Southside Area to determine areas that are in need of reshaping or re-establishing.Project / Program Public Works Public Works regularly evaluates open drainage areas and addresses the areas that need to be reshaped. Residents are also able to share any concerns and they will be addressed as well. ü PF&S 3.3 Post additional Lincoln Center splash pad signage that displays hours of operations.Project / Program Parks & Recreation Additional Lincoln Center splash pad signage was posted and completed in 2012.ü Appendices Page 728 of 778 SOUTHSIDE AREA NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2012-2019) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETECommunity Development PF&S 4.1 Promote owner-occupied housing assistance programs offered by the City (down payment assistance, rental rehabilitation program, and so on). Project / Program Community Services Housing assistance programs have been offered by the City and are being promoted as well beginning in 2013.ü PF&S 4.2 Partner with Code Enforcement officers to identify property owners in need of assistance and/or units in need of rehabilitation.Project / Program Code Enforcement This project is currently in progress. Many houses in need of rehabilitation have been addressed by the market (purchase, demolition, and development of new housing). Information regarding rehabilitation programs is shared by word-of-mouth, through partner agencies, and through media. Staff has also participated in distributing information directly through the McCulloch subdivision and with neighborhood groups. ü PF&S 4.3 Partner with non-profit developers of affordable housing to build new homes for eligible homebuyers.Policy-based decision Community Services This can be completed through partnerships with other organizations. However, the significant increase in land values has significantly limited the ability to purchase land in this neighborhood. This is not being pursued at this moment. ü PF&S 4.4 Encourage other community organizations to provide assistance for affordable housing opportunities.Policy-based decision Community Services Coordinated with Habitat for Humanity for affordable housing opportunities on Carolina Street (2019).ü Public Safety PF&S 5.1 Evaluate where additional street lights may be needed and installed in the Redmond Terrace area.Capital Improvement College Station Utilities (CSU) Streetlights were installed as per the guidelines at the time of development. If additional lighting is desired it will require funding and easements. ü PF&S 5.2 Evaluate existing street lights in the McCulloch & Southland Subdivisions area for effectiveness.Capital Improvement College Station Utilities (CSU) This area has been investigated. The streetlight issue in this area is due to the tree coverage and the lights being decorative and therefore not producing adequate lighting. Collaboration between staff and homeowners is being established to determine the possibility of replacing the current lighting with proper streetlights. ü PF&S 5.3 Assist in the organization on Neighborhood Watch programs through the City’s Neighborhood Services and Police Department.Project / Program Neighborhood Services / Police Neighborhood Watch programs were discontinued nationwide (2012-2013). The College Station Police Department created the Community Enhancement Unit in place of a Neighborhood Watch and has encouraged neighborhoods to use the Nextdoor website as a means of communication about crime and other safety concerns. ü PF&S 5.4 Develop and implement a parking monitoring program with the Neighborhood Traffic Calming Program and emergency responders to monitor parking issues and make actions. Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Police / Public Works / Fire A parking monitor program is in service in certain areas and a parking flyer that includes parking regulations, ordinances, and contacts for parking issues were also created (FY 2013). ü PF&S 5.5 Utilize Code Enforcement Officers to assist in sporadic parking enforcement based on complaint patterns.Project / Program Code Enforcement Code concerns received through SeeClickFix are responded to by Code Enforcement and Northgate District staff by phone or by email. Staff will continue to monitor areas that are experiencing repeated issues. ü Code Enforcement PF&S 6.1 Increase the awareness and accessibility of SeeClickFix through Neighborhood Services and the Police Department.Project / Program Neighborhood Services / Police Code enforcement education program was initiated in 2013.ü PF&S 6.2 Proactive Code Enforcement in CDBG eligible areas, and Code Enforcement should remain active in other areas as well with a more strict timeline for compliance. Project / Program Code Enforcement A seminar supper was dedicated to the use of SeeClickFix in FY12 and in FY13 there were three city blogs posted to promote the utilization of it. Code enforcement processes were restructured in Q3 and Q4 to optimize public transparency of issue complaints and issues to the SeeClickFix platform. ü PF&S 6.3 Create an indicator system that tracks Code Enforcement and property maintenance activity to identify frequent violations, specific properties, and time periods. Project / Program Code Enforcement SeeClickFix is utilized to track all complaints received through Code Enforcement. ü Appendices Page 729 of 778 SOUTHSIDE AREA NEIGHBORHOOD PLAN (2012-2019) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETECode Enforcement PF&S 6.4 Develop a more robust property maintenance enforcement program to include specific training on the International Property Maintenance Code and cross-training with Police, Fire, and Utilities to identify issues. Project / Program Code Enforcement This is being implemented through proactive code enforcement and is therefore on-going.ü PF&S 6.5 Utilize the Rental Registration program information to provide annual reminders to rental property residents about code requirements and notify property owners of significant enforcement activity. Project / Program Community Services The Rental Registration program is a way to maintain current contact information on the owners and manager of rental property. This information, along with utility customer information, can be accessed through the Code Mobile Mapping Application for code staff to make appropriate contact when there is an issue with a property. ü Neighborhood Enhancement PF&S 7.1 Provide technical assistance to neighborhood organizations applying for neighborhood grants.Project / Program Neighborhood Services Pre-Application meetings were held to explain how the grant system works (FY 2012 or 2013).ü PF&S 7.2 Identify and work with key community partners (like Big Event, Aggie Replant, and Keep Brazos Beautiful to assist with neighborhood beautification projects. Project / Program Neighborhood Services Funding for beautification projects were identified through community partners such as Keep Brazos Beautiful with the assistance of the City, as well as the amendments to the Neighborhood Grant program which allows for funding for beautification projects within neighborhoods. ü 46 9 0 6 25 Total 86 Appendices Page 730 of 778 SOUTH KNOLL AREA PLAN (2013-2020) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETECode Enforcement NI&CC 1.1 Identify properties not meeting code.Project / Program Code Enforcement This is being implemented through proactive code enforcement.ü NI&CC 1.2 Digital information packets for HOA and new residents to be emailed to rental registration contacts annually, online, and advertised City-wide if needed. Project / Program Neighborhood Services The digital information packet is available online and information is sent to rental registration contacts annually after the annual update of the packet (2014). ü NI&CC 1.5 Amend the Code of Ordinances to strengthen codes that may reduce undesirable character impacts in neighborhoods.Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services Certain ordinances have been revised in effort to assist staff in effective enforcement and to clarify specific requirements depending on the circumstance. ü Parking Character NI&CC 2.2 Allow residents to request on-street parking removal from one side of all streets in the South Knoll Area when a super-majority (2/3) of property owners on that street are in favor. Regulation Planning & Development Services / Public Works The Joint Parking Task Force established on-street parking removal requests as being limited to issues where emergency vehicles could not pass. ü NI&CC 2.3 Amend the UDO to limit the size of allowable SF parking areas within the front portion of single-family lots. In addition, larger lots would be permitted a max of 50% of the front portion of the property to be paved or 1,000 sq ft. Regulation Planning & Development Services The UDO was amended in 2017 to limit parking areas in the front yard of a single-family residence to no more than 50% of the area.ü NI&CC 2.4 Amend the UDO to require one parking space per bedroom for new single-family construction, with a max of 4 spaces required.Regulation Planning & Development Services The UDO was amended in 2018 to require one parking space per bedroom for all areas designated Neighborhood Conservation on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map (Ordinance 2018-4040). ü NI&CC 2.5 Amend the UDO to require rear yard parking be screened from adjacent single-family properties.Regulation Planning & Development Services The UDO was amended to include Section 7.3.C.3 which provides additional requirements for rear parking screening, such as parking located behind a structure shall be screened by a solid hedge wall, fence, or wall, at least six feet in height. ü Land Use Designations NI&CC 3.1 Amend the Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use and Character for the property located on the east side of Anderson Street between Brentwood Drive and Southwest Parkway to conform to the existing General Commercial zoning. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This land use change to General Commercial is no longer being pursued. While the underlying zoning is General Commercial, the properties are developed as multi-family apartment complexes. There are also apartment complexes across Anderson St. The future land use classification of Neighborhood Commercial is better suited for this area. ü NI&CC 3.2 Amend the Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use and Character for the property located to the west of Angelina Court / Augustine Court to conform to the existing land use in that area. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The land uses were updated as a part of the 10-Year Update to the Comprehensive Plan, adopted in October 2021.ü NI&CC 3.3 Amend the Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use and Character along the 100-year floodplain line to comply with new, more accurate engineering and flood data. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Natural & Open Areas land use designation within the Future Land Use & Character Map was overhauled with the 10-Year Comprehensive Plan Update in 2021. Staff used more recent FEMA 100-year floodplain data, along with flood studies from private development to refine the boundaries of this land use. ü Historic Preservation NI&CC 4.1 Work with property owners for further study in the Quimby McCoy Historic Resources Survey (2008), including a specific district in the Orr Street / Winding Road area. Project / Program Planning & Development Services The City and property owners in this area had discussions regarding the Orr Street and Winding Road area. This action is no longer being pursued due to lack of consensus from the residents. Individual property owners can apply for designation through the Historical Marker Program or coordinate with neighborhoods to pursue a Neighborhood Conservation Overlay. ü Appendices Page 731 of 778 SOUTH KNOLL AREA PLAN (2013-2020) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEHistoric Preservation NI&CC 4.2 Work with property owners for further study in the Quimby McCoy Historic Resources Survey (2008), including specific properties for potential landmarks. Project / Program Planning & Development Services City staff had discussions with two neighborhood groups within this area to identify properties for potential landmarks. No action was taken due to a lack of consensus from the groups. Individual property owners can apply for designation through the Historical Marker Program or coordinate with neighborhoods to pursue a Neighborhood Conservation Overlay. ü Rezoning NI&CC 5.1 Work with property owners in the Northeast corner of Welsh Avenue and Southwest Parkway to initiate a rezoning to reflect the existing land use on the properties. Regulation Planning & Development Services The property was zoned R-6 at the time the South Knoll Neighborhood Plan was created. The R-6 zoning district has since been retired but permits existing multi-family development and townhomes that meet townhouse zoning standards. This rezoning was not completed, and is no longer being pursued. The Future Land Use designation of the property was revised to Mixed Residential with the Comprehensive Plan Update in 2021, which ensures that any future rezonings would be aligned with the Mixed Residential land use category. ü NI&CC 5.2 Work with property owners in the area of the Medina Drive and Dexter Drive area to initiate rezoning to reflect the existing land use on the properties. Regulation Planning & Development Services The property was zoned R-6 at the time the South Knoll Neighborhood Plan was created. The R-6 zoning district has since been retired but permits existing multi-family development and townhomes that meet townhouse zoning standards. This rezoning was not completed, and is no longer being pursued. The Future Land Use designation of the property was revised to Mixed Residential with the Comprehensive Plan Update in 2021, which ensures that any future rezonings would be aligned with the Mixed Residential land use category. ü Neighborhood Associations NI&CC 6.1 Encourage existing neighborhood groups (HOAs and NAs) to become more active.Project / Program Neighborhood Services Existing neighborhood groups, such as Homeowner Associations and Neighborhood Associations, began meeting after the planning process ended. The Knoll & Lawyer Place subdivisions were two of the most active groups. ü NI&CC 6.2 Encourage the creation of Neighborhood Associations through partnering with Neighborhood Services.Project / Program Neighborhood Services Neighborhood Services keeps a database of current Homeowner Association and Neighborhood Associations and regularly engages with them through events such as the Seminar Supper and through the regularly distributed Neighborhood eNewsletter email list. Several areas adopted deed restrictions in relation to the number of unrelated individuals are allowed within a single-family home. ü NI&CC 6.3 Provide staff support in the creation and leadership training for new Neighborhood Associations and HOAs.Project / Program Neighborhood Services New Neighborhood Associations and Homeowner Associations leadership training was held in 2010-2011. This was stopped (2013-2014) as the number of associations outweighed the amount of staff available to run the training. The trainings have resumed in recent years with Greater Houston Community Association Institute hosting training opportunities. ü NI&CC 6.4 Support the continuation of informal and formal larger neighborhood groups resulting from the connections made during the planning process. Project / Program Neighborhood Services Neighborhood groups have continued to be supported since the planning process.ü NI&CC 6.5 Support neighborhood activities such as block parties, National Night Out events, and various other events aimed at outreach, education, and getting to know one another. Project / Program Neighborhood Services Neighborhood activities such as National Night Out, block parties, welcome bags, Seminar Suppers, weekly newsletters, and others have been supported by the City. ü NI&CC 6.6 Explore opportunities for a community garden that would allow neighborhood organizations to utilize public spaces like parks.Project / Program Community Services Research for potential community garden opportunities was done by Community Services, but no action was taken.ü Appendices Page 732 of 778 SOUTH KNOLL AREA PLAN (2013-2020) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEParking - Safety M 1.1 Conduct bi-annual emergency vehicle safety evaluations of streets identified as heavily parked. If it warrants action, the City should pursue on-street parking removal from one side of all streets with safety issues. Project / Program Public Works & Fire Fire crews monitor patterns while they are out and will take picture to send to the Fire Marshall and Traffic Management Committee for consideration of parking removal. If a citizen complaint is received a unit is sent out to observe/report back and then take it to Traffic Management Committee if needed. ü M 1.2 Conduct safety evaluations upon request of homeowners & residents to ensure that parking is safe. If it warrants action, then the City should pursue on-street parking removal from a portion of the roadway. Project / Program Public Works & Fire Safety evaluations are completed on a case by case basis and therefore are on-going.ü M 1.3 Remove parking from the “bends” in Caudill Street and Lawyer Street.Policy-based decision Public Works & Fire Parking was removed in the “bends” in Caudill Street and Lawyer Street by the Fire Dept. in 2019.ü M 1.4 Monitor the Ridgefield cul-de-sacs for safety issues.Project / Program Public Works & Fire Areas are monitored when residents reach out due to safety concerns and therefore are on-going.ü M 1.5 Install “No Parking” signs as previously approved on Guadalupe Drive, Langford Street (from Southwest Parkway to King Arthur’s Circle), and on Glade Street from Holleman Drive to Orr Street. Policy-based decision Public Works This action has been completed and “No Parking” signs have been installed in the areas mentioned.ü M 1.6 Pursue an ordinance that would remove additional parking on Langford Street from King Arthur’s Circle to Guadalupe Street to facilitate a safe pedestrian and bicycle route to the high school. Regulation Public Works This action has been completed.ü M 1.7 Correct confusing parking signage on Valley View Drive near Longmire Drive.Project / Program Public Works The signage on Valley View Drive near Longmire Drive has been corrected.ü M 1.8 Initiate Speed awareness program utilizing radar speed signs at targeted locations, such as Glade Street, to increase awareness of the posted speed limit in neighborhood areas. Project / Program Public Works Radar speed signs were acquired with the addition of a speed spy box for the Police Department.ü Parking - Character M 2.2 Allow residents to request on-street parking removal for character reasons from one side of all streets in the South Knoll Area when a super-majority of property owners on that street are in favor. Project / Program Public Works On-street parking removal is evaluated and completed when warranted and is therefore on-going.ü M 2.3 Amend the UDO to limit the size of allowable SF parking areas within the front portion of single-family lots. In addition, larger lots would be permitted a max of 50% of the front portion of the property to be paved or 1,000 sq ft. Regulation Planning & Development Services This was completed in 2013 with the adoption of Ordinance 2013- 3522. Parking for all single-family uses (other than Southside Area V) were capped at a maximum of 50% of the area in front of the structure allotted for parking. ü M 2.4 Amend the UDO to require one parking space per bedroom for new single-family construction, with a max of 4 spaces required.Regulation Planning & Development Services The UDO was revised in 2018 to require one parking space per bedroom for all areas designated Neighborhood Conservation on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use & Character Map (Ordinance 2018-4040). ü M 2.5 Amend the UDO to require rear yard parking be screened from adjacent single-family properties.Regulation Planning & Development Services The UDO was amended to include Section 7.3.C.3 which provides additional requirements for rear parking screening, such as parking located behind a structure shall be screened by a solid hedge wall, fence, or wall, at least six feet in height. ü Pedestrian Safety M 3.1 Amend the Bicycle, Pedestrian & Greenway Master Plan- and conduct a feasibility analysis to propose sidewalks on both sides of Welsh Avenue, where possible. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The Bicycle, Pedestrian & Greenway Master Plan was amended to include Welsh Avenue.ü M 3.2 Amend the Bicycle, Pedestrian & Greenway Master Plan - and conduct a feasibility analysis to extend the proposed sidewalk on Caudill Street and north along Winding to Holleman Drive. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The action to amend the Bicycle, Pedestrian & Greenway Master Plan - Caudill Street & Winding has been included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration. ü Appendices Page 733 of 778 SOUTH KNOLL AREA PLAN (2013-2020) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEPedestrian Safety M 3.3 Amend the Bicycle, Pedestrian & Greenway Master Plan - conduct a feasibility analysis to include a proposed sidewalk on Valley View Drive. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration ü M 3.4 Reconstruct the sidewalk along Langford Street to be compliant with ADA standards.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The sidewalk along Langford Street has been reconstructed to be compliant with ADA standards.ü M 3.5 Construct a sidewalk on Guadalupe to be compliant with ADA standards.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The sidewalk on Guadalupe has been constructed to be compliant with ADA standards.ü M 3.6 Work with property owners to purchase a public access easement on property adjoining Arboles and Comal Circle; explore additional maintenance and lighting opportunities. Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works Added to the Pedestrian Plan with the 10-Year Comprehensive Plan update. This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration ü M 3.7 Explore Welsh Pedestrian Refuge on Welsh Ave between A&M Consolidated High School and its sports facilities in place of the existing mid-block crossing. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration ü M 3.8 Explore Southwest Parkway Pedestrian Refuge connecting to the Woodlands.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration. This would limit the ability for left turns into development and driveway challenges. ü Bicycle Safety M 4.1 Amend Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan to remove the proposed bike lane on Glade Street between Holleman Drive and Southwest Parkway and make it a bike route instead. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services The proposed bike lane on Glade Street between Holleman Drive and Southwest Parkway was changed to a proposed bike route on the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan. ü M 4.2 Explore way-finding opportunities to direct bicycle and pedestrian traffic through the neighborhood (such as posting QR codes that link to the City’s Bicycle Map online). Project / Program Planning & Development Services This action has not been completed.ü M 4.3 Explore opportunities to install trail way-finding signage in Bee Creek and Lemon Tree parks.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services This action has not been completed.ü M 4.4 Re-stripe bike lanes on Holleman Drive.Capital Improvement Public Works The bike lanes on Holleman Drive have been restriped.ü M 4.5 Bee Creek Trail grading for the future trail with sewer installation in this area.Capital Improvement Public Works Bee Creek Trail grading was installed for the future trail with sewer installation.ü M 4.6 Reconstruct existing sidewalk to make it wider on Southwest Parkway to accommodate both bicycle and pedestrian traffic.Capital Improvement Public Works This action has not been completed.ü Safety at Intersections M 5.1 Improve pedestrian safety at Texas Avenue & Manual Drive (near Target/Outback) by connecting the existing private sidewalk to the sidewalk on Texas Avenue; explore the addition of signage, striping or markings to reduce conflicts between bicyclists and motorists. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration. Easements and an approximate 5 foot sidewalk are needed to make the area more safe for pedestrians. ü M 5.2 Improve pedestrian safety at Southwest Parkway & Anderson Street by installing accessible ramps and possible signage to reduce conflicts between pedestrians and motorists. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Included in the ADA Transition Plan; Included in FY17, FY18, and FY 2022 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü Appendices Page 734 of 778 SOUTH KNOLL AREA PLAN (2013-2020) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETESafety at Intersections M 5.3 Improve bicycle safety at Southwest Parkway & North Bardell Court by exploring the addition of signage, striping or markings to reduce conflicts between bicyclists and motorists. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration.ü Code Compliance PF&S 1.1 Identify properties not meeting code and work with property owners to move towards compliance.Project / Program Code Enforcement This is being implemented through proactive code enforcement.ü PF&S 1.2 Have HOA and new resident digital information packets posted online, emailed to rental registration contacts annually, and otherwise advertised City-wide. Project / Program Neighborhood Services The digital information packet is available online and information should be sent to rental registration contacts annually after the annual update of the packet (2014). ü PF&S 1.3 Increase awareness and accessibility of SeeClickFix through Neighborhood Services and the Police Department.Project / Program Code Enforcement SeeClickFix is being promoted through various mediums such as social media and community outreach.ü PF&S 1.4 Re-instate pro-active code enforcement to maintain and re- establish the single-family character.Project / Program Code Enforcement Code enforcement education program was initiated in 2013.ü Floodplain PF&S 2.1 Increase awareness of the Adopt-A-Greenway Program to create better creek environments, aesthetics, and function.Project / Program Planning & Development Services Awareness of the Adopt-A-Greenway Program has been increased.ü Public Safety PF&S 3.1 Evaluate where additional street lights may be needed in South Knoll.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / College Station Utilities Streetlights were installed as per the guidelines at the time of development. If additional lighting is desired it will require funding and easements. ü PF&S 3.2 Assist in the organization of Neighborhood Watch programs through the City’s Neighborhood Services and Police Department.Project / Program Neighborhood Services / Police Neighborhood Watch programs were discontinued nationwide (2012-2013). The College Station Police Department created the Community Enhancement Unit in place of a Neighborhood Watch and has encouraged neighborhoods to use the Nextdoor website as a means of communication about crime and other safety concerns. ü Parks & Trails PF&S 4.1 Install bike racks at all parks.Capital Improvement Parks & Recreation / Planning & Development Services This action has not been completed.ü PF&S 4.2 SK1 Bee Creek Park improvements: install new bicycle racks at Adamson Lagoon, more picnic tables in the park, and benches along the trail. Capital Improvement Parks & Recreation Benches, bike rack, and tables were added to Bee Creek Park in 2016.ü PF&S 4.3 SK2 Anderson Arboretum improvements: clean up and maintain the arboretum area.Capital Improvement Parks & Recreation Benches, bike rack, and tables were added in 2016 to Anderson Arboretum.ü PF&S 4.4 SK3 Lemon Tree park improvements: install benches along the trail.Capital Improvement Parks & Recreation Benches, bike rack, and tables were added in 2016 to Lemon Tree Park.ü PF&S 4.5 SK4 Gabbard Park improvements: install more benches, add rubber under playground equipment, and maintain the pond aerator.Capital Improvement Parks & Recreation Benches, bike rack, and tables were added in 2016 to Gabbard Park.ü PF&S 4.6 SK5 Install landscaping along the Harvey Mitchell Parkway Trail.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services The construction was completed for landscaping along the Harvey Mitchell Parkway Trail from Texas Avenue to Welsh Avenue (2019).ü Neighborhood Projects PF&S 5.1 Assist neighborhood groups in identifying funding for neighborhood projects and incorporate training for organizations on developing projects that would be available for funding. Project / Program Neighborhood Services City staff assisted with identifying groups (such as Keep Brazos Beautiful) in the community that could assist with funding for neighborhood projects. The Neighborhood Grant Program was overhauled (2013) and is available for neighborhoods interested in pursuing projects. A portion of the grant can be used on beautification projects. ü 40 5 0 6 12 Total 63 Appendices Page 735 of 778 WELLBORN COMMUNITY PLAN (2013-2023) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEZoning CC2.1 Create Wellborn Residential Zoning Districts to implement proposed land uses (amend UDO).Regulation Planning & Development Services Wellborn Estate (WE), Wellborn Restricted Suburban (WRS) zoning districts were created in 2016 with Ordinance 2016-3792.ü CC2.2 Create Wellborn Commercial Zoning District to implement proposed land use (amend UDO).Regulation Planning & Development Services Wellborn Commercial (WC) zoning district was created in 2016 with Ordinance 2016-3792.ü CC2.3 Create Wellborn Business Park Zoning District to implement proposed land use that is sensitive to the rural character of the area (amend UDO). Regulation Planning & Development Services The Business Park (BP) and Business Park Industrial (BPI) zoning districts were created in 2012 on a city-wide scale.ü CC3.1 Create design standards for Wellborn Commercial Zoning District that promote the rural character.Regulation Planning & Development Services Wellborn Commercial (WC) zoning district was created in 2016 with Ordinance 2016-3792.ü History CC2.4 Explore opportunities for distinguishing areas of historical significance within the Wellborn Community.Project / Program Planning & Development Services Distinguishing areas of historical significance would need to be neighborhood initiated. The City has resources for individual property owners to apply for designation through the Historical Marker Program, coordinate with neighborhoods to pursue a Neighborhood Conservation Overlay, or can attribute to Project HOLD (historic online library database). ü Image Corridor CC3.2 Pursue rezoning of existing developed properties to conform to the Proposed Future Land Use & Character Map (Map 2.1).Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services / Public Works Private development requests for zoning changes have occurred in many areas to match the Future Land Use & Character Map designations. Wellborn Commercial is zoned along various points on Wellborn Road; Wellborn Restricted Suburban was also zoned along Royder Road. ü CC4.1, CC4.2 Create identification & notification package for Gateway elements that have details that is specific to the community. Include a Central Gateway element near the Post Office. Project / Program Planning & Development Services / Public Works This action has not been completed to date, but has been included in Unfunded Project lists for potential funding consideration. ü Code Enforcement CC5.1 Track code enforcement and property maintenance case activity to identify frequent violations.Project / Program Code Enforcement SeeClickFix was implemented in 2014 and is the current method of monitoring enforcement. The neighborhood indicator program guidelines have been proposed to staff for comments and staff has collaborated with stakeholders for insight. Staff has also developed a property survey form which may be used to review housing/property conditions in neighborhoods. ü Thoroughfares M1.1 Amend the Thoroughfare Plan to designate Live Oak Street as a minor collector (General Suburban context). This street will connect McCullough Road to Royder Road and provide a parallel street to F.M. 2154. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action was completed with amendments to the Thoroughfare Plan when the plan was adopted (2013).ü Amend the Thoroughfare Plan to remove the connection from Greens Prairie Road West to McCullough Road.Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action was completed with amendments to the Thoroughfare Plan when the plan was adopted (2013).ü Amend the Thoroughfare Plan to reclassify McCullough Road from a major collector to a minor collector (Rural context).Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action was completed with amendments to the Thoroughfare Plan when the plan was adopted (2013).ü Amend the Thoroughfare Plan to reclassify Barron Cut-Off Road from a major collector to a minor collector (General Suburban context). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action was completed with amendments to the Thoroughfare Plan when the plan was adopted (2013).ü Amend the Thoroughfare Plan to realign the planned thoroughfare west of South Dowling Road to straddle the property line on the north side of the tract. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action was completed with amendments to the Thoroughfare Plan when the plan was adopted (2013).ü Amend the Thoroughfare Plan to reclassify the planned thoroughfare west of South Dowling Road from a four lane major arterial to a major collector (Rural context). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action was completed with amendments to the Thoroughfare Plan when the plan was adopted (2013).ü Appendices Page 736 of 778 WELLBORN COMMUNITY PLAN (2013-2023) STRATEGY ACTION #MAP #ACTION ITEM TASK TYPE CITY DEPARTMENT ACTION UPDATE ACTION STATUS COMPLETEIN-PROGRESSDESIGNED OR FUNDEDNO LONGER PURSUINGINCOMPLETEThoroughfares M1.1 Amend the Thoroughfare Plan to reclassify the planned Greens Prairie Road extension west of F.M. 2154 from a minor collector to a major collector (Rural context). Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action was completed with amendments to the Thoroughfare Plan when the plan was adopted (2013).ü Amend the Thoroughfare Plan to reclassify street contexts for F.M. 2154, McCullough Road, South Dowling Road, and Koppe Bridge Road to incorporate an appropriate rural street cross-section. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action was completed with amendments to the Thoroughfare Plan when the plan was adopted (2013).ü M1.2, M8.2 W1 Coordinate with Public Works on Public Facility Maintenance for roadways, markers, and signage for vehicular and bicycle networks. Capital Improvement Public Works The City provided a two course seal coat for the following gravel roads and streets: McCullough Road, Church Street, Madison Street, Live Oak Street, and Royder Road. Public Works includes lane stripes and bicycle markers when restriping a street with bike lanes which is part of their striping maintenance plan for street bike lanes (2012). ü M2.1 Approach the railroad about the relocation of S. Dowling & F.M. 2154 R.R. Crossing to align w/ Greens Prairie Road West.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This project is no longer being pursued. The railroad crossing at S. Dowling Road is now proposed to be relocated to the realigned Royder Road location. ü M2.2 Conduct Intersection Study & Improvements: South Dowling Road and F.M. 2154.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This location is no longer being pursued as the railroad crossing at S. Dowling Road is now proposed to be relocated to the realigned Royder Road location. ü W2 Conduct Intersection Study and Improvements: Greens Prairie Trail (now Road) and F.M. 2154.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Greens Prairie Trail (now Road) was a capital project from Wellborn Road to Royder Road. It now includes bike lanes and sidewalks (funded 2015, construction 2015-2017, completed in 2017). ü M3.1 W3 Rehabilitate Royder Road from Greens Prairie Road West to Greens Prairie Trail.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Royder Road was realigned and widened from the north of Backwater Drive to Wellborn Road as a major collector. It now includes bike lanes and sidewalks on both sides (designed 2018, constructed 2019-2021, completed 2021). ü Rehabilitate Greens Prairie Road West [now Victoria Ave.] from F.M. 2154 to Greens Prairie Trail [now new segment of Woodlake Dr. to new Greens Prairie Road]. Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works The existing project for Victoria Avenue portion is under design and the portion of Woodlake Drive between Victoria Avenue and Woodlake Drive does not have a project (minor collector, approx. 2700 feet). This is included in the Unfunded Projects master list (Nov. 2021). ü W4 Rehabilitate Greens Prairie Trail from F.M. 2154 to Greens Prairie Road.Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works Greens Prairie Trail was widened to 4-lane minor arterial with bike lanes from F.M. 2154 to Royder Road as well as shared-use paths on both sides from Royder Road to the City limits. ü Rehabilitate Live Oak Street (rehabilitation and extension of Live Oak).Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This was included in the FY22 Unfunded Projects list for potential funding consideration. The existing Live Oak rehabilitation is approximately 1270 ft, with an extension of 650- feet. ü Bicycle & Pedestrian M5.1 Amend the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan for Bike/Ped facilities: (1) add sidewalks along Live Oak Street from McCullough Road to Greens Prairie Road West; (2) Remove proposed sidewalk from the connection of Greens Prairie Road West and McCullough Road; (3) Remove the proposed sidewalk along I&GN Road; (4) Remove the proposed sidewalk along South Dowling Road. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action was completed with adoption of the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.ü Appendices Page 737 of 778 WELLBORN COMMUNITY PLAN (2013-2023) Bicycle & Pedestrian M7.1 Amend the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan for Bike facilities: (1) add bike route along Live Oak Street, from its intersection with McCullough Road and Greens Prairie Road West; (2) remove bike lanes along South Dowling Road and change to bike routes; (3) remove bike lanes along I&GN Road and change to bike route; (4) remove bike lanes along McCullough Road; (5) Remove bike route along F.M. 2154, but explore opportunities when road is widened; (5) remove proposed bike lanes from the connection of Greens Prairie Road West to McCullough Road. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action was completed with adoption of the Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Master Plan.ü M8.1 Add Live Oak Street bike route signage Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This action is not complete, but has been included on the Bicycle Plan under the Bike Route Proposed category.ü Add South Dowling Road bike route signage Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This action is not complete, but has been included on the Bicycle Plan under the Bike Facility Proposed category (east of I&GN) . ü Add Koppe Bridge Road bike route signage Capital Improvement Planning & Development Services / Public Works This action is not complete, but had been included on Bicycle Plan under the Bike Route Proposed category.ü M9.1 Identify opportunities to expand funding sources beyond general funds and bonds to facilitate bicycle and pedestrian improvements. Policy-based decision Planning & Development Services This action has not been completed.ü 18 1 0 5 6 Total 30 Appendices Page 738 of 778 cstx.gov/pds Page 739 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 9.4. Shared Housing Sponsor: Michael Ostrowski, Director of Planning and Development Reviewed By CBC: Planning & Zoning Commission Agenda Caption:Public Hearing, presentation, discussion, and possible action regarding an ordinance amending Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 6, "Use Regulations," Section 6.3 "Types of Use,” Section 6.4 "Specific Use Standards,” Article 7, "General Development Standards," Section 7.2 "General Provisions,” Section 7.3 "Off-Street Parking Standards,” Section 7.6 "Landscaping and Tree Protection,” Section 7.7 "Buffer Requirements,” Article 11, "Definitions," Section 11.2 "Defined Terms,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, regarding the creation of a new use called Shared Housing. Relationship to Strategic Goals:  Neighborhood Integrity Recommendation(s): The Planning and Zoning Commission heard this item at their 9/1/22 meeting and unanimously recommended approval. Staff also recommends approval. Summary: City staff presented at two City Council workshops (5/27/2021 and 4/28/2022) on options to preserve neighborhood character / integrity. One of the items coming out of the workshops was to address issues relating to the increasing number of properties that are redeveloping into a Shared Housing type use, which may not be compatible with the other residential uses within the area. To address the concerns, one of the first steps is to define the use within the Unified Development Ordinance (UDO). Therefore, staff is proposing to create a use and related definition for Shared Housing. Shared Housing, also known as “Stealth Dorms” or “Ag Shacks” are uses that typically facilitate allowing more than four unrelated persons within a structure, which exceeds the definition of Family. However, because the structures are currently categorized as single-family, they have been allowed to develop as single-family within residential neighborhoods. The following is a list of changes/additions being proposed:  Section 6.3 – Add Shared Housing to the use table, and make it a permitted use within the MF – Multi-Family and Northgate districts. The intent would also be to make them a permitted use within the MH – Middle Housing district once it is created.  Section 6.3 – Remove the Northgate High-Density Dwelling Unit as the Shared Housing use would replace it.  Section 7.2 – Require that structures with Shared Housing uses would be subject to the Low- Density Residential Height Protection requirements.  Section 7.3 – Set the parking standards for Shared Housing uses to one per room that are at least 70 s.f. in area, excluding a kitchen, a living room, and a laundry room. The Administrator may also exclude additional rooms, but not below the number of bedrooms.  Section 7.7 – Require Shared Housing uses to buffer to lower classification uses or zoning districts. Page 740 of 778  Section 11.2 – Remove the Northgate High Density Dwelling Unit definition, as it is being replaced by the Shared Housing use.  Section 11.2 – Add a definition for Shared Housing, to be as follows: Shared Housing: A dwelling unit that is designed or intended to be used for the purpose of housing more than four unrelated persons. Such use may be identified by a combination, but not necessarily all, of the following characteristics:  A dwelling unit containing more than four bedrooms or able to house more than four people using other rooms such as dens, offices, game rooms, or alike that have the potential to be used for sleeping purposes in accordance with the International Residential Code (IRC) definition of habitable space;  A dwelling unit containing a similar bedroom to bathroom parity in excess of four;  A dwelling unit containing a high quantity of bathrooms, usually in excess of four, of which most can only be accessed through a bedroom or other room such as a den, office, or game room;  A dwelling unit that is in excess of one story;  The property where the dwelling unit is located does not contain a garage;  The property where the dwelling unit is located contains a parking area that will allow parking in excess of four vehicles; and/or  The property where the dwelling unit is located is within two (2) miles of a campus of higher education. The Administrator shall determine whether the characteristics presented are that of a shared housing or other type of use. Budget & Financial Summary: N/A Attachments: 1. Ordinance - Shared Housing 2. UDO - Section 6.3 - Types of Uses - Changes 3. UDO - Article 7 - General Development Standards - Changes 4. UDO - Section 11.2 - Defined Terms - Changes Page 741 of 778 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 ORDINANCE NO. ____________ AN ORDINANCE AMENDING APPENDIX A, “UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE,” ARTICLE 6, "USE REGULATIONS," SECTION 6.3 "TYPES OF USE,” ARTICLE 7, "GENERAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS," SECTION 7.2 "GENERAL PROVISIONS,” SECTION 7.3 "OFF-STREET PARKING STANDARDS,” SECTION 7.7 "BUFFER REQUIREMENTS,” ARTICLE 11, "DEFINITIONS," SECTION 11.2 "DEFINED TERMS,” OF THE CODE OF ORDINANCES OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS, BY AMENDING CERTAIN SECTIONS RELATING TO SHARED HOUSING; PROVIDING A SEVERABILITY CLAUSE; DECLARING A PENALTY; AND PROVIDING AN EFFECTIVE DATE. BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF COLLEGE STATION, TEXAS: PART 1:That Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 6, "Use Regulations," Section 6.3 "Types of Use,” Article 7, "General Development Standards," Section 7.2 "General Provisions,” Section 7.3 "Off-Street Parking Standards,” Section 7.7 "Buffer Requirements,” Article 11, "Definitions," Section 11.2 "Defined Terms,” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, be amended as set out in Exhibit “A”, Exhibit “B”, Exhibit “C”, Exhibit “D”, and Exhibit “E” attached hereto and made a part of this Ordinance for all purposes. PART 2:If any provision of this Ordinance or its application to any person or circumstances is held invalid or unconstitutional, the invalidity or unconstitutionality does not affect other provisions or application of this Ordinance or the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, that can be given effect without the invalid or unconstitutional provision or application, and to this end the provisions of this Ordinance are severable. PART 3:That any person, corporation, organization, government, governmental subdivision or agency, business trust, estate, trust, partnership, association and any other legal entity violating any of the provisions of this Ordinance shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be punishable by a fine of not less than twenty five dollars ($25.00) and not more than five hundred dollars ($500.00) or more than two thousand dollars ($2,000) for a violation of fire safety, zoning, or public health and sanitation ordinances, other than the dumping of refuse. Each day such violation shall continue or be permitted to continue, shall be deemed a separate offense. PART 4:This Ordinance is a penal ordinance and becomes effective ten (10) days after its date of passage by the City Council, as provided by City of College Station Charter Section 35. Page 742 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 2 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 PASSED, ADOPTED and APPROVED this 22nd day of September, 2022. ATTEST: APPROVED: _____________________________ _____________________________ City Secretary Mayor APPROVED: _______________________________ City Attorney Page 743 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 3 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 Exhibit A That Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 6, "Use Regulations," Section 6.3 "Types of Use” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, is hereby amended to read as follows: Sec. 6.3. Types of Use. A. Uses of land or structures which are not expressly listed in the Use Table as permitted uses (P), permitted uses subject to specific use standards (P*), or conditional uses (C) in a zoning district or planned development are prohibited uses and shall not be established in that district or planned development. B. The Administrator shall determine whether or not an unlisted use, that is otherwise prohibited, as stated above should be processed. In doing so, the Administrator shall utilize purpose statements adopted herein in conjunction with the applicable zoning district, and consideration of the following criteria: 1. The actual or anticipated characteristics of the activity in relationship to known characteristics of similar projects in standard planning practice; 2. The relative amount of site area, floor space, and equipment; 3. Relative volumes of sales from each activity; 4. The customer type for each activity; 5. The relative number of employees in each activity; 6. Hours of operation; 7. Building and site arrangement; 8. Vehicles used with the activity and the relative number of vehicle trips generated by the use; and 9. How the use advertises itself. C.Use Table. Except where otherwise specifically provided herein, regulations governing the use of land and structures with the various zoning districts and classifications of planned developments are hereby established as shown in the following Use Table. 1.Permitted Uses. A "P" indicates that a use is allowed by right in the respective district. Such uses are subject to all other applicable regulations of this UDO. 2.Permitted Uses Subject to Specific Standards. A "P*" indicates a use that will be permitted, provided that the use meets the provisions in Section 6.4, Specific Use Standards. Such uses are also subject to all other applicable regulations of this UDO. 3.Conditional Uses. Page 744 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 4 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 A "C" indicates a use that is allowed only where a conditional use permit is approved by the City Council. The Council may require that the use meet the additional standards enumerated in Section 6.4, Specific Use Standards. Conditional uses are subject to all other applicable regulations of this UDO. Page 745 of 778 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 USE TABLE Residential Districts Non-Residential Districts Retired Districts Design Districts Specific Uses RWEEWRSRSGST**D**MF**MU**MHP**P-MUD**O SC WC GC CI BP BPI CU NAP R-1BR-4**R-6**C-3**M-1M-2R&D**WPC** NG-1** NG-2** NG-3** KEY:P = Permitted by Right; P* = Permitted Subject to Specific Use Standards C = Conditional Use; ** = District with Supplemental Standards (refer to Article 5) RESIDENTIAL Assisted Living/Residential Care Facility P P P Boarding and Rooming House P P P P P Extended Care Facility/Convalescent /Nursing Home P P P P P P P P Dormitory P P P P P P P P Duplex P P P P Fraternity/Sorority P P P P P P Manufactured Home P* P* P* Mixed-Use Structure P P P P P P P Multi-Family P P P P P C 1 P P P Multi-Family built prior to January 2002 P P P P P P P P Shared Housing P P P P Single-Family Detached P P P P P P P P P P Single-Unit Dwelling P Townhouse P P P P P P Two-Unit Dwelling P Live-Work Unit P* P* PUBLIC, CIVIC AND INSTITUTIONAL Educational Facility, College and University P Page 746 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 6 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 Educational Facility, Indoor Instruction P P P P P P P P P P P P P Educational Facility, Outdoor Instruction P C C P P P P Educational Facility, Primary and Secondary P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Educational Facility, Tutoring P P P P P P P P P P P P Educational Facility, Vocational/Trade P P P P P P P P Governmental Facilities P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P P P* P* P P P P P P* P* P* P P P P P P P P* Health Care, Hospitals P P Health Care, Medical Clinics P P P P P P P P P P Parks P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Places of Worship P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P P P P* P P P P P P* P* P* P P P P P P P P COMMERCIAL, OFFICE AND RETAIL Agricultural Use, Barn or Stable for Private Stock P P P Agricultural Use, Farm or Pasturage P P P Agricultural Use, Farm Product Processing P Animal Care Facility, Indoor P P P P P P P P P P P P Animal Care Facility, Outdoor P* P Art Studio/Gallery P P P P P P P P P P P P Car Wash P* Commercial Garden/Greenhouse /Landscape Maint. P* P* P* P* P* P* Commercial Amusements P P P C C P* P* C P P P Page 747 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 7 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 Conference/Conventi on Center P P P P P P P P Country Club P P P P P P P P P P Day Care, Commercial P P C P P P P P C C P P P P Drive-in/thru window P* P C P* Dry Cleaners and Laundry P P P* P* P P* P P P* P* P* P* P* Fraternal Lodge P P P P P P Fuel Sales P* P* P* P Funeral Homes P P P P Golf Course or Driving Range P* P* P* P* Health Club/Sports Facility, Indoor P P P P P P P P P P P P Health Club/Sports Facility, Outdoor P P* P P P P P* P Hotels C2 P P P P P P P P Mobile Food Court C 4 C 4 C 4 C 4 C 4 C 4 C 4 Night Club, Bar or Tavern C C C C C P P Offices P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Parking as a Primary Use P P C P P P P* Personal Service Shop P P P P P P P P P P P P Printing/Copy Shop P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Radio/TV Station/Studios P P P P P P P P P P P P* Recreational Vehicle (RV) Park C3 C 3 Restaurants P P P P* P* P P* P P P P* Retail Sales - Single Tenant over 50,000 SF P P P Retail Sales and Service P P P P* P* P* P* P P P P P Page 748 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 8 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 Retail Sales and Service - Alcohol C P P* P* P C P P Sexually Oriented Business (SOB) P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* Shooting Range, Indoor P P P P P Theater P P P P P P P P Retail Sales, Manufactured Homes P P* Storage, Self Service P* P* P P P P* P Vehicular Sales, Rental, Repair and Service P* P* P P* Wholesales/Services P* P* P P P P INDUSTRIAL AND MANUFACTURING Bulk Storage Tanks/Cold Storage Plant P P P Micro-Industrial P* P* P P* P* Industrial, Light P P P P P P Industrial, Heavy P P Recycling Facility - Large P* P P Salvage Yard P* P* Scientific Testing/Research Laboratory P P P P P Storage, Outdoor - Equipment or Materials P P* P P P Truck Stop/Freight or Trucking Terminal P P Utility P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* Warehousing/Distrib ution P C P P P Waste Services P P Wireless Telecommunication P* P* P* P* P* P* P P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* Page 749 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 9 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 Facilities - Intermediate Wireless Telecommunication Facilities-Major C P* C C C C P C C C P* C Wireless Telecommunication Facilities- Unregulated P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P ** District with Supplemental Standards (Refer to Article 5). 1  Multi-family residential uses located in stories or floors above retail commercial uses are permitted by right. 2  Hotels only allowed when accessory to a Country Club development and are limited to a maximum of fifteen (15) rooms. 3  Refer to Section 6.4.Z "Recreational Vehicles Park Standards (RV Parks)" for Specific Use Standards. 4  Refer to Section 6.4. AC "Mobile Food Courts" for Specific Use Standards. Page 750 of 778 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 Exhibit B That Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 7, "General Development Standards," Section 7.2 "General Provisions,” Subsection H “Low-Density Residential Height Protection” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, is hereby amended to read as follows: Sec. 7.2. General Provisions. H.Low-Density Residential Height Protection. 1.Purpose. The purpose of low-density residential height protection is to help mitigate negative visual impacts of higher-density residential and non-residential uses on adjacent, low- density residential uses and districts. This is accomplished by regulating the height of such higher-density residential or any non-residential uses when adjacent to low-density residential uses and districts. 2.Applicability. a. This subsection shall apply to all multifamily structures, structures with Shared Housing uses, and nonresidential structures to be constructed or reconstructed in any way that would increase the building height as defined in Section 11.2 Defined Terms of this UDO, on property adjacent to a detached single-family, manufactured home park, or townhouse use or district. b. Unless otherwise stated in this UDO, the regulations herein shall not apply to any of the following: 1. Structures located in NG, RDD, and P-MUD zoning districts; 2. Utility structures such as elevated water storage tanks and electrical transmission lines; 3. Individual architectural structures such as flagpoles, belfries, cupolas, spires, domes, monuments, chimneys, bulkheads, elevators, or chimney flues; or any other similar structure extending above the roof of any building where such structure does not occupy more than thirty-three (33) percent of the surface area of the roof; 4. Residential radio/television receiving antennas; 5. When the detached single family, manufactured home park or townhome use on the adjacent tract is nonconforming; 6. When the use on the adjacent tract is agricultural; or 7. Developments designed to be mixed use or that are within areas where it has been identified that redevelopment is appropriate, as shown on the Future Land Use and Character Map of the City's Comprehensive Plan. Such developments at the periphery of the mixed use area or area identified as Page 751 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 11 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 appropriate for redevelopment shall meet the terms of Low-Density Residential Height Protection, when applicable. 3.Slope Requirement. a. Multi-family structures, structures with Shared Housing uses, and non-residential structures shall remain under an imaginary line formed by a 1:2 slope as illustrated by the inclined plane in the graphic below, where 'A' is located at the property line shared with a detached single-family, manufactured home park or townhouse use or district. When the adjacent lot is one dedicated by plat for detention or open area and is not buildable for a detached single-family house, townhouse, or manufactured home or residential amenity, the measurement shall be taken from the closest property line shared with a buildable detached single-family, townhouse, or manufactured home lot. b. In addition to the height limitations set forth above in this subsection, the following additional height limitations apply in WC Wellborn Commercial zoning: 1. No building may exceed two (2) stories; 2. Maximum eave height shall be twenty-four (24) feet; 3. Maximum overall height to peak of roof shall be thirty-five (35) feet; 4. Any structure with an eave height over fifteen (15) feet will be constructed to resemble a two-story facade; 5. Buildings located closest to detached single-family, manufactured home park or townhouse use or district and that are within fifty (50) feet of the property line are limited to one-story in height with an eave maximum of twelve (12) feet; and 6. An eave maximum of fourteen (14) feet in height is permitted when mechanical equipment is housed within a mezzanine. Page 752 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 12 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 Exhibit C That Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 7, "General Development Standards," Section 7.3 "Off-Street Parking Standards,” Subsection H “Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces Required” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, is hereby amended to read as follows: Sec. 7.3. Off-Street Parking Standards. H.Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces Required. In computing the number of parking spaces required, the following rules shall govern: 1. Parking requirements based on square footage shall be based upon the gross floor area, unless otherwise stated. Service areas such as mechanical rooms, restrooms, and closets shall be included in the calculation of "gross floor area" for determining required parking spaces; 2. Where fractional spaces result in computing required parking spaces, the required number of spaces must be increased to the nearest whole number. At least one (1) parking space must be provided unless otherwise specified in this UDO; 3. The parking space requirements for a use not specifically listed shall be the same as those for the most similar to the proposed use, as determined by the Administrator; 4. Whenever a building or use constructed or established after the effective date of this UDO is changed or enlarged in floor area, number of employees, number of dwelling units, seating capacity, or otherwise, parking requirements shall be met on the basis of the enlargement or change. Whenever a building or use existing prior to the effective date of this UDO is enlarged, the enlarged building or increased use shall then and thereafter comply with the parking requirements set forth herein; 5. At the time of construction, redevelopment, or when an addition to the number of existing bedrooms is completed, all single-family and townhouse uses shall come into compliance with the minimum off-street parking requirements. Garages that meet minimum dimensional standards may be counted towards parking requirements; 6. Where requirements are established on the basis of the number of seats, such requirements shall be based on the seating capacity as determined by the Building Official; 7. Where a manufacturing/industrial use has more than one (1) working shift of employees, parking shall be provided to accommodate overlap requirements during transition periods; and 8. The Design Review Board may waive parking space requirements in the Northgate and Wolf Pen Creek districts if the development meets the goals of the master plan for the respective district. Page 753 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 13 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 MINIMUM OFF-STREET PARKING REQUIREMENTS Use Unit Spaces/Unit Plus Spaces For: Assisted Living/Residential Care Facility As determined by the Administrator***** Airport As determined by the Administrator***** Banks 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 Bowling Alley As Determined by the Administrator***** Bus Depot As Determined by the Administrator***** Car Wash (Self-Serve) Wash Bay 1.0 1.0 space per vacuum bay Church Seat 0.33* Convalescent Home/Hospital Bed 0.5 Duplex Dwelling:   1 & 2 Bedroom DU 2.0   3+ Bedroom BR 1.0 Dormitory Bed 0.75 Day Care Center 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 Fraternal Lodge 75 s.f. Floor area over 150 s.f.: 1.0 Fraternity/Sorority House Person 1.0 1/30 s.f. meeting room Freight Station As Determined by the Administrator***** Funeral Parlor Seat 0.33 Furniture Sales, Freestanding 350 s.f. Floor area over 700 s.f.: 1.0 Golf Driving Range Tee Station 1.0 Health Club/Sports Facility As Determined by the Administrator***** Gasoline and Fuel Service 300 s.f. 1.0 Group Housing BR 2.0 As Determined by the Administrator Health Studio 150 s.f. Floor area over 300 s.f.: 1.0 Hospital As Determined by the Administrator***** Hotel/Motel DU 1.0 1/200 s.f. meeting room HUD-Code Manu. Home DU 2.0 Laundry 150 s.f. Floor area over 300 s.f.: 1.0 Live-Work Unit 250 s.f. of non- residential portion of structure Floor area over 250 s.f.: 1.0 1/BR, Residential DU Motor Vehicle Sales/Service:   Office/Sales Area 250 s.f. 1.0 Page 754 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 14 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17   Service Area 200 s.f. 1.0 Medical or Dental Clinic   < 20,000 s.f. 200 s.f. Floor area over 400 s.f: 1.0 Mixed-Use Structure**** 250 s.f. of non- residential portion of structure Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 1/BR, including residential DU and hotel/motel DU Multi-Family Dwelling:   1 Bedroom BR 1.5   2+ Bedroom BR 1.0 Night Club 50 s.f. 1.0 Office Building 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 Personal Service Shop 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 Priv. School or Comm. Studio 100 s.f. Floor area over 200 s.f.: 1.0 Retail Sales & Service:   GC, SC, WC, C-3 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0   CI 350 s.f. Floor area over 700 s.f.: 1.0 Restaurant (w/o drive- through) 65 s.f. Floor area over 130 s.f.: 1.0 Restaurant (w/drive-through) 100 s.f. Floor area over 200 s.f.: 1.0 Rooming/Boarding House Person 1.0 Sales Display 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 Shared Housing Rooms at least 70 s.f. in area, excluding a kitchen, a living room, and a laundry room. The Administrator may also exclude additional rooms, but not below the number of BRs. 1.0 Page 755 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 15 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 Single-Family Dwelling*** BR 1.0*** Minimum of 2, Maximum of 4 1.0/Accessory Living Quarter Single-Unit Dwelling BR 1.0 Shopping Center** :   GC, SC, WC, C-3 250 s.f. 1.0   CI 350 s.f. 1.0 Townhouse*** BR 1.0*** Minimum of 2, Maximum of 4 Theater Seat 0.25 Truck Terminal As Determined by the Administrator***** Two-Dwelling Unit BR 1.0 Veterinary Clinic 300 s.f. Floor area over 600 s.f.: 1.0 Warehouse 1,000 s.f. 1.0 "s.f." = square footage. "DU" = Dwelling Unit. "BR" = Bedroom. * Overflow parking above required parking spaces may be grassed rather than paved. All unpaved spaces shall be shown on site plan and organized for efficient traffic circulation using wheel stops and other appropriate measures as required by the Administrator. **  The minimum number of parking spaces for a shopping center shall be calculated at a rate of 1:250 in GC SC, or WC, and 1:350 in CI regardless of the composing uses unless otherwise determined by the Administrator that such composing uses require a modification to the applicable requirements. *** For areas designated Neighborhood Conservation on the Comprehensive Plan's Future Land Use and Character Map there shall be no maximum number of parking spaces. **** Mixed-Use structures in the MU Mixed-Use and MF Multi-Family districts. ***** When determining the required off-street parking requirements for the uses noted above, the Administrator shall consider the anticipated traffic demand, traffic circulation, and surrounding conditions. The Administrator may also consider information provided by the applicant that demonstrates the proposed number of off-street parking spaces is adequate for the proposed use and has been successfully employed in other locations. Page 756 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 16 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 Exhibit D That Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 7, "General Development Standards," Section 7.7 "Buffer Requirements” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, is hereby amended to read as follows: Sec. 7.7. Buffer Requirements. A.Purpose. The purpose of buffer requirements, which generally include a buffer yard, plantings, and a fence or wall, is to provide a visual barrier between different zoning districts and to help mitigate any negative impacts of adjacent land uses on developed or developing properties. A buffer should visibly separate one (1) use from another and shield or block noise, glares, or other nuisances. B.Applicability. 1. Perimeter buffers shall be provided on building plots abutting developed or developing sites in accordance with the standards of this Section, as outlined in Section 7.7.F, Minimum Buffer Standards. The following shall provide buffers: a. Vacant sites that develop; b. Existing sites when additions, expansions, and/or redevelopments equal or are greater than twenty-five (25) percent of the existing improvements; c. Existing sites when cumulative additions, expansions, and/or redevelopments total twenty- five (25) percent or more of the existing improvements; d. Existing sites when a change of use intensifies the development in terms of elements such as traffic, processes, noise, water or air pollution, etc.; e. Existing sites with lawfully established nonconforming uses when the use is expanded; and f. Sexually-oriented businesses. 2. Exceptions to the terms of this Section will be made when: a. The adjacent developed use is nonconforming; b. The adjacent developed use is agricultural; c. The Land Use Plan designates the area as Redevelopment; d. The property is zoned P-MUD or PDD and the buffer requirement was determined through the rezoning process; e. The developing use is a Primary or Secondary Educational Facility containing a building with a Group "E" occupancy as defined in the International Building Code; or f. Properties in NG and RDD districts. Per Ordinance No. 3280 (September 9, 2010) Page 757 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 17 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 g. The required buffer yard is adjacent to FEMA designated 100-year floodplain or residential common area, with approval by the Administrator. C.Relationship to Other Landscaping Standards. All buffer requirements shall be included on a development's Landscaping Plan. Landscaping provided to meet the buffer landscaping standards of this Section may not be counted towards meeting a project's landscape point requirements. The area of a site dedicated to a perimeter buffer shall not be included in calculating a site's minimum landscaping point requirements. D.Location. The buffer shall abut property boundaries shared with less intense uses or zoning districts as shown in Section 7.7.F, Minimum Buffer Standards. In the event that a property abuts a less intense use and a less intense zoning district, the more stringent buffer shall be required along the shared boundary. E.Permitted Uses. 1. A buffer yard may be used for passive recreation or stormwater management. It may contain pedestrian, bike, or equestrian trails provided that: a. No plant material is eliminated; b. The total width of the buffer yard is maintained; and c. All other regulations of this Section are met. 2. No active recreation area, storage of materials, parking, driveways, or structures, except for approved pedestrian, bike or equestrian trails and necessary utility boxes and equipment, shall be located within the buffer yard. 3. Pedestrian access through a perimeter fence or wall and buffer yard may be provided at the abutting resident's, homeowners association's, or the Administrator's option to provide convenient pedestrian access to nonresidential uses such as commercial areas or schools. F.Minimum Buffer Standards. The buffer requirements are designed to permit and encourage flexibility in the widths of buffer yards, the number of plants required in the buffer yard, and opaque screens. Standard buffer requirements are depicted in the table below. The numbers shown are the required buffer widths. ABUTTING PARCEL* (Use more restrictive of the zoning or the developed use.) DEVELOPING USE (Classification) Single-Family Residential (ii) Multi-Family Residential (i) Non- Residential (iii) Single-family (ii) N/A N/A N/A Multi-Family (i) (iii) 10' (1) N/A N/A Office 10' (1) N/A N/A Commercial *** 15' (2) 10' (1) N/A Page 758 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 18 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 Industrial 25' (2) 15' (2) 5' Business Park 50' (2) 15' (2) 5' Business Park - Industrial 50' (2) 30' (2) 10'** SOB 50' (2) 50' (2) 50' (2) (i) Includes duplexes and Shared Housing uses. (ii) Includes manufactured homes, mobile homes, manufactured home parks, and townhouses. (iii) Includes commercial and other non-residential uses developed in the MF Multi-Family district. * When an abutting parcel is vacant and zoned R Rural, the Administrator shall use the future land use of the property as designated on the Comprehensive Land Use Plan in lieu of the zoning category in determining the buffer requirement. ** When an abutting parcel is zoned BP Business Park or BPI Business Park Industrial, the buffer width shall be reduced to five feet (5'). *** When a developing parcel is zoned WC Wellborn Commercial and adjacent to single- family, the buffer width shall be twenty (20) feet with a fence. (1) Fence (2) Wall 1.Buffer Yards. a. Buffer yards shall be measured from the common property line and may be located within established building setbacks. b. Where utility or drainage easements or other similar situations exists in the required buffer yard, the buffer yard may be reduced by the width of the easement; however, an additional five (5) feet may be required beyond the width of the easement in these situations to allow for the required plantings and fence or wall. All new plantings and irrigation shall be located outside of the easement. The Administrator has the discretion to allow a required fence or wall within the easement. c. In WC Wellborn Commercial: 1. Buffer required plantings shall be doubled along property lines adjacent to single-family residential zoning or land use. In lieu of a fence, plantings may be tripled. 2. When adjacent to single-family use, zoning, or future Land Use and Character designation, a buffer wall is required for the length of any adjacent parking, loading areas, or dumpster uses (including required maneuvering space). d. In BP Business Park, required buffer plantings shall be doubled along property lines adjacent to single-family residential zoning or development. Page 759 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 19 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 e. In BPI Business Park Industrial, required buffer plantings shall be doubled along property lines adjacent to any zoning district or use other than BP Business Park or BPI Business Park Industrial. f. In MF Multi-Family and MU Mixed-Use, buffer yards shall only be required along the perimeter of the development, unless otherwise exempted in this Section. No buffer yards are required between uses contained within the development. 2.Plantings. a. If a fence or wall is not required per the table above, the following plantings shall be installed in the buffer yard: 1. A minimum of one (1) five-gallon shrub at a minimum of three (3) feet in height per three (3) linear feet of landscaping buffer; and 2. A minimum of one (1) two-inch caliper canopy tree per twenty-five (25) linear feet of landscape buffer. b. If a fence or wall is required per the table above, the following plantings shall be installed in the buffer yard, unless expressly provided for otherwise in this UDO: 1. A minimum of one (1) 1.25-inch caliper non-canopy tree per fifteen (15) linear feet of landscaping buffer. The Administrator may allow the substitution of a minimum of one (1) five-gallon shrub at a minimum of three (3) feet in height per three (3) linear feet of landscaping buffer for the non-canopy tree requirement, or may require the substitution to mitigate potential negative impacts of a development; and 2. A minimum of one (1) two-inch caliper canopy tree per twenty-five (25) linear feet of landscape buffer. c. All buffer yard landscaping areas not dedicated to trees or shrubs shall be landscaped with grass, ground cover, or other appropriate landscape treatment in accordance with Section 7.6.C.3, Landscaping and Tree Protection. d. Fifty (50) percent of all required shrubs within the buffer yard shall be evergreen. e. Plant materials shall show a variety of texture, color, shape, and other characteristics. Recommended buffer materials can be found in the College Station Plant List or in those listed as appropriate for Zone 8 on the USDA Hardiness Zone Map. f. The arrangement of trees and shrubs in the buffer area shall be done in a manner that provides a visual separation between abutting land uses. Shrubs shall be massed in rows or groups to achieve the maximum screening effect. g. Irrigation is required for all new plantings. h. Existing vegetation may count toward the planting requirement if: 1. The vegetation is in good health and the landscaping plan verifies that it will meet the plantings criteria listed above (non-point trees may count towards a natural buffer); and Page 760 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 20 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 2. The vegetation is protected in accordance with Section 7.6.C.2.c, Landscaping and Tree Protection, of this UDO. i. Plantings will not be allowed to encroach into a required visibility triangle for a public or private right-of-way except as provided for in Section 7.2.C, Visibility at all Intersections in All Districts. 3.Fences and Walls. a. Fences may be solid wood or solid wood accented by masonry, stone, EIFS (Exterior Insulation and Finish System), or concrete columns. Walls may be masonry, stone, EIFS, concrete, or a combination of these materials, and shall be finished on both sides (framing not visible). Walls and masonry columns for fences must meet the footing standards prescribed by the Building Code for such structures. b. Fences and walls shall be a minimum of six (6) feet in height and a maximum of eight (8) feet. Walls over six (6) feet must obtain a building permit. When the adjacent property and the buffer yard are at different elevations, the Administrator may require a greater fence or wall height to ensure adequate buffering. c. Fences and walls shall be placed within one (1) foot of the common boundary line when physically possible. In the event that there is a physical constraint that will not allow the construction of a fence on the common boundary line (including, but not limited to, the existence of a creek, access easement, or existing vegetation), the Administrator may authorize an alternative fence location. d. Fences or walls will not be allowed to encroach into a required visibility triangle for a public or private right-of-way. 4.Substitutions. a. Existing natural vegetation may be used in lieu of plantings and a fence or wall under the following circumstances: 1. The existing vegetation consists of canopy and non-canopy trees which are shown through a tree survey to meet the minimum buffer planting requirements (non-point trees may be considered) and is of sufficient density to provide one hundred (100) percent opacity to a height of six (6) feet; and 2. The vegetation is protected in accordance with Section 7.6.C.2.c, Landscaping and Tree Protection, of this UDO. b. Fences and walls may be substituted with a solid plant or hedge wall that is greater than six (6) feet in height with approximately one hundred (100) percent opacity. All shrubs planted for a hedge wall must be a minimum of fifteen (15) gallons each. The solid plant or hedge wall must be evergreen and may not be counted towards meeting the buffer planting requirement. c. Fences and walls may be substituted with a landscaped earthen berm if the combination of berm and landscaping is not less than six (6) feet in height from the elevation at the property line with approximately one hundred (100) percent opacity. The berm plantings must be evergreen and may not be counted towards Page 761 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 21 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 meeting the buffer planting requirement. Berms must be a minimum of four (4) feet in height with a maximum slope of 3:1. Berms in excess of six (6) feet in height shall have a maximum slope of 4:1 as measured from the exterior property line. d. The required height of fences or walls may be reduced if used in combination with an earthen berm or a landscaped earthen berm if the height of the screening is six (6) feet from the elevation at the property line with approximately one hundred (100) percent opacity. The berm plantings must be evergreen and may not be counted towards meeting the buffer planting requirement. e. Walls may be substituted with fences if the required buffer yard area and plantings are doubled. f. Walls and fences may be omitted if the required buffer yard area and plantings are tripled. g. Walls and fences may be omitted if two (2) rows of evergreen plantings (minimum six (6) feet in height at time of planting) are provided to create a solid screen along the common property line. h. Buffer plantings may be reduced by half if providing a wall where a fence is required. G.Maintenance and Replacement. 1. Upon installation or protection of required landscape materials, appropriate measures shall be taken to ensure their continued health and maintenance. Required landscape areas and buffers shall be free of garbage and trash, weeds, pests, and disease. Required plant materials that do not remain healthy shall be replaced consistently with these provisions. 2. All landscaping materials and/or fences, walls, or berms shall be maintained by the owner(s) of the property that was required to install such landscaping materials and/or fences, walls, or berms under this Section. 3. Any canopy tree removed or otherwise destroyed by the willful act or negligence of the property owner, tenant, or contractor shall be replaced by a tree of the same or larger caliper. H.Appeals. 1. Appeals of the terms of this Section, with the exception of Section G, Maintenance and Replacement, shall be to the Design Review Board (DRB). 2. An appeal shall be made within thirty (30) days of the date of the notification of the decision by filing with the Administrator a notice of appeal specifying the grounds thereof. 3. The DRB may authorize on appeal alternative buffer standards for a specific property or a waiver to the Buffer Requirements of this Section when such standards or variance will not be contrary to the public interest where, owing to unique and special conditions not normally found in like areas, a strict enforcement of the provisions of Page 762 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 22 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 the ordinance by the Administrator would result in unnecessary hardship, and so that the spirit of this Section shall be observed and substantial justice done. Page 763 of 778 ORDINANCE NO. ___________ Page 23 of 23 Ordinance Form 8-14-17 Exhibit E That Appendix A, “Unified Development Ordinance,” Article 11, "Definitions," Section 11.2 "Defined Terms” of the Code of Ordinances of the City of College Station, Texas, is hereby amended by making changes to the following definitions: 1. By adding the following definition: Shared Housing: A dwelling unit that is designed or intended to be used for the purpose of housing more than four unrelated persons. Such use may be identified by a combination, but not necessarily all, of the following characteristics: (1) A dwelling unit containing more than four bedrooms or able to house more than four people using other rooms such as dens, offices, game rooms, or alike that have the potential to be used for sleeping purposes in accordance with the International Residential Code (IRC) definition of habitable space; (2) A dwelling unit containing a similar bedroom to bathroom parity in excess of four; (3) A dwelling unit containing a high quantity of bathrooms, usually in excess of four, of which most can only be accessed through a bedroom or other room such as a den, office, or game room; (4) A dwelling unit that is in excess of one story; (5) The property where the dwelling unit is located does not contain a garage; (6) The property where the dwelling unit is located contains a parking area that will allow parking in excess of four vehicles; and/or (7) The property where the dwelling unit is located is within two (2) miles of a campus of higher education. The Administrator shall determine whether the characteristics presented are that of a shared housing or other type of use. 2. By deleting the following definition: Northgate High-Density Dwelling Unit: A residential structure providing complete, independent living facilities for three (3) or more households, living independently of each other and including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking, eating, and sanitation in each unit. Households in a Northgate High-Density Dwelling Unit allows more than four (4) but not greater than six (6) unrelated individuals, when one (1) bedroom is provided per each unrelated individual. Page 764 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:21 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 1 of 6 Sec. 6.3. Types of Use. A. Uses of land or structures which are not expressly listed in the Use Table as permitted uses (P), permitted uses subject to s pecific use standards (P*), or conditional uses (C) in a zoning district or planned development are prohibited uses and shall not be established in that district or planned development. B. The Administrator shall determine whether or not an unlisted use, that is otherwise prohibited, as stated above should be pro cessed. In doing so, the Administrator shall utilize purpose statements adopted herein in conjunction with the applicable zoning district, and consideration of the following criteria: 1. The actual or anticipated characteristics of the activity in relationship to known characteri stics of similar projects in standard planning practice; 2. The relative amount of site area, floor space, and equipment; 3. Relative volumes of sales from each activity; 4. The customer type for each activity; 5. The relative number of employees in each activity; 6. Hours of operation; 7. Building and site arrangement; 8. Vehicles used with the activity and the relative number of vehicle trips generated by the use; and 9. How the use advertises itself. C. Use Table. Except where otherwise specifically provided herein, regulations governing the use of land and structures with the various zoning districts and classificati ons of planned developments are hereby established as shown in the following Use Table. 1. Permitted Uses. A "P" indicates that a use is allowed by right in the respective district. Such uses are subject to all other applicable regulations of this UDO. 2. Permitted Uses Subject to Specific Standards. A "P*" indicates a use that will be permitted, provided that the use meets the prov isions in Section 6.4, Specific Use Standards. Such uses are also subject to all other applicable regulations of this UDO. 3. Conditional Uses. A "C" indicates a use that is allowed only where a conditional use permit is approved by the City Council. The Council may require that the use meet the additional standards enumerated in Section 6.4, Specific Use Standards. Conditional uses are subject to all other applicable regulations of this UDO. Click here to access a PDF version of the Use Table. Page 765 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:21 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 2 of 6 USE TABLE Residential Districts Non-Residential Districts Retired Districts Design Districts Specific Uses R WE E WRS RS GS T** D** MF** MU** MHP** P-MUD** O SC WC GC CI BP BPI CU NAP R-1B R-4** R-6** C-3** M-1 M-2 R&D** WPC** NG-1** NG-2** NG-3** KEY:P = Permitted by Right; P* = Permitted Subject to Specific Use Standards C = Conditional Use; ** = District with Supplemental Standards (refer to Article 5) RESIDENTIAL Assisted Living/Residential Care Facility P P P Boarding and Rooming House P P P P P Extended Care Facility/Convalescent/Nursing Home P P P P P P P P Dormitory P P P P P P P P Duplex P P P P Fraternity/Sorority P P P P P P Manufactured Home P* P* P* Mixed-Use Structure P P P P P P P Multi-Family P P P P P C1 P P P Multi-Family built prior to January 2002 P P P P P P P P Northgate High-Density Dwelling Unit P P P Shared Housing P P P P Single-Family Detached P P P P P P P P P P Single-Unit Dwelling P Townhouse P P P P P P Two-Unit Dwelling P Live-Work Unit P* P* PUBLIC, CIVIC AND INSTITUTIONAL Page 766 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:21 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 3 of 6 Educational Facility, College and University P Educational Facility, Indoor Instruction P P P P P P P P P P P P P Educational Facility, Outdoor Instruction P C C P P P P Educational Facility, Primary and Secondary P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Educational Facility, Tutoring P P P P P P P P P P P P Educational Facility, Vocational/Trade P P P P P P P P Governmental Facilities P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P P P* P* P P P P P P* P* P* P P P P P P P P* Health Care, Hospitals P P Health Care, Medical Clinics P P P P P P P P P P Parks P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Places of Worship P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P P P P* P P P P P P* P* P* P P P P P P P P COMMERCIAL, OFFICE AND RETAIL Agricultural Use, Barn or Stable for Private Stock P P P Agricultural Use, Farm or Pasturage P P P Agricultural Use, Farm Product Processing P Animal Care Facility, Indoor P P P P P P P P P P P P Animal Care Facility, Outdoor P* P Art Studio/Gallery P P P P P P P P P P P P Car Wash P* Commercial Garden/Greenhouse/Landscape Maint. P* P* P* P* P* P* Commercial Amusements P P P C C P* P* C P P P Conference/Convention Center P P P P P P P P Country Club P P P P P P P P P P Day Care, Commercial P P C P P P P P C C P P P P Page 767 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:21 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 4 of 6 Drive-in/thru window P* P C P* Dry Cleaners and Laundry P P P* P* P P* P P P* P* P* P* P* Fraternal Lodge P P P P P P Fuel Sales P* P* P* P Funeral Homes P P P P Golf Course or Driving Range P* P* P* P* Health Club/Sports Facility, Indoor P P P P P P P P P P P P Health Club/Sports Facility, Outdoor P P* P P P P P* P Hotels C2 P P P P P P P P Mobile Food Court C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 C4 Night Club, Bar or Tavern C C C C C P P Offices P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Parking as a Primary Use P P C P P P P* Personal Service Shop P P P P P P P P P P P P Printing/Copy Shop P P P P P P P P P P P P P P Radio/TV Station/Studios P P P P P P P P P P P P* Recreational Vehicle (RV) Park C3 C3 Restaurants P P P P* P* P P* P P P P* Retail Sales - Single Tenant over 50,000 SF P P P Retail Sales and Service P P P P* P* P* P* P P P P P Retail Sales and Service - Alcohol C P P* P* P C P P Sexually Oriented Business (SOB) P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* Shooting Range, Indoor P P P P P Theater P P P P P P P P Retail Sales, Manufactured Homes P P* Storage, Self Service P* P* P P P P* P Page 768 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:21 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 5 of 6 Vehicular Sales, Rental, Repair and Service P* P* P P* Wholesales/Services P* P* P P P P INDUSTRIAL AND MANUFACTURING Bulk Storage Tanks/Cold Storage Plant P P P Micro-Industrial P* P* P P* P* Industrial, Light P P P P P P Industrial, Heavy P P Recycling Facility - Large P* P P Salvage Yard P* P* Scientific Testing/Research Laboratory P P P P P Storage, Outdoor - Equipment or Materials P P* P P P Truck Stop/Freight or Trucking Terminal P P Utility P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* Warehousing/Distribution P C P P P Waste Services P P Wireless Telecommunication Facilities - Intermediate P* P* P* P* P* P* P P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* P* Wireless Telecommunication Facilities-Major C P* C C C C P C C C P* C Wireless Telecommunication Facilities-Unregulated P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P P ** District with Supplemental Standards (Refer to Article 5). 1 Multi-family residential uses located in stories or floors above retail commercial uses are permitted by right. 2 Hotels only allowed when accessory to a Country Club development and are l imited to a maximum of fifteen (15) rooms. 3 Refer to Section 6.4.Z "Recreational Vehicles Park Standards (RV Parks)" for Specific Use Standards. 4 Refer to Section 6.4. AC "Mobile Food Courts" for Specific Use Standards. Page 769 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:21 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 6 of 6 Per Ordinance No. 3243 (April 22, 2010) Per Ordinance No. 3271 (August 26, 2010) Per Ordinance No. 3280 (September 9, 2010) Per Ordinance No. 2011 -3312 (January 27, 2011) (Ord. No. 2012-3449 , Pt. 1(Exh. G), 9-27-2012; Ord. No. 2012-3450 , Pt. 1(Exh. D), 9-27-2012; Ord. No. 2013-3510 , Pt. 1(Exh. A), 7-25-2013; Ord. No. 2013-3521 , Pt. 1(Exh. H), 9-12-2013; Ord. No. 2014-3624 , Pt. 1(Exh. G), 12-18-2014; Ord. No. 2015-3655 , Pt. 1(Exh. A), 4-23-2015; Ord. No. 2015-3708 , Pt. 1(Exh. B), 10-8-2015; Ord. No. 2016-3792 , Pt. 1(Exh. D), 7-28-2016; Ord. No. 2017-3931 , Pt. 1(Exh. A), 9-11-2017; Ord. No. 2018-3999 , Pt. 1(Exh. C), 4-12-2018) Page 770 of 778 Subpart B - LAND DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCES Appendix A - UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT ORDINANCE Article 7. General Development Standards College Station, Texas, Code of Ordinances Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:23 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 1 of 6 Article 7. General Development Standards The following general development standards shall apply to all zoning districts, except where expressly stated to apply to, or exclude, specific districts. Sec. 7.2. General Provisions. H. Low-Density Residential Height Protection. 1. Purpose. The purpose of low-density residential height protection is to help mitigate negative visual impacts of higher-density residential and non-residential uses on adjacent, low-density residential uses and districts. This is accomplished by regulating the height of such higher-density residential or any non- residential uses when adjacent to low-density residential uses and districts. 2. Applicability. a. This subsection shall apply to all multifamily structures, structures with Shared Housing uses, and nonresidential structures to be constructed or reconstructed in any way that would increase the building height as defined in Section 11.2 Defined Terms of this UDO, on property adjacent to a detached single-family, manufactured home park, or townhouse use or district. b. Unless otherwise stated in this UDO, the regulations herein shall not apply to any of the following: 1. Structures located in NG, RDD, and P-MUD zoning districts; 2. Utility structures such as elevated water storage tanks and electrical trans mission lines; 3. Individual architectural structures such as flagpoles, belfries, cupolas, spires, domes, monuments, chimneys, bulkheads, elevators, or chimney flues; or any other similar structure extending above the roof of any building where such structure does not occupy more than thirty-three (33) percent of the surface area of the roof; 4. Residential radio/television receiving antennas; 5. When the detached single family, manufactured home park or townhome use on the adjacent tract is nonconforming; 6. When the use on the adjacent tract is agricultural; or 7. Developments designed to be mixed use or that are within areas where it has been identified that redevelopment is appropriate, as shown on the Future Land Use and Character Map of the City's Comprehensive Plan. Such developments at the periphery of the mixed use area or area identified as appropriate for redevelopment shall meet the terms of Low-Density Residential Height Protection, when applicable. 3. Slope Requirement. a. Multi-family structures, structures with Shared Housing uses, and non-residential structures shall remain under an imaginary line formed by a 1:2 slope as illustrated by the inclined plane in the Page 771 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:23 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 2 of 6 graphic below, where 'A' is located at the property line shared with a detached single-family, manufactured home park or townhouse use or district. When the adjacent lot is one dedicated by plat for detention or open area and is not buildable for a detached single-family house, townhouse, or manufactured home or residential amenity, the measurement shall be taken from the closest property line shared with a buildable detached single-family, townhouse, or manufactured home lot. b. In addition to the height limitations set forth above in this subsection, the following additional height limitations apply in WC Wellborn Commercial zoning: 1. No building may exceed two (2) stories; 2. Maximum eave height shall be twenty-four (24) feet; 3. Maximum overall height to peak of roof shall be thirty-five (35) feet; 4. Any structure with an eave height over fifteen (15) feet will be constructed to resemble a two-story facade; 5. Buildings located closest to detached single-family, manufactured home park or townhouse use or district and that are within fifty (50) feet of the property line are limited to one -story in height with an eave maximum of twelve (12) feet; and 6. An eave maximum of fourteen (14) feet in height is permitted when mechanical equipment is housed within a mezzanine. Sec. 7.3. Off-Street Parking Standards. H. Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces Required. In computing the number of parking spaces required, the following rules shall govern: 1. Parking requirements based on square footage shall be based upon the gross floor area, unless otherwise stated. Service areas such as mechanical rooms, restrooms, and closets shall be included in the calculation of "gross floor area" for determining required parking spaces; 2. Where fractional spaces result in computing required parking spaces, the required number of spaces must be increased to the nearest whole number. At least one (1) parking space must be provided unless otherwise specified in this UDO; 3. The parking space requirements for a use not specifically listed shall be the same as those for the most similar to the proposed use, as determined by the Administrator; 4. Whenever a building or use constructed or established after the effective date of this UDO is changed or enlarged in floor area, number of employees, number of dwelling units, seating capacity, or Page 772 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:23 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 3 of 6 otherwise, parking requirements shall be met on the basis of the enlargement or change. Whenever a building or use existing prior to the effective date of this UDO is enlarged, the enlarged building or increased use shall then and thereafter comply with the parking requirements set forth herein; 5. At the time of construction, redevelopment, or when an addition to the number of existing bedrooms is completed, all single-family and townhouse uses shall come into compliance with the minimum off - street parking requirements. Garages that meet minimum dimensional standards may be counted towards parking requirements; 6. Where requirements are established on the basis of t he number of seats, such requirements shall be based on the seating capacity as determined by the Building Official; 7. Where a manufacturing/industrial use has more than one (1) working shift of employees, parking shall be provided to accommodate overlap requirements during transition periods; and 8. The Design Review Board may waive parking space requirements in the Northgate and Wolf Pen Creek districts if the development meets the goals of the master plan for the respective district. MINIMUM OFF-STREET PARKING REQUIREMENTS Use Unit Spaces/Unit Plus Spaces For: Assisted Living/Residential Care Facility As determined by the Administrator***** Airport As determined by the Administrator***** Banks 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 Bowling Alley As Determined by the Administrator***** Bus Depot As Determined by the Administrator***** Car Wash (Self-Serve) Wash Bay 1.0 1.0 space per vacuum bay Church Seat 0.33* Convalescent Home/Hospital Bed 0.5 Duplex Dwelling: 1 & 2 Bedroom DU 2.0 3+ Bedroom BR 1.0 Dormitory Bed 0.75 Day Care Center 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 Fraternal Lodge 75 s.f. Floor area over 150 s.f.: 1.0 Fraternity/Sorority House Person 1.0 1/30 s.f. meeting room Freight Station As Determined by the Administrator***** Funeral Parlor Seat 0.33 Furniture Sales, Freestanding 350 s.f. Floor area over 700 s.f.: 1.0 Golf Driving Range Tee Station 1.0 Health Club/Sports Facility As Determined by the Administrator***** Gasoline and Fuel Service 300 s.f. 1.0 Group Housing BR 2.0 As Determined by the Administrator Health Studio 150 s.f. Floor area over 300 s.f.: 1.0 Hospital As Determined by the Administrator***** Page 773 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:23 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 4 of 6 Hotel/Motel DU 1.0 1/200 s.f. meeting room HUD-Code Manu. Home DU 2.0 Laundry 150 s.f. Floor area over 300 s.f.: 1.0 Live-Work Unit 250 s.f. of non- residential portion of structure Floor area over 250 s.f.: 1.0 1/BR, Residential DU Motor Vehicle Sales/Service: Office/Sales Area 250 s.f. 1.0 Service Area 200 s.f. 1.0 Medical or Dental Clinic < 20,000 s.f. 200 s.f. Floor area over 400 s.f: 1.0 Mixed-Use Structure**** 250 s.f. of non- residential portion of structure Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 1/BR, including residential DU and hotel/motel DU Multi-Family Dwelling: 1 Bedroom BR 1.5 2+ Bedroom BR 1.0 Night Club 50 s.f. 1.0 Office Building 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 Personal Service Shop 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 Priv. School or Comm. Studio 100 s.f. Floor area over 200 s.f.: 1.0 Retail Sales & Service: GC, SC, WC, C-3 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 CI 350 s.f. Floor area over 700 s.f.: 1.0 Restaurant (w/o drive-through) 65 s.f. Floor area over 130 s.f.: 1.0 Restaurant (w/drive-through) 100 s.f. Floor area over 200 s.f.: 1.0 Rooming/Boarding House Person 1.0 Sales Display 250 s.f. Floor area over 500 s.f.: 1.0 Page 774 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:23 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 5 of 6 Shared Housing Rooms at least 70 s.f. in area, excluding a kitchen, a living room, and a laundry room. The Administrator may also exclude additional rooms, but not below the number of BRs. 1.0 Single-Family Dwelling*** BR 1.0*** Minimum of 2, Maximum of 4 1.0/Accessory Living Quarter Single-Unit Dwelling BR 1.0 Shopping Center** : GC, SC, WC, C-3 250 s.f. 1.0 CI 350 s.f. 1.0 Townhouse*** BR 1.0*** Minimum of 2, Maximum of 4 Theater Seat 0.25 Truck Terminal As Determined by the Administrator***** Two-Dwelling Unit BR 1.0 Veterinary Clinic 300 s.f. Floor area over 600 s.f.: 1.0 Warehouse 1,000 s.f. 1.0 "s.f." = square footage. "DU" = Dwelling Unit. "BR" = Bedroom. * Overflow parking above required parking spaces may be grassed rather than paved. All unpaved spaces shall be shown on site plan and organized for efficient traffic circulation using wheel stops and other appropriate measures as required by the Administrator. ** The minimum number of parking spaces for a shopping center shall be calculated at a rate of 1:250 in GC SC, or WC, and 1:350 in CI regardless of the composing uses unless otherwise determined by the Administrator that such composing uses require a modification to the applicable requirements. *** For areas designated Neighborhood Conservation on the Comprehensive Plan's Future Land Use and Character Map there shall be no maximum number of parking spaces. **** Mixed-Use structures in the MU Mixed-Use and MF Multi-Family districts. Page 775 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:23 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 6 of 6 ***** When determining the required off-street parking requirements for the uses noted above, the Administrator shall consider the anticipated traffic demand, traffic circulation, and surrounding conditions. The Administrator may also consider information provided by the applicant that demonstrates the proposed number of off-street parking spaces is adequate for the proposed use and has been successfully employed in other locations. Sec. 7.7. Buffer Requirements. F. Minimum Buffer Standards. The buffer requirements are designed to permit and encourage flexibility in the widths of buffer yards, the number of plants required in the buffer yard, and opaque screens. Standard buffer requirements are depicted in the table below. The numbers shown are the required buffer widths. DEVELOPING USE (Classification) ABUTTING PARCEL* (Use more restrictive of the zoning or the developed use.) Single-Family Residential (ii) Multi-Family Residential (i) Non-Residential (iii) Single-family (ii) N/A N/A N/A Multi-Family (i) (iii) 10' (1) N/A N/A Office 10' (1) N/A N/A Commercial *** 15' (2) 10' (1) N/A Industrial 25' (2) 15' (2) 5' Business Park 50' (2) 15' (2) 5' Business Park - Industrial 50' (2) 30' (2) 10'** SOB 50' (2) 50' (2) 50' (2) (i) Includes duplexes and Shared Housing uses. (ii) Includes manufactured homes, mobile homes, manufactured home parks, and townhouses. (iii) Includes commercial and other non-residential uses developed in the MF Multi-Family district. * When an abutting parcel is vacant and zoned R Rural, the Administrator shall use the future land use of the property as designated on the Comprehensive Land Use Plan in lieu of the zoning category in determining the buffer requirement. ** When an abutting parcel is zoned BP Business Park or BPI Business Park Industrial, the buffer width shall be reduced to five feet (5'). *** When a developing parcel is zoned WC Wellborn Commercial and adjacent to single-family, the buffer width shall be twenty (20) feet with a fence. (1) Fence (2) Wall Page 776 of 778 Created: 2022-07-05 19:55:24 [EST] (Supp. No. 6, Update 6) Page 1 of 1 Sec. 11.2. Defined Terms. Northgate District definitions (applicable only to development in Northgate): Redevelopment: The revision or replacement of an existing land use or existing site through the acquisition or consolidation, and the clearance and rebuilding of this area according to the Northgate Redevelopment Plan. Site Development: Any excavation, landfill or land disturbance, including new construction, reconstruction, relocation, or change of use. For the purposes of the Northgate Districts only, site development includes installation of walls, accessory structures, and other similar additions. Rehabilitation: The process of returning a structure to a state of utility, through repair or alteration, which make possible an efficient contemporary use while preserving those portions and features of the property which are significant to its historic, architectural, and cultural value. Façade Work: The removal, or replacement, substitution or change of any material or architectural element on the exterior face of a building, which includes, but is not limited to, painting, material change, awning or canopy replacement, signage, or other permanent visible façade treatment. Minor Site/Building Projects: The addition, maintenance, and/or replacement of minor building or site elements, including such actions related to storage building(s), screening, fencing, and refuse co ntainers. This also includes requests for changes in service for dumpster and other refuse receptacles. Northgate High-Density Dwelling Unit: A residential structure providing complete, independent living facilities for three (3) or more households, living independently of each other and including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking, eating, and sanitation in each unit. Households in a Northgate High - Density Dwelling Unit allows more than four (4) but not greater than six (6) unrelated indiv iduals, when one (1) bedroom is provided per each unrelated individual. Shared Housing: A dwelling unit that is designed or intended to be used for the purpose of housing more than four unrelated persons. Such use may be identified by a combination, but not necessarily all, of the following characteristics: • A dwelling unit containing more than four bedrooms or able to house more than four people using other rooms such as dens, offices, game rooms, or alike that have the potential to be used for sleeping purposes in accordance with the International Residential Code (IRC) definition of habitable space; • A dwelling unit containing a similar bedroom to bathroom parity in excess of four; • A dwelling unit containing a high quantity of bathrooms, usually in excess of four, of which most can only be accessed through a bedroom or other room such as a den, office, or game room; • A dwelling unit that is in excess of one story; • The property where the dwelling unit is located does not contain a garage; • The property where the dwelling unit is located contains a parking area that will allow parking in excess of four vehicles; and/or • The property where the dwelling unit is located is within two (2) miles of a campus of higher education. The Administrator shall determine whether the characteristics presented are that of a shared housing or other type of use. Page 777 of 778 September 22, 2022 Item No. 12.1. Council Reports on Committees, Boards, and Commissions Sponsor: City Council Reviewed By CBC: City Council Agenda Caption:A Council Member may make a report regarding meetings of City Council boards and commissions or meetings of boards and committees on which a Council Member serves as a representative that have met since the last council meeting. (Committees listed in Coversheet) Relationship to Strategic Goals: Good Governance Recommendation(s): Review meetings attended. Summary: Aggieland Humane Society, Arts Council of Brazos Valley, Architectural Advisory Committee, Audit Committee, Bond Citizens Advisory Committee, Bicycle, Pedestrian, and Greenways Advisory Board, Bio-Corridor Board, Brazos County Health Dept., Brazos Appraisal District, Brazos Valley Council of Governments, Brazos Valley Economic Development Corporation, Bryan/College Station Chamber of Commerce, Budget and Finance Committee, BVSWMA, BVWACS, College Station History Sub-Committee, Compensation and Benefits Committee, Design Review Board, Economic Development Committee, Gulf Coast Strategic Highway Coalition, Historic Preservation Committee, Intergovernmental Committee, Joint Relief Funding Review Committee, Library Board, Metropolitan Planning Organization, Parks and Recreation Board, Planning and Zoning Commission, Regional Mobility Authority Board, Regional Transportation Committee for Council of Governments, Sister Cities Association, Spring Creek Local Government Corporation, Transportation and Mobility Committee, Texas Municipal League, Walk with the Mayor, YMCA, Zoning Board of Adjustments. (Notice of Agendas posted on City Hall bulletin board.) Budget & Financial Summary: None. Attachments: None Page 778 of 778